^ ■ .^.^^Skt •I.. Toronto Public Library. Reference Department. THIS BOOK MUST NOT BE. TAKEN OUT OF THE ROOM. DEC 12 igi9 Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from University of Toronto http://www.archive.org/details/n13sessionalpaper53canauoft I I SESSIONAL PAPERS VOLUME 13 FIRST SESSION OF THE THIRTEENTH PARLIAMENT OF THE DOMINION OF CANADA SESSION 1018 ^ VOLTTME Lni. /^li i\e>-^ SEG 12 1* 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 ALPHABETICAL INDEX SESSIONAL PAPERS OF I HE PARLIAMENT OF CANADA FIRST SESSIOX. THIRTEENTH PARLIAMENT, 1918. A Admiralty, Board of — Statement issued by, re marine losses, etc., from 1914 to 1917 113 Agriculture — Report of Denartnient of, year 1917 15 Agricultural Instruction Act, 1916-17.. .. 15e Amelia, Str. — documents re service of. . . 114 Auditor General's Report, 4 Vols 1 Aviation camps — number of, etc.. .. ... 101 Bank of British Nortli America — re mer- ger of witli Bank of Montreal 110 Blue Books — number printed years 1916- 17 — re number in both languages.. .. 118 Bonds and securities — since last return. 1917 79 Bran, shorts, mill feed exported to United States without license, 1917-lS 160 British North America — Bank of, re mer- ger of with Bank of Montreal 110 Buildings rented in Ottawa by Govern- ment— number of, etc S5 C Canadian Pacific Railway Company — Return re all lands sold by, 1917 .... 75 Canada Pood Board — correspondence re Orders in Council creating the same. . 56di Canada Registration Board — memo, re plans of 52!) Canadian War Records Office — Report of for year 1917 121a Canadian War Records Office — Report of, on work of, since foundation, to 1917.. 121 Canadian Northern Railway — Statement re amount advanced, 1917 62 Canadian Northern Railway — Statement of sums paid to, etc 62o 42201—1 Canal statistics, for year 1917 Census of Prairie Provinces — Population and Agriculture — Manitoba, Saskatche- wan and Alberta, 1916 Civil Service List, year 1917 " " Commission, Report of, 1917. Clerk of the Crown in Chancery — Sum- mary' Report of Coal, gasoline, etc. .imported into Canada, 1914-15-16-17 Cold storage conditions in Winnipeg — cor- respondence relating to Commissioned officers in connection with recruiting, etc., at Quebec Commission of Conservation — Report of for 1917 Concilliation, Board of — Report, 1917... Coolie labour re importation of, etc.. .. Customs — Report of Department of year 1917 Customs — Refund of. etc., 1917 Davies, Wm., and Matthews-Blacl 137 92 162 34 150 24 143 104 32 64 19 135 Railways and Canals — Report of Depart- ment of. 1917 20 Railway Commissioners — Report of, 1917. 20c Railway, National Transcontinental — Gross earnings of year ending March, 1918 139 206 52a 28 63 100 Railway Statistics for year 1917 Registration Regulations — Canada Regis- tration Board Royal Northwest Mounted Police, 1917.. Royal Society of Canada — Statement of, 1917 Rural Planning and Development — Cost of certain streets, sewers, etc Rural Planning and Development — Cost of certain streets, sewers, etc 130 S Securities — Order in Council respecting sale of 126 Secretary of State — Report of year 1917. 29 " " for External Affairs, 1917 33 ienate. Minutes of — names, salaries, etc.. of persons preparing same, etc 115 8-9 George V Alphabetical Tudex to Sessional Papers A. 1918 Senate Debates — re publication ot, etc.. 112 Sevigny, Hon. Albert, letter of resigna- tion of 69 Scientific and Industrial Research — Report of Chairman of Advisory Council ot. 191S 151 Shipping — Report of Customs Department year 1917 llo Slav — Subjects of Austria — Memo, re na- turalized in Canada 156 Smoked Wiltshire Bacon — re tenders for purchase of by War Purchasing Com- mission 136 Soldier Settlement Loan — Order in Council re regulations governing 125 Steamboat Inspection — Report for year 1917 23 Stone used in building Parliament Build- ing 83 St. 'Zotique wharf — sums of money ex- pended on since 1911 109 Superannuations and Retiring Allowances, 1917 66 T Telephone statistics — for year 1917.. .. 20(i Titles of Honour — Order in- Council re dated March 25, 191S 15S Topographical Surveys Branch, 1917.. .. 25b Toronto, City of — foodstuffs ordered to be destroyed in April, 1918 145 Trade and Commerce — Report of Department of — Part I — Annual Report of year 1917- 18 10 " II — Mail Subsidies and Steam- ship Subvention.^ iOa '* III — Report of Grain Commis- sioners for 1916 106 "IV — Criminal Statistics 10c Translating and Reporting in the House of Commons — names and number em- ployed on same 147 Tribunals, local, under Military Service Act established in Canada — number and expenses of 132 Veterinary Directory General — Report ot 1917 156 Victoria Crosses — number of awarded to Canadians 91 Victory Loan — Report of Chairman of Do- minion Executive Committee re 131a Victory Loan — Statement showing remun- eration paid in connection with 1316 Votes and Proceedings. Order Paper, and Journals of the House — names and number of persons employed in 146 War-Time Elections Act — Order in Coun- cil re connection with Military Service Act 90 War Trade Board — Order in Council con- stitution and appointment of 59 War Trade Board — Order in Council re creating of 59a War Trade conditions in United States — names of parties sent to investigate.. 94 War Contracts fulflUed in Province of Quebec 81 War Purchasing Commission — Second Re- port of from January, 1917, to March 31. 1918 149 Wharf at Graham — sums of money spent on, etc 82 Winnipeg Civic Authorities — correspond- ence with Food Controller and, re cold storage conditions at 140 William Davis Co.. Ltd., and Matthews- Blackwell Ltd. — Report of Commission re 129 Women's War Conference — Report of. . . 67 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 LIST OF SESSIONAL PAPERS. Arranged in Numerical Order, with their titles at full length; the dates when Ordered and when presented to the Houses of Parliament; the Names of the Senator or Memher who mored for each Sessional Paper, and whether it is ordered to he Printed or njot Printed. CONTENTS OF VOLUME A. Census of Prairie Provinces — Population and Agriculture — Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta, 1916 Printed for distribution and s&ssional papers. (This volume is bound in three parts.) CONTENTS OF VOLUME 1. 1. Report of the Auditor General for the year ended 31st March, 1917, Volume I, Parts a. b and A to K; Volume II, Parts L, to U ; Volume III, Parts V to Z. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean. March 20, 191S Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 1. Report of the Auditor General for the year ended 31st March. 1917. Volume IV,- part ZZ. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean. April 22. 191S. Printed for dfistrtbiition and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 2. 2. The Public Accounts of Canada, tor tht fiscal year ended 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 20, 191S Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 3. Estimates of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year ending on the 31st March, 1919. and. in accordance with tht provisions of "The British North America Act. 1867." Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 22, 1918. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 4. Su],)i)lementary Estimates of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year ending on tht 31st March. 1918, and*, in accordance with the provisions of "The British North America Act. 1867." Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean. May IS, 1918. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 5. .Supplementary Estimatts of sums required for the service of the Dominion for the year^ ending on the 31st March. 1919, and in accordance with the provisions of "The British North America Act, 1867." Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean. May 20, 191S. Printed for distribiition and sessional papers.. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 3. (This volume is bound in two parts.) 8, Report of the Superintendent of Insurance for the year 1917. (Vol. 1.) Printed for distHbution and sessional papers. 8. Report of the Superintendent of Insurance for the year 1917. (Vol. II.) Printed for distribution and sessional papers. S, Abstract of Statements of Insurance Companies in Canada for the year ended 31st Decem- ber, 1917. (Subject to corrections.) Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, May 13, 1918. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 4. 10, Annual Report of the Trade of Canada < Impoits for Consumption and Exports), for the fiscal year ended 31st March, 1917. Presented .by Sir George Foster, May 22, 191S. Printed for distribution ««rf sessional papers. 5 8-9 George Y Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 5. lOa. Report relating to Srail Subsidies and Steamship Subventions as controlled by the Depart- ment of Trade and Commerce, tor the fiscal year ending 31st March, 1917, with Traffic Returns, etc., to 31st December, 191". Presented by Sir George Foster, May 17, 1918. Printed for cKstribution and sessional papers. 106. Report of the Trade and Commerce Department. Grain Statistics for the fiscal year 1916, and the Report of the Board of Grain Commissioners. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. lOc, Criminal Statistics for the year ended September, 1917. Printed for. distribution and sessioiial papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 6. I i. Report of the Department of Cnstoms containing the tables and statements of Imports and Exports of the Dominion of Canada for the fiscal year ended 31st March, 1917. Pre- sented by Hon. ilr. Sifton, March 26. 191S. Printed for distribution ami sessional pajiers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 7. lla. Shipping Report of the Department of Customs, containing the statements of Navigation and Shipping of the Dominion of Canada, for the fiscal year ended 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Sifton. March 26. 191S. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 1Z. Inland Revenue. Annual Report, Part I — Excise. The Senate. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 13. Inland Revenue, Annual Report, Part II — Weights and Measures, Gas and Electricity. The Senate Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 14. Inland Revenue — Part III — Adulteration of Food. The Senate. Printed for d)istribution and sessional papers. 15. Report of the Minister of Agriculture for the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crerar, March 25, 1918. Printed for diistribution atid sessional papers. X5b. Report of the Veterinary Director General for the year 1917. Printed for distHbution a7id sessio7ial papers. 15c Report on "The Agricultural Instruction Act," 1916-17, pursuant to Section S. Chapter 5 of 3-4 George V. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crerar, March 25. 1918. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 16. Report of the Director and Ofllcers of the Experimental Farms for the year ending 31st March, 1917 printed for distributio7i and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 8. 19. Report of the Minister of Public Works on the works under his control for the fiscal year ended 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Carvell, March 26, 1918. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 20. Annual Report of the Department of Railways and Canals, for the fiscal year from 1st April, 1916, to 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Reid, March 27. 1918. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 20a. Canal Statistics for season of navigation, 1917. Printed for distributioji atid sessional papers. ZOb. Railway Statistics for the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended 30th June, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. ZOc. Twelfth Report of the Board of Railway Commissioners for Canada, for the year ending 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Reid, March 25, 1918. Printed for distributioti and sessional papers. ZOd>. Telephone Statistics of the Dominion of Canada, for the year ended 30th June, 1917. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Reid, March 25, 1918. Printed for distribution and sessional jiapers. 6 8-9 George V Alphabetical ludex to Sessioual Papers A. 191s CONTENTS OF VOLUME 9. 21. Fiftieth Annual Report of the Department of Marine and Fisheries, lor the year 1916-17 — Marine. Presented by Hon. Mr. Ballantyne, March 20, 191S. Printed for distribution a7id sessio7ial papers. 22. List of shipping issued by the Department of Marine and Fislieries, being a list of vessels on the Registry Bool^s of tlie Dominion of Canada, on the 31st of December, 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 23. Supplement to the Fiftieth Annual Report of the Department of Marine and Fisheries (Marine) — Steamboat Inspection Report. .Prtnfed for distribution and sessional j)apers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 10. 24. Report of the Postmaster General for the year ended 31st March. 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Doherty, March 27, 191S Printed for distrihutioti and sessional paper's. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 11. 25. Annual Report of the Department of the Interior, for the fiscal year ending 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen. March 27, 1918. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 25a. Annual Report of tlie Topographical Surveys Branch of the Department of the Interior, for the fiscal year ending 31st March. 1917. . .Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 25c. Sixteenth Report of the Geographic Board of Canada, for the year 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 12. 26. Summary Report of the operations of the Geological Surv.^y. Department of Mines, for the year 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 26a. Summary Report of the Mines Branch of the Department of Mines, for the year ending 31st December, 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 27. Report of the Department of Indian .Affairs for the year ended 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Calder, March 27. 191S.. ..Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 28. Report of the Royal Northwest Mounted Police. 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Rowell, 2nd April, 1918 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 29. Report of the Secretary of State of Canada, for the year 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 30. The Civil Service List of Canada, for the year 1917. Printed for distribution and sessiontd papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 13. 31. Annual Report of the Civil Service Commission of Canada, for tl-e vear en'Mns 31st August, 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 32. Report of the Department of Public Printing and Stationery for the fiscal year ended 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Burrell, April 23, 191S. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 33. Report of the Secretary of State for External Affairs, for the year enfled 31st JIarcli. 1917. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, May S, 191S. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 34. Report of the Minister of Justice as to the Penitentiaries of Canarla. for the fiscal year ending 31st March, 1917 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 7 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME U— Continued. 35. Report of the Militia Council for the Dominion of Canada, for the fiscal year ending 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Mewburn. April 10, 1918. Printed for distribution and sessional papers, 36. Report of the Department of Labour (or the fiscal year ending 31st March. 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crothers, March 26, 191S Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 36a. Tenth Report of the Registrar of Boards of Concilliation and Investigation under " The Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1917," for the fiscal year of 1917. Printed for distribution and sessional papers. 38. Report of the Department of the Naval Service, for the fiscal year ending 31st March. 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Ballantyne, March 19, 1918. Printed for dist7'ibHti07i and sessional papers. 38"- Supplement to the Seventh Annual Report of the Department of the Naval Service (Fish- eries Branch). Contributions to Canadian Biology, being studies from the Biological Stations of Canada, 1916-17 Printed for distribution and sessional papers. CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14. 39. Fiftieth Annual Report of the Fisheries Branch of the Department of the Naval Service, 1916-1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Ballantyne. March 19, 191S. Printed) for distribution and sessional papers. 40. The Report of the Joint Librarians of Parliament. Presented by Hon. The Speaker, March IS, 1918 ^'ot printed. 41. Minute of Council appointing the Honourable Martin Burrell, Secretary of State; the Honourable John Dowsley Reid, Minister of Railways and Canals ; the Honourable Arthur L. Sifton, Minister of Customs, and the Honourable James A Calder. Minister of Immigration and Colonization, to act with the Speaker of the House of Commons, as Commissioners for the purposes, and under the Provisions of the Eleventh Chapter of the Revised Statutes of Canada. 1906, intituled: "An Act respecting tre House of Commons.". Presented by Sir Robert Borden. March IS, 1918 -Vot printed. 42. Copies of Orders in Council, as follows : — P.C. 987, dated 10th April, 1917. — Defence of Canada Order, 1917. Regulations, penalties, etc. PC. 1397. dated 21st May, 1917. — Regulations re persons employed on docks, etc. carrying matches, smoking, etc., prohibited. PC. 1451. dated 25th May, 1917. — Further penalties under Defence of Canada P.C. 2277, dated 17th August, 1917. — Re Desertions from merchant vessels; penal- ties, etc. P.C. 2769, dated 4th October, 1917. — Ship's lights; regulations, re. P.C. 3306. dated 29th November, 1917. — Prohibition, sending code messages re merchant ships without authority. P.C. 3307, dated 29th November, 1317. — Seamen undergoing imprisonment for deser- tion may be liberated for service on vessels. P.C. 3319, dated 29th November, 1917. — Regulations re persons employed on docks. P.C. 3017, dated 3rd December, 1917. — Naval authorities may authorize embark- ation of explosives in merchant ships. P.C. 3362, dated 24th December. 1917. — Transportation of explosives by railways. P.C. 86, dated 15th January, 1918. — Competent naval authority may prescribe oi^der in which ships may be supplied with coal. P.C. 87, dated 17th January. 191S. — Regulation prohibiting taking of firearms, etc., from Canada by sea without permission of naval or military authority. P.C. 91, dated 15th Janury, 1918. — Regulations providing that all British ships. 1.600 tons or over, trading to Europe and the Mediterranean must have wireless apparatus, etc. P.C. 261, dated 1st February, 1918. — Regulation re carriage of explosives on passenger trains. P.C. 282. dated 26th- February. 1918. respecting the placing at the disposal of The War Trade Board the output of any factory or workshop engaged in the production of arms, ammunition, food, machinery, etc. P.C. 524. dated 2nd of March, 1918. in substitution of Regulation Fifty-one, respect- ing penalties for refusing to obey any orders or rules issued under the provisions of the Defence of Canada Order, 1917. P.C. 558. dated 8th of March. 1918. amending P.C. 987. dated 10th April, 1917. — Regulation respecting the employment of look-outs on merchant vessels of 2,500 gross tonnage and upwards. P.C. 559, dated Sth March, 1918, respecting the exportation of goods from Canada to neutral countries. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, March 18, -1918 . . .A'ot printed. 8 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME U— Continued, 42a. Copies of Orders in Council, as follows : — P.C. 17, dated 4th January, 191S. — Wearing military or naval uniforms by unauthor- ized persons. P.C. 86, dated loth January, 1918. — " Defence of Canada Order, 1917." coaling of vessels. P.C. 87, dated 17th January. 1918. — " Defence of Canada Order, 1917," export of fire- arms. P.C. 91, dated loth January, 1918. — "Defence of Canada Order, 1917," radio- telegraph equipment on vessels. P.C. 261, dated 1st February, 1918. — Carrying of explosives on passenger trains. P.C. 329, dated 8th February, 1918. — Rates of pay R.N,C,V,R, P.C. 387, dated 20th February, 1918. — Allowance to officers and men travelling on duty. P.C. 462, dated 2nd March, 191S. — Treatment of insane members of the naval service. P.C. 524, dated 2nd March, 191S. — "Defence of Canada Order, 1917," enforcement of provisions. P.C. 2769, dated 4th October, 1917. — Amendment to "Defence of Canada Order, 1917," re lights on vessels. P.C. 2791, dated 9th October, 1917. — Retention of services of men in the R.N.C.V.R. after termination of the war. P.C. 3017. dated 3rd DecemBer, 1917. — Amendment to " Defence of Canada Order, 1917," re carriage of explosives in merchant ships. P.C. 3064, dated 2nd November, 1917. — Rates of pay to officials officiating at courts martial and disciplinary courts for the Royal Canadian Navy. P.C. 3072, dated 6th Nopember, 1917. — Regulations governing the issue of war badges. P.C. 3192, dated 13th November, 1917. — Rates of pay on discharg"e to men not eligible for three months' gratuity. P.C. 3306, dated 29th November. 1917. — Amendment to "Defence of Canada Order, 1917,"re communicating information with regard to the movements of ships. P.C. 3307, dated 29th November, 1917. — Amendment to "Defence of Canada Order, 1917," re release of imprisoned seamen. P.C. 3319, dated 29th November. 1917. — Amendment to "Defence of Canada Order, 1917," re carrying of matches in the vicinity of inflammable substances. P.C. 3362, dated 24th December. 1917. — Amendment to " Defence of Canada Order, 1917," re transportation of explosives on passenger trains. P.C. 3391, dated 24th December. 1917. — Retention of services of men in the Royal Canadian Navy after the termination of the war, P.C. 3392, dated 22nd December, 1917. — Institution of rank of commander, R.N. C.V.R. P.C. 3470, dated 26th December, 1917. — Institution of warrant ranks. Royal Can- adian Navy, P.C. 3474, dated 27th December, 1917. — Rates of pay to paymasters, R.N.C.V.R. P.C. 3475, dated 5th January, 1918. — Separation allowance. P.C. 558, dated Sth March, 1918. — Look-outs on merchant vessels. P.C. 560. dated Sth March. 1918. — Admitting United States vessels to privileges in Canadian ports. Presented by Hon. Mr. Ballantyne. March 19, 1918 -Vof printed. 42I<. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 863, dated 12th April, 1918; amendments of "Defence of Canada Order, 1917." — Equipment of ships for protection against the enemy. Pre- sented by Hon. Mr. Ballantyne, April 19, 1918 Not printed. 42c. Copy of Order in Council P.C. 950, dated 19th of April, 1918. — Establishment of the rank of warrant writer in the RN. C.V.R. Also. — Copy of Order in Council P.C. 70/942, dated 19th April. 1918. — Allowance to chief examining officers at Canadian naval ports. Presented by Hon. Mr. Ballantyne. April 24, 191S Not printed!. 42rf. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 974, dated 23rd April, 1918, " Defence of Canada Order, 1917," — Entry in Canada of vesse's carrying explosives in self defence. Also, Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 957, dated 19th April, 1918. — Institution of the rank of sur- geon probationer. Royal Naval Canadian Volunteer Reserve. Presented by Hon. Mr. Ballantyne, May 1, 1918 Not printed. 42e. Order in Council No. P.C. 1102, dated 10th May, 1918. — Amendments of "Defence of Canada Order. 1917," Section 23c, re fitting and supplying vessels registered in Canada with defensive armaments. Order in Council No. P.C. 1129, dated 11th May. 191S. — Amendments of "Defence of Canada Order of 1917," Section 22A, re ships' lights. (The Senate) Not printed. 42/. Copy of Order in Council No. P.C. 1208, dated 17th May, 1918, re allowances to officers appointed for navigating duties in H.M.C. ships. Presented by on. Mr. Ballantyne, May 23, 1918 Not printed. 9 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14^C ontinued. 43. P.C. 632, dated 14th Marcli, 191S, respecting the increase in freight and passenger rates on Canadian railways. P.C. 631, dated 14th March, 191S, respecting the collection of special taxes from the Canadian Pacific Railway Company. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, March IS, 191S Not printed. 44. P.C. 3116. dated 2nd November, 1917. — Regulations forbidding the use of gram for the dis- tillation of potable liquors. P.C. 3473, dated 22nd December. 1917. — Regulations respecting the prohibition of the importation of intoxicating liquors except wine for use in Divine service ; liquor for medicinal purposes ; liquor for manufacturing purposes ; and specifying the strength of an intoxicating liquor. , P.C. 34S4. dated 26th December, 1917. amending P.C. 3473. dated 22nd December. 1917, by striking out the word "alcohol" and substituting the words "proof spirits." P.C. 134, dated 19th January, 191S. amending P.C. 3473, dated 22nd December, 1917. respecting the importation of liquors after 24th December, 1917, if actually purchased and shipped before 31st January. 191S. P.C. 224. dated 26th January, 191S, amending P.C. 3473, dated 22nd December, 1917, providing for the issuing of a special license by the Minister of Customs for the impor- tation of liquors under certain circumstances. P.C. i)S9, dated 11th March, 191S. — Regulations regarding the manufacture and sale of intoxicating liquors in Canada. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, March IS, 1918. Not printed. 45. PC. 3073. dated 29th October. 1917. — Establishment of a Department of Immigration and Colonization ; provision of a salary lor the Secretary of State for External Affairs. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, March IS, 1918 Not printed. 46. P.C. 432. dated 21st February, 1918. — Establishment of a Department of Soldiers' Civil Re- Establishment. P.C. 433, dated 21st February, 1918. — Regulations re Military Hospitals Commission. - P.C. 434, dated 21st February, 191S. — Invalided Soldiers' Commission. P.C. 442, dated 21st February. 1918. — Appointing Sir James Lougheed, K.C.M.G.. Minister of Soldiers' Civil Re-Estab'ishment. P.C. 443, dated 23rd February, 191S. — Accepting resignation of Mr. F. B. McCurdy. as Parliamentary Secretai-y of the Department of Militia and Defence. P.C. 444, dated 23rd February, 191S. — Appointing F. B. McCurdy, Esq., Parlia- mentary Secretary of Ihe Department of Soldiers' Civil Re-Establishment. P.C. 445. dated 23rd February, 191S. — Accepting the resignation of Sir James Lougheed, K.C.M.G., as Chairman of the Invalided Soldiers' Commission ; and appoint- ing F. B. McCurdy, Esq.. MP., as Chairman of the said Commission. P.C. 446. dated 23rd February. 191S. — Placing the Invalided Soldiers' Commission under the direction and control of the Minister of Soldiers' Civil Re-Establishment. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, March IS, 191S Not printed. 47. P.C. 307, dated 6th February, 1918. — Purchases to be made by the War Purchasing Com- mission for the several departments of Government. Presented by Sir Robert Borden. March IS. 191 S Not printed. 48. P.C. 272, dated 2nd February, 1918. — Appointment of a Canadian War Mission in tlie United States of America. P.C. 2S1, dated 2nd February. 1918. — Appointing Lloyd Harris. Chairman of the Canadian War Mission in the United States of America. P.C. 653, dated Ifith March. 1918. — Appointing Messrs. Frank A. Rolph. A. H. Scott and Ross H. McMaster. members of the Canadian War Mission in the United States of America. Presented by Sir Robert Borden. March 18. 1918 .Vof printed. 48a Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 20th March. 1918. for a copy of the Orders in Council creating the War Mission at Washington, appointments to the same, with instructions as to the extent of its powers and scope of its work. Presented by Mr. Clark (Bruce). March 26, 1918 Not printed. 49. P.C. 112, dated 22nd January, 1918. — Appointment of T. Sherman Rogers, K.C., William B. Wallace, Judge of the County Court, both of Halifax, and Frederick Luther Fowke, of Oshawa, gentleman, as Commissioners under the name of the Halifax Relief Commis- sion. P.C. 576, dated 9th March, 1918. — Regulations re paj-ment of claims arising out of the Halifax disaster. First report of Halifax Relief Commission attached. Pre- sented by Sir Robert Borden, March 18, 1918 Printed for sessional papers only. 50. P.C. 3005, dated 23rd October, 1917. — Appointment of a War Committee of the Cabinet. P.C. 3006, dated 23rd October, 1917. — Appointment of a Committee of the Cabinet to be known as " The Reconstruction and Development Committee." Presented by Sir Robert Borden. March 18. 1918 .Vot printed. 10 S-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME li— Continued. :51. PC. 3oS. dated 13th February, 191S.— Regulations re appointments to the'Public Service. P.C. 491, dated 2Sth February, 191S. — Respecting appointments, promotions, etc., in the Civil Service other than in the several departments. P.C. 372, dated ISth February, 191S. — Appointment of a Committee of Council re preparation of a Bill respecting the Civil Service. P.C. 548, dated 15th March, 1918. — Approval of Interim Regulations made by the Civil Service Commission, under clause 3 of O.C. P.C. 358, dated 13th February, 1918. P.C. 637, dated 18th March. 191S. — Regulations re dismissal of public officials on the ground of offensive partisanship during the recent election. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, March 18, 1918 Not printed. :52. P.C. 2S33, dated Sth October. 1917. — Public Servtee Committee of National Service. Pre- sented by Sir Robert Borden, March 18, 1918 Not printed. 52«. Registration Regulations made by the Canada Registration Board. Presented by Hon. Mr. McCurdy, April 23, 1918 Not printed. 52b. Memorandum respecting the plans of the Canada Registration Board and the progress it is making in its work. Presented by Sir George Foster, May 23, 1918.. ..Not printed. -53. PC. 1433, dated 24th May, 1917. — Regulations re departure out of Canada of male persons liable to or capable of military service. P.C. 1531, dated 4th June, 1917. — Statutory declaration — Schedule ' B" of O.C. May 24, 1917, may be made before certain persons. P.C. 1799, dated 30th June, 1917. — Regulations made by O.C. May 24. 1917, amended. P.C. 2245, dated 3rd September, 1917. — Military Service Council: Appointment Deputy Minister of Justice. O. M. Biggar, John H. Moss, L. Loranger, and L.-Col. H. A. C, Machin as. P.C. 2497, dated Sth September, 1917. — Central Appeal Judge: Appointment Mr. Justice Duff as. P.C. 249S, dated 11th September. 1917. — Members of local tribunals: Minister of Justice may appoint after September 25, 1917. P.C. 2554, dated 15th September, 1917. — Registrar for British Columbia — R. S. Lennie, K.C. P.C. 2555, dated 15th September, 1917. — Registrar for New Brunswick — W. A. Ewing, K.C. P.C. 2556. dated 15th September, 1917. — Registrar for Quebec — Eugene Godin. K.C. P.C. 2557, dated 15th September, 1917. — Registrar for Saskatchewan — A. L. Haining. P.C. 2558, dated 15th September, 1917. — Registrar for Manitoba — E. R. Chapman. P.C. 2559. dated l.'''th September, 1917. — Registrar for Toronto — Glynn Osier. P.C. 2563, dated ISth September, 1917. — Franking privilege extended to Registrars and Deputy Registrars. P.C. 2564, dated l.jth September, 1917. — Regulations re departure out of Canada of male persons capable of Tnilitary service, made on May 24 and June 30, 1917, amended. P.C. 2591, dated 17th September, 1917. — Registrar for Calgary — John M. Carson. P.C. 2598, dated 17th September, 1917. — Registrar for Prince Edward Island — W. W. Stanley. P.C. 2603, dated ISth September, 1917. — O. M. Biggar authorized to sign requisi- tions for printing and stationery tor use of Military Service Council. P.C. 2618, dated 20th September. 1917. — Registrar for the Yukon — John Black. P.C; 2623. dated 21J3t September, 1917. — ^Deputy Registrars, Ontario — W. E. Wismer and Major H. P. Cook. P.C. 2624, dated 21st September, 1917. — Deputy Registrar for Quebec — A. Gobeil. P.C. 2635, dated 28th September, 1917. — Deputy Registrar for Quebec — F. A. I.abelle. P.C. 2637. dated 2Sth September, 1917. — Re making alien residents of Allied nationality in Canada liable to military service. P.C. 2664, dated 24th September, .1917. — Deputy Registrar for Ontario — G. A. Toole. P.C. 2699, dated 3rd October, 1917. — Registrar for Nova Scotia — E. H. Nichols. P.C. 27.25, dated 3rd October, 1917. — List of officials to sign Letter of Credit cheques. P.C. 2781, dated 4th October, 1917. — Approval of Proclamation calling out for military service of Class 1. P.C. 2833. dated Sth October, 1917. — Public Service Committee of National Service Board, to investigate claims of Civil Servants for exemption. P.C. 2936, dated 15th October, 1917. — Time extended for calling out Class 1 in the Yukon. P.C. 2958. dated 19th October. 1917. — Regulations under Military Service Aot, 1917. P.C. 3007, dated 20th October, 1917. — Travelling expenses of members ot Board of Selection. P.C. 3008, dated 20th October, 1917. — Living and travelling expenses of r lembers of Military Service Council. 11 -9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME li— Continued. P.C. 3025, dated 20th October. 1917. — Regulations re reporting for service and claims for exemption for men residing outside of Canada. P.C. 3033, dated 23rd October, 1917. — Convention Great Britain and United States calling out for military service under its own colours its citizens resident in the other country. P.C. 3036, dated 23rd October, 1917. — Re exemption of members of the R.N.W.M. Police. P.C. 3093, dated 2nd November, 1917.— ClerV: of Central Appeal Judge — J. L. McDougall — at salary of $250 a month. P.C. 3095, dated 2nd November, 1917. — Expenses of Military Service Branch to be paid from War Appropriation. P.C. 3112, dated 2nd November, 1917. — Expenses of Judges re making appoint- ments to local tribunals. P.C. 3118, dated 7th November. 1917. — Further regulations under Military Service Act, 1917. P.C. 3168, dated 9th November, 1917. — Regulations re dealing with deserters and absentees without leave, etc. P.C. 3169. dated 9th November, 1917. — Regulations re claims for exemptions by persons who have failed to comply with Proclamation under Military Service Act, 1917, P.C. 3230, dated 19th November. 1917. — Regulations fixing penalties for non- compliance with the law. P.C. 3231. dated 19th November, 1917. — Re applications for exemption in North- west Territories and other remote regions. P.C. 3232, dated 19th November, 1917. — J. H. Moss authorized to sign requisitions for printing and stationery for use of Military Service Council. P.C. 32S3. dated 27th November, 1917. — Regulation re repatriation of citizens or subjects of Allied countries resident in Canada. P.C. 32S5, dated 27th November, 1917. — Minister of Justice authorized to desig- nate a Judge to perform duties assigned to Chief Justice re appeal tribunals in case of a vacancy in said office. P.C. 329S. dated 29th November. 1917. — Registrars and Deputy Registrars, remun- eration of. P.C. 3321. dated 30th November, 1917. — Regulations re appeal to Central Judge from decisions of tribunals. P.C. 3344, dated 3rd December, 1917. — Be hearing of appeals as speedily as possible. P.C. 3348, dated 3rd December, 1917. — Re discharge from military service of persons engaged in agriculture. P.C. 3349, dated 3rd December. 1917. — Minister of Agriculture authorized to appoint representatives of Department of Agriculture to attend tribunals. P.C. 3356. dated Sth December, 1917. — Remuneration of representatives of the Minister of Agriculture ($5 per diem). P.C. 3463. dated 24th December, 1917. — Regulations re departure out of Canada, of male persons, made by O.C. May 24. 1917, amended. P.C. 33, dated 7th January, 191S. — Regulations re establishment of additional tri- bunals to decide appeals. P.C. 35, dated 7th January. 1918. — ^Regulations; remuneration and expenses of tribunals. P.C. 70. dated Sth January, 1918. — Regulations respecting men changing resideve. P.C. 54. dated Sth January, 1918. — Enlargement of Dominion Police Force in con- nection with administration of the Military Service Act. P.C. Ill, dated 17th January, 1918. — Regulations re exemption of Indians and other disfranchised British subjects, from Military Service. P.C. 115, dated 17th January, 1918. — Regulations prescribing obligations of exempted men under the Military Service Act. P.C. 116. dated 17th January, 1918. — Appointment of Douglas Kerr as Commis- sioner of Police to enforce Military Service Act. P.C. 178, dated 21st January. 191S. — Regulations re appeal claims for exemption under the Military Service Act, 1917. P.C. 181 dated 26th January, 1918. — Regulations re furnishing of information by employers of employees liable for Military Service. P.C. 182. dated 26th January, 1918. — Regulations re reporting for military duty in case of an appeal for exemption. P.C. 195. dated 24th January, 1918. — Extension of time for appeals from decisions of local tribunals. P.C. 196, dated 26th January, 1918. — Regulations re appeals from the grants of exemption by tribunals — production of foodstuffs. P.C. 237, dated 30th January, 191S. — Liability to Military Service of United States citizens in Canada, and Candian British subjects in the United States. P.C. 271, dated 2nd February, 1918. — Regulations re hearing of appeals in the Province of Quebec. 12 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME U~Conti,uied. P.C. 384, dated 18th February, 191S. — Appointment of an agricultural representa- tive for each Military District to act as adviser to the Leave of Absence Boards. P.C. 435. dated 23rd February, 191S. — Accepting- resignation of Mr. Glyn Os'.er, K.C., as Register under the Military Service Act. at Toronto, and appointing Mr. C. Leslie Watson, Registrar for Ontario. P.C. 450, dated 2nd March, 1918. — Constitution of a Directorship under the Military Service Act, 1917 ; and appointing Lt.-Col. H. A. C. Machin, to the said office. P.C. 451, dated 23rd February. 191S. — Use of certain of the Judges of the Circuit Court of the District of Montreal for the determination of appeals under the Military Service Act, 1917 P.C. 452, dated 23rd February, 191S. — Accepting the resignation of Mr. E. R. Chap- man, Registrar under the Military Service Act for Manitoba, and appointing Mr. George A. Toole to succeed him. P.C. 572, dated 9th March, 191S. — Application of the provisions of the Canadian Military Service Act, 1917, to aliens of allied nationality resident in Canada. (Copy of the Military Service Act, 1917, attached.) ■; Not 2>r>nted. 53a. Copies of Orders in Council — P.C. 815, dated 4th April, 191S. — Regulations, under the War Measures Act, 1914. in respect to the utilization of the human energy of Canada for purposes essential to the prosecution of the present war. • And P.C. S34. dated 4th April, 1918, — Conferring certain powe.s on the General Officer or the Officer Commanding Military Districts, in case of riot, insurrection or civil disturbance, or obstructing the enforcement of the Military Service Act. 1917, etc. Pre- sented by Sir Robert Borden. April 5, IDIS. Not printed. 54. Copies of Orders in Council, as follows — P.C. 3160. dated 9th November, 1917. — Regulations re appointment of a Director of Public Information. P.C. 3161, dated 9th November, 1917. — Appointing Mark E. Nichols, Esq.. Director of Public Information. Presented by Hon. Mr. Rowell. March IS, 1918. ...Vo( printed. 55. Copy of the Minutes of the meetings of the Conference between the Dominion and Provin- cial Governments of Canada, held at Ottawa, during February, 1918, respecting the general war situation as concerned with Hnancial, food, shipping, and military necessities Presented by Hon. Mr. Calder, March 18, 1918 Printed! for sessional papers only. 56. Copies of Orders in Council, as follows — P.C. 1460, dated 16th June, 1917. — Regulations for appointment of Food Controller. P.C. 1684. dated 21st June, 1917. — Appointment of Hon. W. J. Hanna as Food Controller. P.C. 1844, dated 3rd July, 1917.— Staff, office of Food Controller; appointment of Todd, Willison and French. P.C. 2079, dated 1st August, 1917. — Franking privilege extended to Food Con- troller. P.C. 2190, dated 9th August, 1917. — Regulations applicable to public eating places and use of wheat for alcohol prohibited : penalties imposed, etc. P.C. 2210, dated 11th August, 1917. — Food Controller's Office; 525,000 for salaries and expenses of. P.C. 2292, dated 18th August, 1917. — Export of flour prohibited. P.C. 2333. dated 23rd August, 1917.— Food Controller's Office; appointment of officers, clerks and others ; authority to make such appointments, fix salaries, etc. P.C. 2352, date 24th August, 1917. — Canned vegetables; prohibition if use of while fresh vegetables are available. P.C. 2730, dated 3rd October, 1917. — Franking privilege to secretaries of Provin- cial Committee of Food Controller's Office. P.C. 2689, dated Sth October, 1917. — Food Control ; Educational Bureau : appoint- ments. P.C. 2688. dated 11th October. 1917. — Regulations re wholesale producers and dealers. Must make returns, etc. P.C- 2959, dated 19th October, 1917. — Cere.il foods. Regulations re sale of. P.C. 2959 (a), dated Extra Canada Gazette. 25th October, 1917. — Order of Food Controller extending time for commencement of Cereal Food Regulations. PC. 3044, dated 23rd October 1917. — Oleomargarine; Regulations re importation and sale of. P.C. 3116, dated 2nd November, 1917. — Use of grain for distiUation of potable liquors, prohibited. P.C. 3141, dated 6th November, 1917. — $70,000 for expenses office of Food Con- troller. P.C. 3211, dated 15th November, 1917.— Export of foodstuffs; prohibition of. P.C. 3214, dated 15th November, 1917. — Licensing of dealers in food, etc. Regu- lations re. Food Controller authorized to fix profits, etc. 13 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14^Continued. P.C. 3223, dated loth November. 1917. — Licensing of mills tor the grinding of flour ; regulations re. P.C. 3215, dated 19th November, 1917. — Food Controller's Office: ?10fl,000 for salaries and other expenses in. P.C. 3236, dated 19th November, 1917. — Oleomargarine: Regulations re handling of ; Licenses for importation of to be issued from Office of Veterinary Director General. P.C. 3236 (a), dated 2nd Extra Canada Gazette, 17th November, 1917. — Order of Food Controller re manufacture, importation and sale of oleomargarine. P.C. 3239, dated 19th November, 1917. — Food Control Regulations framed by Food Controller re licenses for exportation of goods to allied countries, etc.. approved. P.C. 3203, dated 27th November, 1917. — Manufacture of malt; regulations re. P.C. 3347, dated 3rd December, 1917. — Prohibition of export of certain foods to the United Kingdom. British possessions, etc., except under license from Minister of Customs. P.C. 3430, dated 24th December. 1917. — Food Control Regulations re cars contain- ing food being held for longer period than four days. etc. P.C. 163, dated 19th January, 191S. — ?50,000 for expenses of Food Controller's office. P.C. 180, dated 21st January, 191S. — Regulations re licensing flour mills made by Order in Council 3223, 15th November, 1917, to extend to all flour mills. P.C. 200, dated 24th Januarj', 1918. — Resignation, Hon. W. J. Hanna as Food Con- troller. ' P.C. 53, dated 26th January, 1918. — Regulations re exportation of certain goods. P.C. 212, dated 26th January. 1918. — Staff, office of Food Controller. Former Orders in Council re cancelled, and Food Controller authorized to appointment of cer- tain members of. P.C. 223. clatel 4th February. 1918. — Appointment Mr. H. B. Thomson as Food Controller vice Hen. W. J. Hanna. P.C. 34 1, dated llth February, 1918. — Canada Food Board. P.C. 345, dated llth February, 1918. — Appointment members of Canada Food Board : Messrs. Thomson, Dunning and McGregor. P.C. 370, dated 12th February, 191 S ^Regulations re Public Eating Places. O.C, 9 th August, 1917, r. mended. PC. 420. dat d 2Cth February, 191S. — Amending O.C. of February,- 11. 1918. creat- '"g The Pppadn Frod Ho^rd — Powers not to include any of the powers or duties vested in the Board cf Grain Superv'sers for Canada. P.C 470, dated 2Sth February. 1918. — Prchibiting removal of flint or dent corn from the ccunties of Lambton. Ess3x, Kent and Elgin to any place outside of said district. P.C. 5^'3. dated 7th Marh, 1918 — Regulations re usa of grain for feed purposes in sto k ya-ds. et'-. PC. 567. dated Kh March, 191S. — Placing of sums of money to the credit of the Canada Food Boar 1 for the purchase of Ford tractors. PC 580. t'ated 9t March. 1918 — Regu'ations re licensing of packing houses — Liniitaton of profit cf sales. P.C. 596, ated 12th March. 1918. — Regulations re power of The Canada Food Board 'o make orders :egirding the ki .ds and amounts of foods that may h^ used. etc. P.C. »97. dated 12th March, 1918. — Regulations forbidding the wilful waste of any food or food pro'lu."ts : penalties imposed, etc N^ot printed. 56a- -Report o! the Ford Controller, Hon. W. J Hanna, K.C., to the Prime Minister, dated 24th January, 191S. Presented by Sir Robert Borden. Mach 27, 1918 Not printed. 566- Return to an Order of the House of the 20th March. 1918, for a return show- ing— 1. When and upon whose recommendation the office of Food Controller in Canada was authorized and established. 2. To which Ministerial Department the Food Con- troller reports, and what member of the cabinet, if any. is responsible for the adminis- tration of the office of Food Controller. 3. The total amount incurred as salaries for Food Controller and his assistants and staff at Ottawa and throughout Canada from the establishment of the office up to and including end of February, 191S. 4. The total expense of Food Controller's Office at Ottawa and throughout Canada, including rents, furnishing, equipment, heat, light, salaries, travelling expenses, stationery, printing, advertising, telegrams, telephones, postage, and all other expenses of Food Controller's Office. Ottawa, and branch offices throughout Canada, since the establishment of the office, up to and including February. 1918. 5. The total cost of administration of Food Control'er's Office at Ottawa and throughout Canada, including rents, furnishings, equipments, heat, light, salaries, travelling expenses, stationery, printing, advertising, telegrams, telephones, postage, etc.. including all and every expense of Food Controller's Office at Ottawa and branch offices throughout Canada for each of following months, viz. : December. 1917. and February. 1918. 6. Whether there are any claims for salary or expenses from the Food Controller's Office outstanding or in dispute : if so, the amount involved. 7. How many employees there are on the Food Controller's staff at Ottawa and throughout Canada, 8. How many of the employees are returned soldiers who have been on active service since 1914. Presented April IS. 191S. — .1/r. Lapointe (fit. -James) Not printed'. 14 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14r—C ontinued. 56c. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 20th March. 191S. for a copy of the Order in Council recently passed making provision for the staff, the num- ber of persons to he employed and their salaries, in the Food Controller's Office. Also a list of the names of those at present employed, showing their respective salaries and duties, former occupations, where formerly employed and salary received in former occu- pation. Presented April IS. 191S. — Mr. Devlin -Vot printed. 56(1. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General, of the 2Tth March. lOlS. for a copy of the Orders in Council creating the Canada Food Board, and all correspond- ence antecedent or posterior to the Order in Council with respect to the same, as well as all regulations not already brought down. Presented May 20, 191.S. — Sir Wilfrid Laurier Not jtrinted. see. Supplementary return to an Order of the House of the 20th March, 191S, for a return show- ing— 1. Whrn and upon whose recommendation the office of Food Controller in Canada was authorized and established. 2. To which Ministerial Department the Food Con- troller reports, and what member of tlie cabinet, if any, is responsible for the adminis- tration of the office of Food Controller. 3. The total amount incurred as salaries for Food Controller and his assistants and staff at Ottawa and throughout Canada from the establishment of the office up to and including end of February, 1918. 4. The total expense of Food Controller's Office at Ottawa and throughout Canada, including rents, furnishing, equipment, heat, light, salaries, travelling expenses, stationery, printing, advertising, telegrams, telephones, postage, ^nd all other expenses of Food Controller's Office, Ottawa, and branch offices throughout Canada, since the establishment of the office, up to and including February, 191S. 5. The total cost of administration of Food Controller's Office at Ottawa and throughout Canada, including rents, furnishings, equipments, heat, light, salaries, travelling expenses, stationery, printing, advertising, telegrams, telephone, postage, etc., including all and every expense of Food Controller's Office at Ottawa and branch office throughout Canada for each of following months, viz.: December, 1917, and February, 1918. 6. 'Whether there are any claims for salary or expenses from the Food Controller's Office outstanding or in dispute ; if so, the amount involved. 7. How many employees there are on the Food Controller's staff at Ottawa and throughout Canada. S. How many of the employees are returned soldiers who have been on active service since 1914. Presented May 20, 1918. — .Mr. Lapointe (St. James) Not printed. 57. Copies of Orders in Council, as follows : — P.C. I.'i79, dated 11th June. 1917. — Fuel Controller. — Report on coal situation and appointment of Chas. A. Magrath as. P.C. 1651, dated 15th June, 1917. — Fuel Controller vested with powers under Inquiries Act. P.C. 1862. dated 6th July, 1917. — Fuel Controller; $10,000 allocated from War Appropriation. P.C. 1887, dated 12th July, 1917. — Fuel Controller. — Report on coal situation and appointment of Chas. A. Magrath as. P.C. 2060, dated 27th July, 1917. — Assistant Fuel Controller. Appointment of H. P. McCue as. P.C. 2289. dated 22nd August, 1917. — Fuel Control. Appointment of Donald S. Kerr to assist and C. W. Paterson as Deputy Fuel Controller. P.C. 2611, dated 19th September, 1917. — "David S. Kerr" instead of "Donald S. Kerr" (O.C. 22nd August, 1917 — P.C. No. 2289, amended). P.C. 3068. dated 26th October, 1917. — Regulations re importation and sale of coal. P.C. 105/3341. dated 3rd December, 1917. — Salary of Deputy Fuel Controller. C. W. Peterson, fixed at $500 per month P.C. 285, dated 4th February, 1918. — Duties of Fuel Controller; O.C. 12th July. 1917. — P.C. 1SS7, defining, amended P.C. 298, dated 5th Februar.v, 1918. ^Fuel Regulation. Providing for heat'ess days in factories, theatres, etc. P.C. 325. dated 11th February. 1918. — Powers of Fuel Controller extended. Sir George Foster laid on the Table, by Command of His Excellency, — Copies of Orders in Council, as follows : — P.C. 359, dated 20th February. 1918. — Regulations providing for the conservation of fuel necessary to the national security. P.C. 564, dated Sth March, 191S. — Amending regulations re conservation of fuel as regards the closing of golf, country, yacht, canoe or hunt clubs and places of amuse- ment on certain days. Presented by Sir George Foster. March 19. 1918... Wot printed. 58. Annual Report of the Editorial Committee on Government Publications, on its operations from the date of its appointment, 4th October, 1917, to 20th March, 191S. Presented ■ by Sir George Foster, April 24, 1918.. . .Pri7ited for distribution and sessional papers. 58a. P.C. 2729. dated 4th October, 1917. — Establishment of Editorial Committee re printing of public documents. Presented by Sir George Foster, March 19, 1918. Printed for sessional pap '-rs only. 15 8-9 George V Alphabetical ludex to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME li— Continued. 59. PC. 337, dated 8th February, 191S. — Constitution of a Sub-Committee of the War Committee of the Cabinet to be known as The War Trade Board. Presented by Sir George Foster, March 19, 1918 ' Not printed. S9n. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 20th March, 191S. tor a copy of all Orders in Council creating the War Trade Board, appointments to the same, instructions, and reports from the Board to this date. Presented by Sir Wilfrid Laurier, April 4, 1918 Not printed. 60. Statement of Governor General's Warrants issued since the last Session of Parliament on account of 1917-lS. Presented ))y Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 20, 1918 Not printed. 61. Statement of receipts and expenditures of the National Battlefields Commission to 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 20, 1918 Not printed. 62. Statement showing distribution of the $25,000,000 advanced by the Dominion Government to the Canadian Northern Railway and its constituent companies, as provided for in Chapter 24, Statutes of 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 20. 1918. Not printed. 62". Return showing: — 1. What sums, it any, have been paid since the first day of August. 1917, to the Canadian Northern Railway or to any person, firm, corporation, bank or company in trust for and on behalf of the Canadian Northern. 2. Under what authority these sums have been paid. 3. If by virtue of Orders in Council, the date of each of gaid Orders in Council, and the amount authorized by each of said Orders, and so paid. Presented March 27, 1918. — Mr. Verville Not printed. 63. Statement of the Receipts and Expenditures of the Royal Society of Canada, for the year ended April 30, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean. March 20, 1918.. . .Not printed. 64. Interim Report of R. A. Pringle, ICC, Commissioner inquiring into the manufacture, sale, price and supply of news print in Canada. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 20, 1918 Not printed. 64ci. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 8th April. 1918, for a copy of the Order in Council creating a paper commission, and also a copy of the subsequent Orders in Council in regard to the work of this Commission. Presented April IS, 191S. — Mr. Devlin Not printed. 64!). Return to an Order of the Hoirse of the Sth April, 191S, for a copy of all correspondence respecting Orders in Council creating a paper commission, and subsequent Orders in Council respecting the same, "which have passed between newsipaper publishers in Canada, more particularly those publishers in Toronto, and the Government. Pre- sented April 25, 191S. — .Mr. Devlin Not printed. 65. Report and Statement of Receipts and Expenditures of the Ottawa Improvement Com- mission to March 31, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 20, 1918. Not printed. 66. Statement of Superannuation and Retiring Allowances in the Civil Service during the year ending 31st December, 1917. showing name, rank, salary, ser\'ice allowance and cause of retiremejit of each person superannuated or retired, also whether vacancy has been filled by promotion, or by apiK)intment, and the salar>- of any new appointee. Pre- sented by Hon, Mr. Maolean. March 20. 1918 Not printed. 67. Report of Women's War Conferemce, called by the War Committee of the Cabinet, at Ottawa, February 28th to March 2iid, 1918. Presented by hon. Mr. Rowell. March 20, 1918 Not printed. 68. Statement of Expenditure on account of " Miscellaneous Unforeseen Expenses." from the 1st April, 1917, to the 18th March, 1918, in accordance with the Appropriation Act of 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, March 20, 1918 Not printed. 69. Letter of the Honourable Albert Sfivigny to the Right Honourable the Prime Minister. resigning his position as Minister of Inland Revenue, and the letter of the Prime Minister in acknowledgment thereof. Presented by .Sir Robert Borden, March 26, 1918. Not priyited. 70. Return to an Order of the House of the 21st March, 1918, tor a Return showing: — 1. Who were the officers of the Engineere Training Depot stationed at St. Johns, Quebec, barracks during the months of October and December. 1917. 2. Who were the othcers of the Engineers Training Depot stationed at St. Johns, Quebec, barracks on the 17th December, 1917. 3. Where these officers enlisted. 4. Where these officers resided before their enlistment. 5. Where these officers were residing at the time of their enlistment. Presented March 27, 1918. — Mr. Archambault Not printed. 16 I 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME U—Co7itinued. 71. Return of Orders in Council whicli have been published in the Canada Gazette and in the British Columbia Gazette, between 1st January 1917, and the 8th March, 1918, in accordance with provisions of subsection (d) of section 38 of the regulations for the survey, administration, disposal and management of Dominion lands within the 40-mile Railway Belt in the Province of British Columbia, as follows ; — P.C. 3277, 5th January, 1917. License of occupation of a portion of the bed of the Fraser river to the Kettle Valley Railway Company. P.C. 159, 19th January, 1917. Limiting the right of homestead entry in the Railway Belt to persons who were British subjects or subjects of a country allied to Great Britain, or subject of a neutral country and who have continued to be so. P.C. 107, 12th February, 1917. Waiving completion of naturalization, before issue of patent for Dominion Lands in certain cases where entrant is on active service. P.C. 572, 5th March, 1917. Regulations re natural resources necessitated on account of war conditions. P.C. 736, 17th March, 1917. Providing for homesteaders being given credit tor time spent at agricultural labour in Canada during the year 191S, towards the- per- formance of residence duties. P.C. 9S2, 10th April, 1917. Authorizing the sale of certain lands in British Columbia to Canadian Pacific Railway Company for pipe-line purposes. P.C. 2076, 1st August, 1917. Authorizing certain changes in the Timber Regula- tions. P.C. 2562, 15th September 1917. Vesting the title to certain lands in the Railway Belt in His Majesty for the purposes of the Province of British Columbia. P.C. 3210, 15th November, 1917. Authorizing the cutting of timber on Dominion lands for ship-building purposes. P.C. 3243, 27th November, 1917. Confirming certain Orders in Council re admin- istration of Dominion Lands in the Railway Belt in British Columbia. P.C. 3245, 27th November, 1917. Permitting a man on active service giving power of attorney with respect to his rights to Dominion lands in Railway Belt, British Columbia. P.C. 185, 2Uh January, 1918. Repealing Order in Counci'l P.C. 159, January 19, 1917, and substituting certain regulations therefor. P.C. 23_425, 20th February, 1918. Authorizing the issue of a lease to J. H. Morrison, Kamloops, of certain lands in the Railway Belt. British Columbia, for mining purposes. Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen, April 2, 191S Not printed. 72. Return of Orders in Council which have been published in the Canada Gazette, between the 1st January, 1917, and the Sth March. 191S. in accordance with the provisions of . "The Forest Reserves and Park Act," Section 19, of Chapter 10, 1-2 George V, as follows: — P.C. 340, 7th February, 1917, amending Order in Council 19th December. 1916. re adiministration of "Project Meadows" in Forest Reserves in Railway Belt, British Columbia. P.C. 2595, ISth September, 1917, placing the control of certain lands in the Waterton Lakes Park under the Director of Forestry. P.C. 2594, 18th September, 1917, rescinding Order in Council Sth June re Rocky Mountains Park. Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen, April 2, 1918 Not printed. 73. Return of Orders in Council which have been published in the Canada Gazette, between 1st January, 1917, and the Sth March, 1918, in accordance with the provisions of Section 77 of the " Dominion Lands Act," Chapter 20, 7-S Edward VII, as follows : — P.C. 13, Sth January, 1917. Rescinding Order in Council 4th March, 1910, re S.W. J of 4-9-14, W. 2nd Meridian, and making same available for homestead purposes. P.C. 60, 13th January, 1917. Transferring certain lands in Cowesses Indian . Reserve No. 73, to the Province of Saskatchewan, for road purposes. P.C. 102, 15th January, 1917. Withdrawing from general disposition certain petroleum and natural gas rights in the vicinity of the City of Edmonton. P.C. 108, 17th January. 1917. Authorizing free grant of lot 5, township 70-23, W. Sth, to " La Corporation Episcopale Catholique Romaine d'Athabaska." P.C. 110, 17th January, 1917. Authorizing the sale of certain lands to Moses Lessard for irrigation purposes. P.C. 159, 19th January, 1917. Providing that a person applying for a homestead entry in the Railway Belt, British Columbia, must be a British subject and has since continued to be a British subject, or a subject of a British Allied or neutral country. P.C. 165, 20th January, 1917. Setting aside certain Dominion lands for Indian Reserve purposes. P.C. 166, 20th January, 1917. Setting aside certain Dominion lands for Indian Reserve purposes. P.C. 167, 20th January, 1917. Setting aside certain Dominion lands for Indian Reserve purposes. P.C. 210, 26th January. 1917. Dispensing with residence duties in conn iction with the entry of Frank Ruppert for the S.W. 5 of 16-33-14, W. 4th. P.C. 301, 2nd February, 1917. Dispensing with residence duties in connection with the entry of Wm. Thorburn for the S.W. J of 13-28-22, W. 2nd. 42201—2 IT 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME U— Continued. P.C. 316, 3rd February, 1917. Authorizing grant to L. F. Cardinal of the W. i of 22-108-13, W. oth, by virtue of his occupation thereof at date of extinguishment of Indian Title. P.C. 327, 6th February, 1917. Authorizing issue of free patent to Jos. Hewitt for the S.B. i of 20-44-3, 'W. 2nd, in lieu of land occupied by him being included in a Forest Reserve. P.C. 4S1, 20th February, 1917. Authorizing the issue of license of occupation to the Canadian Northern Western Railway of certain lands for a bridge site. P.C. 493, 20th February. 1917. Dispensing with residence duties by Samuel McCaJl on the E. J of 21-31-1, "W. 3rd. P.C. 560, 2Sth February. 1917. Authorizing time spent at farm labour in Canada during 1917, to count as residence duties on entries for Dominion lands. P.C. 555, 2Sth February, 1917. Making provisions of Orders in Council of Sth May, 1915 (P.C. 1042). 20th September, 1913 (P.C. 2150), 9th December, 1915 (P.C. 2SSS), and the 12th January, 1916 (P.C. 33), applicable to pre-emptions and purchased homesteads. P.C. 561, 5th March, 1917. Authorizing change in regulations permitting granting of one day's priority of right to make entry for available Dominion lands. P.C. 526, 5th March, 1917. Authorizing extension of terms of Order in Council 11th March, 1915, for period of four months up to 11th July, 1917. P.C. 572, 5th March, 1917. Limiting disposal of any natural resources except to a British subject, subject of Allied country, or neutral country. P.C. 610, 7th March, 1917. Rescinding Order in Council 30th January, 1914, in so far as it affects descriptions of lands granted to Indians, and certain lands described be granted instead thereof. P.C. 686, 16th March, 1917. Granting right to Mr. Notman to purchase certain lands in Province of Manitoba. P.C. 687, 16th March, 1917. Granting certain lands to Department of Militia and Defence. P.C. 6SS, 16th March, 1917. Granting certain lands for church purposes to Synod of Diocese of Calagary. P.C. 762, 20th March, 1917. Authorizing sale of certain lands to Council of the town of Maple Creek. P.C. S4S 29th March. 1917. Authorizing sale of lands to Western Canada Power Company for power development purposes. P.C. S5S, 29th March, 1917. Authorizing grant of land for cemetery purposes to Rural Municipality of Bright Sand, No. 529. P.C. 91S, 3rd April. 1917. Amending Order in Council of 14th December, 1916, with respect to application thereof to Canadian Expeditionary Forces. P.C. 919, 3rd April, 1917. Granting certain lands for cemetery purposes to the village of Vanguard, Saskatchewan. P.C. 926, 3rd April, 1917. Authorizing sale of N.W. J 36-45-25, W. 3rd, to Allan V. Macie, P.C. 927, 3rd April, 1917. -Authorizing sale of certain lands to N. J. Bailey under certain conditions. P.C. 1068, ISth April, 1917. Authorizing issue of lease of certain lands to Northern Fish Company. Limited. Selkirk, Manitoba. P.C. 1066, 18th April. 1917. -Authorizing itsue of license of occupation of certain lands to the city of Winnipeg for water-power purposes. P.C. 1067, ISth April. 1917. Dispensing with residence duties and authorizing issue of patent to James Wilson, in connection with the N.E. J of 35-19-11, W.P.M. P.C. 1069, 18th April. 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands for cemetery purposes to the village of Major, Saskatchewan. P.C. 1071, 18th April, 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands to rural muni- cipality of Lakeview, No. 454 Alberta, for cemetery purposes. P.C. 1072, 18th -April, 1917. Authorizing issue of patent of certain lands to Mr. D. EnniN. P.C. 1189, 30th April, 1917. Granting certain lands for the erection of a creamery plant to the Canora Creamery Association, Limited. P.C. 1222, 3rd May, 1917. Setting apart certain lands for the Indian of the Peguis. P.C. 1207, 4th May, 1917. -Authorizing issue of patent to Allen E. McDonald. P.C. 1249, 8th May, 1917. Re granting patent to any person not a British subject by birth or naturalization who is on active service overseas. P.C. 126S, 8th May, 1917. Rescinding Order in Council P.C. 572,- 5th March. 1917, and enacting new regulations therefor. P.C. 1315, 11th May, 1917. Granting certain lands for church and cemetery purposes to the Church of God of Edmonton, Alberta. P.C. 1378, 21st May, 1917. Setting apart certain lands for park purposes and granting the same to the rural municipality of Mariposa, No. 350, Saskatchewan. P.C. 1377, 21st May, 1917. Relieving Mr. H. Wills of further residence duties on the north halt of 22-25-10 W. 4th. P.C. 1348, 21st May, 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands to Winnipeg Electric Railway Convpany. P.C. 1429, 25th May, 1917. Authorizing certain regulations for the disi)0sal of quartz mining claims on IJominion lands. 18 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME l4r-Continued. P.C. 1455, 29th May, 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands to the town of The Pas for industrial purposes. . , „ ■ , at ■,„^^„ P.C. 1471, 1st June, 1917. Setting apart certain lands in the Province of Manitoba PC 1532 4th June, 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands for church purposes to the Board' of Management of the Church and Manse Building Fund of the Pres- byterian Church in Canada for Manitoba and the Northwest. ,,^ , P.C. 1533, 4th June, 1917. Vesting certain lands in HiE Majesty in the right of the Province of Alberta. . „ , . . „„i „ P.C. 1536, 5th June, 1917. Authorizing Rev. W. B. Cumming, Saskatoon, to make entry by proxy on behalf of James Grossart. P.C. 1580, 11th June, 1917. Withdrawing certain lands which had been reserved for the Hudson's Bay Railway. . , j ^ .^ * .„ „f P.C. 1613, 13th June, 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands to the town or Gimli, for cemetery purposes. . , , . t , ■u^/iv,,-,^ P.C. 1691, 21st June, 1917. Authorizing sale of certain lands to Jo.in Hedberg, ^^P^C 1675 ''1st June 1917. Authorizing license of occupation to Canadian Northern Railway Company of certain lands on the Red Deer River for bridge construction purposes. ^ • , j ,„ ,i,o r-o^afUQn P.C. 1761, 26th June, 1917. Authorizing sale of certain lands to the Canadian Pacific Railway Company. , j, , - t « p^i^^rt^ who P.C. 1716, 26th June, 1917. Restoring the homestead entry oi L. H. Kobeits w no died wihle on active service overseas. . ■ , j .„ iimiior., P.C. 1717, 26th June, 1917. Authorizing sale of certain lands to ■S\ ilhara '"*^PC 171S 26th June, 1917 Authorizing grant of certain lands for cemetery purposes to the rural municipality of Bright S.ind, No. 529, Saskatchewan. P.C. 1S17, 30th June, 1917. Authorizing exchange of certain lands to Indians m lieu of^an^s^surren erj^^^^ ^^^^ AutHorizing grant of lands for church and cemetery purnoses to the Bethel Kvangelical Scandinavian Lutherian Congregation. PC 1821 30th June, 1917. Authorizing grant of land for cemetery purposes to the Ruthenian Greek Catholic Parish of St. Michael's in Communion with Rome, St. Martin, Manitoba. , . . ,. ,„,,„ PC 1866 6th July, 1917. Dispensing with residence duties in connection with the entry of W. L. Taylor for the N.W. i 13-25-1. W.P.M. . P.C. 1877, 9th July, 1917. Authorizing person on active service overseas to appoint attorney to make application for patent. . , j „ ™ , , P.C. 1937, 12th July, 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands tor cemetery purposes to St. George Cemetery Company, Egremont, Alberta. P.C. 2039, 26th July, 1917. Authorizing grant of certain lands for park purposes to the town of Drumheller, Alberta. P.C. 2036, 27th July, 1917. Authorizing grant of land for cemetery purposes to rural municijpality of Bear Lake, No. 740. P.C. 2037. 27th July, 1917. Authorizing grant of land lor church purposes to Svnod of the Diocese of Qu'Appelle. . , , . ta- „f " P.C. 2038, 27th July, 1917. Authorizing sale of certain lands to Diocese ot "''rC. 2'o66. 27th July, 1917. Authorizing the cancellation ot the survey ot certain lands along tiie old Dawson Road. ., , . , oon at . iqi7 PC 2075 30th July, 1917. Amending Order m Council dated 29th May, 191 (, with reference to the name of the Board of Trade of the town of The Pas, Manitoba. P.C. 2076, 1st August, 1917. Authorizing regulations re timber. PC 2090, 1st August, 1917. Amending forest reserve regulations. P.C. 2108, Cth August, 1917. Authorizing certain changes in Dominion lands regulations for the protection of water-ipower resources. PC 2109 6th August, 1917. Authorizing license of occupation to Canadian Northern Pacific Railway Company of certain lands in the bed of the South Thompson River P.C. 2171, 8th August, 1917. Authorizing the disposition of certain lands for town- P.C. 2239. 15th August, 1917. Confirming the late C. R. Coutts in his entry for the S.k 6-S3-i7 W. 6. ..,,,,., PC 2241, 18th August, 1917. Authorizing sale by auction of certain ^hool lands. P.C. 225s', 18th August, 1917. Authorizing the lease ot certain lands to the Salts and Potash Company of Canada. P.C. 2259, 18th August, 1917. Granting certain lands for cemetery purposes to La Corporation Episcopale Catholique Romatne de Regina. P.C. 2226, 18th August, 1917. Transferring certain lands from Indian Attairs to Interior Department to be used for church purposes. P.C. 2287, 18th August. 1917. Confirming the late Joe White, who died on active service overseas, in his entry for the N.E. 11-89-9 W. 4. PC 2419, 1st September, 1917. Dispensing with residence duties in connection with the entry of J. L. Crawford for the N.E. 21-2-15 W. 3rd. 42201— 2i . I'J S-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 19 IS CONTENTS OF VOLUME U— Continued. P.C. 2436, 1st September, 1917. Transferring certain lands to the Province of ManitoBa for drainage purposes. P.C. 2420, 1st .September, 191". Granting certain lands to Col. Malloy. P.C. 2460, 11th September, 1917. Granting certain lands for church purposes. P.C. 24SS, 11th September, 1917. Granting certain lands for summer home and shooting purposes. P.C. 24S9, 11th September. 1917. Granting certain lands for church purposes. P.C. 2490, 11th September, 1917. Granting certain lands for cemetery purposes. P.C. 2535, 11th September, 1917. Granting a lease of certain lands for cement purposes. P.C. 2509, 11th September, 1917. Relieving entrant on active service from neces- sity of erecting a house on his homestead. P.C. 2561. 15th September, 1917. Dispensing with residence duties in case of entry for the S.E. 33-10-15 W. 4. P.C. 2593, 17th September, 1017. Granting certain lands to R. B. Clarke in lieu of other lands surrendered to the Crown by him. P.C. 2641, 2Sth September, 1917. Granting certain lands to the Grand Trunk Pacific Development Company, Limited. P.C. 2721, 3rd October, 1917. Be purchase of certain reclaimed lands in Kleskun Lake. P.C. 2728, 3rd October, 1917. Granting certain lands for church purposes. P.C. '2857, 12th October, 1917. Be certain lands granted for creamery plant purposes. ' P.C. 2S56, 12th October, 1917. Granting certain lands for cemetery purposes. P.C. 3027, 3rd November, 1917. Be status of applicants for homestead entries as to nationality. P.C. 3163, 9th November, 1917. Granting certain lands for church and cemetery purposes. P.C. 3179, 13th November, 1917. Granting certain lands to A. Thoma, Calais, Alta. P.C. 3201, 14th November, 1917. Setting apart certain lands for the Sioux Band of Indians. P.C. 3242, 19th November, 1917. Granting certain lands for church purposes. P.C. 3210, 15th November, 1917. Granting permission to cut certain timber for ship building purposes. P.C. 3244, 29th Novembei-. 1917. Authorizing the granting of grazing permits in the Big Stick Forest Reserve. P.C. 3499, 4th January, 191S. Transferring certain lands to the Indian Affairs Department. P.C. 3512, 4th January, 1918. Granting certain lands for use for Customs purposes. P.C. No. 41-72, 10th January, 1918. Granting certain lands for right of way purposes. P.C. 65, 12th January, 1918. Granting certain lands to Alex. Cardinal, Jr., Fort Vermilion. P.C. 67, 12th January 191S. Granting certain lands to Chas. Enn, Calais, Alberta. P.C. 66, 12th January, 191S. Granting certain lands to Chas. Standing Ribbon. Calais, Alberta. P.C. 157, 22nd January, 1918. Change in description of certain lands granted personal representatives of the late T. W. Chalmers. P.C. 34-238, 30th January, 1918. Granting certain lands for cemetery purposes. P.C. 317, Sth February, 1918. Granting certain lands to the province of Saskatchewan for roadway purposes. P.C. 332, 11th February, 1918. Authorizing sale of certain lands reclaimed by drainage. P.C. 67-352, 11th February, 1918. Granting certain lands to A. McKillop. P.C. 69-352, 11th February^ 1918. Exchanging certain lands with Hudson Bay Company in order to grant homestead entry for land relinquished by the company. P.C. 357, 13th February, 1918. Granting certain lands to the City of Regina for park purposes. P.C. 400, 18th February, 1918. Setting apart certain lands as school lands. P.C. 401, 20th February, 1918. Enacting regulations affecting men on active service. P.C. 23-425. 20th February, 1918. Leasing certain lands for mining purposes. P.C. 430, 21st February. 1918. Granting certain lands to the Grand Trunk Pacific Branch lines for terminal purposes. P.C. 459, 7th March, 191S. Enacting regulations re homesteaders emj>loyed as farm labourers. P.C. 538, 7th March, 191S. Enacting certain regulations affecting men on active service who hold homestead entries. P.C. 37-563, 8th March, 1918. Enacting regulations governing the leasing of unpatented lands held under homestead entry. Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen. April 2, 1918 Not printed. 74. Return called for by section 88, of chapter 62, Revised Statutes of Canada, requiring that the Minister of the Interior shall lay before Parliament, each year, a return of liquor brought from any place out of Canada into the Territories by special permission in writing of the Commissioner of the Northwest Territor'es, for the y(ar ending 31st December. 1917. Presented bv Hon. Mr. Meighen. April 2, 1918.. ..Xot printed. 20 S-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14r-Coniimied. 75. Return showing all lands sold by the Canadian Pacific Railway Company during the year ending 30th September, 1917, together with the names of the purchasers, in accordance . with the Statutes of Canada, ISSG, chapter 9, section 8. Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen, April 2, 1918 Not printed. 76. Return to an Order of the House of March 25, 191S. for a return showing the total money value of the hard coal, soft coal, oil and gasolene imported into Canada during the years ending March 31, 1914, 1915, 1916 and 1917, and for each month since March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr Sitton, April 2, 1918 Not printed. 77. Detailed statement of remissions of customs duties and the refund thereof, under section 22, Consolidated Revenue and Audit Act, through the Department of Customs, for the fiscal year ended 31st March, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Sifton, April 3, 1918. Not printed. 78. Memorandum of Conferences between representatives of Labour and the War Committee, January, 191S. Presented by Hon. Mr. Rowell, April 3, 1918. Printed for sessional papers only. 79. A detailed statement of all bonds or securities registered in the Department of the Secretary of State of Canada, since last return (31st January, 1917) submitted to the Parliament of Canada under section 32 of chapter 19, of the Revised Statutes of Canada, 1906. Presented by Hon. Mr. Sifton, April 3, 191S Not printed. 80. Return to an Order of the House, of the 25th March, 1918, f or , a copy of all letters, telegrams, petitions and other papers and documents relating to the appointment of a preventive officer at Mulgrave, N.S., to fill the position made vacant by the death of the late David Murray. Presented April 8, 1918. — Mr. Sinclair Not printed. 81. Return to an Order of the House of the 25th March, 1918, for a return showing: — 1. The total amount of war contracts fulfilled in the Province of Quebec, from August, 1914, to January, 191S. 2. Hovf many war munitions establishments are in activity in the Province of Quebec. 3. How many shells are manufactured weekly in said province, 4 How many hands are engaged in such establishments in said province. Presented April S, 1918. -^il/r. Prevost Not printed. 82. Return showing; — 1. What sum of money has been spent for repairs to the wharf at Graham, since 1911. 2. Who has superintended the worlis, and the names of the parties who have been employed thereat. 3. What amunt has been i>aid to each of them, and at what rate per diem. 4. The names of the parties supplying materials, and what amount has been paid to each of them. Presented April 8, 1918. — Mr. Boyer. Not printed. 83. Return showing: — 1. From what person or persons, firm or firms, the stone used ih the rebuilding of the new Parliament building was purchased. 2. From what stone quarry or quarries the said stone was taken. 3. Where the said quarry or quarries are situated. 4. Whether public tenders were called for the supplying of said stone. 5. If so, from whom, and at what prices offers were received, and if said offers were f.o.b. at place of shipment or f.o.b. Ottawa. 6. If said stone was supplied from different quarries wliat quantities were supplied from each quarry respectively. Presented April 8, 191S. — Mr. Copp Not printed. 84. Memorandum No. 3, respecting work of the Department of Militia and Defence — European War — from February 1, 1916, to December 31, 1916. Presented by Hon Mr. Mewburn, April 10, 1018 Not printed. 84a. Memorandum No. 4 respecting work of the Department of Militia and Defence, from January 1, 1917. to December 31, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Mewburn, April 23, 1918. Not printed. 85. Return showing: — 1. How many buildings have been rented by the Government in the city of Ottawa since February 1, 1915. 2. The owners of the said buildings. 3. Where said buildings are situated. 4. What rent per annum is paid for each building or part of building. 5. For what time or term said buildings are rented. Presented April 10, 1918. — Mr. Papineau Not printed. ' 86. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 21st March, 1918, for a copy of all Orders in Council appointing members of the National Service Board, and all reports made individually or collectively by the members of the Board. Pre- sented April 10, 1918. — Sir W. Laurier Not printed. 87. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd April, 1918, for a return showing: — 1. Who are the commissioned officers employed at Quebec by the Military authorities in con- nection with Recruiting Branch, Army Service Corps, The Royal Canadian Engineers. The F:oyal Canadian Garrison Artillery and the Royal Canadian Artillerj'. 2. How long th..-y have been connected with each branch. 3, What service each of them is 21 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME li^Continued. perforraiiig. 4. What salao' each one of them is receiving. 5. Who among them have performed service overseas, and how long they have been actually at the front. 6. How long they were in the trenches. 7. To which battalion thgy belonged when over- seas. Presented April 11, 191S. — Mi: Power ; Not printed. 88. Return to an Order of the House of the 4th April, 191S, for a return showing: — 1. What properties, if any, have been purchased by the Militia Department or the Military Hospital Commission in Quebec City, since the first of January, 1917. 2. From whom these purchases were made, and on whose recommendation. 3. The purchas^i price. • Presented April 11, 1918. — Mr. Power Not printed. 89. Return to an Order of the House of the 4th April, 191S, for a return showing: — 1. How many persons of all ranks are employed by the Military Hospitals Commission in British Columbia, and their names, rank and salaries. 2. Why they were appointed, and where they are stationed. 3. How many of these men have seen service at the front. 4. Who the senior official is of the Military Hospitals Commission in British Columbia. 5. What the total monthly cost of carrying on the work of the Commission in British Columbia is, and huw n^any men are being looked after at present. 6. How many buildings are operated by the Military Hospitals Commission in British Colimibia, and where they are situated. 7. How many officials from headquarters in Ottawa found it necessary to visit the Pacific Coast during the past year, and for what purpose. S. If the Military Hospitals Commission has a regularly appointed publicity agent. If so, what his name is, and what his duties are. 9. If he has seen overseas service, and what his salary is. 10. The total cost of the publicity department during 1917. Presented April 11, 1918. — Mr. Stevens Not printed. 90. Return to an Order of the House of the 20th March, 191S, for a return showing the names of the staff of the Hospital Commission, the number of persons employed, their names, duties, salaries, former occupation and amounts paid to each for travelling expenses. Presented April 11, 191S. — Mr, Devlin Not printed. 91. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd April, 191S, for a return showing: — 1. How many Victoria Crosses have been awarded to members of the Canadian Expeditionary Force to date. 2. The name, address, battalion, and rank of each recipient. 3. The official resijective record in respect of which each decoration was given in each case. Presented April 11. 191S. — Mr. Middlehro Printed for sessional papers only. 92. Return to an Order of the House of the 8th April, 191S, for a copy of a certain memo- randum sent to the Minister of Public W^orks by the senior member for Ottawa relating to the abolition of patronage, and of all papers, letters and other documents which passed between him and the Minister of Public Works in relation thereto since the 17th of December, 1917. Presented April 2, 1918. — Mr. McMaster Not printed. 93. Sunxmary Report of the Clerk of the Crown in Chancery of the General Election Returns, 1917. Presented by the Speaker, April 15, 191S Not printed. 94. Return to Order of the House of the 11th April, 1918. for a return showing; — 1. What steps, if any, have been taken by the Government to investigate war trade conditions in the United States. 2. Apart from members of the Cabinet if any parties have been sent by the Canadian Government on missions respecting war trade conditions in the United States. If so, what the names are of those who have been- sent. 3. If any such parties have been sent, what the total expense is to the Government of such missions. Presented April 15, 1918. — Mr. Devlin Not printed. 95. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General, of the 20th March, 1918, for a copy of all Orders in Council, reports and correspondence with respect to the admission free of duty of farm tractors and other agricultural implements. Presented April 15, 191S. — Sir W. Launer Not printed. 96. Copies of Orders in Council issued in connection with the Military Voters' Act, 1917. and the War-time Elections Act, as follows. — P.C. 3010, 7th November, 1917. — Instructions for the guidance of electors under the Military Voters' Act, 1917. P.C. 3158, 9th November, 1917. — Scrutineers; appointment of six and providing payment for services and expenses, etc. P.C. 3159, 9th November, 1917. — Presiding officers; appointment of certain and providing payment for services as, etc. P.C. 3276, 24th November, 1917. — Special returning officers and clerks: appoint- ment of and providing payment for services as. etc. , P.C. 3277, 27th November, 1917. — Regulation providing polls for returned military electors who are Indians. P.C. 3322, 29th November, 1917. — Provision for taking votes of military electors belonging to units or drafts under orders to leave Canada before polling day. P.C. 3404. 17th December. 1917. — Presiding officers; Engineer Captain W. M. Frowd, appointed in place of Captain F. C. C. Pascoe, at Halifax, N.S. P.C, 6405. 17th December. 1917. — Re taking votes of units under orders to leave Canada, O.C. 29th November, 1917, amended. P.O. 7, Sth January, 1918. — Special returning officers and clerks; appointment of further number of. 22 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1913 CONTENTS OF VOLUME li— Continued. P.C. S, 4th January. 19 IS- — Scrutineers, travelling and livi/ig expenses of delined. P.O. 9. 4th January-, 191S. — Special returning officers and clerks; remuneration of. r.C. 10, 4th January, 191S. — Scrutineers; appointment Major Thomas Gibson, of London, Eng., in place of Brigadier-General J. F. L. Embury. P.C. 11, 4th January, 1918. — Further regulations for carrying the Militarj- Voters' Act, 1917, into effect. P.C. 12, Sth January, 191S. — Payment for services of Boards of Appeal in Ontario and revising officers in Nova Scotia re revision of voters' lists. P.C. 13, 4th January, 191i). — Election in Halifax; Ward 6 constituted one single polling division. r.C. 63. Sth Januarj-, 191S. — Special returning officers and clerks ; remuneration of. O.C. 4th January, 1918 (P.C. No. 9) amended. P.C. 84, 12th January, 1918. — Special returning officers; appointment Capt. Harold Baker, C.E.F., London, Eng., in place of Lt.-Col. Nelson Spencer. P.C. 85, 12th January, 1918. — Clerk of special returning officer; appointment Archi- bald Dickson, of Harrow," Eng, in place of Capt. Rippon, R.A.M.C. P.C. 98, 15th January, 1918. — Clerk of special returning officers;, appointment E. L. Ginna in place of Ainslie W. Greene. P.C. 162, 19th January, 1918. — Resignation of R. A. Pringle as special returning officer and appointment of John W. P. Ritchie in his stead, and appointment of special returning officers and clerks. PC 323, 8th Februarv, 1918. — Length of sessions to constitute a day's work. p!c. 396! ISth February. 1918. — Lieut. N. G. Charlton, presently in France, appointed to replace Major Powell as special returning officer. P.C. 397, ISth February, 1918. — Edgar E. R. Chevrier appointed to replace J. A. Pinard as special returning officer. P.C. 602, 12th March, 1918. — Proclamation of returns from overseas issued on receipt of telegraphic information. Presented by Hon. Mr. Doherty, April 15. 191S. Not piinted. 97. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd April, 1918, for a copy of all judgments ren- dered up to date under the operation of the Military Service Act, 1917, by the Central Appeal Judge. Presented April 15, 191S. — Mr. Trahan Not printed. 98 Return to an Order of the House of the 20th March. 1918, for a return showing the names of all persons employed in Ottawa in the Military Service Council, their salaries and former occupations. Presented April 15, 1918. — Mr. Devlin Not printed. 99 Report of the Royal Commission appointed to inquire into and report upon the Pilotage System and its administration at the port of Halifax, N.S. Presented by Hon. Mr. Ballantyne, April 15, 1918 ■■ . -Not printed. 100. Return to an Order of the Senate, dated 21st March. 1918. showing ;— The details of cer- tain totals, being the estimated cost of streets, sewers, etc., given on figures 29-30. placed between rages 96-97 of Rural Planning and Development, written by Thomas Mams being a report published by the Commission of Conservation dated 1917. The said totals being $35,584. $26,736, $20,748 and $83.533.— Tfte Senate Not printed. 101. Return to an Order of the Senate, dated 22nd March. 1918, showing :—l. The different aviation camps established by the Canadian Government and their location, with the date of their establishment. 2. The number of aviators who have gone through those camps since their estabishment. and of those who have obtained their certificates. 3. The number of aviators now qualifying in each of these cajnps. 4. The number of aooldents which happened in each of these camps, distinguishing: (o) Vnortal accidents; (6) serious accidents; (c) slight accidents, with iheir respective dates. 5. The number of machines out of commission, as a total loss or seriously damaged. — The Senate. Not printed. 102 Return to an Order of the House of the 10th April, 1918, for a copy of all correspondence concerning the resignation of \V. F. O'Connor. lf.C.. as Cost of Living Commissioner. Presented April 16. 1918.— J/r. iemieiia; '. Not printed. 103. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 758. dated 26th March. 1918, relating to the raaking of a contract with the Dominion Steel Corporation. Limited, for the manufacture of steel plates required in the construction of ships and boilers. Presented by Hon. Mr. Bal- lantyne. April 18, 191S Not printed. 104. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 915, dated 16th April, 1918. prohibiting the press from pub- lishing any adverse statement, report or opinion concerning the action of the allied nations in the prosecution of the war;- and also prohibiting any person from publicly expressing any adverse statement, report or opinion concerning the same. Presented by Hon. Mr. Doherty, April 18, 1918. 105. Report of the Military Service Council on the administration of the Military Service Act, 1917 Presented by Hon. Mr. Doherty. April IS. 1918. 23 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14^Conihmed. 106. Return to an Order of the House of the loth April, 191S, lor a return showing: — 1. The sums of money expended on repairs of a wharf at He Perrot Sud, since 1911. 2. The names of those who have been employed on said worlts, and the amount of money which has been paid to each of them. 3. The names of the parties who have supplied the materials, and the amount of money which has been paid to eacli of them. Pre- sented April IS, 1918. — Mr. Boyer Not printed. 107. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th April. 1918. for a return showing; — 1. The sums of money expended on repairs at Hudson's Wharf, since 1911. 2. The names of those who have been employed on said works, and the amount of money which has been paid to each of them. 3. The names of the parties who have supplied the materials, and the amount of money which has been paid to each of them. Pre- sented April 18, 1918.^ — Mr. Boyer. . Not printed. 108. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th April, 1918, for a return showing: — 1. The sums of money expended on repairs of wharf at He Perrot Nord, since 1"911. 2. The names of those who have been employed on said works, and the amount of money which has been paid to each of them. 3. The names of the parties who have, supplied the materials, and the amount of money which has been paid to each of them. Pre- sented April IS, 1918. — Mr. Boyer Not printed. 109. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th April, 1918, for a return showing: — 1. The sums of money expended on repairs at St. Zotique Wharf, since 1911. 2. The names of those who have been employed on said works, and the amount of money which has been paid to each of them. 3. The names of the parties who have supplied the materials, and the amount of money which has been paid to each of them. Pre- sented April IS, 1918. — Mr. Boyer Not printed. 110. Return to an Order of the House of the 10th April, 1918. for a copy of all correspondence and other papers concerning the merger of the Bank of British North America with the Bank of Montreal. Presented April 18, 1918. — Mr. Devlin Not printed. 111. Return to an Order of the House of the 11th April, 1918. for a return showing: — 1. Referring to Canctda Gazette statement of March 30th giving particulars as to circula- tion and specie, against what approved securities were Dominion notes issued to the value of $92,820,000. 2. To what banks these notes were issued, and what the respective security was in each case. Presented April 18, 1918. — Mr. Trahan. Not printed. 112. Return to an Order of the Senate, dated April 16th, 1918. to the Clerk of the Senate for the following information : — 1. The number of pages of the Senate Debates of last session, giving the number of unrcvised and the number of revised. 2. Is the French translation made from the unrevised edition or from the revised? 3. Is the French translation of the Debates of last session completed? If so, when was the last copy delivered to the Printing Bureau? If not yet completed, how many pages remained untranslated on the 18th of March last? 4. How many translators are employed on the regular staff for this work? 5. What is the name and the salar.v of each? 6. Have they or any of them been employed at any other work for the Senate during or since last session? If so. what work? 7. Has any other person or persons been employed to assist the regular staff in the work of translating the Debates of last session? If so. state the- name of each such person, the length of time he has been so employed, and the amount of his remuneration therefor. S. Is each translator expected to translate a definite minimum number of pages of the Debates each working day? If so. how many printed pages are supposed to constitute a fair day's work for each man? 9. Did the regular staff of translators translate into English the speeches delivered in French during the last session? If so. how many pages? If not. who did this work, and what extra remuneration, if any, was paid for it? — The Senate. Not printed. 113.. Statement issued by the War Cabinet at the request of the Boa'i'd of Admiralty, showing for the United Kingdom and for the World, for the period August, 1914, to December, 1917 : — 1. Mercantile losses by enemy action and marine risk. 2. Jlercantile Ship- building Output. 3. Enemy vessels captured and brought into service ; together with diagrams, showing mercantile losses and shipbuilding output for the United Kingdom and for the world, for the same period. Presented by Sir Robert Borden. April IS. 1918. 114. Return to an Order of the House of the 21st March. 1918. for a copy of all telegrams, letters, petitions and all other correspondence and documents, concerning the service of the steamer Amelia between Pictou and Magdalen Islands Presented April 19. 1918. — Mr. Lemieux Not pHnted. 115. Return to an Order of the Senate to the Clerk dated April IS. 1918. for a statement showing : — 1. The names of all persons employed in connection with the work of pre- paring the Minutes of Proceedings, the Order Paper and the Journals of this House (o) in English and (6) in French, and the salary or other remuneration paid to each. 2. The number of each of these documents printed (a) in English and (b) in French, and the cost of printing and binding the same for the fiscal year ending the 31st of March, 191S. — The Senate ' Not printed', 24 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14^-Continued. 116. Statement showing how many members of the outside service have been transferred to the inside service since October 1. 1917. and how many persons have been appointed under section 21 of the present Civil Service Act since that time. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, April 22, 191S Not printed. 117. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the Sth April, 191S, for a copy of Orders in Council in reference to the appointment of Colonel Langton as Paymaster General in the Militia Department. Presented April 22, 191S. — Mr. Copp. Not pri7ited. 118. Return to an Order of the House of the 18th April, 191S, for a return showing: — 1. What blue books have been printed during the years 1916 and 1917. 2. Which of said books have been printed in both languages. 3. Which of said books have been printed ' in the English language only. 4. Which of said books have been printed in the French language only. Presented April 22, 191S. — Mr. Demers Not printed. 119. Copy of Order in Council P.C. 807, dated the 3rd of April. 191S, with respect to the reservation of Dominion Lands for disposition under the Soldiers' Settlement Act (Chapter 21, 7-S George V). Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen, April 23, 1918. Not printed. 120. Statement of amounts paid to newspapers, etc.. on account of Victory Loan Advertising. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, April 24, 1918 Not printed. 121. Copy of the Report submitted by the Officer in charge of the Canadian War Records Office, London England, to the Right Honourable Sir Robert L. Borden, G.C.M.G., M.P., Prime Minister of Canada, on the work of the Canadian War Records Office since the date of its foundation to the 11th January, 1917. Presented by Sir Robert Borden, April 24, 191S Not printed. 121(1. Copy of the Second Annual Report of the Canadian War Records Office for the year 1917. Report submitted by the officer in charge to the Hon. Sir Edward Kemp, K.C.M.G.. M.P., Overseas Minister of Militia and Defence. Presented by Sir Robert Borden. May 17, 1918 Not printed. 122. Return to an Order of the House of the Sth April. 1918, for a return showing: — 1. How many persons belonging to class one were liable to be called under the Military Service Act. 1917, in each of the provinces and the Yukon Territory, respectively. 2. How many in each province have reported themselves for service. 3. How many in each province have asked to be exempted from military service. 4. How many in each province have been exempted by local tribunals. 5. How many decisions rendered in each province by local tribunals have been appealed from i>y : (a) recruits; (b) representatives or military authorities. 6. In how many appeal cases have decisions been rendered in each province, how many appeals have been allowed, and how many rejected in each province. 7. How many cases are still pending before the Central Appeal Judge. 8. Whether it is the intention of the military authorities or public representatives to appeal in some other cases, either before the appeal tribunal or before the Central Appeal Judge. 9. If so, how many in each province. Presented April 24, 1918. — Mr. Trahan Not printed. 123. Return to an Order of the House of tli£ Sth April, 1918, for a copy of all correspondence. certificates, recommendations and other documents in reference to the granting of a total disability pension to Colonel R. H. Labatt. — Presented April 24,1918. — Mr. Copp. Not printed. 124. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th April, 1918. for a return showing: — 1. Upon whose recommendation the returning officer for the county of Joliette, in the last Federal election, was appointed. 2. Whether enuinerators were appointed in accord- ance with paragraph one. section forty-two. of the Dominion Elections Act. as amended t)y the .War-time Elections Act of 1917. 3. If so, the names of the enumerators so appointed, when the list of such enumerators was sent, and to what person or persons said list was sent. Presented April 2.5, 1918. — Mr. Denis Not printed. 125. Copy of Order in Council, P.C. 812. dated 5th April, 1918. — Regulations governing the Soldier Settlement Loan under the authority of the Soldier Settlement Act (Chapter 21, 7-8 George V). Presented by Hon. Mr. Meighen, April 2(i, 1918 Not printed. 126. Return to an Address to His Excellency the Governor General of the 25th March. 1918. for a copy of- all letters and telegrams exchanged between the Dominion Government and the variou's provincial executives concerning the Order in Council of 22nd Decem- ber, 1917, respecting the sale of securities by provincial, colonial or foreign governments, municipalities and other bodies. Presented April 29, 1918. — Mr. Lemienx Not printed. 25 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessloua] Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME U— Continued. 127. Return to an Order ot the House of the 25th March, 191S. for a return showing: — 1. If any money has been paid to the Dundalli Herald, the Flesherton Advance, the ilark- da'e Standai-d, the Durham Chronicle, the Grey Review, or the Hanover Post for adver- tising or lor any other reason since 1st October. 1917. If so, how many was paid in the case of each of the papers mentioned. Presented April 29. 191S. — J/r. CaMll. Not printed. 128. Return to an Order of the House of the 15th April, 191S. for a return showing: — 1. The officers employed at Quebec on the staff of the Militarj' District No. 5. 2. How long they have been connected with this branch. 3. What service each of them is perform- ing. 4. What salary and allowj^nce each of them is receiving. 5. Names of those amongst them who have performed service overseas. 6. How long they have been actually at the front. 7. How long they were in the trenches. S. To which battalion they belonged while overseas. Presented April 29, 191S. — Mr. Power.. ..Not i>rinted. 129. Report of the Commissioners appointed to investigate the businesses of William Davies Co.. Ltd., and Matthews-Blackwell, Ltd., dated 1st November, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Crothers, May 1, 191S. 130. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th April, 191S, for a return showing the details ot certain totals being the estimated cost of street sewers, etc., given on figures 29 and 30 placed between pages 9fl-97 of Rural Planning and Development written by Thomas Adams, being a report published by the Commission ot Conservation dated 1917. The said totals being ?35,5S4, $26,736, $20,748 and $23,533. Presented May 1, 191S. — Mr. Lemieux Not print-id. 131. Statement of expenditure of the Dominion Publicity Committee in account with the Dominion Government, and in connection with the Victory Loan, 1917. Presented bv Hon. Mr. Maclean, May 1, 191S. 131a. Report of Mr. A. E. Ames, Chairman of the Dominion Executive Committee of Canad:>. in connection with the Victory Loan, 1917. Presented by Hon. Mr. Maclean, May 1, 191S Not p7-inti'd. 131^. Statement showing details of remuneration paid in connection with Victory Loan. Presented by Hon. Maclean, May 11, 1918 Not i).-inte;l. 132. Return to an Order of the House of the 3rd April, 1918, for a return showing: — 1. How many local tribunals were established throughout Canada under the Military Service Act. 2. What remuneration per diem was allowed each member of such tribunal. 3. "U'hat was remuneration per day for Secretary of tribunal and also for constables or caretaker of the tribunal sessional chamber. 4. What has been the total expenditure to date on account of tribunals under the Military Ser\-ice Act. 5. Whether there are any outstanding claims unpaid. Presented May 1, 191S. — Mr. White (Victoria). Not printed. 133. Report of the Ninth Annual Meeting ot the Commission of Conservation, Canada. November 27-28, 1917. — {The Senate) Not printed. 134. Return showing — 1. Whether the building of the hospital for invalid soldiers at Ste. Anne de Belle\'Tie is under (jovernment control. 2. If not. through whose agency. Whether it is being built by contract or under the supervision of any public body. 3. What sum has been paid by the Government for the land where this hospital is being erected. 4. What the cost of construction will be. 5. How many invalid soldiers it will accommodate. 6. How far this hospital is from Macdonald College. 7. Whether the Government has considered the very grave inconvenience which may result from the erecting of such an institution in the vicinity of a college where hundreds of young ladies are being educated. Presented May 1, 1918. — Mr. Boyer Not printed. 135. Return to an Order of the Senate, dated April 23, 191S. giving the following informa- tion ; — The names, dates of appointments, salaries or wages of all clerks and employees of the Department of Public Printing and Stationery, under the following heads : — (rt) King's Printer's staff, including advertising, (b) Printing Branch. 1. Clerks. 2. Proofreaders. 3. T>'pesetting rooms : Mono, Lino. Job and Parliamentary. 4. Press rooms: Platen and Cylinder. 5. Binding: Book, Pamphlet. 6. Stereotyping. 7. Map engraving. S. Any other Departments, (c) Outside Printing Branch, (d) Accountants. (e) Stationery. (/) Distribution. (17) Mechanical staff. (ft) Canada Gazette, (i) Caretaker. (;) Any other Departments. — (The Senate) Not printed. 136. Return showing: — 1. Whether tenders have been recently submitted to the Department of ^lilitia and Defence or to the War Purchasing Commission for a supply of Smoked Wiltshire Bacon, at Toronto, Kingston and London. 2. If so, who the tenderers are, and what their prices are, in each case. 3. To wh.om the contract has been awarded in each case, and at what price. Presented May 2, 1918. — Mr. Murphy. . . .Not p inted. 26 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14r-Continued. 137. Order in Council, P.C. 26/9 42, dated the 19th April, 191S, with regard to remissions made under section SS of The Indian Act, chapter SI, R.S.C. 1906, of the interest on arrears of purchase price of Park Lot No. 19, in the village of Southampton," in the County of Bruce, Ontario, amounting to $1S. — (The Senate) Not printed. 138. Order in Council, P.P. 871, dated 23rd April, 1917, being regulations for the protection of migratory game birds, migratory insectivorous and migratory non-game birds, which inhabit Canada during the whole or any part of the year, under the authority of The Migratory Bird Act, 7-8 George V, 1917. — (The Senate) Not printed. 139. Return to an Order of the House of the 6th May. 1918, for a return showing: — What the gross earnings of the National Transcontinental railway were for the year ending 31st March, 191S ; how much was earned between Moncton and Quebec, between Quebec and Cochrane Junction, between Cochrane Junction and Winnipeg, and between Lake Superior Junction and Fort William, and the amount paid by that railway to the Canadian Pacific for terminal charges at Quebec. Presented May 13, 191S. — Mr. Laviyiieur Not printed, 140. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th April, 1918, for a copy of all correspondence, letters, telegram and other papers exchanged between the Food Controller and the Winnipeg Civic Authorities concerning cold storage conditions at Winnipeg. Presented May 13, 1918. — Mr. Lemieux Not printed. 141. Interim Report No. 2, Georgian Bay Canal Commission, — Wheat Prices, and a Com- parative Study of United States and Canadian Markets, by W. Sanfonl Evans. Pi'e- sented by Hon. Mr. Carvell, May 13, 191S. .Printed for distribution and Sessional Papers. 142. Interim Report No. 3. Georgian Bay Canal Commission — Transatlantic Passenger and Freight Traffic and Steamship Subsidies, by W. Sanford Evans. Presented by Hon. Mr. Carvel, May 13, 1918 Printed for distribution and Sessional Papers. 143. Return to an Order of the House, of the 24th April, 1918, for a copy of all corres- pondence and petitions passed between the Prime Minister and Civil Service Federation, concerning certain appointments made in the Post Office and Customs Departments since the 17th of December, 1917. Presented May 13, 1918. — Mr. Lemieux. .Not printed. 144. Return showing: — 1. Whether the Government is aware that in the past sixteen months in the Cities of Winnipeg, Hamilton, Toronto, Ottawa and Montreal, the following quantities of foodstuffs, are reported to have been ordered to be destroyed as unfit for human consumption; — (a) Meats: Winnipeg, 7,262 lbs.; Hamilton, 4,874 lbs.; Toronto, quantities not given in lbs., only sides, quarters, legs, etc. ; Ottawa, 7,787 lbs. ; Montreal, 105,898 lbs. (b) Poultry: Winnipeg, 11,364 lbs.; Hamilton, 8 fowl; Montreal, 2,344 lbs. (c) Fish: Winnipeg, 9,066 lbs.; Toronto, 74.587 lbs,, weight not given, only number of packages for remainder; Montreal, 137,903 lbs. id) Vegetables: Winnipeg," 265.565 lbs. ; Toronto, 5,S55 lbs. cabbage, the rest weight not given, only crates, baskets, etc., also recently 48,010 lbs., or 24 tons of food unfit for human consumption; Montreal, 13,940 lbs. (e) Eggs: Winnipeg, 3,013 lbs.; Hamilton, 40 doz. ; Toronto, 1,050 doz., 6 tubs, 1 pail, and 8 gallons yolk. (/) Butter: Winnipeg, 3,374 lbs.; Hamilton. 22 lbs. (g) Fruit (fresh and dried) : Winnipeg, fresh, 46,375 lbs., dried, 37.207 lbs.; Hamilton, fresh, 12 baskets; Montreal, fresh. 3.362 lbs. 2. If so, what action the Government proposes .taking to prevent a continuance of such waste. Presented May 13, 191S. — Mr. Foster (York). 145. Return showing: — 1. Whether the Government is aware that 236,490 pounds of food were destroyed in the city of Toronto between April 4 and April 29, 1918, according to a report of one of the Departments of the Toronto City Corporation. 2. Whether the Food Controller has taken any action to stop such wholesale waste of food. 3. If so, what he has done in this particular case. Presented May 15, 1918. — Mr. Proulx. Not printed. 146. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd April, 191S, for a return showing:— 1. The names of all persons employed in connections with the work of preparing the Vofes and Proceedings, the Order Paper and the Journals of the House («) in English, and (b) in French, and the salary and other remuneration paid to each. 2. The number of each of these documents printed, (a) in English, and (b) in French, and the cost of printing and binding the same for the fiscal year ending the 31st of March. 1918. Presented May 15, 1918. — Mr. Currie Not printed. 147. Return to an Order of the House of the 22nd April, 191S. for a return showing: — 1. The names of all persons employed in connection with the work of reporting and translating in the House. 2. How long each has been so employed. 3. The rate of remuneration paid to each during the past year, with the total amount paid to each class of persons. 4. Number of copies of the Debates of the House printed during the past year, (a) in English, and (b) in French, specifying the number of the unrevised and of the revised editions, respectively. 5. The cost of printing and binding the same for each year since 1900, inclusive. 6. The amounts paid in addition to the above, in each year since 1900, inclusive, for (a) reporting, (b) translating, (c) typewriting, and (d) printing proceedings before Parliamentary Committees. Presented May 15, 1918. Mr. Currie. Not printed. 27 8-9 George V Alphabetical Index to Sessional Papers A. 1918 CONTENTS OF VOLUME 14^Contimted. 148. Return to an Order of the House of the 24th April, 1918, for a return showing: — 1. What control the Canadian Government has over the operations of the Imperial Royal Flying Corps in Canada, and what Department of the Government would exercise this control. 2. Whether the Canadian Government has any ofhcers or representatives on the Canadian Branch of the Imperial Flying Corps. If so, what their names are, and what positions they occupy. 3. Whether the Canadian Government intends to take over all the offices, plant, and equipment, of the Imperial Royal Flying Corps in Canada at an early date. If not, l%.-~Mr. Seguin Not printed. 163. Report dealing with the purchase and sale of Forilson tractors by the Canada Food Board, Presented by Hon. Mr. Crerar, May 23. 1918 Not printed. 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918 NINTH ANNUAL REPORT CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION OF CANADA FOR THE YEAR ENDED AUGUST 31 1917 PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT OTTAWA I. DE LABROQUERIE TACH6 PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY I91S [No. 31— 1918.]— a| 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1913 Ottawa, September 1, 1917. The Honourable Arthur Meighen, Secretary of State of Canada. Sir, — In conformity with the provisions of section 44 of the Civil Service Amendment Act, 1908, we have the honour to submit, herewith, a report of the proceedings of the Civil Service Commission of Canada, for the year ended August 31, 1917. We have the honour to be, sir. Your obedient servants, ADAM SHORTT, M. G. LaROCHELLE, Commissioners. 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918 To His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire, K.G., P.C., G.C.M.G., G.C.V.O., etc., etc.. Governor General and Commander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada. May it Please Your Excellency: The undersigned has the honour to lay before 3'our Roj'al Excellency the accompanying report of the Civil Service Commission of Canada for the year ended August 31, 1917. Respectfulh^ submitted, ARTHUR MEIGHEN, Secretary of State. Ottawa, September 1, 1917. 8 GEORGE V, SESSIONAL PAPER ho. 31 A. 1913 CONTENTS. P\OB. Report of the C'onimi5sioner.-j xi APPENDIX. Regulations of the f ivil Service Commission 3 TABLES. 1. Examinations, regular and special, held under the direction of the Commission 13 2. Number of candidates writing at the diiTerent centres at the regular examinations 10 3. Successful candidates at the regular examinations ; 18 4. Candidates who were successful as the result of an appeal against the valuation of their papers.. 27 5. Number and percentage of successful candidates at the regular examinations 28 6. Number and percentage of returned soldiers who were successful at examinations 28 7. Number of returned soldiers writing on examinations at the different centres 29 8. Examiners who prepared the questions and valued the answers at the examinations. 30 9. Examiners who acted as members of the Boards of Appeal 33 10. Examiners under whose supervision the examinations were conducted 33 11. Competitions for special positions held by the Commission 34 12. Persons who have exhibited to the Commission certificates of graduation from a Canadian Uni- versity or from the Royal Military College, and are, in virtue thereof regarded as eligible for employment in the Outside Service, without examination 35 13. Permanent appointments made by the Commission to positions in the Lower Grades 36 14. Permanent appointments made by the Commission to positions in the Third Division as the result of open competitive examination - ■ 37 15. Permanent appointments made by the Commission to positions in the Second Division as the result of open competitive examinations 39 16. Permanent appointments to special positions made by the Commission as the result of open competitions 40 17. Permanent appointments to special positions made by the Governor General in Council, on the receipt of a Certificate of Qualification from the Commission 41 18. Certificates of Qualification issued by the Commission tor temporary employment in the Lower Grades 42 19. Persons assigned for temporary employment in the Third and Second Divisions under the pro- visions of Section 18 of the Civil Service .\mendment .\ct, 1908 43 20. C'ertificates of Qualification issued by the Commission for temporary employment in the Third and Second Divisions, under the provisions of Section 23 of the Civil Service .\mendment Act. 1908. and Section 20 of the Civil Service Amendment .\ct, 1910 44 21. Certificates of Qualification issued by the Commission for temporary employment in the Third and Second Divisions, under the provisions of Sections 23 and 33 of the Civil Service Amend- ment Act, 1908 53 22. Certificates of Qualification for promotion issued by the Commission 54 EXAMIN.\TION PAPERS. 1. Preliminary Examination for the Outside Service, November, 1916 59 2. Qualifying Examination for the Outside Service, November, 1916. 62 3. Competitive Examination for positions in the Third Division of the Inside Service, November, 1916 69 4. Preliminary Examination for the Outside .Service, May, 1917 78 5. Qualifying Examination for the Outside Service, May, 1917 80 6. Examination for positions in the Lower Grades of the Inside Service, May, 1917 87 7. Competitive Examination for positions in the Third Division of the Inside Service, May, 1917 88 8. Competitive Examination for positions in the Second Division of the Inside Service, May, 1917 98 vii 8 GEORGE V, SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918 INDEX. Page. Appeals against examination results — Members of Boards of Appeal 32 Regulations * 7 Successful appeals- 27 Appointments — In the Lower Grades (table) 36. 42 In the Third Division (table) 37, 43, 44, 53 In the Second Division (table) 39, 43, 44,53 In special positions (table) , 40, 41 In a temporary capacity (table) 42, 43 , 44 , 53 Civil Service Commission — Regulations 3 Commissioner's Report xi. Competitions — Departments for which held 34 Nature of vacancies 34 Number held » 34 Number of candidates 34 Number of vacancies ...,..• 34 Successful connpetitors .S4 Examinations — Department for wliich held ' 13 Exaniiners who prepared papers 30 Members of Boards of Appeal 32 Nature of vacancies , 13 Number held .- 13 Number of candidates 13, 16 Number of candidates returned soldiers 28, 29 Number of vacancies •: 13 Papers set ? , '_ 59 Percentage of candidates successful 28 Percentage of returned soldiers successful 28 Places where held ^ 33 Presiding Examiners 33 Regulations 3 Successful candidates 13, 18 Examination papers — Lower Grades (Inside Service) 87 Preliminary (Outside Service) 59, 78 Qualifying (Outside Service) -. 62, 80 Second Division (Inside Service) 98 Stenographers and Typewriters (Inside Service) 69, 88 Third Division (Inside Service) 69 , 88 Examiners— Who acted on Boards of Appeal 32 Who prepared papers 30 Who presided at examinations 33 Fees — ^ To be allowed to examiners 8 To be paid by candidates 7 Lower Grade Examinations — Papers set 87 Regulations 3 Successful candidates 13, 26 ix X CITIL S-ERVICE COMMISSloy 8 GEORGE V. A. 198 Kaval Cadetships Examinations — Paoe. Successful candidates ' 27 Preliminarj' Eiaminations — Papers set 59, 78 Regulations 9 Successful candidates 18, 22, 23 Promotions — Certificates issued , ; 54 Regulations 6 Promotion Examinations — Regulations 6 Successful candidates '. 27 Qualifying examinations — Papers sets 62,80 Regulations 9 Successful candidates 20, 25 Regulations of the Ci\-il Service Commission 3 Report of Commissioners xi Returned soldiers — Number of candidates 28, 29 Percentages successful 88 Second Division Examinations — Papers set 98 Regulations 5 Successful candidates 27 Special Examinations — Regulations 5 Successful candidates , 13 Stenographers and Typewriters' Examinations — Papers set 69, Regulations r Successful candidates 21 , 26 Successful candidates — At competitions 34 At examinations 13, 18 Percentages successful 28 Temporary Examinations — Regulations 4 Third Division Examinations — Papers set 69, 88 Regulations 4 Successful candidates 21 , 26 (717/. SKUVICE COMMIS'SION xi SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 REPORT OF THE COMMISSIONERS. The Civil Service Commissioners hereby submit the ninth Annual Report of the proceedings of the Commission, covering the twelve months from Sep- tember 1, 1916, to August 31, 1917. The tables of the appendix furnish all the required particulars as to the various examinations which were held during that year, and as to the appointments and promotions made in the Inside Service. Examinations. Semi-annttal examinations. — According to the regulations, the semi-annual examinations are to be held, both for the Inside and the Outside Service, in November and in May. This year, the November tests were postponed to December, in order to permit as many returned officers and soldiers as possible, to try them. In December, they took place in twenty-five Centres of the Dominion, and in May, in twenty-seven. In all, 1,627 candidates were examined, 465 for the Inside, and 1,162 for the Outside Service. General Competition, Inside Service. — No Second Division competitive examination took place in December, 1916, but one was held in May, 1917, for fifteen situations. Out of twenty-seven candidates, seventeen were success- ful, nine men and eight women. In the Third Division competitions, which were held for 130 positions, 420 candidates were examined, 175 in December, and 245 in May. Ninety-two were successful, seven men and eighty-five women. Eighteen candidates were also examined for the lower grades of the Inside Service. Fourteen passed. Special Competitions. — The commission was requested to hold thirty-three special competitions of a professional and technical character for the following positions: three draughtsmen, seven technical clerks, two research chemists, one engineering chemist, one chemist, three assistant chemists, five analysts, two translators, one reporter of debates, one technical assistant, one process photo- grapher, one patent examiner, one assistant engineer. A number of candidates competed for these positions, and the departments to which the successful ones were assigned appear under the head of permanent appointments. Outside Service Examinations. — Quahfying examinations were held for clerk- ships in the Outside Service. Two hundred and forty-four candidates were tested, 112 in December and 132 in May. Forty-nine were success- ful in the first test, and sixty-seven in the second. Nine hundred and eighteen candidates were examined in the PreUminary examinations for the Outside Service, 496 in December and 422 in May. Five hundred and seventy-three passed. xii CITTL SERTICi: ( () UJ//.S'S/O.V 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Promotion Examinations — Examinations were held under regulation 20, for promotion from the Third to the Second Division. Out of eleven candidates, four were successful. Naval Cadets Examinations — In the Naval Cadets examinations, thirty- one candidates were examined and twentj^ passed. APPOINTMENTS. Permanent Appointmetits, Inside Service — Of the nine men who successfully com- peted for the Second Division in the May examination, only one, as yet, has received a permanent appointment. Such of the others as are exempt from the military service will doubtless be appointed in due course. None of the eight successful female candidates has been appointed, but they were declared eligible for the Third Division or for temporary employment. As above stated, ninety-two candidates were successful in the Third Division competition examination, seven men and eighty-five women. Seven men and seventy-five women were assigned to permanent positions, and the others have been assigned to temporary situations while waiting for their permanent appoint- ment. The successful candidates in the special competitions have been permanently appointed to the folloT\ang departments: Naval Service, two draughtsmen; Mines, one assistant engineer, one engineering chemist, two research chemists, three assistant chemist; Interior, five technical clerks; Inland Revenue, five analysts; Labour, one technical clerk; Trade and Commerce, one translator; Public Works, one process photographer, one technical assistant; Agriculture, one chemist, one technical clerk. Sixteen appointments of a professional or technical nature were 'iiade without competition under section 21 of the Act, with certificates of qualification from the Commission. Temporary appointments — Four hundred and seventy-three temporary appointments have been made to the Inside Service. The persons appointed satisfied the commission as to their qualifications. Promotions. One hundred and forty-seven promotions were made in the First, Second, and Third Divisions of the Inside Service.: — From 3 B to 3 A 76 " 3 A to 2 B 4 " 2 B to 2 A 23 " 2 A to 1 B 30 " 1 B to 1 A 14 General Observations. Surplus of officers in Second Division. — During the last few years, the com- missioners have noticed a gradual decrease of the number of clerks assigned to ririL SERYiCE COM ,'liSlox xiii SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 the Second Division, which, according to section 5 of the Act, shoukl be limited to the junior administrative and technical officers of the department. Somewhat congested by the automatic classification of September, 1908, further unne- cessary appointments to that di-vision could only magnify the actual surplus of its employees, and aggravate the situation. In order to obviate the inadequacy of the scale of salary of the clerks of the Third Di\ision, the heads of the depart- ments have been inclined to place them in the Second Division, without due regard to the nature of their duties. In fact, nearly all the successful candidates in the Second Division competitions have been assigned to mere routine work. Inadequate salary of the Third Division. — It seems to us that the best way to deal with this difficulty would have been a proper increase of the remuneration of the clerks of the Third Division. Such has been the remedy suggested bj' the commission in its annual reports, and the Government appears to have reached the same conclusion, since a Bill providing for a higher scale of salary was pre- sented to Parliament during the session of 1914. Owing to inadequacy of the salary attached to the Third Division, the Commis.sion has been unable to secure the required number of young men for the different departments. In a number of cases, positions intended for men had to be filled by women. On the other hand, it cannot be argued that the examina- tions were too difficult, since a surplus of woman have passed them successfully. Privilege of returned officers and soldiers. — According to the Order in Council of the 16th October, 1916, the returned officers and soldiers securing the required percentages of marks, in the general competitive examinations, are to be pre- ferred to the ordinary candidates. Four competed in the Second and Third Divi-sion examinations, and failed Three hundred and thirteen tried the preliminary tests, and 233 passed. Temporary appointments in connection with the war. — A very large number of temporary civil employees were appointed in connection with the war, without any reference to the commission. Greater salaries than those authorized by the Civil Service Act were paid to them, which was a source of serious inconvenience to several departments. The undersigned are of the opinion that the com- mission could have supplied most of them at the usual rates. The whole respectfully submitted. MICHEL LaROCHELLE, ADAM SHORTT, Commissioners. i 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918 APPENDIX 31—1 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918 THE REGULATIONS OF THE CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION WITH REFERENCE TO ENTRANCE TO THE SERVICE AND PROMOTION IN THE SERVICE. (Approved by His Excellency the Governor General in Council, on the 19th April, 1909. Amendments approved on the 22nd February, 1911, the 21st March, 1913, and the 12th April, 1915.) In accordance with section 10, clause 2, of the Civil Service Amendment Act, 1908, requiring that the duties of the Civil Service Commission " shall be performed in accordance with regulations made by the Commission, and approved by the Governor in Council," the following regulations have been prepared by the Commission : — EXAMINATIONS FOR ENTRANCE TO THE INSIDE SERVICE. X. In order to comply with section 13 of the Civil Service Amendment Act, which states that " except as herein otherwise provided, appointment to positions in the Inside Service under that of deputy head shall be by competitive exam- ination, which shall be of such a nature as will determine the qualifications of candidates for the particular positions to which they are to be appointed, and shall be held by the Commission from time to time in accordance wath the regulations made by it and approved by the Governor in Council," the Commission will provide for general competitive examinations for entrance to the following divisions and subdivisions of the Inside Service: — (a) Clerks for Subdivision B of the Third Division. (6) Clerks for Subdivision B of the Second Division. 2. In accordance with section 15 of the Civil Service Amendment Act, the number of competitors to be selected, for appointment to the Service, from those taking the examinations for the above divisions, shall be computed by the Commission on the basis of the reports from the several departments as to their probable requirements for the ensuing six months. 3. The general competitive examinations shall be held twice a year, in the months of May and November. Forms on which applications for these exam- inations shall be made will be provided by the Commission, and may be had on application to the Secretary of the Commission. Where not less than three candidates make application to take an examination at the same place, general competitive examinations shall be held at the following places: Sydney, Halifax, Yarmouth, Charlottetown, St. John, Fredericton, Moncton, Quebec, Sherbrooke, Montreal, Ottawa, Kingston, Hamilton, Toronto, London, Sault Ste. Marie, Port Arthur, Winnipeg, Brandon, Regina, Saskatoon, Calgary, Edmonton, Nelson, Vancouver and Victoria. Examinations may also be held at such other places as may be selected by the Commission for the convenience of candidates applying for examination. (2) Where competitive examinations are required involving technical or scientific subjects and necessitating the use of scientific apparatus, it shall not be necessary to hold such examinations at each of the above places, but the Com- mission shall, as far as possible, arrange for at least one place in each province where .such examinations may be taken. 4. Any examination may be taken in the English or French language, at the option of the candidate. 31— li 4 VIVIL SERVICE COMillNSIOX 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 0. A general examination for messengers, porters, sorters and packers shall be held annuall.v in the month of May, at the same places as the general examinations for the Third and Second Divisions, and shall include the following subjects of the ordinary public school standard: Writing, spelling and the first four rules of arithmetic. The minimum percentage of ciualification shall be fifty per cent on each subject and sixty per cent on the whole examination. 6. Where messengers, porters, sorters and packers recjuire certificates of qualification and fitness under section 22 of the Civil Service Amendment Act, the Commission may require any or all of these to pass an examination which shall be as nearly as may be of the same standard as that set for those who take the general examination for entering that grade of the Service. 7. The general competitive examination for clerkships of Subdivision B of the Third Division shall include the following subjects: Writing and copying manuscripts, spelling, composition, arithmetic, geography, history, typewriting. The maximum numlier of marks for each suljject shall be one hundred, except in the subjects of writing and copj'ing manuscripts, for each of which the maximum number shall be fifty marks. No candidate shall be selected for appointment to a position in the Third Division who secures less than fifty per cent of the marks assigned to the subjects of spelling, composition and arithmetic and sixty per cent of the marks assigned to the whole examination. The standard of exam- ination shall require a good general knowledge of the above subjects. 8. Candidates may take, in addition to the foi-egoing subjects, either or both of the subjects of stenograph}' and book-keeping. Where candidates obtain over sixty per cent of the marks assigned to either or both of these subjects, the marks above sixty per cent maj' be added to the total of the marks obtained on the compulsory subjects in determining the relative standing of the candidates in the general examination. 9. Persons employed in the Civil Service, in the Third Division, may take the general competitive examination for entrance to the Second Division under the following regulations: — (1) Such persons must be between the ages of eighteen and thirty-five years at the time of examination. (2) Their records in the reports to be furnished under the Civil Service Amendment Act must be good. 10. To insure the availability of a sufficient number of competent type- writers and stenographers, the commission may appoint a special competitive examination for typewriters and stenographers, for Subdivision B of the Third Division, which shall include the following subjects: Typewriting, stenograph}^, writing and copj-ing manuscripts, spelling and composition. Successful can- didates must obtain at least fifty per cent of the marks assigned to each subject and sixt}^ per cent of the marks assigned to the whole examination. (2) Where a sufficient number of typewriters and stenographers are not available among those who have taken the full examination for Subdivision B of the Third Division, the requirements of the departments may be supplied by appointing, in order of merit, those who have taken the special examination for typewriters and stenographers. (3) No one appointed as the result of such special examination shall be considered as eligible for promotion to Subdivision A of the Third Division who has not subsequently qualified in the additional subjects of arithmetic, history and geography, as required for the regular examination for entrance to the Third Division. 11. Where candidates for employment as temporary clerks require certifi- cates of qualification aiad fitness under section 23 of the Civil Service Amendment Act, the Commission may require any or all of these to pass an examination which shall be as nearly as may be of the same standard as that set for those who take the general examination for entering that grade of the service. CIVIL sKRVIVi: fOMMIssloS 5 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 12. Candidates for the general competitive examination for clerkships of Subdivision B of the Second Division shall take all the subjects in group A of the following list, and any five in group B: — A. — Writing, Spelling, Composition, Literature, Arithmetic. B. — Algebra, Geometrj^ Physics, Chemistry, CJeology (including miner- alogy), Biology (animal and vegetable), French (for those taking the general examination in English), English (for those taking the general examination in French), Latin, German, Historj- (modern). Political Science, Economics, Geography (general, physical and commercial), Philosophy (scholastic or general), Law (English or Civil). (2) The maximum number of marks for each subject shall be one hundred, except in the subject of writing, for which the maximum number shall be fifty marks. (3) No candidate shall be selected for appointment to a position in Sub- division B of the Second Division who secures less than forty per cent of the marks assigned to each subject in group A, and sixtj' per cent of the marks assigned to the whole group. (4) No candidate shall be selected for appointment to a position in Sub- division B of the Second Division who secures less than thirty per cent of the marks assigned to each subject in group B, and forty per cent of the marks assigned to the five subjects selected. (5) The standard of examination shall require a good general knowledge of the subjects selected from the above groups. In order that due regard may be had to the different educational systems in Canada, a curriculum shall be pre- pared by the Commission showing, with as much detail as possible, the ground to be covered under each of the subjects in the above groups A and B. A copy of this curriculum shall be supplied to any person on making application to the Secretary of the Commission. 13. Candidates may take, in addition to the foregoing subjects, any or all of the subjects of typewriting, stenography, and book-keeping. Where candidates obtain over sixty per cent of the marks assigned to any one or more of these subjects, the marks above sixty per cent may be added to the total of the marks obtained on the whole examination in determining the relative standing of the candidates. 14. Where the deputy head of a department ap]ilies to the Commission for a nomination to a clerkship in Subdivision B of the Third Division requiring special qualifications not covered by the general examination for that division, or for a nomination to a clerkship in Subdivision B of the Second Division recjuiring special qualifications in technical or scientific subjects, a special competitive examination may be provided by the Commission, instead of the general com- petitive examinations for either of these subdivisions. The subjects for such special examination shall be arranged between the Commission and the deputy head of such department. 15. Where the deputy head of a department applies to the Commission for a nomination to a position above that of Subdivision B of the Second Division, which requires to be filled by appointment from without the Service, the Com- mission shall, after consultation with the deputy head of the department in which the appointment is to be made, provide a special competitive examination or test, which may or may not involve written answers to questions, but which shall be of such a nature as to secure a person well qualified for the position to be so filled. Li determining the qualifications of candidates for such positions, the examination or test shall have special reference to executive ability and tact, such special or professional training as may be required, and a successful experience in duties similar to those pertaining to the positions to be filled. CIVIL .SERVICE COMMIfiSlOy 8 GEORGE V. A. 19;8 16. Where the appointment is one which is to be made under section 21 of the Civil Service Amendment Act inasm,uch as the person to be appointed requires to obtain from the Commission a certificate that he possesses the requisite knowledge and ability, the Commission, with the consent and co-operation of the head and deputy head of the department in which the appointment is to be made, may arrange a form of examination or test, by which to determine whether the person is qualified. On satisfying the Commission that he is duly qualified, such person will receive the certificate of the Commission. 17. When the selection is made by the head and deputy head of the depart- ment without reference to the Commission, the Commission may make such inquiries and appoint such an examination or test to determine the qualifications of the person so nominated as it may deem necessary for an intelligent and responsible discharge of its duties. PROMOTIONS IN THE INSIDE SERVICE. 18. A candidate who is recommended by the head of a department for pro- motion, other than from the Third to the Second Division, in order to receive the prescribed certificate of qualification, must satisfy the Commission of his ability to perform the duties of the position to which he is to be promoted. For this purpose the Commission, if it considers an examination necessary, may, after consultation with the deputy head of the department in which the promotion is to take place, prescribe a promotion examination, having regard to the require- ments of the subdivision to which the promotion is to be made, and the special ■duties of the position to be filled. 19. Where there are two or more persons in the employment of a depart- ment who are eligible for promotion to any vacant position, the Commission may, at the request of the head of the department, provide a competitive promo- tion examination limited to those who are declared eligible for promotion. Such an examination shall have regard to the requirements of the subdivision to which the promotion is to be made, and the special duties of the position to be filled. Upon the results of this examination, if satisfactory, the Commission shall issue the required certificate of qualification. 20. Candidates, who under subsection 2 of section 26 of the Civil Service Amendment Act, 1908, are nominated by the head of a department for pro- motion from the Thu-d to the Second Division must, in order to receive the prescribed certificate of quaUfication, satisfy the Commission that they are entitled to enter the Second Division. To this end, the Commission, after con- sultation vrith the head or deputy head of the department in which the pro- motion is proposed, shall prescribe a non-competitive promotion examination which, while having special reference to the requirements of the positions to be filled, shall nevertheless insure a qualification substantially equivalent to that required in the open competitive examination for entrance to the Second Division. Such non-competitive promotion examination shall include all of the subjects in group A under regulation 12, any three of the subjects in group B under regulation 12, and two papers on the work of the department in which the candidate for promotion is engaged. The minimum percentages required for passing on the subjects included in group A shall be not less than forty per cent of the marks assigned to each subject and sixty per cent of the marks assigned to the whole group. The minimum percentages required for passing on the subjects selected from group B shall be not less than thirty per cent of the marks assigned to each subject and forty per cent of the marks assigned to the three subjects, also that candidates must obtain at least fifty per cent on each of the papers on the work of the departments in which they are engaged. In the case of a candidate who does not obtain the minimum of forty per cent assigned to the three subjects CITIL SEIITICE COilUISSIOS 7 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 selected from group B, but who obtains an excess of marks above the minimum percentage required on each of the papers on the work of the department, such excess shall be added to the marks obtained by him on the subjects selected from group B for the purpose of estimating his percentage on the whole group. Where a candidate, who has obtained the aggregate marks required on the promotion examination, fails in one subject only, not being one of the papers on the work of the department, such candidate maj', on the recommendation of the deputy head of the department, complete the examination bj' writing on that subject alone at the ensuing examination. The minimum standard required on such subject shall be fifty per cent if the subject is in group A, and thirty per cent if tlje subject is in group B. Any candidate who fails only in the total number of marks assigned to group A may, on the recommendation of the deputy head of the department, complete the examination by writing on that group alone at the ensuing examination. 21. All general competitive examinations for entrance to the Service shall be advertised in the Canada Gazette at least four weeks before the examina- tions are to take place. Special competitive examinations shall be advertised in the Canada Gazette at least two weeks before the examinations are to take place. Such advertisements shall state the number of positions to be competed for, the conditions to be complied with by the competitors, the subjects to be covered by any special examinations, and the places at which the examinations may be held. 22. Within one month after the publication of the results of a Civil Service examination any candidate who considers that his answer papers have not been correctly valued, may make application to the Commission to have his papers re-read. Such application must be accompanied by a fee of $3 in the case of the Third Division or lower examinations, and $5 in the case of the Second Division or higher examinations. In cases where the appeal is sustained the fee will be returned. (2) The answer papers of all candidates at any Civil Service examination, after being valued by the examiners, shall be retained by the Commission for a period of six months from the date of publishing the results, and at the end of that period thej' shall be tlestroyed. 23. Every successful candidate, before receiving a permanent appointment to the Inside Service, must furnish the Commission with a certificate of good health, which shall be filled out on standard forms to be furnished by the Com- mission. (2) There shall be appointed by the Governor in Council in each place where an examination is held one or more medical examiners, from whom such certificates shall be obtained. (3) The fees for the health certificate shall l)e: For messengers, porters, sorters, packers, and for temporary clerks, two dollars ($2); for clerks of the Third Division, three dollars (.|3) ; for clerks of the First and Second Divisions, five dollars ($5). 24. Every successful candidate, before receiving an appointment to the Inside Service^ must furnish the Commission with references to at least three reputable persons who may be able to give adequate information as to the candidate's character and habits. 25. The following shall be the schedule of fees to be paid by the candidates at the several examinations held under the direction of the Commission : — Examination for lower grade positions, a fee of $ 2 00 Examinations for clerkships in Subdivision B of the Third Divi- sion, a fee of 4 00 Examinations for clerkships in Subdivision B of the Second Divi- sion, a fee of .■ 8 00 8 r/17/. sERTici: coMMisswy 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Extra examinatious which may be authorized from time to time for positions requiring special qualifications, a fee of 8 00 Promotion examinations: — In the Third Division 2 00 To the Second Division 3 00 In the Second Division 4 00 For higher divisions 5 00 (2) No fee shall be required for the privilege of taking optional subjects. (3) The fees for the regular Third and Second Division examinations, for lower grade examinations, and for any special examinations, shall be payable bj- the candidates when making application for the examination. Should any candidate, after making application and paying the required fee, be unable to write on the examination, one-half the fee may be returned. 26. Copies of the reports of the " conduct and efficiency of all officers, clerks and employees below the First Division "' which, in accordance with section -10 of the Civil Service Amendment Act, are required to be made in each department, shall be furnished to the Commission by the deputy heads of the various departments every three months. (2) To insure uniformity these reports shall be made out oia forms prepared by the Commission which may be procured by the departments upon requisition to the Government Stationery Office. 27. As soon as practicable, after the coming into force of these regulations, the deputy heads of the several departments shall furnish to the Commission, for the purpose of its Establishment Books, returns of the officers of their depart- ments, with such particulars as to their past service and present employment as are provided for on the form prepared by the Commission. 28. The secretary of the Treasury Board shall notify the Commission of all changes which take place in the organization of the offices in the several depart- ments in the Inside Service, whether these changes result from the creation of new offices, the division or combination of existing offices, or the abolition of offices; also of all changes in the personnel of the officers holding respective offices in the several departments in the Inside Service, whether these changes result from original appointment, promotion, transfer, death, resignation or dismissal. 29. The Commission shall select examiners duly qualified to prepare the necessary examination papers and to value the answers of the candidates, in connection with the general and special examinations provided for in the Civil Service Acts and in these regulations. (2) Each of the examination papers for the First and Second Divisions of the Inside Service shall be prepared and the answers valued by two examiners. (3) In the case of promotion examinations, and of special or technical examinations for the First and Second Divisions, as far as possible one of the two examiners shall be selected from within the department in which the appointment is to l)e made, and the other from without. 30. Examiners for the Inside Service shall be i)aid in accordance with the following scale of fees: — To each examiner for setting a paper for the general competitive examination for the First and Second Divisions $15 00 AVhere the examination is one of a special or technical character for the First or Second Division of the Inside Service, and where not more than five candidates are taking the same examination, each examiner shall be allowed •?20 for setting the paper and valuing the answers. To each examiner for setting a paper for the Third Division examinations 10 00 CIVIL SEIiVICI-: COMMI.SSIOy SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 To each examiner for setting a paper tor the lower grade examinations 5 00 To each presiding examiner at the various centres where the examinations are held: — Per day 10 00 Per half day 5 00 Where the number of candidates at any centre exceeds twenty-five, an assistant examiner may be appointed for such additional number up to twenty-five, and other additional assistants may be appointed in like proportion, where the number of candidates exceeds fifty. To each assistant to the presiding examiner: — Per day $5 00 Per half day 3 00 For valuing the answers in the case of the general com- petitive examinations, the compensation shall be as follows: For each paper in the examinations for the First or Second Divisions 0 50 For each paper in the examinations for the Third Division 0 20 For each paper in the examinations for the lower grades . 0 10 OUTSIDE SERVICE EXAMINATIONS. The Preliminary and Qualifying Examinations prescribed by the Civil Service Act for the Outside Division of the Civil Service shall be held semi- annually at the same times and places as the examinations for the Inside Division of the Civil Service and shall be conducted in like manner and governed in all respects by the rules and regulations prescribed for the examinations for the Inside Service, with the following exceptions, viz.: — (1) The Preliminary Examination shall include the following subjects of the ordinary public school standard: Writing, spelling, and the first four rules of arithmetic. The maximum number of marks in each subject shall be one hundred. The minimum percentage for qualification shall be forty per cent in each subject and fifty jjer cent on the whole examination. (2) The Qualifying Examination shall include the following subjects: Writing and copj'ing manuscripts, spelling (including dictation), arithmetic, geograph}', historj^ and composition. The maximum number of marks for each subject shall be one hundred, excejiting in the subjects of writing and copying manuscripts, for each of which the maximum number shall be fifty marks. The minimum percentage for qualification shall be forty per cent in each subject and fifty per cent on the whole examination. The standard of examination shall require a good general knowledge of the above subjects. (3) Candidates in the Qualifying Examination who fail in one subject only, but who make the required aggregate of fifty per cent, or three hundred marks, may come up for the subject in which they failed at any one or more subsequent examinations, and, on their passing the same, the marks made in the other subjects at the previous examination will be allowed them, but candidates failing in more than one subject, or in the aggregate, if they come up for examination again must take all the subjects required. (4) Every successful candidate at the Preliminary or Qualifying Exam- ination will receive a certificate from the Commission. 3 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918 TABLES # CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 13 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 ■§.s OjPQr OJ OS cO So - bO c c OO, S 5= CO Si oo -o; 3Q^ Oo OHJJoOO^Jri.SO -'s Jh — ■ c ■ 2 '3 HO c c > . „ _ o o ca .-sSo •a l-^o ■ • -^ " ^- ooo — O.S i; ^ Ol cq ^ fc- +^ 4) O QJ c'S ?^ a o. a C 03 ^ Oi O 4J ^ ■ X r/3 X ►^ < Ki 6§ . & So -2 ■H"* os" O s, Ot ntel, ttaw fi siSo a QOi 4. 3^ aZHxC U ^ -:f -H Ci t-i COS »C _, ^ ^ h. (V - = ;C q. tc coco QhCHcC ?■ 4) 03 Q^ is a^'- a c8 1^ iS O «w ¥ OO OS O -H M ?o CO CO Tf -^ •*}< Tj« rj tO ^ (O CO SO _ C^ CO -*< »c LO ^ U3 lA US S^£ o o 3 c s . • >>== o o u ofl4 OS = Ogs 5 = s 5 c C? - S S £-"5|-S Hull ttaw Ott Ott .2' 3 oT t-" = - — ~ 0 iS 0° £.S lolll S-gtf 5f > o . >> 0 M c-l 0-2 ^ ■^"^c/lO 0 c i'i oi cS 0 ac- No Fra Wil Aur See See I a.a.SSS c&SiB-, &o £cc^ 4) (E Sc (C tc tc tn En tn Sfc _ __ ,. _- ,^ „ _ ^^ - — OOC-COOCCOCCOC.2.20 =C i'.S.Srs §CO Z^fEiE 0)00- 3O0O3O0000000O"S-S0M0--'S'S°"=00 +J +J -^ -^ -JJ 05 X ?e-a.oc o o >.-2 t- 03,. SO S !- ^& C o PhhJ a o. 'e^ Png- 11 ^- — t -^ — -^ iC so - - - IS- - - - s .5 E o r- oc CiO— 'C^co lit ic ITS \n '^ ^o ^ ^o '^ (C -^ (D:^>:D!C^:0 CO to CO (O iOt^OO toco CC ^ CO tc CO t-- r— t-- r^ h- r- t- i>. r-^ r— :Dtototo :occcocO^:o:d X OC CIVIL S'ERVWB COMMISSION 15 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 w o oj a c M M M tC M ri 3 rf ce c3 s. & c o. a c; o o o c C C GJ OJ O X -j: -j: X v: :z:^ •z:^ ^ ^ Jr ■-=" s « g I > i > 53 -;i — "^ !> m"^ • := >> . >>s8 il So ►4^ z^ zs=: c jii -• S * ^ o o r ^ o &: Z<;. C j;-02 ^.s c p:?^ >. jZ az > > > > > t: fc- (H u t. t- 0 02 tc K a; '^ 'S c c: s B C3 o z« £ o O s § o en — o II 'S =^ 0- - g B t. ^ ftsa Z^Z^ifi*;(EE :Z-s SZ-gE «;^;2*;*;EE . 1° rt o u o :, M (- en ag te -T-^ ^ ^'S 7; rf t- C 'C '■- ^ 'yi ;sSiEE i S o o o ^►5 0.0. a. c -t3 R » S c o.&r5 c ox J!^ 0*0 c c cj.S ^ t* n C *, c £■;: u c 5 cj *1 ^ ■<}' iC «o h- 00 o^o ^^ d eo^ W5 COt^ o o ^ eo CO oooa o>-- ww^^ctst^ac OJ Ol OO C O C O O C: O -:£ o r~ r- C-- t-- t— i>. t^ b- r- 16 Civil. sEKviri: roMMissioy 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table No. 2. — Number of candidates writing at the different centres at the regular examinations. (a) December, 1916. Place of Examination. Prince Rupert — Nanaimo Victoria Vancouver Nelson Edmonton. Calgarj- Moose Jaw Saskatoon Regina Brandon. Winnipeg Sault .Ste. Marie. North Bay London Hamilton . Toronto.. . Kingston Ottawa Montreal Sherbrooke Quebec St. John Moncton Chatham Charlottetown. Halifax Total.... Prelim- inarj-. 1 5 13 7 1 16 S 1.5 10 21 1 24 13 71 3 108 111 7 27 6 1 r U 496 Quali- fying. 4 10 1 3 3 1 2 4 4 20 6 12 14 1 7 2 112 Third Division. Men. Women. 25 1 30 3 4 123 4 1 1 1 5 ' r 145 Total. 17 18 2 19 14 16 12 21 3 29 1 9 12 17 95 13 268 130 9 35 15 783 fn II. si:i,-\ ici: commi.-^.siox 17 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 Table No. 2. — ^Number of candidates writing at the different centres at the regular examinations. — Concluded. (6) May, 1917. Place of Examination. G C Lower Grades. Third Division. Second Division. Promotion to Second Division. ea > c e o d s c e o c dj S c dj s 1 s d E 1 TotaL 2 4 6 1 1 8 4 9 4 ..■■■■l'/"" 3 2 16 19 7 9 14 35 11 25 22 3 13 u 10 22 f algarv.. - . 39 11 Saskatoon.. . 3 11 28 Regina . 33 3 7 20 Wingham . 7 1 2 7 London ... 4 S 5 2 I 16 4 I 12 28 ■ 5 4 3 1 14 Hamilton. . . 12 5 3 43 2 2 76 90 5- 33 2 2 3 13 178 3 1 64 Kingston 1 10 Brockville 1 21 17 7 1 7 15 1 7 11 5 5 1 2 1 333 134 Montreal Sherbrooke 8 Quebec . 40 8t. John 7 Chatham 3 3 Moncton '. . . 1 C'harlottetown 1 1 10 ■ 1 1 5 3 Yarmouth . 1 2 3 Halifax 1 11 2 1 20 Total 422 132 7 23 222 17 10 11 31 886 NoiE. — A Special PrelimiViary Examination for returned soldiers was held on March 6th, 1917. eiamination 56 other candidates wrote, of whom 43 were succe.ssful. At this 31—2 18 CIVIL .fl C. Willson, .lames E. •Wood, John H. " •Woolfenden, John. At Ottawa. Ont.— Baker, Mrs. M. A. Belanger, Blanch. Belanger, Dora. Blondin, Josephine. Bouvrette, Edna. Bowen, Mrs. Kate. Brisebois, Gracia. Cairns, Frederick Hugh. Cormier, Narcisse E. Couillard, Joseph Lorenzo. Dinel, Rene. Uormody, Cora. Egger. Marie Therese. Emond, Lauretta. Faught, Louise M . Gagnon, .\ngeline. Galipeau, Louise Irenee. Godin, Joseph William. Heroux, J. .Aime. •Huband, Gerald B. Kirke, Kathleen. Labelle, Lorette E. Lafiamme, Yvonne. Lamothe, Leo. Lapointe, .Albertine. Laroche, Yvonne. Lavoie, Georgianna. Mahoney, Mary. McMalion, Katherine. O'Hagan. Lillian B. Pelletier, Irene. Scanlon, .Annie, ."^fguin, Wilfrid, .'^huttleworth, Mrs. E. Simmard, Rose-Anna. Smith. Vera. Thoburn, Daisy May. Trumble. .Anna. Waddell, Harold. Webster, Gladj-s Pearl. Whitelaw, Earl. CIVIL .sKiiTici-: coy Missioy 25 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 Table No. 3. — Succesf?ful candidates at the regular examinations. — Coniinued. A I Montreal. P.Q.— Archambault. Joseph. Beauchamp, Maria. *Beeho. Herbert Augustus.' Boucher, Annette. Brien, Arthur. C'harbonneau, Joseph Arinand I,. ( 'harbonneau. Joseph Arthur, (hartrand, J. H. Adelard. Cournoyer, Jean Baptiste. Dagenais, Marie Jeanne. Desbiens, Adelard. Deslauriers, Ephreni. Dicker, Octave. Dion, Eva. Dion, Fedora. Forest, Gertrude. Geoffrion, Joseph U. A. Gervais, Arge. Gervais, Gaston. Goyette, Joseph Michel L. Gravel, Bernadette. Guyot. Alberte. Hottote, Alexandre. Houde, Charles Henri. Labelle, Joseph Leon G. Labrosse, J. A. Georges. Laferriere, Camille. Lafontaine, Jos. Francis Arthur. Languedoc, Joseph Alphonse. Lefebvre, P. Real. Marchand, Joseph Albert. Martineau, Aurele. Massicotte. Jean-Maurice. Morin, Helene. Mac Donald, John Hugh. Ouellette, Rosaire. Ouimet, Alderic. Paquette, Graziella. PI ante, L. Henri M. Poisson, Mme. Rom^o. Prevost, Wilfrid. Reid, C'ecile. Richardson, Anne-Marie. Sauve, Arthur. St-Denis, Horaceatta. ,4/ Mon'real, Que. — Con. Sullivan, Wm. C. .Surprenant, Maxime. Taillefer, Marie Therese. Taillefer, Rodolphe. ArSherhrooke. P.Q.— •Cutis, Edward Johnston, de Lottinville, Maurice. Mar^chal, Blanche. Tanguay, Regina. At Quebec. P.Q~ Begin, Regina. Bilodeau, Germaine. Cogger, Dalton. Couillard. Blanche. Dallaire, Alexandre. Drouin, Agenor. Francoeur, Antonia-Diana. Frechette, Emerique. Gendron, Marie Anne Berthe. Lessard, Marie Rose. Levesque, Emile J. Mannix, Ellen. Moffet. Marie Aline. Paquet, Irene. Pelletier, Marie Louise. Pruneau. .\ime. THu. Wilfrid. Thibault. Charles Eugene. Turgeon, Yvette. At St. John. \.B.— Cameron, Ian" Donald. Gillespie, J. H. Al Halifax. X.S.— •Brennan, W. D. Burns, Robert R. Harris, Florence Mary. Home, Gordon Edward. *Nowlan, William G. Peckham, James Gordon. Tapper, George Wm. (h) Qualifying Examination for the Outside Service, May, WTi IN' ALPH.tBETIC.M. ORDER. Al Prince Rupert. B.C.— Davis, Allan M. Hudson, George Eddy. Al Victoria, B.C.— •Belding, Harry B. ♦Heryet, William. At Vancouver. B.C. — Birmingham, Henrj' D'Arcy. Gibbs, William. *Lowry, John G. Al Frank, Alta.— •Warrick, Frank. Al Edmonton. Alta. — Crossland, Ernest. Al Calgary, Alta. — •.Slimming, David H. At Saskatoon, .'iaak. — •Baldwin, Harold. •Herbert, George H. .4/ Regina. Sask. — Beauchamp, Robert. Bragg, Geo. William. Gardner, Charles. Goth, W. Meredith. Munro, Fenton. Usher, Wm. Henry. At Winnipeg, Man. — Dickson, Arthur Edward. Stevenson, James. .4* London, Onl. — Jackson. Arthur. Johnston, Pamela Iva X. Riddle, Herbert Morton. Trepanier, Frank A. Al St. Catherine.^, Onl. — Ball. Gertrude E. At Toronto, Ont.— •Allen, Robert A. •Armstrong, Bernard C. Bush, George L. 26 ClYIL SERTWE COMMISSION 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table No. 3. — Successful candidates at the regular examinations — Continued. At Toronto, Ont.— Con. Credicott, Richard. *Cramm, Donald B. Deasv, James C. *Lowe, Arthur T. *Macdonald, Malcolm. *Riley, William. •Roberts, David. At Kingston, Out. — Coutu, Nada May. Hough, Mabel M. Loney, Luther M. At Ottawa, Ont.— Cowley, J. A. E. Havtney, Berna M. Mann, Lome A. Shuttleworth, Mrs. Ellen. Vaughn, Patrick J. Delage, Eugene. Gosselin, Gustave. At Montreal, P.Q.— Cadrin, Michel. *Douglas, Joseph Monteith. Gagnon, Joseph. At Montreal, P.Q.—Con. •Grant, Wilson Edwin. Hudon, Laetitia. •Jessiman, Robert Harris. Labeau, Adolphe Paul. Minville, Esdras. •McLeod, Ross John. Paradis, Louis D. Poupart, Georges Henri. Theberge, .-Vlphonse. Thibault, .\ntoine. •Turner, William B. Vallee, Paul E. M. At St. John, N.B.— Blak.slee, Asa D. McLaughlin, Leo B. At Charlotleiown, P.E.I. — Curran, Wm. Stanislas. At Halifai. N.S.— Harris, Florence M. Hennigar, Merle Frances. Robertson, Gerald Reid. Weldon, Louisa F. (i) General Examination for positions in the Lower Grades, Inside Service, May, 1917 IN ORDER OF MERIT. 1. Lefebvre, Roger, Montreal, Que. 8. Murphy, Clarence D.. Halifax, N.S. 2. Portelance, Auguste, Montreal, Que. 9. Cloutier, Adrien, Cookshire, Que. 3. Corbeil, Emilien, Montreal, Que. 10. Vinet, Adrien, Montreal, Que. 4. Williamson, Mary Elisea, Ottawa, Ont. 11. Reinhardt, Mercedes, Hull, Que. 5. Bigras, Rene, Montreal, Que. 12. Gaulke, Edna Agnes, Ottawa. Ont, 6. Rochon, J. B., Montreal, Que. 13. Savage, J. T., Ottawa, Ont. 7. Trudeau, Severin, Montreal, Que. 14. Hewitt, May, Ottawa, Ont. {j) Competitive Examination for positions in Subdivisioji B of the Third Division, Inside Service, May, 1917. 1. Clerks. IN ORDER OF MERIT. 1. 2. 3. 4. .5. 6. 7. S. 9. 10. 11. 13. Porter, Harriett M., Ottawa, Ont. Campbell, Hazel Kathleen, Ottawa, Ont. Barsalou, Dieudonne, Ottawa, Ont. Wylie, Margaret, Alexandria, Ont. Edgar, Muriel H., Ottawa, Ont. O'Neil, Ruby F., Ottawa, Ont. Clement, Marie-Antoinette, Ottawa, Ont. Roe, May Gertrude, Ottawa, Ont. Brown, Kathleen, Ottawa, Ont. Reeve, Dorothy Vernon, Napanee, Ont. Hinton, Gertrude, Ottawa, Ont. \ Buckingham, Edna, Ottawa, Ont. / Boyle, Harriett, Ottawa, Ont. equal. 14. 16. 17. 18. I> equal. equal. S. Stenographers and Typewriters. IN ORDER OF MERIT. Bowers, Cora, Ottawa, Ont. MacFadden, Bessie I. I. Joynt, Laura I., Ottawa, Ont. Lewitt, Thirza E., Ottawa. Ont. McCann, Maisie Aileen, Ottawa,! Ont. Haskett, Robert Fletcher, Ottawa, Ont. J Maloney, Clara V., Old Chelsea, Que. Alexander, Bessie, Ottawa, Ont. Deveau, William Wallace, Brockville, Ont. Lecovin, Harry, Ottawa, Ont. Towsley, George C, Ottawa, Ont. Hicks, Uriah Stephen, Ottawa, Ont. Boulais, Marguerite, Ottawa, Ont. Bush, Marjorie N., Ottawa, Ont. Hill, Mary E., Ottawa, Ont. Morgan, Florence A., Ottawa, Ont. Burgess, Stella Jeanne, Ottawa, Ont. Gillespie, Muriel, Ottawa, Ont. Bennett, Irene Margery, River Desert, P.Q. Bourgault, Armande, Ottawa, Ont. Mattice, Mary Anne, Finch, Ont. Codv, Ella, Ottawa, Ont. \ , Beaton, Ella, Ottawa, Ont. J equal. Cody, Irene, Ottawa, Ont. Kuhn, Olga Madeline, Brockville, Ont. Richer, Emeriza, Ottawa, Ont. Stewart, Claribelle, Ottawa, Ont. Warner, Daisy S., Ottawa, Ont. •17. Lamb, Mary I., Ottawa, Ont. •18. Leslie, A. Vivia, Westboro, Ont. •19 Young, S. Agnes, Ottawa, Ont. •20. Valice, Alice, Ottawa, Ont.' *2I. Keenan, M. Margaret, Chatham, N.B. •22. Duhamel, Rheta D., Ottawa, Ont. •23. Howell, Stella, Ottawa, Ont. 24. Turriff, Edith, Ottawa, Ont. 25. Wright, Doris, Ottawa, Ont. 26. Kenny, Mabel, Ottawa, Ont. Hanafin, Bernadette, Vancouver, B.C. Mackenzie, Mary, Toronto, Ont. 1 oniml Gibson, Mary L., Ottawa, Ont. / '^l"'"- Bailey, Helen Blanche, Ottawa, Ont. Dilworth, Norah, Ottawa, Ont. Viau, Marie-Rose, Ottawa, Ont. **Also successful as clerks. CITIL SEUTICE COMMlSmOS 27 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 Table No. 3. — Successful candidates at the regular examinations. — Concluded. (k) Supplementary Examination in Arithmetic, History and Geography, for successful candidates at previous examinations for Stenographers and Type- icriters. May, 1917. IS ALPHABETICAL ORDER. Argue, Dorothy A. Barnes, Flora Alice. Demers, Dora. Denison, Mabel Irene. Fairbairn, Helen. Fowler, Ethel Marguerite. Gavin, Hazel Maude. Hoar, Edith May. Long, Alice MjTtlc. McCann, Irene Margaret. Spence, Ethel J. Ranger, F. Anna. Taylor, Ellen. Whyte, Marion Isabel. (I) Competitive Examination for positions in Subdivision B of the Second Division, Inside Service, May, 1917. IN ORDER OF MERIT. 1 George, Charles Willis, Ottawa, Ont. 2. Lewis, Joseph, Ottawa, Ont. 3. Zivian, Isaac, Ottawa, Ont. 4. Laishley, Wilfrid, Ottawa, Ont. 5. Daigle, .\uguste E., Cocagne, N.B. Lynch, John A., Ottawa, Ont. Carson, Wareham S., Ottawa, Ont. Bradley, Harold M., Ottawa, Ont. Pringle, .Alfred, Ottawa, Ont. The following female candidates having obtained standing equivalent to those of the successful male competitors, while there are no vacancies in the Second Division to which they can be appointed, are eligible for appoint- ment to the Third Division. IN' ORDER OF MEBIl. 1 . Potvin, Ethel Mary, Ottawa, Ont. 2. McDowell, Queenie B., Hyde Park, Ont. 3. Roughsedge, Mary E. K., Ottawa, Ont. 4. O'Connor, Winifred N., Ottawa, Ont. h. Simpson, Grace Margaret, London, Ont. 6 McEvoy, Lenore K., Ottawa, Ont. 7. Richards, Rachel E., Ottawa, Ont. S. Cieorge, Patricia B., Ottawa, Ont. (m) Non-competitive Examination for promotion to the Second Division, Inside Service, May, 1917. IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER. Daly, P. J., Mining Lands and Yukon, Department of the Interior. Graham, Hugh M., Department of Indian .Affairs. Hutton, Wm. Howard, Accounts Branch, Depart- ment of the Interior. May, Oswald, Postal Stores Branch, Post Office Department. (n) Competitive Examination for entrance to the Royal Naval College, May, 1917 IN ORDER OF MERIT. 1. Brock, Patrick Willet, Vancouver, B.C. 2. Crowell, Seymour Corning, Yarmouth, N.S. 3. Woolcombe, Edward Mickle, Ottawa, Ont. 4. Budden. .Arthur Napier, Montreal, Que. 5. Marie, George Carlyle, Montreal, Que. 6. Pickard, Frederick L. S., Victoria, B.C. 7. Smith, -Adam W. S., London, Ont. 8. Glasgow, Paul John, Toronto, Ont \ p ■ Smith, .Arnold Beveriey, Toronto, Ont.J'^'l"'" 10. Hague, Edward Cousins, Montreal, Que. 11. Myers, Gordon Conant, Barrie, Ont. 12. Davy, Arthur C. M., Westmount, Que. 13. -Adams, Frederick Johnstone, Ottawa, Ont. 14. Kingstone, John .A. C, St. Catharines, Ont. 15. Mitchell, George MacGregor, Halifax, N.S. 16. Winans, Leonard Grenville, Westmount, Que. 17. .Adamson, Agar Rodney C, Toronto, Ont. 18. Mackintosh, Roland C. S. H., Guelph, Ont. 19. Lee, Edward Thurston, St. John, N.B. 20. Reynolds, Hibbert L., Halifax, N.S. Table No. 4, — Candidates who were successful as a result of an appeal against the valuation of their papers, IVIarch, 1917. Special Preliminary Examination for the Outside Service. At Vancouver, B.C.- King, Harry. 28 CIVIL UKRYICE COMMISSIOy 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table Xo. 5. — Number and percentage of successful candidates at the regular examinations. Examination. Examined. Successful. Per cent successful. Men. Women. Total. Men. Women. Total. Men. Women. Total. December 1916. 496 112 175 422 132 18 245 27 11 31 323 49 39 250 67 14 57 17 4 20 65 44 Third Division. . . 30 145 1 38 3 26 22 May 1917. 59 51 Lower Grade Third Division. . 11 23 17 11 31 7 222 10 10 7 9 4 20 4 50 8 91 30 53 36 64 57 23 80 78 23 63 Promotion to Second Division 36 64 Note. — It will be obser\-ed in connection with the Third and Second Division Examinations that only sufficient candidates are declared successful to fill the vacancies in connection with which the examinations are held. It may thus happen that candidates who have obtained the prescribed percentages are not declared successful. Table No. 6 — -Number and percentage of returned soldiers who were successful > at examinations. Examination. Examined. Successful. Per cent successful. September. 1916. 8 40 6 2 162 103 39 1 1 1 8 22 2 0 137 66 19 1 0 0 100 / December, 1916. 55 33 0 M.tRCH. 1917. 85 M.f.Y, 1917. 64 49 Lower Grade 100 0 0 CIVIL NEiivrci: commissiox SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 o 2* •T3 O I — 1 I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I -■ I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ! I I I I I I I -H 1-; Ci' fc.— — '1^— IWI !-^I 1 lODl-*! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -m I I I I I — Illlllll-^lllllt'lll CO \ 1 I'-'C^I I IcCr^lt^ — — t^^rol I I I I I 00 I I I I I ( I I I I I I I I o 30 CIVIL SERVICE COMMIS'SIO?^ 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table No. 8. — Examiners who prepared the questions and valued the answers at the examinations. Regular Examinations. (a) Preliminary Examinations for the Outside Service. .'^ithmetic T. E. Clarke, B.A., Ottawa, Ont. Spelling, English William Burke, Ottawa, Ont. French J. A. Lajeunesse, O.M.I. University of Ottawa, Ottawa, Ont. Writing, (preparing questions) English C. H. Bland, B.A., Civil Service Commission, Ottawa, Ont. French 3.R.A. Baril, B.A., Civil Servi( 600 .SI 600 17 600 20 600 17 .500 19 500 21 500 28 650 20 600 16 600 20 600 Residence when appointed. Date of certificate. Department. Stewart, Marion F Spittal, Agnes G Ste. Marie, Alberte J... Smith, Eileen M Smith, Marjorie Sayer, Amanda Stewart, Irma C Tierney, Elizabeth.. - Turrif?, Edith Towsley, George E. . . . Woodburn, Mary G. U, Wight, Ruby Wainman, Edna A Walls, Margaret Louise Williams, Edith Warner, t)aisy S Wright, Doris E. C. . . Wylie, Margaret E Ottawa, Ont. East Avlmer, Ottawa. Ont. Chatham. N'.l Cornwall, Ont Ottawa, Ont. Alexandria, Ont P.Q Oct. .Jan. Feb. Aug. Feb. •June July Oct. Jan. June July 1, 1916 1, 13, 13, 1. 9. 16. 12, 16, 22, 25, 25, 9. 4. 28, 1916 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917, 1917 1917. 1916, 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 Civil Service mission. .Agriculture Inland Revenue. -\griculture. Interior. Naval Service. Interior. Interior. External -\fTairs Post Office. Interior. Interior. Interior. Interior. Interior. .\griculture Interior. Post Office. Com- CIVIL .SERVICE COitMISSIOX 39 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 Table No. 15. — Permanent appointments made by the Commission to positions in the Second Division, as the result of open competitive examinations. Name. ■3^ 1 ■3 Residence when appointed. Date of certificate. Department. Abbott, William E Bradley, Harold M 28 27 19 23 21 26 27 20 26 23 22 20 1,000 1,000 800 800 800 800 1,000 800 800 1,000 800 1,000 Marysville, Ont.. Ottawa, Ont. Carleton Place, Ont Hull, P.Q Charlottetown, P.E.I... Madoc Ont. July 1, 1917 1, 1917. Sept. 1, 1916 Mar. 30, 1917. Sept. 1, 1916 Oct. 26, 1916 June 5, 1917 Sept. 1, 1916. Oct. 1, 1916 April 2. 1917. Oct. 1, 1916, July 1, 1917. Customs. Public Works. Customs. Dupont , Joseph A Fitzgerald, Robert R Mackintosh, Margaret O'Brien, Nora E Pilon, Joseph V Petrie, Edward. Parr, Joseph L. Raynard, Kenneth S Trade and Commerce. Customs. Labour. Halifax, N.S Windsor, Ont Ottawa, Ont Ottawa, Ont Labour. Customs. Customs. Library of Parliament . Customs. Customs. 40 CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table No. 16. — Permanent appointments to special positions made by the Commission as the result of open competitions. Xame. Bell, Thomas Grayson.. Cantelo, Robert Charles Durantel, Sosthene L. E. pilmore, Ross Earlby... Marion, Jean Baptiste... Traill, Robert James .. Position. Process Photogra- pher. .\ss't. Engineering Chemist. Translator... Research Chemist. . Ass't. in Cement Testing Labora- tory. .\ss't. Chemist... Rank. II B II A II B IB IIIB II A Date of appoint- ment. Salary. .\pril 17,1917 1,300 Oct. 17, 1916 1,600 Mar.l, 1917 1,300 Mar. 19, 1917 2,100 Jan.29, 1917 800 Dec. 18, 1916 1,600 Residence when appointed. Ottawa, Ont.. St. Thomas, Ont. Montreal, P.Q Montreal, P.Q Ottawa, Ont.. Ottawa, Ont. Depart- ment. Public Works. Mines. Trade and Commer- ce. Mines. Public Works. Mines. CIVIL Kriivici: commission 41 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 Table No. 17. — Permanent appointments to special positions made bj' the Governor General in Council, on the receipt of a certificate of qualification from the Commission. (A) After selection by open competition. (B) After selection bj^ the Departments, without competition. .is Date of Residence Name. 03 Salary. Date of Order-in- when Position. Department. frf certificate. Council . appointed. (A). Ball, William F. . II B $1,200 Nov. 7, 1916 Dec.20, 1916 Jasper, Aha.. Draughtsman Post Office. Fisher. Ward. IB 2,100 Sept. 30, 1916 Nov. 8, 1916 Ottawa, Ont. .\ss't .Super- intendent of Fisheries. Naval .Service. Stansfield, Edgar.. IB 2,500 Oct. 6, 1916 Nov.24, 1916 Chief Engine- ering Che- mist. Mines. (B) Brot, Maurice II B 1,300 Sept. 1, 1916 Mar. 12, 1917 Montreal, P.Q Ass't. Analyst n' 1 R n-eau e. Breton, Joseph C II B 1,200 .April 23, 1917 Mav25,1917 Ottawa, Ont. . Clerk Inl'd Revenue. Brother, George H. II A 1,600 May 25, 1917 June 9, 1917 Toronto, Ont. Ass't Analyst Inl'd Revenue. Douglas, Robert. . II A 1,800 Oct. 1, 1916 Britannia Heights. Ont. Secretary . to the Geogra- phic Board. Interior. Fournier, Jules... II A 1.600 Mar 31, 1917 Ottawa, Ont. . Translator. , Senate. Grenier, Armand I A 2,800 May 29, 1917 May 16,1917 Montreal, P.Q. Civil Law Re- porter. Justice. Gooderham, II B 1,300 May 30, 1917 June 21, 1917 Truro. N.S , . Ass't to thelAgriculture. Charles B. Apiarist. Gunton, .lohn A. II B 1,300 June 1, 1917 Simcoe, Ont . . Ass't. Analyst Inland Revenue. Hill, William H. II B 1,300 July 1, 1917 July 17, 1917 Ottawa, Ont.- Ass't. .-Vnalyst Inland Revenue. Lye, Ossian G II B 1,300 June 1, 1917 Toronto, Ont.. Ass't. .\nalyst Inland Revenue. Marshall, John H. IIA 1,600 Jan. 1, 1917 Jan. 27, 1917 Stella, Ont.. Patent Exami- Agriculture. McFall, Robert IB 2,100 June 20, 1917 July 17, 1917 Minneapolis, ner. To Study Trade & Com- James. Minn.U.S.A Canadian internal trade pro- ' blems. merce. Rowat, Richard IIB 1,300 Dec 1, 1916 Mar. 12,1917 Athelston, P.Q. Ass't. Analyst Inland Revenue. Tremblay, Joseph IIA 1,600 Nov. 25, 1916 Ottawa, Ont. Translator. . . . House of U. Commons. White. Michael S.. IIB 1,300 Oct. 1, 1916 Jan. 27, 1917 Ottawa, Ont. Translator. . Interior. Westervelt, Alex- IB 2,400 April 1, 1917 .\priUO, 1917 Clarkson, Ont Chief of Mar- Agriculture. ander P. kets Intel- ligenceDivi- sion. 42 ClTiL SERTICR COMillSSIOHi 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table No. IS. — Certificates of qualification issued Ijy the Commission for temporary employment in the Lower Grades. (A) From the general list of successful candidates. (B) Nominated by the Departments and qualified by special examination. Department Name. (A) Civil Service Commission Justice Post Office... Public Works Trade & Commerce Menard, Eugene.. (B) Agriculture.. Interior. Justice Mines Post Office Post Office Secretary of State Moodie, G. Earl O'Reilly, Francis Ranger, Eugene Lajambe, Philias Levin, Sam.. M coney, Alexander F. Thompson, Gordon S ShiUington. John T — Casey, Lanxence Wilson, Herbert A Menard, Eugene Dupuis, Roland Salary. Ingram . Violet Fraleigh, Emma Delaney, Thomas L Johnston, Cecil M . . . - . Dives, Thomas I Manion, D. J. B Watson, Mrs. Fanny Griffiths, Sydney May, Norman C. Thomas, John Ellis Sherwood, Doris.. MeStravick, Violet Baillie, William M Smyth, Joseph W Reid, Garnet Bryan, John Mulligan, Mary J Pryce. Lillian Hammond. Myrtle Rice, David A Quaglia, Victor Kehoe, Francis J Desormeaux, P Hudon, Emma Fairbanks, Anna Dorval, Lucienne Carson, Eva. Valiquette, Mrs. Olive Rochon, Hilda Sherwood, Lucv B Bartlett. Edwin D Lalonde, J. J. B. Antonio Dunne, Rose G Gagne, Albert Kelly, Michael A Sylvester, Wilfrid .\nton, Lora J Wimperis, Charles Cousineau, Aurore Falardeau, Adelard. Beatty, Gladys.. Larose, Millie Rogers, Agnes Calvert, Francis E... . Wesley, Mrs. E. M.... Fontaine, J. A Cyr, Elzear Wood , David Barrette. Joseph L. E. 600 00 600 00 600 00 500 00 500 00 500 00 500 00 500 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 500 00 600 00 Date o{ certificate. April 2, 1917 Messenger . . June 25 Aug. 1 Sept. 9 Sept. 25 Dec 12 Dec. 18 Mar 19 June 9 June 1 1 June 21 Jan. 3 July 25 1917 1917 1916 1916 1916 1916 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 Sorter. 500 00 500 00 500 00 500 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 500 00 500 00 500 00 500 00 500 00 500 00 500 00 600 00 6C0 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 500 00 500 00 500 00 500 00 .500 00 500 00 500 00 500 00 500 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 600 00 500 00 500 00 Oct. Nov. Nov. Nov. Jan. April June July July July Sept. 2 Sept. 2 .Sept. 16 Oct. 10 Oct. 13 Dec. 28 Mar 27 April 2 April 19 Mav Mav April Feb. Oct. Dec. Feb. Mar Position. Messenger. Sorter. Packer. Messenger. Mar Mar. 19, Mar. 27, Mar. 30, April 4, April 23, .\pril 25, April 27, Mav I Mav May June June June July July July July .^ug. .\ug. Dec. Dec. 1916 1916 1916 1916 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1917 191 1917 191 1917 1917 1917 1916 1916 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1916 1916 Sorter.. L.G. Officer Messenger Sorter. . L.G. Officer Sorter. Messenger. Sorter. Messenger. Sorter Messenger Messenger Sorter Made permanent. .\pril 2, 19i; .\pril 2, 19i; Depart- ment. P. Office. P. Office. Messenger Sorter July 1, 1917 .\pril 1, 1917 .\pril 1, 1917 May 1, 1917 April 1, 1917 July 1, 1917 April 1, 1917 Messenger. Sorter Messenger Sorter Packer Sorter Packer Sorter Packer. Messenger Mines. P. Office. P. Office. rirrL sertick co.MMis>;ioy 43 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 a O •2 •? O ii P. (U 45 C P ai Pi O -Con So Oo, f ,-( 0) O! ^- 03 ^ 11 H'^ (U OJ ^ S ^< .« 0^ -f^ t or: ft.> SO CJ o b^ 'm ca <« >■ I-, O ^2 Q H -a Ph **^ o •J e:5 OS 05 i o o o o < o :3 ^ to CD CO !>• O^ ^3 Oi Oi O) O) C-l (N 'M O ^ • --3 > -'a S^ -.S cB .>■ 32 3 5 3 ^^^ J3 3 o! a; I. a cgiE "O OJ c ^ £4 SZiX E= 44 Civil, srinifi: commisskix 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 al C ■ d -o ,02 1^ OS 1- •§- - - o. g-^' bS' v^r 3 = S.^- 3 <:S" - 3- - ^^ :'^ <1^ S 6 -i^ tl— c-* =c5^^^-'.>'^ g S^ ai'^-&S Sfla^S J^.^; t" S C L. I .2 g £J" o~ S S >• S -2 >, t- '^ : c ■ S civil. SKItVICE COMMISStOX 45 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 oo L-5 f- 'Z'Z -f. ■ OS - Ci -' 5 ■ —5 ^, .— ( ^H ^-t ^H ^H OS 03 0> 03 O^ •-It- C4 eO '-< C<1 --i CO "-' MC^ 1-H C<) « rH.-l.-HNC^M -^ — ■ j; -^ 3 y c 03 ' ' Q- - ' " - - ' ^- - ,a a ^ o a) is .-« a. .M o ci oS - M C(B 03 = S on = -^? I -" "■5 6 3 O O ' S 2 _.- o W C flj t, t- o o c; i 5 " c .- g of fe •^ o § ■T3 . , ; =a> '■&« = I -^ *^ S g 2^ S t- 3 c 03 O o >a3eu >> : ■- O o M * (9 in o 08 1 ; as o ,5,5^ ^ 46 Civil. SERVICE COMMISSIOX 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 ^r^ -a t, l05 <* - fe *^ o « t^ 0) -S -^ s c; ^1 s S »* •2 s p ■a c o o S.s o o > CC w 5 ^ ^,_^^ „ai m ^_ *" > ^•o •?S o .2 o 0^ s iS o 1^^"^ 5~ S-'o 1 5 a: O o -2'£ V rt > «j o ^ u — 1 ■-3 c. r c rs Y^ ■*j" '^ o -^-^^J c^» c ^ C v: o :^ 5 ^ 71 v; Is o 2 > > - L4 U O O i^ ::: \ : ;■,■_; -,01 ■■■■■■■ ■ :"« ::;::::::•.: :'3 :::'.::;: : : ■ . > >• ■ a OS :2 ::::::::::: :^ :::::::::::: : t- ■ t'- ■ OS C3> .' * . ■ n '. '. I '. . . ; : ; '. '. '.^^ '. '. i '. i '. '. '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. : ; i : d ::::::;:::: :^ ;::;:::::::;::;:: : • & 3 •^ ^ _ • ■ a> ; I I I ; : ; ! ; I : ; ; : ; : : : I : : : ; : : ; t-> 3 "3 ^ ^ ; ! i ! i ; I ; I i^ I ! I I ; ! I I ; ! I ! ! ■ I ; ' * ' D M :::::: <:"::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: Fi ^ ; ! '. '. I '. : : : ; '. '. i '. ; ; '. ; '. i ; ; ; ' '. i '. ^ c^" . . .'■'.'.'.'.'.'.','.'.'.'. I '.'.','.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. '. 3^3>^0i^0^0)0)Ci9>03O0^CiCSC2O0^0^OC^0^030303OOCSC^C9S3030S O — TT 10 -^* to" to — • Co'oOo"tD tC oToiM M [Vl^^^^C^'c^M ci«M c^"m eJ-fJ-*^"^" ZQ ►? 5 ^-H'^ ^* — c x aj " os.2 — » 0) t- _ ' ~ H-i ^< "H ; -i-^ £»i a CIVIL fiERVICE COMMISSION 47 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 ■iE SZ o :6< C3SOS ' s^- o u >T3 c o sec ojH »--.i'j:=^.?^ s «-, Ma .S « -BW -jS w c o CQ rn o '? S o a.2 5 -V* >. _.-p3 S3 • aoi "go -6 2 M *- ■ > OU-,*- §11-: |1.»2il||il |li.l^'i«1lll:S^ . 5-c — n~> ~" Tzz _:c %*) c i^. » -V !—'■-— i4_, Tl 7", C 3 O^ 03 j^*^ aj ■s s s O OH --(^ - S >< oa D 55 4) S3 O 550Z " > S 48 CIVIL SERTJCE COMMISSIOX 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 o -a o 11 a r^ l-l +3 e t-H cj o ,3 (D . H ^CCg A fag ^-t>-t^^»t^l>■^-^»l>.^-.^-t^r^^-t^I--^-•^>•^-t-r>-^^t--^-t:^^~^^^-!rl:Occ'X'coo Oi Oi Oi O^ O^ 0> Oi Oi ^ Oi ^ Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi 0> Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi O^ Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi Oi = ,-—.. 3 3 :: :; 0-5 - oj 5-° fcZ OS a . I ^ ^ M ^•^: d . w :-o oJ :.2-^ s gW g:=.£T3 a) «.2 o o-S -S-S-§.2o aj.cSd - n , 5?-o - W , •- ^ 'fc. ■aggg o CIVIL SEI^riCE COMMISSIOy 49 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 oo o mm oo o o m ,-1 ,-H ^ N CO CO M cc i-H »-. .-H N cq «§ +3 ■*i o (3 (U 203 y^ >-•« -S 03 a - 6j^ "OS >.-' ci *=> fcH O a^ .2 o-B ■> 03 fl a Q .2^ to ^ 03 (U o l-R o o 02 w -s v-^ -►^O >5 03 C -1^ o l-B 2 is Q c c -d o o f-] o3 o H O 03 yacc -§ ^ 3 ° S K to ■> I «n o (-1 -fj ~ 03 . -tJ r^ ^ o CJ O) Ji I C *^ d 3 C "Si o o -a He. a o > 03 03 WW O c3 OCOOOO — — ■'■ c rt - ™ - 35-3 rttcH (717/. sKiniCE citMMIssKlX 51 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 \- 1 > u eg 1 > 2 i s s o ■3 c C8 o 1 - I 'C o B o c o 1 a c (- c s £ c § c 1 r- .1 1 g iE O 1 a c > 0 J3, o > o c c c CSC-lclTj-c;:^OOOC O OOCCOCOOC-loClCS-'J'WtO — cc.»1"t^cOt-OCOO^^;OC7i-occcoc>OCOI^O»it:«20^^ « ^ CI C-J c^ CI N c-1 N (M r: > - o. - 2" a . - :^ >> c-2 S o .2 - ^ !=- 1:5 Sf" 3 ,_ ^ <-^ - ^ ^ — .2 a 3 s Z s:. — 03- . OS" 1 ^ .i= hH ^ C' • ^ w 3 5.2 '5 5^ 5< 2_.s.i£:= o g c ; S.I a??- 03 oiS£| O 5^ o o ^.Ti 5 s - ; 03 O ^.1^.1 „ „ ^.„ 03 O 33 o H - ^ o ■ . >>03 J ij - w — I ag^.>; &^ :3 ' TJ -1 hn'^ £S r!-; f--^ SS 31—41 52 CIVIL SEKYICE COIIMISSION' 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 ^ '> 03 O T3 h H ^4— o r~\ o ■*^ (M r, c o -t-j Fi >^'« O u rv! & P 00 C) o g; >^ T— 1 t- C3 1^ s 01 o a t« c O) C! s < 02 o O o C/J -o > T3 a o o a> CO 3 O .2.2 Q o O "C pa > g o > Q oi B »C U^ — C<1 !M C-1 - t^ :— -T! C7i CS OS ~" "" ^ ^- -v^ Q-l >1 ^- c ^ oc •< ^.Q as T,.Ja= ■ 1> 5 <3 f '' •Scj 5S « 33= I n C5 -r cc 7: S - C : r; C3 t- — -/; — CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 53 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 Table No. 21.- — Certificates of qualification issued by the Commission for temporarj^ employment in the Third and Second Divisions, under the pro- visions of Sections 23 and 33 of the Civil Service Amendment Act, 1908. (A) Third Division. (B) Second Division. Department. Agriculture. Inland Revenue... Insurance Justice Mines Naval Service Trade and Cora merce Agriculture. Finance Inland Revenue... Interior.. Mines. Name. (A) Evans, Gertrude B McNeely, Elexey Omond, Mrs. Olga H Govan, Margaret L Selwyn, Harley Nathanson, Joseph N Beaulne, Mrs. Lou M irsky , Sam — Gordon, Marie V Palmer, Gertrude L Brouillette, Mrs. Laura L. Cornett, Mrs. Jean Groves, Edmund Allen, William A... Date of certificate. Naval Service. Snider, Pearl, L (B) O'Sullivan, Adrienne M. O'Gorman, Elizabeth E.. Eby, Elizabeth V Hulburd, Ethel E Cochrane, Lilyan L Mulvaugh, Laura J Cluffe, Gilbert C Gun ton, John A Hill, William H Grattan, George E Lye, Ossian G Johnson, Lawrence E Gauley, Robert J. P. Byrne, John H Timm, Hannah E Hooper, Benjamin R Henshaw, Joseph B Goulding, James Forman, John H Mohr, Cliffords Rivier, Charles E Graham, Walter F Coyne, Benedict P . Hardy, Thomas W... Connor, William H Wakely, JohnW Nov. 2, 2, 2, 11, 13, 18, 2fi, 8, 17, 16, 10, Dec. May Sept. Dec. Mar. July Oct. Nov. Dec. April 17, 11, Nov. 2, 2, 2, 14, " 15, Dec. 1, June 1 1 , Jan. 12, 12, 15, Feb. 10, July 16, Oct. 1, Dec 18, May 9, June 5, July 3, May 14, 21, June 1 , Aug. 15, 20, 20, June 22, 23, 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1917 1910 1916 1917 1917 1916 1916 1916 1917 Salary. May 22, 1917 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1916 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1916 1916 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 1917 720 720 720 720 700 800 800 700 600 800 800 600 800 600 700 900 900 900 900 900 900 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,200 1,300 1,300 1,300 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,300 1,200 1,200 1,500 1,000 1,000 Posit i Clerk. Stenographer. Clerk. Stenographer. Clerk. Stenographer. Clerk. Stenographer. Clerk. Clerk. Clerk. Clerk. \ss't. Analyst. Technical Clerk. it (< i( Clerk. Ass't. Chemist. Translator. Ass't Chemist. u Clerk. 54 CIVIL sFRVICF: COMMIsslDX Table No. 22. 8 GEORGE V, A. 19 8 -Certificates of qualification for promotion issued by the Commission. Date of Department . Name. From. To. Certificate. Agriculture Strachan, Esther F. . Sub-div. B of 3rd Div. Sub-div. .\ of 3rd Div. Jan. 16, 1917 Wetmore. Marion L. . " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " " 16, 1917 Auditor General Lawlor, A. Margaret.. B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " Oct. 3, 1916 Raitt, Jean M B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " Feb. 10, 1917 Stockton, E.E " B " Lst " ■" A "1st " July 11, 1917 Tribble, J. N " A " 2nd " " A "2nd " " B " 1st " " B"lst " « 11, 1917 McDonald, P. D 11, 1917 Civil Service Com- Paynt«r, William J... " B"3rd " " A " 3rd " Feb. 6, 1917 mission. Commission of Con- ser^'ation Beaulieu, .-Vlice " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " July 12, 1917 McElrov, Kathleen. B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " " 12 1917 Customs Bennet. MissM. M.... " B"3rd " " A "3rd " Nov 28 1916 Howard, H. A " B"3rd " " A " 3rd " ** 28 1916 External Affairs. Green, \. E " B " 3rd " " A "3rd " Feb. 12 1917 Baker F. M " B " 1st " " B " 3rd " A" 1st " " A "3rd " April 16 27 1917 White, William 1917 Finance Yetts, Charles X " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " Jan. 16 1917 Fetterly, MissE. S... " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " May 16 1917 Brodie. Miss C. E " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " ** 16 1917 Shore. Miss S. G " B " .3rd " " A " 3rd " 16 1917 Shearman, Miss G... . B •• 3rd " " A " 3rd " " 16 1917 Loughran. Miss G. D. M " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " '* 16 1917 Cameron, Miss J " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " " 16 1917 Cohoon, L. B " A " 2nd " B " 1st " June 20 1917 Macfarlane, James G . " A " 2nd " B " 1st " " 20 1917 -\rtz, G. J " A " 2nd " " B " 2nd " " B"lst " " A "2nd " Te, B. G " B"2nd " " A " 2nd " *' 20 1917 Governor General's Secretary Walker, J. R.Mills.... " B " 2nd " " A "2nd " Mar. 6 1917 House of Commons Desaulniers, D. L " B " 1st " A " 1st " Feb. 5 1917 Indian .\ffairs Graham, Hugh " A " 3rd " " B " 2nd " June 23 1917 Inland Revenue Lemav. Arthur " A " 2nd " B " 1st " Nov 1 1916 Roy, L. G " A " 2nd " B " 1st " Jan. 23 1917 .Ulen, A. T B " 2nd " " A " 2nd " " 23 1917 Teevens, L. P " B " 2nd " " A "2nd " " 23 1917 Westman, Leroy E — B " 2nd " " A " 2nd " Feb. 27 1917 Interior Cameron, M.ary Roger, William C " B"3rd " " B"2nd " " A •3rd " " A " 2nd " Oct. Nov 3 3 1916 1916 Bazinet. Odilon G " B " 3rd " " A "3rd " Dec. 1 1916 McClymont, Percy J. I " B"2nd " " B " 3rd " A " 2nd " " A "3rd " Jan. May 16 3 1917 Renault, Joseph F 1917 Story, Alice A " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " (' 12 1917 Turner, William J. L. . " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " " 15 1917 Dalv, P.J " A " 3rd " B " 2nd " June 23 1917 Button, W. H " A " 3rd " " B " 2nd " " 23 1917 Edey, R. K " B " 3rd " " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " " A " 3rd " " 28 28 1917 Leahy, Frank J 1917 Bedard, Beulah " B " 3rd " " A "3rd " " 28 1917 King, Mary C " B"3rd " " A "3rd " " 28 1917 Rollins, William T.... A "2nd " B " 1st " " 29 1917 Justice Plaxton. C. P " A " 2nd " " B " 2nd " Sub-div. A of 2nd Div. " B " 1st " " A " 2nd " Sub-div. B of 1st Div. May Oct. 16 16 20 1917 Matte, G ■ 1917 Labour Stewart, Bryce M 1916 Stewart, Bryce M " B " 1st " " A " 1st " June 21 1917 Afarine Roy. R " A " 2Bd " B " 2nd " " . B " 1st " " A " 2nd " Sept 28 28 1916 Lucas, H. L 1916 Rowan, J. T B ' 2nd " " A " 2nd " " 28 1916 Hamel, A. J B • 2nd " A " 2nd " '* 28 1916 • Edge, V.J. " B"2nd " " A " 2nd " " 28 1916 Treanor, W. C " A •■ 2nd " B " 1st " Oct. 28 1916 Thompson, Mabel B.. " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " Nov 6 1916 Breen, J. .^ '• B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " " 24 1916 I^anthier, Mary E •• B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " 24 1916 CIVIL SEIiTICE COMMISSIOX 55 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 Table No. 22. — Certificates of qualification for promotion issued by tlie Commission — Contifived. Date of Department . Name. From. To. certificate. Marine McCuUough, Evelyn. . Sub-div. B of 3rd Div Sub-div A of .3rd Div Mar. 24, 1916 .•Vpril 14, 1917 Tremain, ,\. de B.. . . B " 1st " A "1st " .VIc( 'lenaghan, ,1. E.... B"lst " A" 1st " 14, 1917 Hawken, H. E. A . B " 1st " A "1st " 14, 1917 McDonnell, F " B " 1st " A" 1st " 14, 1917 Quinn, W. J. A " 2nd " B"lst " 14, 1917 Dame, A. H B"2nd " A " 2nd " 14, 1917 O'Malley.J. R.. .. " B " 3rd " A " 3rd " May 8, 1917 Fairweather, Winnie " B " 3rd " A " 3rd " June 13, 1917 Militia and Defence.. Usher, Louise M " B"3rd " " A "3rd " Jan. 1, 1917 Eligh, Sarah E " B"3rd " " A "3rd " " 1, 1917 Burke, Miss M.. B " 3rd " " A "3rd " April 28, 1917 Beard, Frank " B " 1st " A "1st " Mav 11, 1917 Watterson, A. E " A •' 2nd " B"lst " 11, 1917 Maple, H. E " B"2nd " A " 2nd . " 11, 1917 Minea Bolton, I.. L " A " 2nd " B " 1st " Oct. 16, 1916 Macoun, .James M B •• 1st " " A"l8t " Mar. 2, 1917 Rose, Bruce " A '• 2nd " B"lst " 2, 1917 Hayes, A. O... . . A '• 2nd " B"lst " 2, 1917 Mackay, B. R " A "2nd " B " 1st " 2, 1917 Poitevin, Eugene. .- " B"2nd " " A "2nd " 2, 1917 Bleaknev, Eilleen " B"3rd " A " 3rd " 2, 1917 Moffat, AnnaV... -- " B"3rd " A "3rd " 2, 1917 .Salt, Lillian A B " 3rd " A "3rd " 2, 1917 DeSchmid, HughS.. " A "2nd " B"lst " 2, 1917 Cole, L. Heber . "■ A "2nd " " B " 1st " 2, 1917 Leverin, H. A " A "2nd " " B"lst " 2, 1917 Robinson, A. H. A " A "2nd " " B"lst " .•Vpril 7, 1917 NavaJiService LeBlanc, Joseph O. . . . " B " 2nd " " A " 2nd " Oct. 12, 1916 Lyon, Mary C " B"3rd " " A " 3rd " 14, 1916 White, Edith " B"3rcl " " A "3rd " " A "3rd " " 14, 1916 " 14, 1916 Lacombe, Arthur " B " 3rd " Fairbairn, Helen " B"3rd " A "3rd " June 12, 1917 McVeigh, Thomas F.. " A " 2nd " B " 1st " " 29, 1917 Rush, W. A " A "2nd " B " 1st " 29, 1917 Finlavson, Alex. C. . . . " A "2nd " B " 1st " " 30, 1917 Post Office .\rkle"y. Miss H. P.. " B " 3rd " A "3rd " A "3rd " Oct. 30, 1916 30, 1916 Brown, Miss A. C - B " 3rd " O'Hagan, A. W. S " B " 3rd " A "3rd " 30, 1916 Price, Miss E. A " B"3rd " A "3rd " 30, 1916 Begin, Pierre " B " 3rd " " A "3rd " " A "3rd " 30, 1916 30, 1916 Denison, Miss 0. E . . " B " 3rd " Barrett,.!. T _. . . " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " 30, 1916 Sheppard, Miss M.'E.. " B"3rd " A "3rd " 30, 1916 Hayes, Miss J. M " B " 3rd " " A "3rd " 30, 1916 Bailey, Miss E. H . " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " 30, 1916 Whelan, George " B".3rd " " A "3rd " 30, 1916 Moss, Miss M. L " B"3rd " A " 3rd " 30, 1916 Thoburn, MissM. E,. " B " 3rd " " A "3rd " 30, 1916 Mcintosh, Miss M. C. " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " 30, 1916 Mcintosh, Miss I. A... " B " 3rd " " •A"3rd " 30, 1916 Crowder, Miss E. A... " B " 3rd " A "3rd " 30, 1916 Hornidge, R. F " B"3rd " " A "3rd " " 30, 1916 -Morris, E. T " B " 3rd " A "3rd " " A " 3rd " " 30, 1916 " 30, 1916 30, 1916 Barry, N. T " B " 3rd " Horsley, MissM. B... " B " 3rd " " A "3rd " Stewart, Mary " B"3rd " " A "3rd " 30, 1916 O'Dempsey, J. A " B"3rd " " A "3rd " 30, 1916 Hill.G. A. L " B " 3rd " " A "3rd " 30, 1916 McEachern, W. C " B"2nd " " A "2nd " Nov. 25, 1916 Fairweather, J. H " B " 1st " " A "1st " Jan. 19, 1917 Macneill, Grace " B"3rd " A "3rd " " 19, 1917 .Vlav, 0 " A " 3rd " " B " 2nd " June 23, 1917 Privy Council Boyce, J. F " A " 2nd " " B " 1st " A.ug. 31, 1917 Public Archives •Kenny, J. F " A "2nd " " B"lst " April 13, 1916 Shortt, George E " B"2nd " " A "2nd " Way 29, 1917 •Omitted from Report of 1915-1916. 56 CITIL SERVICE COMMISSION 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table Xo. 22. — Certificgites of qualification for promotion issued by the Commission — Concluded. Date of Department . Name . From. To. certificate. Public Works Viens, E Sub-div. A of 2nd Div. Sub-div. B of 1st Div. Oct. 14, 1916 Evans, John E. " B •• 3rd •' " A " 3rd " " 28, 1916 Slackay, C. S. A " A " 2nd " " B " 1st " Nov. 22, 1916 Thivierge, J. O " B •• 2nd ■■ " A " 2nd " " 28, 1916 Dawson, H. F " B " 2nd ■■ " A " 2nd " " 28, 1916 Hennessey, George F. '■ A " 2nd " " B " 1st •• Dec. 15, 1916 Plunkett, Florence. . - . " B '■ 3rd •• " A "3rd " Jan. 16, 1917 Ross, Frank W " B " 2nd " " A " 2nd " May 16, 1917 Allen, Miss M. K •' B " 3rd •' " A " 3rd " June 19, 1917 Railways & Canals. . Lyons, James " B •• 3rd •' " A " 3rd " Dec. 5, 1916 Bogart, MissL. B •' B " 3rd " " A "3rd " Mar. 6, 1917 Puglsey.J. W. B " 1st " A " 1st " May 3, 1917 Mathie, Andrew H... . " B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " 8, 1917 Greenway, William J.. B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " 8, 1917 Roval North West Mounted Police ... Hann, G. T " B " 2nd " " A " 2nd " Mar. 6, 1917 Secretary of State, . Jerome, Miss M. A. P. B " 3rd " " A " 3rd " April 16, 1917 Trade and Com- merce Archer, W. A Dumouchel, Corinne. . " B " 3rd " " B " 3rd " " A "3rd " " A "3rd " Oct. 20, 1916 Feb. 23, 1917 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918 EXAMINATION PAPERS 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A. 1918 REGULAR EXAMINATIONS. (1) Preliminary Examination for tiie Outside Service, November, 1916. ARITHMETIC. Time: I5 hours. Note. — No marks will be allowed unless the full work is shown and the answer is correct. Values. 9 1. Write in words: 600017; 29007763; 82930.50000. 6 2. Write in figures: Nine million seven hundred thousand and seven; Forty-three billion ninety miUion five thousand six hundred and twenty-five. 17 3. Add: 378S9; 6976; 78749; 35986; 73887; 878; 309S7; 80862; 77786; 3699; 89994; 7983. 17 4. Multiply 3968007.549 by 90785. 17 5. Divide 382579167893 by 6973. 17 6. A grocer bought 20 cases of eggs, each containing 30 dozen, at 27 cents a dozen. He paid 19 cents a case to have the eggs shipped to him. He sold them at a total gain of $23.00. What price per dozen did he charge, if there were § dozen unsaleable eggs in each case? 17 7. The exports of Canadian produce for May, 1915, and May, 1916, are given in the table below. (a) What was the total for Mav, 1915? (b) What was the total for May', 1916? (c) By how much did the total for May, 1916, exceed the total for May, 1915? Canadian Produce. May, 1915. May, 1916. Animal Produce $ 76,033,299 $107,482,272 Agricultural Products.... 135,374,932 299,03.5,751 The Mine 52,604,187 68,727,974 The Fisheries 19,953,656 23,103,465 The Forest 42,896,032 .52,316,8.34 Manufactures 104,.589,832 261,999,746 Miscellaneous 980,567 7,917,394 60 CIVIL SERVICE C0MMI88I0N 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 SPELLING AND DICTATION. Spelling. Time: 30 minutes. Note. — Copy the following, correcting the errors in spelling; 3 marks will be deducted for every misspelled word in your copy. Value — 50. He was a man of grate forse of charactar, unflinching currage, much wurldly shreudness, with a bisness fakulty allmost amounting to genious. At one perriod, his time was ingrossed buy cevere and continuous labor, ocassioned by the organising and kondukting of his noomerous manufactories, sumtimes from' fore in the morning till nine at knight. At fifty years of aje he set to work to lern english grammar and emprove himself in writing and in speling. After over- cumming every obstikle, he had the satisfakshun of reeping the reward of his interprize. He died in 1792. Be it fur good or fur eval, he was the founder in England of the modren factury sistem, a branch of endustry which has onquestonably prooved a sourse of emmence welth to endeviduals and to the nation. He establisht noo mills, and the amount and the excellance of his produkts were such that in a short tyme he obtaned so compleat a kontrol of the trade, that he guverned the mane opperashuns of the other cottun spinners. Dictation. Time: 30 minutes. Note. — This paper should not be seen by the candidates. The Examiner will read over the whole extract once, and then reread it slowly and distinctly, indicating to the candidates the occurrence of each full stop. A third reading of the whole extract may be given if sufficient time remains. The whole time occupied should not be more than half an hour. Value— 50. I turn now to see the satisfaction which comes from physical exertion, including brain-work. Everybody knows some form of activity which gives him satisfaction. It may be riding on a horse, or rowing a boat, or climbing a mountain, or tramping all day through woods or along beaches with a gun on the shoulder, or again it may be moulding a mass of white-hot metal in the glow of a furnace, or wrestling with the handles of a plunging, staggering plough, or tugging at a boat's tiller when the breeze is fresh, or bringing hay in before the shower. There is real pleasure and exhilaration in bodily exertion, particularly with companionship either of men or animals, and competition. There is pleasure in the exertion even when it is pushed to the point of fatigue, as many a sports- man knows, and this pleasure is, in good measure, independent of the attainment of any practical end. There is pleasure in mere struggle, so it be not hopeless, and in overcoming resistance, obstacles, and hardships. C'lriL SERVICE COMiIISSIO:N^ 61 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 WRITING. Time: 30 minutes. Value— 100. Copy the following extract: — The waterwaj's of Canada are one of the most remarkable of its geographical features. East of the Rocky Mountains, the southern part of the Dominion slopes to the north-east toward Hudson Bay; and the rivers in the south flow eastward. Thus, the Saskatchewan River, with its northern and southern branches, flows eastward into Lake Winnipeg, and thence northward l\v the Nelson River into Hudson Bay. On the north, the Great Plain has a northerly slope, and the Mackenzie River, with its tributaries, the Slave, Liard, Athabaska and Peace Rivers, flows into the Artie Ocean. The Mackenzie, exclusive of its tributaries, but including the Slave, Peace and Finlay Rivers, has a total length of 2, .52.5 miles. The Yukon River in the Yukon Territorj^ also flows northward, passing through Alaska into Behring Strait after a course of 2,300 miles. In British Columbia, the Fraser, Columbia, Skeena and Stikine Rivers flow into the Pacific Ocean. 62 rnrL sfrvice rmiMis-siox 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 (2) Qualifying Examination for the Outside Service, November, 1916. ARITHMETIC. Time: 25 hours. Note. — The first four questions and any seven from the remaining eight constitute a full paper. Values. 12 1. :Multiplv 882-876 by 3371-55, and divide the product bv the difference between 8340 • 20 and 7838 - 79. G 2. Simplify | + (Jjfzp^ X 10^ 6 3. Simplify (64-3 + 7-94 - -615) ^ 5-73. 6 4. Add 6278548; 5876394; 8967357; 2863876; 4976849; 9678438. 10 5. For what amount should a 90-day note be di-awn so that when, discounted at a bank at 79c pei' annum, it may produce .$716.98? 10 6. What was the value when due of the following note? S200.00 Ottawa, May 15, 1916. Two months after date I promise to pay E. V. Colville, or order, the sum of two hundred dollars with interest at 8 per cent per annum. Value received. J. M. Peters. 10. 7. During the first year a man increased his fortune by i of its value, during the second year by j^ of this increased value, and during the third rear by f of its new value. It then amounted to S24300. What was its value at first? 10 S. To what sum will S3000 amount in five years at 6% per annum, compound interest? 10 9. A person has $205 in 50c. and 25c. pieces. Find the number of each, if there are 460 of both. 10 10. Find the marked price of goods which cost §34 so that the dealer may make a gain of 20% on cost after giving a discount of 15% off his marked price. 10 11. 240 lbs. of flour at 4c. a lb. were mixed with 360 lbs. at 6c. a lb. How many pounds of each kind are there in S10.40 worth of the mixture? 10 12. How many pounds of chicory at 12c. a pound must be mixed with 80^ pounds of coffee at 30c. a pound to make a mixture worth 20c. a pound? CITIL SERVICE COMMISSION 63 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 COMPOSITION. Time: 2^ hours. Value— 100. 1. Write a composition of about 250 words on one of the following subjects: — (a) The greatness of Shakespeare. (b) The Value of a Good Education. (c) The Crops of 1916 in Canada. (d) "No one gets something for nothing." (e) Some Duties of a Citizen. 2. Condense into about 200 words the gist of the following passage. Give your answer in well-constructed sentences, preserving all the essential points. This question of winter steam communication is of great importance to the people of Prince Edward Island. The prospect of obtaining it was one great reason why the people of the Island consented to Confederation. That was well understood by the people of the Island at the time of Union, and it is better understood to-day. Owing to the peculiar situation of the Island, to her insular position, and to the fact that for five months of the year her coasts are completely surrounded with ice, she could not derive any benefits from Confederation. The people of the Island were aware that the Dominion was pledged to the construction of public works of great magnitude, such as the opening of canals, the building of railways, and other work of a similar nature. They also knew that, on becoming a part of the Dominion of Canada, they would be compelled to contribute their share for the construction of those works, and unless means of communication bringing them in connection with the railway system of the Dominion, winter and summer, were secured to them, they would not be in a position to participate in the benefits which would accrue to the rest of the Dominion by the construction of these works. They, therefore, have it expressly stipulated in the terms of Confederation, that efficient steam communication, winter and summer, should be maintained by the Dominion Government for the convej^ance of mails and passengers to and from the Island. Now, let us^ consider for one moment how this part of the compact has been carried out. We find that for the first two years after Confederation nothing at all was done towards fulfilling this part of the contract, so far as the winter season was con- cerned. In the year 1876, the Government, recognizing the rights of the Island in this matter, placed the now famous Northern Light upon the route between George- town and Pictou. I am not going to say anything disparaging of the Northern Light. She was built expressly for the purpose of testing the practicability of navigating the Straits in midwinter. She was merely placed there as an experi- ment, and, if she has not come up to the expectations of those who took an interest in her, she has not altogether proved a failure. She has at intervals succeeded in effecting a crossing, sometimes making her trips with considerable regularity, and sometimes being for a whole week at a time locked in the ice, being unable to move in any direction. She has, however, been successful to a certain extent, and her operations have been of great l:)enefit to those engaged in trade, as they have been enabled to receive consignments of goods that they otherwise would have to do without till spring. With regard to the carriage of mails and passen- gers, which is, after all, the main feature of this affair, and which is the only part of the original compact that we can insist upon having carried out, her operations have been most unsatisfactory. Even during the present winter, which has been one of the most successful seasons, it was found necessary, about the middle of January, to take the mails away from her and have them 64 CITIL SERTICE C0.1/J//feS/0.A" 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 forwarded by the only route Ijy means of which communication can Ije kept up with the outside world in midwinter — the Capes route. Capes Traverse and Tormentine are only separated by a strait of some nine miles in width, and experience has shown, after many attempts at other points, that this is the route which must be adopted for our winter mail service. Such being the fact, it becomes the duty of the Government to so improve this route as to make it as perfect as possible, and all their energies and means should be concentrated on this one point. At present, the crossing is effected by use of the small ice-boats, as it was before Confederation. I need not refer to the difficulties and hard- ships experienced by the brave and hardy men who have to perform this service, who are called upon in the middle of our severe winters to risk their lives in the public interest. They have been most successful in performing this duty, and, owing to t^eir skill and abilitj', we are enabled to receive our mails with some degree of regularity. But the great difficulty they have to contend with is not the ice, but open water, when higl*« winds prevail, and tliej^ have been frequently compelled to return on account of open water, without being able to effect a crossing. It is believed by parties who are competent to judge in this matter, that a small steamboat to supplement the ice-boats would perfect this service, so far as the crossing is concerned. The only thing then required to render this service complete would be to connect this ferry with the Inter- colonial and Prince Edward Island Railways. This would necessitate the construction of two short lines of railway on both sides. GEOGRAPHY. Time: 2 hours. Note. — Candidates will take Question 1 and any five others. Values. 20 1. Draw an outline map of Great Britain and Ireland, and indicate with names : (1) the larger coast waters; (2) ten inlets which furnish good harbours; (3) four groups of islands near the coast; (4) five celebrated university centres. 16 2. Name in order sixteen towns or cities on the Canadian Northern Railwaj' from Toronto to the Pacific Coast, and sixteen towns or cities on the Grand Trunk Railway from Detroit to Levis. 16 3. Write a note on India, telling about its location, its size, population, climate, and principal products. 16 4. Explain how it is that events happeaiing in France in the afternoon may be reported in Canada in the forenoon of the same day. At what time of the day can the same events be first reported in India, in South Africa, in Australia? 16 5. Write a short note on any four of the following Canadian products, telling definitely from what part of Canada they come, and to what part of the world they are shipped: nickel, mica, asbestos, carborundum, graphite. Does Canada hold a peculiar place as a producer of any of these? 16 6. Indicate the course of each of the following rivers; describe the nature of the countrj' drained by it, also its usefulness to man as a means of navigation or of power development: Red, Grand, Richelieu, Ohio, Hudson, Columbia. 16 7. What natural or artificial advantages have assisted in the growth of ea"ch of the following cities: Valleyfield, Pittsburg, Cleveland, New Westminster, Peterborough, Winnipeg, St. Louis, New York? CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 66 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 HISTORY. Time: 2 hours. Note. — Five questions onlj- are to be attempted. Value— 100 1. Make a list of the chief events in the reign of Queen Anne or Queen Victoria. Write short accounts of any three of the events. 2. Explain the position and duties, in Early French Canada, of the following: the Seignior, the Intendant, the Bishop, the Governor. Write short sketches of 07ie Governor and one Intendant. 3. Describe the Life of Jacques Cartier, and give an outline of his three voj'ages to Canada. What was their result? 4. Give the causes of the Peninsular War. Name the chief engagements, and indicate the parts played in it by (a) Sir John Moore, (6) the Duke of Wellington, (c) Napoleon. 5. What colonies had Britain in America before the Conquest of Canada in the Seven Years' War (1756-63)? Of what value were they to her? How were they lost, and who were the leaders in the struggle? 6. Locate the following Battlefields: Louisbourg, Ste. Foye, la Hogue, Balac- lava, Plassey. Describe the first three, telling in each case the period the war, the commanders, and the results to the nations engaged. Give details for each battle. 7. Write notes on: Turgot, Danton, Voltaire; or Write notes on: the Coureurs des Bois; Jesuits in Canada; the Siege of Delhi; Why 1867 is an important date in Canadian History. SPELLING AND DICTATION.' Spelling. Time: 30 minutes. Value— 50. Note. — Copy the following, correcting the errors in spelling; 5 marks will be deducted for every misspelled word in your copy. If this is. not done, what will happen? Seperation, first of one part, then of another; weekness of each pa^ and weekness all round. Think of the impetis that this would give to everj' forse that makes for cayos among the three hundred millions over whom God in His providence has placed us. The work that the British Empire has in hand is far grandir than the comparitively limmited duties with which the States are content to deal. Its problems are wider and more inspireing; yet, at the same time, the white race, that alone, so far, has proved itsself fit for self-go verment, lives by itsself, instead of being comingled with a coloured race to which only nomenal freedom is aloud. Any one who has lived either in South Africa or in the States will understand what a free hand and what an unspeakible leaverage this gives us. We nead no Force Bill to ensure us a free balot in Britain, Canada, Austrailia, or New Zeeland. Allready our suns are taking there part in interducing civillization into Africa, under the proteckshun of the flag, and in perserving the spirit of the Empyre among the teaming millions of India and south-eastern Asia, those peoples kindered to ourselves, who for centuries before had been the pray of successive spoilars. And, in this bludy war, the bonds of Empyre have been moar cloasly dron together; and the Mutherland has seen a new spirit of loyaltie and devoshun spring from her suns and dotters across the sees. 31—5 66 CITIL SERVICE r0.1/J/7S'.v70.Y 8 george v. a. 19'8 Dictation. Time: 30 minutes. Value — 50. Note. — This paper should not be seen bj- the candidates. The Examiner will read over the whole extract once, and then reread it slowh- and distinctl}% indicating to the candidates the occurrence of each full stop. A third reading of the whole extract may be given if sufficient time remains. The whole time occupied should not be more than half an hour. All has passed, unregretted as unseen; or, if the apathy be ever shaken off, even for an instant, it is only by what is gross, or what is extraordinary; and j^et it is not in the broad and fierce manifestations of the elemental energies, not in the clash of the hail, nor the drift of the whirlwind, that the highest characters of the sublime are developed. God is not in the earthquake, nor in the fire, but in the still, small voice. They are but the blunt and the low faculties of our nature which can only be addressed through lamp-black and lightning. It is in quiet and subdued passages of unobtrusive majesty, the deep, and the calm, and the perpetual, — that which must be sought ere it is seen, and loved ere it is understood, — things which the angels work out for us daily, and j^et varj' eternally, which are never wanting, and never repeated, which are to be found always, j-et each found but once; it is through these that the lesson of devotion is chiefly taught, and the blessing of beauty given. We are too often disposed to accept the superficial instead of the real; to study results and ignore causes; to be governed by external appearance; while in reality, the value of all our experiences lies in the hidden spirit or principle which actuates them. TRANSCRIPTION AND WRITING. Time: 1 hour. Value — 50 for each. The candidate is required to make a neat, clean and correct copy of the manuscript handed to him with this slip, writing out all abbreviations at full length, and correcting anj' misspellings. The words scored through are to be omitted, and the interlineations and the marginal and other additions are to be inserted in their proper places as indicated. All changes or corrections, other than these, vnll be counted as errors. This paper will be taken as a test of writing also. CIVIL SERVICE COilMISSIOy '67 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 31—54 68 CITIL SERVICE COMMISSIOX 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 ^Jfa. foirl e£uj »,, -fc, C»«-«Lt^"^oN *vu-»^^ ^u'ljtVL' '-AI^C^C ^ "y- a-'y^ y<..ti..^*.J'U- ^-ajry^,v^ y<-w4Xa^>v^^l^^f^ -^i^ Of pipuL Value— 100. Copy the following :- TYPEWRITING. Time: 30 minutes. Ottawa, December 24, 1915. Dear Sir, — For some time past I have had under consideration the question of an amendment to the Bank Act authorizing the banks to take as security for advances to farmers, liens upon cattle and certain other live stock. It would seem that such liens should be registered in order that the rights of other creditors might not be prejudiced. The question, as j'ou know, is one which has been much canvassed at successive revisions of the Bank Act, and there has been a conflict of view as to the expediency of such legislation. As it is greatly desirable at this juncture of our affairs that production should be facilitated in every way possible, I should appreciate an early expression of your views upon the following questions : — 1. Would such legislation facilitate and lead to increased advances by your bank to the stock-raising communitj', and would it tend to increase production? CIVIL S'ERVICE COMMISSION 77 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 2. Will there be during the coming year sufficient bank credits available for all the increased production possible to the Canadian agricultural and stock- raising community? 3. If the answer to (2) is in the negative, can you suggest any feasible plan for increasing the available bank credits for the purpose in view? As I am exceedingly interested in the matter referred to, I shall be greatly obliged for a full and.frank expression of your views. Yours very truly, W. T. WHITE, Minister of Finance. Now, let us compare the expenditures of Australia for 1911-12 with those of 1916-17. I take 1911-12 because that year marked the height of her prosperity, whilst 1916-17 finds her in the most crucial period in her history. In 1911-12, when she was abnormally prosperous, the surplus of her national debt took $14,114,000; the estimate for 1916-17 is $39,649,000. 1911-12. 1916-17. Civil Government $4,463,000 $7,240,000 Department of Agriculture. 1,379,000 4,263,000 Immigration 1,079,000 1,534,000 Pensions 240,000 3,365,000 Militia 6,868,000 5,706,000 Public Works— income 8,621,000 18,814,000 PubUc Works— capital 3,742,000 8,072,000 Steamship subsidies 1,918,000 2,963,000 Naval Service 256,000 2,250,000 The list gives us some striking contrasts from beginning to end. The total estimate for 1911-12 was $132,827,000, as against $188,981,000 for 1916-17. These figures show what a heavy burden the war has placed upon the Empire, apart altogether from the direct expenditure for militarj^ purposes. There are two facts in this war that will ever remain salient — the gallantry of the British aristocracy, and the courage of the French democracy. It has been said — I have read it time and again before the war in books, pamphlets, reviews — that England was decadent, that her aristocracy was effete, idle, degenerate. But when the sons of the British nobiHty responded to the call of duty on the 4th August, 1914, when they buckled on their armour, when they rushed to the front in Artois and Champagne, when later on they were mowed down at Charleroi and Mons, mingling their blood with that of the soldiers of the Republic, I could not help thinking that they were the worthy sons of their sires, of the noblemen who wrested from King John the Magna Charta, and of the men of that aristocracy who played such a prominent part in Europe in the course of the 18th century; I could not help thinking that their chivalrous spirit was after all the best evidence that "blood will tell." As regards the French democracy, let me quote the words of the Minister of Munitions, Mr. Thomas, one of the leaders of the Old French Labour Party: "Comrades, I am surprised to hear what is now being said. We, who have been with the colours, know all about the fatigue, the suffering, and the demoralization of French warfare; but we are to-day in the same mind as we were on the day of mobilization. I want to fight in order that my son here may never have to go to war. If I am to die, then I shall die; but I do not want him to see war. To avoid this we will make every sacrifice — our liberty, our blood, and our life." That is the spirit of the French democracy, a spirit which is on a par with that which animates the British aristocracy. 78 CIVIL SERVICE COilillSSilOy 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 (4) Preliminary Examination for the Outside Service, May, 1917. ARITHMETIC. Time: 1^ hours. Note. — No marks will be allowed unless the full work is shown and the answer is correct. Values. 9 1. Write in words: 700093; 370019679; 4070900063. 6 2. Write in figures: Thirty-five million four hundred and sixty thousand seven hundred; Three billion nine hundred million fifty thousand and seven. 17 3. Add: 58868; 86987; 677898; 979; 846997; 97694; 39886; 58994; 7889; 867685; 934867; 8978. 17 4. Multiply 6739587946 by 96078. 17 5. Divide 173723639810 by 5894. 17 6. Make out a simple bill for the following: On November 4, 1916, Mr. J. Robert bought of Mr. A. Allard, 93 Chapel St., Montreal: Ibox Butter, weighing 56 lb., at 37c. a lb.; 1 quarter Beef, weigh- ing 97 lb., at 13c. a lb.; 3 bags Flour at $4.75 a bag; 2 bags Sugar at $8.67 a bag; 6 bags Potatoes at $1.97 a bag; 3 barrels Apples at .$5.85 a barrel; 2 pails Lard, each weighing 20 lb., at 19c. a lb.; 1 Cheese, weighing 78 lb., at 17c. a lb.; 24 doz. Eggs at 38c. a doz. Find total amount of the bill. 17 7. A farmer had 70 acres of cultivated land. There were 29 ac. of oats, 18 ac. of barley, 2 ac. of potatoes, and the rest was hay. The oats yielded 37 bu. per ac, the barley 29 bu. per ac, the potatoes 167 bu. per ac, and the hay 2 tons per ac. Find the total value of the crops at these price: oats, 48c. a bu.; barley, 57c. a bu.; potatoes, 93c. a bu., and hay, $11.75 a ton. 100 SPELLING AND DICTATION. Spelling. Time: 30 minutes. Note. — Copy the following, correcting the errors in spelling; 3 marks will be deducted for every misspelled word in your copy. Value— 50. On the opposit side of the eleering and near the point where the brook tumbeled over sum rocks from a still hier level, sum fifty or sixtey loges rudely maid of logs, brush, and earth inturmingled were to be discovered. They were arranged without any order and seamed to be construckted with verry . CIVIL Sl^RYICE COMJIISSION 79 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 littel attenshun to their neetness or beauty. Indead, so verry inferior were they, in the two latter particulers, to the village the scout had just scene, that he began to expeckt a secund surprize no less astonishing than the formur. This expecktation was in no degree deminished when, by the doutful twillight he beheld twenty or therty forms rising from the cuvver of the tall, course grass in frunt of the loges, and then sinking agen from the site as it were to burrow in the erth. By the sudden and hastie glimses that he caught of these figgers, thej' seamed more like dark, glancing spectres, or sum other unerthly beings, than creetures fashuned with the ordenary and vulger materiels of flesh and blood. Dictation. Time: 30 minutes. Note. — This paper should not be seen by the candidates. The Examiner will read over the whole extract once, and then reread it slowly and distinctly, indicating to the candidates the occurrence of each full stop. A third reading of the whole extract may be given if sufficient time remains. The whole time occupied should not be more than half an hour. Value — 50. Gentleness is indeed the best test of a gentleman. A consideration for the feelings of others, for his inferiors and dependants, as well as his equals, and respect for their self-respect, will pervade the true gentleman's whole conduct. He will rather himself suffer a small injury, than by an uncharitable view of another's behaviour incur the risk of committing a great wrong. He will be tolerant of the weaknesses, the failings, and the errors of those whose advan- tages in life have not been equal to his own. He will be merciful even to his beast. He will not boast of his wealth, or his strength, or his gifts. He will not be puffed up by success, or unduly depressed by failure. He will not force his views upon others, but speak his mind freely when occasion calls for it. He will not confer favours with a patronizing air. He is a man from whom one may receive a favour, and that is saying a great deal in these days. WRITING. Time: 30 minutes. Value— 100. Copy the following extract: — Under the Experimental Farm Stations Act, 1886 (R.S. 1906, c. 73), were established a Central Experimental Farm at Ottawa for Ontario and Quebec, and four branch Farms: (1) for the Maritime Provinces at Nappan, Nova Scotia; (2) for Manitoba at Brandon; (3) for the Northwest Territories at Indian Head, Saskatchewan; and (4) for British Columbia at Agassiz. After these five Farms had continued in operation for twenty years, the first steps were taken toward their extension in number by the establishment of new Experimental Stations for Alberta, one at Lethbridge in 1906, and the other at Lacombe in 1907. Since this date, development in the number of Farms and Stations, and in the work carried on by them, has been rapid and con- tinuous; and every province has now one or more Farms or Stations. In 1915, including the Central Farm at Ottawa, there were altogether 19 Farms and Stations with a total area of 8,935 acres. 80 CITIL SERVICE C0M11I8SI0X ' 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 (5) Qualifying Examination for the Outside Service, May, 1917. ARITHMETIC Value— 100. Note.- — Nine questions only are to be attempted. 1. Add 42567895; 87659476; 58796837; 49278369; 78654783; 59678954; 35893592; 63876784; 39396666, and divide the total by 87543. 2. Multiply 346-78954 by 5-7984, and substract the product from 3000. O ^■rr.r.V.t.r (^ + J) X (| + j) , (j + j) X (j + h) _ Q + j) X (^ + j) .i. bimplity (i _ i) X (i - i) ■*" (i - i) X (i - i) (i - ^) X (* - i) 4. A man who had $112000 spent a part of it in bujdng a house, and then invested ^ of the remainder at 4% and the other | at 5%, and received $3920 income from these latter investments. Find the price paid for the house. 5. A man ascended and descended a mountain in 2^ hours. Going up he went 2| miles an hour, and coming down at 3J miles an hour. What is the distance to the top of the mountain? 6. To what sum will $1530 amount at the end of 4 years at 6% per annum, compound interest? 7. A person bought 84 lbs. of tea and 56 lbs. of coffee for $79.80. If 12^ pounds of coffee are worth $5.55, what is the value of a pound of tea? 8. The sum of $250 placed at interest at 6 % per annum amounted to $256 at the end of a certain time. What was that time? 9. A merchant wished to raise $494 by having his 70-day note discounted at a bank at 6% per annum. For what sum should the note be drawn? 10. What is the weight of a barrel of oil, if it is known that J had been sold at one time and | of the remainder at another time, and after that there remained 80 lbs. in the barrel? 11. What was the value of the following note when it came due? $240.00. Ottawa. January 9th, 1917. Three months after date I promise to paj' to S. H. Bleaker, or order, the sum of Two hundred and forty dollars, with interest at 7% per annum, value received. A. M. Franklin. ■ CITIL SERVICE COMMISSION 81 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 COMPOSITION. Time: 2^ hours. Value of each question: 50 marks. 1. Write a composition about 250 words in length on one of the following subjects : (a) Our debt to those who have gone to fight for us, and how we may try to repay it. (b) An argument in favour of having every girl take a course in domestic science in the elementary schools. (c) Reasons given to account for the high cost of living. (d) A discussion of hunting with a camera as compared with hunting with firearms. 2. Give in about 250 words in well-constructed sentences the substance of the following extract from a speech made in London to the Premiers of the self-governing Colonies: — I pass on, then, gentleman, to the second point — -the question of commercial relations, and in regard to this I wish to say what I have already stated in answer to inquiries which I received before the Conference, that every question is an open question for full and free discussion. We rule nothing out of order. We do not pretend to bar the consideration of any subject, whatever its purport may be, but we do not propose, ourselves, to formulate any proposals in the first instance. We think it is absolutely necessary in a matter of this kind which involves so many considerations of detail, that there should be in the first instance a free interchange of opinion in order that we may not put before you suggestions which perhaps we should find afterwards were altogether out of harmony with your views, but if it appears hereafter desirable, after full discussion, to make proposals, I have no doubt we shall be able to do so. In reference to this matter, also, I am placing papers before you which will give 3^ou a very full account of the present state of trade between the Colonies and the Mother Country, and also a matter which is very important for us to consider, of the condition of trade between the United Kingdom and foreign countries; and, without going into detail, I would say there are two salient facts which appear on the surface of these fuller returns which I shall put before j'ou. The first is this: That if we chose — that is to say, that if those whom we represent chose: — the Empire might be self-sustaining. It is so wide; its pro- ducts are so various, its climates so different, that there is absolutely nothing which is necessary to our existence, hardly anything which is desirable as a luxury, which can not be produced within the borders of the Empire itself. And the second salient fact is that the Empire at the present time, and especially the United Kingdom — which is the great market of the world^derives the greater part of its necessaries from foreign countries, and that it exports the largest part of its available produce — surplus produce — also to foreign countries. This trade might be the trade, the inter-imperial trade, of the Empire. It is at the present time, as I say, a trade between the Empire and foreign countries. Now, I confess that to my mind that is not a satisfactory state of things, and I hope that you will agree with me that everything which can possibly tend to the interchange of products between the different parts of the Empire is deserving of our cordial encouragement. What we desire, what His Majesty's Government has publicly stated to be the object for which they would most gladly strive, is a free interchange. If you are unable to accept that as a principle, then I 31—6 82 CITII. SFRTICR COMMhsfiloy 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 ask you how far you can approach to it? If a free interchange between the different parts of the Empire could be secured, it would then be a matter for separate consideration altogether what should be the attitude of the Empire as a whole, or of its separate parts, towards foreign nations. The first thing we have to do, the thing which touches us most nearly is to consider how far we can extend the trade between the different parts of the Empire — the reciprocal trade. GEOGRAPHY. Time: 2 hours. Note. — Candidates will take Question 1 and any five others. Values. 20 1. On an outline map show the position and name of each lake, river and canal on the great waterway between Lake Superior and the Atlantic. Indicate also five places where railway cars are taken across from Canada to the United States by bridge, tunnel or ferry, naming the Canadian and the United States town or city connected at each crossing. 16 2. What is the size, position and population of Newfoundland? What are the products of its forests, its mines and its surrounding waters? Name and locate its three most important towns or cities. 16 3. W'rite a short paragraph on each of the following: — (a) The reason why the coast of Alaska has a milder climate than the coast of Labrador, although Alaska is farther north. (b) The natural advantages of the Niagara district for fruit- growing. (c) The natural ad%-antages and the natural disadvantages of Hudson Bay as a waterway for the shipment of western grain. (d) The usefulness of the Ottawa River. 16 4. The dependencies of the United States are Porto Rico, Alaska, Hawaii, and the Phillipines. With as great accuracy as you can, give the location of each dependency, a description of its people, and make a list of from three to five of its chief products. 16 5. From what countries does Great Britain obtain her supplj' of wheat, wool, cotton, lumber, paper, gasoline, rubber, beef, horses, nickel, sugar, tea, coffee, silk, hemp, jute? 16 6. Locate and tell some interesting fact about each: Ypres, PljTnouth, Vladivostock, Dingwall, Bucharest, Trebizond, Bordeaux, Faroe Islands, Lemberg, Bagdad, Corinth. 16 7. Name eight republics of South America with their capitals. Where are Falkland Islands, Barbadoes, Trinidad, British Guiana, Guaya- quil, Valparaiso, Para, Strait of Magellan? CIVIL S'ERYICE COMMISSION 83 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 HISTORY. Time: 2 hours. Note. — Five questions only are to be attempted. Value— 100. 1. Write notes on: The Hundred Associates, The Seigniors and Seigniorial Tenure, The office and duties of an Intendant, The Jesuit Order and its work in Canada. 2. How did the Hudson's Bay Company originate? What lands had it control of, and what were its powers? What profits did the company obtain, and what benefits accrued to England? 3. What is meant by the North-west Passage? Who were attracted to it and attempted to explore it? How far were they successful, and what lands were explored at the same time? 4. Who were the United Empire Loyahsts? Where did they locate, and what did Britain do for them? How did they succeed in (a) Settlement, (b) Government in Upper Canada? 5. What were the causes of Papineau's Rebellion? Bj' a rough map show the chief centres of the Rebellion, and tell how it was quelled? What became of Papineau? 6. When was Lord Elgin Governor General of Canada? Outline fully his work as Governor and point out the benefits from his rule to (a) Canada, (b) Britain. 7. What methods did Napoleon adopt to defeat Britain (a) on the sea, (b) on land? Is there any sirailaritj^ between Napoleon's methods then and Germany's methods now to overthrow Britain? , SPELLING AND DICTATION. Spelling. Time: 30 minutes. Value— 50. Note. — Copy the following, correcting the errors in spelling; 5 marks will be deducted for every misspelled word in your copy. I red not long ago a diahtribe by a riter who seamed very anxous to senshure exadgerrated statemeants by Canadians about there country. Not only were his owne paiges full of all sorts of inackewrasies, but many of his assurshuns were so phantastickally untrew that they were only laffed at by peapel who new the facts. Unfortunaitly, most of his readers in the Old Country were not in a possition to no all the facts, and were therefour at the mercy of his deseptions. g4 CIVIL SESTICE COMMISSION 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 I have nown Canada intimaytly now for thurty years, boath by long rezidents and by repeated journies of careful investigashun from one end of the country to the other. If their is one thing I obgect to, it is exadgerrashun. Even if it were not a vise in it self, it shood be sevearly eondemmed as leeding to disa- pointment when its victoms are at last undecieved; and kno senshure is two strong for anny interrested or responsable partys "with an acks to grind" who make misleeding staitmeants too intending emmigrants or two possable pur- chaeers of land. I have nown peapel who have been thus mislead; and I am glad that the Canadian Government enifaticaly discountinances annything that mite lead to sutch a result. Dictation. Time: 30 minutes. Value— 50. Note. — This paper should not be seen by the candidates. The Examiner will read over the whole extract once, and then reread it slowly and distinctly, indicating to the candidates the occurrence of each full stop. A third reading of the whole extract may be given if sufficient time remains. The whole time occupied should not be more than half an hour. May I be permitted, without any impropriety', to recall that it was my privilege to experience and to appreciate that courtesy, made up of dignity and grace, which was famous all the world over, but of which no one could have an appropriate opinion, unless he had been the recipient of it. In a cha- racter so complex and diversified, one maj' ask what was the dominant feature, what was the supreme quality, the one characteristic which marked the nature of the man. AVas it his incomparable genius for finance? Was it his splendid oratorical powers? Was it his marvellous fecunditj^ of mind? In my estima- tion it was not any one of these qualities. Great as they were, there was one still more marked, and if I have to give my own impression, I would say that the one trait which was dominant in his nature, which marked the man more distinctly than any other, was his intense humanitj% his paramount sense of right, his abhorrence of injustice, wrong and oppression, wherever they might show themselves. Injustice, wrong, oppression acted upon him, as it were, mechanically, and aroused every fibre of his being, and from that moment to the repairing of the injustice, the undoing of the wrong, and the destruction of the oppression, he gave his mind, his heart, his soul, his whole life, with an energy, with an intensity, with a vigour paralleled by no man, unless it be the first Napoleon. TRANSCRIPTION AND WRITING. Time: 1 hour. Value — 50 for each. The candidate is required to make a neat, clean and correct copy of the manuscript handed to him with this slip, writing out all abbreviations at full length, and correcting any misspellings. The words scored through are to be omitted, and the interlineations and the marginal and other additions are to be inserted in their proper places as indicated. All changes or corrections, other than these, will be counted as errors. This paper will be taken as a test of writing also. CirrL SERYICE COMMISSION 85 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 -^yOOM-^y^Uyixn-KU. ''J-f^^^■>^-a..^l£L (^Lt^^C^c,^ '^ta^y^.i^Zoiy. aS ^iCaJ-t— y(*^-^J-J^^ -"--vv-^^^^A-o-t, AZjL^y^-^j'.^-iJL -"^-^ •y- o-kU. 'OL.i-'t^ ^ti/-;K /(^h3~- yi.g.j£jL /'yy^A-Kji-pajl' ot- ^C-vJU^ °t ^t-o-w\/. O^^U^sJiA. -'C^^^-O-''-^ , t LI / ifi t ir/i-t :wy^fjt~'(^-<- vu/ T^^^IaJL jiKi-^ui ^ a/ ^/ ^c<>Jz^ ;zXt. x^Ax^ CIVIL SERTICE COMMISSIOS 87 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 (6) Examination for Positions in the Lower Grades, Inside Service, May, 1917. ARITHMETIC. Time: Ik hours. Note. — No marks will be allowed unless the full work is shown and the answer is correct. Values. 9 1. Write in words: 400019; 9070700; 8293500009. 6 2. Write in figures: Ninety-five million five thousand six hundred and seventeen; Twenty-nine billion five hundred million four hundred and eighteen. 17 3. Add: 62794; 8995; 6786; 934895; 27683; 68897; 4678; 896787; 56883; 989; 8673; 935978. 17 4. Multiplv 673098.540 bv 40598. 17 5. Divide 63501419912 by 8736. 17 6. Subtract 4987 X 3678 from 6872 X 3945. 17 7. A dealer bought 195 barrels of apples at .S4.75 a barrel. He sold 86 barrels at $5.65 a barrel, 76 barrels at $4.95 a barrel, and the rest at $4.50 a barrel. Find his total gain. 100 SPELLING AND DICTATION. Spelling. The paper set is that given on page 78. Dictation. The paper set is that given on page 79. WRITING. The paper set is that given on page 79. 88 ClYIL SERVICE COMMISSION 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 (7) Competitive Examination for Positions in Subdivision B of the Third Division, Inside Service, May, 1917. ARITHMETIC. Time: 2^ hours. Note. — Candidates will do the first question and any other six. AH work must be shown. Value— 100. 1. (a) Find the G.C.M. of 148; 444; 592; 703. (b) Divide 152.847420 by 30.207. (c) Simplify 3"!.y5iO^ 2. A man commenced business with $3000 capital. The first year he gained 225%, which he added to his capital; the second year he gained 30% of this new capital and put the gain into his business; the third year he lost 16|% of his capital for that year. Find his net gain for the three years. 3. A fruit dealer bought 168 cases of oranges and lemons for $551.25. There were | as many oranges as lemons, and the latter were worth $1.25 per case more than the former. Find the cost of each per case. 4. A contractor invested $30000 in twelve houses of equal value. He sold 4 of them at once for $3200 each and invested the proceeds at 7%. He rented 6 of the houses at $22.50 per month each, and the other two were idle. He paid taxes on | of the cost of the unsold property at the rate of 14 mills on the dollar. In one year how much more did he make than if he had invested the $30000 at 7%? 5. A mason charges 27c. a square yard for plastering the walls and ceiling of four rooms. The first room is 20 feet long and 8 feet wide; the second is 18 feet long and 9 feet wide; the third is 12 feet long and 7 feet wide, and the fourth is 18 feet long and 16 feet wide. Find the total cost, each room being 12 feet high. 6. A drover bought a number of cows for $4375 and sold a number of them at $43 a head for the sum of $3655, thereby gaining on those sold $680. Find how much he must get for the remainder per head in order to gain $400 more. 7. On March 10, 1917, Wise & Co. sold an automobile for $1500 to Henry Black, who gave his note for 60 days. Wise & Co. had the note discounted immediately at the bank at 8% per annum. (a) Find how much money the bank paid to Wise & Co. (b) Write out the note given by Henry Black. 8. Green coffee when roasted losses | of its weight. If a grocer buys green coffee at 25jc. a pound and sells it at 35 c. a pound after it is roasted, what will he gain by selling 510 pounds? SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 Value 100—. CIYIL SERVICE COMMISSION 89 BOOK-KEEPING. Time: 2h hours. A Syndicate of four men, A. B. C. and D was formed to purchase a business property. Each contributed .S10,000.00 to the Syndicate. The property cost them $40,000.00, clear, May 1, 1916. It was leased to T. for five years at a rental of $4,000.00 per annum, payable monthly at the end of each month. All taxes and repairs were to be paid by the Syndicate. Real Estate Agents, R. E. & Co., were appointed to act for the Landlords and collect the rentals, for which they were to be allowed commission of 3 per cent on all rents collected and paid over to the Syndicate. At the end of each quarter the members of the Syndicate were to be given credit for their share of the net revenue, excepting any odd balance which might be left over. The following amounts were collected by R. E. & Co. from the Tenant: — May, 1916 $ 325 00 November, 1916 $200 00 June, 1916 325 00 December, 1916 275 00 July, 1916 225 00 January, 1917 225 00 August, 1916 300 00 February, 1917 350 00 September, 1916 400 00 March, 1917 325 00 October, 1916 375 00 April, 1917 300 00 Repairs amounting to $80.75 were allowed the Tenant, to be credited on his rent account. R. E. & Co., after deducting their commission, handed over the balance to the Syndicate, in the following amounts, which were at once deposited in the Bank to the Syndicate's credit: May, $300.00; June, $300.00; July, $200.00; August, $300.00; September, .S400.00; October, $350.00; November, .$200.00; December, $250.00; January, .$200.00; February, .$325.00; March, $300.00; April, $300.00. The Syndicate paid the following accounts by cheque: Taxes, .$840.00; Insurance, .$325.00; Water Rates, .$60.00; Repairs, $275.00; Expenses, $38.00; and paid each member of the Syndicate $150.00 each quarter. Use Cash-book, Journal and Ledger, and write up the above transactions, and show accounts for the Tenant, the Landlord, the Real Estate Agents, ancl each of the members of the Syndicate at the end of each quarter. Take off a Trial Balance at the end of the year. COMPOSITION. Yalues. Time: 2| hours. 40 1 . Write a letter to a newspaper or magazine discussing one of the following subjects. The letter should contain not less than 250 words. Safety First. The Returned Soldier. Preparation for Peace. Home Gardening. 36 2. Write a brief summary of the following extract from a report on the transportation of supplies from Canada to England. 90 CITIL SERYICK COM Ml SSIOX 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 The prompt action of the government in adopting my suggestion has secured to Canadian manufacturers and farmers an uninterrupted outlet for the hundreds of millions of dollars worth of War Office orders, the acceptance of which would not have Ijeen possible but for the inauguration of an economical overseas service. Further, the fact that the transports, owing to their regularity in sailings have been in a position to handle promptly the War Office supplies, which other- wise would have occupied space on regular liners, has been of distinct advantage to the export trade of Canada, and has released to that extent ocean space for commercial tonnage. Since the inauguration of the service, not a pound of Imperial Government transport has been forwarded on regular liners. During the period.between 28th August, 1914, and 30th April, 1915, 244,913 gross tons were handled on account of Imperial and Dominion governments. Between, however, the 1st of May and 30th November, 1915, there was an enormous expansion — over 410,000 tons being forwarded during that period (seven months), or about 67% more than was moved in the previous eight months. The Overseas Department is now being called upon to provide for about 125,000 gross tons of munitions, war material, and supplies per month, or approximately one and a half million tons per annum, and the tonnage is still growing. 30 3. Write in well-constructed sentences a synopsis of the following letter from a " neutral " to the London Times. What is England going to do? This was the whispered query that I heard time and again in Germany. For I found that the possible power of Britain is more truh' appreciated and understood in Germany than in any other country in Europe to-day. The great German captains of industry, who have hitherto made the success of German arms possible, seem to realize that if ever the vast industrial might of Britain, so akin to their own, is properly mobilized, if its resources are consistently and adequately exploited, if every ounce of latent energy is made available, then, no matter how great a success German arms may have achieved, no matter how firmly entrenched German troops may stand on enemy soil, the tables will turn, and German chances of final victory will fade into limbo. I have just crossed Great Britain from one end to the other, and I have visited innumerable towns and cities. Britain at last, after more than a year's delay, is mobilized for war. Her achievement to-day far surpasses the wildest idea of the " Kolossal ". I have seen factory after factory working steadily twenty-four hours a day, seven daj'^s in the week, employing thousands of men and women making shells, shells, shells! I have seen factory after factory making aeroplanes; I have seen guns being forged under hj'draulic pressure of 12,000 tons; howitzers forged out of the stoutest steel, which requires sixteen hours in a blast furnace to heat. I have seen shell cases pressed out of the living ingot in less than five minutes, and shells forged at a speed three times as great. I have seen men working at great forges, where gun parts are cast, straining every nerve and muscle to accomplish their difficult tasks, handling vast lumps of red-lrot metal with lightning dexterity. I have seen machine-guns by the hun- dreds, and rifles by the thousand — all of the most careful workmanship and finish. The whole North country has been turned into one vast arsenal. The deep pall of fog and smoke that hangs low over the great industrial centres of the Mid- lands, deeper, denser than it has been for some j'ears past, means that England has at last turned with full energy to the might}- task. The achievement is the more remarkable when it is appreciated that all this work is merely a beginning. CIVIL SEBTICE CoyulSSIOS 91 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 GEOGRAPHY. Time: 2 hours. Note. — Candidates will take Question 1 and any other six. Value— 100. 1. Draw a map of Canada from the international boundary to the 60th parallel, outlining the provinces, locating and naming the two largest cities in each, and indicating the course of the Canadian Pacific Railway. 2. Give the location of each of the following lakes, stating the slope and province in which each is found: St. John, Nipigon, Champlain, Simcoe, Temis- caming, Winnipeg, Lesser Slave, Woods, Megantic, Athabasca, Nipis- sing, St. Clair, Rainy, and St. Peter. 3. Name in order, with capitals, those States of the American Union bordering on the Atlantic, and state whether their respective capitals are situated inland or on the seacoast. 4. (a) Name the five chief foodstuffs and the five chief raw materials for manu- facture imported by Great Britain, and state from what part of the British Empire each comes in the greatest abundance, (b) Name four chief manufactured products exported by Great Britain to Canada, and in each case name a large city in Great Britain manufacturing the jiroduct mentioned. 5. Give, in order of importance, the seven provinces of Canada that lead in the production of fish, and name the three chief varieties caught in each. 6. Sketch a map of the Atlantic Ocean north of the Equator, locating Halifax, St. John, Sydney, New York, Boston, Portland, Liverpool, Bristol, Gibraltar, Lisbon, Bordeaux, and Bermudas. 7. Name and locate in each' case two chief places in Canada engaged in the production of flour, steel, paper, cottons, sugar, salt, and boots and shoes. 8. What, where and for what noted are : Drummondville, Kitchener, Revelstoke, Levis, Gowganda, Kenora, BaniT, Lethbridge, Tadoussac, and Spring- hill. 9. What waters are connected, and what lands are separated, by each of the following straits and channels: Gibraltar, Dover, The Sound, St. George's, North, Belle Lsle, Canso, Davis, Northumberland, and Juan de Fuca. 92 CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 HISTORY. Time: 2 hours. Values. 20 1. Write brief notes (not more than five lines each) on any five of the following: Daniel O'Connell, William Lyon Mackenzie, Mirabeau, Lord Salisbury, Marshall Ney, Lord Elgin, and George Canning. 16 2. Name the Province in which you live, and tell how its revenue for purely Provincial purposes is obtained; or Enumerate the chief sources of the revenue raised in Canada for Federal purposes. 16 3. Tabulate in concise form the chief causes that led to the Lower Canada Rebellion in 1837-38. Give a very brief account of the events of 1837 in that Province. 16 4. Describe as clearly as j-ou can the existing situation in regard to Home Rule in Ireland; or Write a note on Irish emigration, giving the underlying causes, the chief periods of emigration, and the parts of the world most affected bj- this emigration. 16 5. Outline the struggle to secure responsible government in any one of the foUo'R-ing: Upper Canada, Lower Canada, Nova Scotia. In your opinion, what date definitely fixes the securing of this form of government for the Canadas? Why? 16 6. Explain the following: customs duty, excise duty, preferential tariff, revenue cutter, contraband of war, interned, running a blockade, admiralty prize court; or Outline brieflj' the system of government as it existed in Quebec under the French regime about 1725. 100 CiriL SERVICE C031MISSI0N 93 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 SHORTHAND. Time allowed for transcription of notes: l}'^ hours. Eighty Words per Minute. Value— 100. The people of Canada were beginning to think of drawing their money out of the banks in gold. We were | threatened with a condition that might have produced a panic which would almost have paralysed the energies of Canada in I this war. We were obliged to prevent the exportation and hoarding of gold. We were obliged to make bank notes | good legal tender. We were obliged to provide that Dominion notes need not be redeemed in gold. These measures were | accepted by the country. Then, we were faced almost immedi- ately afterwards with another very serious problem. The revenues of this | country had fallen enormously immediately after the outbreak of the war. Trade was almost paralysed; importation almost stopped, and exportation | as well, and then we found ourselves confronted with a very serious condition in a very large district in Western | Canada. There was this condition confronting us: the revenues of the country were shot to pieces on the one hand, | and on the other hand there was the need for some assistance to the people in that unfortunate district. We had the alternative, to display a lack of courage and to say that, confronted by a war such as was | upon us, with reduced revenues, it would be impossible for the Government to do anything or to attack the problem | in a courageous waj^; or we had the other alternative of doing what we could to relieve the situation, j One Hundred Words per Minute. Canada has been particularly fortunate in the character of those who have been selected to be the representatives of the royal authority. They have all I been men of great eminence, whether eminence by character or eminence by ability, and most of them have been eminent for both ability and character. | It is due to those who have occupied that high office to say, when they had fulfilled their term and the time came for them | to sever their connection with us, they carried with them the gratitude, the esteem, the respect of all classes of the community. But no Governor | General who ever left our shores was followed with so much of the blessings and the affection of the people of Canada as was His | Royal Highness the Duke of Connaught. Undoubtedly, the peculiar enthusiasm Math which he was received by us when he came to preside over the destinies | of Canada was due to the fact that he belonged to the Royal Family. But he earned the gratitude and respect of the Canadian people | by his own personal qualities; his devotion to duty; his high sense of honour; his simple, affable jnanners; his straightforward, democratic ways. And if the I whole truth is to be told, I believe everybody will agree with me, that in the impression which he made in Canada he himself was | not the sole factor; a great deal was due also to his gracious consort, a lady who, in her high station, gave, during the time | she was with us, an example of those exalted virtues ever dear to the British heart. It is said that when asked to become Governor, | he hesitated, and that he accepted the office for a period of not more than two years. His stay was probably prolonged by the. war. | 94 CIV [I. SEKMCt: rOMMlSSIOX 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 SPELLING AND DICTATION. Spelling. The paper set is that given on page 83. Dictation. The paper set is that given on page 84. TYPEWRITING. Time: 30 minutes. Value— 100. Copy the following: Nearly fifty years ago the first Parliament of the Dominion assembled- In it were the statesmen who had brought under one government Ontario, Quebec, Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. These men, Macdonald, Brown, Cartier, Tupper and others, whose loyalty, determination and courage laid the foundation of the present Great Dominion, have been justified in their work by the growth, solidity and importance of this country. Confederation saw four provinces, with little common interest except loyalty to the Crown, brought into union; a half century has passed and the Canada of 1867 is now a mighty empire, stretching from the Atlantic to the Pacific, one-half of North America, comprising all the British possessions on this continent except New- foundland. The fathers of Confederation laid the foundation of a vaster country than they believed possible at the time. Then Canada was a colony of Great Britain; to-day she is a partner in world affairs, whether of peace or war. A little over fifty years ago representatives from the four provinces met to consummate Confederation. Then there were doubts as to the stability of the proposed union; even as to the worth of overseas Dominions to the Empire. What a change in fifty years! Within a few weeks there will be another con- ference in London, when representatives from the overseas Dominions will sit in the councils of the Empire determining the best policy to pursue to win victory in the great world's war, and with that victory the preservation and strengthening of the bonds of empire. What Imperial or Colonial statesmen in 1867 would have even dreamed that within such a brief period the overseas Dominions could have won a partnership in the great British Empire? The following table shows the properties purchased: — Vendors. Price. Interest. Mrs. Campbell $16,500.00 $ 655.00 Mrs. Benneast ' 5,100.00 202.46 James McKay 6,500.00 257.62 C.Grossman 6,787.00 139.66 Mrs. Ireland 4,200.00 166.65 Mrs. Beelamy 6,787.00 269.44 John McLeod 7,250.00 James Kerr 7,000.00 273.41 Mrs. Muir 10,250.00 Mrs. McSpadden 122,700.00 4,991.85 $193,074.00 $ 6,956.09 ririL SERVICE COMMISSION 95 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 A Disabled Soldiers' Training Board consists of a member of the Provincial Commission, a vocational officer and a medical man. The duties of this Board are: (a) To consider all cases which, in the light of the medical reports, appear to be subjects for special training, and to report upon each, with suitable recom- mendations, to the Military Hospitals Commission. (b) To consider from time to time reports of the progress of men under- going training, and to make recommendations as to change of treatment or of training, or its discontinuance. Each Provincial Employment Commission has been asked to nominate suitable persons to act as an advisory committee on the training of disabled soldiers who are eligible for re-education. The personnel of this advisory committee includes, in most instances, some person acquainted with the pro- cesses of education, an agricultural educationalist, an employer, and a labour representative. The duties of the Provincial Advisory Committee may be summarized as follows: — (a) To prepare, with the assistance of the vocational officer, schemes of instructions in general subjects and elementary vocational training in, or in ' connection with, the convalescent homes or hospitals of the province. (b) To organize and carry out schemes as may be approved. (c) To maintain a regular inspection, preferably through the vocational officer, of all instruction being carried on. (d) To make a survey of the facilities at present, and from time to time, available for vocational training in public educational institutions and private workshops, farms, etc. (e) To assist the Employment Commission by providing definite informa- tion as to the training received by men who desire assistance in obtaining employment. (f) To appoint or approve local sub-committees on training in connection with local employment committees in centres where it appears necessary to have such committees. (g) Generally, to advise and assist in the training of returned soldiers in every possible way. TRANSCRIPTION AND WRITING. Time: 1 hour. Value — 50 for each. The candidate is required to make a neat, clean and correct copy of the manuscript handed to him with this slip, writing out all abbrevations at full length, and correcting any misspellings. The words scored through are to be omitted, and the interlineations and the marginal and other additions are to be inserted in their proper places as indicated. All changes or corrections, other than these, will be counted as errors. This paper will be taken as a test of writing also. 96 CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 ,^i^ -C-t-Xy A*^ /*v ^^ J^cuuJ-- ytrjd eC^x^U^^ e-u-iA^;^:£jL /i-^Ji^j '^CttAt CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSIO^^ 97 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 31—7 98 riTlL .iERTICE COMMIS.^IOX 8 GEORGE V. A. 1918 (8) Competitive Examination for Positions in Subdivision B of the Second Division, Inside Service, May, 1917. ALGEBRA. Time: 2^ hours. Note. — Seven questions only are to be attempted. Value— 100. 1. Simplify (a) a r2c-3a f a-2c /„ 3a + c\l"| (b) "-7a^ ^ ^1 + i- V 2. Express, as the product of four factors, each of the following expressions: — ■ (a) 3(6x2+5x)2- 10(6:124.5^) _8; (b) (a-b) {¥-c^)-ia^-¥) {b-c). 3. Solve the equations: (a) -+^ = 2| (6) x^ — xy = Sx+S xy-y- = 8y-Q. 4. (a) Find a number of two digits such that if the number is divided by the product of its digits the quotient is 65, and such that if 9 is substracted from the original number the order of the digits is reversed? (6) If Va; varies as -y/y, and if a; = 4 when y = 64, what will be the value of x when y has the value 27? 5. (a) Find the equation w^hose roots are the reciprocals of the roots of the equation 5.T- — 20x+17 = 0. (&) Prove that the roots of the equation (g- — 4p)-).x2+4(p+?-).T — 4 = 0 are real for all values of p, q, r, positive and negative. 6. (a) In an arithmetical progression there are 21 terms. The sum of the three middle terms is 129; and the sum of the last three terms is 237. Find the progression. (6) If a, b, c are three numbers in geometrical progression, prove that 7. Find the square roots of: , , „ 6x 2a , a^, Gx^ ^^) ^-T-3:^ + 9^+^' (6) 19-4 V 12. CIVIL S'ERVICE COMMISSION 99 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 8. (a) Numbers are formed by WTiting the six digits, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 in every possible order. How many of these numbers are greater than 560,000? (b) From an assembly consisting of 12 Conservatives and 9 Liberals, in how many waj's can a committee of six be chosen so as to contain not more than two Liberals? 9. (a) Expand (1 — 2x')' as far as the fourth term, and simplify the result. (b) In the expansion of (l+x)""^" show that the coefficient of a;™ and x" are equal. Find the numerical value of this coefficient when m = 3 and n = 9. 10. (n) Show that log a Mq = - log a M. (b) Find the fifth root of 0-01008, having given log 2 = 0-3010300, log 30 = 1-4771213, log 70 = 1 ■ 8450980, log 398 • 742 = 2 • 600692 1 . arith:\ietic. Time: 2J hours. Note. — Six questions only are to be attempted. The details of the work must be given . Value— 100. 1. Reduce ^ ^ , — ^'J^^^ ^^ to its simplest form. 2. Compute the value of -—^ — - + —rp. — i- correct to four decimal places . Vo + 1 \ z - 1 3. The present worth of a bill of S442.75 is $385. Find how long the bill has to run at 4| per cent per annum, simple interest. 4. By selling a carriage for $73.15 I should lose 5 per cent. At what price must I sell it to gain 15 per cent. 5. Find the compound interest on $8,750 for If years at 3J per cent per annum, payable half-yearly. 6. A person finds that he can obtain $25 more per annum by investing in 3^ per cent stock at 96 than in 3 per cent stock at 88. How much has he to invest? 7. A could do a certain piece of work by himself in 24 days, and B could do it by himself in 36 daj's. If after A has worked at it 14 days B joins him, and they both work together, how' soon will it be finished? 8. A merchant who sold his goods at a profit of 10 per cent found that when he allowed 2| per cent discount off his selling price, his business increased by one-third. Find whether his total profits were increased or diminished by adopting this plan, and in what proportion. 9. What will be the length of fence required to enclose a circular field of 3y acres? 10. Find to the nearest ton what weight of stone will be required to line a semi- cylindrical tunnel 30 feet in internal diameter and 120 yards long. The lining is to be 15 inches thick, and 4 per cent of the volume of the lining is to be deducted for cement. _ One cubic foot of the stone employed weighs 170 lbs. 31— 7i 100 cirri S'ERYWE COJ/.V/S.S'/O.V 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 BIOLOGY. Time: 2| hours. Note. — Seven questions only are to be attempted: four in the first section and three in the second. BOTANY. Value— 100. 1. Give an account of the structure and the functions of leaves. 2. Compare underground stems with roots. 3. Describe the reserve food-materials found in seeds. 4. Write the life-history of a horsetail (Equisetnm). 5. Discuss the decomposition of organic matter in the soil, and its relation to agriculture. 6. Write short descriptions of three Canadian plants, no two of which belong to the same family. ZOOLOGY. 1. Describe the chief featm^es of the skeleton in any common fish. 2. In what respects does the digestive system of a bird differ from that of a mammal, and how are these differences explained on a basis of habit? 3. Describe the gills and circulation of the blood in the fresh-water mussel. Why is respiration an important function? 4. Describe the plan of segmentation in the common earthworm, mentioning those organs of the body to which the segmental arrangement does not apply. 5. Discuss the importance of the conservation of wild life in Canada. BOOK-KEEPING. The paper set is that given on page 89. CHEMISTRY. Time: 2| hours. Note.- — Seven questions only are to be attempted. All definite chemical reactions should be expressed by equations. Value— 100. 1. What is meant by reversible reaction? Tell what you know about chemical equilibrium and the laws which govern it. 2. What is a normal solution? How do you prepare such a solution? What weight do you use of the following substances when j^ou make a litre ' of a normal solution of them: hydrochloric acid (HCl); sulphuric acid (H2SO4); sodium chloride (NaCl); calcium hvdrate (Ca(0H)2. Atomic weights: H = l-008; 0 = 16; Cl=35-46; Na = 23; S=32-06; Ca = 4007. 3. From what source is phosphorus obtained? By what process? ^^ ' 4. For what reasons do you consider the air as a mixture and not a compound? 1? CIVIL SERTICE OOMMISSWy 101 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 5. How do you prepare sulphuric acid (a) in the laboratory, (b) industrially? 6. What are the chemical products of the dry distillation of wood? What do j'ou know about methyl alcohol ? 7. What is saponification? Write an equation to illustrate reactions of this type. 8. In what group of organic compounds do you place starch? What bodies contain it in nature? What is the action when it is boiled with dilute acid? 9. Describe practical means of preparing acetylene? What are its properties and uses? 10. I wish to prepare 200 litres of hydrogen bromide. How much bromine and phosphorus must I use? PBr3+3H20 = P03H3+3HBr. P = 3104; Br = 79-92. COMPOSITION. Time: 3 hours. Note. — Candidates are advised to give attention to their writing. Values. 30 1. Write an essay of at least five paragraphs on one of the following subjects: — (a) Canada's Jubilee, 1867 to 1917. (6) A Description of One of the Naval Engagements of the War. (c) A Week on the Farm. (rf) Aerial Navigation. 10 2. Write in correct form a note of apology to a friend for failing to keep an appointment. 15 3. Criticise the construction of the following sentences, and rewrite in improved form: — (a) For thou art a girl as much brighter than her. As he is a poet sublimer than me. (6) He preferred to know the worst than to dream the best. (c) He brought a picture under his arm which he asked permission to exhibit. (d) 1 will have great pleasure in accepting your invitation. (e) The manager is one of those who never interferes in matters which he has no control over. 10 4. Give the literal meaning of the following derivative words, that is, show by your definitions that you know what the prefixes and affixes mean: — submarine, immigration, co-operate, bullock, trans- port, precaution, insecurity, recolonize, unspeakable, gosling. 35 5. Write in concise form the gist of the following communication. Give a heading or title to each of your paragraphs. The synopsis should contain all the salient points, and nothing that is unim- portant. The Government of the King, which has associated itself with the answer handed by the President of the French Council to the American Ambassador on behalf of all, is particularly desirous of paying tribute to the sentiment of 102 CITIL SERVICE COMMISSION 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 humanity which prompted the President of the United States to send his note to the belligerent powers, and it highly esteems the friendship expressed for Belgium through his kindly intermediation. It desires as much as Mr. Woodrow Wilson to see the present war ended as soon as possible. But the President seems to believe that the statesmen of the two opposing camps pursue the same objects of war. The example of Belgium unfortunately demonstrates that this is in no wise the fact. Belgium has never, like the Central Powers, aimed at conquests. The barbarous fashion in which the German Government has treated, and is still treating, the Belgian Nation does not permit the supposition that Germany will preoccupy herself with guaranteeing in the future the rights of the weak nations which she has not ceased to trample under foot since the war, let loose by her, began to desolate Europe. On the other hand, the Government of the King has noted with pleasure and with confidence the assurances that the United States is impatient to co- operate in the measures which will be taken after the conclusion of peace, to protect and guarantee the small nations against violence and oppression. Previous to the German ultimatum, Belgium only aspired to live upon good terms with all her neighbours; she practised with scrupulous loyalty towards each one of them the duties imposed by her neutrality. In the same manner she has been rewarded by Germany for the confidence she placed in her. Through her, from one day to the other, without any plausible reason, her neutrality was violated, and the Chancellor of the Empire, when announcing to the Reichstag this violation of right and of treaties, was obliged to recognize the iniquity of such an act and to predetermine that it would be repaired. But the Germans, after the occupation of Belgian territory, displaj'ed no better observance of the rules of international law or the stipulations of the Hague Convention. They have, by taxation, as heavy as it is arbitrary, drained the resources of the country; they have intentionally ruined its industries, destroyed whole cities, put to death and imprisoned a considerable number of inhabitants. Even now, while they are loudly proclaiming their desire to put an end to the horrors of war, they increase the rigours of the occupation by deporting into servitude Belgian workmen by the thousands. If there is a country which has a right to say that it has taken up arms to defend its existence, it is assuredly Belgium. Compelled to fight or to submit to shame, she passionately desires that an end be brought to the unprecedented sufferings of her population. But she could only accept a peace which would assure her, as well as equitable reparation, security and guarantees for the future. The American people, since the beginning of the war, have manifested for the Belgian nation its most ardent sympathy. It is an American committee, the Committee for Relief in Belgium, which, in close union with the Government of the King and the National Committee, displays, an untiring devotion and marvellous activity in revictualling Belgium. The Government of the King is happy to avail itself of this opportunity to express its profound gratitude to the Commission for Relief as well as to the generous Americans eager to relieve the misery of the Belgian population. Finally, nowhere more than in the United States have the abductions and deportations of Belgian civilians provoked such a spontaneous movement of protest, action and indignant reproof. These facts, entirely to the honour of the American nation, allow the Govern- ment of the King to entertain the legitimate hope that at the time of the defin- itive settlement of the war, the voice of the Entente powers will find in the United States a unanimous echo to claim in favour of the Belgian nation, inno- cent victim of German ambition and covetousness, the rank and the place which its irreproachable past, the valour of its soldiers, its fidelity to honour, and its remarkable faculties for work assigned to it among the civilized nations. CITIL SERVICE COilMISSIOX 103 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 ECONOMICS. Time: 2| hours. Note. — Six questions only are to be attempted. Value— 100. 1. (a) Define Land, Capital, Labour. (6) What arguments for and against including land and capital in the same category? (c) Do commodities have value because they embody labour, or does labour derive its value from the commodities it helps to produce? 2. Explain the banking facilities which the new Federal Reserve Banks of the United States are meant to provide, and compare wath the manner in which similar needs are provided for by Canadian banks . 3. Have the experiences of the war tended to strengthen or to weaken the arguments for increased governmental regulation, supervision, or control, of industrial and commercial enterprises? Discuss. 4. (a) From what sources and on what terms are the farmers of Canada securing short-term and long-term credit? (6) What additional facilities in rural credits have the Provinces of Manitoba and Saskatchewan sought to provide? 5. (a) What are the main axes emploj'ed in the different Provinces for raising municipal revenues? (6) Do the experiences of our western cities justify the use of the " single " land tax for municipa' taxation? 6. Outline the methods employed in recent Canadian and British war finance, (a) in the way of increased taxation, and (6) in public borrowing. 7. (a) Explain the methods employed by our Labour Department to measure increase or decrease in cost of living, (b) Indicate the advance of prices in Canada since the beginning of the war and compare with advance in other countries, and give the causes, (c) What is meant by the quantitj- theorj' of money? Applj- it to this problem of advanc- ing prices. 8. Why was it that the London Stock Exchange, the mechanism of inter- national trade and the banking system of England were so embarrassed by the war, and how did the Imperial Government come to their relief? 9. (a)For the fiscal vear of 1915 Canada imported gold coin and bullion to the value of $131,992,992. Why? and whence? (6) In the calendar vear 1915 the United States imported gold to the value of $451,954,590, and for the year of 1916 to the amount of $685,990,234. Account for this great increase of gold and indicate the use being made of it, and its effect upon prices and foreign trade. 104 CIVIL SEHriCE COMMhSiHOy 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 10. For the last four calendar years the foreign trade of Canada (merchandise) is as follows: — Imports. Exports. Balance. 1913 $678,169,442 .? 460,519,246 -S217,650,196 1914 481,319,309 428,315,512 -$52,007,797 1915 450,547,774 653,488,412 +$202,940,638 1916 776,731,891 1,112,244,002 +$347,713,111 (a) Account for the drop in imports after 1913, and for the recent great increase in exports, (b) What are our main markets, and what are the chief articles of export that have brought about our increase in trade? (c) How were we setthng our balance in 1913, and what are we doing with our balance now? FRENCH AND ENGLISH. Value— 100. 1. Translate into French: AVhile an author is Hving, it is not extraordinary that mankind should form an erroneous estimate of his works. The influence which prejudice and partiality often possess over the minds of his contemporaries, is incompatible with a correct decision of his merits. It is not until time has effaced the recollection of party feelings, when the virtues and foibles of the man are forgotten, an 1 the warm emotions of friendship or resentment are no longer felt, that the merit of an author can be ia'iAy ascertained. So variable is public opinion, which is often formed without examination, and liable to be warped by caprice, that works of real merit are frequently' left for posterity to discover and admire, while the pompous efforts of impertinence and folly are the wonders of the age. The gigantic genius of Shakespeare so far surpassed the learning and penetration of his times, that his productions were then little read and less admired. 2. Translate into English: On aurait beau dire que la politesse n'est qu'une enveloppe, une ecorce dont Tabsence n'implique pas essentiellement un vice du cceur, cette enveloppe, cette ecorce est necessaire dans la societe pour eviter les froissements qui peuvent se produire soit entre les personnes ordinairement etrangeres les unes aux autres, soit entre des membres de meme famille. Les hommes en societe sont ainsi faits; nos theories ne les changent pas. Les plus belles, les plus pures qualites poiuraient etre meconnues et meme importunes si ceux qui les possedent, se confiant dans I'excellence du fond, negligeaient la forme. II n'est pas permis de parler sechement en disant des choses justes, ni de faire du bieu avec des manieres blessantes. La vraie politesse ne consiste pas simplement dans un attachement rigoureux aux formules ceremonieuses; elle consiste dans I'etude delicate des sentiments d'autrui et dans les egards soigneusement accordes a ces sentiments. 3. Write a French Composition {about 200 words) on oxe of the following subjects:- Description of a Storm. The Value of Time. On Literary Evils. CIVIL SERTWE COMMISSION 105 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 GEOGRAPHY. Time: 2| hours. Values. 5 1. 6 2. 6 6 10 3. 10 10 a. a) Explain fully how by burning damp straw a light frost may lie prevented from injuring young crops or fruit-blossoms. b) How is the water-supply of a country affected by the destruction of the forests? Explain fully. c) What is the " Laurentian penneplain "? Explain each of the two words in this connection. a) Name the six largest lakes of Canada west of Lake Superior. b) Name the six principal rivers of New Brunswick or the six principal rivers of Manitoba. (Only one province to be taken.) c) Name the six largest cities or towns of Canada east of Montreal. a) Describe the position on the map of any five of the following: Athabasca Landing, Beaufort Sea, Bras d'Or Lake, Hamilton Iblet, Marble Island, Michipicaten Island, Picton, Lake St. Peter. b) Describe the boundaries of the Province of Ontario. a) Name five of the National Parks of Canada, giving the position of each on the map. b) Name the four principal canals of Canada otlier than those along the St. Lawrence River, and state what natural obstacle to navigation was avoided in each case. c) What are the principal kinds of fish caught or sold in Canada, and in what waters is each kind chiefly found? a) Name the five principal colonies lost by Germany during the present war. 6) Name the countries of Europe that are still neutral in the war, and describe their position on the map. c) Name the six principal cities or to\vns of the North of England. 106 CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 8 GEORGE V, A. 19*8 GEOLOGY. Time : 2h hours. Note. — Not more than six questions are to be attempted. The first two ques- tions must be answered. Four of the remaining questions (3 to 8) are to be answered. Be careful to answer separately the different parts of the questions. Values. 16 1. State the chemical composition, the crystal form, the colour, and the economic uses of each of the following minerals: (a) Pyrite, (h) Ortholclase, (c) Cassiterite, (rf) ^Magnetite. 16 2. (a) Name and state the mineral composition of two rocks that might occur in a batholith. (b) Name and state the mineral composition of two rocks that might occur in a dyke. (c) Name and describe one metamorphic rock. 17 3. (o) Give proofs of the secular elevation of land: (i) In Post-Glacial time; (ii) in remote geological time. (b) State some evidence of the degradation of land which you have observed yourself. 17 4. (a) What rocks are characteristic of each of the following subdivisions of the Pre-Cambrian: Laurentian, Grenville, Keeweenan? (6) State definitely one localitj' of occurrence in Canada of each of these formations. 17 5. (a) Name tico phyla (branches) .of Invertebrate fossils that you would consider as of especial value in stratigraphic geology. (b) Gr\-e full reasons for j'our selection. (c) Name two phyla of little stratigraphic value. (d) Give full reasons for your selection. 17 6. (a) To what systems do the rocks of the Rocky Mountains proper belong? (b) When and in what manner were these ranges formed? (c) Name the chief passes through these ranges, and state the railway or railways which make use of each. 17 7. (a) Name some typical Cretaceous fossils. (b) Indicate the geographical distribution of Cretaceous rocks in Canada. (c) What economic products are obtained from these rocks? 17 8. Explain fully wh.y Canada is indebted to the Glacial Age for the follow- ing:— (a) Water-powers. (6) Gravel beds far from existing waters. (c) The eas3' gradient of the National Transcontinental Railway through northern Quebec and Ontario. - CIYIL SERVICE COMMISSION . 107 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 GEOMETRY. Time: 2^ hours. Note. — Not more than seven questions are to be attempted. Value- 1. (a (b 2. (a (b 3. (a (b 4. {a 5. (a {b 6. (a ib 7. (a {b 8. {a {b 9. (a (6 10. (ff {b -100. If two angles and a side of one triangle are equal respectively to two angles and the corresponding side of another triangle, the triangles are equal in all respects. If two isosceles triangles are erected on the same or opposite sides of a common base, prove that the line joining the vertices bisects the vertical angles of the triangles, and is perpendicular to and bisects the common base. A quadrilateral which has two opposite sides equal and parallel must be a parallelogram. ABCD is a parallelogram, and X, Y are the middle points of the sides AD, BC. If Z is a point on XY, or XY produced, show that the triangle AZB is one-quarter of the parallelogram ABCD. Prove that triangles on the same base and between the same parallels are equal in area. What is this area in terms of the length of the base and the distance apart of the parallels? Bisect a triangle by a straight line passing through a given point in one of its sides. The sum of the squares on two sides of a triangle is equal to twice the square on half the base together with twice the square on the median to the base. In any quadrilateral the sum of the squares on the sides equals the sum of the squares on tiie diagonals together with four times the square on the line joining the middle points of the diagonals. Equal chords of a circle are equidistant from the centre. In a given circle draw a chord which shall be equal in length to one given straight line (not greater than the diameter) and parallel to another. The opposite angles of any quadrilateral inscribed in a circle are together equal to two right angles. ABC is a triangle. P, Q, R are points on BC, CA, AB, respectively. Show that the circles described about the triangles AQR, BRP and CPQ meet in a point. Construct a square equal in area to a given rectangle. Describe a circle to touch a given circle, and to touch a given straight line at a given point. To describe the escribed circle of the triangle ABC which touches the side BC and the other two sides produced. Derive an expression for the radius of the escribed circle in terms of the sides and the area of the triangle. The areas of similar triangles are proportional to the squares on corres- ponding sides. ABC and ADE are secants to a circle from a point A outside the circle. A ABE BE2 Show that = ■. A ADC DC^ If from the vertical angle of a triangle a straight line is drawn perpendic- ular to the base, the rectangle contained by the sides of the triangle is equal to the rectangle contained by the perpendicular and the diameter of the circumcircle. Construct a triangle, having given the base, the vertical angle and the rectangle contained by the sides. 108 CIVIL S'ERYICE COM MI 8 81 ON 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 MODERN HISTORY. Time: 2| hours. Value— 100. Note. — Six questions only are to be attempted. 1. Explain how the war began which resulted in the first siege of Louisbourg, and how it ended. 2. Outline the career of William Pitt, Earl of Chatham. 3. Explain how the first Republic came to be founded in France, and why the King was executed. 4. Why was the Peace of Amiens not endiu-ing? ■5. Why did Napoleon fall? 6. How did Free Trade come about in England? 7. Why did Canada not join the revolted Colonies in the American Revolution? 8. On what would you base the claim that Montcalm was a great general? 9. Indicate the place of Simcoe in the history of Upper Canada. 10. Explain the circumstances which brought Manitoba and British Columbia into the Canadian federation. LATIN. Note. — Candidates will translate two only of the three following extracts, answering the questions appended to the extracts selected. Value— 100. Translate: I. Labienus etiam, cum Caesaris copias despiceret et Pompei consilium laudaret, "Noli", inquit, "existimare, Pompei, hunc esse exercitum, qui Galliam, Germaniamque vicerit. Omnibus interfui proeliis neque temere incognitam rem pronuntio. Minima pars illius exercitus superest: magna pars periit, quod accidere tot proeliis necesse fuit; multos pcstilentia consumpsit, multi domum discesserunt, nmlti sunt relicti in Italia. An non audistis ex eis, qui per causam valetudinis remanserunt, cohortes Brmidisi esse factas? Ac tamen quod fuit roboris duobus proeliis superioribus interiit." Haec, cum dixisset, iuravit se nisi victorem in castra non reversurum, reliquosque ut idem facerent, hortatus est.. (a) Parse, giving the principal parts of the verbs: periit, audistis, reman- serunt, reversurum. (b) Explain the term cohors. (c) What mood is vicerit, and why? (d) What case is proeliis {omnibus interfui proeliis), and why? (e) What ca-se is Brundisif II. Hac re audita, barbarus, nihil doli subesse ratus, postridie loco sibi a benissimo, hostibus opportunissimo, adeo angusto mari conflixit, ut eius multi- tude navium explicari (explicare =to deploy into line) non potuerit. Victus ergo est magis consilio Themistoclis quam arrais Graeciae. Hie quamquam male rem gesserat, tamen tantas habebat copias relictas, ut etiam cum his superare posset hostes. Itaque Themistocles veritus ne bellare perseveraret, certiorem eum fecit id agi, ut pons, quern ille in Hellesponto fecerat, dissolve- retur, ac reditu in Asiam excluderetur, idque ei persuasit. Itaque in Asiam reversus est seque a Themistocle non superatum sed conservatum judicavit. CIVIL SERriCE COMMISSION 109 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 (a) Parse, giving the principal parts of the verbs: ratus, conflixil, gesserat, dissolveretur. (b) What kind of genitive is doli? (c) Comment on the mood of fecerat. (d) What kind of ablative is consilio? (e) What is the accusative singular of mari? III. Aeneas scopulum interea conscendit et omnem Prospectum late pelago petit, Anthea si quem lactatum vento videat Phrj^giasque biremes, Aut Capyn, aut celsis in puppibus arma Caici. Navem in conspectu nullam, tres litore cervos Prospicit errantes; hos tota armenta sequuntur A tergo, et longum per valles pascitur agmen. Constitit hie arcumque manu celeresque sagittas Corripuit, fidus quae tela gerebat Achates, Ductoresque ipsos primum, capita alta ferentes Cornibus arboreis, sternit, turn vulgus et omnem Miscet agens telis nemora inter frondea turbam. (a) Parse, giving the principal parts of the verbs: pascitur, constitit, corri- puit, gerebat, nemora. (6) Comment on the termination of the accusative Anthea (c) Comment on the use of quem in 1. 2. (d) Scan. 1. 3. W . Translate into Latin six only of the following sentences: — 1. With such words the generals used to exhort their men. 2. Let us enter the city in order that we may dwell there. 3. Have you not told all these things to your wise friends? 4. Csesar ordered the camp to be fortified with a rampart. 5. I am afraid that they may not come on the fifth day. U. Having learnt these things, we retreated at once to Rome. 7. The lieutenant told the general that all our men had been killed. 8. He asked me when I had returned home. 9. If you send me the books, I shall read them with care. 10. To err is human, to forgive divine. 11. He is so foolish that he can never do a wise thing. 12. It is the duty of all citizens to fight bravely and spare the conquered. \'. Candidates will attempt one only of these groups of questions: A. (a) What do you mean by a semi-deponent verb? Give three examples, (b) Give the genitive singular of: alter, senex, bos, respublica, dives; and the genitive plural of: genus, ars. (c) Give Latin sentences illustrating the use of the supine in -urn, and of the supine in -u. (d) Write the Latin for: //, 15, 28, 400. B. (a) Give the comparative and superlative of: acer, plus, male. (6) Distinguish in meaning between: quidam, quisquis, quisque, quisquam. (c) What verbs in Latin govern the genitive? (d) Give the gender of: iter, fans, pelagus, aestas. (e) Parse: esto, du.rere, superasset. Give three perfects in Latin which have a present meaning. C. (a) From what verbs do the following perfects come: quaesivi, questus sum,finxi,fixi, vici, vixi, vinxi? (b) Write Latin sentences containing examples of: ablative of manner, ablative of price, ablative of description, (c) What cases do the following prepositions govern: ob, penes, coram? (d) Give the meaning of the follo^\^ng nouns when thej' are used in the plural: finis, vis, littera, aedes. 110 CIYIL BERYICE COMMISSION 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 ENGLISH LAW. Time: 2^ hoxirs. Note. — Eight questions onlj- are to be attempted. Value— 100. 1. Describe briefly the procedure relating to a preliminary enquiry held under the provisions of the Criminal Code in the case of a person accused of a crime. 2. Define (a) burglary, (b) house-breaking, (c) robbery. 3. What power have the Dominion Parliament and the provincial legislatures, respectively, to legislate on the subject of education? 4. Indicate briefly to what extent the system of government established by the British North America Act, 1867, is similar in principle to that of the L-nited Kingdom, and to what extent it is similar in principle to that of the United States of America. 5. B draws on A a bill of exchange payable to C at a named place three months after date. C presents the bill, obtains A's acceptance, and endorses and delivers the bill to D. D endorses and delivers the bill to E. Explain brieflj- the rights and liabilities of A, B, C, D, and E, respec- tively. 6. Define a cheque, and explain in what respects it differs from a bill of exchange. 7. The Bank Act forbids a bank to lend money or make advances on the security of anj' goods, wares and merchandise. Outline the exceptions to this prohibition. 8. Explain what is meant by conditions and warranties, respectively, in connection with a sale of goods. What are the remedies of the buyer in case of breach? 9. What is stoppage in transituf How may the right be exercised? When does the transit end for this purpose? 10. A and B carry on business as partners and become indebted to X. Then B retires from the partnership. A and C form a partnership and agree to paj' the debts of the old firm and to indemnifj^ B against liability in respect of such debts. These facts become knowaii to X. Whom is X entitled to sue for the debt? Reasons. 11. What is meant b}' the statement that an act or contract is ultra vires of a company? Illustrate. 12. A company is incorporated with an authorized capital of $50,000, divided into 500 shares. A desires to become a shareholder to the extent of ten shares. In what ways can he do so? What will be the amount of his. liability to the creditors of the company? CiriL S-ERTICE COMMISSION 111 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 LITERATURE (ENGLISH). Time: 2 J hours. Note. — Candidates will take Question 9 and any five of the others. Value— 100. 1. Write brief notes explaining the importance in English Literature of any three of the following: John Wyclif, Sir John Mandeville, Sir Thomas More, William Tyndale, Sir Thomas Malory, William Caxton. 2. Name three English dramatists contemporary with Shakespeare, and give a brief sketch of the life and work of any one of them. 3. Tell briefly the story of Milton's life. Name his chief poems and prose works. Give such an account of any one poem as would enable a person who had not read it to get an adequate idea of its subject and style. 4. Name three poets and three prose writers who did- their chief work between 1660 and 1744. Give a list of the works of one from each group, with brief explanatory notes on the chief works you mention. 5. Write explanatory and descriptive notes on any three of the following: . Johnson's Dictionary, Percy's Reliques, Macpherson's Ossian, Richard- son's Pamela, Thomson's The Seasons, and Swift's Gulliver's Travels. 6. Write notes on any two of the following, naming their chief works and explaning their importance in English Literature: Coleridge, Charles Lamb, De Quincey, Jane Austen, Hazlitt. 7. Name what you consider the four greatest poets and four greatest prose writers (excluding novelists) of the Victorian Age. Describe o)ie important work of one poet and one work of otie prose writer in your list. 8. Name five great novelists of the Victorian Age and two novels of each of them. Give a brief sketch of the life of any one. 9. To Shakespeare, 1916. With what white ivrath must turn thy bones. What stern amazement flame thy dust, To feel so near this England's heart The outrage of the assassin's thrust. But surely, too, thou art consoled, — Who knewest thy stalwart breed so well, — • To see us rise from sloth and go, Plain and unbragging, through this hell. And surely, too, thou art assured! Hark how that grim and gathering beat Draws upwards from the ends of earth — ■ The tramp, tramp of thy kindred's feet! (a) Explain the italicised parts. (6) What is the probable reference in lines 3 and 4? (c) What appropriateness is there in a patriotic poem to Shakespeare, and in the date 1916? ,12 CIVIL SERTICE COMMISSION 8 GEORGE V, A. 19:8 PHILOSOPHY (GENERAL). Time: 2^ hours. Note. — Seven questions only are to be attempted. Value— 100. 1. What is meant by Methodical Doubt in the Philosophy of Descartes, and how is it distinguished from the doubt of the Skeptics? 2. "That there is a God may be demonstrated solely from the consideration that there is involved in our knowledge of Him the necessity of His Being or existence." Explain the demonstration of the existence of God to which Descartes here refers, and estimate its value. 3. Compare the main principles of Descartes and Spinoza. 4. "The Monads have no windows bj* which anji;hing can enter or emerge.' Explain this saying. How does Leibnitz seek to show that his theory of Monads proves the individuality of all real things? 5. State and examine the distinction drawn by Kant between the Categories of the understanding and the Ideas of reason. 6. Illustrate "Weber's Law" by examples. How does Fechner interpret the facts upon which it is based? 7. What is the relation of habits to the nerve-centres? How does an habitual act differ from a purely voluntary act. Give some practical rules- for the formation of new habits. 8. Distinguish between perception and sensation, and also between emotion and instinct. 9. Discuss the problem as to the comparative value of the following theories of punishment: the preventive theory, the reformatory theory, and the retributive theory. 10. "The end of morality is pleasure." "To make pleasure the end is to destroy morality." Contrast these two theories of conduct and give your own . view. 11. What is the function in the moral life that great art subserves? Discuss the view that the presentation of ideals is a "criticism of life." PHYSTC^ Time: 2$ uours. Note. — Eight questions only are to be attempted. Value— 100. 1. Define the units dyne, gramme, foot-pound. If one inch is equal to 2-54 centimetres, find the number of litres in one cubic foot. 2. A straight, uniform le^er, whose length is 5 feet and weight 10 lb, has its fulcrum at one end. Weights of 2 and 4 lb are fastened to it at distances of 1 foot and 3 feet, respectively from ^h'? fulcrum, and it is kept horizontal by a force at the other end. ^ ..A this force, and also the reaction of the fulcrum. CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION - 113 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 3. Explain Ahai is meant by tliu parallelogram of forces. The base of an inclined plane is 4 feet and the height 3 feet. A force of 8 lb weight parallel to the plane will just prevent a mass of 20 lb weight from sliding down. Find the coefficient of friction. 4. Explain the principle of (1) a siphon and (2) a barometer. A body of specific gravity 5 ■ weighs 20 grams in a vacuum. What will this bod J' weigh when immersed in water? 5. What is meant by (1) boiling point, (2) latent heat of vaporisation, and (3) relative humidity? How would you show that heat is a form of energy? Describe an experiment to illustrate (1) conduction, (2) convection, and (3) radiation of heat. 6. If the weight of 1 litre of air at 0° C. and 76 cm. of mercury pressure be 1-293 grams, find the weight of air in a room 20 x 10 x 4 meters, when the temperature is 15° C. and the pressure 74 cm. of mercury? 7. What is meant by refractive index? An object 2 inches long is placed 8 inches in front of a convex lens of 4-inch focal length. Find by means of a diagram the position and length of the image. 8. What are some of the more common ocular defects? How may each of them be remedied? How would you show that it is possible to recombine light of different colours in such a way as to produce white light? 9. Explain acoustical resonance, interference, and the production of heats. A stretched string 4 feet long is in unison with a tuning-fork which vibrates 256 times a second. What will be the rate of vibration of the string when it has been shortened 6 inches, the tension remaining the same? 10. What is meant by Magnetic Dip, and by Declination? Make a sketch of the configuration of the lines of force for two bar magnets (with poles marked) placed near each other in any relative position you choose. 11. Describe some form of voltaic cell. Explain the action of the astatic galvanometer. What are Faraday's Laws of Electrolysis? 12. Explain what is meant by induced currents. How would you use an induc+ion coil to produce cathode rays and Rontgen rays? POLITICAL SCIENCE. Time: 2§ hours. Note. — Five cjuestions onlv are to be attempted. Value— 100. 1. Explain the terms: sovereignty; state; society; separation of powers; res- ponsible government;- the referendum; laissez-faire; electoral college; neutrality ; neutralization. 2. Describe the composi;"^"*^ and powers of the Cabinet in the United Kingdom in normal times. ' What changes have recentlv been effected? 31— S 114 CITIL SERVICE COMMISSION 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 3. Write brief notes on the following: — Proportional Representation. The Imperial Conference. The Committee System in the French Parliament. 4. In what different ways ma.y constitutions be amended formally? In what other ways may change come about? What is the method of formal change in each of the following: the United Kingdom, France, the United States, Australia, South Africa, Canada, a Canadian province? 5. Explain the terms : federal government ; unitary government ; parliamentary or cabinet government; presidential or non-parliamentary government; and classify any fifteen states of Europe and North America according to these categories. 6. Write notes on the following, giving illustrations from the present war: — Treaties of guarantee against invasion. The authority of the rules of international law. The Law of Contraband and the Doctrine of Continuous Voyage. 7. Outline the form of government of any two of the states of Continental Europe. 8. What subjects are assigned to the Dominion in the division of legislative powers, and what to the provinces? What are the portfolios in the Dominion Government, and what are the chief duties assigned to each minister? 9. What is meant by the principle of nationality? In what parts of Europe is it not in force to-day? In what different ways could it be given effect? What other considerations will have to be borne in mind when the map of Europe is redrawn? 10. Write notes on any five of the following, stating the place autl period in which each lived, naming his most important works and stating briefly the theory or theories for which he is noted: Hobbes, Burke, Rousseau, I\Iaine, Machiavelli, Spencer, Paine, Eocke. SHORTHAND. I The paper set is that given on page 98. SPELLING AND DICTATION. Sr-ELLINC. Time: 80 minutes. Note. — Copy the following, correcting the errors in spelling; 5 marks will be deducted for every misspelled word in j'our copy. Value — 50! One of the first sirprises awaiting the turist from the Northren Hemisfere, when he visits the remoat contenants of the Southren Pacific, is to find that Australia and New Zealand may not be gruped as two ilands of like apperence, differing nianely in size; near naibors whicli may be treated as a unit. New CIVIL SERVICE COMMISSION 115 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 31 Zealand is nereh' twice as far from Austalia as Bermuda is from New York, and in climat and vegatation the two dominions are as unlike as Norway and South Carolina. Australia is in no sense inferier to New Zealand in geografic intrest, but lofty peeks, profound canions, and active volcanose, all found in New Zealand, are lacking: its rivers are unimpresive, and its permenent lakes small and few in number. Uneek vegatation of remarkible variaty and beuty, animal life of by-gone geoUogieel pereods, and an aborigenel populashun, the lowest in the skale of human beings, stand out as feetures distincly Australian. It is the land of the strange and cureus, unlike any other on earth. Its isolation has kept out the animals of other countries and allowed speces of old geoUogio ages to persist: it has resulted also in the continuence of plant forms there that have lost the race for existance in other contenants. The great animal grupes which develloped in geoUogicel pereods before the land briges to other countries had been di.stroyed, are reppresented in Australia. Dictation. Time: 30 minutes. Note. — This paper should not be seen bj^ the candidates. The Examiner will read over the whole extract once, and then reread it slowly and distincth^ indicating to the candidates the occurrence of each full stop. A third reading of the whole extract may be given if sufficient time remains. The whole time occupied should not be more than half an hour. \'alue — 50. To untutored man, provided only with implements of stone, the facilities presented by the great copper regions of Lake Superior for the beginnings of a knowledge of mineralogy were peculiarly available. The water-worn stone from the beach, patiently ground to an edge, made his axe and tomahawk; the bones of the deer pointed his spear or were wrought into fish-hooks, and the shale or Hint was chipped and ground into his arrow-head after a pattern used in every primitive age. But besides such materials of universal occurrence, the primitive occupant of the shores of Lake Superior found there a stone pos- sessed of some very peculiar virtues. It could not only be wrought to an edge without liability to fracture, but it was malleable, and could be hammereil out into many new and convenient shapes. This was the copper, found in the rocks of that region in inexhaustilile ciuantities in a pure metallic state. In other rich mineral regions, as in those of Cornwall and Devon, the priiuipal source of this metal is from ores, which require both labour and skill to fit them for economic purposes. But in the copper region of Lake Superior, the native metal occurs in enormous masses, weighing hundreds of tons; and loose blocks have been found lying detached on the surface in sufficient quantities to supply all the wants of the nomad hunter. TYPEWRITING. The paper set is that given on page 94. 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 3 A. 1918 DEPARTMENT Public Printing and Stationery ANNUAL REPORT FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 1917 PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT [No. 32—1918) OTTAWA J. DE LABROQUERIB TACH6 PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 1918 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 A. 1918 To His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire, K.G., P.C., G.C.M.G., G.C.V.O., etc., etc., Governor General and Commander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada. Sir, — The undersigned has the honour to present to Your Excellency the Annual Report of the Department of Public Printing and Stationery for the year ended March 31, 1917. I have the honour to be, sir, Your Excellency's most obedient servant. MARTIN BURRELL, Secretary of State. March, 1918. 32— U 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 A. 1918 Ottawa, March, 1918. Hon. Martin Burrbll, Secretary of State. Sir, — I have the honour to submit the Annual Report of the Department of Public Printing and Stationery for the year ended March 31, 1917. I have the honour to be, sir, Your obedient servant, J. DB L. TACHE, King's Printer and Controller of Stationery. Bcpartment of public printing anb ^tationerp 1914" Eoll Of 1918 honour EMPLOYEES ENLISTED FOR OVERSEAS MILITARY SERVICE Name. Rank. Unit. Annable, J. H. Pte. 207th " Ottawa-Carleton " Batt. Austin, W. N. Pte. 257th Const. Batt. (1) Archibald, W. G. Gurmer 51st Battery, C.F.A. Balcomb, George Gunner 23rd Battery, C.F.A. Balcomb, Wm. Pte. Ammunition Column. (1) Baril, W. Sgt. 5th C. F. Eng. Batterton, Dora. Gunner 73rd Battery, C.F.A. (3) Bergeron, M. A. Lieut. Reinforcing Draft, 22nd Batt. (2) Bouchard, W. E. Gunner 21st Battery, C.F.A. (3) Boucher, Geo. John Pte. 5th Div. Ammunition Column. Boudreault, Emery Gunner 73rd Battery, C.F.A. (3) Branch. Alfred W. Pte. 38th " Royal Ottawa " Batt. (1) Brien, Jos. H. Pte. 257th Const. Batt. (1) Brisebois, R. Gunner 23rd Battery, C.F.A. (1) Brule, Hector Pte. 1st Batt. (2) Budreo, R. C. Pte. 207th " OttawaCarleton " Batt. Bullis, E. J. Pte. 80th Batt. Burnett. William Gunner 73rd Battery, C.F.A. (1) Bums, Gregory Pte. 59th Batt. (1) Butler, John Gunner 23rd Battery, C.F.A. (3) Butlin, Arthur Bandsman 146th Batt. Cain, Walter O. Pte. 230th Forestry Batt. Cain, Wm. Pte. 257th Const. Batt. Caimcross, Jas. Trumpeter 8th C.M.R. Carrier, Georges Gunner 73rd Battery, C.F.A. (1) Chapdelaine, Aim* Sub. Lieut. Royal Flying Corps. Cowtan, Chas. Pte. 257th Const. Batt. Cunningham, W. A. Cpl. C.A.S.C. Curry. Stanley R. Pte. 2nd Ottawa Depot Batt. (4) Dagenais. H. A. R. Lieut. 150th ■' Canadien-Francais " Batt. CD DeMontigny, J. I. G.T . Cpl. 22nd " Canadien-Francais " Batt. (3) Dempsey, Wm. Pte. 77th Batt. DeNiverviUe. Albert Sub. Lieut. Royal Flying Corps. (3) Depocas, Louis L. Gunner 73rd Battery, C.F.A. DesriviSres, J. A. Dvr. Imperial Transport. Doherty, W. Pte. 77th Batt. (3) (1) Donovan, W. J. Sgt. 77th Batt. Duval, Iren6 Sub. Lieut. Royal Naval Air Service. Foisy, Joseph Gunner 74th Battery, C.F.A. (1) Foley, J. H. Lieut. 199th " Irish Rangers." (1) Globensky, L. E. M. Pte. 38th ■' Royal Ottawa " Batt. Graham, Roland M. Pte. 5th Div. Ammunition Column. (1) Haydon, J. A. P. Sgt. 77th Batt. (3) Hazel, Wm. J. Gunner 73rd Battery, C.F.A. Howe, Frederick H. Pte. 1st Ontario Depot Batt. Labelle, J. H. Gunner 73rd Battery, C.F.A. Lamoureux, S. A. Pte. 230th Forestry Batt. Name. Rank. Unit. (1) Landles, Wm. Pte. Queen's Field Ambulance. Langley, Harry Pte. 257th Const. Batt. Lapierre, A. J. Pte. 224th Forestry Batt. (2) Leduc, Romuald Sub. Lieut. Royal Flying Corps. Leek, John Pte. 2S7th Const. Batt. Lcfebvre, P. A. Pte. 77th Batt. Le Feuvre. S. G. Pte. 238th Forestry Batt. Lcmieux, Jos. A. Pte. 224th Forestry Batt. Macdonald, A. H. Capt. 230th Forestry Batt. Maloney, T. L. Pte. C.A.S.C. (3) Mann, J. H. Gunner 73rd Battery, C.F.A. Meade, M. F. Pte. 2S7th Const. Batt. MUler, R. C. Pte. 207th " Ottawa-Carleton " Batt. (3) Montminy, Arcadius Pte. 207th ■' Ottawa-Carleton " Batt. Moreau, Joseph. Gunner 74th Battery. McCadden, T. Pte. 77th Batt. McCartney, S. Pte. 238th Forestry Batt. (3) (1) McDonald, D. Pte. C.A.S.C. (1) McGovern, H. F. Pte. Remount Division. (2) McGovcrn, Wm. M. Pte. 8th C.M.R. (3) McGuire, E. J. Pte. C.A.S.C. McStravick, P. Pte. 156th Batt. O'Connor, P. J. Pte. 5th Ammunition Column. O'Neil, W. Pte. Ammunition Column. (3) Parent, Aristide Pte. 230th Forestry Batt. Parmelee, Rotus E. Pte. Engineers' Signal Corps. Pasch, A. C. Pte. 224th Forestry Batt. (1) Paynter, C. S. Gunner 23rd Battery, C.F.A. Paynter, J. J. Sgt. 23rd Battery, C.F.A. (3) Price, C. J. F. Lieut. 2 24th Forestry Batt. Proulx, Gaston Pte. 5th Div. Ammunition Column. (1) Rainey, C. E. Sgt. " Princess Patricia." Ralph, Robert Gunner 73rd Battery, C.F.A. (3) Richer, Hector Pte. 230th (Voltigeurs) Batt. Robertson, A. W. Pte. 207th ■■ Ottawa-Carleton " Batt. (3) Root, Edward J. Gunner 74th Battery, C.F.A. Ross, Donald Pte. Queen's Field Ambulance. (3) Sanderson, A. E. Pte. 238th Forestry Batt. Schau, Andrew Pte. 77th Batt. Schingh, J. E. Lieut. Reinforcing Draft, 24th Batt. Sculthorpe, A. W. Pte. 257th Const. Batt. Sirois, H. Auguste Pte. 1st Quebec Depot Batt. (3) Smith, W. L. Bandsman 207th ■• Ottawa-Carleton " Batt. Sunderland, H. Pte. 257th Const. Batt. (3) Thomas, Frederick R. Pte. 257th Const. Batt. Tierney. J. J. Pte. 199th " Irish Rangers " Batt. Tighe, James Pte. 77th Batt. Twyman, T. G. Gunner 23rd Battery, C.F.A. (3) Ward, Geo. J. Pte. 77th Batt. Woods, M. W. Gunner 23rd Battery, C.F.A. LIST OF EMPLOYEES ENLISTED FOR MILITARY SERVICE IN CANADA. Allard, W. L. Lt.-Col. Recruiting Officer, M.D. No. 3. Botham, Charles H. Signalman Royal Navy Can. Vol. Reserve. <3) Cameron, P. A. Bandsman 108th ■• Selkirk " Batt. deEmstcd, Auguste W. O. Royal Navy Can. Vol. Reserve. (3) Fallis, R. W. Bandsman 108th " Selkirk " Batt. (3) Fallis, W. J. Bandsman 108th " Selkirk " Batt. Guthaus, F. J. Sergeant Instruction Sergeant, M.D. No. 3. Lesieur. Eugene WO. Royal Navy Can. Vol. Reserve. Peachy, Maurice Seaman Royal Navy Can. Vol. Reserve. (3) Smith, Francis Ed. Carpenter Royal Navy Can. Vol. Reserve. Taylor, William L. Signalman. Royal Navy Can. Vol. Reserve. (1) Wounded. (3) Returned to civil duties. (2) Killed. (4) Resigned. Recorded to March 31, 1918. 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 A. 1918 ACCOUNTANT'S BRANCH. Ottawa, November, 1917. J. de L. Tach£, Esq., King's Printer and Controller of Stationery. Sir, — I have the honour to submit the following report of the transactions of this branch of the department for the fiscal j^ear ending IMarch 31, 1917. Com- plete details of the financial operations of the department will be found under the following heads: — 1. General Financial Statement for the year. 2. Letter of Credit Account. 3. King's Printer's Advance Account. 4. Printing Branch Account and comparative statements. 5. Stationery Branch Account and comparative statements. 6. Expenditure on Appropriations and detail of same. 7. Canada Gazette, comparative statement of Revenue and Expenditure. 8. Casual Revenue Account. 9. Audit of Intercolonial and Prince Edward Island Railways Printing Accounts. 10. Government Newspaper Advertising Accounts. Respectfully submitted, J. A. FRIGON, Chief Accountant. DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATIONERY 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 < « ;, " ^3S Ills •Stf g-S a s 3g i to 00 a. CO 1-. rJH CO ii o oo CO o CD CD o ^ Q <: K PL. 00 CO §3g s CO ^ r* CO o CO o ««» «» J2 o -, *J CO =^ ^ c o ° O 83 -*^ m tn u m iJ Qj X © a* u a; o ffl ==— ° J g O ? o 73 -a < < 03^*3 CO 2 „ T3 5 ai"° o © o T3 ^^, ^ o oj -^•a 0) c -" -a 5^ 2 T3 a, o. o a g .5Si' .0 '■5 (A CO. •sS^ ^^ "si to o O ' a s 3-a u 2 =^ o c a> > _ _ 'S *3 '^ ^ o -2 t; O OJ o o t.>. ii^tiy £ o £ ;^ S ".5 3 Dl^PARTMEM OF PVBhIV PRIXTIXG AXD STATIOyERY 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 o rfl 3 m c fy' o •S6E K OacCO SiO CO ecus •§■§6 o s ca c^ — cc CO — C& 50 QC O !^ M t^ oe ■^ ^ oc ^ ^^ —I coco M Oi CO •-< el s pi- ca £ O c «= ° ^ S.5 o. it ~ C K c - o ;>! T3 O 03-S T3"" c. § £ S * ^uS o »-i >■ 3 ^^ fe«-2.5 O— o ■" a D.-S >.C •-3 b S C CS o 4J +e .. *^ QSg-5.2 - 2 S u O Q to .-CO =^ ? S d O o £ " S : g ■Si? 0 T3 — . io =.2 3 g S <" 3-a S .5 i- t. d •l-sii c c c c o S o OT c; tn H O 6 DEPARTVEST OF Pl'BLIC PRiyTiyo ASD STATIOXERY 8 GEORGE V, A- 1918 2. LETTER OF CREDIT ACPOUNT. Total amount received by letter of credit for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917 S 4, 646, 117 55 Total amount received by bills of exchange 37,419 74 Total amount received by cheques on Xew York 41,527 19 S 4,725,064 48 Detail, by accounts, of net expenditure drawn on above amounts — Printing Branch account S 2, 402, 060 47 Stationery Branch account 2.035.736 11 Printing, binding, and distributing the annual statutes 15, 561 75 Contingent expenses in connection with the voters' lists 10, 598 33 Plant, New 37,385 81 Plant, Renewals 6,995 62 Canada Gazette 20,995 69 Jliscellaneous printing 149, 991 42 Distribution of parliamentary documents 44, 992 33 Refunds, deposited to credit of respective accounts — Printing Branch account $ 668 14 .Stationery Branch account 78 81 S 4,724,317 53 746 95 i 4,725,064 48 3. KING'S PRINTER'S ADVANCE ACCOUNT. Advances to King's Printer during the fiscal vear 1916-17 — For Printing Branch account. $ 2,402,728 61 For Stationery Branch account 2,035,814 92 S 4,438,543 53 Amount received for printing, etc., in excess of expenditure on the same 2,348 36 Amount received for stationery, etc., profit on account 116,073 48 $ 4,556,965 37 Deposits to credit of Receiver General, made by the King's Printer to cover advances during the fiscal year 1916-17 — Amount received from departments and Parliament for printing, etc $ 2,401,914 83 Amount received by Printing Branch from Stationery Branch for sale of printing paper 1 , 121 90 Amount from sale of dross 1 , 338 03 Amount from sale of empty spools 34 07 $ 2,404,408 83 Amount of refunds — Printing Branch 668 14 $ 2,405,076 97 Amount received from departments and Parliament for stationery, etc. S 1.943,379 79 Amount of refunds — Stationery Branch 78 81 $ 1,943,458 60 Amount by which the stock of Stationery Branch was increased during the fiscal year 1916-17 208,429 80 $ 4,556,965 37 REPORT OF THE ACCOUNTANT SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Statement of Printing, Lithographing, etc., and Paper supplied to Depart- ments and Parliament for the Fiscal Year ending March 31, 1917. Department. Outside Work. Inside Printing, Binding, etc. Paper. Total. .\griculture Archives Auditor General Canadian Government Railways Canadian Munition Resources Commission Civil Service Commissioners Clerk of the Crown in Chancery Commission of Conservation " Commission of Inquiry, Railways and Transportat'n. Customs Departments generally Dominion Police Economic and Development Commission Exchequer Court External Affairs Finance ; General Consulting Engineer Governor General's Secretary House of Commons Immigration Indian Affairs Inland Revenue Insurance Interior International Joint Commission Internment Operations Office Justice Labour Library of Parliament , Marine Military Hospitals Commission Militia and Defence Mines ^ Miscellaneous printing National Gallery of Canada National Service Commission Naval Service Penitentiaries Pension Commissioners Post Office Privy Council Public Printing and Stationery Public Works Railways and Canals Railway Commsision Royal Commission re Fuse Contracts Royal Commission re War Supplies Royal M int Royal North-West Mounted Police Secretary of State Senate of Canada Supreme Court Trade and Commerce. Transcontinental Railway Commission War Purchasing Commission $ cts. 58,149 67 3,023 50 108 55 1,126 59 316 40 847 03 59 50 6,261 39 50 00 124 09 3,717 35 4,213 17 145 85 16,672 72 10,368 04 227 71 2,460 26 33 05 42,886 21 1,076 07 8 00 147 30 21,272 ,52 36 50 11,574 93 355 98 154,241 00 77,718 56 15,363 88 998 45 19,297 16 113 55 301 40 49,089 80 43 10 10,040 57 3,302 43 539 19 141 13 418 19 6, 667 34 17,797 83 22 80 2,837 87 S cts. 87,246 07 5,215 99 969 07 4,246 85 8 41 1,614 20 2,992 44 20 03 70 08 19,325 70 99 79 750 57 55 78 993 44 3,429 25 12,532 15 2 99 603 96 209,110 28 6,357 25 3,235 54 21,815 14 11,843 58 48,350 19 60 90 1,704 55 2,845 03 6,561 82 18,480 51 1,949 50 127,355 47 11,362 12 92,801 05 IC 98 4,089 14 40,794 36 1,032 96 1,387 92 52,203 89 1,200 65 40,592 76 10,168 71 3,763 86 2,491 53 5,226 48 1,215 17 49 86 2,307 26 17,857 68 5,278 87 338 50 31,783 32 160 35 7,285 55 $ cts. 147,910 49 5,327 38 836 97 4,227 43 1 79 797 45 5,871 83 7 46 42 07 30,116 18 81 es 1,206 05 31 26 193 76 1,619 70 25,461 50 871 45 25,233 61 4,294 01 1,690 46 10,031 68 3,632 85 33,661 05 121 60 348 25 992 51 2.399 46 29 42 11,353 9) 3,017 87 325,2.33 66 23,897 59 44,262 19 4 62 11,930 24 28,959 66 485 76 4.400 89 74,530 07 1,374 93 21,519 95 8,936 64 3,006 32 872 31 692 49 72 52 184 04 2,818 36 12,540 49 346 11 184 76 33,361 78 43 75 3,398 44 $ cts 293,306 13,566 1,914 9,600 10 2,728 9,711 86 112 55,703 231 2,080 87 1,187 8,766 42,206 2 1,621 251,016 21,019 5,153 34,307 15,509 124,897 1,197 417 2,844 26,517 6,627 41,409 5,323 606,8.30 112,978 152,427 15 17,017 89,051 1,632 6,090 175,823 2,618 72,153 22,407 7,309 3,504 5,918 1,287 233 5,543 37,065 5,624 523 82,942 226 13,521 23 87 59 87 20 05 20 99 15 27 47 71 04 20 30 82 99 26 61 30 71 08 48 45 67 15 36 01 74 35 35 13 27 12 60 83 18 27 21 76 68 28 78 , 37 97 97 69 90 81 51 98 26 93 90 Total 544, 196 63 933,249 50 924,468 70 2,401,914 83 8 DEfPARTME'NT OF PUBLIC PRIXTIXG AND STATIONERY 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Comparative Statement of Printing, Binding, Lithographing, etc., and Paper supphed to Departments and ParUament for the last five fiscal years: 1912-1913, 1913-1914, 1914-1915, 1915-1916, and 1916-1917. Department. 1912-13^ 1913-14. 1914-15. 1915-16 1916-17. Agriculture Archives Auditor General Canadian Government Railways Canadian Munition Resources Com- i cts. 97,384 62 1,137 14 7,342 60 mission Civil Service Commissioners Clerk of the Crown in Chancery Collimission of Conservation Commission of Inquiry, Railways and Transportation Customs Departments Generally Dominion Police Economic and Development Comm'n. . , Exchequer Court External Affairs Finance General Consulting Engineer Governor General's Secretary House of Commons Immigration Indian .Affairs Inland Revenue Insurance Interior International Joint Commission Internment Operations Office Justice Labour Library of Parliament Marine Military Hospitals Commission Militia and Defence Mines Miscellaneous Printing National Gallery of Canada National Service Commission, . . Naval Service Penitentiaries Pension Commissioners Post Office Privy Council Public Printing and Stationery Public Service Commission Public Works Railways and Canals Railway Commission Royal Commission re Fuse Contracts.... Royal Commission re War Supplies Royal Mint Royal Northwest Mounted Police Secretary of State Senate of Canada Supreme Court Trade and Commerce Transcontinental Railway Commission . . War Purchasing Commission 1,680 42 1,202 20 45 54 45,887 42 299 40 760 02 663 41 2,959 70 5,084 19 8 47 2,003 19 281,764 62 78,181 81 5,961 91 18,345 23 8,247 27 83,507 26 49 58 4,398 27 23,589 95 4,398 49 56,434 96 53,439 74 .57,242 59 100,586 32 20,507 15 1,572 51 159,476 48 1,135 09 49,408 577 30,388 29 9,989 55 2,369 41 426 66 3,908 77 11,850 97 5,829 67 1,334 14 33,389 57 98 97 $ cts 126,833 99 6,297 51 3,053 69 5,981 86 i cts, 142,255 05 2, 692 95 1,928 99 6, 866 02 S cts 174,876 62 4,968 69 1,552 67 6,140 19 3,137 80 5,374 56 56 08 3,352 70 1,196 83 87 24 3,185 60 4,989 48 116 52 56,889 28 157 39 808 75 64,346 8' 40 02 2,446 08 56,144 27 277 03 1,448 96 948 44 2.406 28 7,209 48 1,776 83 4,321 68 6,980 96 409 68 7,203 60 13,774 26 1,421 76 368,705 53 78,937 71 6,303 00 22,292 06 9,179 33 128,340 19 2,225 08 38,493 22 3,615 79 48,625 14 67,408 17 131,001 59 93,574 92 18,242 47 2,026 23 172,704 24 1,033 84 62,377 79 44,400 32 15,082 90 3,3.57 66 433 74 4,945 13 6,629 21 7,536 97 1,813 45 36,380 04 708 47 Total 1,274,870 28 1,597,051 06 1,807,390 59 1,981,152 40 2,401,914 83 1,529 14 372,584 69 20,630 46 7,256 58 26,967 94 11,655 09 160,069 85 55 51 3,798 95 31,256 19 5,615 19 43,532 28 134,345 157,910 93 166,944 11 44,309 49 1,883 95 171,132 15 1,293 92 60,637 06 41,798 00 15,362 42 2,988 75 159 31 6,252 20 17,287 13 9,683 23 1,359 15 51,044 47 54 44 1,422 87 362,475 34 16,554 71 6, 157 46 28,765 91 10,840 80 139,193 50 10,167 82 3,468 26 29,654 55 4,873 50 36,773 64 345,645 14 134,907 09 129,772 61 68.535 56 1,525 19 168,684 98 1,663 86 72,023 76 26,796 09 10,486 53 2,361 15 150 97 7,345 55 19,573 93 5,252 76 1,045 96 59,200 07 201 36 543 91 $ cts. 293,306 23 13,566 87 1,914 59 9,600 87 10 20 2,728 05 9,711 30 112 15 55,703 27 231 47 2,080 71 87 04 1,187 20 8,766 30 42,206 82 2 99 1,621 26 251,016 61 21,019 30 5,153-71 34,307 08 15,509 48 124,897 45 1,197 67 417 15 2,844 36 26,517 01 6,627 74 41,409 35 5,323 35 606,830 13 112,978 27 152,427 12 15 60 17,047 05 89,051 18 1,632 27 . 6,090 21 175.823 76 2,589 46 72,153 28 22,407 78 7,309 37 3,504 97 5,918 97 1,287 69 233 90 5,543 81 37,065 51 5,624 98 523 26 82,942 93 226 90 13,521 86 REPORT OF THE ACCOUNTANT 9 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 5. STATIONERY BRANCH ACCOUNT. Inventory. April 1, 1916 $ 224,362 14 Amount of goods purchased during fiscal year 1916-17 — Canadian and American $ 1 , 835, 267 71 British and Foreign.. ■ 37,281 38 1,872,549 09 Amount of other expenditures during fiscal year 1916-17 — Wages $ 96.656 27 Customs duties and brokerage 17,780 97 Freight, etc 48, 749 78 . 163,187 02 Amount received for goods issued in excess oiexpenditure on the same 116,073 48 $ 2,376,171 73 .A.mount of goods issued to departments and Parliament during fiscal year 1916-17 $ 1,943,379 79 Inventorj', March 31, 1917 432,791 94 $ 2,376,171 73 The stock of goods on hand has been increased during the fiscal year to the amount, $208, 429.80 32—2 10 DEPASTMEST OF PUBLIC PUiyTiyG AXD STATIOyERY 8 GEORGE V, A- 1918 Statement of Goods purchased and Goods issued to Departments and Parliament in each month for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. Month. Goods Ptjbchased. Goods Issued. British and Foreign. Canadian and American . 1916. April £ s. d. $ cts. $ cts. 69, 650 30 128,552 11 156,963 47 167, 227 80 96. 129 37 i56, 592 04 164,906 53 188,074 61 143,129 14 129,698 06 167,697 74 266,660 45 8 cts. 97,355 12 May.. 523 17 0 2,549 40 138,084 99 136,000 99 July. 1,291 10 10 6, 285 51 136,213 72 147,788 41 Seoteniber.. 826 1 4 823 13 11 487 15 4 861 0 0 446 8 6 997 8 9 1,409 3 1 4,020 19 4,008 65 2,373 80 4, 190 20 2. 172 60 4,854 20 6,857 88 161,637 17 176,260 37 154,286 12 163, 300 83 1917. January 172,702 31 184,597 64 275,152 12 7,666 IS 9 37,312 43 1,835,281 62 37,312 43 1,872,594 05 44 96 Totals of goods purchased and of goods issued. . . . 1,872,549 09 1,943,379 79 REPORT OF THE ACCOUXTAyT 11 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 CoMPARATivK Statement of amount of Goods issued to Departments and Parliament for the last five fiscal years, 1912-13, 1913-14, 1914-15, 1915- 16, and, 1916-17. Department. 1912-13. 1913-14. 1914-15. 1915-10. 1916-17. Agriculture Archives.. . Auditor General Canadian Government Railways Canadian Munitions Resources Com mission ^ Civil Service Comniission Clerk of the Crown in Chancery C'ommission of Conservation Commission of Inquiry, Railways and Transportation Customs Departments Generally Dominion Police Economic and Development Commission Exchequer Court External Affairs Finance General Consulting Engineer Governor General's Secretary House of Commons Immigration Indian Affairs Inland Revenue :....... Insurance Interior International Joint Commission , Internment Operations Office Justice Labour Library of Parliament Marine Military Hospitals Commission Militia and Defence Mines National Gallery of Canada National Service Commission Naval Service Penitentiaries Pension Commissioners Post Office Privy Council Public Printing and Stationery Public Service Commission Public Works Railways and Canals Railway Commission Royal Slint Royal Northwest Mounted Police Secretary of State Senate of Canada Supreme Court Trade and Commerce Transcontinental Railway Commission War Purchasing Commission S cts, 18,463 12 $ cts. 2,811 98 16,889 54 29,760 29 2,113 95 3,628 64 24,593 76 $ cts 25,439 47 2,380 62 3,492 83 22,777 22 1,020 09 941 09 10 02 1,549 79 294 51 1,368 31 230 70 i cts, 26,809 13 984 95 3,600 45 2,360 90 88 70 768 17 1,128 89 29,788 59 767 42 541 02 38,889 03 571 40 567 88 35,223 85 770 39 1,764 06 27,577 83 820 46 961 70 371 12 1,340 44 3,522 10 91 68 1,293 94 13,963 00 9,939 47 12,481 82 6,323 16 967 91 64,683 34 152 75 211 61 1,238 93 5,877 64 89 16 1,802 78 17, 620 78 12,416 38 15,982 50 7,474 62 1,637 25 81,690 86 31 92 181 29 2,127 98 4,181 88 73 02 1,803 52 16,504 33 8,802 03 17,224 14 8,940 10 1,484 02 75,839 46 23 67 4,049 65 2,628 51 309 34 23,082 60 5,896 20 3,195 06 333 09 31,968 04 11,492 36 1,630 00 280 84 24,005 77 628 47 2,310 73 7,263 66 60 05 1,410 79 26,950 08 8,921 72 17,983 06 10,699 69 1,805 53 61,392 20 13 50 4 40 5,917 61 1,314 30 591 72 15,221 00 38,444 28 12,535 52 49,738 30 24,949 05 103,201 76 13,183 80 227,648 29 8,951 58 11.034 56 2,631 66 11,984 97 2,373 22 29,129 88 1,612 33 38,203 6; 1,726 8f 100,988 15 1,946 76 443,843 44 129 85 45,653 16 14,741 48 7,619 67 168 45 7,040 09 7,533 23 6,331 79 1,195 48 12.351 84 1,238 76 136,938 37 1,908 73 501,328 22 116,822 81 2,384 72 428,492 15 87,670 89 1,689 93 567,642 27 65,387 26,673 47 6,755 01 242 89 11,246 35 6,204 77 11,079 67 1,034 97 6,604 27 944 46 54,029 05 22, 142 70 5,612 16 227 77 15,742 88 7,736 18 9,515 25 986 26 5,358 95 222 54 36,237 .30 15,481 94 3,512 24 267 93 10,948 40 6,875 09 7,828 22 1,133 13 8,505 77 129 92 $ cts. 36,646 37 1,325 66 4,966 07 39,973 90 223 31 412 51 66 05 122 22 35,800 97 1,260 34 1,121 94 184 78 444 55 2,416 67 22,536 97 65 97 1.932 10 29,359 21 6,538 10 16,982 36 10,083 29 3,583 40 74,388 35 33 00 2,222 81 5! 140 96 1,451 28 869 33 17,348 24 8,433 93 375,478 41 9,039 52 65 63 17,204 54 39,622 01 1,903 82 27,145 06 108,795 21 2,538 11 936,272 31 29,892 75 12,647 18 4,877 81 372 30 12,220 55 6,579 53 12,339 14 1,222 34 19,431 74 239 04 558 15 Total. 931,861 87 1,154,429 87 1,084,443 05 1,273,292 12 1,943,379 79 32-21 12 DEPARTME'ST OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATIONERY 8 GEORGE V, A- 1918 6. DETAIL OF EXPENDITURE OF APPROPRIATIONS. Appropriation — Gratuities S 2, 498 07 Detail of expenditure, death gratuities paid to widows or legal representatives of- Miss Grace Madden, bindery hand, died April 16, 1916 S J. G. Simard, linotype machinist, died June 21, 1916. John Campbell, hand compositor, died August 1, 1916 Wm. Banibrick, labourer, died August 31, 1916 ' W. Kmmanuel Bouchard, pressfeeder, killed at the front, September 1.5, 1916 Napoleon Perrault, bookbinder, died October 2, 1916 John B. Manson, pressman, died October 11, 1916 Mrs. M. O'Meara, charwoman, died October 29, 1916 C. W. Spearman, hand compositor, died November 17, 1916. A. Dupont, hand compositor, died November 20, 1916 Joseph Roger, assistant foreman, press room, died December 26, 1916 Adjutor Desrochers, hand compositor, died February 5, 1917 Wilfrid Bouvrette, proofreader, died February 9, 1917 Wm. C. Thomas, clerk, died February 24, 1917 Fred. Ro.\borough, bookbinder, died February 27, 1917 Abraham Dallaire, labourer, died Februarv 5. 1917 Total ' $ 2,498 07 Appropriation — Civil Government Salaries. S 70,662 50 Detail of expenditure — Salaries paid during the year S 58,803 50 Unexpended balance 11,859 00 $ 70,662 50 Appropriation— Civil Government Contingencies S 10,300 00 Detail of expenditure — Charwomen and cleaning S 3,500 45 Office printing 2,482 08 Office stationerj' 2,961 00 Travelling expenses 791 09 Cab hire and street carfares 181 50 Postage ™ 00 Advertising ■ 1<'0 *° Newspapers and periodicals a n- Sundries " "" s 63 98 207 00 172 92 129 69 129 53 177 92 181 56 53 00 172 92 177 92 213 51 170 62 169 77 170 61 170 62 136 50 S $ 10,206 17 Unexpended balance 93 83 10,300 00 Appropriation— Plant, New * 50,000 00 Detail of expenditure— Hand composing rooms » , '™ {- Monotype room ". 1 • ^2 -, Linotype room **' '* Stereotype room oni -a Pressroom 6,894 o8 ""'"If^Sr : J 7,46362 Pamphlet "02 42 T nntit^ leaf 14 00 * Die stamping room 9?q « Map engraving room i o'o sr Departments generally o'a ?s Chief mechanic's room , °^,i ^° Offices , 'ifii^ Storekeeper's stock „- ,„ 11,26-5 bS Customs duties » ^°° ^ ^^oi^er^e ^° "" 878 40 Freight, etc ^^ "^ Total * 37,385 81 Unexpended balance ^2,614 19 $ 50,000 00 REPORT OF THE ACCOUNTANT 13 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Appropriation, Plant, Renewals.. Detail of expenditure — Hand composing rooms. Monotype room Linotype room ... Stereotype room Press room Bindery — Book Pamphlet Loose Leaf Die stamping room Map engraving room. . Departments generally . . Chief mechanic's room. . Offices Storekeeper's stock. Customs duties Brokerage 669 50 403 43 74 00 141 36 36 95 Freight, etc. Total. Unexpended balance 474 13 1.504 49 1,146 49 79 06 353 32 , 146 93 58 40 88 76 132 92 895 31 126 58 726 06 178 31 84 86 6,995 62 4 38 7,000 00 7,000 00 Appropriation — Miscellaneous Printing . Detail of expenditure — $ 150,000 00 Agriculture Auditor General Archives Civil Service Commission Clerk of the Crown in Chancery. Customs External Affairs - Finance Indian Affairs Inland Revenue Insurance Interior Labour Marine Militia and Defence Mines Naval Service Penitentiaries Public Printing and Stationery ... Public Works Railways and Canals Railway Commission Royal Northwest Mounted Police. Secretary of State Trade and Commerce Unexpended balance 49,650 74 19,066 03 996 13 247 54 5 86 5,981 69 27 29 1,0.32 40 819 35 1,159 40 1,612 .36 10,618 40 2,010 98 5,532 25 48 60 2,067 52 1,521 09 279 15 24,155 87 3,139 32 3,791 33 2,091 90 636 10 572 50 12,927 62 i 149,991 42 8 58 150,000 00 Appropriation — Canada Gameiie .$ 21,000 00 Detail of expenditure — Printing of The Canada Gazette. Paper used for above Editing and translating Office printing Postage 14,087 19 4,088 93 2,658 00 $ Total J Unexpended balance 20,834 12 11 57 150 00 20,995 69 4 31 21,000 00 14 DEPARTMEST OF PUBLIC PRIXTTXG AND STATIOSERT 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Appropriation — Distribulion of Parliamentary Documents $ 45,000 00 Detail of expenditure — Office printing $ 2, 763 37 Office stationery 6,987 95 Postage 870 00 Express and freight 305 25 Salaries 34, 065 76 Total -. $ 44,992 33 Unexpended balance ?• 67 : S 45,000 00 Appropriation — Printing, binding and distributing the Annual Statutes I 16. 000 00 Detail of expenditure — Printing and binding. $ 15,560 06 Office printing 1 69 S 15,561 75 Unexpended balance 438 25 $ 16,000 00 Appropriation — Contingent expenses in connection with the voters' lists $ 10,600 00 Detail of expenditure — Printing of voters' lists S 2, 288 01 Office printing 109 76 Office stationery •. - 1 , 265 56 Salaries 6,903 26 Express and freight ": 31 74 Total t 10, 598 33 Unexpended balance 1 67 $ 10,600 00 ItEI'Oltr OF THE ACCOUNTANT 15 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 7. " CANADA GAZETTE." Comparative Statement of Receipts and Expenditure on account of Canada Gazette from the year 1874 to the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. Expenditure. Revenue. Year. Sub- Printing Copies scrib- Paper. and Transla- Subscrip- Advertising Loss. Gain. Gratis. ers. Distribution tion. tions. S ets. $ cts. $ cts $ cts. $ cts. $ cts $ cts. 1874. - 1,045 77 1,142 17 2,416 40 119 45 242 20 931 43 2,494 59 1875..,. 1,077 85 1,177 17 2,144 00 135 55 242 80 943 74 2,635 13 1876. . . , 1,049 88 1,195 98 2,301 51 184 80 241 80 578 41 2,836 11 1877.. , 1,084 81 1,292 25 2,323 45 141 80 224 75 681 62 2,743 13 1878... 1,108 79 1,016 65 2,1.39 48 125 80 268 40 683 47 2,318 53 1879.. . 1,115 85 1,195 21 2,293 81 123 90 246 50 739 82 2,613 60 1880. . 1,170 70 1,208 48 2,. 307 72 106 30 243 90 862 38 2,538 09 1881.. 1,251 68 1,197 38 2. 132 20 137 40 253 65 1,028 04 2,085 29 1882... 1,238 92 1,360 61 2,261 85 197 60 378 44 2,706 28 735 34 1883.. 1,250 109 1,414 24 2,181 48 215 30 367 25 2,181 .53 1,262 24 1884.... 1,290 85 1,428 16 2,219 00 148 24 414 67 6,658 12 1,727 48 1885... 1,.321 69 1,404 76 2,243 43 169 44 169 45 289 35 2,. 363 14 1886. . 1,318 77 1,683 88 2,241 65 72 20 299 70 2,020 82 1,576 21 1887. . . . 1,366 84 1,979 21 2,537 79 .389 10 321 40 2,831 04 1,571 66 18«8.. . 1,369 81 2, 164 85 2,933 57 349 80 307 35 2,909 72 2,231 15 1889.. 1,367 1,429 83 71 1,883 83 1,758 50 2,859 19 3.128 36 103 60 204 00 308 60 487 95 4,637 49 2,777 03 99 47 1890.. 1,825 88 1891.. . 1,436 84 1,492 62 2,060 45 211 85 324 18 3,309 65 331 70 1892,. 1,439 1,426 1,418 86 84 82 1,480 19 1,485 71 1,181 66 2,069 36 2,826 07 2, 485 08 188 98 240 54 265 10 313 47 306 50 298 73 3,4.36 32 4,612 37 3,545 87 11 26 1893.... 366 55 1894... 89 24 1895.. . 1,425 1,428 1,492 1,438 1,486 75 72 83. 87 89 1,153 87 1,129 52 1 , 129 07 1,450 21 940 43 2,704 36 3,007 00 3,003 51 3,803 11 3,273 01 232 50 259 75 245 40 337 10 255 30 281 65 276 65 298 55 312 70 329 95 4,015 64 4,673 69 4,992 94 5,574 45 3,948 65 206 56 1896. . 559 07 1897... 913 51 1898.. 296 73 1899... 190 14 1900. . 1.529 1,528 96 97 1,092 72 1,349 79 3,640 17 4,267 81 289 50 256 60 350 00 329 65 4,679 98 4,370 82 7 59 1901 . . 1,173 73 1902.. 1,553 97 1,430 89 3,858 22 284 00 361 80 4,451 39 759 92 1903.. 1,545 ■1,559 105 116 1,315 56 1,427 48 3,999 78 4,368 81 253 60 309 SO 371 85 430 40 5,667 65 4,523 25 470 56 1904.. 1,152 44 1905.. 1,573 177 1,684 85 6, 125 .57 364 80 604 12 6,997 50 573 60 1906.. 1,559 191 1,629 58 6,909 57 460 85 750 00 7,644 35 605 65 1907.. 1,616 1,625 184 200 1,322 63 1,805 72 4,248 17 7,484 48 329 20 709 80 524 27 762 15 6,821 20 8,472 51 1,445 47 1908.. . 765 34 1909.. 1,665 185 2,053 45 7,319 99 587 60 721 20 8,684 40 555 44 1910.. 1,692 208 2,158 56 6,983 10 815 80 775 25 14,219 41 4,0.37 20 1911.... 1,725 250 2,548 44 9,532 19 918 55 949 85 15,844 95 3,795 62 1912.... 1,742 1,754 1,791 1,907 258 271 284 293 2,943 28 4,385 03 2,720 73 4,502 28 9,600 27 19,. 349 44 15,477 24 22,597 68 438 60 ♦3,261 07 *3,S42 06 •4,202 56 979 15 1,034 20 1,090 05 1,121 45 21,077 11 30,804 59 23,062 88 18,322 04 9,074 11 1913.. . 4,843 25 1914... 2,112 80 1915... 11,441 02 1916... 1,901 424 3,018 22 14,978 79 •2,905 34 1,505 58 28,357 80 8.961 03 1917... 991 484 4,088 93 14,248 76 •2,658 00 1,677 20 35,885 58 16,567 09 •Translating and editing. 16 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PPPNTING A^'D STATIONERY 8 GEORGE V, A- 1918 8. CASUAL REVENUE ACCOUNT. Detail of proceeds of Casual Revenue sales made during the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. Sales of parliamentary publications to departments and Parliament Sales of parliamentary publications to the public Sales of Canada Gazette and of advertising Sales of subscriptions $ 4,259 63 8,316 07 S 35,885 58 1,677 20 -S 12,575 70 Sales of voters' lists Sales of waste paper and empty cases ' ^ Sales of printing to departments and Parliament — Amount received in excess of expenditure during the fiscal year 1916-17. Sales of stationery to departments and Parliament — Amount received in excess of expenditure during the fiscal year 1916-17. Total. 37,562 78 141 70 6,282 00 2,348 36 116,073 48 $ 174,984 02 i 9. RAILWAY PRINTING AUDIT. The amount of accounts audited at this department during the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917, for printing, binding, hthographing, etc., for the Canadian Government Railways, was $188,774.31. These accounts being paid by the railway's for which the printing is done, the amount is not included in the statement of receipts and expenditure of this department. Below is a statement of the total amount of accounts audited by this department, from 1890-91 to 1916-17. Fiscal Year. Amount. Increase. Decrease. 1890-91 $ cts. 49,021 53 59,268 59 95,976 55 104,026 24 110,528 56 148,575 51 141,631 99 140,156 30 188,774 31 $ cts. $ cts. 1900-01 10,247 06 36, 707 96 8,049 69 6,502 32 38,046 95 1910-U 1911-12 1912-13 1913-li . . . . .' 1914-15 . 6,943 52 1915 16 1,475 69 1916-17 48,618 01 REPORT OF THE ACCOUNTANT 17 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 10. GOVERNMENT NEWSPAPER ADVERTISING. The total amount certified by this department for government advertising; during the fiscal year ending JNIarch 31, 1917, was $295,694.98, the details of which are set forth in a statement on page 20. These accounts being paid by the several departments for which the advertising is done, the amount is not included in the statement of receipts and expenditure of tliis department. The number of advertising accounts audited was 11,688; and of circulars issued 2,231. There was, moreover, a considerable amount of correspondence in con- nection therewith. Below is a statement of the total amount of advertising accounts audited by this department from the j'ear 1876 to the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917, inclusive. Calendar Yeaes. Fiscal Years. 1876 S 12,529 27 1898-1899 $ 27,699 72 1877 12,751 56 1899-1900 .. 46,317 74 1878 , . 20,583 77 1900-1901 50,790 40 53,850 75 1879 39, 676 60 1901-1902 1880 63,092 50 1902-1903 18S1 30,015 44 1903-1904 . . . 57,898 72 1882 50,604 71 1904-1905 . 102,848 11 1883 30,149 31 1905-1906 . . . . 107,812 56 1884 39,401 48 1906-1907 89,329 77 1885 33,782 53 (March 31) 1886 25,102 83 1907-1908 . 141,200 45 1887 48,596 03 1908-1909 . 156,673 50 1888 44,520 30 1909-1910 . 102,841 15 1889 :.... 35,939 47 1910-1911 , 144,081 66 1890 26, 102 48 1911-1912 ^ 166,224 26 1891 27,519 59 1912-1913 . 204,762 87 1892 24,819 54 1913-1914 ^ 247,477 61 1893 26,704 27 1914-1915 ^ 200 441 19 1894 26,423 72 1915-1916 . 210,818 48 1895 27,424 68 30, 760 76 1916-1917 . 295,694 98 1896 1897 35,138 54 1898 (6 mos to June 30, 1898) 16,312 58 18 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATIONERY 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 ^_ po r-- o crm ^ Ol — O O 'I' oo t^ CO »- OS 00 OstPM" O 1 00 ■2 i— i»OiOo>cqr-c^»c CMOOCMCOiOCMt-'^'-iOOQOO ri 1 oco — 0 Cs ■^ lOCCOC — UO-fiCTjHOOO-*"-^ cr o «© to TPO >« Tf CO O t-t^oocococn — -^J-Ooc CS CO H co'o"— CM o'oi" 00 tC CM -.(M^ — CM CI CM CO -2 CO CO u C4 JS ■St e« CO CO CO CO og — " — o o us 0 in -2 o N 0 C^ c 0 u CM t^ 0 Oi o CO CO 3 «« M CO >< CM cm' cj (M 00-* iC CM«? CM r- CO b* SS -2 "* oo«o «5»C O TJ-— CD OiC t^ '^ 0 ^"s u CO M^O t^eo f- o t-- — 'Or- -^ "^ t ec t^ CSJ 00 — .^O CO-* oicr-co 0 ■-^ «& oc w oo — CD OOICM cs CM -i^3 CO CO t^ — — CO =3o CM o o oo OOO-^J* CM COCOO OS 52 J. c 4 ca -« S X O r- CO ■^OO"* CO CRCMCO OC »o y^ &] o> coco CM O^TTCM CO 0- 00 ^1 -- cs ■=** ^ CO ui W5 _^ 00 < C^ W20 CO - -^^Xi 03 C0003 -t-oc "p" CO C3 03 -a-CiW t- Xr~^ o 00 ic o CM tC — c L-3 C — NO o M^f^i ■Tf CM oc to — 00 CD cc CO OOOO t- — t^ 00 00 — Ol 00 — t'- IT W Cc »C o ■^t* -^ _^ O) CO 00 Ci Q0»OCD Oi t- 10 u^c^ r- CM t^ CO^ -* CM t— r- lO S 0& Oi U3 Tj« us CO t— Tf ^ -* cso ■^ CO OOcO ooo COC. ITS iCOa -fl-h- oc -*'-0 tOCM ■ OS 00 CO -H 00 CM Tj< CO CDCi ooo CO — •^ e& CM " CO CO 00*0 COCOO — CO 00 — "ci" ci" CM 00 C^I o oc ooo COOOO CMOOO coco •^ ^ (N OJ >0 00 oco — U5 — *-0 »C oc iC I--CS CO o Ci OCI^ t-- O — 00 iC tC t^ -*■ — iC — 00' ■^ CO CR-H LO CO!-- CM — 1 OOOO! "C "0 00 CO O o e% COW CO CO"^ — Tl" IC "^ i>-*o z^ •— 1 .-H CO CM CM— CM — 00 CJ '-' fO o •* -hCM -* Ot-OCMOOCMOOt-- — *«: 3; c5 -2 oc CD — O Oi CD T— O OCsfOOO- — OCCO r- Oi o CO :C — iC O ■rf — C3 ■»5"'CCMOCMCOCOOt^ c 00 t— CO 00 fM C» OC^U? iC tC C-J CM CO W5 CO to r- "o «» C»C*(N (M CM'd'CS c-cocMos- '^r CO ■* 3 TtToo CO 00 OQ CM'*t^ CO — s -3* CO O ■ OS tr 005 00 OOOOCICMCMCOCMOC-^CMC ~co ■* 6 2 CD "«J" CO 00 c^ lO '— r- cMooocor^Gcr-'S'coO'^u: M- ■^ t; O tT CO »C "^J* Tf IJ^ CO r-ot^cocD-i'Cjcscoooasc^ i5 0 B IM (M ■**' — 1 iC CO oot^ icr^iccccot^coM — ■^'- CO Cr« ■^ CM (M O CD r* — CO -^ Tf CO Tj- CO (MCO — c »Ot^ r>. — 03 CM «5I^I-- t^CM E- O CM -H "^ 0 1 i ■> s a B 'S 1 .2 > C o a) Q £ m m ty :.- c IS c I c a '■3 & m c "cS c s 1 ■ s 03 1 £ o O 1' "3 in < i > Pi (D Q -a c 'It ace s E ■r c £5: . 0 c ■T3'-3 ; c c . d 0 1 'Z < c c c c c t- >< c c 3| C I. c C c c o: c 4 c c c .1 C I a > s 2 C 1 a. 1 c > c 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 A. 1918 PRINTING BRANCH. J. DE L. Tache, Esq., King's Printer and Controller of Stationery. Sir, — I have the honour to submit a report of the work executed for Parliament and the various departments in the Government Printing Bureau during the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917, containecl in the following tabulated statements : — 1. Annual reports. 2. Supplementary reports. 3. Routine Parliamentary work. 4. House of Commons and Senate Debates. 5. Statutes. 6. Canada Gazette. 7. Voters' lists. 8. Pamphlet and miscellaneous book-work. 9. Statement of other letterpress departmental work by departments. 10. Halftone plates or other insertions in annual and supplementary reports. 11. Statement of books bound. 12. Pads made. 13. Making and stamping of prepaid Post Office envelopes. 14. Die stamping of letter and note headings, and envelopes. 15. Loose leaf work. 16. Comparative statement of presswork. In addition to the divisions of work covered by the foregoing statements there are the map engraving and stereotyping divisions. The work of the map engraving division consists of the engraving of maps, charts, etc., of various sizes, on copper, making changes and additions to existing plates, printing transfers for lithographers, engraving and printing personal cards, and engraving plates on steel for die stamping. The cost of operating this division during the year 1916-17 amounted to $28,922.08. The work of the stereotyping division consists of the making of matrices and stereotype plates for printing, making alterations to existing plates, casting and refining metal for the linotype division, and the manufacture of some metal equipment for use in the typesetting divisions. The cost of operation for the year 1916-17 amounted to $13,948.73. Respectfully submitted, FRED. BOARDMAN, Superintendent of Printing. Ottawa, November 5, 1917. 19 20 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PKIXTING 4J^I> 8TATI0XERT 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 1— i It* O Ci '— eC iJ ^ ^ CO W* iM : -H to cc t^ CO w O. a; ^^ oc:oc:c:ooooooocooooooooocooc;ooooc;:rococ:ooc:oo OOOCOOOti^iCOOCO'-'^OOrOiCCCi^COiCCOCOCOi.'-icOOOCOOCO^^COrC'Ci^O CD Ca to CJ !M O C-l Cl 00 OC l^ C-) <0 'M 1^ Cl t^ C-l r-- (M «C rM 5^ Cl t-- C-l C-J « C-l «C CJ to 'M r^ C) ^ ^1 I— CI CI O tutOOO>CO«CO^OO>-';0»CO»C»i^iCiCi-TiOU3»f;OOU5'COiCO»00 2 O — CO -- O^ O — O -^ O --• O — OCO >— ' CC -^ — t COi— ( -^cg CO -— o — • ooooooooooo OiOO»0>COOOOOO O — '^cicicoco — c^t-^eo o o o o cC •:0 OOOOiOOiOOOiOiCiOOOOO O^OOOdOC'I'CiCtOCOOOOOO iccgoo CJ C^ICICO — .0>i-'t--iC oo «30 ot^ot^^-*c^^^^t^t^l>-^-c>^^^-^-^>.^-^>•^*c>^-o^-^-^-•^-o^-o^-o^-.^-t^o^-^-^-^^o — i?CT-(CcrocococO"^"*caco"^cocjrocicoNcOTj ^j^Q -.-- .— . .. .. .. .— __ ._— _^ oooo o oo-^-* , _ _ C»dCSOCJCqCJC»00 ?oc^'*30"*cn--3C'*coci-^(Mocc'M-*tso'^cjoocociu:;o — ■*« 5 CO »C to C^ to Ci CO C : to CM — to -— i^ , I.OI--— .tooor-i-ftOOO"5*CU3OOOiCO«3Oif5OOO»0OOO>0»CU0O"5O>dCOOO»'0»C'^"3 CO^CO-^OOCOCOQOCO-- 'CO— COt- 'CO— ■CO'-'CO'-'OOCO-^"^"^tOCO'-^CiTj^t^ =ig.£££S£5fefe'5feQOM •" - ^^-'4' =3 =3 3 3 =3 3 = 3 3 33^5: .to — x^{/:«:y:'c/:tiHfi,;^fc2S cb"^ -c -3 -c *::; -r -c T3 -r -c -r -3 i.H:^<^cioooooooooo-v"v Kt. C Cj:: 4.4.^ ^2 : Si-S-S^S-oHK 1 CO to C C i. — — ^o o - UO IC '"' ^ - flj c; C' O : Li t. ■ r^ '^ ' 3 3 ^ ^ '■ ji: "TTOi c: ^ , 3 cO-2 ^&S- ' t!t:2--?2 "^3 'C'C 3 3 «« ■ v-xxai.c :^-gEeEe££ " C >. > >. .5 '-S '-5 '-3 '-H '-^ *-Z3 *^ "*-"*-"*:>■*- "+J t O t* ^"^ >-':^ ,'= ," " ".'"' to to - £ £77 - •— ■ .— irt o - c C C H t4 O 0) ti 1i to CO to to ESI' c c o ■ 3= S -5-5 coo 0!~1.CI- > > > > Oj3 If: 12 12 13 ^ ^ c '"23 O: O 0:> C3 ta C - - - - C O^^^' c o c OI3-I3 — — c o. C O. 00 to I I G) C.' O dJ ,D n ^ to o o o c t, :;■ - t* d ci c3 S3 rf cJ.2.2 [_,t->>-I-l>-l(---"05C*)t^-^C0>0Mor^Ut>u?OiiC^C^COO-*'0^-eOOi— i^hcO'— 'r--01 C) C>» .-H ^ .-1 COC-5 i-.^^^,-iM-Tj((M(M'-iCO'-"WC-l CO r-I — . .-. ^oooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo 0'COO'OOOOcO'000»COO'raOO»COeO>'T>COiJ^>CCOMO»00«^»COOOOOOOOOOOOOCOO W W CO C*J C-l C! <» C-1 t^ (>1 to C^l C^ CO C-] ri i:D to C^l to t-- O] C-1 QD (>1 CI t^ C-- O C'l C^ Ol C^l C^ C^ O O O C"! O C-l ^^1 O C-1 05 t- CC| ^OOOOOOOOOiOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOCOOOOOO^OOOOOOiCO oo o CC t* (M COCO'-hCOCO'-H'-hMOSCO«--O^CC'*MCO'--''— iCC'-hCIMM'— iCO'^OS03i-»--0000'Ot--ireC'lCO^Oeot^r-OC*)COa5«COSCO^-00«OrJ>OOCiOOieDOO'— 'Mt^t-iCDt^O oooco■^c^o■^c»ooc^c^c^(^^c*^c^oeac^oocQccor^'QOooooclO=ooo«OQO(^^<^^ooocl(^^^o■^■^oo«o^o ooocooocoOOC^co^co^-.^-^^^--Hcoo■-'t^ooicoo.-(C^l^o«^ooc<^Ol'^^cooOi^JOr--^^'*^^l^:^JeDt^t^ 01t^Tj'Tt«i-HCCi'*'*0i000S0lT-*C0ai00(0OTC0'*"*"rf*--'*}«if3"«Ji.-^CC01010:i'-H'^-Tjt--r-HCftrt'c0O0|•^C0C»0C00I:--t^OC0^Ct^00l•*O^©OU^ *-i CO C0?0 CO t^ fO (m'co' CO-*"—' co'-^'— '"<1* po'co -^""^"jo' CO co" co'co' few ■Wfe 1, ="5 1 I -^ _:; lo ui 2SS "24;4;'g'32224' ,— 1 >ft CO «D 7 7 "illl'i 1-H O: O^ OS o .2|||.a 3 > >-i O fH (-. ■^ d c3 5 > > " =3 c3 , 2 £OC ! ; c3 rf u o " w "^ c c: 53 rt 2sse ._ ._ ^J +i c: c tn to « o O O u u c u ■|a2222||g2 C to J' « -* 'i' ■« -C fc< 2 SS »f » g g = o2 g S|§i.2.2S1^gE :=■£ fe j: & 6:-s« E^ M i=!V| = C3 O b> O ^ >>>>„S|r!C -- -^ — "■ K-i K tin H .- "cj 2-^2 ci.2 o tH C Lh U iC CO CO[t, 4' lOiCg OS Oi Oi ^ ti ri c3 i3 ir^ »C "C *C "^ ■^ 4* 4h Oi a; Ci OS > -tJ *J 4^ +J ^ 4^4. ^ t4 oj 3 0 iC >C »rt ' -1-3 4^ 4J -^ -4-^ tJ rt ri _ H- pi f— I pH = §.2.2.2 ■m:S1 COCO CO CO ^^ q; CJ q; d £ c c £ ££££ o o o o c c c c C3 OJ C3 53 dj O (D o cJ rt 53 ci PL, a, Cm O. 3^:3c3:3rtOO = ti ££ o o CO c: c rt c3 O OJ T3T3 ft) O CJ £ ££ £££ o o c OCO C C C I d c3 rt ( o o o I c3 c3 rt ! »o lO lo If; Oi Oi Oi OS Z> V ■ ^ O -Ct- Sic O iM CS Ci — CM Pt — • ^ CO Ci C-J Ml — • CM OO I— C) COQCOOOOOOOO C^t-C^t-C^OOt-CMC^C^t— CM a a a. o n c oo - o ooo iC o ■ oooo U5 C3 • »C O CM »^ ooooooooo OOOOiCOifSOiC ooooooooooo OOU~»f5if;OOOOOQ CM C-» t— CI t— O C-1 <0 CM I't iS t—t— c— Of— r>.t-r-t— t-t— t— "5i>«t— t— t— t^ CiCscO — d^tClco«^50^TfCCirC■*c;^o t— t^t— t— r-t— t— t— t— t-t-r- COCncCClCCTfClCCCiCOC". cc OOOOOOQOCOOOOOOOOO •^C-JOCCMCMCl-n'OCCCX-f-t--:*"'© — OC^lOO OO'M'CCSI— CMO-ft^OX X'^eOCMOC— 'X O OOOOOOOOOOOO so C^ "^ -t C-l C-) O Ol CJ eO CO CM CM cs — o "* cc »f: CO c; c; — — ro tc "^ X c OS o £ c.S ^ ociecocecocMC:-hc;co — '.tec — r*»-ocM C3cc»cetOOi^ — ■-HaodOoO'^ccxi't I^ "* CC •* — Ci iC Ci CO Oi CS "J" c-1 t— ocrccoo;C5cc^toocMOO Ci C: •* CM 00 "<*< -^t* Ci t- 00 CM Tf ■* »i2 1— I O CM "rt .-• to C^ i-t CM o So| COcqCMCMQOQOCOcO"<**C-^-^-t"*c3="^«ee-* CM-^CCC)I— SCCMCOO — CCOOtiC-^OCMt— 000000000000 "^"^J'-tl'ClClcO-^'*-*'*'*©! tOOSOC^OOOCOOOCCQOCMO i^ r^ CO re — rf CO c 14 •i1 ■-^=2 -.^o 2 2 .^ 4 .5 -r _-K 6- -_ „^x7 2S.S c7V ^44. c- 3SSS'i22"| 2| c ^rt ~ 3 .H -U •5 >j: -'^^ eOC n X tn to ' -2-^1^-^^ o O X ^ -5 S ^' '^- = -^ -5 ^ 2i - 0) ■a c d ■5 5-j? •Sot* v^c 2 Kfr. —-■■--K b. K fc. ' I "Y "5 "^ t lo c: Ci Cft ;Z, IZ! Z ^ 'ill ~.~.a CO (O . O QJ U > > ^ s-rt-Hfo'S?^'?' <<;kxCw::,: r -^ -^ ••; ■ t. t- c s E REPORT OF TUF. SiPERINTEXDEXT OF I'RIXTING 23 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 «OCOOOO>OiOStC»OCOO>COO (M Oi 00 O CO CO 00 CO iC 00 OC ■'J' coo oo ooooooooooo m o OS oo ICU3U500000000 r-r-t^oooooooo oooooooooooo oo o o too o^ oooooooooooo oooooooooooo C-i C^i C^ C-1 a C'i (M c:i C"J (M C-l OJ O iC »c o t^ r^ JOS{Mt— C3"*QC(MOCO-* ooooos»f3oooo>':D'»coo'-'^ ^H^iCtO»OCC>OiftOiOS— H tDtDt^tOtCI>»OOtOOtO oooooooooooo C^ Ol (M OJ (M CM C-J C-l (M CI CI CI to O (O CO CO to O CO CO CO CO CO CI CI CI CI CI CI CI CI o c) ci CI OOOOOOOOOOOO o o o CI CI ■* r— lO d CO'-h'o CJ -t 00 O'^ oo IC OS 00 -H w os" Oi OS OC r~ COOOOOCJQO'^W^COO cq-^Oib-cOOcocOQOoO"^ 5;'g >. M CQ 2 to MS ^ 4< oo I-, t- SSj2 : ■ : :-sS|Ss =3^ t-'u >>'!' >, a"S5 > V QQ a's 93 ^ tx 3 C3 03 c c c •^ CD 1 CO ^ -.»« CO oooio i-'sooolo o| c — — OM —(MCO- '^ CO CO O C'J CJ C^l CO CO 1 o , _ 4A 'n c: Oii5 ■ O O O O Cir- ■ OO 1 CO CO 1 z cs- ■ I.-; - - -J« ^ 1 o 1 5 E H OU3 \Si u- } S 6 OC^ r- r~ -^ no ot ! Q aj B V 03 tn ^§ ic 0«>*^ CO t£ <;0 cO(M t-- OS o ' © S ^ -^«1 (M Cs S c §6 CO ^ Tj ScS ooo = oooc o « ^ r^ c; T C ir _ fe -3 • 00 So? coco X t- ^ F: ci Tota Numb of I'rintc -J'O Ci T 30"0«C^ 00 -^ * tZ t^ o:Dr^ o ^ X) «D C^ O CO t^ — CO O — ' «5 — — , C^ Cv C) u -1* O^l-fi M «>) -^ C CO c w iC ro O 2C Oi 30 -H r- CO r- 00 CISC'* cc ^OCOCC ^3 OC i^S 1 ^ ci" c^^ '^ •* t^ ■<* fe •coou: »«tr: o c CO - Q S " CO -*CD — 05 C ^ o O iC — ^ o- S"o'3. CO — (M OC OC I-- 3 O CO IZ " "" I '« I -*i C3 a> .2 1 Til n Oi 1 I I d cS % . -a C a O C3 B O B 1 ^ ■♦:> B >< §2 . cq 0) 5 M >> Q CO a o "o J tC 4i to O! 'S-SSx CO ' 13 s 2-2-2 c = c £ V p Qggr CO ■H o S — •— c c t Q. o ci'— — •.S.S d " ? 75 ."5 . - g u „-a a :g ^ g 5-aT3HK ^-a-atia T JC oSStSt) o > > ^ S 3 "a X a '^ ■r'r' a o ^'^ > F* ta CD o 1 ^ 0) a;---— ' Q ££•>•> oi O u fc, > > o . c: c ffl 4J ai c c aj 1, X u ^ o 1 32—3 26 DEPARTMEyT OF PUBLIC PRjyTJXa A^'D STATIOyERY 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table No. 5. — Statement showing the work on the Statutes, Year 1916-17. Title of Document . Number of Copies. Number of Pages. Total Number of Printed Pages. Cost. The ST.\TtJTE9. 7 George V — Sixth Session, ISlh Parliament Volume 1, 1916 (English) Volume 2, 1916 (English) Volume 1. 1916 (Fre ich) Volume 2, 1916 (French) Totals Totals (March 31, 1916) 7,096 6,196 2,001 1,151 466 362 430 3,306,736 2,242,952 860,430' 331,488 16,444 15,050 1,546 1,770 6,741,606 6,897,500 S cts. 6,911 97 2,967 43 9,879 40 9,532 91 Table No, 6. — Statement showing the work on the Canada Gazette, Year 1916-17. Title of Document. Aggregate Annual Issue. Number of Pages in Volume. Canada Gazette 164,500 186,875 4,978 Canada Gazette (March 31, 1916) 4,778 Table No. 7. — Statement showing the work on the Voters' Lists, Year 1916-17. Title of Document. Number of Copies. Number of Pages. Voters' Lists — 9 constituencies. Voters' Lists (March 31, 1916).. 440 1,850 REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF PRINTING 27 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17 (copies and pages aggregate). Description. Number of Copies. Number of Pages. Total Number ot Printed Pages. Agriculture — Testing of Milk, Cream and Dairy By-Products (Bulletin No. 45) Observations of the Migration of Wirble LarvEe through the Tissues (Bulletin No. 22) A Further Contribution on the Biology of Hypoderma Lincatum (Bulletin No. 21) The Cabbage Root Maggot and Its Control in Canada (Bulletin No 12) The Grimsby Precooling and E.\perimental Fruit Storage Ware- house (Bulletin No. 47) Precooling Shipment and Cold Storage of Tender Fruit (Bulletin No. 48) Practical Assistance to Wool Growers in the Marketing of their Wool Clips (Pamphlet No. 7, 2nd edition) The Army Cutworm (Bulletin No. 13) Publications Available for Distribution Fruit Crop Report (5 issues) The Care, Sanitation and Feeding of Foxes in Captivity (Bulletin No. 20) The Canadian Record of Performance for Pure-Bred Dairy Cattle ( Report No. 8) Finish the Feeders in Canada — Keep the Heifers at Home (Pam phlet No. 20) Distribution of Pure Bred Male Animals by the Live Stock Branch (Booklet No. 3) DisWibution of Pure Bred Male Animals by the Live Stock Branch (Booklet No. 3. 2nd edition) The Bacon Hog and the British Market — " Production and Thrift (Pamphlet No. 21 ) Spraying for Insects Affecting Apple Orchards in Nova Scotia (Circular No. 8) Bulletin of Foreign Agricultural Intelligence; from February, 1916 to November, 1916 (10 issues) Canadian Patent Office Record, February, 1916, to November, 191G (10 issues) Index to Vol. XLIII, Canadian Patent Office Record Rules and Forms of the Canadian Patent Office (Revised and Amended ) ■■ The Patent Act " (R.S.C., 1906) Les criblures de grain et r^sultats des essais d 'alimentation L'avortement epizootique (extrait du feuillet No. 108 du Minist^re britannique de I'Agriculture et des Pecheries) ■• Acte des brevets " (S.R.C., 1906) L'essai du lait, de la crfeme et des sous-produits du lait au moyen du proc. di Babcock (bulletin No. 45) Soin, hygiene et alimentation des renards en captivity (bulletin No. 20) La preparation des oeufs pour la vente (bulletin No. 16) Civil Service CoTJimission — Ninth Meeting of the National Assembly of Civil Service Com. missions — Programme Miscellaneous Information Information respecting Outside Service Examinations Ninth Meeting of the National Assembly of Civil Service Commis- sions— Report of Proceedings The Scientific Work ot the Government (Paper read before the Ninth Meeeting of the National Assembly of Civil Service Commissions, by Dr. Otto Klotz) Renseignements concernant les examens du Service civil Clerk of the Crown in Chancery — Resume of General Elections, 1896, 1900, 1904, 1908, 1911 and Elections held between July, 1896, and January, 1916 The Dominion Elections Act with Schedule of Forms (Chap R.S.C., 1906) Ontario Oaths (Forms 14, 17, 18 and 19) By- Carried forward. 32—3^ 85,000 1,000 1,000 40,000 11,000 11,000 50,000 10,000 5,000 75,000 2,000 15,000 150,000 10,000 5,000 150,000 10,000 148,180 12.000 1,200 5,000 5,000 21,000 1,000 500 2,500 2,000 50,000 500 500 2,000 300 200 1,500 500 23,000 1,000 24 16 16 60 16 36 20 32 12 40 20 4,C96 104 32 24 48 20 24 176 12 64 124 140 2,040,000 16,000 16,000 2,400,000 176,000 396,000 1,000,000 320,000 60,000 602,600 40,000 1,320,000 1,200,000 240,000 120,000 2,400,000 160,000 15,011,120 4,915,200 124,800 160,000 120,000 1,008,000 8,000 12,000 125,000 40,000 1,200 000 4,000 4,000 32,000 52,800 2,400 96,000 62,000 3,220,000 8,000 908,880 6,, 322 38,711,920 28 nEPARTMEyr of piblic primixg axd statioxery 8 GEORGE V, A. 1919 Table No. 8. — ■Return of Pamphlet and ^Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17 (copies and pages aggregate) — Continued. Description. Number of Copies. Number of Pages. Total Number of Printed Brought forward . Customs — Memorandum (Confidential) Memorandum No. 2015-B — War Measures List of Ports with Outports and Preventive Stations (Corrected to 1st Julv, 1916) List of Forms (Corrected to 1st July, 1916) Classification of Exports Memorandum ( Confidential) Memorandum tConfidential) Financial Report, 1915-16 Ejcperimental Farms — Late Blight and Rot of Potatoes (Circular No. 10) Seasonable Hints (Nos. 5, 6 and 7) Soil Fertility — Its Economic Maintenance and Increase (Bulletin No. 27, Second series) Bees and How to Keep them (Bulletin No. 26, second series) Tobacco Growing in Canada (Bulletin No. 25, second series) Asparagus, Celery and Onion Culture (Pamphlet No. 5) A Review of the Status and Possibilities of Flax Production and Manipulation in Canada Feeding for Beef in Alberta (Bulletin No. 30, second series) The Apple in Canada — Its Cultivation and Improvement (Bulletin No. 86) Extracts from .^.nnual Report, 1914-15: Report of the Director Field Husbandrj-, Division of Chemistry .- Horticulture Cereals Animal Husbandry Forage Plants Poultry Tobacco Bees Botany Experimental Stations: Charlottetown, P.E.I Fredericton, N.B Nappan, N.S Kentville, N.S -. Ste. Anne de la Pocati&re, Qu6 Cap Rouge, Que Lennoxville, Qu6 Brandon, Man Indian Head, Sask Rosthem, Sask Scott, Sask Lethbridge, Alberta Lacombe, Alberta Agassiz, B.C Inverness, B.C Sidney, B.C Rapport de TEatomologiste du Dominion, 1914-15 Culture du ginseng, des champignons et du melon Conseils pour la saison (Nos. 5, 6 et 7) L'industrie de la canneberge — Ses possibilitfes au Canada Les abeilles et la conduite du rucher (Bulletin No. 26, deuxieme s^rie) . . Extraits du rapport annuel, 1914-15: Rapport du Direct«ur Culture du sol — Service de la Chimie 908,880 24 6,000 2,500 1,500 200 400 300 105 200,000 935,000 10,000 50,000 10,000 . 10.000 10,000 10,000 110,000 60,000 60,000 63, 500 60,000 60,000 60,000 60,000 .53,000 53,000 54,000 54,000 250 250 250 250 50 100 150 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 5,000 5,000 246,435 2,000 15,000 17,000 17,000 15,500 6,322 16 24 52 16 S 56 90 288 16 48 16 56 32 32 40 136 90 186 82 288 84 220 86 52 58 24 42 52 40 64 56 20 48 8 84 64 32 32 52 48 88 20 16 44 8 48 32 64 92 188 88 .38,711,920 384 144,000 130,000 24,000 1,600 22,400 27,000 30, 240 3,200,000 14,960,000 160.000 2,800,000 320,000 80,000 320,000 400,000 14,960,000 5,400,000 11,160,000 4,387,000 17,280,000 5,040,000 13,200,000 5,160,000 2,756,000 3,074,000 1,296,000 2,268,000 13,000 10,000 16,000 14,000 1,000 4,800 1,200 21,000 16,000 8,000 8,000 13,000 12,000 22,000 5,000 4,000 220,000 40,000 3,942,960 64,000 960,000 1,564,000 3,196,000 1,364,000 Carried forward 3,218,894 9,756 158,832,504 REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF PRIXTIN<} 29 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Table No. 8 Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17 (copies and pages aggregate) — Continued. Description. Number of Copies. Number of Pages. Total Number of Printed Brought forward . Experimental Farms — Concluded. Extracts from Annual Report, 1914-15 — Concluded. Horticulture C^r^ales Elevage Plantes fourrag^res Aviculture Tabacs Apiculture r Botanique Stations experimentales: Quebec — Centre Quebec — Est Cantons de Test 3,218,894 17,000 17,000 17,000 17,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 16,000 External Affairs — Passport requirements of Foreign Countries. . Confidential Papers (13 different documents). Exchequer Court — Reports of the Exchequer Court of Canada: — No. 4, Vol. 1.5 No. 1, Vol. 16 Governor General — Military Inspection and Western Tour by Field Marshal His Royal Highness the Duke of Connaught Finance — List of Insurance Companies, April 1 , 1916 Loan and Trust Companies. .Annual Statements for 1915. Supply Bill, 1916, Schedules A and B Supply Bill, 1916, Schedules .\, B and C Consolidation of Appropriation Acts Nos. i and 2, 1916-17 An Act to levy a tax on business profits Decayed Pilots Fund Account List of Insurance Companies, July 1, 1916 Superannuation, Judges' Salaries and Pensions List of Insurance Companies, Sept. 30, 1916 List of Insurance Companies, Dec. 30, 1916 List of Securities held by Insurance Companies (as at December 31, 1916)... Canada's Need for Greater National Saving Canada's Need for Greater National Saving (2nd edition) Supply Bill, 1917 Tables of Values Loi portant prelevement d'une taxe sur les profits d'affaires Devoir national de I'^pargne au Canada House of Commons — - Analytical Index, Commons Debates, 1915 Discrepancy on Price of Fish Index to Votes and Proceedings, 1916 Analytical Index, Commons Debates, 1916 Reports and Returns — Session 1917 Unrevised Debates of various dates (extra copies, aggregate) An Address delivered by Mr. John Bright, Dominion Live Stock Commissioner Royal Commission on Shell Contracts — Report Royal Commission on Shell Contracts — Minutes of Evidence (Parts I and. II) General Index to House of Commons Journals, 1904-15 CaiTied forward 150 200 100 10,000 700 1,000 1,000 150 550 500 500 500 500 18,000 • 150 550 30 500 500 700 10,000 5,000 500 500 4,000 3,000 690 500 250 690 300 3,200 37,500 24,000 1,000 800 3,479,104 9,756 298 84 224 88 56 60 26 44 48 20 464 136 192 32 12 72 40 44 34 16 16 12 12 12 140 32 132 16 8 84 64 64 128 8 548 18 32 1,710 928 158,832,504 5,066,000 1,428,000 3.808,000 1,496,000 896,000 960,000 416,000 704,000 7,200 4,000 800 80,000 17,450 136,000 192,000 4,800 6,600 36,000 20,000 22,000 17,000 288,000 2,400 6,600 360 6,000 4,000 98,000 80,000 40,000 16,000 66,000 64,000 24,000 57,960 32,000 16,000 88,320 2,400 197,200 675,000 768,000 1,710,000 742,400 15,750 179,134,994 30 DEPARTMENT OF I'VULIC I'lUXTIXG AND STATIONERT 8 GEORGE V, A- 1918 Table No. 8. — ^Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17 (copies and pages aggregate) — Continued. Description. Number of Copies. Number of Total Number of Printed Pages. Brought forward. House o} Commons — Concluded. Select Standing Committees of House of Commons, 1917 (Seventh Session, 12th Parliament) List of Members and Committees, 1917 Index Analytique des Debats de la Seme session du 12eme parlement Commission Royale des eontrats pour obus — Rapport Index des Proces-Verbaux, 1916 Discours prononee par Monsieur John Bright, Commissaire ffed^ral de I'industrie animale Indian Affairs — List of Lots for Sale in the Wild Lands Regulations respecting the Education of Indian Children Inland Revenue — OflRcial List of Licensed Manufacturers Elevator Scale Equipment (2 issues) Weights and Measures — Inspectors' Handbook, 1916 Official List of Bulletins — Issued to September, 1916 Weights and Measures Act and Regulations, 1914-15 Bulletins: — Malt Extracts (No. 326) Turpentine, as a Paint Material (No. 331) Formalin (No. 333) Butter (No. 334) Cream of Tartar (No. 335) Tincture of Ginger (No. 336) Lemon Flavouring Extract (No. 337) Sausages (No. 33S) ■Sweet Spirit of Nitre (No. 339) Ground Coffee (No. 340) Household Ammonia ( No. 341 ) Liquid Extract of Nux Vomica (No. 342) Sugar ( No. 343) Spirit of Camphor (No. 344).. Evaporated Milk (No. 345) Chocolate Candy (No. 346) Fertilizers for 1916 (No. 347) Maple Sugar (No. 348) Mace (No. 349) Feed Flour (No. 350) Bay Rum, Florida Water, etc. (No. 351) Evaporated Fruits and Vegetables (No. 352) Temperance Beer ( No. 353) Gluten Flour, etc. (No. 354) Bran ( No. 355) " Aspirin Tablets (No. 356) Canned Tomatoes (No. 357) Cassia (No. 358) Tea (No. 359) Baking Powder (No. 360) Prepared Mustard (No. 361) Gasolene (No. 362) Malt Extract for Bakers' Use (No. 363) Tabac et cigares (Cir. G. 155) Bulletins: — Sirop deferable (No. 325) : Ext.raits de Malt (No. 326) Huile k salade (No. 328) Orge mond4 et orge perle (No. 329) Cfer^ales preparees ( No. 330 ) T^r^bentine, comme substance employee dans la peinture (No. 331) 3,479,104 600 600 150 1,000 75 12,500 200 500 850 5,000 300 1,000 200 4.000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,00o 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000 5,000 5,000 4.000 4,000 4,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 500 500 500 500 500 500 15,750 12 48 192 32 50 18 68 8 76 16 136 24 32 12 20 24 12 36 20 12 40 24 4 36 24 16 20 48 28 16 20 16 28 20 12 28 8 32 24 36 28 20 16 12 8 32 24 24 28 8 28 179,134,994 7,200 28,800 28,800 32,000 3,750 225,000 1,600 4,000 57.800 40,000 22,800 16,000 27,200 96,000 128,000 48,000 80,000 96,000 48,000 144,000 80,000 48,000 160,000 96,000 20,000 180.000 96,000 (>4,000 80,000 240,000 140,000 80,000 100,000 80,000 140,000 100,000 60,000 140,000 40.000 160,000 120.000 180,000 140,000 100,000 80,000 60,000 40,000 16,000 12,000 12,000 14,000 4,000 14,000 Carried forward 3,661,079 17,322 183,165,944 REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF PRINTINiO 31 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Table No. 8. — ^Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17 (copies and pages aggregate) — Continued. Description. Number of Copies. Number of Pages. Total Number of Printed Pages. Brought forward . . 332). Inland Revenue — Concluded. Bulletins — Continued. Huile de lin crue (No Formaline (No. 333) Beurre (No. 334) Creme de tartre (No. 335) Teinture de gingembre (No. 336) Ex trait aromatisant de citron (No. 337) Saucisse (No. 338) Ether nitreux alcoolisfe (No. 339) Cafe moulu (No. 340) Ammoniaque domestique (No. 341 ) Extrait liquide de noix vomique (No. 342). . . Sucre (No. 343) Alcool camphre — spiritus camphorae (No. 344) Lait evapore ( No. 345) Bonbons au chocolat (No. 346) Engraispour 1916 (No. .347) Sirop d'erable (No. 348) Macis (No. 349) Bay rum, eau de Floride, etc. (No. 351) Farine de gluten, etc. (No. 354) Tablettes d'aspirine (No. 356) Interior — General Instructions for Taking Levels Regulations Governing Water Power Rights in the Provinces of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, Alberta and the Northwest Terri- tories Index to Orders in Council, 1911 Irrigation Surveys and Inspections, 1915 Dominion Parks Motor Regulations Levelling Operations Facts and Figures, 1916 Yukon Grazing and Hay Regulations... Memo, of Information for the Guidance of Applicants for Water Rights, etc Timber Regulations, Yukon Territory Petroleum and Natural Gas Lease Memorandum for the Prime Minister Water Power Regulations Triangulation of the Railway Belt of British Columbia List of Publications and Maps Canadian Wood.s for Structural Timber Irrigation Surveys and Inspections, 1916 Dominion Lands Act and Amendments List of School Lands for Sale: Moosejaw, Sask Indian Head, Sask Vulcan, Alberta Carmangay, Alberta Munson. Alberta Kindersiey , Sask i Glenella, Man Kamsack. Sask Dauphin, Man Biggar, .Sask Rossburn, Man Blaine Lake, Sask Provost, Sask Chinook, Alberta Red vers, Sask Broadview, Sask Moosomin, Sask 3,661,079 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 200 1,000 30 2,500 2,000 2,000 3,000 1,500 5,000 2,000 4,000 30 3,000 1,000 1,000 20,000 2,500 3,000 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 17,322 32 12 20 24 12 36 20 12 40 24 8 36 24 16 20 48 28 16 16 12 8 16 88 72 16 368 32 8 12 8 72 94 12 48 88 68 8 8 8 12 12 8 8 8 8 8 8 12 20 183,165,944 16,000 6,000 10,000 12,000 6,000 18,000 10,000 6,000 20,000 12,000 4,000 18,000 12,000 8,000 10,000 24,000 14,000 8,000 8,000 6,000 4,0j0 1,600 16,000 2,640 180,000 32,000 736,000 96,000 12,000 40.000 16,000 48,000 240 216,000 94,000 12,000 960,000 220,000 204,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 30,000 30,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 30,000 50,000 20,000 20,000 20,000 Carried forward T 3, 767, 839 18,972 186,684,424 32 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PHIXTING AND STATIOyERY 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17 (copies and pages aggregate) — Continued. Description. Brought forward Interior — Continued. Instructions for the Erection of Boundary Monuments on Surveys of Dominion Lands. Instructions for the Preparation of Plans re Provisions of the Irrigation Act Instructions for the Submission of Drainage .Applications Publications of the Dominion Observatory (Nos. 6 and 7, Vol. Ill) Potash Regulations Extracts from Annual Report, 1914-15: Juvenile Immigration (Part of Part II) Commission of Dominion Parks (Part V) Director of Forestrj* (Part VI) Canadian Hydraulic Power Development (Parts XII and XIII) Extracts from .Annual Report, 1915-16: Dominion Lands (Part I) Immigration (Part II) Director of Forestry (Part VI) Dominion Water Powers (Part VIII) Roll of Honour (List of Employees, Inside Service, enlisted for Overseas Duty) Extracts from Reports on Townships : East of the Principal Meridian and East of the Second Meri- dian East West of the Principal and Second Meridian West of the Third and Fourth Meridians West of the Fifth and Skth Meridians In the Railway Belt, British Columbia : 1 to 16, West of the Second Meridian East and West of the Principal Meridian, . , West of the Second and Third Meridians.. West of the Fifth and Sixth Meridians. West of the Fourth Meridian In the Railway Belt, British Columbia Forest Products of Canada: Lumber, Lath and Shingles, 1914 (Bulletin No. 56) Lumber. Lath and Shingles. 1914 (Bulletin Xo. 57) Lumber, Lath and Shingles, 1915 (Bulletin No. 58A) Lumber, Lath and Shingles, 1915 (Bulletin No. 58A) Pulpwood, 1915 (Bulletin No. 5SB) Poles and Cross-Ties (Bulletin No. 58 C) Dominion Forest Officers' Manual — General Order No. 8 — Property Description, .Adjustments and Methods of use of the Si.\-inch Micro- meter Block Survey Reiterating Transit Theodolite 1912 Pattern -Alphabetical List of Seed Grain, etc. (18 issues) Instructions Regarding the Preparation of Plans to be Filed under the Provision of the Irrigation .Act Geographical Publications of the Department of the Interior. . Produits des Forets du Canada, 1914 (Bulletin No. 57) Justice — In the Exchequer Court of Canada — Notes of -Argument In the Supreme Court of Canada — On -Appeal from the Court of -Appeal of British Columbia Royal Commission re War Supplies (6 issues) Exchequer Court of Canada — In Prize — "The Leonor" The Canadian Criminal Identification Bureau Labour — United Brotherhood of Carpenters and Joiners (Extract). Labour Organizations in Canada — Fifth -Annual Report.. . Carried forward . Number of Copies. 3,767,839 500 3,000 1,500 2,000 1,000 3,000 2,500 2.000 1,000 500 2,000 2,000 2,500 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,500 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 6,000 500 1,000 4,000 2,000 2,000 1,000 500 9,000 3,000 1,500 2,500 25 50 ,500 125 500 200 5,500 Number of Pages. 3,847,739 18,972 12 2 100 16 32 80 100 56 194 96 96 228 24 28 48 80 36 160 32 24 56 24 40 64 82 32 32 12 10 28 1,232 12 12 64 128 278 16 16 232 22,952 Total Number of Printed Pages. 186,684,424 4,000 36,000 3,000 100,000 16,000 96,000 200,000 200,000 56,000 97,000 192,000 192,000 570,000 8,000 24,000 28,000 48,000 80,000 36,000 240,000 32,000 24,000 56,000 24,000 40,000 384,000 41,000 32,000 128,000 24,000 20,000 28,000 33,000 616,000 36,000 18,000 160,000 1,900 0,400 214,000 2,000 4,000 3,200 1,276,000 i 192,113,924 REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF PRIXTIN<} 33 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17 (copies and pages aggregate) — Continued. Description. Number of Copies. Number of Pages. Total Number of Printed Pages. Brought forward . Marine and Fisheries — Index to Notice to Mariners, 1915 List of Lights and Fog Signals — Atlantic Coast, 1916 Inland Waters, 1916 Pacific Coast, 1916 Atlantic Coast, 1917 List of Buoys, Beacons and Day Marks on the Pacific Cgast, 1916. Toronto Magnetical Observations, 1914 Amendments to By-Laws of the Pilotage District of Quebec Meteorological Tables, 191.3 Discipline on Canadian Government Vessels International Rules of the Road Index to Notices to Mariners, 1916.- - Rules of the Road for the Great Lakes Meteorological Tables, 1914 Supplement to List of Vessels (11 issues) R^glements pour I'inspection des Chaudi^res et Machines des navires a vapeur R^glements pour la gouverne des havres publics Dis Militia and Defence — Rifle and Musketry Exercises for the Ross Rifle, 1915 List of Casualties, C.E.F., October 7 to December 31, 1915.. Description and Action of Colt Automatic Gun Report of the Halifax Military Lands Board, 1915 Regulations for the Canadian Officers Training Corps, 1916. . Scale of Equipment for Field Artillery Batteries Regulations for Magazines and Care of War Materiel — ... Instructions re Organization, etc., C.E.F. Units, 1916 Instructions for Practice, Horse, Field and Heavy Artillery. Instructions for Assembling and Fitting the Pattern 1916 mounted Equipment Scale of Equipment for Infantry Battalions Section Gun Drill Regulations for Canadian Ordnance, etc Instructions respecting Troop Trains ! Amendments to "Instructions re Organization, etc., C.E.F. Units, 1916" Index to Militia Daily Orders, 1915 Financial Instructions and Allowances for the Expeditionary Force, 1916 ■. List of Casualties, Jan. 1 to March 13, 1916 Bayonet Fighting and Physical Training .Supplementary Physical Training Tables, 1916 Bayonet Training (Provisional) Canadian Manual of Military Cooking Regulations for the Canadian Army Veterinary Service Draft of Proposed Report of Economic Commission Standing Orders — Signal Training Depot C.E.F Regulations for Magazines and Care of War Materiel Defensive Measures against Gas Attacks. Report of the War Purchasing Commissioners (3 Vols.) Royal Flying Corps Physical Training — Special Tables, 1917 Quarterly Militia List, 1916 (4 issues) Amendments to "Regulations for Magazines and Care of War Materiel, 1913" '. Military Ho-spitals Commission — Special Bulletin Military Hospitals Commission Bulletin Amendments to "Instructions Governing Organization and Ad- rninistration, C.E.F. Units, 1916" Physical Training Vocabulary Fighting Tuberculosis — Written for Canadian Soldiers 4,847,739 800 1,900 800 1,000 2,000 1,000 300 50 1,200 100 500 800 2,000 1,200 3,500 500 500 50,000 20,000 15,000 100 10, 000 5,000 300 20,000 1,000 5,000 2,000 500 800 2,500 20,000 6,800 15,000 20,000 5,000 10,000 10,000 3,980 500 50 2,000 1,500 1,500 3,000 25,000 5,000 32,600 300 3.000 18,000 20,000 3,000 25,000 22,952 24 328 164 64 328 88 34 8 632 8 22 24 20 652 92 80 28 48 160 32 176 28 16 16 32 48 16 16 16 16 12 18 144 144 84 24 24 34 68 52 20 16 16 20 2,084 8 32 4,344 24 112 32 8 24 192,113,924 19,200 023,200 131,200 64,000 656.000 88,000 10,200 400 758,400 800 11,000 19,200 40.000 782,400 29,600 40,000 14,000 2,400,000 3,200 000 480,000 17,600 280,000 80,000 4,800 64,000 48,000 80,000 32,000 8,000 12,800 30,000 360,000 979,200 2,160,000 1,680,000 120,000 240,000 340,000 270,640 26,000 1,000 32,000 24,000 30,000 6,252,000 200,000 160,000 35,351,400 7,200 336,000 144,000 640,000 24,000 600,000 Carried forward 4, 229, 369 33,520 252,116,164 34 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRIXTiyO AXD STATIOSERY 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17 (copies and pages aggregate) — Continued. Description. Number of Copies. Total Number Number of of Printed Pages. Pages. Brought forward . Militia and Defence — Concluded. Amendments to "Instructions Governing Organization and Ad- ministration, C.E.F. Units, 1916" National Organization for War (by Stephen Leacock) Index to General Orders, 1915 Memo, re European War Militia General Orders, 1916-17 (aggrega,te) Bureau du Service National du Canada — Directeurs et rfeglements. Ordres g^nferaux de la milice, 1916-17 (au total) Mines — Canada Mines Act Catalogue des oiseaux canadiens Naval Service — Tide Tables lor the Pacific Coast, 1918 Tides at the Head of the Bay of Fundy Pelagic Sealing Commission — Return A few Hints on Oyster Culture Regulations respecting Royal Naval Air Service Instructions respecting the Use of Wireless Telegraphy Physical and Medical Examination List of Canadian Government Ships, 1916 Instructions for Transport Service at Headquarters Supplementary Instructions for Use of Wireless Telegraphy Tide Tables for the Eastern Coast of Canada, 1918 Admiralty Regulations.. Tabulation of Lobster measurement, 1916 '. . List of Printed Forms ? Tide Tables for the Pacific Coast, 1917 Tide Tables for St. John, N.B. (Bay of Fundy, 1917) Tide Tables for Vancouver and Sand Head, B.C., 1917 Canadian Monthly Orders (aggregate) Merchant Vessels Report of the International Waterways Commission, 1915 Instructions respecting Military Transports Physical and Medical Examination Confidential documents (3) Instructions respecting the Use of Wireless Telegraphy Instructions respecting Recruiting St. Lawrence Pilot — I5elow Quebec Confidential Weekly Orders (aggregate) Index to Confidential Weekly Orders Tide Tables for Nelson, Hudson Bay, 1919 Report on Herring Fishing Operations of Steamer "Thirty-Three" with drift Nets, 1916 , Instructions for Reporting Officers in Canada Index to Canadian Monthly Orders, 1914 Index to Canadian Monthly Orders, 1916 Naval Intelligence report (aggregate) Bulletin of Sea Fishery Statistics (aggregate) Confidential Navy List (aggregate) Reglements de p^che speciaux — He du Prince-Edouard Nouvelle-Ecosse Nouveau-Brunswick Manitoba Alberta Colorabie-Britannique Yukon , Ontario Volontaires de la reserve de la Marine royale canadienne 4,229,369 20,000 201,450 7,700 2,000 582,735 100 48,000 100 1,500 18,000 3,000 1,000 2,000 500 100 200 150 25 100 8,000 50 100 500 15,000 15,000 12,000 2,175 75 1,500 100 500 200 25 200 500 4,575 100 500 600 40 100 100 525 24,600 785 50a 500 500 100 100 100 100 100 3,000 33,520 24 12 456 106 1,426 8 1,240 120 938 64 36 64 40 8 20 16 68 48 24 64 40 36 12 64 24 48 224 56 290 32 16 34 16 12 216 1,590 12 12 92 16 18 202 268 256 32 56 42 32 32 34 28 30 8 252, 116, 164 480,000 2,417 400 3,511,200 348,000 9,451,160 800 744,400 12,000 1,407,000 1,152,000 108,000 64,000 80,000 4,000 2,000 3,200 10,200 1,200 2,400 512,000 2,000 3,600 6,000 960,000 360,000 576,000 38,050 4,200 435,000 3,200 8,000 2,3.50 400 2,400 108,000 143,800 1,200 4,000 7,200 3,680 1,600 1,800 7,850 549,400 32,560 16,000 28,000 21,000 3,200 3,200 3,400 2,800 3,000 24,000 Carried forward 5, 210, 879 42, 190 275,794,014 REPORT OF TUK Sri'ERIXrEXDEST OF PRISTINO 35 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Table No. 8. — ^Retuni of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17 (copies and pages aggregate) — Continued. Description. Brought fom'ard Post Office- Saskatchewan Distribution List. 1916 Parcel Post Regulations Instructions to Railway Mail Clerks Appendix K (Extract from Postmaster General's Report, 1915-16) Pro-German Correspondence Confidential Circulars to Postmasters (3) Schedule of Mail Trains (5 issues) Distribution List for British Columbia, 1917 Monthly Supplement to Postal Guide, 1916-17 {12 issues) Monthly Money Order Circular. 1916-17 (12 issues) Supplement mensuel au guide officiel du ser\'ice postal canadien, 1916-17 (12 publications) Circulaire mensuelle des mandats-poste, 1916-17 (12 publications) Public Works — Telephone Directory — Senate and House of Commons ....... International Joint Commission — In the Matter of the Application of the International Lumber Commission General Rules for Caretakers Extracts from .\nnual Report, 1915-16: Report of the Chief Engineer Report of the Chief Architect ' Collection of Revenue Report on Dredging Report of the Superintendent of Telegraphs Privy Council — Economic and Developing Commission- -Interim Report. Canada at War — Speech delivered by the Right Hon. Robert Laird C.C, P.C, G.C.M.G., in New York City Borden, K _ . _ _ National Service Board of Canada— Directors and Regulations Memorandum re Colonial Imperial Conference Bureau du Service National du Canada — Directeurs et rSglements Public Printing and Stationery — An Act to Levy a Tax on Business Profits (4 issues) . ■ Memorandum regarding the Reduction of the Cost of Publications An Act to Amend the IJank Act Proceedings of Royal Commission re War Supplies (2 issues) Printing Bureau Rates in Effect July 1, 1916 List of Annual Reports Index to Private Acts, 1867-1916 Various Acts reprinted for Stock (aggregate) Price List of Government Publications Criminal Code with Amendments Report of Joint Commission on Printing of Parliament Alphabetical List of Employees (Jan. 1, 1917) Supply Bill No. 1 Judgments, Orders, etc. — Board of Railway Commissioners (2 issues) Commons Debates of various dates (aggregate) Index to Canada Gazette, Vol. XLIX Report of A. D. Watson, Actuary of the Dominion Debats de la Chambre des Communes de differentes dates (au total) Rapport de A. D. Watson, actuaire du Dominion Statuts revises du Canada et modifications, 1907-1916 Index des lois privies du Canada, 1867-1916 Number of Copies. 5,210.879 1,700 25,000 15,000 20 3,500 12,000 7,700 1,250 231,750 56,600 54,150 13,800 1,000 50 400 100 50 50 50 200 100 20,000 500 500 200 Railways and Canals — Report on the Welland Ship Canal, 1915 Information and Tariff Charges re Government Grain Elevators Welland Ship Canal (Extract from Annual Report, 1916) Carried forward . 2,350 50 5,000 200 500 1,200 200 77,575 1,000 2,000 1,000 25 100 400 1,700 2,100 25 2,300 25 1,000 200 300 1,000 300 Number of Pages. 5,757,099 42,190 160 16 52 32 20 92 864 106 110 138 120 138 16 12 414 112 24 156 122 80 8 4 248 8 4 92 ,190 82 810 16 56 32 192 680 724 8 830 100 52,274 Total Number of Printed 275,794,014 272,000 400,000 780,000 640 70,000 388,000 1,129,600 132,. 500 2.122,800 611,600 509,800 158,700 16,000 400 4,800 41,400 5,600 1,200 7,800 24,400 2,400 240,000 4,000 14,000 1,600 29,800 400 20,000 24,800 4,000 4,800 18,400 7,828,840 82,000 1,620,000 16,000 1,400 3,200 44,000 223,600 138,600 200 331,600 200 830,000 20,000 5,400 16,000 6,000 294,002,494 36 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRIXTINO AXD STATWXEPT 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and jXIiscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17 (copies and pages aggregate) — Concluded. Description. Number of Copies. Number of Pages. Total Number of Printed Brought fomard Railway Commission — Decisions, etc Index to Vol. V of Judgments, Orders, etc. Judgments. Orders, etc. (26 issues) Secretary of Stale — Regulations respecting Applications under the Dominion Company's .\ct The Bonanza Creek Gold Mining Co Confidential document War Proclamations, Orders in Council, etc Appendix to .\rchives Report, 1915 The Canadian Northwest — Its Early Development Evidence before the Roval Commission re Purchase of War Sup- plies, etc. (Vols. I, li and III) Consolidated Orders respecting Trading with the Enemy Consolidated Orders respecting Censorship List of Ordinances Ordinances made and Passed by the Governor and Council of the Province of Quebec, 1763- 1791 Programme — Soiree musicale en aide au 230i4me Voltigeurs cana- diens-francais Catalogue des pamphlets, journaux et rapports d6pos6s aux archives publiques du Canada, 1611-1867 Senate — List of Newspapers, 1916 List of Senators, 1916 ^ ;.. List of Senators, 1917 List oi Senators and Committees, 1917 5,757,094 2,000 600 15,725 1,000 1,000 3,000 5.000 500 200 1,500 1,000 5,000 200 300 800 500 Trade and Commerce — Canada — The Country of the Twentieth Century Annual Review — Commercial Intelligence Service, 1915 Instructions to Commissioners and Enumerators. . Confidential document List of Licensed Elevators, etc Rules and Regulations made by the Board of Grain Commissioners for Canada Exhibition of Enemy Samples Outlined Plan for National Trade and Commerce Convention Grain Inspection in Canada Imports, etc. — Statement No. 19 A National System of Statistics Index to Weekly Bulletin (July to December, 1916 1 Grades of Grain Growers in Western Canada List of Licensed Elevators and Warehouses Timber Import Trade of Australia British Prohibited Import List Report of the Deputy Minister The Canada Grain .^ct (2 issues) Weekly Bulletin (53 issues) • Index to Weekly Bulletin (January 1 to June 30, 1916) Synopsis of the Laws of the Dominion of Canada re Sale of Food and other Commodities Census and Statistics Monthly, 1916-17 (12 issues) Instructions aux commissaires et recenseurs .Statistique mensuelle (12 publications) Index de la Statistique mensuelle, 1912-13, Vols. V et VI Totals Totals (March 31, 1916). 30 200 300 300 6,000 6,650 1,600 12,000 1,.500 100 6,000 10,000 10,000 50 100 6,900 1,000 1,500 8,000 500 1,000 1,000 356,610 6,300 20.000 79,800 1.600 13,800 1,500 52,274 20 656 24 32 12 784 476 452 2,740 20 10 12 12 12 476 40 12 12 20 288 136 48 8 116 24 8 56 64 16 16 28 8 132 20 192 3,148 32 16 338 52 348 16 294,002,494 1.36,000 12,000 488,300 24,000 32,000 36,000 .3,920,000 23,800 90, 400 4,110,000 20.000 .50,000 2,400 3,600 9,600 23,800 1,200 2,400 3.600 6,000 1,728,000 904,400 76,800 96.000 174,000 2,400 48,000 560.000 640,000 800 1,600 193,200 8,000 198,000 640,000 4,000 20,000 960,000 21,693,460 201 , 600 320,000 2,181,200 83,200 390,200 24,000 ..349,764 ,997,740 63,362 59,164 334,146,454 >399,944,540 •Last year's total should have read 399,944,540, instead of 493,431,680. REPORT OF THE SUPERINTEyDEXT OF PRINTING 37 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Table No. 9. — Statement of other Letterpress Departmental Work for the Fiscal Year 1916-17. Department. Copies Envelopes. other Work. 1,491,625 2,764,110 28,000 21,925 50,000 138,590 383,325 223,960 1,228,485 7,180.460 3,401,175 4,785,350 22,250 117,585 703,840 5,539,985 8,000 19,055 10,425 150,350 110,675 411,900 352,050 2,429,805 1,463,445 5,492,135 109, 700 412,045 184,215 93,695 5,000 4,000 499,475 1,468,480 3,970,350 30,253,915 138,510 270,400 841,150 3,176,145 8,552,810 38,712,591 207, 160 564,000 839,975 1,. 568, 695 493,325 1,659,5.55 251,110 433,330 57,000 161,050 12,000 22,000 233,000 410,680 135,225 169,4.50 82,750 115,100 713,600 1,564,050 26,579,650 110,334,391 25, 625, 645 108.507,130 Agriculture ,. ■ Auditor General Civil Service Commission Clerk of the Crown in Chancery. . . Customs Experimental Farms External Affairs Finance Governor General House of Commons Indian .Affairs Inland Revenue Interior Justice Labour Library of Parliament Marine and Fisheries Militia and Defence Mines Naval Service Post Office Privy Council Public Printing and Stationery Public Works Railways and Canals Railway Commission Royal Mint Royal Northwest Mounted Police. Secretary of State Senate Trade and Commerce Totals. . Totals (March 31, 1916). 38 DEPARTMENT OF PIBLIC PRISriyo ASD HTATIOyEST 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table No. 10. — Statement showing the Number of Half-tone Plates or other Insertions in Annual and Supplementary Reports during the Fiscal Year 1916-17. Title of Document. Number of Plates. Number of Copies of Reports. Total Plates Inserted. Archives of Canada, 1914-15 (English) Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1914-15 (French) Experimental Farm, 1914-15 (English) Vols. I and II. Experimental Farm. 1914-15 (French) Fisheries, 1915-16 (English) Fisheries. 1915-16 (French). Hvdrographic Surv-ej-s, 1912-13-14 (French) Hvdrographic Surveys, 1912-13-14 (English) Public Works, 1914-15 (French) Railways and Canals, 1914-15 (French) Railways and Canals, 1915-16 (English) Royal Northwest Mounted Police, 1915-16 (English). Summary of Mines, 1914 (French) Topographical Surveys, 1914-15 (English) Topographical .Surveys, 1914-15 (French) Trade and Commerce, 1914-15 Part V (English) Trade and Commerce, 1914-15. Part V (French) Veterinary Director General, 1914-15 (English) Veterinary Director General, 1914-15 (French) Totals ^ Totals (March 31, 1916) 11 98 98 3 3 9 9 12 64 33 17 16 10 10 4 4 16 16 435 956 3,110 590 50,750 10,640 3,990 840 640 5,240 795 890 3,935 3.210 1.640 5,240 1,090 4.240 740 9.740 590 107,910 160,550 6,220 6,490 4.973.500 1,042,720 11,970 2.520 5,760 47,160 9.540 56,960 129,855 54,570 26.240 52,400 10,900 16,960 2,960 155,840 9,440 6,622.005 9,397,865 REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF PRINTING 39 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Table No. 11. — Statement of Books Bound during the Fiscal Year 1916-17. Departments. Full Leather. Half Leather. Quarter Leather. Cloth. Agriculture Auditor General Civil Service Commission Clerk of the Crown in Chancery. . . Customs Experimental Farms External Aflairs Finance Governor General House of Commons Indian Affairs Inland Revenue Interior Justice Labour Library of Parliament Marine and Fisheries Militia and Defence Mines Naval Service Post Office Privy Council Public Printing and Stationery Public Works Railways and Canals Railway Commission Royal Northwest Mounted Police. Secretary of State Senate Trade and Commerce Totals Totals (March 31, 1916). 26 2 11 7 4 501 10 25 8 12 298 39 3 118 4 190 600 2 6 7 6 4 48 11 1 1,943 11,827 629 183 3 7 1,739 161 46 569 10 580 503 1,341 1,232 776 6 1,413 149 3,773 634 429 3,242 U 143 258 145 25 105 167 606 63 151 2 1, 468 10 26 117 1 22 62 517 ,097 2 24 2 72 22, 672 16 719 4,565 1 146 807 224 31 8 12 50 18,948 17,051 31,824 28,628 2,244 204 500 3,570 28 1 13,069 6 31,551 840 7,056 14,498 619 81 740 79,672 2,602 6,706 17,104 26 1,014 5,702 846 125 509 120 1,097 6,126 196,656 246,436 40 DEPARTME'S'T OF PUBLIC PRIXTiyo ASD ^TATIOXElfT 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table No. 12. — Statement showing the Number of Pads made during the Fiscal Year 1916-17. Department. Quantity. Agriculture Auditor General Customs External Affairs Finance House of Commons Indian Affairs Inland Revenue Interior Justice Labour Marine and Fisheries .' Militia and Defence Mines .^ Naval Service ; Post Office • Public Printing and Stationery Public Works Railways and Canals Railway Commission Royal Northwest Mounted Police. Senate Trade and Commerce 10,677 112 16,224 210 3,767 1,53.5 2,948 1,826 16,865 1,714 160 2,724 85, 169 243 10,810 8,628 282,558 9,596 1,073 500 600 1,100 4,762 Total. Total (March 31, 1916). 463,801 245.049 REPoifr OF THE SI I'ERiyTEynExr OF I'Riyriyo 41 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Table No. 13. — Statement showing the Number of Prepaid Post Office Envelopes Made and Stamped during the Fiscal Year 1916-17. Quantity Made and Stamped. One cent Envelope.-> Two cent Envelopes Total Total (March 31, 1916). 700,000 2,800,000 3,500,000 4,125,000 Table No. 14. — Statement showing the Die Stamping of Letter and Note Headings and Envelopes during the Fiscal Year 1916-17. Department . Foolscap, Half-Cap, Letter and Halt Letter. Note and Half Note. Envelopes. Number of Impressions Ap'iculture ' (^'ivil Service Commission ( 'ustoms E.\ternal Affairs Finance Governor General House of Commons Indian .Vffairs Inland Revenue Interior .Justice Labour Marine and Fisheries Militia a«d Defence Mines Naval Service Post Office Privy Council Public Printing and Stationery Public Works Railways and Canals Railway Commission Royal Mint Royal Northwest Mounted Police. Secretary of State Senate Trade and Commerce Totals Totals (March 31, 1916). 20, 10, 27. 29^ 20, 24, 34, 5, 60, .").yoo 25,000 88, 1,50 83,000 5,500 116,000 106,450 137,975 93,, 500 33,000 1,373.. 500 13.000 147,500 84,. 500 259,, 500 3.53,000 67,000 38,000 45,000 12,000 16,000 83,500 80,460 56,000 3,468,185 3, .562, 170 32—4 42 DEiPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATI0XE>1{T 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table No. 15. — Statement showing the Loose-leaf Work during the Fiscal Year 1916-17. Department. Binders. Loose Leaves. Index Leaves. Index Cards. 124 3 100,350 54,475 500 209, 300 73, 180 732 4,000 64 4 8 33 3,839 2,550 71,770 1,369 732 26 49,000 119,500 3,000 7 22 389 7 2 5,900 50,800 197,858 2,600 200 500 128,060 1,300,105 46, 180 112,330 59,060 48 32 14,086 508 58 5,000 74,110 1,000 3,700 Marine and Fisheries. 169 4,121 73 183 91 3,063 14,220 436 264 831 500 4,204 851 8,527 840 27,500 1,620,180 12,000 56,350 PoRt Officp 14,200 Pnhlio Printinff and Stationerv 91 1,364 1,408 18 19 5 1,950 1,177 151,011 31,790 225,400 6.000 623,400 7,000 1,600 Senretarv of State 1,420 2,500 238,265 30 58,015 654 1,000 10,000 Totals 11,332 4,240 2,998,924 2,855,119 113,865 61,773 2,705,720 2,748,725 Table No. 16.— Comparative Statement of the Number of Letterpress Impressions for the last Five Fiscal Years. Years. 1912-13, 1913-14 1914-15 1915-16 1916-17 Impressions. 86,. 582, 643 87,473,093 93,925,493 102,934,861 103,367,779 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 A. 1918 OUTSIDE PRINTING SERVICE BRANCH. The following is a report of the work executed for Parliament and the various departments in outside printing establishments during the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. The numbers below correspond to the serial numbers of the tables in the report of the Superintendent of Printing. 1 and 2. Annual and Supplementary Reports. 8. Pamphlet and miscellaneous book-work. 9. Other letterpress departmental work. 11. Books bound. ^ 12. Pads made. 14. Die-Stamping. 15. Loose-leaf work. 17. Lithographed maps, plans, cheques and forms. 18. Halftones, linecuts, electros, and dies made. 34—4^ ■ 43 44 DF.PMlTMEyT OF VIBIJC PI}I\ri\(! Ayo f^TATIOyERY 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 CO 03 03 o a 3 fl el - oooo ooo o . m C-: o o o o ec o r^ ^ o c) o r* ci r?^^ ' ro d. tf> in II- i-MC iCiC m ^ CC — CO — CC CO ^ CO z u c ^ e" !C S3 K 2 a c O LT o o o m »o o Q n - CO >CiC O iC o o »c ;^ =3 J, t^r-ot^oor- ci CO T-i ec — ' — cc Is ■— W N (M O) 12 "- oo oo o o o jC C^ t— C-l ^? ?0 00 to t- O LO Ci "t** 31 CtT t~r i>r OV "rjT o -^' O CO O CO O Oi -^ «fr o -^ ^ CO C30 (M Cl 30 CJ M 30 -^ Cvl CO Cl C^l C^ CO O (M CO C^ — — ) t- -. .has ; c; M bC E i'a ^' ^' 5 i ;, ? 'i a a 5ii =J o vj I-:; J o! a eq 05 03 a; 03 o Q. (5 s "a a a o o bC o S a. +^ 03 ZD O m ■< 00 O CI >.o — oo — t^ 00 lO OS CO oooo »C »C IC CO CI CM M o oo oo cq 00 lO *f3 »0 O I t^ t^t- O I < ■«*- Tlr CO 03 CM Ol I "* CM C^ CO -^ I O 00 to ooo ■*oo — < o CM t— iC iC 0«3 O O OS ^a.za CM a c Q -J u.s > > O^ 3 3 O ^ (- f- 3 o 5: S ^ o c E •--Coo O 33 >> >» OffiSB REPORT OF OUTSIDE PRINTING SERVICE BRANCH 45 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 191G-17 (copies and pages aggregate). Description. Number of Copies. Number of Pages. Total Number of Printed Pages. AfjricuUurc — Sheep Husbandry in Canada Production and Thrift The School Garden, as regarded and carried on in the different provinces The Protection of Migratory Birds in Canada, The "E)gg Case Plan" and its use Production and Market A New Species of Platypus from British Columbia- . . A New Species of the Family Ipidas (Coleoptera) The Entomological Record for 1915 Locust Control Work with Poisoned Baits in Eastern Canada, 1915 The .\nce.stry of Insects The Protection of Migatory Birds in Canada (2nd edition) Agriculture in Canada Agricultural Gazette of Canada, 1916, Vol. .3 (9 issues) Agricultural Gazette of Canada, 1917, Vol. 4 (3 issues) Production, Economic — Le livre de guerre du cultivateur, 1916 Le jardin scolaire, comment les differentes provinces le comprennent et le conduisent L'essai du lait, de la cr6me et des sous-produits du lait au moyen du procfede Babcock , La ch^vre Angora L'amputation de la queue . Conseils aux debutants Les avantages du lavage Plan d 'un poulailler de ponte permanent Distribution de reproducteurs m&les de race pure La Gazette agricole du Canada, 1916, Vol. 3 (9 editions) La Gazette agricole du Canada, 1917, Vol.4 (3 editions) Index au Vol. II de la Gazette agricole du (.'anada, 1915 Experimental Farms — Bees and How to Keep Them Ginseng, Mushroom and Melon Culture The Cranberry Industry — Its Possibilities in Canada Dr. Montizambert's Report (Extract from .\nnual) Flax for Fibre — Its Cultivation and Handling Gopher Destruction A Review of the Status and Possibilities of Flax Production in Canada A New Species of Tortrix of Economic Importance from New- foundland Insect Behaviour as a Factor in Applied Entomology La jambe noire de la pomme de terre La fertilite du sol — Moyens economiques de la maintenir et de I'augmenter La destruction du gaufre Le lin pour la filasse — Culture et manipulation Interior — Extracts from Reports on Townships 33 to 38 West of the Principal .Meridian -\tlas of Canada, 1916 Supplement to Homestead Maps of Manitoba, Saskatchewan, etc Handbook for the Information of the Public The Peace River Country Water Powers of Canada Western Canada Irrigation Association — Proceedings of the Ninth .\nnual Convention, 1915 Practical Irrigation Hints for Alberta -. , . . Alfalfa growing — Address delivered by Mr. Don H. Bark The Athabaska Country Handbook of Information for Intending Settlers The Yukon Territory 20,300 20,000 25,000 500 30,000 125, 000 400 400 600 600 400 5,000 1,000 42,900 15,400 5,000 8,000 20,000 25,000 25, 000 25,000 25,000 25,000 5,125 9,000 3,000 1,000 50,000 10,000 5,000 200 50,000 100,000 2,000 500 500 45,000 2,000 3,000 10,000 1,500 50,000 25,000 75,000 10,000 3,000 3,000 2,000 2,000 10,000 25,000 3,500 128 250 64 8 16 16 8 16 40 8 16 8 78 870 246 254 64 32 24 12 16 4 4 20 874 26B 34 56 8 32 32 24 8 32 10 12 16 16 8 24 84 68 16 32 48 370 250 16 16 36 32 248 2,598,400 5,000,000 1,600,000 4,000 480,000 2,000,000 3,200 6,400 24,000 4,800 6,400 40,000 78,000 4,150,000 1,363,500 1,270,000 512,000 040,000 600, 000 300,000 400,000 100,000 100,000 102,. WO 874,000 256,000 34,000 2,800,000 80,000 160,000 6,400 1,200,000 800,000 64,000 5,000 6,000 720,000 32,000 24,000 240,000 126,000 3,400,000 400,000 2,400,000 480,000 1,110,000 750,000 32,000 32,000 360,000 800,000 868,000 Carried forward . 951,825 4,860 I 39,442,600 46 DDPARTJIENT OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATIONERY 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17 (copies and pages aggregatte) — Continued. Description. Brought forward . Interior — Concluded. Province of New Brunswick ■ ■ ■ ■ Description of Surveyed Townships in the Peace River District. . Report of the Dominion Water Power Branch, 1915-16 Atlas du Canada, 1916 Labour — Labour Gazette. Nos. 4 to 12, Vol. XVI and Nos. 1 to 3, Vol. XVII Index to Vol. XIV, Labour Gazette Canadian Legislation Concerning Industrial Disputes Industrial Training and Technical Education The Rise in Prices and the Cost of Living in Canada, 1900-1914. Wholesale Prices in Canada, 1915 La Gazette du travail, Nos. 4 a 12, Vol. XVI, et Nos. 1 a 3, Vol. XVII Marine and Fisheries — Phenological Observations, Canada, 1915 Monthly Record of Meteorological Observations, 1916, (10 issues).. Militia and Defence — First Aid to the Injured Manual of Infantry Training, 1916. Infantry Training for Use of Canadian Militia, 1915 Rules for the Management of Garrison and Regimental Dry Can- teen in Canada _ Order of Divine Service at Camp of Instruction Physical Training — Special Tables, 1916 ._ Instructions Governing Organization and Administration. . ....... Report on the Examination for Admission to the Royal Military College of Canada, 1916 -- First Aid to the Injured (2nd edition) Nominal Rolls, C.E.F., viz.— Divisional Cyclists 2nd Divisional Ammunition Column 7th Canadian Field Artillery Brigade. . . .' 40th Battalion 3rd Divisional Supply Column 2nd Divisional Remount Depot 3rd Divisional Canadian Engineers 23rd Battalion 88th Battalion 46th Battalion 51st Battalion 2nd Divisional Engineers 47th Battalion 49th Battalion 42nd Battalion 22nd Battalion 39th Battalion Eaton's Machine Gun Battery 24th Battalion , 46th Battalion 44th Battalion 5th Brigade 28th Battalion Nursing Sisters No. 3 Casualty Clearing Station Duchess of Connaught Red Cross Hospital 3rd Divisional Signal Co 6th Canadian Field Artillery Brigade 43rd Battalion 29th Battalion Carried forward 2, 372, 300 Number of Copies. 951,825 30,000 5,000 2,500 25,000 132,550 10, 600 1,000 1,000 2,500 3,000 24,500 200 12, 100 124,325 100,000 498,000 10,000 102,000 10,000 20,000 1,200 5,000 10.000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10.000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 Number of Pages. 4,860 16 262 198 68 1,062 20 S 16 84 332 1,184 16 686 80 76 74 36 16 24 110 36 72 12 24 36 12 12 16 20 24 12 36 16 40 20 20 24 24 8 24 24 42 20 24 4 4 4 8 20 24 24 Total Number of Printed Pages. 9,922 39,442,600 480,000 1,310,000 495,000 1,700,000 ,742,500 212,000 8,000 16,000 210,000 996,000 136,800 3,200 830,300 9,946,000 7,600,000 36,852,000 360,000 1,632,000 240,000 2,200 000 43,200 360,000 80,000 120,000 240,000 360,000 120,000 120,000 160,000 200,000 240,000 120,000 360,000 160,000 400,000 200,000 200,000 240,000 240,000 80,000 240,000 240,000 420,000 200,000 240,000 40,000 40,000 40,000 80,000 200,000 240,000 240,000 122. 675. 600 REPORT OF OUTSIDE PRINTING SERVICE BRANCH 47 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17 (copies and pages aggregate) — Continued. Description. Number of Copies. Number of Pages. Total Number of Printed Pages. Brought forward. Militia and Defence — Continued. Nominal Rolls — Concluded . Second Divisional Train, C.A.S.C 9th Brigade 4th Brigade 2nd, 2rd, 4th and 5th University Companies Nos. 1 , 2 and 3 Field Ambulance > 73rd Battalion 74th Battalion ; 33rd Battalion 64th Battalion 50th Battalion No. 3 General Hospital 78th Battalion 34th Battalion 58th Battalion 3rd Divisional Ammunition Column 2nd Divisional Signal Company 2nd Divisional Cyclist Corps 60th Battalion 38th Battalion 3rd Divisional Ammunition Sub-Park 4th Divisional Ammunition Sub-Park 2nd Divisional Ammunition Column 59th Battalion 62nd Battalion 37th Battalion 55th Battalion 71st Battalion _, 54th Battalion , 70th Battalion , 72nd Battalion 65th Battalion , 91st Battalion • 2nd, 3rd. 4th and 5th University Companies, P.P.C.L.I. Rein- forcements 68th Battalion 4th Divisional Train, C.A.S.C 104th Battalion Canadian Army Dental Corps 7th Regiment C.M.R Signalling Section Canadian Engineers 8th Canadian Field Artillery Brigade 2nd Divisional Ammunition Park, C.A.S.C 2nd Reserve Park 66th Battalion 10th Brigade, Canadian Field Artillery 90th Battalion 3rd Divisional Train, C.A.S.C .• 80th Battalion 77th Battalion 103rd Battalion .■ 81st Battalion 95th Battalion 87th Battalion 53rd Battalion 76th Battalion No. 2 Tunnelling Company '. 8th Regiment, Canadian Mounted Rifles UOth Battalion Mines — Bibliography of Canadian Geology, 1914 Description of the Laboratories of the Mines Branch 2,372,300 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 . 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 20,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 100 4,000 Carried forward 2, 956, 400 9,922 12 16 20 24 20 24 28 32 24 12 12 32 28 36 28 28 36 20 24 28 20 24 28 12 24 8 4 4 16 12 8 28 16 24 12 24 28 20 24 24 24 32 28 8 20 16 28 132 11,258 122,675,600 120,000 160,000 200,000 240,000 200,000 240,000 280,000 320,000 240,000 120,000 80,000 280.000 360,000 280,000 120,000 80,000 80,000 280,000 320,000 80,000 80,000 120,000 320,000 280,000 360,000 280,000 280,000 360,000 200 000 240,000 280,000 200,000 240,000 280,000 120,000 240,000 160,000 40,000 40,000 160,000 120,000 80,000 280,000 160,000 240,000 120,000 240,000 280,000 200,000 240,000 240,000 240,000 320,000 280,000 80,000 200,000 160,000 2,800 528,000 135,046,400 48 DEPARTilEyr OF PUBLIC P7?/.\77X(; ASD UTATIOyERY 8 GEORGE V, A. 1PI8 Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet and Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17 (copies and pages aggregate) — Continued. Total Number Number Number of Description. of of Printed Copies. Pages. Pages. BrongliT forward - . 2,956,400 11,258 135,046.400 Minea — Continued. Mineral Production of Canada, 1914 4,000 362 1,448,000 Peat Bogs and Feat Industry of Canada, 19I3-U 3,000 210 630,000 Zoology (Extract from Geological Survey Summary, 1915) 200 16 3,200 Wheaton District, Southern Yukon (eictract from Geological Sur- vey Summary, 19151 , 2,000 16 32,000 Journal of .\merican Folk- Lore 600 1.50 90,000 Upper Ordovician Formation in Ontario and Quebec. 3,500 204 714,000 The Trent Valley Outlet of Lake Algonquin 2,500 24 60,000 Geology of Graham Islands, B.C 3,500 172 602,000 Late Pleistocene Oscillations of Sea-level in the Ottawa Valley . . 2,500 16 40,000 .\n Exploration of the Tazin and Taltson Rivers. Xorthwest Territories 4,000 3,000 132 64 528,000 Geology of a Portion of the Flathead Coal .\rea, British Columbia 192,000 Cieology of Nanaimo Map Area. 750 156 117,000 Iroquois P'oods and Food Preparation 2,500 244 610, 000 Magnetic Properties of Cobalt and Fe2 Co. 5,000 44 220,000 An Investigation of the Coals of Canada. . 4,600 194 892,400 List of Mines in Canada, 1916 1,500 12 18,000 List of Metal Mines and Smelters in Canada. 1910. . . . 2,500 16 40,000 Feldspar in Canada 5,000 152 760,000 Wood Mountain Willowbunch Coal Area. Sask 3,500 114 399,000 Production of Spelter in Canada, 1916 4,000 64 256,000 Poedeumias and the Mesonacidcp, etc. 250 10 2,500 Road Material Surveys. 1914 (in 5 PartsI 3,000 260 780,000 Road Material Surveys, 1914, Part.s I, III and IV, 500 142 71,000 Road Material Surveys, 1914, Parts I and V, 500 002 111,000 Road Material Sur^'eys, 1914, Parts I and III 500 90 45,000 Lime Perspective in Aboriginal .American Culture — \ Studv in Method 2,000 102 204,000 Ganoid Fishes from near Banff, Alberta 400 12 4,800 The Production of Iron and Steel in Canada, 1915 2,000 56 112,000 Part of the District of Lake St. John, Quebec 3,000 96 288,000 A General .Summary of the Mineral Production of Canada, 1915. . 2,000 48 96,000 The Physical Properties of the Metal Cobalt 1,000 58 58.000 Cobalt Alloys with Non-Corrosive Properties 5,000 62 310,000 Oil and Gas Fields of Ontario and Quebec 1,500 254 381,000 The Production of Coal and Coke in Canada, 1915 2,000 42 84,000 Ymir Mining Camp, British Columbia 3,500 194 679,000 Onaping Map .\rea 3,500 166 581,000 Peat, Lignite and Coal. 5,000 282 141,000 The Anticosti Island Faunas 3,000 38 114,000 Cla3' and Shale Deposits of the Western Provinces 4,000 172 688,000 Production of Cement, Lime, Clay Products, Stone and other ^ructui"al Material in Canada 2,500 62 155,000 Building E?tones of Canada. Vol. IV. . . \ 4,000 468 1,872,000 Production of Copper, Gold, Lead, Nickel, Silver, Zinc, and other Metals in Canada, 1915. 2,500 82 205,000 Products and By-Products of Coal. . . 1,000 64 64,000 The Flora of Canada 3,000 16 48,000 Preliminary Report of the Mineral Production of Canada, 1916. . 6,000 28 168,000 The Labrador Eskimo 3,000 254 762,000 Regions auriferes de la Nouvelle-Ecosse 750 380 285,000 Rapport sur les pierres de construction et d'ornement du Canada, Vol. II 750 1,500 356 180 267,000 Region d'Arisaig, .-Vntigonish, Nouvelle-Ecosse 270,000 Archeologie. La collection archeologique du sud de I'int^rieur de la Colombie-Britannique 750 66 49,500 Rapport preliminaire sur les d6p6ts d'argile et de schistes de la province de Quebec 1,500 232 348,000 Les depots d'argile et de schistes des provinces de I'ouest 1,500 86 129,000 Les formations huroniennes de la region Timiskaming, Canada 750 32 24,000 Quelques mythes et eontes des Objibwa du sud-est d'Ontario 500 110 55,000 Vol. Ill 750 350 262,500 Carried forward 3,087,150 18,692 152,412,300 REPORT OF OUTSIDE PRINTING SERVICE BRANCH 49 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Table No. 8. — Return of Pamphlet und Miscellaneous Book-work, Year 1916-17 (copies and pages aggregate) — Concluded. Description. Number of Copies. Number of Pages. Total Number of Printed Pages. 3,087,150 18, 692 180 8 362 200 40 350 20 1B6 220 192 144 176 140 106 72 160 108 186 120 172 196 72 54 12 10 16 64 372 716 720 152 412 300 Mines — Concluded. Geologie et gisements mineraux du district de Tulamen, Colombie- 750 1,640 750 750 750 1,500 750 1,500 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5.000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 500 1,000 15,000 300 3,000 55,000 55,000 10, 200 2,050 135,000 Publications en franfais du ministfere des Mines, (parues depuis le 13,120 Rapport annuel de la production minfrale au Canada, lOl'l 271,500 1.50,000 La production du fer et de I'acier au Canada, pendant I'annfee civile 1912 ^ . . Bassins houillers de la Colombie-Britannique Le district ferif^re de Moose-Mountain, Ontario 30, 000 525,000 15,000 249,000 Congr&s Geologique 1913 — Liste des livrets guides: No. 1, Vol. I. Excursion dans I'est de la province de Qufebee et des Provinces Maritimes. Premiere partie No. 1, Vol. 11. Excursion dans Test de la province de Quebec et des Provinces Maritimes. Deuxi^me partie No. 2, Vol. IIL Excursion dans les cantons de I'Est de Qufebec et dans la partie est d'Ontario No. 3, Vol. IV. Excursion aux environs de Montreal et d'Ottawa . 1,100,000 960,000 720.000 880,000 700,000 No. 5, Vol. VI. Excursion dans la presqu'lle occidentale de rOntario et de I'ile Manitoulin No. 6, Vol. VII. Excursion dans les environs de Toronto, de 530,000 360, 000 No. 7, Vol. VIII. Excursion a Sudbury, 4 Cobalt et Porcupine. Victoria et retour, par les ehemins de fer Canadian Pacific et Canadian Northern. Premiere partie No. 8, Vol. X. Excursion transcontinentale C-1, de Toronto k Victoria et retour, par les ehemins de fer Canadian Pacific et Canadian Northern. Deuxi^me partie No. 8, Vol. XI. Excursion transcontinentale C-1, de Toronto a Victoria et retour, par les ehemins de fer Canadian Pacific 800,000 .540,000 9.30,000 600,000 No. 9, Vol. XII. Excursion transcontinentale C-2, de Toronto a Victoria et retour. par les ehemins de fer Canadian Pacific 860,000 No. 10, Vol. XIII. Excursion dans le nord de la Colombie- Britannique. dans le territoire du Yukon et le long de la C6te Nord du Pacifique 980,000 Naval Service — Roval Naval College Calendar, 1916 36,000 Royal Naval College Calendar, 1917 Public Printing and Stationery — Chapters 14, 19 and 21, 6-7 George V, reprinted for stock Railways and Canals — Information and Tariff Charges as to the Government Grain Elevators Secretary of State — Programme — Entertainment in Aid of the Ottawa and Ottawa Valley Branch of the Canadian Red Cross Society Alleged German Outra<^es (Report) 54,000 180,000 3,000 48,000 3,520.000 Alleged German Outrages (Evidence) 20.460,000 Trade and Commerce — Statistical Year Book of Canada 1914 7,303,200 Annuaire du Canada, 1914 1,476,000 Totals 3,303,390 24,046 196,841,120 50 DEPARTMENT OF PVBLIG PRINTING AND STATIONERY 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table No. 9. — Statement of other Letterpress Departmental Work for the Fiscal Year 1916-17. Department. Envelopes. Copies other Work. Agriculture ■ ■ _■ Civil Service Commission Clerk of the Crown in Chancery. . . Customs Experimental Farms External Affairs Finance House of Commons Indian Affairs Inland Revenue Interior Justice ' Labour Marine and Fisheries Militia and Defence Mines Naval Service Post Office Privy Council Public Printing and Stationery Public Works Railways and Canals Railway Commission Royal Northwest Mounted Police. Secretary of State Senate Trade and Commerce 20,000 4,000 5,000 270,000 20,000 35,000 440,640 61,700 128,880 1,200 176,000 Totals. 1,162,420 265,005 2,550 290,040 495,470 222,725 30,000 279,700 80,400 1,433,610 1,232,880 127,500 36,925 771,400 46,316,905 30,840 1,233,910 32,615,625 200 65,300 1,693,100 250 6.000 217,000 4,000 33,000 976,550 100,460,885 Table No. 11. — Statement of Books Bound during the Fiscal Year 1916-17. Departments. Full Leather. Half Leather. Quarter Leather. Cloth. 50 98 30 3 5,935 28 26 5 504 100 2,066 6,300 50 60 2,000 1,099 3 7,543 226,356 300 320 7,860 650 Post Office 16,920 112,585 Totals 110 3,326 15,804 371,651 REPORT OF OUTSIDE PRINTING SERVICE BRANCH 51 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Table No. 12. — Statement showing the Number of Pads made during the Fiscal Year 1916-17. Department. Quantity. Agriculture Finance Indian Affairs Interior Justice Marine and Fisheries Militia and Defence Naval Service Post Office Public Works Railway Commission Royal Northwest Mounted Police Trade and Commerce Total 29,959 627 500 8,052 550 609 122,526 4,526 166,840 16, 762 250 1,200 1,400 353,801 Table No. 14. — Statement showing the Die Stamping of Letter and Note Headings and Envelopes during the Fiscal Year 1916-17. Department. Foolscap, Half Cap, Letter and Half Letter. Note and Half Note. Envelopes. Number of Impressions. Governor General House of Commons Interior Justice Militia and Defence Post Office Public Printing and Stationery Public Works Railway-s and Canals Royal Northwest Mounted Police. Senate Totals. 2,000 15,000 475,000 2,550 190,875 2,000 3,000 690,425 2,000 700 3,000 6,000 500 ^ 175,000 617,000 3 105 1,000 1,250 182,305 627,250 5,000 8,700 15,000 500 475,000 2,550 982,875 2,000 3,105 3,000 2,250 1,499,980 Table No. 15. — Statement showing the Loose-leaf work performed during the Fiscal Year 1916-17. Department. Binders. Loose Leaves. Index Leaves. Ind-jit Cards. 500 200 4,211 External Affairs 24,000 2,000 10,250 1,000 424,595 500 15 1 187 Marine and Fisheries 29 220 6,500 243,690 1,700 5,000 2,000 Post Office 2,370 2,250 500 110,000 2 2,110 Totals 205 556,095 449 287,081 52 DEPART ME^'T OF PUBLIC PRISTISa ASD STATIOyERY 8 GEORGE V, A- 1918 Table No. 17. — Statement giving the Number of Maps, Plans, Cheques and Forms Lithographed during the Fiscal Year 1916-17. Department. Maps and Plans. Cheques and Forms. Agriculture Civil .Service Commission Customs Experimental Farms External Affairs Finance Governor General House of Commons Indian Affairs Inland Revenue Interior Justice Labour Library of Parliament. Marine and Fisheries Militia.and Defence Mines Naval Service Post Office.,, Privy Council Public Printing and Stationery Public Works Railways and Canals Railway Commission Royal Northwest Mounted Police. Secretary of State Senate Trade and Commerce Totals. 75 2.200 1.050 511,296 225,435 1,900 393,935 11,460 14,000 42,750 1.204.101 5,854,240 200 149,655 200 17,885 68,265 3.590 17.460 10.000 139.030 1,243,275 41 , 900 7,570 1.200 138,010 7,735,460 114,710 202,669 193,160 500 4,644,735 169, 525 396.965 2,000 32,765 6,500 7,175 l,101-,795 22.300,439 Table No. 18. — Statement showng the Number of Halftones, Line Cuts, Electros 'and Dies made during the Fiscal Year 1916-17. Department. Halftones. Line Cuts. Electros. Dies. Agriculture 323 6 3.267 6 247 Customs ' '. 64 910 152 128 91 Finance 20 Indian Affairs 22 38 181 Inland Revenue • 2 336 29 145 3 Justice ; 2 4 15 51 285 35 12 3 7 40 11 1 35 1.111 23 63 407 55 86 35 28 10 16 7 2 58 1 Militia and Defence.. 39 483 24 5 Naval Service . Post Office 3 Privy Council 2 Public Printing and Stationery 5 Public Works 35 36 1 n Railway Commission Secretary of State . .' . 93 1 125 2 184 Totals 1,596 4,240 3.551 26 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 A. 1918 STATIONERY BRANCH. Office of the Superintendent of Stationery. Ottawa, February 2G, 1918. J. de L. Tache, Esq., King's Printer aiid Controller of Stationery. Sir, — I have the honour to submit for j'our information a general statement of the accounts of this branch from April 1, 1916, to March 31, 1917, as follows, viz.: — l\) Value of goods brought forward April 1, 1916 S 224,362 14 Value of goods received, April 1, 1916, to March 31, 1917. 1,939,078 84 Wages, etc.. charged against stock 96, 6.57 27 Balance profit 116,073 48 $ 2,376,171 73 By goods issued to departments $ 1,036,618 30 Work Book Account — Printing and Sundry Printing Supplies, Printing Branch 906,761 49 Stock on hand, verified March 31, 1917 432,791 94 $ 2,376,171 73 53 54 DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATIONEiRT 8 GEORGE V, A- 1918 B — Comparative Statement of the issue of goods to the several Departments of the Civil Service from April 1, 1915, to March 31, 1916, and for the vear ending March 31, 1917. Departments. Agriculture Archives. Auditor General Clerk of Crown in Chancery Civil Service Commission Customs Canadian Government Railways Departments Generally Dominion Police Exchequer Court External AfTairs Finance — Governor General's Office and Government House. House of Commons Immigration Interior _ Indian .'\flfairs and School Supplies Inland Revenue Insurance Justice • •,• Labour Library of Parliament Marine and Fisheries ,■ Militia and Defence Mines Naval Service Penitentiaries Post Office. ._ Privy Council Public Printing and Stationery Work Book. Public Works Railways and Canals Railway Commission ' Roval Mint R.N.W.M. Police Secretary of State Senate of Canada Supreme Court Trade and Commerce Military Ho.spital Commission Internment Operations Economic Commission. . M'ar Purchasing Commission .■ • ; ■ Canadian Munition Resources Commission. North West Territorial Commission International Joint Commission Board of Pension Commissioners National Service Commission Commission of Enquiry, Railway Trans — Shell Committee Imperial Munition Board Total issued to Departments Increase for Departments Decrease for Departments Stock on hand, verified March 31, 1917. Net Total.... Net Increase . Issued ir 1915-16. Issued in 1916-17. Increase in 1916-17. $ cts. 26.809 13 984 9.5 3,600 4.5 1,128 89 768 17 27, .577 83 23,739 82 820 46 961 70 628 47 2,310 73 6, 107 40 1,410 79 26,950 08 8,921 72 61,378 27 17,983 06 10,699 69 1,805 .53 5,917 61 1,314 30 591 72 15,221 00 226,392 98 8,951 58 38,203 67 1,726 86 87, 670 89 1.749 98 16,893 SO 550,748 4' 36,2.37 30 15,481 94 3,512 24 267 93 10,948 40 6, 875 09 7,828 22 1,133 13 8,505 77 446 09 4 40 809 22 993 94 88 70 13 93 13 50 25 50 136 82 1,273,292 12 $ cts. 35.646 37 1,.325 66 4,966 07 66 05 412 51 35,800 97 40,212 94 1,260 34 1,121 94 444 55 2,416 67 22,536 97 1,932 10 29,359 21 6,106 68 74,804 88 16,982 36 10.083 29 3,583 40 5, 140 96 1,451 28 869 33 17,348 24 375,478 41 9,039 52 39,622 01 1,903 82 108,795 21 2,604 08 29,510 82 906,761 49 29,9.58 38 12.647 18 4,877 81 372 30 12.220 55 6,579 .53 12,339 14 1,222 34 19,431 74 8,433 93 2,222 81 184 78 .5,58 15 223 31 14 89 33 00 27,145 06 17,204 54 122 22 1,943,379 79 432,791 94 2,376,171 73 S cts. 8,837 24 340 71 1,365 62 8.223 14 16,473 12 439 88 160 24 105 94 16,429 57 521 31 2,409 13 13,426 61 1,777 87 136 98 277 61 2.127 24 149,085 43 87 94 1,418 34 176 96 ,124 32 8.54 10 12,617 02 3.56,013 02 21, Decrease in 1916-17. 1,365 57 104 37 1,272 15 4,510 92 89 21 10,925 97 7,987 84 2,218 41 134 61 0 96 19 ,50 27,145 06 17.204 54 122 22 687,530 67 17,443 00 670,087 67 cts. 1,062 84 355 66 183 92 2,815 04 1.000 70 616 40 776 65 6,278 92 2,834 76 295 56 624 44 435 79 25 50 136 82 17,443 00 REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT OF STATIONERY SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 55 -Comparative Statement of Business transacted in the Stationery Office from 1886-7 (the first year that the Bureau was handed over to the King's Printer), and subsequent years up to 1916-17. Packages Paper and Packages and envelopes Goods Goods Letters Letters de- cases de- supplied to Year. received. sent out. Demands received. sent out. spatched by Mail. spatched by rail and Exp. Printing Branch for work. $ cts. $ cts. $ cts. 1886-7 128,463 16 132,313 88 10,297 948 3,243 4,389 102 64,528 18 1887-8 183,731 61 186,832 .56 11,251 959 3,712 3,733 168 65,264 38 1888-9 192,101 36 185,895 04 11,591 1.175 4,020 3,979 185 87,384 95 1889-90 180,747 14 176,273 58 13,708 1,411 5,939 3,330 444 88,651 46 1890-1 185,089 29 193,035 51 15.220 1.547 6,483 3,967 463 92,394 87 1891-2 218,485 69 219.749 90 17,694 1,827 6,711 4,728 1,794 118,964 74 1892-3 228,100 38 225,401 37 17,855 2,403 6,869 5,317 2,118 118.983 22 1893-4 191,838 69 205,873 33 16,901 2,488 6,951 6,153 2,111 101,315 59 1894-5 190,840 65 195,769 83 17,857 3,404 8,178 5,883 2,017 97, 100 38 1895-6 197,592 91 199,538 62 18,899 3,675 9,132 6,730 1,469 98,045 34 1896-7 205,051 35 214,061 82 20.756 3,804 9,406 9,244 1,022 93,114 84 1897-8 230,497 06 625,116 44 21,772 5,367 . 11,457 12,521 1,170 117,312 10 1898-9 218,088 17 236.988 62 21,047 4,640 13,059 11,343 1,217 113,706 19 1899-1900... 232,017 96 252,100 23 21,928 5,984 13,277 14,129 1,060 110,049 48 1900-1 302,766 26 301,495 95 23,227 6,856 13,689 16,382 1,038 142,421 20 1901-2 296,721 64 288,782 90 23,086 6,204 15,292 15,191 805 115,597 91 1902-3 280,414 42 303,160 80 23,148 6,707 15,630 16,288 412 122,530 50 1903^ 385,810 93 3.52,993 61 25, 7.52 8,539 19,389 21,263 689 140,772 33 1904-5. 438,232 96 427,783 74 28,003 8,439 19,229 22,822 1,102 162,787 26 1905-6 463,515 73 448,388 08 28,808 7,851 18,459 29,653 1,182 157,823 76 9 months 1906-7 390,043 40 369,592 34 22,355 6,979 15,363 27,403 661 120,308 65 1907-8 588,786 87 580,027 75 31,8.58 11,007 23,115 45,628 3,129 216,093 73 1908-9 635,340 20 613,. 516 45 33,298 12,539 23,059 21,247 804 225,508 23 1909-10 599,226 80 592,902 55 36,164 13,801 23,260 53,723 1,011 222,442 62 1910-11 541.366 74 621,049 48 .39,068 12,368 23,528 27,541 1,089 258,877 63 1911-12 716,868 .55 774,. 561 .30 43,753 16,091 23,247 21,601 1,307 176,654 23 1912 13 890 025 90 931,861 87 43,477 16,173 23,990 1,842 306,687 70 1913 14 1 123 9,53 .58 1,154,429 87 1,084,443 05 46 598 13,627 26,962 2,565 361,947 03 1914-15 1,007,036 23 47,416 8,669 *29,994 •3,3.52 3,483 397,273 76 1915-16 1,148,242 24 1,273,292 12 48,759 8,168 *7,007 *2,673 6,019 .550,748 47 1916-17 1,939,078 84 1,943.379 79 49,978 8,695 •36.405 *1,664 9,922 906,761 49 •Exclusive of Distribution Branch. The expenditure of this branch shows an increase of $790,836.60 compared with 1915-16. (See statement B.) During the year requisitions on the office have reached 49,978; 8,695 letters were received and 36,405 were mailed; pack- ages despatched by mail 1,664; and packages and cases despatched by rail, 9,922. J, 0. PATENAUDE, Superintendent of Stationery. 56 DEPARTMENT OF I'llil.lr I'RIXTIXa AM) STATIOyERY 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Distribution of the Statutes of Canada being 7 and 8 George V, Seventh Session of the Twelfth Pailiament. LIST No. 1— BOUND IN CLOTH. Volumes 1 and 2. To whom sent. Parliament of Canada. His Excellency the Governor General. Cabinet Ministers Senators Members of the House of Commons Total. Depart7tietttai Lists. Judges, Supreme Court Judges, Exchequer Court Departments Department of Justice for agents Library of Parliament Deputy Ministers. Totals. Ontario. Provincial Government. Judges Clerk, Admiralty Court Officials, Osgoode Hall Police >Iagistrates 1 . .-. Sheriffs Clerks of the Peace Clerks, County Courts Libraries and Colleges. . Law Associations Commissioner of Police. Mayors of City Corporations City, Town and County Corporations. Newspapers Total. Quebec. Provincial Government . Judges Clerk Vice-Admiralty Court. Judges' Chambers Advocates' Libraries Clerk, Sessions of the Peace Recorders Stipendiary^ Magistrates . Sheriffs Prothonotaries Clerks of the Peace Libraries, Universities and Colleges . Mayors of Cities City and County Corporations Harbour Commissioners Clerks, Circuit Courts Clerks, District Courts Clerk of the Crown Newspapers Total. 1 10 141 41 47 45 U 28 1 9 233 46 1 725 1 11 18 53 31 1 1 9 9 11 15 •> 2 5 8 3 11 4 18 / 15 5 5 12 21 6 6 20 55 2 2 15 53 1 1 2 3 0 9 174 276 REPORT OF THE SVPERINTEJ^DENT OF STATIONERY 57 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Distribution of the Statutes of Canada, 1917 — Continued. LIST No. 1— BOUND IN CLOTH— Continued. To whom sent. Volumes 1 and 2 English. French Mova Scotia. Provincial Government Judges Registrar, Vice-Admiralty Court Prothonotaries Judges' Chambers Sheriffs Clerks, County Courts City, Town and County Corporations. Libraries and Colleges , Harbour Commissioner.^ Police Magistrates. Newspapers Total ^few Brunswick. Provincial Government. Judges Registrar, Vice- Admiralty Court Judges' Chambers Clerks, County Courts. ." Clerks, Circuit Courts. Mayors of Cities Sheriffs City, Town and- County Corporationa Libraries and Colleges Newspapers Total Prince Edward Island. Legislative Library Provincial Government. Judges Stipendiary Magistrates Prothonotaries Sheriffs Judges' Chambers . Clerks of Courts. Mayor of City City and Town Corporations. Clerk of The Crown Law Society Newspapers Total Manitoba. Provincial Government. Judges Clerks, County Court . Police Magistrates. ... Sheriffs Prothonotaries Mayor and City Clerk. . Libraries and Colleges . . Newspapers Total 32—5 10 15 1 18 1 18 19 40 4 1 2 10 139 13 13 1 1 11 8 2 14 23 3 7 96 42 10 20 13 1 6 1 1 10 68 58 DEPARTMEXT OF PUBLIC PRINTIXG AND STATIONERY 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Distribution of the Statutes of Canada, 1917 — Continued. LIST No. 1— BOUND IN CLOTH— Concluded. To whom sent. Volumes 1 and 2. British Columbia. Provincial Government Judges Clerks, County Court Registrar, Supreme Court Judges' Chambers City and County Corporations. Stipendiary Magistrates Sheriffs Libraries and Colleges Newspapers Total. Provincial Government, Judges Clerks, Supreme Court. Sheriffs Libraries and Colleges . . Newspapers Police Magistrates Total. Provincial Government. Judges Clerks, Supreme Court. . Judges' Chambers Sheriffs Libraries and Colleges. . . Newspapers City Corporations Police Magistrates Total. Alberta. Saskatchewan. Yukon District. The Commissioner Judges Officer Commanding the R.N.W.M.P. Sheriffs Clerk of the Court Officials Police Magistrates I RErORT OF rilK HI I'KRlNTElSlDEiiT OF STATIONERY 59 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 32 Distribution of the Statutes of Canada, 1917 — Continued. LIST No. 2— BOUND IN FULL CALF. Volumes 1 and 2. English. French . His Kxpcllcn^'v the Governor General 1 1 Their Honours the Lieutenant Governors . Cabinet Ministers 10 20 1 2 Privy Councillors (not otherwise entitled ) Judges and Registrars, Supreme Court. Library and Judges' Chambers, Supreme Court 40 6 2 3 1 1 1 15 2 2 1 L'nited States Secretary of State. ... . . United States Attorney General United States Library of Congress The Prefect of Propaganda I 1 1 British Legation, Washington 2 36 34 27 2 Colonial Governments. Total • 184 29 RECAPITULATION. BOUND IN CLOTH. Volume 1. Volume 2. Volumes 1 and 2. English. French. English. French. English. French . 237 318 725 174 139 96 42 68 96 68 65 32 56 1,245 1,977 64 Departmental List 34 Ontario 1 Quebec 275 Nova Scotia New Brunswick. Prince Edward Island Manitoba I British Columbia Alberta Saskatchewan Yukon District Miscellaneous Sales 2 Balance on hand 760 700 2 1 706 Total ordered .... 760 700 2 1 5,338 1 083 foO DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC PRINTING AND STATIONERY r 8 GEORGE V, A 1913 Distribution' of the Statutes of Canada, 1917 — Concluded. BOUND IN HALF CALF. To whom sent. Volumes 1 and 2. English. French. Sales 10 65 0 -Balance in stock 1.3 Total ordered 75 15 BOUND IN FULL CALF. To whom sent. Volume 1. Volume 2. Volumes 1 and 2. English. French. English. French. English. French. .'Authorized bv Order in Council '. Sales 2 1 2 1 184 3 3 135 29 - Miscellaneous . ... 1 70 Total ordered 2 1 2 1 345 100 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No 33 A. 1913 REPORT SECRETARY OF STATE FOR EXTERNAL AFFAIRS FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 1917 PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT [No. 33—1918] OTTAWA J. DE LABROQUERIE TACHfi PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 1913 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33 A. 1918 To His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire , K.G., P.O., G.C.M.G., G.C. V.O., etc., etc., Governor General and Commander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada. My Lord Duke, — I have the honour to lay before Your Excellency the annual report of the Department of External Affairs for the year 1916-17. I have the honour to be, My Lord Duke, Your Grace's obedient servant, R. L. BORDEN, Secretary of State for External Affairs. 33— U 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33 A. 1918 REPORT OF THE UNDER-SECRETARY OF STATE FOR EXTERNAL AFFAIRS. To The Right Honourable Sir Robert Borden, G.C.M.G., Secretary of State for External Affairs, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to .sulimit my customary report in regard to the business of this department for the annual period 1916-17. The numerous and complex questions arising from the Great European War continue to provide the subject-matter of the bulk of the correspondence of the year. Germany's adoption of the policy of unrestricted destruction of merchant vessels, within zones defined by her, brought about a severance of diplomatic relations on the part of the United States, and a state of war was formally proclaimed by the President on the Gth April, 1917. This action of the United States was promptly followed by a severance of relations with Germany by Culia, Brazil, and Bolivia. The Dominions Royal Commission resumed its sittings in Canada in August, 1916, starting at Montreal, proceeding westward to Prince Rupert, and returning via Victoria and Vancouver eastward across the continent to Quebec. Sessions were held at all important centres. A fifth interim report, summarizing the information ol)tained on this tour, was published in February, 1917. The full and final report covering all the commission's operations was issued in March, 1917. From March to May, 1917, marking a fresh development in the constitu- tional history of the British Empire, there sat at 10 Downing street, London, for the first time, the Imperial War Cabinet. This new body, over which the Prime Minister of the United Kingdom presided, consisted of the members of the War Cabinet of the United Kingdom, the Prime Minister of each Dominion or in his place a Minister deputed for the purpose, the Secretary of State for India, representing India, and other members of the Government of the United Kingdom specially concerned with Imperial affairs. The Imperial War Cabinet dealt with proljlems concerned with the effective prosecution of the war, and the terms on which peace might be made. In the end it was decided and announced that an Imperial Cabinet should be held annually to discuss foreign affairs and other aspects of Imperial policy (see Debates, House of Commons, Canada, Session 1917, vol. ii, pp. 1525-40; vol. iii, pp. 2354-5). At the same time, though sitting on alternate days, the Imperial War Conference, which is to be regarded as a special war meeting of the Imperial Conference of previous years enlarged by the inclusion in its membership, for the first time, of repre- sentatives from India, met at the Colonial Office under the chairmanship of the Secretary of State for the Colonies. The Imperial War Conference dealt with questions of common concern relating more especially to post-war conditions of an economic and constitutional nature. Canada's representatives at the Imperial War Conference were Sir Robert Borden, Sir George Perley, Mr. Rogers, and Mr. Hazen. Unfortunately, owing to unavoidable causes, Australia was unable to send representatives to the Imperial War Cabinet and Imperial War Conference of 1917. Turning to matters concerning relations with the United States, it might be mentioned that the ratifications of the Migratory Birds Convention, con- R— 5 6 DEPAUTMEVT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 eluded on the 16th August, 1916, were duly exchanged at Washington on the 7th December, 1916, and an Act confirming it was passed by the Canadian Parliament in August, 1917. Reference may further be made to questions arising with the United States Government under the Boundary Waters Treaty, which have been adjusted by the International Joint Commission: (a) Application was made to the com- mission by the United States Government for the approval of certain improve- ments in the St. Clair river at Port Huron, involving a deepening of the channel, and the construction of a submerged weir. Canada being ready to agree to the proposed improvements conditionally upon the taking of adequate measures to protect Canadian interests, the approval of the commission was given on the 18th May, 1917, subject to Canada's conditions being met. {b) The final report of the commission on the Lake of the Woods reference was made on the 18th May, 1917. A level for the waters of the lake was recommended, which it was considered would be of the widest advantage to the various interests concerned, and compensation for damages to lands overflowed by the raising of the water suggested. A scheme was further outlined for controlling and regulating the flow of the waters, so that the desired level might be maintained, (c) The International Lumber Company, an American Corporation, applied for the approval of certain booms in the Rainy river at International Falls, and on the 3rd October, 1917, such approval was granted; it being laid down that the booms should follow lines indicated by the tfnited States Secretary of War, and steps being taken to safeguard rights on the Canadian side of the boundary line. Treaty of Commerce and Navigation with Portugal, 12th August, 1914. At the request of the Canadian Government, notice of Canada's adhesion to the above treaty was given on the 16th May, 1917, His Majesty's Govern- ment in a communication to the Portuguese Government having previously recorded their view that article 6 of the treaty, relating to the importation into the United Kingdom and the sale therein of port and madeira wines, referred only to the United Kingdom, and that the application of the treaty to any of His Majesty's dominions did not involve the application- of the article referred to. Pelagic Sealing. Notification was received from the Russian Government that the killing of seals on the Commander islands, which had been prohibited in 1912, would be resumed in 1917, this involving the revival of Canada's right to share of the take. The danger attending travel across the submarine zones has made it neces- sary for the Canadian Government severely to restrict such travel in the case of women and children. It has been arranged to allow it only in special circum- stances, approved by a Sub-Committee of the Privy Council, as justifying exceptional treatment. The measures connected with the carrying out of this 'procedure have added very considerably to the work of the passport office. I gladly take the opportunity of expressing my satisfaction with the zealous and efficient manner in which the members of the staff have discharged their several duties. I have the honour to be, sir. Your obedient servant, JOSEPH POPE, Under-Secretary of State for External Affairs. Ottawa, October 15, 1917. DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS 7 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33 APPENDIX A. Alphabetical List of Foreign Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and Commercial Agents in the Dominion, according to the latest information supplied to the Department of External Affairs. Name. Designation. Country. Residence. When Ap- pointed. Allison, M.A Andre, L. A. E... Angwin, J. G Bailey, A. D Barattieri, di San Pie- tro, Count G Barranco y Fernandez C Beebe, H.'S Bell,C. N Bell.G.E Bergstrom, D Bisson, D Black, W. A Black, W. A., Blair, F. N Bonin, C. E Borlase, G. E Botkin, T Bouillon, E. A. A Bourget, A Bourgoin, George Boynton, D Bradley, W. H Brady. J. R Brandt, J. F Brookfield, J Brown. R. N Bunols, J. E Burlingham, W. B Call, B. N Campbell, G. D Canellas y. Martio, F.. Carbray, T.J Chater, D..... Chao Tsong Tian Clinton, G. W Clum, H. D Conant, H. A Cox, H Cresse, L. G. A., K.C. Cruz, Don Manuel Gar cia y Culver, H. S Cummings, E. A.. Curren, A. E Curren, A. E Davies, J. R Davison, Francis. Davison, J. McG. de Castri, C de Clerval, M. . . . Delries. R. L de Jardin, G DeLatnater, I de Likatscheff, S. Consul Consular Agent . Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent . Consul Consular Agent Consul Vice-Consul Consul General Consular Agent Consul Vice-Consul Acting Vice-Consul Consul General Vice-Consul Consul Commercial Agent Consular Agent Vice-Consul Vice and Deputy Consul. Consul General Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Vice-Consul ; Consul General Vice-Consul Consular Agent Consul Consul Vice-Consul ^ Vice and Deputy Consul. Vice-Consul Consular Agent Consul Consul Consular Agent Honorary Consul Consul Consul Vice-Consul Consul Commercial Agent . Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Consular Agent Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul General for the Dominion of Canada Portugal France Sweden United States. Italy. Spain United States. United States. Belgium Brazil Sweden Portugal Sweden Italy France Honduras Belgium United States. St. John, N.B.. Winnipeg, Man. Sydney, N'.S. .. St. John, N.B Winnipeg, Man. Cuba United States Guatemala United States Sweden United States Panama Netherlands Portugal France United States United States Brazil France Brazil United States United States United States Norway Dominican Republic. United States Dominican Republic. United States United States Cuba Cuba Argentine Republic... United States China United States United States United States United States Guatemala St. John, N.B Beebe Jet., Que Winnipeg, Man Calgary, Alta Montreal Paspebiac, Que Halifax, N.S Halifax, N.S Rimouski, Que Montreal, Que Sherbrooke, Que Campbellton, N.B.. . . Paspebiac, Que Regina, Sask Montreal, Que Sydney, N.S Montreal. Que Hamilton, Ont Prince Rupert, B.C. . . Montreal, Que Yarmouth, N.S Montreal, Que Sault Ste. Marie, Ont . Newcastle, N.B Weymouth, N.S Montreal. Que Quebec, Que Windsor, Ont Ottawa, Ont : . . Cumberland, B.C Calgary, Alta Windsor, Ont Edmonton, Alta Montreal and Quebec. Montreal, Que St. John, N.B Moncton, N.B Halifax, N.S Halifax, N.S Pictou, N.S Bridgewater, N.S Halifax, N.S Fernie, B.C Calgary, Alta Toronto, Ont Forget, Sask Fort William and Pt. Arthur, Ont Russia Montreal, Que 1903 1907 1906 1916 1910 1914 1909 1896 1916 1916 1899 1910 1911 1913 1912 1899 1907 1899 1910 1911 1916 1907 1916 1912 1915 1915 1913 1916 1904 1913 1915 1908 1904 1913 1899 1916 1905 1915 1913 1911 1910 .1916 1889 1913 1884 1905 1906 1913 1911 1913 1911 1916 1914 8 DEPARTMENT OF EXTEEXAL AFFAIRS 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Alphabetical List of Foreign Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and Commercial Agents, etc. — Continued Name. Designation. Country. Residence. WTien Ap- pointed Denison, F. C de Olivares, Jos6 de Saint Victor, R De Sola, C.I DeWolf, J. E Dorsey, W. Roderick Dow, E. A Drummond, G. E. . . . Dubuc, A Duggan. F. M Eakins, A. W Edwards, M. B Emanuels, E. J Erzinger, J Estrada, J de Falardeau. A Fisher. T. M Folger, H. S Foster, J. G Francis, A. P. O Francklyn, G. E Fraser, G. B Frechette, O Frechette, O Frechette, O Frechette, O Freeman, C. M Fryling. A Futcher, F. A Garrett, Alonzo B Gerez, A Gintzburger, S Gonnason, A Goor. M Gordon, J. A Gorman, P Grassi, G Gunn, F Hackett, W Hackett, W Hamel, H. C Hammond, J. W Eamon, \V: Hanson, G< M Hart, A. W Hart, G R Hatheway, F Hatheway, W. F Heard, W. \A' Hechler, Henry Heubach, Claude Heward, S. B Hutchinson, G A.... Isaacs, C Istel, A Jarvis, C.E.L Jarvis, M. M Johnson, E. G Johnston, F. S. S. . . . Johnston, Jesse H Johnston, M. P Jones, W. G Kelly, M. A Kerman, W. S Consul Consul Consular Agent . Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consul Consul General Consul Vice-Conaul Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consul Vice-Consul Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul General Consular Agent Consular Agent Consular Agent Acting Vice-Consul. Consul Consul General Consul Consul Viee-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consul General Consul Consul Consul General Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consular Agent Vice-Consul Consular Agent Consul Vice and Dep. Consul. Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Vice-Consul Commercial Agent Vice-Consul Consul Consul Consular Agent Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul United States. United States. France Belgium Mexico United States. United States. Denmark Belgium Sweden Cuba Sweden Brazil Switzerland. . . . Uruguay Peru United States. United States. United States. France France '. . . Spain Spain Chile Colombia Portugal United States. Netherlands. . . Norway United St.ates Argentine Republic. Switzerland Sweden Belgium Argentine Republic. United States Italy Norway Norway Portugal United States United States Brazil United States United .States Brazil France Guatemala United .States Liberia Mexico Netherlands Sweden United States France Brazil Brazil United States United States United States United States Spain Norway Brazil Prescott, Ont Hamilton, Ont Quebec, Que Montreal, Que Halifax, N.S Quebec, Que Fort William and Pt, Arthur, Ont Montreal, Que Winnipeg, Man Quebec, Que Yarmouth, N.S St. John, N.B Vancouver, B.C Winnipeg, Man Toronto, Ont Quebec, Que Halifax, N.S Kingston. Ont Ottawa, Ont Victoria, B.C Halifax, N.S Chatham, N.B Quebec, Que Quebec, Que Quebec, Que Quebec, Que Sydney, N.S Calgary, .\lta Victoria and Chem- ainus, B.C St. Stephen, N.B Ottawa, Ont Vancouver, B.C Victoria, B.C Ottawa, Ont Montreal, Que Montreal, Que Sault Ste Marie, Ont. Quebec, Que North Sydney, N.S... North Sydney, N.S... Cabano, Que Fredericton, N.B Paspebiac, Que Prince Rupert, B.C. Cape Canso, N.S Halifax, N S St. John, N.B St. John, N.B Quebec, Que Halifax, N.S Winnipeg, Man Montreal, Que Richibucto. N.B Montreal, Que Vancouver, B.C St. John. N.B St. John, N.B Vancouver, B.C Kingston, Ont Regina, Sask Lethbridge, Alta Halifax, N.S Campbellton, N.B.... Toronto, Ont 1915 1915 1913 1911 1906 1917 1917 1910 1905 1910 1907 1913 1915 1913 1914 1916 1917 1908 1903 191C 1881 1880 1898 1885 1909 1908 1911 1915 1907 1917 1916 1913 1911 1913 1908 1886 1914 1906 1910 1910 1913 1916 1882 1916 1885 1893 1910 1898 1915 1903 1916 1879 1911 1916 1913 1896 1901 1915 1910 1917 1913 1894 1916 1916 DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS 9 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33 Alphabetical List of Foreign Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and Commercial Agents, etc. — Continued. Name. Designation. Country. Residence. When Ap- pointed. Kerr, Geo King, J Koren, F Labbie, A. P Lacroix, Ed LeBoutillier, C. S... LeBoutillier, C. S... LeGros, P. E Leonard, C. F LeQuesne, J. C Levasseur, T LeVatte, H. C. V... Linnell, I. N Lin Shihyuan Longhi, G. P Long, T Mack, J. M Mahy, J. E Maitland, R. R Marino, E Marker, C. P Marsh, O. G Martin, H Martin, Henri Martin, C. W Masi, N Mason, T. J Mathers, H. I Mathers, H. I Mathers, H. I Mersereau, C. M Miles, Henry Milner, J. B Mitchell, W. A Montyn, W. V Morang, G. N Morissette, J. B Morris, M. P Morris, M. P Morris, M . P Mosher. R. B Mullin, D Munoz y. Rieva, Jose A Munro, \V. A Murphy, .John Murphy, W. B Murray, Robert MaoMillan, F MacQuillan, J MacRae, K. J McCulley. S. U r. McLaughlin, C McLean. H. H Neale, F. E Neville, J Neville, J. A Newcombe, R. M NichoUs, F Nobel, O. K Nolan, J. A Nordbye, Dr. F. A.... Nordheimer, A Numano, Y Oland, S. C Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul, with jurisdiction over the whole of the Dominion of Canada.... Consular Agent Consular Agent Vice-Consul Acting Vice-Consul Commercial Agent Consular Agent Acting Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Vice-Consul Consul Consular Agent Consul Consular Agent Consul Consul Consular Agent Vice-Consul Consul Consul Consul General Consul • Consular Agent Commercial Agent Vice-Consul Consul Consul Consular Agent Consul Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Commercial Agent Consul Consul General Vice-Consul Consul Consul Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Vice-Consul Sweden. . Belgium . Toronto, Ont Fort William, Ont. Vice-Consul Consul General. Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent . Vioe-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul". Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul General. Consul General. Consul Norway United States., France Brazil Portugal Brazil United States. Portugal Brazil United States. United States.. China Italy Colombia United States. Belgium Honduras Italy Denmark United States. Belgium Switzerland United States. Italy Brazil Russia Denmark Norway United States. Paraguay United States . Mexico Netherlands. . . Guatemala Brazil Panama Chile Mexico United States. Belgium Cuba United States. United .States. United States. Sweden Sweden Ecuador Norway Denmark Italy Argentine Republic, Norway Uruguay Argentine Republic, United States Portugal Denmark Sweden Norway Netherlands Japan Chile Montreal, Que St. Leonards, N.B.... North Sydney, N.S.. . Gaspe, Que Gasp6 Basin, Que Gaspe, Que Peterborough, Ont Paspebiac, Que Quebec, Que Louisburg, N.S Vancouver, B.C Vancouver, B.C Calgarv, Alta Toronto, Ont Liverpool, N.S Quebec, Que Vancouver, B.C Fort William, Ont Calgary, Alta Ottawa, Ont Edmonton, Alta Montreal, Que Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C Toronto, Ont Halifax, N.S Halifax, N.S Halifax, N.S Bathurst, N.B Montreal, Que Niagara Falls, Ont Toronto, Ont Winnipeg, Man Toronto, Ont Quebec, Que Vancouver, B.C Vancouver, B.C Vancouver, B.C Victoria, B.C St. John, N.B Toronto, Ont Cornwall, Ont Prescott, Ont Arnprior, Ont Chatham and New- castle, N.B Sheet Harbour, N.S. . Vancouver, B.C St. John, N.B.. Chatham, N.B St. John, N.B St. John, N.B Chatham, N.B Halifax, N.S Halifax, N.S Victoria, B.C Toronto, Ont Montreal, Que Calgary, Alta Camrose, Alta Toronto, Ont Ottawa. Ont Halifax, N.S 1910 1913 1911 1916 1909 1876 1895 1900 1910 1898 1902 1898 1916 1913 1915 1916 1896 1916 1913 1912 1910 1915 1917 1913 1916 1915 1917 1899 1906 1906 1915 1902 1916 1901 1914 1896 1904 1906 1897 1914 1915 1908 1915 1915 1917 1909 1910 1882 1898 1914 1913 1886 1908 1909 1913 1908 1914 1906 1911 1901 1916 1902 1916 1914 10 DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Alphabetical List of Foreign Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and Commercial Agents, etc. — Continued. Name. Designation. Country. Residence. When Ac- pointed. Olson, Albert.. Owen, J. M.... Owen, \V. H... Owen, \V. H... Oxley, F. H... Osley, H Pashlev, J. H. Petry, \V. H. . Philpot, J. Vice-Consul Consular Agent . . . Consular Agent . . . Consul. Consul Honorary Consul. Consular Agent . . . Vice-Consul Consular Agent . . Pickles, F. W Pierce, W. A Pirmez, R Planta. A. E Pollock, J. R Prescott, J. \V Printz, C. J. P Quann. W. P Radford, Wm. G Ragosine, \V Rairden, B. S Rasrausen, Bertil M.. . Raynaud, L Richardson, E. V Robertson, P Rochereau, de la Sa- bliere, C Rochereau, de la Sa- bli^re, C. E Rogers, W. A Ross, P. W. T Ross, T. P Ross, W. A Rousseau, A. M. Routh, F. C Rudolf, D.J Ryder, F. M Ryerson, .las Salgado, .S. G Sanford, H. M Shotts, G. \V Sinclair, N Slater, F. C Smith. H.J Snowball, R. A Somerville. J. G Soot, H. R Sorensen, C Soreusen, C Stable, N. Perez Stahlschmidt. C. B... Strickland, C. L Sutliff, L. G Taggart, G. R Tamayo, P Tanguay, E. G Taylor, T. M Terrero, Don L Terry, W. S Thierry, F Thompson, J. Enoch. . . Thompson, J. Enoch... Thomson, P. W Thomson, P. W Thorgeirsson, O. S Tovell, D. S Ukita, S Vice-Consul Consul Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent . . Vice-Consul Consular. Agent. . . . Vice-Consul Consul Consul Consul Consul-Chancelier. Consul Vice-Consul Consul . Consular Agent Vice-Consul Consul Vice-Consul Acting Vice-Consul. Consular .\gent Consul Consular Agent . . . . , Consul General Consular Agent Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consular Agent Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Vice-Consul Vice-Consul -. Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul General Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consul General Consul Consul Consul Consul Consul Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Sweden United States. United States. Cuba Portugal Portugal United States. Denmark United States. .Argentine Republic... United States Belgium Norway United States Brazil Norway United States Sweden Russia United States. Regina, Sask .\nnapolis, N.S Bridgewater, N..S. . Bridgewater, N.S.. Halifax, N.S Halifax, N.S Nanaimo, B.C Quebec, Que Port Hawkesbury and Mulgrave, N.S Annapolis, N.S Charlottetown, P.E.I Calgary, .\lta Nanaimo. B.C Fernie, B.C Vancouver, B.C Toronto, Ont Kenora, Ont Dawson, Y.T Vancouver, B.C Riviere du Loup, Que United States i Fernie, B.C. France . United States Argentine Republic. Belgium France United States. Uruguay Netherlands.. - Denmark United States. Portugal United States. United States. United States. Cuba United States. United States. United States. United States. Sweden France United States. Norway Norway Norway Cuba Norway United States., United States. United States.. Mexico Paraguay Guatemala Venezuela Belgium Panama Spain Panama Panama Netherlands... Denmark United States.. Japan Montreal. Que. Moncton, N.B Toronto, Ont.. Toronto, Ont. Toronto, Ont Campbellton, N.B Montreal, Que Quebec, Que St. John, N.B White Horse, Y.T... Montreal, Que Lunenburg, N.S Winnipeg, Man Gait, Ont Halifax, N.S Ottawa, Ont Sault Ste. Marie, Ont Summerside, P.E.I. . . Sarnia, Ont Winnipeg, Man Chatham, N.B Niagara Falls, Ont Winnipeg. Man Port .Arthur, Ont Fort William, Ont Halifax. N.S Vancouver, B.C Charlottetown, P.E.I. Winnipeg, Man Cornwall, Ont Toronto, Ont Quebec. Que Vancouver, B.C Ottawa, Ont Victoria, B.C Montreal, Que Toronto, Ont Toronto, Ont St. John, N.B St. John, N.B Winnipeg. Man Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C 1916 1872 1872 1905 1898 1916 1906 1911 1916 1910 1916 1912 1907 1908 1916 1908 1916 1910 1916 1916 1917 1911 1916 1913 1904 1908 1916 1915 1910 1916 1916 1911 1907 1915 1899 1915 1898 1906 1907 1906 1904 1902 1914 1909 1914 1914 1914 1907 1911 1915 1912 1912 1914 1916 1913 1912 1915 1900 1905 1905 1905 1914 1904 1917 DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS 11 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33 Alphabetical List of Foreign Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and Commercial Agents, etc. — Cojiduded. Name. Designation. Country. Residence. When pointed. Van Roggen, M. A Vroom, C. N Waagen, C. B. N Vice-Consul Vice and Dep. Consul Netherlands United States Norway United States Greece Vancouver, B.C St. Stephen, N.B 1910 1895 1916 Wakefield, E. C Walsh, J. C Consular Agent Consul General North Bay. Ont 1906 1915 Ward, W. A Vancouver, B.C Brantford, Ont 1909 Waterous, C. A Consul Chile United States 1908 Watson, F. C 1914 Watson. J. C Consul . United States Italy Spain United States Peru Yarmouth, N.S.: Chatham, N.B St .John N B 1916 Watt, G. Consular Agent 1886 Wedmore, P. W Vice-Consul 1919 West, G. N Consul General i Vancouver, B.C Vancouver, B.C Vancouver, B.C Annapolis, N.S Vancouver, B.C Halifax N S 1916 White, H. G Consul 1914 Whitehead, J. M Belgium Cuba 1907 Whitman, F. C Consul 1904 Winch, R. V. Sweden Mexico United States China Paraguay Norway 1906 1906 Wolf (de), J. E Vice-Consul Vancouver. B.C Ottawa, Ont Toronto, Ont 1911 Yang, Shuwen Consul General Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul General 1913 Yeigh, F 1903 Young, J. A Sydney, N.S. 1911 Young, E. E United States Russia Italy Halifax N S 1913 Zaniewsky, H Vice Consul Consul General 1916 Zunini, Cavalier L Montreal, Que 1915 12 DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 APPENDIX B. Alphabetical List of Foreign Countries represented in Canada bj' Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and Commercial Agents, according to the latest information supplied to the Department of External Affairs. Country. Place. Name. Designation. When Ap- pointed. Argentine Republic. Belgium . Brazil. Chile. China. Colombia. Corea*. Cuba Annapolis, N.S Halifax, X.S Ottawa, Ont Montreal, Que Quebec, Que St. John, X.B Toronto, Ont Calgary, Alta Edmonton, Alta. . . Forget, Sask Fort William, Ont. Halifax, X.S Montreal, Que Ottawa, Ont Quebec, Que St. John, X.B Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C Victoria, B.C Winnipeg. Man Gasp^, Que Gaspfe, Que Halifax, X.S Halifax, X.S Montreal, Que Paspebiac, Que Paspebiac, Que Quebec, Que Quebec, Que St. John, X.B .St. John, X.B Toronto, Ont Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C Vancouver, B.C Brantford, Ont Halifax, X.S Quebec, Que Vancouver, B.C. . . . Ottawa, Ont Ottawa, Ont Vancouver, B.C Quebec, Que Toronto, Ont Annapolis, X.S Bridgewater, X.S. Halifax, X.S Halifax, X.S Montreal, Que St. John, X.B Toronto, Ont.. Pickles, F. W NeviUe, J. A Gerez, A Gordon, J. A Carbrav, T. J McLean, H. H Robertson, P Pirmez, R ; . . . Martin, H de Jardin, G King, J Curren, A. E DeSola, C.I...~. .... Goor, M Mahv, J. E Mullin, D Rochereau de la Sa- bliere, C Whitehead, J. M Terry, W. S Dubuc, A LeGros, P. E LeBoutillier, C. S Hart. G. R Curren, A. E Bourgoin, George Bouillon, E. A. A Hamon, W Levasseur, T Morissette, J. B Jari'is, C. E. L Jarv'is, M. M Kerman, W. S Mason, T.J Emanuels, E. J Prescott, J. W Waterous, C. A Oland, S. C Frechette, O Morris, M. P Yang Shuwen Chao Tsong Tian Lin Shihvuan Frechette, O Long, T : Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul General . Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul. Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consul Consul General. Consul Consul Consul Consul Consul Consul Commercial Agent. Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Commercial Agent. Vice-Consul Commercial Agent. Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Commercial Agent . Vice-Consul Commercial Agent . Vice-Consul Commercial Agent . Consul Commercial Agent . Consul Consul Consul Consul General Consul General Vice-Consul Consul Consul General Consul Whitman, F. C Owen, W. H Stable, X. Perez Salgado, S. G Canellas y. Martio, F Barranco y Fernandez C Munoz y Rieva, Jose A Consul Consul Consul General . Vice-Consul Consul Consul . Consul. 1910 1908 1916 1908 1908 1908 1913 1912 1917 1911 1913 1889 1911 1913 1916 1908 1904 1907 1912 1905 1900 1876 1893 1913 1911 1899 1882 1902 1904 1896 I90I 1916 1917 1915 1916 1908 1914 1885 1897 1913 1913 1913 1909 1916 1904 1905 1914 1915 1915 1914 1915 •Represented by Japanese Consuls. DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS 13 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33 Alphabetical List of Foreign Countries represented by Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and Commercial Agents, etc. — Continued. Country. Name. Designation. Cuba — Con. Denmark. . . Dominican Republic. Ecuador. France . . . Greece Guatemala . Honduras . Italy Japan. Liberia 'Luxemburg. Mexico Netherlands Weymouth, N.S Yarmouth. N.S Calgary, AJta Chatham, N.B Halifax, N.S Montreal, Que Montreal, Que Quebec, Que St. John, N.B Vancouver, B.C Winnipeg, Man Montreal, Que Montreal, Que Vancouver, B.C Calgary. Alta. Chatham, N.B Halifax, N.S Montreal, Que Montreal, Que., Quebec, Que Regina, Sask North Sydney, N.S. St. John, N.B Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C Victoria, B.C Winnipeg, Man Montreal, Que Montreal, Que Quebec, Que St. John, N.B Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C Winnipeg, Man Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C Calgary, Alta Chatham, N.B Fernie, B.C Fort William, Ont Montreal, Que... St. John, N.B Sault Ste. Marie, Ont. Winnipeg, Man Vancouver, B.C.. Ottawa, Ont Vancouver, B.C.. Halifax, N.S Halifax, N.S Toronto, Ont Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C. Winnipeg, Man.. . Calgary, Alta Halifax, N.S Montreal, Que Quebec, Que St. John, N.B.... Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C. Winnipeg, Man.. Campbell, G. D Eakins, A. W Marker, C. P McCuUey, S. U Mathers, H. I Druminond, G. E Nobel, O. K Petry, W. H Ross, W. A Ward, W. A Thorgeirsson, O. S.. . . Bunols, J. E Brookfield, J MacQuillan, J deClerval, M Snowball, R. A Francklyn. G. E Bonin, C. E Raynaud, L de Saint Victor, R — . Bourget, A Lacroix, Ed Hatheway, F Rochereau de la Sa- bliere, C.E...... Istel, A Francis, A. P. O Andre, L. A. E Walsh, J. C Cresse, L. G. A., K.C. Cresse, L. G. A., K.C. Hatheway, W. F Morang, G. N Taylor, T. M Bell, C. N Defries, R. L Maitland, R. R Longhi, G. P Watt, G de Ca.stri, C Marino, E Zunini, Cavalier L..'. . McLaughlin, C Grassi, G Barattieri di San Pietro, Count G. . . Masi, N Numano, Y Ukita, S Hechler, Henry DeWolf, J. E Tamavo, P Mitchell, W. A Morris, M. P Heubach, Claude, . . . Fryling, A Black, W. A Heward, S. B Ross, T. P Thomson, P. W Xordheimer, A Van Roggen, M. A.. , Montyn, W. V Consul Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consul General Vice-Consul Vice-Consul .4.cting Vice-Consul . Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul General Consul Consul General Consular Agent Consular Agent Consular Agent Consul General Consular Chancelier Consular Agent Consular Agent Consular Agent Consular Agent Consular Agent Consular Agent. . . . . Consular .\gent Consular Agent C(jnsul General Honorary Consul Honorary Consul . . . Consul Consul Consul Consul Consul Consul Consular Agent Consular Agent Consular Agent Consular Agent Consul General Consular Agent Consular Agent Consular Agent Consular Agent Consul General Consul Consul Vice-Consul Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consul-General Vice-Consul Vice-Consul •Represented by Consuls of the Netherlands. 14 DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Alphabetical List of Foreign Countries represented by Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and Commercial Agents, etc. — Continued. Country. Designation. When Ap- pointed. Norway . Panama. Russia . Spain. Sweden. Calgary, Alta Campbellton, N.B. Camrose., Alta.. . . Chatham, N.B. . . Chemainus, B.C. . . Fort William, Ont.. Halifax, N.S Montreal, Que. ..... Paraguay Peru Portugal . Nanaimo, B.C North Sydney, N.S. Port Arthur, Ont Prince Rupert, B.C. Quebec, Que St. John, N.B Sydney, N.S Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C Victoria, B.C Winnipeg, Man Halifax, N.S Montreal, Que St. John, N.B Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C Montreal, Que Quebec, Que Toronto, Ont Quebec, Que Vancouver, B .C Bridgewater, N.S Gaspe Basin, Que. . . . Halifax, N.S Halifax, N.S Montreal, Que North Sydney, N.S. Paspebiac, Que Quebec, Que Rimouski, Que St. John, N.B Toronto, Ont Halifax, N.S Montreal, Que Montreal, Que Vancouver, B.C.. Chatham, N.B.. Halifax, N.S Montreal, Que Quebec, Que St. John, N.B Toronto, Ont Calgary, Alta Chatham, N.B Dawson, Y.T Halifax, N.S Montreal, Que Newcastle, N.B Pictou, N.S Quebec, Que Regina, Sask Richibucto, N.B Sheet Harbour, N.S. Sydney, N.S Waagen, C. B. N.... Kelly, M. A. ...... Nordbye, Dr. F. A. Neale, F. E Futeher, F. A Sorensen, C Mathers, H. I Koren, F Plantan A. E Hackett, W Sorensen, C Brandt, J. F Gunn, F MacRae, K. J Young, J. A Printz, C. J. P Stahlschmidt, C. B.. Futeher, F. A Soot, H. R Black, W. A Thierry, F Thomson, P. W Thompson. J. Enoch. Morri.s. M. P Miles, Henry Tanguay, E. G Yeigh, F Falardeau, A White, H. G Davison, Francis LeBoutillier, C. S... Oxlev, F. H Oxlev, H Routh, F. C Hackett, W Le Quesne, J. C Frechette, O Blair, F. N Allison, M. A NichoUs, F Mathers, H.I de Likatscheff, S.... Zaniewsky, H Ragosine, W Fraser, G. B Jones, W. G Cruz, Don Manuel Garcia y. Frechette", O Wedmore, P. W Thompson, J. Enoch. . Nolan, J. A. Murray, Robert Radford, Wm. G Davison, J. McG Bergstrom, D Murray, Robert Davies, J. R... Duggan, F. M Olson, Albert Hutchinson, G. A MacMillan, F Angwin, J. G Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consul with jurisdic- tion over the whole of the Dominion of Canada Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consul Consul Consul Consul Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consul Vice-Consul .\cting Vice-Consul . Consul Honorary Consul . . . Consul Vice-Consul Acting Vice-Consul . Consul Acting Vice-Consul . Consul Consul Vice-Consul Consul General for the Dominion of Canada Vice-Consul Consul Consular Agent Vice-Consul Consul Acting Vice-Consul . Vice-Consul Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul-General Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul 1916 1916 1916 1909 1907 1914 1906 1911 1907 1910 1914 1912 1906 1914 1911 1908 1907 1907 1909 1910 1915 1905 1905 1906 1902 1914 1903 1916 1914 1905 1895 1898 1916 1911 1910 1898 1908 1913 1903 1906 1899 1914 1916 1916 1880 1894 1911 1898 1912 1900 1901 1910 1910 1906 1916 1910 1884 1910 1916 1911 1882 1906 DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS 15 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33 Alphabetical List of Foreign Countries represented by Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents and Commercial Agents, etc. — Continued. Country. Designation. When Ap- pointed. Sweden — Con. Switzerland , United States. St. John, N.B Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C Victoria, B.C Winnipeg, Man Montreal, Que W'innipeg, Man Vancouver, B.C Annapolis, N.S Arnprior, Ont Bathurst, N.B Beebe Jet., Que Bridgewater, N.S Cabano. Que Calgary, Alta Calgary, Alta Campbellton, N.B Campbellton, N.B Cape Canso, N.S Charlottetown, P.E.I. . Charlottetown, P.E.I. . . Cornwall, Ont Cornwall, Ont Cumberland, B.C Edmonton, Alta Fernie, B.C Fernie, B.C Fort William, Ont Fort William, Ont Fredericton, N.B Gait, Ont Halifax, N.S Halifax. N.S Hamilton, Ont Hamilton, Ont Kenora. Ont Kingston, Ont Kingston, Ont Lethbridge, Alta Liverpool, N.S Louisburg, N.S Lunenburg, N.S Moncton, N.B Moncton, N.B Montreal, Que Montreal, Que Montreal, Que Nanaimo, B.C Newcastle, N.B Niagara Falls, Ont Niagara Falls, Ont North Bay, Ont Ottawa, Ont Ottawa, Ont Ottawa, Ont Paspebiac, Que Peterborough, Ont Port Arthur, Ont Port Arthur, Ont Port Hawkesbury and Mulgrave, N.S Prescott, Ont Prescott, Ont Prince Rupert, B.C.... Quebec, Que Quebec, Que Riviere du Loup Edwards, M. B Kerr, Geo Winch, R. V Gonnason, A Smith, H.J Martin, Henri Erzinger, J Gintzburger, S Owen, J. M Murphy, W. B Mersereau, C. M Beebe, H. S Owen, W. H Hamel, H. C Clum, H. D Bell, G. E Botkin, T Rogers, W. A Hart, A. W Pierce, W. A Strickland, C. L Munro, W. A Taggart, G. R Clinton, G. W Cox, H Rasmusen, Bertil M.. Pollock, J. R De Lamater, I Dow, E. A Hammond, J. W Ryerson, James Fisher, T. M Young, E. E de Olivares, Jose Brady, J. R Quann, W. P Johnston, F. S. S Folger, H. S. Johnston, M. P Mack, J. M LeVatte, H. C. V... Rudolf, D.J Richardson, E. V Cummings, E. A Bradley, W. H Gorman, P Isaacs, C Pashley, J. H Call, B. N Milner, J. B Somerville, J. G Wakefield, E.C Foster, J. G Sanford, H. M Marsh, O. G Bisson, D Leonard, C. F De Lamater, I Dow, E. A Philpot, J Denison, F. C Murphy, John Hanson, G. M Dorsey, W. Roderick Heard, W.W Rairden, B. S Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Vice-Consul Consul General Consul Consul Consular Agent Consular .A-gent Consular Agent Consular Agent Consular Agent Consular Agent Consul Vice-Consul. Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consular Agent Consular Agent Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Vice-Consul Consul General Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Consular Agent Consular Agent Consular Agent Consul Vice Consul Consul General Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent ...... Consular Agent Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Consul General Vice-Consul Consul Consular Agent Consular Agent ...... Vice-Consul Consul Consular Agent Consul Vice-Consul Consul Consul Vice and Dep. Consul Consul 1913 1910 1906 1911 1904 1913 1913 1913 1872 1909 1915 1909 1872 1913 1916 1916 1907 1916 1885 1916 1911 1915 1912 1899 1915 1917 1908 1916 1917 1916 1899 1917 1913 1915 1916 1916 1910 1908 1913 1896 1898 1907 1916 1916 1907 1886 1916 1906 1904 1916 1914 1906 1903 1898 1915 1899 1910 1916 1917 1916 1915 1917 1916 1917 1915 1916 16 DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL AFFAIRS 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Alphabetical List of Foreign Countries represented by Consuls, Vice-Consuls, Consular Agents, and Commercial Agents, etc. — Concluded. Country. Place. Name. Designation. When Ap- pointed. United States — Con.. Uruguay.. Venezuela . Regina, Sask Sarnia, Ont Sarnia, Ont .Sault Ste. Marie, Ont. Sault Ste. Marie, Ont, Sherbrooke, Que Summerside, P.E.I. . . Sydney, N. S Sydney, N. S St. John, N.B St. John, N.B St. Leonards, N.B St. Stephen, N.B St. Stephen, N.B Toronto, Ont Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C Vancouver, B.C Vancouver, B.C Vancouver, B.C Victoria, B.C Victoria, B.C White Horse, Yukon. . Windsor, Ont Windsor, Ont Winnipeg, Man Winnipeg. Man Yarmouth, N.S Yarmouth, N.S Halifax, N.S Montreal, Que Toronto, Ont Ottawa, Ont Johnston, Jesse H . . Slater, F. C Watson, F. C Shotts, G. W Burlingham, W. B. Borlase, G. E Sinclair, N Freeman, CM.. Boynton, D Culver, H. S Bailey, A. D Labbie, A. P Vroom, C. N Garrett, Alonzo B. Martin, C. W Tovell, D. S West, G. N Woodward, C. G... Linnell, I. N Johnson, E. G Mosher, R. B Newcomb, R. M... Rousseau, A. M Conant, H. A Chater, D Ryder, F. M Sutliff. L. G Watson, J. C Brown, R. N Neville, J Ross, P. W. T Estrada, J. de Terrero, Don L.. . Consul Consul Viee-Consul Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Consul Vice and Dep. Consul Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Vice and Dep. Consul Consul Consul Vice-Consul Consul General Consul Vice-Conaul Vice-Consul Consul Vice-Consul Consular Agent Consul Vice and Dep. Consul Consul General Vice-Consul Consul Vice-Consul Vice-Consul Consul Vice-Consul Consul General 1917 1906 1914 1906 1916 1899 1907 1911 1916 1910 1916 1916 1895 1917 1916 1904 1916 1911 1916 1915 1915 1914 1916 1905 1904 1915 1915 1916 1915 1913 1915 1914 1913 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 A. 1918 REPORT OF THE INSPECTOR OF PENITENTIARIES FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31 1917 PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT OTTAWA J. DE L.ABROQUERIE TACH6 PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 1918 [TSTo. 34—1918.] 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 A. 1918 To His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire, K.O., P.O.. G.C.M.G., G.G.V.O., &c., &c., &c.. Governor General and Comniander in Chief of thfi Dominion of Canada. May it Please Your Excellency: — I have the honour to lay before Your Excellency the Annual Report of the Inspectors of Penitentiaries for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1917, made by them in pursuance of the provisions of section 19 of the Penitentiary Act. I have the honour to be, Sir, Your Excellency's most obedient servant, CHAS. J. DOHERTY, Minister of Justice. -li 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 A. 1918 CONTENTS. Page. Inspectors' Report . . . 5-13 Appendix A. — Dominion Parole Officer's Report . . 14-15 B.— Wardens' Reports 15-21 " C— Crime Statistics . .' 21-23 " D. — Revenue Statements -23 " E.— Expenditure Statements 24-27 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 A. 1918 REPORT OF THE INSPECTORS OF PENITENTIARIES FOR THE FISCAL YEAR 1916-17. To the Hon. C. J. Doherty, K.C, Minister of Justice. Sir, — I have the honour to submit herewith statistics and reports regarding the operation of the penitentiaries for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1917. The number of convicts at the close of the fiscal year was 1,694, as compared with 2,118 at the close of the previous fiscal year. There were 35 female convicts, as compared with 37 at the close of the previous year. The average daily population was 1,938, as against 2,074 during the previous year. The following table shows the movement of population at the several penitenti- aries : — 1 596 148 9 1 10 e . K" a) 477 202 ;j c C 238 98 i 'S 1 155 32 C2 ■it 330 51 1 1 < 132 56 i s _• r 130 39 Total. In custody April 1, 1916 2,118 Received. From jails 020 10 iJy forfeiture of parole 2 10 5 5 1 2 3 2 11 2 2 31 1 2 Recaptured 1 1 68 56 27 2 1 1 1 1 I Discharged. Expiry of sentence Parole Deportation Death 134 127 21 2 4 "i" 76 138 9 5 29 4 1 1 44 66 3 '"■25" 27 53 8 2 3 2 31 53 3 1 2 1 1 1 28 33 5 i" 1 2 '' 408 526 76 12 65 Transfer Order of Court 9 4 Returned to Provincial authorities. 4 2 92 1 229 3 475 428 211 160 Remaining March 31, 1917. . . 99 1,694 6 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE 8 GEORGIA V, .A. 19' 8 Health. — The surgeons report that the institutions have been free from any epidemic, and that sanitary conditions are good. The number of convicts in hospital at the close of the year is as follows: — Kingston ^^ 9 _ St. Vinctnt de Paul 3 Dorchester 4 Manitoba 2 British Columbia 2 Alberta 1 Saskatchewan 0 Total 21 Female Convicts. — The small number of female delinquents — 50 per cent of whom come from one province — would suggest the propriety of arranging for their custody and maintenance at the Mercer reformatory, or some other well-regulated female prison under provincial control. The ward at Kingston penitentiary, where female delinquents from all Canada are now centralized, is admirably managed by intelligent and faithful matrons, but it is obvious that reformatory influences could be exercised more efficiently in an institution specially designed for that class of offenders. Farm Operations. — About fifteen hundred acres were under cultivation during the year, with varying results according to climatic conditions in the different parts of the country in which the institutions are situated. The following table shows the value of the products and the net profit at each prison 'during the fiscal year : — Penitentiary . Value of Products. Net Profit. Kingston St. Vincent de Paul Dorchester ._ Manitoba British Columbia Alberta ^ Saskatchewan S 10,246 9.315 6,742 11,185 7,014 - 4,464 10,733 " s 1,222 970 2,570 2.544 753 2,028 2,046 Total 59,699 12,133 The value of the farm productions and the net profits that are increasing gradu- ally year by year will no doubt expand rapidly, since the wardens have been reminded of the necessity of making the industry the paramount one during existing world conditions. Exeejit at Kingst-on and British Columbia penitentiaries, the reserves are excellent land for agricultural purposes. NATIONALITY (Place of birth). British — • ^ Canada 936 England 12« Ireland ■ 41 Scotland 24 India 7 Newfoundland 6 Other British countries 9 1,149 REPORT OF INSPECTORS OF PENITENTIARIES SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 • NATIONALITY (Place of birth) .—Continued. Foreign — ■ United States 182 Austria-Hungary 104 Russia.." 74 Italy 61 China 32 Germany 17 Sweden 12 France 8 Roumania S Turkey 7 Japan o Greece 6 Norway 6 I Other foreign countries 22 Non-Christian — Buddhist 33 Hebrew 23 Other non-Christian creeds 10 No creed S AGE. 545 1.694 OREEOS. Christian — Roman Catholic S41 Anglican 266 Methodist 169 Presbyterian 155 Baptist ; 78 Lutheran 51 Greek Catholic 42 Other Christian creeds 18 1,620 74 1.694 Under 20 years 141 20-3U years.. .. • 714 30-40 " 473 40-50 ■■ 241 50-60 " : . . 99 Over 60 years 26 Total 1,694 SOCIAL HABITS. Abstainers 299 Temperate •. ■ • S37 Intemperate 558 Total 1.694 CIVIL CONDITION. Single 1,028 Married 589 Widowed 77 Total 1,694 RACIAL. White 1,553 Coloured 56 Indian 20 half breed 21 Mongolian ' 38 East Indian 6 Total 1,694 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE EXPENDITURE 1916-17. 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Gross Expenditure. Kevenfle. Net Expenditure. S cts. 214,815 22 192,032 47 109,451 84 74,284 12 116,225 55 96,412 64 105,262 11 -S cts. 17.995 94 8,704 37 10,059 89 7,576 21 6,075 86 5,972 02 8,078 38 $ cts. 196,819 28 183,328 10 99,391 95 66,707 91 m 1.19 OQ St. Vincent de Paul Dorchester '. Manitoba British Columbia 90,440 62 97,183 73 Totals 908,483 95 63,462 67 845,021 28 COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF NET OUTLAY. Kingston St. Vincent de Paul Dorchester Manitoba British Columbia Alberta Saskatchewan Totals Average daily population 1914-15. ¥ cts. 176,478 38 159,475 56 89,126 59 72,385 56 127,661 16 95,815 07 88,228 09 809,170 41 191.5-16. 8 cts. 190,269 17 161,867 83 91,003 84 77,058 09 124,042 94 114,056 28 115,830 33 854,128 48 2,074 1916-17 S cts. 196,819 28 183,328 10 99,391 95 66,707 91 111,149 69 90,440 62 97,183 73 845,021 28 1,938 COMPAKATIVE COST PER CAPITA. a o t B - !5 CO 1 c <3 1 'S i B 5 -B O .20 3 'u pq Alberta. i 1 Staff ... 8 cts. 188 55 95 85 9 15 51 10 19 71 17 59 4 33 $ cts. 179 20 81 36 7 78 67 68 18 69 40 97 1 39 $ cts. 228 99 81 70 7 29 47 37 32 03 50 04 1 15 $ Cti. 401 60 76 99 17 24 92 96 16 12 23 54 9 51 8 cts. 219 93 76 59 12 90 31 74 16 45 47 OS 41 $ cts. .303 66 81 14 11 66 29 17 24 00 78 23 4 25 8 cts. 363 47 Maintenance of convicts 76 17 Discharge expenses Working expenses 10 45 87 86 34 95 Lands, buildings and equipment Miscellaneous 308 42 1 10 33 33 18 60 43 36 65 31 17 68 32 63 72 13 Net cost per capita 352 95 378 47 405 21 572 67 387 42 499 48 810 29 REPORT OF INSPECTORS OF PENITENTIARIES SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 ACTUAL COST. Supplies on hand April 1, 1916 $ 166,497 00 Gross expenditure 1916-17 905,484 00 i Deduct — Supplies on hand March 31, 1917 205,485 00 Estimated value of labour on production of capital and revenue 75,000 00 Net cost Cost per caput Cost per caput per diem COMPAEATIVE SUMMARY. 1,074,981 00 280,485 DO 794,496 00 409 96 1 12 Gross expenditure Net expenditure . Actual cost Cost per caput Cost per caput per diem . Average daily population. 1915. S cts. 856,208 00 809,170 00 776,554 00 390 42 1 07 1,989 1916. ■S cts. 898,900 00 854,128 00 808.707 00 389 93 1 07 2,074 1917. •S cts. 908,484 00 845,021 00 794.496 00 409 9G 1 12 1,938 1867—1917. As the fiscal year under review is the semi-centennial of the Dominion of Canada, it may not be inappropriate to review the history and progress of our penal institu- tions during that perior. It is gratifj'ing to note that Canada is a pioneer in peno- logical reform, being the first country to incorporate a provision in its constitution that penal-class convicts be segregated and placed under distinctly separate authority. The provision that penal-class prisoners (those serving two years or more) should be placed in institutions under federal control, while all others, including misdemeanants, prisoners awaiting trial, and parties held as witnesses should be under provincial con- trol, shows the wisdom and foresight of the statesmen who drafted the British North America Act. It is only of recent years that other states and countries have awakened to the necessity for like provision, and in some states and countries you will still find penal-class convicts herded with delinquents that are held for minor offences. The number of penal-class prisoners in custody on December 31, 1867, was 972, of ■ whom 6i were females. These were located as follows : — Kingston, Ont 907 St. John. N.B 27 Halifax, N.S 3S On March 31, 1917, the convict population of the four original provinces was 1,096, an increase of less than 13 per cent in fifty years. The population of the penitentiaries of Canada on March 31, 1917, was 1,694, of whom 35 were females. In 1867 there was one convict to each 3,586 inhabitants. In 1917 there was one convict to each 4,254 inhabitants. When one realizes the 10 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 extension of the country — the increased popuhition — the influx of immigrants, many of whom were unaccustomed to rigid penal laws — the relative increase of population in cities and towns where crime is more easily accomplished, and the fact of the exten- sion of our penal code to hundreds of acts that were formerly not illegal or punish- ahle, the results are eminently satisfactory and are a tribute to the manner in which our penal institutions hare been administered. Actual results speak more effectively than either the hysterical shrieks of theoretical critics or the plaintive wail of super-humanitarians, who are suffering from abnormal development of the bowels oii compassion. It was apparently the jsolicy of the Fathers of Coirfederation to establish inter- provincial penitentiaries, whereby several provinces would be served by one institu- tion. At the union, the Kingston penitentiary served for the purposes of Ontario and Quebec, and steps were taken for the centralization of x>enal class convicts in the Maritime Provinces at Dorchester, N.B., to replace the institutions at Halifax and St. John. The first departure from this i>olicy was in 1873, when a propertj- was acquired (which had formerly been used as a provincial reformatory) from the pro- vincial government of Quebec, and the penitentiary of St. Vincent de Paul was pro- claimed a penitentiary for the province of) Quebec. The language question was no doubt urged as a reason for the severance, but it has not removed the diversity of tongues at either institution. It is to be feared that the recently deceased patronage evil was the potent factor in determining the departure from the original policy. If, as a substitute solution, a central penitentiary had been established in the Coteau- Cornwall district, where there is abundance of arable land, it would have saved the country millions of dollars, and would have been convenient equally to both provinces concerned. It would also have removed the institutions to a point far from the local urban interference and intermeddling that have crippled the efficiency and economic management of both of the existing penitentiaries. In the western provinces the departure from the original policy is more marked and even less justifiable. A separate institution for British Columbia is warranted for physical reasons, but the smaller penitentiaries at Edmonton, Prince Albert, and Stony Mountain could be amalgamated in one central institution, with every possible advantage. The overhead charges in the maintenance of a penal institution, and especially the staff charges, which constitute about 50 per cent of the whole expendi- ture, would be reduced materially by the suggested change. It is safe to estimate that the annual expenditure would be reduced at least 30 per cent. The valuable reserves attached to the existing prisons would, if disposed of, more than meet the expenditure involved, the annual expenditure would be materially reduced and effici- ency promoted by the centralization suggested. Administrative system. — The system adopted in 1867 was a board of commis- sioners, but it was soon found that there was no concerted action or interest taken, and that the whole work devolved on the secretary, who, by frequently visiting the prisons, conferring with the wardens and other officers and generally studying con- ditions, obtained a practical knowledge of prison matters that served as a substitute for similar action by the commissioners. On the occasion of their periodical meetings the commissioners did the only sensible thing they could do by " rubber-stamping " the suggestions of their secretary. In 1875 this unsatisfactoi'y condition resulted in the abolition of the Board of Commissioners and the vesting of practically all their powers and duties in the secre- tary under the title of inspector of penitentiaries. In 1901 a second inspector was appointed. The system adopted in 1875 is still continued. It is amusing to note that expert advisers within the past few years have recommended the adoption of the system of control by a board of commissioners as a " modern prison reform," in evident ignorance of the fact that the suggested system was tried and found wanting years ago, and that for forty years it has been obsolete. '^ REPORT OF INSPECTORS OF PETfITE2fTIARIES 11 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 Structural im;:rovemenix. — The structural conditions in 1867 were open to severe criticism. Tbe cells were extremely small, ill-ventilated and diiBcult of supen-ision. Important improvements liave been made, especially since the structural work of the institutions has been carried on through this department by convict labour, under the direction of our own officers. The cell dormitories constructed during the past twenty- five years are not really cells, but alcoves facing well-lighted and thoroughly venti- lated corridors, and protected by a barrier of polished steel across the entire front of the alcove that impedes neither light nor ventilation. In the rear wall of the alcoves are upper and lower ventilators connecting with a central ventilating chamber that extends to the roof of the building. The cells or alcoves are fitted with folding bed and table, running water and sanitary closets and wash basins. On each range or row extending the entire length of the block there is a Mareehal locking bar that enables an ofiicer by a simple turn of the wrist to lock or unlock any or all of the prisoners on the range in a few seconds. I know of no prisons in any country that combine con- venience, security, and comfort in like degree. The ill-ventilated and ill-lighted cells that characterized the prisons of 1867 have all been replaced, and the general intro- duction of electric lighting since that date, replacing gas or oil lamps, has added materially to the proj>er ventilation and sanitary condition of the dormitories. Separate cells. — In this connection it may be noted that the policy of single or separate cell accormnodation — that is, a separate cell for each convict — has been in operation in our penitentiaries since 1807, and has been strictly adhered to. The neces- sity for this is too obvious to require explanation. It is sufficient to state that men who come to us after having been " reformed " in institutions where the dual cell or the open dormitory system is in use, very frankly admit their having seen and participated in practices at those institutions that are not conducive to morality. Not infrequently these men show their appreciation of the safety and decency that the penitentiary cells afl^ord. . Prison farms. — During the past few years a great deal has been said and written regarding the introduction of prison farms as a modern prison reform. This reform has been in operation at the Canadian penitentiaries for fifty years, and has afforded remunerative and healthful employment to such of the penal class criminals as can with reasonable safety be employed outside the walls. The restriction imposed by climatic conditions in this country necessitates the provision of other suitable employ- ment during more than half the year, but the farming operations, as an auxiliary industry, have been a boon to prison management. There are four principles that are discussed by penologists as modern reforms, which have been in practice in Canada for the past fifty years. These are: — (1) Segregation of the penal class in separate institutions and under separate management. (2) A separate cell for each convict. (3) Prison farms operated by convict labour. (4) Eemission of sentence for good conduct and industry. The provision for remission of sentence was enlarged in 1886. Formerly five days per month was the limit allowed, but, in 188G the allowance was increased so that long term convicts can shorten the penalty by approximately one third of the entire original sentence. It is applicable to all classes of convicts, irrespective of the length of the sentence. The consideration of systems and practices that have been tried and abandoned for cause may be of some interest: — (1) The reason for the abolition of the system of control by a Board of Com- missioners has already been referred to. 12 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 (2) The sub-classification of penal class convicts. This was tried and was in operation from 1886 until 1896. The classification was necessarily arbitrary and divided the convicts into three grades. The higher grade or prison aristocracy were designated by a star and clothed in plain civilian grey; the second grade or bourgoise represented the middle class and fioated between the two extremes. Their clothing was an indistinct checked cloth ; the third grade or common herd were clothed in a distinct checked suit, similar to that now in use for all convicts. As the classification was based on prison conduct, it followed that the first grade' included nearly all life prisoners, recidivists and many who were under sentence for brutal and unnatural crimes, while the lower grades had many young convicts con- victed of comparajtively minor crimes, whose reckless disregard of prison rules deprived them of the privileges of a higher grade. ' These men attributed their degraded position to discrimination and personal antipathy on the part of the warden, and were generally sincere in the belief, although it liad no foundation in fact to justify it. Tlie first class assumed their grade as a right, and showed no appreciation of it as a privilege. Aside from the bitterness and envy that the classification produced, the only appreciable effect on the institution was the abnormal number of escapes and attempts at escape that characterized the period in which the practice continued. The convicts concerned were, with few exceptions, of the prison aristocracy or first grade, and it is obvious that the prospect of success suggested by their civilian dress was to a great extent responsible for the evasions. The number of escapes and attempts during the few years the practice continued are, in the aggregate, greater than those that have occurred in the succeeding two decades. The successful classi- fication of criminals involves their incarceration in separate institutions — the classi- fication to be made by the court by which they are sentenced rather than by prison officials. (3) The elimination of tohacco. — The practice of furnishing this luxury to convicts at public expense was one of the abuses that ante-dated Confederation, and was not abolished until 1897. Not more than 20 per cent of the men were habitual chewers when admitted, but all claimed to be such in order that they might have an article of commercial value with which to traffic within the prison. Weak officers were sup- plied by convicts, who were thua immune from report whatever prison offence they committed. The tobacco ration was stored and sold through dishonest officers in exchange for liquor, drugs, etc. It was also used between convicts as payment for unnatural and immoral practices. The dormitory cells and workshops were rendered unclean and unsanitary by the tobacco-chewing industry and, daily, complaints were made as to the quality and quantity supjilied. It has been suggested by ill-informed persons that its re-introduction would be an incentive to good conduct and industry — in other words, that the convicts should be bribed to behave — but those who have had experience in prison management, when it was permitted, know that in such cases the convict regards the privilege as a right, and if for cause it is attempted to deprive him of it, he would make it a serious grievance, and, as a matter of fact, his fellow convicts would supply him with larger quantities than he was deprived of. The elimination of the practice has greatly improved the sanitary condition of the prisons, and has in many cases enabled the men to break a useless and filthy habit. The parole system. — Of all the various improvements that have been effected, the license or parole system has been the most important, and its successful operation is a just cause of satisfaction to those who have been responsible for its administration. In conjunction with the remission system, it is the greatest and all-sufficient incen- tive to goiid conduct and industry. It has been in operation since 1899, and of the thousands who have been released on license, 94 per cent have completed their sen- REPORT or INSPECTORS OF PENITENTIARIES 13 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 tences under the rigid conditions of life that the terms of the license impose. This success has been due largely to the intelligent and sympathetic supervision of the officer in charge. The granting of petty privileges and perquisites to convicts as a bribe to induce good behaviour is inconsistent with the object for which prisons are established, and is puerile and ineffective as an inducement to permanent reformation. When a man is given the implement of remission by which he can curtail his sentence, and the key to liberty provided by the prospect of parole, he has every inducement to reform that he requires or expects. The policy followed by those who have been charged with the administration of Canadian penitentiaries has been to avoid theoretical and impractical experiments, and to carry out such improvements as experience and common sense have dictated, and the result as shown by actual facts invites comparison with the results effected by other systems and policies in any other country. Much of this success is due to the loyalty and intelligence of the successive wardens, whose general devotion to duty is worthy of the highest praise. Respectfully submitted, DOUGLAS STEWART, Iriepector. 14 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE p 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 APPENDIX A.— REPORT OF THE ^DOMINION PAROLE OFFICER. Mr. W. P. Archibald, parole oiEcer, reports as follows : — During the past year 838 cases have been received and reported on by the parole office, entailing a thorough investigation, embracing the antecedents and the general character of the prisoner applying for the clemency of a parole; employment and environment is also considered in event of their release. Communication is kept up vcith prisoners on parole, and when a man is out of employment or applies for a change of occupation the matter is adjusted to suit the i^risoner when considered advisable. I am pleased to report that those who have been released on parole during the year are industriously inclined, and have been doing their very best to earn an honest living. From the statistical report I find that a little over 2 per cent of the entire number reporting have lapsed into crime. This is, I think, an excellent show- ing, demonstrating beyond doubt the possibility of the men and women released con- ditionally to reinstate themselves in the community in which they have offended, and becoming respected and self-respecting citizens. From police reports, I am informed that those released on parole during the year have been reporting well. I also beg to state that during my visits to the various centres of the Dominion I found them suitably employed and living within their license. In exceptional cases only have complaints been made about their general conduct. Since the outbreak of the war, 422 men who had been released on parole volun- teered for overseas service and were accepted by the military authorities. Considering the 400,000 men (approximate figures) who have responded to the call of the nation, this is, of course, not a very large percentage, but I am pleased to report that the men who have gone to the front have done exceptionally well. Some have risen from the ranks to commissioned officership; others have been mentioned in despatches for bravery and distinguished conduct, subsequently receiving the Distinguished Service Medal. It has never been considered judicious by those in authority to release men in a wholesale manner for the purpose of enlistment; only in cases of desertion or minor offences have men been released to rejoin their regiments. While some enthusiasts have advocated the emptying of penal institutions in Canada in order to fill up the ranks at the front, it is a source of gratification that these suggestions have not been considered seriously. No just cause has been given for the argument of slackers or the disloyal ele- ments in our country that criminals have been released indiscriminately for the pur- pose of enlistment. The great majority of those released during the year had sei-ved a substantial portion of their sentences in custody. No doubt the excellent showing in the percentage of men doing well has much to do with the aforementioned fact. I would again mention and pay tribute to the men who have gone to the front and have given their service freely. In some eases they have made the supreme sacri- fice for their country. Notwithstanding the fact that these men have had a fault and were punished, ,who, wdth a human heart, would even mention the past under these circumstances. Their blood mingles with other heroes of our nation who have fallen with their faces to the foe, and they now lie buried in the mother earth of France. What more could mortals do to win back their honour and the esteem of their fellow men? REPORT OF INSPECTORS OF PENITENTIARIES 15 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 The tabulated statements reveal a little over 5 per cent have not complied with the conditions of their license, principally by failure to report, and have had their licenses revoked in consequence. TABULATED STATEMENT FOR YEAR EIXDING MARCH 31, 1917. Prisoners Released on Parole — Revocations. Forfeitures. Total Loss. Per cent. Per cent. Per cent. Kingston 12G 10 or 7.93 1 or .79 11 or S.7 St. Vincent de Paul 138 10 or 7.24 2 or 2.17 13 or 9.4 Dorchester )» 66 5 or 7.57 5 or 7.57 10 or 15.15 Manitoba 55 2 or 3.6 .... 2 or 3 . 6 British Columbia 56 2 or 3.5 2 or 3.5 Alberta 55 2 or 3.7 3 or 5.5 5 or 9 . 2 Saskatchewan 33 .... .... .... Total, penitentiaries 529 31 or 5. 86 12 or 2.27 43 or 8.1 Jails, etc 528 ' IS or 3.4 IS or 3.4 Ontario reformatory.. .. 102 7 or 6.86 1 or .98 8 or 7.8 Total, jails and reformatories.. .. 630 25 or 3.96 1 or .15 26 or 4.1 Grand total 1,159 56 or 4.S 13 or 1.1 69 or 5.9 Since the inception of the Parole Act in the year of 1899, I have published the total figures furnished by the Dominion police office, and the following statement is rendered up to the year ending March 31, 191", by their office. The figures demon- strate the fact that 4,931 persons were released on parole from the peitentiaries during the eighteen years' operation. From reformatories and other prisons of the Dominion 5,283 persons have been released on parole, making a total of 10,214 paroles granted. From this number, 374 licenses have been revoked for non-compliance with condition of license, or 3-66 per cent. The number ofl licenses forfeited for subsequent con- victions is 260, or 2-53 per cent, making the sum total ,of losses to the system 634, or 6-19 per cent. A slight decrease is perceptible from this year's figures in comparison with those of preceding years. Eight thousand seven hundred and eleven persons have conmpleted their sentences on probation, while those who have not yet completed their probation is 869. The above figures furnish the best criterion in judging or summing up the effective work of the parole system, as the revocations and for- feiture figures must naturally merge into the preceding year's statistics. That 8,711 i)ersons have completed their probation on parole and are now enjoy- ing full citizenship is a very gratifying fact indeed, and of vital interest to those who are interested in redemptive work of any character. The figures as a whole are very satisfactory. APPENDIX B.— WARDENS REPORTS. KINGSTON. Robert E. Creighton, warden, reports as follows: — At the beginning of the year the population was 596; there were received 168 and discharged 289 during the year, leaving a population of 475 at its close; the average being 540. The marked decrease is, in my opinion, due to two causes — the war and prohibi- tion. The opportunity offered by the war to exercise the love for excitement and adven- ture has no doubt appealed to a certain class of restless spirits that under normal 16 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 conditions help to swell the population of this and similar institutions, and has induced them to join the colours. That the extensive use of intoxicants is the cause, either directly or indirectly, of a certain amount of crime must, I think, be generally admitted, and so far as its use is properly controlled so far will it help to keep many a poor unfortunate out of places of this kind. During the summer months much-needed repairing and pointing was done to the farm buildings and walls; the condition of one of the stone barns was such that a new end had to be built on. • The extension to the boundary wall was plastered on the inside with cement, thus completing that work. The old and unsightly picket fence on Palace street, extending from King to Union streets and along the latter to the eastern boundary of the reserve, was removed and replaced with a woven wire one, having cement posts and cut-stone gate posts. It has added wonderfully to the appearance of the property, and I would strongly recom- mend that as it becomes necessary to replace other portions of the fencing the same material be used. •A properly constructed tile drain has been made on King street, extending along the prison enclosure, and the cinder path which has done duty for so many years has been replaced by a well-constructed cement walk. As soon as the season permits, it is the intention to regrade the hill; when this is completed, and with some other minor improvements made, it will impart to the front of the institution a well-kept look that was lacking before. The interior of the north wing has been removed down to the ground floor, and the building is almost ready for reconstruction as ' a cell block. Unless conditions demand that the work be preceded with more rapidly, it is the intention to reserve work on this building for the season of the year when work out of doors cannot be carried on. The building operations planned for the summer include a new smokestack for the boiler-house, the present one being too small to furnish the necessary draft for the proper running of the boilers, and a reconstruction of a portion of the wharf, which is to have a cut-stone face, backed with cement. The installation of electric light in the hospital, in progi-ess at the time of my last report, has been completed. It adds much to the comfort of the patients, who before were without light in their cells, and better conditions generally for the officers in the performance of their duties. A well-lighted operating room, properly equipped for performing operations, has been provided, the building painted throughout and renovated where necessary. During the year a new electric pump was installed at the water's edge, which, during the season when the water is high, gives entire satisfaction and keeps the place well supplied; when the water is low, however, it does not work so satisfactorily owing to the fact that it does not receive an adequate supply of water; this we hope to remedy during the summer by a readjustment of the intake pipe. The Smith- Vale steam pump has been overhauled and put in good working order. It is now attached to another intake pipe, and gives much better satisfaction than it did before the change was made; so that, under ordinary conditions, we are now in a much better position as regards the water supply than we were a year ago, when it was the cause of much anxiety. Thanks to the continued interest in our tailor and shoe shops by Major Dillon, Supply Officer for Internment Operations, and to an unusually large order for clothing from the Department of Indian Affairs, these departments of the institution have been working- to their full capacity during the year. I trust these may be but the forerunner of still larger orders. PAROLE OFFICE'R-S REPORT 17 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 Owing to a most unfavourable season, in common with tlie rest of the farming- community, our crops were far below the average, and consequently the farm doea not make as good a showing as usual. We harvested, however, with the exception of potatoes, enough vegetables to meet our own requirements up to the present. The piggery continues to show good returns. After supplying the steward with all the pork required for the institution, we had a considerable quantity for sale, which was disp'jsed of at an unusually high price. The general health of the inmates has been good; we have been free from epi- demics, and there has been comparatively little illness of any kind. There were two deaths, one from paraplegia and the other from uremic coma ; both these cases would have resulted fatally under any conditions. I regret to say there were two serious accidents during the year; as the result of one, the arm of the man who was injured had to be amputated at the shoulder joint. The other, a broken ankle, is, I am glad to report, nearly well again. Detailed reports of the unfortunate occurrences were sent you at the time they occurred. The conduct of the prisoners has, on the whole, been good, and the discipline up tc the average. ST. VINCENT DE PAUL. G. S. Malepart, warden, reports as follows: — At the beginning of the year the population was 477 ; there were received 204 and discharged 258, leaving a population of 423 at the close of the year. During the year 80 feet of the boundary was completed, and the coping on the whole front wall, about 900 feet, has been put in place. Owing to a very dangerous bulge in the wall on the east side, I found it necessary to take down nearly 200 feet within 5 feet of the grade, and rebuild the same. The old wall has also been pointed with good strong cement mortar. A division fence between the adjoining property and the warden grounds was removed and a cement fence was erected in place of same, with a fine cresting, which adds greatly to the appearance of both properties. A small stone building was erected in rear of the boiler-room for the housing of the hose trucks, and a tower provided for the drying of the hose after use. The government block tenements were all put in a good shape, and it should cease to cause trouble for some time, beyond the minor repairs caused by the ordinary wear and tear. The glasses in the top of the dome's roof were renewed, and that portion of the structure made water-tight. The erection and completion af a water tower has been in operation for the past three months, and is giving a good and efficient service. The installation of new closets in the hospital has been done. New lead cable for the electrical plant from power-house to the pump and village las been erected. The removal of the old tanks from the attic of the administration building and the installation of a new force pump in boiler-house has been done. The installation of a new locking apparatus for the north wing, replacing the one previously in position, has been performed. The completion of the plumbing in the new kitchen, and extension for heating the gate, the store, and the piggery has also been done. The discipline of the prison has been good. 34 — 2 18 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 DOECHESTEE. A. B. Pipes, warden, reports as follows : — During the year the building operations were: the extension of the boundary wall, which was coropleted in the early autumn, and the starting of work on the new reservoir, which we expect to see finished this season. We had one escape and recapture, ,a full account of which was forwarded you at the time. I am pleased to report that on the whole the conduct of the prisoners has been good, and the discipline maintained. MANITOBA. W. E. Grahame, warden, reports as follows: — The movement of convicts for the year has been as follows: Eemaining at mid- night, March 31, 1916, 155; received during the year, 189; discharged, 97; remaining at close of year, 92. The daily average during the year was 116. From the foregoing statement it will be seen that there has been a decrease in population as compared with the former year, owing chiefly, no doubt, to the gigantic struggle in which the Empire is engaged at the present time in Europe. Two convicts escaped on July 21, 1916, from the farm yard. One had served a previous sentence of two years, and had only three months to serve to complete his second term; the other had completed one year of a two-years' sentence. Farming operations were carried on successfully during the year; a considerable quantity of potatoes, oats, and pork was sold, and everything put in readiness for a vigorovis effort during the coming season. The reinforced cement floor in the storeroom adjoining the shoiJS has been com- pleted; the new heating arrangements which were installed in the new shops have proved satisfactory. During the coming summer we shall be able to furnish employment for the whole of our population on work that is urgently required to be done. I am pleased to say that the discipline of the institution has been good. I cannot close without mentioning the untiring efforts of Major Sims, of the Salvation Army, in looking after the welfare of men discharged or paroled from here; also the Territorial singers of the Army, who, by their singing at our Divine services on several occasions, have justly merited the hearty appreciation extended to them by all who heard them. BEITISH COLUMBIA. John C. Brown, warden, reports as follows v — Notwithstanding the comparative failure of the oat crop, common all over the district, the farm has had a successful year. Boots and garden vegetables were very good — the potato crop being the heaviest in the history of the penitentiary — and the piggery also had a successful year. Partly because of large crops, and partly because of the decrease in prison population, we had a considerable surplus of potatoes and pork for sale, and also a fair quantity of garden vegetables. The work of bringing the prison "up to date" has gone on steadily during the year. The new cell wing has been completed, and now holds all the prisoners in cus- tody, except a few in the hospital. The modern cell accommodation here is now almost WARDENS' REPORT 19 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 equal to the largest number of prisoners ever in confinement in this penitentiary at any time, and therefore considerably in excess of present requirements. This fact enables us to give exclusive attention to other improvements, and we have begun the construction of a building which will have a modern kitchen on the ground floor and a fine hospital in the second and third stories. We hope to make rapid progress with this during the summer. The outstanding feature in the history of the year is the great decrease in prison population. This is the third time I have been able to report a decrease. The figures are: Prisoners in penitentiary: March 31, 1915, 349; March 31, 1916, 328; March 31, 1917, 227. This does not include two men on our books who are confined in the pro- vincial hospital for the insane. March 31, 1914, saw 376 prisoners within the peniten- tiary walls, so that the war years have 'brought a most notable decrease, and to a con- siderable extent that decrease is the direct result of the war. The "boom times" of 1912 and 1913 largely increased the population of the province, and th& depression which followed left it with a stranded surplus unable to find employment and equally unable to return to distant homes. Of these, when the war came, thousands enlisted, as". weW as thousands of others who were comfortably se.ttled in various employments, so- that it speedily became true that the employer was looking for labour rather than labour looking for an employer, thus curing that condition of " no work and no money "^ which leads so many into petty crime. Only one officer of the penitentiary enlisted during the year; but the staff gen- erally has kept up contributions to the patriotic and other war funds with commend- able regularity and liberality. There were two deaths during the year, both from tuberculosis. One, a China- man, was sent to the hospital almost immediately after he was received; the other, an Indian, contracted the disease while in prison. There was one (temporary) escape. ' A prisoner working at the outskirts of the leserve ran away and was not recaptured for several hours. The new heating system was in use during a considerable part of the winter. Tt appears to be entirely satisfactory. The Salvation Army officer in charge of that branch of the Army's work continues faithfully and successfully to look after the interests of discharged prisoners. ALBERTA. J. C. Ponsford, warden, reports as follows : — From the report of the movement of convicts it will be seen that the population of this isenitentiary decreased 32 during the year. The reduction in the population I attribute almost wholly to the European war, as many men who formerly followed an indolent and criminal career were induced to enlist in the various expeditionary forces which were recruited from the province of Alberta. From various sources I have received information where quite a number of ex-convicts from this institution have been killed or wounded, and of many others who are serving with the colours and are doing their bit on the battlefields of France. Two of the permanent officers oi this penitentiary were granted extended leave of absence, and enlisted in the 7Sth Artillery for overseas service. The operations of the farm during the year were very successful, showing a profit of $2,028.54 on the small amount of land under cultivation, being a little less than 45 acres. We built, during the year, a new brick stable and machinery building. The stable will accommodate ten horses, and is modern in all respects. This was a much-needed improvement, and adds materially to the appearance of the surroundings. 20 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 I very much regret having to mention in tliis report the death of Convict Cohen. The cause of death was toxemia, caused by an ambolism occluding the abdominal artery, causing gangrene. Otherwise the health of the convicts 'was above the average. The only accident of the year was a broken wrist bone to Convict Zehentmeier. We had two escapes during the year, both of which were recaptured within a very short time of their escaping. SASKATCHEWAN. W. J. Macleod, warden, reports as follows: — There were 130 prisoners in custody at the beginning of the year; received, 39; discharged, 70; remaining in custody at close of year, 99, including three convicts in the provincial hospital for the insane. The daily average for the year was 112. I am pleased to report that we have completed the cells on the east side of our new cell block, which gives us accommodation ,for 104 prisoners. We moved the prisoners over there this month, and they wer-e very glad to be removed from the temporary cells in which they have been since this institution opened. Our new cell block is, indeed, a great improvement, being bright, well lighted, well heated, and ■with first-class ventilation. We are now working on the cells on the west side in our new block, squaring up the piers and walls, and plastering. We have torn down the wooden cells in the old portion of the old cell wing, but have left the cells in the new extension so that if our population increases before the west side of the new cell block is finished we will have plenty of acconunodation. During the past summer we drove piles for the foundation and built a new boiler house, 40 feet by 40 feet with a T5-foot brick chimney, and installed two high-pressure boilers, 60 inches by 14 feet, with which we heated our new cell block. We also installed the heating system in new cell block, and am pleased to state that when steam was turned on there was not a leak, and all traps, etc., were in first-class working order. We also wired all cells and the corridor in new cell block, putting all wires in conduits, and when the electricity was turned on everything was most satisfactory. We also put down the floor and foundation walls for a coal storage, 40 feet by 30 feet, built onto the east side of boiler-house, and put up temporary wooden walls and a roof over it, in which we stored our winter's supply of coal. We also built a concrete duct from boiler-house to new cell block and shops' building for steam and water pipes. We were only able to get the floor and walls poured before cold weather set in, and had to put a temporary top over it for the winter months. We installed a watchman's electric clock, with stations in shops building, liospital, new cell block, and boiler- house. We will put stations in yard during the coming summer. Our plumbers are now busy connecting up closets and wash bowls in cells to sewage system in duct, and we expect to have them in working order in a few weeks. We took up 250 feet of 6-inch sewer pipe from in front of shops' building to fence, and laid a 9-iuch pipe in its place. This 6-ineh pipe carried sewage from shops' build- ing, hospital, and stable, and was continually giving us trouble, as it was altogether too small for the amount of sewage going through it. It connected with a 9-ineh pipe near the fence, which runs down to sewage beds. Last fall we drove down steel sheet piling for a new well, 30 feet by 10 feet, out- side of south fence, and dug well down some 19 feet, and when we finished we had 11 feet of water. This piling has still some three or four feet to go yet, and has to be cut for suction piise and bored for sand points. The water which we got is nice and clear, and should be first class for drinking and cooking purjwses. We also di'ove piles and poured cement for four foundation piers for our new S0,(X>0-gallon water tower. We put these piers dow^^ 8 feet and they are 10 feet 6 inches by 8 feet 6 inches at base, and 2 feet by 2 feet at top, and also put in one pier WARDENS' REPORTS 21 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 at centre for water pitx3 to rest on. The water-tank coiitraetor's crew worked some ten or twelve days in December on tank and put up three of the legs which holds tank, and then had to stop work owing to cold weather. They are to start work again in April. A year ago last winter our stable walls were covered sopie inches thick with frost, and made our stable very damp; so during last summer we plastered the stable so as to g-et an air space and thus avoid this dampness. I think we will have to put in steam heat at each end of stable, as during the very severe weather it is very cold. We installed a new steam hot-water heater, which furnishes hot water for laundry and kitchen. This is a great improvement, as before we had to heat our water for laundry, bathing, and kitchen with hot-water fronts in ranges, and at times laundry work and bathing of convicts would have to stop, waiting for hot water. Considering the season, we had very good results from our farm. We had 301 acres under crop and about 75 acres which we summer-fallowed. Out of our crop we shipped two carloads of potatoes and one carload of oats to the penitentiary at Kingston last fall, and this spring we sold 4,320 bushels of oats to farmers in this dis- trict. We have plenty of oats left for seed and feed. We have 79 hogs all in fairly good condition after the very severe winter. In this connection I beg to draw your attention to the fact that we are badly in want of a proper building in which to keep our pigs. At present they are kept in pens built of poles and covered with straw, and, as you can imagine, it is some trouble to give them water and soft feed with the ther- mometer hanging around from 30 to 60 below zero for days at a time. The feed and water simply freezes solid in their troughs before it can be eaten. We have cut and hauled some 85 cords of wood oflF our farm for use in burning bricks next fall. This about cleans up all the wood worth cutting on the farm. We hauled enough gravel and sand during the winter from our reserve across the river for all building purposes for the coming summer. We made about 131,000 bricks during the past summer, which, with what we have on hand, will be enough for all buildings which we intend to put up this coming summer. The health and conduct of all convicts has been very good during the past year. We have eight officers on active service, whose positions are being held for them, and a number of other officers have resigned from the staff and enlisted. APPENDIX C— CKIME STATISTICS. MOVEMENT OF CONVICTS FOR THE PAST TEN YEARS. KINGSTON. Years. Remaining at beginning of year. Admitted. Discharged. Remaining at end of year. Daily average. 1907-08 1908-09 1909-10 191011 1911-12 458 488 570 558 502 494 516 511 559 596 181 245 203 176 182 208 199 277 245 168 151 163 215 232 190 186 204 229 208 289 488 570 5.'^8 502 404 516 511 559 596 475 463 535 671 520 487 1912-13 191314 1914-15 498 499 530 1915-lG 570 1916-17 540 34—3 22 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 ST. VINCENT DE PAUL.. Years. In custody at beginning of the Year. Admitted during the Year. Total. Discbarged during the Year. Remaining at end of Year. Daily Average. 1907-08 1908-09 1909-10 402 401 510 533 476 442 405 401 447 477 . 174 280 224 190 180 165 194 207 220 204 576 681 734 723 656 607 599 608 667 681 175 171 201 247 214 202 198 161 190 262 401 510 533 476 442 405 401 447 477 428 392 457 536 1910-11 1911-12 498 461 1912-13 1913-14 1914-15 417 392 417 191^16 1916-17 457 468 DORCHESTER. Years . Admitted. Discharged. Remaining at end of Year. Daily Average. 1907-08 1908-09 1909-10 1910-11 120 119 118 119 82- . 100 114 117 113 111 79 lOS 118 110 117 125 78 113 110 138 235 246 246 255 220 195 231 235 2.38 211 211 240 234 250 1911-12 1912-13 231 209 1913-14 210 1914-15 1915-16 1916-17 225 240 232 MANITOBA. In custody at beginning of the Year. Admitted Discharged Remaining Daily Average, Years. during the Year. Total. during the Year. at end of the Year. 1907-08 175 120 42 77 217 197 97 53 120 144 140 1908-09 129 1909-10 144 84 228 63 165 158 1910-11 165 90 255 82 173 163 1911-12 173 95 268 85 183 174 1912 13 183 97 2H0 80 200 186 1913-14 200 70 276 104 172 181 1914-15 172 87 259 92 167 162 19l,')-16 167 77 244 89 155 164 1916-17 155 34 189 97 92 - 116 WARDENS' REPORTS 23 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 BRITISH COLUMBIA. Years. In custody 3t beginning of the Year. Admitted during the Year. Total. Discharged during the Year. Remaining at end of the Year. 152 204 209 260 331 351 377 349 330 229 Daily Average. 1907-08 1908-09 1909 10 1910-11 1911-12 137 152 204 209 260 331 351 377 349 330 84 113 93 145 168 175 179 163 -131 5(i 221 265 297 354 428 506 530 540 480 386 69 61 88 94 97 115 153 191 150 157 142 178 213 226 290 1912-13 1913-14 1914-15 .. 1915-16 1916-17.. 345 370 355 337 287 Al.RBRTA. 1907-08 1908-09 1909-10 57 80 91 148 199 167 206 203 175 192 48 60 107 118 99 120 98 101 107 61 105 140 198 266 298 287 304 304 282 253 25 49 50 67 131 81 101 129 90 93 80 91 148 199 167 206 203 175 192 160 70 86 112 1910-11 1911-12 177 168 1912-13 1913-14 1914-15 1915-16 180 195 175 181 1916-17 183 SASKATCHEWAN. i 1912-13 1913-14 58 95 108 132 130 65 68 •75 43 39 123 163 183 175 169 28 55 51 45 70 95 108 132 130 99 76 101 1911-15. .. 1915-16 1916-17 125 125 112 APPENDIX D.— REVENUE STATEMENT. SUMMARY OF RB^'ENUE Kingston $ St. Vincent de Paul Dorchester Manitoba British Columbia Alberta Saskatchewan 17,9&5 94 S.704 37 10,059 89 7,576 21 5,075 86 5,972 02 8,078 38 63,462 67 24 DEPARTilE\T OF JCSTJCE 8 GEORGE V, A. 191S APPENDIX E.— EXPENDITURE STATEMENT. KINGSTON. Staff- Salaries and retiring allowances $a6,454 65 Uniforms and mess 5,536 67 $101,991 32 Maintenance of Convicts — Rations 35,477 82 Clothing and Hospital 16,622 96 52,100 78 Discharge Expenses — Freedom suits and allowances 5,109 52 5,109 52 Working Expenses — Heat, light and water 16,300 48 Maintenance of buildings and machinery 9,028 66 Chapels, schools and library 421 05 Office expenses 1,472 58 27,232 77 Industries — Farm 2,751 84 Trade shops ' 14,332 19 17,084 03 Prison Equipment — Machinery 4,800 55 Furnishing „ 1,447 05 Utensils and vehicles 455 32 Land, buildings and walls 2,267 91 — 8,970 83 Miscellaneous — Advertising and travel 631 05 Special 1,704 92 2,335 97 214,815 22 ST. VINCENT DE PAUL,. Staff- 79,823 4,251 29 51 ■ 84,074 43,274 4,084 36,618 4,107 \ 19.221 651 80 Maintenance of Convicts — Rations Clothing and Hospital 27,866 15.407 33 78 11 Discharge Expenses — 4,019 65 01 15 Transfer and Interment.. .. 16 Working Expenses — Heat, light and water Maintenance of buildings and machinery Chapels, schools and librarj' 22,307 12,SS8 260 1.162 52 42 50 38 Office expenses 82 Industries — Farm 1,312 2,795 19 13 Trade shops 32 Prison Equipment — Machinery ^ 529 1,139 1,468 16,084 65 38 21 68 Furnishing Utensils and vehicles Land, buildings and walls. . . Miscellaneous — Advertising and travel.. .. Koecial 184 466 80 54 34 192,03* 47 CRIME STATISTICS 25 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 DOROHBSTHR. Staff — Salaries and retiring allowances Uniforms and mess Maintenance of Convicts — Rations Clothing and Hospital Discharge Expenses — Freedom suits and allowances Working Expenses — Heat, light and water Maintenance of buildings and machinery.. Chapels, schools and library Office expenses Industries — Farm Trade shops Prison Equipment — Machinery Furnishing Utensils and vehicles Land, buildings and walls Miscellaneous — Advertising and travel Special $50,939 SO 1,922 27 12,951 51 6,890 50 7,944 62 3,974 90 544 45 612 15 3,200 37 5,024 60 1,653 31 S39 62 580 73 10,122 52 207 F2 58 55 .$52,862 07 19,842 01 1,984 42 13,076 12 8,224 97 13,196 18 266 07 109,451 84 • MANITOBA. Staff- Salaries and retiring allowances Uniforms and mess Living allowance -. Maintenance of Convicts — ' Rations Clothing and Hospital Discharge Expenses — Freedom suits and allowances Transfer and Interment Working Expenses — Heat, light and water Maintenance of buildings and machinery. . . . Chapels, schools and library Office expenses Industries — Farm Trade shot>s. ... . . -. Prison Equipment — Machinery Furnishing Utensils and vehicles Land, buildings and walls Miscellaneous — Advertising and travel Special 39,699 19 2,4'62 02 • 3,941 79 4,788 4,170 26 42 2,055 246 32 40 7,725 19 2,316 76 191 45 414 68 l,2i25 71 1,704 61 604 85 233 91 230 79 1,169 26 66 60 1,036 91 46,103 00 8,958 68 2,301 72 1,0,648 08 2,930 32 2,238 81 1,103 51 74,284 12 26 DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 BRITISH COLUMBIA. Staft- Salaries and retiring allowances. Uniforms and mess Living allowance Maintenance of Convicts — Rations Clothing and Hospital. Discharge Expenses — Freedom suits and allowances. Transfer and Interment.. .. Working Expenses — Heat, light and water Maintenance of buildings and machmery. Chapels, schools and library Office expenses Industries — Farm Trade shops. Prison Equipment — Machinery Furnishing Utensils and vehicles.. .. Land, buildings and walls. Miscellaneous — Advertising and travel . Special $54,219 61 3.667 65 5.470 58 $63,357 84 21 359 63 13,994 39 ■ 7,365 24 3,093 61 342 20 3,435 81 5,396 78 3,183 57 293 03 724 71 9 598 09 2,3&2 40 1,989 10 4,371 50 2,817 10 574 80 690 84 9.902 39 13,985 13 39 75 77 SO 117 55 116,225 55 ALBERTA. Staff- Salaries and retiring allowances. Uniforms and mess Living allowance Maintenance of Convicts — Rations . . . Clothing and Hospital. Discharge Expenses — Freedom suits and allowances. Transfer and Interment Working Expenses — Heat, light and water Maintenance of buildings and machinery. Chapels, schools and library Office expenses Industries — Farm Trade shops. Coal mine. . Prison Equipment — Machinery Furnishing Utensils and vehicles.. .. Land, buildings and walls. Miscellaneous — Advertising and travel. Special 45.444 11 5.340 41 4.464 22 55,248 74 10.198 50 4.433 29 14,631 79 2 434 29 1,825 39 608 90 2,122 68 1,735 79 108 57 660 57 4.627 61 > 651 80 3,195 80 456 81 4,^04 41 14,387 57 59 08 616 93 577 12 13,134 44 191 60 586 63 778 23 96.412 64 EXPENDITURE 27 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 34 SASKATCHEWAN. Staff- Salaries and retiring allowances $34,479 11 Uniforms and mess 3.101 19 Living allowance 3,204 13 Maintenance of Convicts — Rations Clothing and Hospital Discharge Expenses — Freedom suits and allowances Transfer and Interment Working Expenses — • • Heat, light and water 5,222 50 Maintenance of buildings and machinery.. .. 1,879 14 Chapels, schools and library 247 01 Office expenses 763 79 6,07S 2,956 57 22 1,345 231 71 30 Industries — Farm 2,814 49 Trade shops 1,770 75 Prison Equipment — -Machinery 4,172 03 Furnishing 8140 Utensils and vehicles 985 57. Land, buildings and walls 35,807 75 Miscellaneous — Special 123 45 $40,784 43 9,032 79 1,577 01 8,112 44 4,585 24 41,046 75 123 45 105,262 11 PENITENTIARIES GENERAL. Salary of purchasing agent. 12 months Salary of Miss Grant. 12 months.. .. Salary of Miss Brill, 9 months Salary of Mrs. McLean, 2 months Postage Stationery Printing Telephones Assistance to paroled convicts. Sundries 3,100 00 752 00 454 20 100 00 143 00 22 20 18 38 54 45 4,644 23 42 08 37 67 4,723 98 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 A. 1918 REPORT OF THE MILITIA COUNCIL FOR THE DOMINION OF CANADA FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING MARCH 31 1917 PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT No. 35—1918 ] OTTAWA J. DE LABROQUERIE TACHfi PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 1918 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 A. 1918 To His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire, K.G., P.C., G.C.M.G., G.C.V.O., etc., etc., Governor General and Commander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada. May it please Your Excellency: The undersigned has the honour to present to Your Excellency the report of the Mihtia Council for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. Respectfully submitted, S. C. MEWBURN, Major-General, Minister of Militia and Defence. Department of Militia and Defence, Ottawa, January 25, 1918. 35— IJ MILITIA Cut M'IIj SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 CONTENTS. ' . " Page Active Militia, allowances to 12 Active Militia, appointments to (Appendix C) 23 Active Militia, expenditure on Schools ot Instruction 18 Allowances, Permanent Force 13-17 Allowances, Active Militia 12 Appropriation Accounts 9-11 Appointments, Permanent Staff and Permanent Force {Appendix O 23 Appointments, Active Militia (Appendix C.) 23 Certificates Granted, Officers (Appendix D) 24 Certificates Granted, N.C.O's , - 26 Dominion .\rsenal: Report of Superintendent (Appendix F) 37 Expenditure: Active Non-Permanent Militia, Schools of Instruction Comparative Statement Permanent Force, Pay and Allowances. War Appropriation Account, to March 31, 1917. Financial .Statements, (Appendix A) N.C.O.'s Certificates Granted (Appendix D) Officers' Certificates granted (Appendix D) Pay and Allowances, Permanent Force Permanent Force; — Appointments to (Appendix C.) Pay and Allowances Strength, changes in Permanent StafI, Appointments to (Appendix C). 19-20 13-17 21 9-21 26 24 13-17 23 13-17 22 23 Revenue 1916-17 • 18 Royal Military College: — Report of Commandant (Appendix E). . . 27 Report of Board of Visitors 33 Schools of Instruction. Active Militia, Expenditure 18 Strength, Permanent Force ' 22 War Appropriation Account, Statement of Expenditure to March 31 , 1917 21 Warrants Granted (Appendix C) . 23 11 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 A. 1918 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE MILITIA COUNCIL Year Ending March 31, 1917. The following statements and reports for the year ending March 31, 1917, 'are submitted, viz.: — 1. Financial Statements for the twelve months ending March 31, 1917. Appendix A. 2. Statement showing changes in the strength of the Permanent Force from April 1, 1916, to March 31, 1917. Appendix B. 3. Statements showing: Number of officers appointed to the Permanent Staff and Force; number of officers appointed to the Active Militia (non-per- manent), and number of warrants issued during year ending March 31, 1917. Appendix C. 4. Statement of Certificates issued during the year 1916-17. Appendix D. 5. Report of the Commandant, Royal Military College, for year 1916-17. Report of the Board of Visitors, Royal Military College, 1917. Appendix E. 6. Report of the Superintendent of the Dominion Arsenal for year 1916-17. Appendix F. E. F. JARVIS, Secretary, Militia Council. DEPXRTilEyT OF MILITIA AXn DEFEyCE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 APPENDIX A. The following are statements showing: — ■ 1. Appropriation Accounts. 2. Allowances paid to Active ^lilitia in the various Districts. 3. Showing Expenditure by Stations on account of Pay and Allowances of the Permanent Force. 4. Statement of Expenditure on account of Pay and Allowances of Officers and Warrant Officers of the Permanent Force. 5. Statement of Expenditure on account of Pay and Allowances of Officers and Warrant Officers of the Permanent Force with details of expenditure by stations. 6. Statement of Expenditure on account of Pay and Allowances of X.C.O's. and men of the Permanent Force. 7. Statement of Expenditure on account of Pay and Allowances of N.C.O's. and men of the Permanent Force with details of expenditure by stations. 8. Expenditure on account of Officers and men of the Active (nOn-per- manent) Militia attending Schools of Instruction. 9. ^lilitia and Defence Revenue. 10. Comparative Statement of Expenditure for the ten vears 1907-8 to 1916-17. 11 . Expenditure on account of War Appropriation to ^larch 31, 1917. 12. Table of Changes in the strength of the Permanent Force. MILITIA COUXCIL SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 E Pi ■oS Cf^ tl '^ a o p ^ o o ■z •z £ s^ « = o s s s "" c c o O ^ o , n 05 a ,^^ ^■3.2 gcft <^ ij'S f3 -^ S "i •>, Oca t; ^ = £ a >> K bfi . s: a a - - -*- 5 w a _ „ o a c c; : c g-T! S a >> < i o & £ .5 - ' OKc.S "- ._£— .^ CO" o:5|i|aii ■ P -A o rf H C o ^ "-* ;:i r; ti t « "^ - ■ ? c^ i: <_ ^ w ^ rt -■ ^^ b - '-fi- "in a S-3 .c o „ £.15 ft g-a 2 s ^ ^ o g-c ■5 c C Ci 3 rt TO O CiOO c^i r: c —' O o to .— O t-O O »CGO --4 .>5 * -^ qs u -, a 10 DEPARTMEXT OF itILITIA AXD DEFENCE 8 GEORGE V. A. 1918 C5 o o -< a: ^Pl ll ^ 11 ■f. -&3 =S|.?l5l — ' ISI lllilHl \ f-SI '"-§i f2="i = ■- c; « w 5 j^ c/2 r* I . "/j i.-? i« t--ir: ciO o o csosr^M ■—1 i; ■^— ^ s"? ce L-S = S -.fcaocQ o C3 * C>)Ci 00 CO - £ O M •- 3 o=occ»c 05i «« ^ § ^1 v:^ •-■tt '^ «0 OC 00 ■ QC t^ "3 . ccf lOO !0 u^t- :r O , 3 — csir- -f I-- iflOCOlC c O t^ O CI o rfOO tS «» _ "2 x' oo ^ -r »o" ocoo" c: ^ cc cc P 2 ^ 3 g-° ^ -•1 CU-^ 1 X f rM f 1 i~ n 30 cs » O — OO 3 >-' ■^ 5 y; ? = 3 3 ^ Sj =t s ' ^ - o ^ ^. - c "*< ^ 1 1% : - ■ £ *- fc. c t-.T3 X — c <— s^ 3 £: o c _:"-i;.'- o i c 'J : 'J -. *s : c c \ \ ; 0 ^ 3 c c ■Ji- 1 c 11 c c c \ 1 c a; c E <: c c c c < 1- c 1 ■j 1 c t- c c c a > p: i 1 g 3 cS MILITIA C'OVXCIL 11 SESSrONAL PAPER No. 35 i u O — a.u — ^ cu'o'E o =■52-0 ■5 " CQ :52 si -r 00 Tj- 1— r^ a> •* 00 -^ ^ t^ o> 2 o ^ JS o^P3 SXZ. fc.S a-o (1)' . ':5 S I! 0. '^ si o o =3 C3 ^, °?> QJ O O rn >^ ■" 2 a;-!:' 2; 0 c ■aS5 o S 1; - o ^ ?X o O CD 12 DEPARTMEXT OF MILITIA AXD DEFEME 8 GEORGE V, A, 1918 c: o e-1 t^ cC t- iC C^l o 1 CI A t- C-1 o CI X CI t^ 00 o 3 o; o ■^ •^ iC o ■^ CO cs o in oc o -* -*l t* -r o c^ oc -f oo •- to oc - Less dueti and icien CO to o 00 00 cs o W3 M C-i CO o CO 00 CO „ cc to cs c— C- o «D Ol Ci Ci CO >c o •^ 00 o CD o CD -# CD «& ^1 ^ CO iC co' t^ OJ u^ CI •^c •"T c^ o Utr ■**■ cc 00 cq oo t. -Jl oc 00 CD CO CO CO 0 cS -^ « O c f -*" oc rr o cs ■!*• CO o QO CD 1.0 CO CO Ol c= §SEf=c = S 6^ c ci cc o o i-O iC >i .,■ t' o o CI CI ?|r- o o , .i 5H o cs ■* *f> ^ sc Ci CD 00 oc J cs c ; c »o CO o (_, t^ «? ~ "^ t~ c ; c r- cc c; o — ' OS u ^ c ; -^ - c oc -*■ h- o Oi ■^ I c 1 c - ^r Oi OC »o c CO . If ; "■ CD cc iC "o «@> >r D* — i* o» \ ci •* & '— ' -^ C^ a: c » C 3 -^ o c Ol CO ■n _ c 5 — CO •^ cs W5 cs Pay nd- Dril structio Ci ■ ■ c ? « 3 CD cs >o 00 d s c 5 lO CI o iC t- CO •^ a 5 C 5_ Ci o ■^ -1"' If- 'CP cc cq O ™ ^ , »■ c ee "s o 5 -1 e N e o -^ ir CD c 3 ^ c D —. C / ^ MILITIA COUXCIL 13 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 Statement No. 3. — Showing Expenditure by Stations on account of Fay and Allpwances of the Permanent Force for the j'ear 1916-17. Station. Strength all ranks, March 31, 1916 Strength all ranks, March 31 1917. Pay and Allowances, Officers and Warrant Officers. Pay and -Allowances N.C.O's and Men. Total Pay and Allowances. London Toronto Kingston Ottawa Montreal St. Jean, P.Q. Quebec HalUax St. John, N.B.. Winnipeg Esquimau Calgary Regina .\broad Miscellaneous.. Totals. 92 271 309 176 48 2 316 1,197 9 168 266 24 62 169 170 372 54 716 9 288 297 63 35 5 $ cts. 18,679 18 71,094 29 46,729 81 74,962 93 41,096 98 108,135 39 124,487 94 2,084 00 24,177 20 41,064 56 14,952 73 6,324 38 4,043 60 S cts. 42,100 46 87, 699 80 78,491 .54 242,138 63 29,414 84 2,100 67 128,900 08 327,261 97 6,916 95 146,838 72 181,868 67 35,634 12 5,383 03 2,573 65 25, 140 99 S cts. 60.797 64 1.58.794 09 125,221 35 317.101 56 70,511 82 2,100 67 237,035 47 451,749 91 9,000 95 171.015 92 222,933 23 50, 586 85 11,707 41 6,617 25 25. 140 99 2.879 2,511 577,850 99 1,342,404 12 1.920.315 11 14 DEPARTMENT OF MILITIA AXD DEFEyCE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 '^ — CI '^f tr C) — cc CI it^root^cocsdto OS ■^ t- 0 0 ^ (- (^ — »nt^c^r^'«f<-*tD(MUfCC — Oici-H^MO 00 McOQC-^ iC ^-cOt^CQcDCO — C-^fCQC^I t^ »c 2„ » cor* cc— 'iftcicct^'Cicc'iN -ooo CD i cc t-- -*'Osccoo>Ch*oeOrj't* 0 o> Credit Publi and Refund c — . cc OO-^cDOscDcDWOS — 0 cq o» OS (M CC — ^CC-^fOs — ">J"OOJ>.-»f kO «» ^-»i^dOif;cioccO"«f ■n" cq C) iC Cl 1 r ■^CD'*J'0>CCcO»CtJ"'^CS — cioooiooeci IT i O00O»CeDCCO00^CSCC'^»C'W00"3 f-H Total Pay ar Allow ances c r-iOCCOOl^O-^QOCCOMUJOMOC^ 0 OOliCOicC — — CiUit^ifti— CC cc < .^ _" Tj- .- CJt--oooaiciecoi>— — Qoc^c^io i cq — QC-'j'ec—'C^cC'-j'eocociCDr-ooco 0 fc y (M C 4COu^'^i^r^t--r>.i>-coooo"t>t>- 00 5 0 oc -»■ CCcDt^CC»CCOCJ«CCDO (y;„.^^^^^OJC^0000 CD 00 -^ CO CI CD CC 00 CJ »C !•- 0 CO 3 < *» cc OS iC — PICliCt^cD— "-^CC CJ M ci CI cc" — " »o cc 0 cc QOQOiraocccBocs — occ-^Mr- ooec*ct^osccQO^w3»ccDc5cor- OS =5 cc c CD X c oc — t^oosCioco — f-.— loocc — ceo ^^ Tt- C^ O-^CDiCiCiCOOOOr- — "^-^(M— ' r» •SP <* C^COCICCOOI^ — CliC-^CC — ^ OS ■"* ■"* CD »o ■^ M-f-^j-i-C — — ^tC'I^CC'^J-OO'^ ■^ -j: — X PCO-^ — CC'VCI'^'^OOO^-^CO W3 ^ T c t^ ■f^Olcc•^^^— ■utCJTfkCM'OCicoo 00 c S r^ ceorc^-^ — oooocicicc^— ■ 3 •?■ W.C — t^OCi^rcDiCOiftiM^'* ■^ °^ — cc cf CI ■^' CI — " — CI cq "t c OitCOCiCif^'^CCCCOCCiCCt.CClO o x -M C ■^ tf 1- t* c* ct r- — 0 i^ 0 r- r- 10 t^ T — oc r-h-oo«'i>cr-cccoooco**o — 0 OS t-C s [^•CC3S(MCCC3iiC»C — 0OClt--C 00 ■^ 'i ** c; - Cr.OOC^«5»CiOOOSCOCC^>CCC as '"' cc cc ^' cc c-i »o ^' — r — ' 00 ci 0 c OC0C4cDU5OC0t^Q0 — C'lOcDif5 ■* M oi -* c or^oooooor-wiiCoocot^u:!-* "5 c '^ c CD— 'CC'O^^O— 'CSC^OOOOCicC CO r- ■5 >c c OCiCiCOaOOt^-^—'OOClOiOsC t— ■* M ^ l> t- — ocDTj-ci'ffr-^cC'^'^u- »« 0 1 cI CD — r CS 0' OS CI CD 00 "5 ^ — — T CD — — -^ 00 00 ■ ■ ■ - cc 13 w -cst--t-u5t^OO" 0 ■«J* OJ c -H C- Cs^iflOUSOOcDCCCO-^-CiOOC*: CO M c CD C cD«occ»or^cioo«oec— ■cow: CS CC «» cc cc OOcOcC»CCCCDOCCDClt--CMOC *« 0 "H o' li- cc t-T cc Qo' 00' 0 oc "^' 0 OS i^ ci cc co" 0" 0 — M'»0^'^'^ |^Cy;«« ■^ 50 ^ Ilery Gar- ery. dian dian rmy rps.. rmy irps. rmy e IJ "3 R "o "o X 1 oyal Can. Horse Artil oyal Can. i rison Artill oyal Cana EnKincers. . oyal Cana Regiment, an. Per. A Service Co; Rrmanent A Mcdiral Cc an. Per. A Vet. Corps an. Ordnar anadian A Pay Corps. orpa of Mili Staff Clerk istructional' J 1 a PS3 K tf Si PS 0 PL. 0 0 0 0 w i illLITIA COVXCIL 15 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 Z 0.5 « O c^ •»»< rM »- TT O •* c^ Ci ^' .-T -^ tC c-1 — " — — r « SS aj ^ ^- w? N CI ^ CI o r~ -f r-r o L-r — !^ r-00'-'ClC^4C'-'OiCClC»C~. O "5 ^ » OOift'— irfOOtOCJCiQO'COfO M ^ t- — eoccosoomo — tOOCJ — ■^c^oor-oiiccox'^coci ■^ 01 00 — OC to Ci 01 CO CO ■^ CI CI — c» «C6C0 CJ 00 cs c: ic £ t«ccoooo-H»raciotct-i^ ^ Oj;d^ o Tf -^ — ' -- CO ic cc -^ ■^COQOCSMI--OC05C10C1^- ooc50t--ecco^ " t^ O CO Oi o — • ^ O iC t— ■ •O !© CI "5 - — r* 3C > c; r^ — -^ t^ o 1^ t^ c; CI c: -^ cc C'J — ^- CI ;c ro cc cc — Q C2C1CJ — cir^coci csjiCcC'O-^r-rco o ti; ■— c^ r^ -^ c;r=0re^03C!>J0i>« C.2 © s »Q C3 ° S-0 o.S ^■^ c o OS 5a OH O : c- ■ = CD C t- >* ^.5 S.S.g.SJ.S = E o M CJ J3 c c3 g : = te!S»' -^ r- ' C-*^ --^ >'>>£;>>>>>>>>>i§E§ COoOIOOOoJoieS S S&S-tr- P-5 •^ 5 p. £. 5 3 5 al^-sS'Ss' CPhS MILITIA. COIXCIL 17 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 Z < "So o ^ "I O OS Oi — !D -:J* CO >— ' o ^ ^ — OStMOlGOOOOeCiXJ .--'0COt--t^*^ OC:iCO':CCOCOO'-'OCOO^OiOO cioomo^o -^.-Hi— iotj->o CO h£ CC> 30 Tf C-4 -- (M t^ — -f CI I O ■ .-^ — O ci^HCM — — ^-30 — io»c;o — t-irr cJ CD ic t-^ ci r^ t^ d '*■ ic cT GO CD r- t^ "rp CO CI CO CO CI O 'O »0 Oi CO"*-— I — ^"CaJt^ — ooeooioo — i^^ocoo-^ooict^-rrco-t"* iCifS'— 't^ — cieoeococococo— 't^ OOIOO— ■lOOJCOCl^-'-'COCOOcO •* — coo-— 'CJCOtOCOOi-^-^fO r^ ic c{ «— ' -:jHCS— ■t^*l''0 OOlC — C0G0O00C0C0C0C11CC140 oci»C"^cod'^CT>OGO"^ai^GO OOCO CI Of- CO if5 lO CD 00 CO CI O t^co 1^ lO CD coo CJ O [>• CO UO CO O s2 © 2g to fe :« ;z : rf >>c 35—2 h:1 ^ ti] O S ry; Qffi X' Hi W > Oh U C % b o (1.1 CL, G -n Q ^ "o 0:5 18 DEPARTMENT OF MILITIA AND DEFENCE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Statement No. 8. — Expenditure on account of Officers and Men of the Active (non-permanent) Militia, attending Schools of Instruction, 1916-17. (Numbers shown do not include those attending without expense to the public.) Corps, etc. Place. Numbers Teuxed. Officers. N.C.O's, and Men. Total. Cost. Cavalry . Artillerj'. Infantry . Army Sei-\'ice Corps. . Army Medical Corps.. Musketrj- Totals. Toronto Quebec. . . Halifax Esquimau. London.. . Toronto. ._. . EsquimalT. Halifax . Quebec .... Halifax. . . . Victoria . Halifax... 85 328 33 505 389 597 129 27 71 10 2,246 211 100 10 3 42 S3 85 335' 41 716 100 399 605 129 30 113 10 400 2,646 $ cts. 3,401 25 3,893 00 14,428 75 2,040 50 19,945 70 900 00 5.505 20 20,540 32 5,991 00. 793 20 1,495 00 578 00 79,511 92 M.D. 2. Travelling expenses, Officers and Men of M.D. 3 the Active Militia, to and from Schools of M.D. 4 Instruction. Also includes TravellingJM.D. 5 Expenses and Subsistence Allowance to M.D. 6. Instructors, Permanent Force. IM.D. 10. ' IM.D. 11. M.D. 13. M.D. 1 $ Deduct expenditure 1915-16 paid from 1916-17 Funds.. 18 39 23 20 6 75 NU. 802 14 498 04 Nil. 825 90 NU. $ 81,686 34 1,548 25 S 80, 138 09 Statement Xo 9. — Revenue, 1916-17. Militia Revenue Royal Military College. Casual Revenue Militia Pensions :. Sale of Ammunition and Stores.. Rents of Military Properties Miscellaneous Revenues Fines and Forfeitures.. Retirement Fund. . . . 90, 163 58 41,645 97 11,949 33 25,495 07 $ 169,253 95 37,485 34 4,387 57 48,290 67 $ 90, 163 58 573 12 686 94 MILITIA COIXCIL 19 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 1 ^ ^ -^ O ^ -ff iC —•OS ^H ao -Tf CI c- CO — M r- o ci X' OcCtOCOO«0»-''*M'COfO mtocoooot—ooot— (M»c ^-. CD Ci O CO tM CI CS (M CO OOC cc r^ o ic 00 »c o Oco-— iCO»Ct^OO<3t- QO-^CscOOiONOOu^O — 't-O— . — irt Oi CD 00 r- --H COM CD iC Oi ^- CD 0> ifl r~ 1-. ca .-. CD"— CI r-iOOcOOt^cDOiOO"*!:^ CD»0-^010000COCDCOI--CD --0-^"^OOC10SCDOI>CO CDtC f- O CD h-f5 CD "O 1-* "C ^H CO— < CD — •-H C] --1 'CClt^'^OiCOfO'^lOCiOeO — it^O — CDuO"^CDf0003 t>- cor- CD CO I-- ■r^OO CO cDcT o coo t- Cs O CI iC lO CO lO — 4 CJ Ci CD O CO t- CD O Tf O O '-H lO CO M ooicicooiCTicor-oit— »o oor-»ooco(M'*w3'^r- CDOt--':J'CJOGOOOOC-lCO -hO C-l CS O CO Oi CI —i 00 CO CD CS t-- — « 00 CI CO -^ — '■c^Osi>--*ra CD CD -^ I>. 00 OCl— « O cue O CI CI CD r- OS cj CI O CS l>- c» &eo CD t^ 3 -^ CO 00 -H C3 ■»}< O — t- I- lO CO CI iC Cs OOOOCDOSOsm— I'lttOCJ'O OI--OCOOO"0 CO CD OS >Ct- O OS lO o -^ OC I- CD C; Ci cs OC:OCDCOCDOOt^O—'00 OGCCOOOOCO — ocooo-^ cCfTTfcOOOOOC^CliiO ■^O O CO CO 00 00 >o ■-I O CO SCO OS ^CScDiOOr-COOcD-*-^ CliOt'-'^cOCliOOOOC^CO OO — ■ — « —•CO OS CO o CDiC CI "r*< t^ cq O eo'o t>. OiO CO — "-< lOOO CDO uo CO O -rji CD GO ■* r- r^ CO cs CO c» O CD CO CD O iC 00 oi-^ tC t— CI CJ t^ici^ oi-cj»ccs'*cjr-0'coo uTi^t^ocncioocs— -rcr ic r- Ci t-o 00 lo CO OS I— i-o C4 o -^ t- -HCO « I-- o OO Mt- CI "*r- c3 a. g o o CO CD O CI ^ o 1— CO CO O t^ O CD OS CD — ' t-- im CO — > 00 O •-< OOS OO -H iC IC ^H W3 CD r- CO o r-— ■ PO C^ CO U3 CO O CO— 'O o»i^o CD t- 00 OO r- -^ t— — I "^ CO OS — 'Ci'tT — 't^'^t^CO 00 ^cf OOCl— *" *C It- Cl'Ct-i.OO'^OOSCOCl^HDO r- — I — CI t-rf 00 OS OO "O CSCS 00 cior-T — . — . t^ CD —1 OS t^ C-1 00 CO CO -^ O cq cDoo <-' Cs OOCD CsOCs 06 CS CI - , - i^ I-- CO o Ci t^ iC CO "^ r— cq 1 _ cjooo cDr-cici-*'-^os— > o go (y.o gco gfe-S-TSTJ g ; CO en og§ .£ 5"-3Kq g !=S »s o g.t:"^.s"l| = -=SOo|-^-3-|oM|;^r — I- "2 S' ts'ia' S'E 0-5-3 oC.; „ OSP- CnP^PH^aicctnE-'Hs^OHSH £ » I 1-00 £ SCO l-O !« c « 0.1 CO I sS-O :l Ik "I C §-0 S.S ■3° 20 DEPARTMENT OF VIUTIA AND DEFENCE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 ifi ^ X^?Olr 5 CD 00 00 CD ^ t* COD in \ ~t> 1 CO CD — or- OS 00 00 2SS? 1 S 1 t-- I-- o ■ -rj- CD CD C- t-TJ- . TT o C30 ■ t^ cq OS r- lO ID CD — »o t^ CJ lO ■-J- ■ — 5 -H — OCD - ■ -HOI — (M'^J* OS rr — CD CO CI Tf OO 00 tC lO • Cs c 5 CO CD 00 1-- ■ c^r- 00- e^ C i 5 t- CDX ■ CIC^ o CD CI 00 CD CO CI CI ■.iC - OS 1 00-* o (M t- l>. ■^ — O I>- Tp 1 CJ 1 ^ .c^ c 3 CD - xd'^ ■ ■ ■ ■^ ooeo-* CO COOS CO ^oi^,r^ H CO . "^" O ■ (M a oo ■ ■ •« r^ooos lO T->ai CD t^OOt- 1 OS 1 1 ft* O — c i>. . . -^ — t^o o t^ t— »o CO — cDO I m 1 cc -T U- a OC ■ ■ Cv — 1>. OS »i^Cl 00 CO coco 1 O 1 CD ■ O ^ ■ Cs OS o cc ■ OC S CO OO OS CO ■ C3 C O CI OS o 00 C3S t^ OS — *0 CO 1 00 1 t^ ■ c 3 t- t-OC^C o-^ ■rf CI OOI>> CQ — (M <* iOC»0CCS 1 CI 1 CO ^ C c^ t' PO OC o ■ oo OOCD-:f o t^o r- CO CO It- C : 1 CI . . 1 ^ im" — ci 1 C^ CC I^ ■ o — t-O o CD iM QO —■CI CD on 1 C5 1 (M »c ^ c- ™23 2 — iC t- rf Oi CD 40 COCJ 1 — 1 "uO cc »f Oi '■ -. OS r^ -c: t~ ■^ CD -_ CI 00 OC cj eg I — 1 «• o: ■ CO c 5 OS W ■ ■ — t'-^C "* t^ ^ OS OS — ^ lO 1 — 1 ic dbci 1 c> 1 — -OC I- - I^ — TJH CO CO — -*• - c ) OS CO CO CO t- ■ i— r- 00 t^ OO o •*- — — CO 1 O 1 o OC CD I> o ^ CCM— ■ • — CO »n C-? — ■^ -<»• COCl 1 O 1 Cf ^ OS OS *" ^ CD CO ■ OS c S tj- CO ... O t- OCO o CD O CD CO CI -^c — ss t- OOCO CDO OO M O CI O0-* »c-^ ■ CI o o CO CD CI t-o r- l^iO o t-r-- — t- Tf 1 *& ^" CO o 3 -- oc' — CD t-^ uf cd'cO o' — cf OS — * u? CD CD o > c^ iC 1 ^ CA TJH cq — -*- CO d c 00 LO (> OS ~ ^ »f5 CO ■ O t>- CO O 00 CO CO ■*f OS'* — o OS cr > CD t^ CO ■^ o iM O CO t^ CO cooo OSCO — o CO OS •»■ ■ o c 00 — iCt^OO (M OOC !>- — O- CO ft» t- o ir s — C<1 CD — CO Tl-* Os OO — OS ^ ■ c>; Tt — CI -* o — N CJC t- CN •* '-' '"' '- CD CO o -r 00 o O to CO — OS §1 OS -f OS CC 00 3:2:i C r- CD CO CO 00 •o o t-o a 00 2 O CD Tf" — OS«M OS QC — CI »r t- <« -S' «C iC I- *C — CD OS 00 CO — •c OS — TOO CO — t- IC o OS CO CD — t-- CO M-- OC CVJ — Cv t^ ^ CD 3 ■ c: ^ 1 1 - Q :S -o - O .2 . X : > _J C i s = 1- 0 Si ^: !S .2 o CO :J IE c §2 a, o r = US 11 1 "c a c .£ ?3 c id C O C r 'i i i O '3 : 3 ■1 : u . o 01 o a ^^'£ 111 oronto Barracks, Special Accour innipeg Barracks, Special Aecou oint St. Charles Armoury ontreal Barracks site ransferred from Public Works D 00 ri CO 00 c ,c 13 o L a _c 'S c a> ■Ji 1 c '3 i c "3 03 C .2 il n ii .2.2 c c 4) a; c3 O a > o c OO > > c c > o o *c3 e2 1 > 1 >:= a o m OS g > ii "a > 1 s <: c .0 J 6 s > 3 c E- aj « ^ c-" Eh &< H ^Ci^SH £1, i. a, 11. GO «s 3; MILITIA C'OIXCIL 21 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 Statement No. 11. — Statement of Expenditure on account of War Appropriation to March 31, 1917. Particulars?. Paid out in Canada from 1st April, 1916, to 31st March, 1917. Paid out in London, Enp. from 1st April, 1916, to 31st March, 1917. Total. Clothing (except boots) Boots and repairs to boots Necessaries (kit bags and articles of kit) .Accoutrements Binoculars, telescopes, prismatic compasses, etc. Saddlery and horse equipment... Motor trucks, ambulances, and other vehicles.. . Ross Rifle Co. — rifles and bayonets Machine guns and spare parts •Stores (furniture, bedding, utensils, etc.) Total for equiprncnt. Dominion Arsenal (from War Vote) Lindsay .\rsenal (Supplies) Dominion Cartridge Co., — .Ammunition.. Ammunition from other sources Total .Ammunition and Material. Lindsay Arsenal — Site " — Construction. — Machinery... Borden Camp — Land Total Land and Buildii Pay and Allowances (includes subsistence, rations, and assigned pay) Maintenance of troops in France.. .Separation Allowances Outfit Allowances Engineers Services and Works Purchase of Remounts, expenses of purchases, etc.. Drugs and Surgical Instruments Travelling and Transport — Ocean " " — Land. . Forage' and Stabling Pay, etc., of Censors Pay of civil employees Rent, water, fuel and light Funeral expenses Recruiting (Medical examination, attestation and advertising) Telegrams, telephones (including rental) cablegrams, and postage. Printing and Stationery Conservancy and Contingencies. , Customs dues Overseas balances unrecovered and in adjustment Total Miscellaneous Payments.. Expended prior to 1st .\pril, I9I6.. Totals S cts 927,957 68 282,480 83 803,984 73 515,657 87 381,200 96 762,382 08 837,340 64 064,797 83 123,272 95 363,079 39 33,062,154 96 1,340,486 19 213,. 585 04 1,785,336 91 147,898 09 3,487.306 23 3,933 26 622,548 69 578,700 84 137,981 29 1,343,164 08 92,484,996 77 22,218,076 96 868,040 94 2,624,705 36 256,459 77 598,296 67 3,808,704 91 7,279,330 44 .387.056 11 123.277 50 ,7.32,800 .35 1,166,670 .59 39,343 83 59,412 92 .388,160 07 808,224 79 283,293 73 434,909 16 1, 135,561,760 87 173, 454,. 386 14 167,308,820 64 340,763,206 78 701,477 18 328,303 46 245,749 25 17,250 75 12,494 36 436,125 46 36,575 75 538,839 35 14,629, 3,610, 803, 1,761, 398, 774, 2,273, 4,064, 2,159, 4,901, 434 S6 784 29 984 73 407 12 451 71 876 44 466 10, 797 S3 848 70 918 74 2,316,815 56 35,378,970 3,424 25 1,340,486 19 213,585 04 1,785,336.91 151,322 34 3,424 25 3,490,730 48 67.619,916 62 41,366,666 9T 4,142,312 88 1,214,294 52 1,125,441 90 3,184,301 87 *1. 541, 180 70 3,763 ,87 153,694 37 757,298 30 473,553 43 6.54,673 53 10,378 33 1,540 25 49,0.54 90 153,016 06 42,359 29 22, 957 22 122,516,404 71 124,836,644 52 46,301,209 33 171,137.853 85 3,933 26 622,548 69 578,700 84 137,981 29 1,343,164 08 160,104, 41,366, 26,360, 2,082, 3,7.50, 3,440, 2,139, 3,812, 7,433, 1,144, 123, 2,206, 1,821, 49, 913 39 666 67 389 84 335 46 147 26 761 64 477 37 468 78 024 81 354 41 277 50 353 78 344 12 722 16 60,953 17 437,214 97 961,240 85 325,653 02 434,909 16 22,957 22 258,078,165 58 298,291,030 66 213,610,029 97 511,901,060 63 *Includes Medical Equipment. 22 DEPARTMEKT OF MILITIA AND DEFENCE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 1^ 00 -a 03 CD 05 a -5^ o fa 3 e Ph J3 bC O J3 bO o H Ed ^ ,-1 5« •uaui •sjeo^go 0^ SUOI'JOIIIOJjJ •pas'eaoaQ •pa^jasaQ Xn^oipai^T ■^onpuoosijY •aiqB^tnsuQ ■pajid as'Bi^ojnd Xg uoT^jasap ■pa'jsfina-a'y; •pajsiiua ■sdioo jan'jo "91-^1 . dA!;oa^a 'uej^ puB s,o'ON "91-^-1 9Ai;oa^a CSJ CO — ' C-l 'J* QOOOOO O00«D 00 M (M •-< OOOli— (--00 « MO ■ O « 1-1 ^ -^ 00 CD •-' t-H ^ 5 :22 C^ CO CO CO CO CO •a O. fft tn ^ — ' S 9 © 0) 9 O tn (n O O t-. u M bC O O 2 2KK Q Q m « n c S 5 33 OS 5 5 p p -tJ *-> a! 03 g 2 O O o o 03 .S - m * ■ *- 0.1^ tn 0) (- « o go OS U 0-? OoJpOipCSC P P P c c S h' « ,.2-2.2.2.2 £ £ £ CjSSoJrtdr, ^Q. ccpcc'-^+^'^ aSrtfi8cflrtp£-p uouoo.s S.g CSCOCOCQS^Soi lOooooaSis KrtCgctitfOCL(0 . 2 o « 5 I loo I o caojcoi-' .a J. 9 o » Sob ■ cs t^u t. = • ■ "iOO , § § s l^jagifiiE 'OOOOAhSmSOO : ■a >, 01 a« ri sq o O |Jh z c M- o s a cj b- o in i^ o c a O >. oS m s O o B « 9-^ •n c oj <= >— ■M £3 a a N o o , O 2 *0 4, s c 4^ 13 r bO B -n aJ (-• 03 T3 :; o C se *j « o !^ c /< > ^J < S a >, aa?! a; "rti o i (h ojj5 is: ej ■^ m f. iTr .3 tp o o "St- M-« e = o s .s o •o n B (C H § ^ 13 c eS s r MILITIA COUXCIL 23 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 APPENDIX C. NUMBER OF APPOINTMENTS TO PERMANENT STAFF AND PERMANENT FORCE, 'i APRIL 1, 1916, TO MARCH 31, 1917. Permanent Staff 7 Royal Canadian Dragoons 9 Lord Strathcona's Horse 4 Royal Canadian Artillery 18 Royal Canadian Engineers 4 Royal Canadian Regiment 2 Canadian Permanent Army Service Corps 5 Canadian Ordnance Corps 13 Corps of Military Staff Clerks 4 Canadian .School of Musketry Corps 2 NUMBER OF APPOINTMENTS TO THE ACTIVE MILITIA APRIL 1, 1916, TO MARCH 31, 1917. Cavalry 382 Artillery 388 Engineers 190 Corps of Guides , 29 Canadian Officers' Training Corps 88 Infantry 1,630 Canadian Army Sei'vice Corps 52 Army Medical Corps 690 Nursing Sisters, A.M.C 678 Canadian Army Dental Corps 204 • Canadian Army Veterinary Corps 55 Canadian Postal Corps 1 Corps of School Cadet Instructors 27 Canadian Militia, General List 341 Temporary Appointments, General List 723 Reserve of Officers 7 Reserve Militia 92 Total 5,577 WARRANTS GRANTED DURING THE PERIOD APRIL 1, 191C, TO MARCH 31, 1917. Granted ^ 79 Temporary 8 24 DEPARTMEyr OF MILITIA AXD DEFEXCE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 APPENDIX D. Retuen of Certificates granted Officers between Cavalry Artillery. Infantry. Name of School and Place Obtained. * 9- 3 c '3 o. 3 .2 R. S. of C, Toronto 3 8 110 1 1 11 303 12 46 Halifax 1 3 s lis 1 1 1 1 17 8 R. S. of I., Halifax 5 16 31 3 ( 11 61 170 237 " Esquimau 12 35 53 9 5 77 95 209 Prnvl R nf Cavalrv 11 37 2 \rtillei'v 1 1 57 153 324 9 4 18 377 S78 2,020 A.M.C 1 C A.S.C : ■ 1 1 9 " C A V O 10 4 1 82 Musketry 6 6 85 1 1 7 27 47 466 B. of Ex. Equitation 1 36 2 13 18 89 470 1 47 10 9 10 3.50 Qr. Mr's. Dutie-^. 1 8 C O T f ' randidate"; C S C I Grade "A" Totals 90 232 736 12 34 556 562 1,291 3.875 MILiriA COVXCIL 25 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 P April 1, 1916. and Alarch 31, 1917. U.M.C. C.O.T.C. EXGIXEERS. C. OF GODES. Army Medical Corps. C.A.S.C. / C.A.V.C. CO s Q » ii c "3 c .a 3 a; 2 t c O & =3 .Si ao si 1 3 .« -3il a 03 Total 6 r^D 326 44 90 1 1 4 137 1 ''8 5 1 7 1 5 1 3 4 1 2 3 1 565 1 2 501 3 .3 57 1 3 15 11 119 26 138 .9 55 64 7 1 30 .... 1 4 4 363 2 54 1 5 4,052 425 112 130 3 4 6 13 1 3 11 8 19 22 8 1 1 6 3 1 3 111 108 0 1 1 142 675 2 1 12 81 1 1 1,019 433 8 8 25 34 378 771 \ 72 72 1,790 51 16 78 128 3 27 295 12 55 6 381 91 54 2 12 259 3 4 7 72 11,883 2 Captains and 7 Lieutenants, C.A.D.C., qualified in Equitation. Officers total .11,892 N.C.O's. total 9.291 Physical Training 3,508 Grand Total. 24,691 26 DEPARTMEXT OF MILITIA AND DEFENCE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 1 trS-HX — 'O >CCO--«rt< : ;§ : : § . •sjo^otu^sui as unQ aanioBpji S : C4 ■ c 5 c^ L.— - ■ t^ ■ ■ . — - ... 0 =1 10 0 1 a d ■z > > < c 'S c > u c 1 / 2 & c 'c c > c ) 0 ^ c s < - C 6.0 n t^.i o c o c 'a'S "c c c a: "5 c r. "c C 1 .> c c c .a 1 c t 0 0000 g S.M 0,- C r-r-r^ *•— o o c; o > > >^:: " 0 0 c c ;^ p^ p., w pq ai cB H cc r^ -H -Tp CO o 00 CO t>- OS i-« OS "^osirsoo'^omMinc^io-^ — *OSTj> .-<*«— iOC—«Ou5CO c O O » -^ V! fiJ I oS h *J 0) ly 2 Q." 2- = : c E? S ^ A.G. The following members were unavoidably absent: — • Major-Gen. W. Gwatkin, C.B., Chief of the General Staff. Hon.-Lt.-Col. The Rev. Monsignor Dauth. Hon.-Col. R. A. Falconer, C.M.G., M.A., LL.D., D. I.itt., President of the University of Toronto. Major-General S. C. Mewburn, Director General Canadian Defence Force. Lt.-Col. C. W. Rowley. Rt. Rev. C. F. Worrell, D.D., D.C.L., Archbishop of Nova Scotia. The Board, having assembled, proceeded to interview the Commandant, Col. C. N. Perreau, Royal Dublin Fusihers, and discussed with him the various matters which he brought. before them. The Board also had personal interviews with members of the military and civil staffs and with gentlemen cadets, also inspected the cadets at drill, physical training, riding, bayonet fighting, machine gun practice and bombing. The grounds and building were also carefully inspected and the working of the various departments inquired into. GENERAL REMARKS. The members of the Board of Visitors were particularly impressed by the deplorable shortage of anything like adequate class-room accommodation and the erection of a suitable building providing the necessary number of class-rooms, the space for scientific and technical training and a general gathering place for the gentlemen cadets, as outlined in this report, is earnestly urged. I'he lamentable lack of sufficient dormitory accommodation is also apparent and the necessary additional space should be provided as soon as possible. The Board desire to place on record the following expression of appreciation by the Rt. Hon. Lord Shaughnessy, K.C.V.O., on the occasion of his first visit to the Royal Military College: — " If I may be permitted, as an individual member of the Board who is paying his first visit to the Royal Mihtary College, I should like to express my appreciation of the discipline, training in all branches, cleanliness and fine morale that were in evidence throughout. 35—3 34 DEPARTME'NT OF MILITIA AXD DEFENOE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 " While I have a theory as to the manner in which the educational system may be broadened so as to increase the efficiency of the College as a national training school, I have a strong conviction that, as conducted at present, the College is a most valuable asset in the national life of Canada." The Board also desire to bring to notice the splendid part which graduates of the Ro3'al Mihtary College are taking in the present war. Since the present war commenced, 246 commissions in the Imperial and Canadian Service have been granted to graduates and there are between 700 and 800 graduates now serving in the various theatres of operations, two of whom are commanding Canadian Divisions. The large number of decorations won by graduates gives evidence of the excellent service rendered by them. It is with the deepest regret that the Board records the fact that seventj'-six graduates have already made the extreme sacrifice during the present war DIRECTOR or STUDIES. The Board considered the question of the confirmation of the appointment of a Director of Studies and of the emoluments which should be authorized for this appointment, and are of the opinion that the practical results obtained justif.y the confirmation of the appointment, and the granting of an allowance in lieu of quarters, fuel and light, in addition to first grade salary, to place the appointment on a higher plane than that of Professor. The Board therefore retommends the confirmation of the appointment and the paj'ment of an annual allowance of $665 in lieu of house, fuel and light. PENSIONS TO CIVIL MEMBERS OF THE SUPERIOR STAFF, The question of pensions for the civil members of the staff was carefully considered. The Commandant recommended endorsation of the scheme approved by the Board of Visitors in 1909 and 1912, but after an examination of this scheme and all other suggestions submitted, the Board strongly recommends that all civil members of the superior staff of the Royal Military College should be given temporary rank in the Canadian Mihtia, while holding their appoint- ments, and that on retirement they elect to accept either a Mihtia pension, subject to payment of necessary deductions, or a gratuity as at present. QUALIFYING PERCENTAGE, ENTRANCE EXAMINATION. The Board discussed the question of increasing the qualifying percentage in the subjects of the Entrance Examination, and, as a result, are of the opinion that the percentage required to quaUfy in each subject should be increased from 33 per cent to 50 per cent, and the percentage on the whole examination should be raised to 60 per cent. The Board therefore recommend that the qualifying percentages set forth above should be approved. UNIFORM. At the suggestion of the Commandant the Board considered the advisability of adopting khaki in place of blue undress uniform but recommended that this question be allowed to stand until next j^ear. MILITIA COUNVfL ' 35 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 The question of re-adopting a four years' course of instruction, with th(^ necessary corollarj' of a reduction in the age limit on entering, was given careful consideration, but the Board is not prepared to recommend this change at present. CLOTHING. The Board is of the opinion that action should be taken to overcome the great delays which now arise in the supply of uniform to the Cadets. Under the present system, cadets never have their complete kits before Christmas and sometimes not even before Easter. This is entirely unsatisfactory and should be remedied at once. After' careful!}^ considering various suggestions, the Board beg to recommend that, in order to ensure uniformity and avoid the great delays which now occur, arrangements should be at once made for the issue, b.y the Canadian Ordnance Corps, of the reciuisite supplies of uniform for the Cadets, such to be issued on repayment. This is the only arrangement which, in the opinion of the Board, would satisfactorilv settle the matter. DISCIPLINE. The Board begs to report that the high standard of discipline which has existed in previous years has been fully maintained. No serious offences have been reported. DRILL, PHYSICAL TRAINING, ETC. The inspection of the Cadets in drill and physical training was most satis- factory and reflects much credit upon the instructors, Hon. -Lieut. S. C. Cutbush and Company Sgt.-Major E. Shuter, Coldstream Guards. The practical instruc- tion in Machine-gun Work, Bayonet Fighting and Bombing has produced excellent results and will be most useful to the Cadets. EQUITATION. The Board is pleased to note the great improvement in riding which has been made possible by the erection of the much-needed Riding School. Riding Instruction during the winter is now possible and the instructors. Major W. F. Ingpen and ('apt. B.-F. Rhodes, M.C., have made good use of the increased facilities for instruction. MESSING. No complaints were received concerning the messing of the Cadets, which, owing to the scarcity of male labour, is now carried out by a staff of female employees, in charge of Mrs. Douglas, who has proven herself most efficient. The kitchen and pantry have been re-modelled and supplied with up-to-date apparatus. Elverything was found scrupulously clean and in excellent shape. The cost of messing is 60 cents per head per diem and the quality and cooking is reported as having materially improved this year. 36 DEPARTMENT OF MILITIA AND DEFENCE ^ 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 INCREASED ACCOMMODATION. The Board consider that a very urgent need for increased class accommo- dation exists and that immediate action to pro^ade this accommodation and to lay out a definite plan for the future expansion of the College should be taken. During the past j'ear it has been constantly necessary to refuse candidates for admission to the College, owing to lack of accommodation and the large number of Cadets in attendance 'this year made it necessary to divide the classes into two, thus imposing a double amount of work upon the staff. The limited accommodation has also made it impossible to carry out tlic desired amount of practical instructions in physics, chemistry and mechanics, the value of which has been made so apparent during the present war. No addition to the Education Building has been made since the estabhshment of the College, and the number of Cadets attending is greatly in excess of what it was intended for. It is therefore recommended that an extension to the Educational Building, to provide additional class-room and laboratory accommodation, workshops for mechanical and military engineering, increased facihties for library and reading rooms, and more extended scientific training should be authorized at once as a War Measure. The Board also found the present Dormitory accommodation taxed to the utmost and consider that additional accommodation is absolutely necessary unless the number of Cadets admitted each term is to be limited. The Board recommend that provision should at once be made for an addition to the new Dormitor\' Building. Respectfully submitted, W. E. HODGINS, Major-General, Acting Adjutant General. Chairman Board of Visitors. I SHAUGHNESSY, E. W. WILSON, Major-General, G.O.C. M.D. No. 4- R. A. HELMER, Colonel, Director General of Musketry. Members, Board of Visitors. MILITIA COVA'GIL 37 . SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 APPENDIX F. REPORT OF THE SUPERINTENDENT, DOMINION ARSENAL, FOR THE YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1917. The Superintendent of the Dominion Arsoiial reports tis follows: — EMPLOYEES. The average number of employees throughout the year was 858. STATEMENTS. 1. Appropriation Account. 4. Assets and Liabilities. 2. Customs Account. 5. Capital Account. 3. Details of Net Expenditure. 0. Indirect Expenditure. Appropriation and Expenditure Account, 1916-17. Credits $ 1,383,482 17 Refunds 82,926 88 Transfer Warrant 153 84 $ 1,466,562 89 Net Expenditure S 1,3S4, 153 09 Headquarter's erroneous charge against Dominion Arsenal 15, 643 00 234 96 190 00 " 449 10 Balance in Bank deposited to the credit of the Receiver General on 31st March, 1917 65,871 37 Cash Balance deposited to the credit of the Receiver General on 31st March, 1917 21 37 S 1,466,562 80 Customs Account in 1910-17. (Not chargeable against Dominion Arsenal vote.) Credits received $ 46,500 00 Custom Dues paid and charged against Capital and Production Accounts $ 42,064 65 Amount unexpended deposited to the credit of the Receiver General on 31st March, 1917 4,435 35 S 46,. 500 00 38 DEPARTMENT OF MILITIA AND DEFENCE , 8 george v, a. 1918 Details op Expenditure, 1916-17. Wages $ 487,865 40 Wages, "Special Service" 6,783 00 Salaries _ 22i749 53 Material ' S07!o35 27 Telegrams, telephones and postage. 602 59 Freight 1,482 25 Equipment, general (pulleys, hangers, shafting, etc) 11,418 57 Printing and Stationery 2, 109 41 Electricity and gas : 2l!722 60 Cartage and cabs. Belting Machinery Travelling expenses. Miscellaneous Medicines Office fixture.s, etc , . Snow removal Suspense Account Water supply Tools Advances for travelling expenses.. 6,139 39 1,574 48 7,634 06 2,460 21 221 93 273 88 410 68 673 60 911 50 1,912 00 122 55 50 19 $1,384,153 09 Statement of Assets and Liabilities, March 31, 1917. Dr. Liabilities. Cr. Assets. $ cts. Real Estate, (factory stores and office buildings) Belting Department of Militia and Defence (amount to credit of). Equipment, general (shafting, hangers, pulleys, etc.) Machinery Office furniture, fixtures, etc Material. 898,608 31 Suspense .A.ccount (amount in store charge and not paid, or else paid for and not yet received) Tools, loose... Accounts payable Accounts receivable Serai-manufactures (work in course of completion) 1,818 37 '25!856'27 $ cts. 174,489 91 2,242 66 20,108 19 147,867 14 971 54 309,630 12 484 08 1,573 23 268,916 08 926,282 95 926,282 95 ill LIT! A COVyCTL 39 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 35 — -»• ^ c; to ^ CD — ^ o .— cc ic >o CI 1^ -^ CC d ^- ^^ « CO X C ^ I- i^ -1" 00 -1- .— CI CT. ira o g g 5 I o z P o o o .J . PQ ■5J 3*-.^ C ~ : t^ -^ C-l tC Ci -tf 00 ic cc (M If; CI 00 t'- c^j iQ ^H CO f ut t-- "rf CO iC --« GO tP O !S -f lO Ci CO m — lO X -^ t^ t^ lo oo -S" C; ^ i^ I— I e I a c 0-5 c cmSHHKOQ o Mi! ^'3 c ~in'4l o SaHWO«Q < O o 40 DEPARTME'NT OF MILITIA AND DEFENCE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Statement of Indirect Expenditure, 1916-17. Expenditure on the following sen'ices, not charged to any special work: — Salaries ■■■■ S 20,431 81 Wages ,-•' 21,118 39 Wages, "Special Service" 6, 783 00 Material , 3, 500 .38 Klectricity and gas • 366 73 Travelling expenses 1, 154 92 Cartage and cabs 1,980 24 Printing and Stationery 1 , 608 67 Telegrams, telephones and postage '. 455 02 Miscellaneous .- = 204 43 Medicines : ' 273 88 Customs dues • 651 45 Freight ^ ...... .-. 161 30 Snow removal 673 60 Water supply _ , , ' 52 00 Repairs to heating system and electric light wires: — Wages 5 1 . 341 86 Material, etc '. 329 35 1,671 21 From Capital Account: — 3 per cent depreciation on Buildings S 5, 014 75 10 " " Machinery 14,473 26 20 " " Tools 94 78 .50 " " Belting 986 49/ .30 " " Equipment 3,230 28 5 " " Office fixtures 37 99 23,837 55 84,924 58 Less— amount taken in relief of indirect expenditure 7,754 08 $ 77, 170 50 Note. — This amount, together with indirect expenditure of each factory, has been distributed as a general percentage on direct labour, in each factorj', as shown below: — Workshop 39 -.50 per cent. Cartridge Factory 30-31 " RoUingMill 3M9 " Shell Factors' 80-10 " Carpenter's Shop 21-54 " Tool Room 40-60 " Charger Plant 106-68 " Laboratorj- 48-10 " Examining Room. 14-86 " 18-pr. Plant • 47-00 " 8 GEORGE V. SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 A. 1918 REPORT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR FOR THE Fiscal Year ending March 31, 1917 PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT OTTAWA J. DE LABROQUERIE TACHE PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 1918 [No. 36—1918] i 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 A. 1918 To His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire, K.G., P.C., G.C.M.G., G.C.V.O., etc., etc., Governor General and Coimnander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada. May It Please Your Excellency: The undersigned has the honour to forward to Your Excellency the accom- panying report of the Deputy Minister on the M-ork of the Department of Labour of the Dominion of Canada for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1917, all of which is respectful!}' submitted. T. W. CROTHERS, Minister of Labour. 36—11 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 A. 1918 CONTENTS Page. Introductory 5 I. Conciliation Proceedings 6 II. The Labour Gazette 10 III. The Fair Wages Branch of the Department 11 I^'. Statistical Work of the Department 22 V. Industrial Disputes in Canada, 1916 25 VI. Industrial Accidents in Canada, 1916 33 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 ' A. 1918 REPORT OF THE DEPUTY MINISTER OF LABOUR FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1917 To the Hon. T. W. Crothers, K.C, M.P., Alinister of Labour. Sir,— I have the honour to submit a report on the work of the Department of Labour for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1917. The world war has continued to affect many aspects of departmental work, especially in so far as concerns its connection with industrial disputes and the collection of information as to food prices, wages, etc. The return for the year as to the number of disputes, time losses, etc., is less satisfactory than that for the preceding year, which was the lowest on the departmental record, but shows, none the less, the comparative absence in Canada of the industrial unrest which was markedly prevalent during the few years immediately preceding the war, and which has persisted in many countries. The increasing cost of living continued to be a main ground of argument for increased wages, and judging by the relative rarity of prolonged or disastrous strikes the point has been freely conceded. Numerous wage increases have been made by employers voluntarily, and in other cases adjustments have been effected after entirely amicable negotiations Officers of the department have been able in many cases to assist the parties in reaching a conclusion in these difficult matters, sometimes by correspondence and at other times by personal mediation. A chapter of the report gives some particulars on this point. About the usual proportion of disputes have been dealt with under the terms of the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, the registrar's report of proceedings under this statute appearing as usual as an appendix to the annual report. The reports issued annually by the department on (1) Prices, and (2) Labour Organization in Canada, have appeared during the year. The Labour Gazette has been published from month to month. While there has been no marked departure from the lines followed in the past, certain natural developments and improvements have been suggested and are indicated in a chapter devoted to the publication. The Combines Investigation Act is administered under the authority of the Minister of Labour, but there have been during the year no proceedings under its provisions. The aim of this statute, it will be remembered, is to prevent undue enhancement of prices. The rapid rise in cost of certain lines of food and other necessities of life caused the enactment, on the recommendation of the Minister of Labour, and under the War Measures Act, of an Order in Council intended to permit effective action where a price appeared to be unreasonably high, or to deal with other aspects of the situation in any way distressing to the public, and the Order in Council has been administered during the year under the minister's authority. I have the honour to be, sir, -■ Your obedient servant, F. A. ACLAND, Department of Labour, Deputy Minister of Labour. Ottawa. 5 6 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 I. CONCILIATION PROCEEDINGS. Much work is done by officers of the department by way of conciliation with respect to disputes of whicli word reaches the Minister or information is otherwise received, and the efforts thus made are frequently effective in pre- venting a threatened strike or, where a strike has actually occurred, in bringing the strike to a conclusion. This duty falls most frequently to officers who make it their special work, but on several occasions valuable assistance has been also rendered by correspondents of the Labour Gazette at industrial centres where the services of a special officer have not been available. There are at present five officers whose time is specially given to the work of conciliation, and who have become specially effective in the territories in which they are best knoM'n and in the industries with which thej' have been brought chiefly into contact. The officers in question are as follows: Mr. J. D. McNiven, who since 1911 has been stationed at Vancouver; Mr. F. W. Harrison, who since 1916 has been stationed at Calgary; Mr. T. Bertrand, who was appointed shortly after the close of the fiscal year, and who resides in Montreal; and Messrs. W. D. KiUins and E. N. Compton, who are resident at Ottawa. Mr. McNiven's territory embraces the province of British Columbia, including the island of Vancouver. Mr. Harrison, at Calgary, is required to keep in toucTi, so far as possible, with the Prairie Provinces; a former officer, Mr. H. S. Hood, was resident in Winni- peg, but he having resigned no officer has been for the present appointed for that district, and Air. Harrison may be called upon to come so far east as Winnipeg. Mr. Bertrand, established at Montreal, works chiefly in the province of Quebec, and may be called upon to visit the Maritime Provinces. Messrs. Killins and Compton, stationed at Ottawa, are sent to such places as may require their presence, but their activities are largely in Ontario, other duties occupying that portion of their time spent at Ottawa. The correspondents of the Labour Gazette who have during the year rendered assistance in conciliation work are the following: Miss Marion Findlay, Toronto; Mr. Frederick Urry, Port Arthur; Mr. John Moffatt, Sydney; Mr. Hugh Sweeney, Hamilton; and Mr. J. A. Kill- ingsworth, St. Thomas. There is no advantage in setting forth the details of the numerous disputes which come before the department in the course of a year, and where strikes are prevented. Where strikes are not prevented the disputes are reported in the .strikes record. Where the dispute comes -n-ithin the scope of the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, and the strike is averted by procedure under that statute, the statement of the case appears in the record of the Registrar of Boards of Conciliation and Investigation. In many of the disputes where a settlement is secured by conciliation, and no strike takes place, the advantage lies, as a rule, in giving the matter as little publicity as possible, as a result of which the best work achieved in this direction often becomes known only to the chief representatives of the disputants themselves and to the Minister. In the appended Usts are enumerated the disputes in which mediation work was done during the year, together with the briefest intimation of the nature of the dispute and the result of intervention: — (1) The Acadia Coal Company, Limited, New Glasgow, N.S. Men had gone on strike on wage question. They returned to work and called for Board of Conciliation under Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, by which means the dispute was definitely arranged. (2) Halifax Graving Dock, Halifax, N.S., and machinists. Wages demand; compromise effected. REPORT OF THE DEPUTY MI^^ISTER OF LABOUR 7 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 (3) Halifax, boilermaking industry. Demand for wage increase; com- promise effected. (4) Welland Ship Canal at Thorold, Ontario. Strike of operating engineers threatened; agreement effected between the contractor and union officials. (5) Algoma Steel Corporation, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario. Dispute con- cerning alleged unfair dismissal of union officer, also as to wages and hours of work; wages increase conceded and other matters arranged. (6) Ross Rifle Factory, Quebec City. Dispute concerning wage reductions and alleged unfair replacement of men by women; satisfactory arrangement effected. (7) Quebec Railway, Light, Heat and Power Company, Quebec Cit^-. Alleged discrimination against union members and misinterpretation of award made under Industrial Disputes Investigation Act; adjustment effected. (8) Buckley-Drouin Company and William Scully, Limited, clothing manufacturers, Montreal. Alleged subcontracting of government work infring- ing contract governing same; infringements of contract apparently unintentional and trouble adjusted. (9) Grand Trunk Railway Shops, Stratford, Ontario. Strike threatened over alleged discrimination against union employees in staff reduction; matter arranged amicably. (10) Dominion Coal Company Collieries, Cape Breton. Strike in No. 1 Mine, Dominion. Two unions in existence. Men returned to work and appli- cation made by each union for Board of Conciliation. Unions concerned not being in agreement Royal Commission appointed and dispute satisfactorilj- arranged. (11) Confederation Construction Company, Welland Canal. Demand for new schedule with increased wages, strike being threatened; dispute arranged ■\\athout cessation of work. (12) Welland Ship Canal, Thorold. Sudden strike of labourers for increased wages. Work shortly resumed at former wage. (13) Dominion Coal Company, St. John, N.B. Threatened strike on part of coal handlers; wages dispute; matters amicably arranged. (14) John Inglis Company, Limited, Toronto. Complaints against arbit- rary action on part of new superintendent, also wage dispute; short strike occurred; wage increase granted and other grievances adjusted. (15) Peterborough, munitions factory. Question of overtime and hours, employees claiming a lockout: difficulties adjusted after a strike of two days. (16) Halifax Ocean Terminals. Various wage difficulties with contractors adjusted and strike prevented. (17) Simpson Knitting IMills, Toronto. Dispute growing out of misunder- standing re alterations which required temporary su.spension of work; difficulties satisfactorily adjusted. (18) Canada Steel Foundry, Limited, Welland, Ontario. Alleged unfair discharge of union officials and question of overtime paj'; compromise effected. (19) Dominion Transport Company and Shedden Forwarding Companj', Montreal. Demand for wage increase; employees on strike for two weeks when compromise effected. (20) Aetna Chemical Company and Westinghouse, Church, Kerr Company, Drummondville, P.Q. Dispute regarding wages; adjustment effected. (21) John W. Peck Factory, Montreal. Wages dispute resulting in strike lasting two weeks, when agreement reached by negotiations. (22) Newcastle, N.B., and neighbouring places. Lumber loaders on strike for higher wages; wage increase granted and dispute ended. (23) Thetford Mines, P.Q. Dispute as to wages and working conditions between various asbestos mining operators and employees, the dispute including 8 DEPARTllEXT OF LABOVR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 also alleged unfair use of enemy alien labour; application for Board of Concilia- tion, but machinery of statute not applicable because the several employers not in concert; men on strike for between two and three weeks; inquiry made under Royal Commission, which arranged satisfactory- working agreement. (24) Montreal Light, Heat and Power Company. Dispute as to wages; application made for Board of Conciliation but dispute adjusted bj- negotiations. (25) Grain Elevators at Port Arthur and Fort William. ;Slany elevator operators concerned; question of wages and conditions of work; men on strike for few days when working arrangement effected. (26) Railway Cartage Companies and teamsters, Winnipeg. Dispute regarding wages; men on strike for few days when wage concessions made and dispute ended. (27) National Transcontinental Railway, Transcona, Manitoba. Machinists on strike because of dispute growing out of alleged unfair employment of improvers to do machinists' work, compromise effected and dispute ended after week's strike. (28) Pulp and Paper Companj', Fort Frances, Ontario. Dispute as to wages and hours; employees on strike for a week when adjustment effected. (29) Port Arthur Examining Warehouse contract. Wage claims against contractor satisfactorily adjusted. (30) Canadian Pacific freight truckers, Calgary, Alberta. Wages dispute; employees on strike for few days when agreement effected. (31) Edmonton, Dunvegan and British Columbia Railway. Dispute -with train employees as to wage rates and working rules. Application made for Board of Conciliation under Industrial Disputes Investigation Act but dispute adjusted by mediation. (32) American Bank Note Company. OttaMa. Wages and conditions of work; employees in press-room specially concerned; satisfactory working arrangements effected. (33) Northern Power Company, Edmonton. Alberta. Dispute as to annual leave of certain employees; matter arranged without cessation of work. (34) Saskatchewan Bridge and Iron Works, Moosejaw. Dispute as to alleged unfair use of unskilled labour to do skilled work; adjustment effected. (35) Electric Railway Company, ]\Ioosejaw. Dispute as to wages and working conditions; matter referred later to Board of Conciliation; no cessation of work. (36) Buckeye Machine Company, Limited, Calgary, Alberta. Demand for signed agreement and alleged improper use of specialists on machine work; a strike which lasted ten days, when agreement effected. (37) Electric Railway, Edmonton, Alberta. Dispute regarding union recognition, also terms of new schedule; application for Conciliation Board made but working agreement effected by mediation, (38) New Westminster, B.C. Electrical workers employed by city went on strike for new agreement; municipalitj' refused compromise. (39) Vancouver dairies. Drivers on strike because of dispute as to working conditions; drivers' places filled and strike proved ineffective. (^40) Esquimau and Nanaimo Railway Company. Mechanics at Victoria, B.C., demanded new wage schedule; agreement reached bj- negotiations. (41) Yarrows, Limited, and boilermakers and iron shipbuilders employed in the shipyard at Esquimalt, B.C. Dispute as to wages and hours; succession of strikes, which extended to Navy Yard and several machine shops and which lasted over three weeks; employees' demands conceded. (42) Consolidated ;Mining and Smelting Company of Canada, Limited, and metal miners at Trail and Rossland, B.C. Dispute as to wages and genera REPORT OF THE DEPm'T MINISTER OF LABOUR 9 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 working conditions; application made by miners at each point for Board of Conciliation and Investigation but dispute adjusted by negotiations; no cessation of worli. (43) British Columbia Electric Railway Company, Limited, and linemen, etc. Dispute concerning wage schedule and working conditions, resulting in strike which lasted about four weeks; sympathetic strike threatened by street railway men, who also made certain demands; both disputes satisfactorily adjusted. (44) British Columbia Telephone Company, Limited, and electrical workers. Agreement effected between company and union officials. (45) Pacific Coast Coal Mines, Limited, at South Wellington, B.C. Wages dispute; men on strike for few days when wage concessions made. (46) J. Leckie Company, Limited, boot and shoe manufacturers, Vancouver, B.C., and employees working on small government contracts. Dispute as to wages; agreement effected after week's strike. (47) Navy Yard, Esquimalt, B.C. Demand by machinists for higher wages, strike being threatened; wage increase granted. (48) Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company of Canada and wireless operators on Pacific Coast steamship service. Dispute as to wages and living conditions; matter referred finally to Board of Conciliation and Investigation; no cessation of work. (49) Canadian Collieries (Dunsmuir), Limited. Miners at Extension ami Cumberland, B.C., demanded wage increase; compromise effected. (50) Victoria dock works and cement workers. Alleged discrimination against certain employees; matter amicably adjusted. (51) Coal miners in Crow's Nest Pass region demanded M^ages in excess of those named in unexpired agreement. Some cessation of work occurred but efforts of departmental officers assisted largely in lessening the area and duration of the disagreement. (52) Machinists, toolmakers, etc., em,ployed in Toronto and Hamilton, largely on munitions work, demanded improved conditions as to wages and hours. Departmental officers assisted in effecting working agreements in some cases and, later, an investigation was made by a Royal Commission. IMachinists and toolmakers in Hamilton were on strike for some months. 10 DEPARTilEXr OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 II. THE LABOUR GAZETTE. The Labour Gazette is published in both Enghsh and French, which necessi- tates the keeping of separate mailing lists, and the printing of all notices and forms in both languages. The number of paid subscriptions to the Gazette received during the past fiscal year was 5,001, the total paid circulation on the 31st March, 1917, being 6,124. All subscriptions were promptly entered, and remittances acknowledged. The customary subscription notices and renewal forms were forwarded from month to month, and mailing lists corrected and revised as occasion required. In addition to maintaining the regular list of subscribers, many sample copies were sent out from the department during the year. In connection with the circulation of the Labour Gazette for the twelve months ended March 31, 1917, 3,431 letters were received and acknowledged, 2,579 of which had reference to subscriptions to the Labour Gazette, 285 to a change of address on the part of subscribers, and 567 to other matters. For the same period, 8,728 pieces of mail matter were despatched from the circulation branch, representing communications containing notices, accounts, or receipts for subscriptions, and other communications in connection with the circulation of the Gazette; 928 parcels were also forwarded from the branch. During the fiscal year 1916-17, the average monthly circulation of the Labour Gazette v/sls 11,909 copies, of which 6,344 were on account of paid circulation, and 5,565 to persons on the free and exchange lists. The circulation of the Gazette at the close of the fiscal year was as follows: — Annual Subscriptions, 6,124; Free and Exchanged Distribution, 5,634. The following summary shows, by provinces the number of paid subscriptions to the Labour Gazette at the end of the fiscal year: Nova Scotia, 697; New Brunswick, 280; Prince Edward Island, 48; Quebec, 1,694; Ontario, 2,173; Manitoba, 299; Saskatchewan, 198; Alberta, 258; British Columbia, 317; The British Empire (other than Canada) 58; Foreign Countries, 102; Total, 6,124. Under the head of copies of the Labour Gazette sent as exchanges are in- cluded Labour Gazette sent to public departments of the Governments, both federal and provincial, and to the publishers of trade papers and labour journals, in exchange for their publications. On the free list are included copies sent to members of both Houses of Parliament, commercial agents, immigration agents, public libraries, boards of trade, libraries of educational institutions, local newspapers, and the officers of organizations who supply from time to time information requested by the department. Revenue. — The revenue of the Labour Gazette is derived from the sale of single and bound copies, and from annual subscriptions. Single copies are supplied at the rate of 3 cents each, or 20 cents per dozen. Bound volumes of the Gazette, including the issues of each year, are sold at the rate of 75 cents per copy. The annual subscription rate is 20 cents, or when more than 12 copies are taken by the same person or institution, 15 cents. The receipts from sub- scriptions, and from the sale of single and bound copies of the Gazette during the fiscal year 1916-17 shows a net revenue of S996.80. REPORT OF THE DEPUTY MIXISTER OF LABOUR 11 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 III. THE FAIR WAGES BRANCH. The Fair Wages branch of the department has to do with the administration of the fair wages policy of the Dominion Government, wliich is based on a resolution of the House of Commons adopted in the session of 1900, as follows:— That it be resolved, that all Government contracts should contain such conditions as will prevent abuses, which may arise from the sub- letting of such contracts, and that every effort should be made to secure the payment of such wages as are generally accepted as current in each trade for competent workmen in the district where the work is carried out, and that this House cordially concurs in such policy, and deems it the duty of the Government to take immediate steps to give effect thereto. It is hereby declared that the work to which the foregoing policy shall apply includes not only work undertaken by the Government itself, but also all works aided by grant of Dominion public funds. Additional force was given to the fair wages resolution in the revision of the Railway Act in 1903, by the insertion in that statute of a section requiring the payment of current rates of wages to all workmen engaged in the construction of any line of railway towards which the Parliament of Canada has voted financial aid by way of subsidy or guarantee. An Order in Council was adopted on August 30, 1907, "to more effectively further the purpose of the fair wages resolution of the House of Commons of Canada, of March, 1900," by the insertion of the foUo'n'ing clauses in all govern- ment contracts to which the said resolution applies : — 1. Contractors shall post in a conspicuous place on the pubhc works under construction, the schedule of wages inserted in their contracts for the protection of the workmen employed. 2. Contractors shall keep a record of payments made to workmen in their employ, the books or documents containing such record shall be open for inspection by the Fair Wages Officers of the Government at any time it maj^ be expedient to the Minister of Labour to have the same inspected. In connection with proposed works of construction a fair wages schedule setting forth the minimum wage rates and the hours of labour to be observed is prepared in advance and embodied in the contract. The practice is to prepare these schedules as they are required. For this purpose one of the fair wages officers of the department usually visits the locality in which the work is to be performed and ascertains, by inquiry from both employers and workmen, the scale of remuneration and the hours of labour generally prevailing in the district for the various classes of labour required. In other cases a general clause is inserted in the contract, the terms of which are as follows: — All mechanics, labourers or other persons who perform labour in the , construction of the work hereby contracted for, shall be paid such wages as are generally accepted as current from time to time during the continu- ance of the contract for competent workmen in the district in which the work is being performed, and if there is no current rate in such district, then a fair and reasonable rate, and shall not be required to work for longer hours than those fixed by the custom of the trade in the district where the work is carried on, except for the protection of life or property, or in the case of other emergencies. In the event of a dispute arising as to what is the current or a fair and reasonable rate of wages or what are 12 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 the current hours fixed by the custom bf the trade it shall be determined by the Minister of Labour, whose decision shall be final. These conditions shall extend and apply to moneys payable for the use or hire of horses or teams, and the persons entitled to payment for the use or hire of horses or teams shall have the like right in respect of moneys owing to them as if such moneys were payable to them in respect of wages. In the event of default being made in payment of any money owing in respect of wages of anj- mechanic, labourer or other person employed on the said work, and if a claim therefor is filed in the office of the Minister of , and proof thereof satisfactory to the Minister is furnished, the Minister may pay such claim out of anj' moneys at any time payable by His IMajesty under such contract, and the amounts so paid shall be deemed payments to the companj- . The company shall post in a conspicuous place on the works under construction the general clause above mentioned for the protection of the workmen employed. The company shall keep a record of payments made to workmen in its employ, and the books or documents containing such record shall be open for inspection by the fair wages officers of the Government at any time it may be expedient to the Minister of Labour to have the same in- spected. Fair wage conditions are also inserted in contracts for the manufacture of certain classes of government supplies, and in contracts for all railwaj' con- struction to which the Dominion Parliament has granted financial aid, either by waj' of subsidy' or guarantee. The Department of Labour is also frequentlj- consulted by other depart- xnents of the government regarding the wage rates to be observed in connection with work undertaken on the daj- labour plan. The number of fair wages schedules prepared by the Department of Labour during the 3'ear for insertion in government contracts was greatly reduced on account of the reduction in the government construction operations consequent on the continuance of the European war, work of this nature for the Federal authorities throughout the year being mainly confined to works already in progress and to operations connected with Canada's part in the war. The total number of fair wages schedules prepared during the year was sixty-eight, being the smallest number prepared in any j'ear since 1901-2. The sixty-eight schedules referred to were divided among the different departments of the government as follows: Public Works, 28; Railways and Canals, 14; Militia and Defence, 8; Interior, 9; Naval Service, 7; ]\Iarine and Fisheries, 1; and Indian Affairs, 1. Fair wage conditions M'ere also inserted in a number of contracts connected with the manufacture of military supplies and materials to the order of the Dominion Government. REPORT OF THE DEPUTY MIMSTER OF LABOUR SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 13 TABLES RELATING TO FAIR WAGES SCHEDULES. The following tables relate to Fair Wages Schedules prepared by the officers •of the department during the fiscal year 1916-17, also during previous years, and show the different departments controlling the contracts concerned and the locality and value of the contract. Schedules by Provinces. — Table showing, by provinces, the Fair Wages Schedules prepared, 1916-17. Depabtmznt of Government. .5 1 f o Z 1 ■6 e -d a J .a .2 8 .a o 1 s 1 i h 3-: s 3 o .2 3 1 3 1 3 2 1 5 6 1 1 1 10 2 4 2 28 14 Railways and Canals Militia and Defence 3 3 2 Interior . 7 2 9 7 5 2 14 21 2 11 6 Fair Wages Schedules 1900-1917. — Schedules prepared covering period from July 1900, to March, 1917, inclusive. Department of Government. i o 03 i 2 T 1 ■o 2 1 o> o 3 03 CM 2 in i Cs 12 '^ i Public Works 63 13 1 17 11 50 12 116 89 18 72 153 21 2 41 95 8 3 53 84 10 3 95 93 23 11 125 163 18 14 43 79 14 12 190 48 14 23 156 54 41 39 201 77 24 82 327 120 45 60 155 25 36 34 84 11 17 10 28 14 1 25 1,773 1,156 319 Railways and Canals Total 63 31 73 223 248 147 190 222 320 148 275 290 384 552 250 122 68 3,566 14 nEPARTMEXT OF LABOT'li 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Post Office Department Contracts, 1916-17. — Lists of supplies furnished the Post Office Department by contract, or otherwise, under conditions for the protection of the labour employed, which were approved of by the Depart- ment of Labour, 1916-17. Name of Order. Amount of Order. Making metal dating stamps and type and other hand stamps and brass crown seals Making and repairing rubber dating stamps and type, also other stamps .Supplying stamping material and repairing stamping pads Making and repairing post office scales Supplying mail bags Repairing mail bags ._ Making and repairing mail locks and supplying mail bags fittings Supplying street letter boites and railway mail clerks' tin travelling boxes and repairing portable letter boxes, parcel receptacles and railway mail clerks' fin travelling boxes Making and repairing miscellaneous articles of Postal Stores Making and supplying articles of official uniform Repairing, lettering and numbering parcel post hampers Total $ 7,137 32 1,264 30 10,206 23 4So 75 36.723 90 36,370 24 55,212 78 3.303 20 813 83 73,006 41 275 95 % 225,859 9^ HEPOIiT OF THE DEITTY MINISTER OF LAJiOUIi 16 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 :^ S S > ^ »< > > X » xx o c -'o -** O u rt . ••.2 o.ti °' Si- .sag, « o a o — " ? fe •o o c 5 ^- C « O bC _.- o r'^ c t. = = E o c s ZZtc S.2 n |i c o ZZ ZCZ z 1 ^ o s-^ S ^cDO'^^OtD'^tOOcO 3 M- - 1°° |£2 z'=!5 0.2 a fl a a UZD go- s >^-. :a:. CO'-! o V jd S> •w^.j i^ 5-c *j *^ a d a a.»i'3 XP5 d=^. bS-S t^8 uss qt= .sss ES- °M?. -•s« §>§« ffOCi -^5 3 0.5 mta H £-2:2 § S.o£e *^ o d X 5 o-^'rf. 'b. a ;.2-3 o ^ « o oj >< 0: .'•SZlgc rf o ill. I is 111 * «1 * "O r^ o ■=•0 y 16 DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Issue of Labour Gnzette in which schedule published. a i ■3 > > X $7,490 00 Excavation, $1.30 per cu. yd., con- crete foundation, including forms, $8.50 per cu. yd. $87,, 500 00 J •o 0) Q > \ I c 0 = « J: II o Z Date at which schedule supplied by Department. Sept. 21, '16 Oct. 2, '16 Nov. 10, '16 Dec. 28, '16 >. 8 3 o 1 1 I X. c J. > 3 o i 1 PC 1 i ' 1 1 < i 1 1 o eS i 02 • c .s 1 ' 3 o 1 1 at § >> © Ztf o £ ■2 C o 03 C ■ C ■? o -G .05 I CO 03 <; c 03 03 & 0) CO Ed Q a o cc O <1 a) o C o 03 C M O c a; c c 03 Q o *^ 03 & O 05 Q o CQ Ed C5 <1 < ^' m ^ K M to a— a.c««- o oj c ' O O o S C3 OS z; cj 8»^ CI CI 8' ' o a h c 3 O 2: x o ate V -^ S O O Q 2 3— SS-.^ b;;-s433wS; S 36—2 E = 03 O O 03 C C o I > 03 C a) 03 o 03 P. 01 .J Q X o ■n :sc5 o = c s a =- " ' § g » g = o c a o o o% Z4.X'ZZZb «C« « « ■=• g .■".CO ■ *j^ oj d fc- ^ =^2 » S M * ■" " I."" .2 o — X.S gS »2 .".a aj'2 fc-^ T. 0.2 a a— .5.2 -a C Oj u G O o 03 O 48 bO C o o 02 03 C 03 O -c C 03 03 PS 03 Q OJ 03 & W Q S o o •AY. y. Co a +* • S tn S OS 4) _r 00 2 !► ** :^5| 3.! «* — — SS m ^x. a , 5 ."Tr-o 00 . '- 3 eS aScSK ■J o-o 3 = t.T3 t. a Q a aj 18 DEPMlTMEXr OF LABOl If 8 GLORGE V, A. 1918 S g S 5 1 ^ ^ " n r^ ^1-C ffl-O Tu O o «— o o^S-o-S 3 . i C-.2 ^l.=11 Kj 1 X S S _ i ,- ■ U "s *- X 3^ ni3 ii,£ 0-3t3 0 ^ « O eS ^S_ Us c c. S t- _C -J « — *J c 5 ^ •S -»^ S C „ K 11 c • Ii 11 C£ m s: « g o V : ^ a r;; ::^ -Jcs o §:;- ^ S id" i o -^M Q c _ c ^ c- - o c- - - °"g 8-g 8' • -; O c5 O "S 8" - - - 0 a O ^S ZE ^ O Z so to 2* 222^ ^»22 « Date at which schedule supplied by epartmen CO''^ Offl «-^«o cTcsMsc" o" iM Cl Cl !N (M = = i = ^ Q =gQ ' (£ >. ■«^ ■ 3 i: ;S ■ ^ £ 1 • W llli coco C u 5l Mi^ J= ■ ■ o ■ ."ti ci ; — SO .S OS ii ■ S °o c C O o •=J2 ^■§ :& .2» ■"H 1-3 :^ ^C S 5 =5 ; t. ^ ■ ? £ s ^ "*! :C5 o *= 5-i 1 " otf =£ > lo ='? "oJ = S" Z Il "3 ill •3 1 c ;o.2 .1 . 3 : ?■> Ill s o oiS-S 1 Lj ^ X ZE- >'K 1 o >1 o o s 03 ■? o 05 o3 a Q a P Q « o REPORr OF THE HEJ'rrjY MIMsTEh' (IF EAHOl'U 19 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 Fair Wages Complaints Investigated by the Department of Labour DURING the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 1917. Attention was given by tlie Fair Wages Branch of the Department of Labour during the year to a number of complaints of non-observance of fair wages conditions on government contracts. These complaints related mainly to wages, hours, and conditions of employment. Some of them were disposed of by correspondence; in most cases, however, investigation by one of the fair wages officers of the department was necessarj' to establish the facts. Where the complaints proved, on inquiry, to be well founded, steps were taken by the Department of Labour looking to the enforcement of the contract conditions. The investigations by the fair wages officers included a number of very important works in course of construction at various points throughout the Dominion, among which might be mentioned the ocean terminals dock at Hahfax, harbour im- provements at Toronto, wharves and ocean piers at Victoria, government ele- vators at Calgary and Vancouver, customs house at Ottawa, and the centre block of the Parliament Buildings at Ottawa. In a few cases complaints came from employees under the direct control of some branch of the government service, and at the request of the department concerned an investig- ation was made by an officer of the Department of Labour, whose report was transmitted to the officials having authority in the matter. The details of these complaints are given in tlie table published herewith. In addition to the foregoing, a number of inspections were made of many factories both in Eastern and Western Canada in which munitions and military supplies were being manufactured, and an effort was made to co-operate as far as possible with the Imperial authorities in securing due observance of the labour conditions embodied in militarv contracts. 36— 2§ 20 DEPARTJIEXT OF LABOVR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 .5o S . ^ BEPOliT OF ■nil-: DEI'I'TY MIXISTER OF LABOLIl 21 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 S £ =; o « ° 15 i :f;- t£ t/ C 7i-r sec g_^ rt fc£ > '■So 1-2;:! n ^ o bf - ^ J c ci QJ B>- 03 O H ! OS'S -*- * S* ^T3 O' «^::: out S'3 re ' >-SS.! -Oct; , c u. "l-H r- S -; iJ O 5 ^ »= .^ " . n J, u K i< s ffl rt c » « S^ £-2 fe g " S g a-g C 3 u ei !< O'" fe -^ «■ S bC tJ rt QJ-a -M . ^ 5 ^- .a-s§E|*t; • § o g,c S.JI '" g - « a S.B E S-S o o ag-o-a ° £ w E A 03 C I; M F'Sio " ..S.S c g g Bt » =' = S a O.H'S ^~ dec SS 11 i* ^■2 S » 3 o.S a g © a; c o s: ■at" -*^ o c B S c - H ill o 01 * '> H = .2 E .5 f H ZS^.S ■5— D.S'3 °£ >,Z n cd o aj 3 » §■=.£ £•1 £ i-S - a o. .2 oJ O-S o ..o.S.E aj be •§2 oji Is s° C5 QD H -O 3 £ ® SC ° 0 0.= M I- « — 00 fcC*J T3 » C •a..»2 ■s.S£| a ** o S ?.^ £ S" = gill *J ^ o © J--Q 05 C e'3 as 0£ O Hi n £3 ri o t, a sQE H ^1 3 O bflS 2 © U © cd ■30 a^ ' to — a a s Is ;3£ oH, . o O offl 3 ^■/I' 3 CD -.C ;C CO t... -.3 C3t^ CD T3 t. iffi ; o 7} to a o 'Jj a ■mO Cib. is « g fe oS Zf ::3 u a o KQ 22 I/EI'ARTMi:\T OF LMiOLR 8 GEORGE V, A. I9l8 IV. STATISTICS. The change in labour conditions brought about by the war and the industrial readjustments involved, have greatly increased the demands upon the statistical work of the department, especially in the prices and wages sections. Owing to the rapid advance in prices, employers and employees have frequently availed themselves of the statistics collected and published lay the department on wages rates and cost of living. The work of the government in connection with food control and soldiers' pensions has also given rise to new demands for cost- of-living data. While endeavouring to meet these requirements it has been necessarj' to keep in mind the change in industrial conditions which will follow the close of the war, when there will be a demand for statistical data in the field of employment and unemployment. PRICES. The work on retail and wholesale prices has been somewhat expanded owing to the increased importance of such statistics in the recent steep and rapid rise in prices. As at the beginning of the war, quotations of retail prices were obtained weekly instead of oticc a month in the sixty cities in which the depart- ment has correspondents. Quotations of wholesale prices have been obtained in more markets than formerly, and in some cases more frequently. The weekl^y budgets of family expenditure on foods, fuel, etc., proved to be of much interest as showing the relative changes in the cost of living in Canada. Information as to price movements in other countries has been secured more extensively, and as government control of prices developed throughout the world, it became necessary to extend the work on this section considerably, thus making available to some extent the experience of other countries in regulating prices and control- ling supplies. Special articles on various aspects of prices were published in the Labour Gazette from time to time. Wages. After some years of effort the department has been able to compile a fairly satisfactory recoVd of wage rates in representative estabUshments in all the more important industries. This is supplemented by a record of union rates in the different trades of the principal industrial centres. It is hoped that some sections of the wage record will soon be ready for publication. During the year much information on wages was furnished employers and employees, chiefly for use in negotiations for new wage agreements. Changes in wages and hours reported to the department are summarized monthly, and treated in some detail quarterly, in the Labour Gazette. Strikes and Lockouts. The compilation of statistics of industrial disputes followed closely the lines adopted in former years. A statement of disputes in existence and of new disputes beginnhig in the month appears in each issue of the Labour Gazette, and an annual statement is also prepared for publication in the Labour Gazette and in the department's annual report. In this compilation disputes are classi- fied by provinces, industries, magnitude (as sho^vm by numbers of employees involved and time loss), causes, and results and method of settlement. Reports of proceedings under the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act also appear in the Labour Gazette and in the annual report. During the year work was begun REPORT OF THE DEPUTY MIMSTER OF LABOUR 23 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 on a special report on Strikes and Lockouts in Canada 1901-16. In the report on this subject for the period 1901-12, issued in 1913, it was indicated that the department planned to issue similar reports periodically supplementary to the statements on industrial disputes appearing in the Labour Gazette and in the annual report of the department. The earlier report gave special attention to the quinquennial periods 1901-05 and 1906-10; the report now being prepared gives special tables for the succeeding quinquennium. Comparisons are made with the statistics of industrial disputes for the periods 1901-05 and 1906-10, and in addition a brief survey is given of industrial disputes during the sixteen years covered by the departmental record. The report should be ready for distribution towards the end of the year 1917. Employment and Unemployment. A system of monthly reports from employment offices has been estabished which gives some information as to the condition of the labour market throughout the country. All the provincial and municipal employment bureaus, and the more important voluntary agencies, report monthly the number of vacancies notified to them and the number of persons placed. An arrangement has been made with the Immigration Branch, which super-vises private employment offices, by which similar reports are received from all such offices in the chief centres of labour distribution. A compilation of these employment bureau reports is presented monthlj- in the Labour Gazette. The volume of employment in the building trades is reflected in some degree by a monthly table showing the value of building permits issued in thirty-five cities. As a beginning in the establishment of some measure of public employment, reports are being received monthly from fourteen city corporations showing the number of workers tempo- rarily employed and the amount of wages paid such workers in the first pay-roll period of two weeks in the month. A quarterly table also appears in the Labour Gazette showing the number and percentage of members of trade unions unem- ployed on the last day of the quarters. The reports received from trade union secretaries on this subject cover from 70 to 80 per cent of the total trade union membership of the country. Industrial Accidents. To the end of the fiscal year no change was made in the presentation of statistics of industrial accidents in the Labour Gazette, but the annual statement in this report is given in more condensed form than in previous years. The effort to compile and publish industrial accident statistics has been attended by many difficulties. The department has had to depend for its information chiefly upon provincial sources, and the task of securing the data on the same basis from all the provinces has presented many problems. Even within the individual province the field has been divided between factory and mines inspec- tors, railway boards and bureaus of labour, and recently further complexity has come in several provinces through the entrance of workmen's compensation boards into the field of industrial accident statistics. The compilation of a monthly statement of non-fatal accidents has presented the further difficulty that such accidents are often reported two or three months after the date of their occurrence. In these circumstances the record cannot be complete, but the department believes that, despite the difficulties, improvement is being effected steadily. The co-operation of the provincial workmen's compensation boards promises to contribute much to this end. 24 DEPARTMEXT OF I.MiOt R Labour Legislation. 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Work was begun during the year in a new field — the compilation of labour laws enacted by the Dominion and Provincial Governments. It is proposed to issue annually a volume giving the text of all the labour laws passed during the year, with a brief survey of the trend in labour legislation. The first volume to be issued will be that for the year 1916, on which some progress has been made. As a starting point for the annual reports on this subject the department has in contemplation a special report covering all the labour laws of Canada to the end of 1915, this to be followed, at intervals of a few j-ears, by special reports con- solidating the annual reports of the preceding years. REI'ORT OF THE DEI'VIY illSltiVER OF LABOUR 25 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 V. INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES IN CANADA DURING 1916. In 1916 tliere were in existence seventy-five disputes, involving a time loss of 208,277 working days. There was some increase in the amount of industrial unrest as compared with 1915, in which year forty-three disputes, involving a time loss of 106,149 days were recorded. However, 1915 stands first in the sixteen years of the record as a year of industrial peace, and 1916 stands third from the standpoint of time loss and fifth from the standpoint of the number of disputes (table I). Seventy-four strikes, involving 270 employers and 21,057 workpeople and a time loss of 207,577 days were recorded as having actually commenced in 1916. One strike, that of boilermakers and iron shipbuilders at Esquimau, B.C., was carried over from 1915. From the standpoint of time loss. August was the month of greatest indust- rial disturbance, with 19 per cent of the time loss in the year (table II). Novem- ber had 16 per cent of the time loss, and May 13.2 per cent. From the stand- point of the number of disputes, November was the month of greatest industrial unrest, with 17.6 per cent of the disputes which commenced during the year. May had 16.2 per cent of the disputes, and Jul}' 12.1 per cent. Fifty-four per cent of the time loss and 46 per cent of the disputes occurred in the four months, ^lay to August. Disputes by Provinces. Prince Edward Island was the only province in which no disputes were recorded during the j^ear, although lioth Nova Scotia and New Brunswick had only one dispute (table III). Industrial unrest was greatest in Ontario, which province had 44 per cent of the strikes and 30 per cent of the time loss during the j'ear. Quebec had 17 per cent of the disputes and 25 per cent of the time loss, and British Columbia 13 per cent of the disputes and 23 per cent of the time loss. British Columbia stands first as to the number of employees affected, on account of the large numbers of miners involved in strikes in the Crowsnest Pass district. Disputes by Industries. From the standpoint of time loss, industrial unrest Avas greatest in mining and cjuarrying, which industry is charged with 42 per cent of the total time loss in the year (table IV). ^Metals, machinery, and shipbuilding had. 16 per cent of the time loss, and transportation 13 per cent. The number of strikes in trans- portation, nineteen, was also larger than in any other group, and there were fifteen disputes in metals, machinery, and shipbuilding, eleven in the clothing trades, and ten in mining and quarrying. Magnitude of Disputes. Number o/ Employees involved. — As in previous years, most of the disputes affect comparatively small numbers of employees. In almost half the total number, 45 per cent, less than 100 employees were involved, and 75 per cent of the cases the employees affected numbered less than 250. In table V it will be noted that the 100-250 classification had a larger percentage of the disputes than any other, but that the 250-500 classification had the greatest percentage of time loss. Number of working days lost. — In the majority of the disputes also the time loss was small. In about 55 per cent of the cases the number of M'orking days lost was less than 1,000 (table VI). A few large disputes contributed the greater part of the loss of time, about 62 per cent of the total number of working days lost being due to the ten disputes in each of which 5,000 or more daj's were lost. 26 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 george v, a. 1918 Industries and Duration. The great majoritj' of the disputes during the year were of short duration (table VII). Of the sixty-eight disputes settled during the year, twenty-one or 31 per cent were settled in five daj^s or less, and forty or almost 59 per cent were settled in less than ten days. Only five disputes were in existence more than thirty days. Of these, two were in building and construction; one in metal, machinery, and shipbuilding; one in transportation; and one in the miscellane- ous group. Causes and Results of Disputes. Fifty disputes, or 66 per cent of the total number in existence in the year involving 82 per cent of the time loss were due solely to the question of wages (table VIII). In forty-seven of these disputes the object was an increase in wages and in three cases to prevent a reduction in wages. Seven disputes, or about 9 per cent of the total, involving 25 per cent of the time loss, were due to demands for increases in wages and for other changes. In three disputes the object was recognition of the union, and there were eleven disputes from all other causes. As to results, thirty of the disputes or 40 per cent of the total resulted in favour of employees, fifteen disputes or 20 per cent of the total in favour of employers, twentj'-two disputes or 29 per cent were compromised, and in eight disputes or 11 per cent the result was indefinite. In the fifty-four cases in which the demand for higher wages was the cause of dispute the employees were fully successful in twenty, or 37 per cent of the total, and partially successful in nineteen cases or 35 per cent of the total. They were also successful in three of the four disputes for shorter hours, and in the three disputes to prevent wage reductions they were successful in two cases. Methods of Settlement. The majority of the disputes in the .vear were settled b}' negotiations between the parties, or by mediation — forty-one disputes being settled by negotiations and sixteen by mediation (table IX). One dispute was settled by reference under the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act. In five cases the strikers returned to work on the employers' terms, and in four cases the strikers were replaced. JfEPORT OF THE DEfVIY MIXISTEE OF LABOUU 27 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 Table I. — Record of Industrial Disputes by Years. No. of Dispute:* No. involved. Time loss in Working Year. In existence Beginning in the year. in the year. Employers Employees. days. 1901 104 104 273 28,086 632,311 1902 . 121 121 420 12,264 120,940 1903 146 146 927 .50,041 1,226,500 1904 99 99 575 16,482 265,004 1905 89 88 437 16,223 217,244 1906 141 141 1,015 26, 050 359,797 1907 149 144 825 36,624 621,962 1908.. 68 65 175 25,293 708, 285 1909 69 68 397 17,332 871,845 1910 84 82 1,335 21,280 718.635 1911 . 99 96 475 30,094 2,046,650 1912. 150 148 989 40,511 1.099,208 1913 113 106 1,015 39,536 1.287,678 1914 44 40 205 8,678 430, 054 1915 43 38 96 9,140 106, 149 1916 75 74 271 21,157 208,277 Total 1,594 1,560 9,430 398.391 10,920.539 Table II. — Industrial Disputes, 1916 — ^By Months. Disputes in exis- ence in each month. Disputes commen- cing in each month. Disputes in existence in each month. Month. Number Employ- ers in- volved. Number of Em- ployees affected. Time loss. No. Per centage of total. Working days. Per centage of total. 2 7 7 S 16 10 16 15 9 7 16 11 1 6 5 6 12 5 9 S 3 3 13 3 13 81 6-7 81 16-2 6-8 121 10-8 4-1 4-1 17-6 41 2 10 10 8 47 75 72 69 150 46 59 54 127 964 881 1,939 3,444 1,901 4,872 2,7.33 724 189 6,469 1,308 781 10,539 14,677 18,646 27, 546 24,635 21,497 39,359 3,646 959 33,469 12,523 •4 February. ... 5-0 March April May June 70 90 13-2 11-8 July 10-3 August September.. 190 1-8 ■5 November December 16-0 60 Total . 74 100 208, 277 100 28 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table III. — Industrial Disputes, 1916, bj' Provinces. Province. Disputes. Xo. Per cent of total. Number Involved. Employers. Employees. Time Loss. Days. Per cent of total. Nova Scotia New Brunswick. . Quebec Ontario Manitoba Saskatchewan . Alberta British Columbia. Total 1 1 13 33 4 10 1-3 1-3 17-3 440 9-3 80 5-3 13-3 1 1 117 105 14 13 7 13 1.188 200 3,605 4,619 775 441 494 9,835 20,196 2.800 52.770 62,686 10,361 1,875 8,974 48,615 9-7 1-3 25-4 30- 1 50 •9 4-3 23-3 100 271 21,157 208,277 100 Table IY. — Industrial Disputes 1916, bj- Industries. Trade or Industry. Disputes. Number Involved. Time Loss. No. Per cent of total. Employ- ers. Employ- ees. Days. Per cent of total. Mining and quarrying 10 7 15 1 13-3 9-3 200 1-3 14 42 44 1 11,814 210 2,683 275 88.634 4.124 33,133 1,875 42-6 20 Metal, machinery and shipbuilding Woodworking trades. . 160 • 9 11 7 14-7 9-3 11 19 1,176 1,201 19,341 22-977 9-3 Food, tobacco and liquor preparation Leather. 110 Transportation ... . 19 25-3 33 2,340 27,288 130 Public and civic employees 2 3 2-7 40 104 3 353 805 3,245 7,660 1-5 3-7 Total 75 100 271 21,157 208,277 100 REPOnr OF THE DEPUTY MINISTER OF LABOUR 29 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 Table V. — Industrial Disputes, 1916, by Numbers of Employees Involved. Disputes. Number InvoLVED. Time Loss Number of Employees involved. No. Per centage of total. Employ- ers. Employ- ees. Working days. Per centage of total. 5 000 employee'^ and upwards 1 1 1 4 12 22 10 15 9 1-3 1-3 1-3 5-3 160 29-3 13-3 200 120 1 1 1 38 121 28 21 51 ■ 9 5,000 3,630 1,188 2,800 3,961 3,318 625 491 144 20,000 21,620 20, 196 38,166 48, 488 45, 053 6,048 7,441 1,265 9-6 2,500 to 5,000 10-4 1,000 to 2,500 9-7 500 to 1,000 18-3 250 to 500 23-3 100 to 250 . ^ 21-6 50 to 100 2-9 25 to 50 . 3-6 •6 Total 75 100 271 21,157 208,277 100 Table VI. — Industrial Disputes, 1916, by Time Loss. Number of Working Days Lost . Disputes. No. Per centage of total. Number Involved. Employ- ers. Employ- ees. Time Loss. Working days. Per centage of total. 15,000 and under 25,000 10.000 and under 15,000 5,000 and under 10,000 2,500 and under 5,000 1,500 and under 2,500 1,000 and under l,.50O 500 and under 1,000 250 and under 500 100 and under 2,50 Under 100 days Strike in which no time was lost by employ- ees Total 4 2 4 12 5 7 14 11 11 4 5-3 2-7 5-3 160 6-7 9-3 18-7 14-7 14-7 5-3 1-3 31 10 15 117 27 23 23 12 4 10,718 1,170 1,368 2,726 1,212 833 2,0,37 668 347 53 25 77,116 24, 126 28, 209 44,741 9,504 8,370 10,319 3,796 1,874 222 37-0 11-6 13-5 21-5 4-5 40 5 0 1-8 ■9 ■1 75 100 271 21,157 208, 277 100 30 DEPAlilMi:\r OF l.AROTIi 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 a •S. c- to I-' C<1 paA(OAm jaqmnx saa-toiduig "T o C-: «c — — 3C t^ ■ 2 ^> =c re : o CO g M saa.Co]dm3 ■* . CS CO ss CO CO paA]OAin BaaXo[dui3 5 g : : 00 ■ - CM 1 sja. O •S.'fBp ai 3OT3JJO.M sassoj ami j pajBraijsg s 3 1 paA|OAm jtaqran^ saa.<0[draa g S : : g S s saaXojding lO -H CO -<*- In •saindsip jo -O)^ N -^ — . '- 1" 1 o •SABp SuTJiJOii m sasso] araij pajBuinsg ^ . . o o eO CO 2 ^ 2 C-1 2 paA]OAm jaquinx saaXo|dm%j ; " i ; g S CO ^ s s S sjaXojduig [ : ~ '- - — - ■"! ■sajndsip jo o i.^ : - - ^ — tc •a 1 CO •sXsp 3nT3]jojtt m sasso] ami} pajBuiijgg « ■ o N Q -06 i paA]OAaT jaqranNJ saa.tO]duia 00 ■ »o oo ■ c^ £3 2 C4 2 CO CO sja.^o]diii3 1 f- . — . •M ^ -* — CO sajndsip jo ov^ CO - — Cfl >-< -' " OS CO 1 •sXsp 3in3(jo.4i ni sassoi ami} pajBoipsg o o -* ce t^ o s 00 C3 i paAJOAUl jaqranx saa.to|duia 8 § 2 CO co 00 1 C4 I2 sjaXoidrag | — » (jo.« ni sassO] aniij pajBUiijsa S : g S : CO ■ CO 00 ■ 1 CI CI i t paAjOAUl jaquinx saa;Co]dui3 2 t^ sjaXoiduia 1 ^ . ^ ^ . CO o C4 •sajndsip jo -ox | •. 00 s c o o •o es b c i b c 1 1 b c c 0 .= _-•£ ^.Ei Hi 111 c o ij - ? 'x Si 5 c c c E E O > 1 i a ■ 1 -1 M ;l HKPOirr OF THE DKl'U'I'Y MINISTKH OF LABOUR 31 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 •s.^Bp 3u!>iJ0.vi u; sso] ouii j_ •pa^oayB s8aS. = s ■e^Bp 8ui5(jOAi ni sso| auiix •pa^DajjB S3a.to]diua jo ojy •paAiOAn;sjaXo]dmajo'0{,I | •sajndsip jo o^ | O 'ri I— I o ■sXBp Sui3(jOM UI SSO] auii X •pajoajjB saajtoiduia jo 'O"^ ■paA]OAUisjaAoidiua JO -o^ •sajndsip jo •o^ | 2! CO C^ ^ J3 O i g i f- ^ ° s £ '1' c .2 S HH ^ rSH Pi ci H Q S 32 DEPARTMEXT OF L{H(>rR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 5 No. of employees affected. oc ? - 6c i^ 1 GC zr: 1.17(1 1,201 ■ o C- CO o w «t — — t^ c c^ re Otherwise, including indefinite or unsettled. 111 - 1 : ^ 3 : B OS 'J' CS ^ M — CO oc Replacement of strikers. o 00 OS CO -f Return to work on employers' terms. 5 * o : 1 ■ 7 c>» "a s 4. c E- Fishing Lumbering Mining an u c d s 1 c 1 c .1 c — E^ Clothing trades. z 1 IK c 03 X c *> -c a: 9} 1 c 1 -2: i 3 J 1 1 3 e E- REPORT OF rUE nKPUTY Mn'TfiTER OP LAIiOVR 33 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 VI. INDUSTRIAL ACCIDENTS IN CANADA IN 1916. The tables on industrial accidents in Canada, which follow, are given in more condensed form than in previous years. As has been pointed out in pre- vious reports the statement does not undertake to cover all the industrial accidents which occurred in the year. While in some provinces different departments and bureaus receive reports of industrial accidents and overlapping of these agencies has to be guarded against, there are, on the other hand, some sections of the field of industry not covered adequately, if at all, by any agency. From year to year, however, the department has been able to report improvement both as to the extent of the field covered and the accurac^y of the statistics, and the in- crease in the total number of accidents shown in the 1916 record is mainly due to improvement in the method of reporting. Arrangements have been made for the co-operation of the Workmen's Compensation Boards in the provinces of Nova Scotia, Ontario, Manitoba and British Columbia, and it is hoped that with the assistance of these bodies the record in the coming year will give a -more satisfactory view of the hazards of induslry in Canada. The department is indebted to the following agencies for statements of industrial accidents reported to them; The Board of Railway Commissioners of Canada, the Department of Public Works and Mines in Nova Scotia, The Provincial Factory Inspector of New Brunswick, the Bureau of Mines of Quebec, the Bureau of Mines and the Provincial Factory Inspectors' Office of Ontario, the Temiskaming and Northern Ontario Railway Commission, the Ontario Railwaj^ and Municipal Board, the Bureau of Labour of Manitoba, the Chief Inspector of JVIines of Alberta, the Department of Mines and the Provincial Factory Inspector of British Columbia. According to the record, there were 9,462 industrial accidents in 1916, of which 950 were fatal and 8,512 non-fatal, as compared with 5,785 accidents — 836 fatal and 4,949 non-fatal, in the record for 1915. Among the industries and occupations, steam railway service was first as to fatal accidents, with 252 or 26-5 per cent of the total. In this group also there were 1,802 non-fatal accidents, or 21-2 per cent of the total. The metal, engineering, and ship- building group had the greatest number of non-fatal accidents — 2, 826 or 33-2 per cent of the total. Ten per cent of the fatal accidents were charged to this group. The mining industry had 159 or 16-7 per cent of the. fatal accidents, and 1,759 or 20-7 per cent of the non-fatal accidents. As 1,308 non-fatal acci- dents were reported by the Ontario Bureau of Mines without information as to cause it has been necessary to omit these reports from the classification. The most serious cause of accidents in the year was "falling objects," to which were due 165 fatal and 1,450 non-fatal accidents. "Struck by or caught between cars and locomotives" was next in importance, with 130 fatal and 219 non-fatal accidents; accordingly, 37 per cent of the accidents due to this cause were fatal. Eighty-nine fatal and 735 non-fatal accidents were due to "falls of persons," 76 fatal and 220 non-fatal accidents to " wrecks and collisions," and 71 fatal and 1,315 non-fatal accidents to "machinery." In agriculture the principal cause of accidents was farm machinery, to which 17 fatal and 50 non-fatal accidents were due. In fishing, 12 deaths were caused by drowning. Of the 58 fatal accidents in lumbering, 31 were due to "falling objects"; this cause was also responsible for 21 non-fatal accidents in lumbering. In mines, metalliferous works, and quarries, 65 fatal and 169 non-fatal accidents were caused by "falling objects," 24 fatal and 90 non-fatal accidents by "mine and quarry cars," and 33 fatal and 9 non-fatal accidents by "explosives." "Locomotives and cars" caused 3 fatal and 2 non-fatal accidents in railway, 36—3 34 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 canal, and harbour construction. In building and construction the grca* majoritj' of the accidents were due to falls — "falls of persons" and "falls of persons due to collapse of scaffolds" accounting for 38 fatal and 130 non-fatal accidents, in a total of 55 fatal and 237 non-fatal accidents in the group. In the metal, engineering, and shipbuilding trades several causes were important. Twenty-one fatal and 45 non-fatal accidents were due to "electricity", 18 fatal and 221 non-fatal accidents to "falls of persons." 16 fatal and 702 non-fatal acci- dents to "machinery," and 14 fatal and 708 non-fatal accidents to "falling objects.' In the woodworking trades there were several causes to which one fatal accident was charged, but "machinery" ranked first as a cause of non-fatal accidents, accounting for 102 in a total of 156. There were no fatal accidents in the printing and clothing trades, but "machinery" ranked first in both as a cause of non-fatal accidents, accounting for 18 in a total of 22 in printing, and 24 in a total of 41 in clothing. Two of the 3 fatal accidents in textiles were caused by "falls of persons," and 46 of the 64 non-fatal accidents were caused by "machinery." In food, tobacco, and hquors, 22 fatal and 13 non-fatal accidents were due to "conflagrations." Five fatal and 11 non-fatal accidents were reported in leather, of which 2 fatal and 2 non-fatal were due to "falls of persons". The three principal causes of accidents in the steam railway service were "struck by or caught between cars and locomotives," which caused 130 fatal and 212 non-fatal accidents; "wTCcks and collisions" which caused 76 fatal and 206 non- fatal accidents, and "falls from or in locomotives or cars," which caused 27 fatal and 311 non-fatal accidents. In electric, railway service, "falls from or in loco- motives or cars" accounted for 4 fatal and 8 non-fatal accidents in a total of 5 fatal and 58 non-fatal accidents. In navigation 10 deaths were caused by "drowning," and there were 9 fatal and 26 non-fatal accidents due to "falls of persons." " Animal-dra-mi vehicles" was the most serious cause in the miscel- laneous transport group, accounting for 23 of the 51 fatal accidents and for 123 of the 309 non-fatal accidents. Among public and civic employees there were 5 fatal and 182 non-fatal accidents, of which 2 fatal and 25 non-fatal accidents were charged to "falling objects." In miscellaneous skilled trades there were three important causes "explosives" accounting for 19 fatal and 35 non-fatal accidents, "falls of persons" for 13 fatal and 67 non-fatal accidents and "ma- chinery" for 11 fatal and 164 non-fatal accidents. In the unskilled labour group, "falling objects" caused 14 fatal and 34 non-fatal accidents in a total of 36 fatal and 102 non-fatal accidents. REPORT OF THE DEPUTY- MINISTER OF LABOUR SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 Fatal and Non-fatal Industrial Accidents, in the Calendar Year 1916. 35 Industry or Occupation. Accidents. Fatal. Number. Percen1> age of total. Non-fatal. Number. Percent- age of total. .\griculturc Fishing Lumbering Mines, metalliferous works and quarries. . Railway, canal and harbour construction. Building and construction Metal, engineering and ship building Woodworking trades Printing and allied trades Clothing trades Textile trades Food and tobacco and liquor preparation. Leather trades Transportation: Steam railway service — Electric railway service — Navigation Miscellaneous transport Public and civic employees , . . Miscellaneous skilled trades Unskilled labour 59 14 58 159 8 55 95 5 3 35 5 252 5 25 51 5 SO 36 6-2 1-5 61 16-7 ( ■S 5-8 10- •5 lie. •3 3-7 ■5 26-5 •5 2-6 5-4 •5 8-4 178 It) 1,759 15 237 2,826 156 22 41 64 12S 11 1,802 58 46 309 182 460 102 1-4 21 20-7 .2 2-8 33-2 1-8 •3 ■5 •8 1-5 •1 21-2 •7 •5 3-6 21 5-4 1-2 Total.. 950 100 8,512 100- (o) 1,308 reported unclassified by Bureau of Mines, Ontario. 36 DEPARTMEXT OF LABULE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 H ■lt!lt;j-uoM O Tf -M -^C^l •IB^T!^ Clothing. •lE}'E}-^o^J; CM ■ (M O •IBJB^ Printing and allied trades. ■IB^BI-UON OO ■ CO ■,t;,i3j Wood- working trades. •lc}r!j-uo^ 2 : C-- t» t-C^ CO '-H c^» ^co ■TV-iV^ Metal, engineer- ing and ship build- ing trades ■XBiV}-UO>1 •1B}TJJ CO ■ Tf CO r- CO ■^oo c^ Building and construc- tion. •[BlUJ-UON (M ■ gg 55,~«cc 1-t t--CiCM CO -* ■\-e%T!^ ■«§ 2 CO Railway, canal and harbour construc- tion. ■IBJBJ-UO^ST CJT ■ OCM -(N Ol ■yB%n^ (M.-t CO Mines, metalliter- ous works and quarries. •1B}BJ-U0|^ O ■ 1^ O OS Cl ■^ ""J CO " OO =:§ g" t'. OS ■ ■IBIBJ *C - S=^ w t^ .-H O ■f*- CJ CO - - • it 1^ •JB^BJ-UONJ <5i »n^ > 1 ■a c t3 B J i o IJ t- :^ . 0 • S c E c c ti. c c c a c 1 i > > C 'z "c c. c 5 a 0 n: c -:: b _c "5 1 1 t- C b ■J c X z c t c V c- i- c; c- b .E V •c c a t. i C £ c a t. c 'c 1, J -"c c c J. c 'i I c c I i c c (7 t 'a a c a w c c 3: .1 c C 1 ? i- z ■j c c 1 t: c c 1 ■ 5 c X c .£ a e: c c C c C > g C en CO 2 o REPORT OF TUE DEPUTY MimSTER OF LlliOUR SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 •— < ■ c/; ?i s ^s COODO -r -^ r- CO Ci'-' o ™ ^3 c3 o * <3 O 9J SO c o o 5 ■ o c) I-" T^'O .«"o S 3 o ' 5 :'S ■ SS ^ to ° 7) M- •S &S~^JEC-5.o ji ce C3 C3 (D ce V SI'S »«§^ , O I-. C i- KOi-3cc c: o © -*3 ■ > ■S>S •S'-gS ii^ "5.S >>■« g ^ o ^ ;n « 3 S — "is "^ ">.S CO es © cc -^ -^ O ^ rt S -— o3 to ■*j • ra p t- fl >rs. H "? -s £ - i 3 d c o -ii — rt £=. o REPORT OF THE DEPUTY MINISTER OF LAlioUIl SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36 39 or^t^iooocco— 'l.-;»C(ro- ■^ ci r-. CO - cs CM CM ITS CM -' »o eo«0'<**«D CM § CM CO 0! e 1 8 CO i ir. 1 to > e ' o O 8 m =3 o a s c i3 "5 o 02 1 > 'c < > 't d c c s 1 0 0 s 'c i 0 c 1-1 y 0 0 02 s c .c g p QJ K C 1^ 8 S 2 0 C -S 0 I 1 0 0 ■a c E2 "3. §• •a § to 0 c § 1 0 0 t3 ■ OS > M ■a c 0! > 0 Q 03 40 DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 «s . cc oo If? r^ r* o cq ^ Ti« i^ T-« Noott)»pjow 1 ci jtri^j-oox = .■^g'-?3g2"'"=2'- g"*gS25S 1 S 1 o ! «' c^ « 1 »- S2:gg"=;2a'-' : :"«■» S''^S"='SS 1 § \^Wi IB^BJ-UOX 3 :=s-2g:; — ■== §"=^5£as s 1 -^ ^ 1 ^- I '«■ « cc d -*• 0 O .- ■«• OO CM -^ OCCM"*"* eg imei-uo^,^ ^ o ■^ T^ 1 .«- mej ec I— CM CO IBjtJj-nofi : ^ — ^ 1 ^-- 1 Odoooiooh-cscoocsicsc^ ooioccw— looo o WM QO — OO — -e-OSM -*■ — C-»10«>/500 o IB}Bj-noK — — 1 .0- 1 r!»M *c ■- «; lo o C-. o - - ec— iso^^uso cm r-ci — iO'*i-0'-"«"*'Ot^oocM — -a-oisoc^eo-s CO cs pjBj-noN ' ^^ -n— « M'^—l M ■-• - r-l^ CM ^ I^IBJ « ^ - « § -Tj-eoocq -coc^ot-c&o — — r- IB^BJ-UOSJ o CI CM tm'JJI g3"r2 •«ao CO ^H oo CO ^CO'-CIC 00 ro 8 linnj-iioN S 22 "«<«jM5eo— -cooo CO CM IPlt^il lO CO CO CO cm 1-.^ M " CMMiOOC r- QC lB»t!j-noN S =2 (MCO-H CO CM I^IM S" = 3 Tt<<0 --1 CM CO OOWS— ' to t> IO^J0 •-' CO CO t» 111 •g : S :„ fcl e 3 ll i " = &-g § : = ;.. to g o M ff li:'|£'5.a g g gKWZ illj 111] 1111 "e ^ < hS^H^ SK 11. fers PhUH 6.hJE^ fu K^ TENTH REPORT REGISTRAR OF BOARDS OF CONCILIATION AND INVESTIGATION OF PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT, 1907 FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING MARCH 31, 1917 (Being an Appendix to the Annual Report of the Department of Labour for the same period.) PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT. OTTAWA J. DE LABROQUERIE TACHfi PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 1918 [No. 36a— 1918] 8 GEORGE V • SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a A. 1918 To the Hon. T. W. Crothers, B.A., K.C., Minister of Labour. Sir, — I have the honour to submit a Report of Proceedings under the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907, for the fiscal j'ear ended March 31, 1917. F. A. ACLAND, Registrar of Boards of Conciliation and Investigation. 36a— U 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a A. 1918 CONTENTS. PAGE. I . Introductory chapter. 7 II. Suminary tables. 11 III. Summary statements respecting proceedings during the fiscal year ended March 31, 1917 91 1 . Toronto, Hamilton and Buffalo Railway Company and employees in locomotive and car departments . . . 93 2 . Canadian Pacific Railway Company and freight handlers at Winnipeg 93 3 . Brantford Municipal Railway Commission and street railway workers 94 4 . Acadia Coal Company and employees at Stellarton, N.S 94 5 Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada, Limited, and employees at Trail, B.C ' 95 6. Edmonton, Dunvegan and British Columbia Railway, Alberta and Great Waterways Railway, and Central Canada Railway, and maintenance of way employees 95 7 . Montreal Light, Heat and Power Company and electrical^workers 96 8 . Halifax and South Western Railway Company and maintenance of way and shop employees. 96 9 Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada, Limited, and Le Roi No. 2, Limited, and miners at Rossland, B.C 96 10 Various Mining Companies and miners in Cobalt Camp and vicinity 97 1 1 . Ottawa Electric Railway Company and employees : ■ ■ • "^ 12. Canadian Northern Railway Company, East of Port Arthur, and maintenance of way employees 98 13. Great North Western Telegraph Company of Canada and telegraphers 98 14. Various Mining Companies and employees at Thettord Mines, Quebec. 99 15. Algoma Central and Hudson Bay Railway Co. and conductors, baggagemen, brakemen and yardmen 99 16 Canadian Government Railways and federated shop trades 100 17. Grand Trunk Railway Company and maintenance of way employees 100 18. Fredericton and Grand Lake Coal and Railway Company and New Brunswick Coal and Railway and engineers, firemen, conductors, brakemen and yardmen 101 19. City of Edmonton and street railway workers 101 20. Quebec Railway, Light, Heat and Power Company and street railway employees 102 21 . Moose Jaw Electric Railway Company and conductors and raotormen 102 22 Canadian Pacific Railway Company and maintenance of way employees 103 23. Sandwich, Windsor and Amherstburg Railway Company and Windsor and Tecumseh Railway and street railway employees 103 24. Canadian Northern Railway, Western Lines, and maintenance of way employees 104 25. Canadian Pacific Railway Company and conductors and trainmen... . 104 26. Dominion Coal Company. Limited, and coal handlers at St. John, N.B 105 27. Pere Marquette Railway, Canadian Division, and maintenance of way employees 105 28 . City of Ottawa and waterworks employees 105 29. Canadian Northern Express Company and employees 106 ' 5 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Page 30. Canadian Express Company, Lines West o! North Bay, Ont., and employees 106 31 . Canadian Pacific Railway Company and employees engaged in engine, train, yard, station and maintenance of way service 107 32. Canadian Pacific Railway Company and telegraphers 107 33. Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company of Canada and operators on Pacific Coast 108 34. Dominion Coal Company, Limited, and employees at Glace Bay, N.S 108 35. Canadian Northern Railway Company, lines Port .Arthur to Winnipeg, and clerks, steno- graphers, baggagemen and car checkers 109 36. City of Vancouver and teamsters, labourers, etc 109 37. Dominion Coal Company, Limited, and employees at Glace Bay, N.S 109 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a A. 1918 Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907. TENTH ANNUAL REPORT OF PROCEEDINGS, BEING FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING MARCH 31, 1917. I. INTRODUCTORY CHAPTER. The administration of the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, , 1907, presented during the year no feature calling for special comment. Thirty-six applications were received and twenty boards were established. The proportion of boards to applications was smaller than usual, many of the disputes having been, after reference to the department, arranged amicably without the estab- lishment of a board; in several such cases the adjustment was effected with the aid of a departmental officer. In other cases, where the machinery of the statute was not found applicable, the dispute was referred to a Royal Commission and the threatened strike was averted, save in one case where, before the inquiry could commence, a strike, fortunately destined to be of brief duration, was declared. One other strike onlj^ occurred during the year in cases referred and this was of minor importance in an industrial sense. Several of the disputes dealt with involved large bodies of emploj'ees and powerful unions. Reference was made in the report of last year to the extension of the scope of the Act by Order in Council under the War Measures Act to disputes in all industries engaged in war work. The amendment has remained in effect and during the year one board was established in connection with a dispute which involved war work, renewed negotiations between the parties rendering, however, inquiry by the board unnecessary. Disputes affecting railway industries were more numerous than usual; but while fourteen applications were received, it became necessary only to establish six boards. No strike occurred in the industries concerned. ' Street railway disputes caused six applications; five boards were estab- lished and all the disputes were satisfactorily arranged. No very important dispute in the coal-mining industry came before a board during the year, but shortlj' before the close of the fiscal period applica- tions were received from different sections of the employees of an eastern coal company; the emploj'ees being in this case divided as between two unions, the dispute was referred to a Royal Commission. This action was subsequent to the close of the year, but it is satisfactory to be able to add that the efforts of the commission were successful in adjusting the dispute. In the Crowsnest Pass region there was considerable friction and some loss of time from strikes. No procedure under the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act took place. Work was being carried on under an agreement effective until March 31, 1917, but the increasing cost of living caused demands from the men for increased wages. Officers of the department assisted in the adjustments which were effected. The agreement terminated simultaneously with the fiscal year, and a strike followed, which lasted for about three months, the Government, in June, appointing a Director of Coal Operations with extensive powers over the affected district. DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Several disputes affecting telegraph and express workers were dealt with during the year and were in all cases satisfactorilj' arranged. The Act continued during the year to be the occasion of much inquiry and discussion in the United States. Communications received indicate frequent inter-school and inter-college debates on various phases of the question of indus- trial disputes and their settlement, in connection with some aspect of which the department is requested to furnish information as to the operations of the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act. Two investigators from the United States, Mr. Ben. M. Selekman, of the Russell Sage Foundation, and Mr. B. M. Squires, a special agent of the United States Bureau of Labour Statistics, visited the Capital and made inquiries in some detail. Their reports on the subject recognize the extent to which the administration of the statute is interwoven with the conciliation work of the department, but the investigators seemed dubious of the value of such a law in the United States. Investigators have sometimes made the criticism that the tables printed in the annual statements of proceedings under the statute do not take note of strikes in disputes which fall obviously within the scope of the statute yet have not been dealt with under the Act. The statement is correct. The report being one of proceedings under the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907, disputes which have not been the occasion of any such proceedings fall, properly speaking, outside the scope of the report. All strikes are enumerated in the departmental record and are mentioned in the Labour Gazette and in the annual report of the department. In the present report, to meet this objection, tables have been included showing, for the ten years covering the life of the statute, the number of strikes in industries falling within the scope of the statute and not dealt with under its provisions, also strikes in a number of cases where the applicabilitj^ of the Act is perhaps doubtful. The further criticism may be offered — has been, in fact, made^that there should be a positive ruling as to this point, so that every strike or lockout may be classified precisely, by an investigator, as lawful or unlawful; in the administration of the Act, however, it has not appeared that the course suggested would be in any way helpful to the object mainly sought, namelj', the settlement of indus- trial disputes so far as possible without strike or lockout. Two series of tables have been, therefore, prepared. One series contains statistics as to strikes arising out of disputes which fall clearly within the jurisdiction of the statute, and ^^'ithout regard to the question if such disputes have been dealt with under the statute; the second series deals with disputes as to which the applicability of the statute is uncertain. Disputes of the class last men- tioned have been rarely of a nature to affect closely the public welfare, this fact obviously increasing the difficulty in regarding as a public utility the industries to which they may respectively relate. It should be noted that as to many of these disputes the agencies and officers of the department have been at the disposal of the parties concerned and have been, in numerous instances, help- fully employed. In past years it has been the practice to include in the annual report of the registrar the text of each report received during the year from a Board of Conciliation and Investigation; this is, in fact, required bj' the provisions of the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act. In the present report statistical details on an ample scale are printed as to each dispute dealt with by a board during the fiscal year, but the text of the findings is not included. The text of the several findings has been already printed in the Labour Gazette, and it has been decided to refrain from reprinting it in the present report. This course is also believed to be in harmony with the recommendations of the Editor'al Committee on Governmental Publications appointed to inquire into INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INrESTIGATIOX ACT 9 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a such matters, the object specially aimed at being, as it is understood, a reduction of expenditures so far as this is possible without injury to the public interests. Those pursuing investigations concerning the operations of the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act may sometimes find a certain inconvenience in the omission of the text of the findings of the various boards, but if the text of a particular report is specially desired, a copy of the report can be, as a rule, procured by application to the department. The present report contains further a statistical summary of proceedings under the statute from its inception, March 22, 1907, to the close of the fiscal year, March 31, 1917, affording thus a complete view of its operations during the decennium covering its existence. S GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a A. 1918 II. SUMMARY TABLES RESPECTING PROCEEDINGS UNDER THE INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT, 1907. [The tables presented on the following pages are arranged in several divisions, viz.: (i) showing proceedings bj' industries concerned, from April 1, 1916, to March 31, 1917; (ii) showing proceedings by industries concerned, from March 22, 1907, to March 31, 1917; (iii) showing by fiscal years, 1907-17, number of disputes dealt with; (iv) showing by calendar years 1907-17 number of disputes dealt with; (v) containing statistical summary of each year's oper- ations under the statute since its enactment, March 22, 1907; (vi) showing all strikes (and lockouts) in mines and public utihties during the ten years March 22, 1907, to March 31, 1917, whether or not there were proceedings under the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907; (vii) showing strikes in cases where applicability of Industrial Disputes Investigation Act was doubtful.] 11 12 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907. I. Table showing Proceedings by Industries from April 1^ 1916, to March 31, 1917. Industries affected. No. of Disputss referred under Act. No. of Strikes not averted or ended Disputes affecting Mines and Public Vtilities:- (1) Mines;— ia) Coal (6) Metal (c) Asbestos Total. Mines. (2) Transportation and Communication:- (o) Railways (6) Street railways (c) Express (d) Shipping (e) Telegraphs Total, Transportation and Communication. (3) Light and power (4) Municipal work Total, Mines and Public Utilities. , '27 The proceedings under the Act during the year include one case in which certain proceedings had taken place during the preceding year, namely: a dispute between the Toronto. Hamilton and Buffalo Railway Company and employees engaged in the company's locomotive and car department at Hamilton, Ont. At the close of March, 1917, results were still pending in connection with seven applications, namely: (1) application made on behalf of commercial telegraphers employed by the Canadian Pacific Railway Company; (2) apphcation made on behalf of employees of the Canadian Express Company on lines west of North Bay, Ont.; (3) application made on behalf of wireless operators on Pacific Coast Steamship Service employed by the Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company of Canada. Limited; (4) application made on behalf of certain employees of the Dominion Coal Company, Limited; (o) application made on behalf of certain employees of the Canadian Northern Railway Company on lines from Port Arthur to Winnipeg; 16) application made on behalf of certain employees of the Corporation of the Citj- of ^"ancouver; and (7) applica- tion made on behalf of certain employees of the Dominion Coal Company, Limited. INDUSmiAL DISPUTES ISrESTWATrON ACT SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a 13 Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907. II. Table showing Proceedings by Industries from March 22, 1907, to March 31 1917. Industries affected. No. ot Disputes referred under Act. No. of Strikes not averted or ended. I. Disputes affecting Mines and Public Utilities: — (1) Mines — (a) Coal (6) Metal (c) Asbestos Total, Mines> (2) Transportation and Communication: — (fl) Railways {b) Street railways (c ) Express (d) Shipping (e) Telegraphs (/) Telephones ". Total, Transportation and Communication (3) Light and power (4) Municipal work Total, Mines and Public Utilities II. Disputes affecting other than Mines and Public Utilities Total, all classes 46 16 I 89 27 2 12 5 2 137 9 4 U 0 1 215 12 21 0 227 At the close of March, 1917. results were still pending in connection with seven applications, namely; (1) application made on behalf of commercial telegraphers employed by the Canadian Pacific Railway Company; (2) application made on behalf of employees of the Canadian I^xpress Company on lines west of North Bay, Ont.; (3) application made on behalf of wireless operators on Pacific Coast Steamship Service employed by the Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company of Canada, Limited; (4) application made on behalf of certain employees of the Dominion Coal Company, Limited; (5) application made on behalf of certain employees of the Canadian Northern Riiilway Company on lines from Port Arthur to Winnipeg; (6) application made on behalf of certain employees of the Corporation of the City of Vancouver; and (7) application made on behalf of certain employees of the Dominion Coal Company, Limited. 14 DEPARTMEST OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907. III. Table showing by fiscal years, 1907-1917, Number of Disputes dealt with. 1907-08 1908-09 1909-10 1910-11 1911-12 1912-13 1913-14 1914-15 1915-16 1916-17 Total. 34 31 1 21 19 1 27 25 4 24 19 4 18 15 4 21 17 4 16 15 0 16 14 11 1 36 20 1 227 Number of boards granted Number of disputes where strike 189 21 (The figures contained in the above table may be thought to show discrepancies as compared with those appearing in the yearly summaries. A closer examination will, however, show the statements of both classes to be in agreement- A complete statement of proceedings for a year must show all disputes dealt with during the fiscal year. The figures of th^ yearly statement include therefore disputes carried over from the pre\'ious year and which are counted in the summan,' of that year's proceedings. Thus the same dispute may properly figure in the annual statement for each of two years. In the statistical recapitulation covering several years, as above, it is necessary- that no disputes shall be counted more than once and account is taken of the number of applications received during the year and thus brought witlun the purview of the statute.) Industrial Disputes Investigation Act, 1907. IV. Table showing by calendar years, 1907-1917, Number of Disputes dealt with. Total. Number of applications Number of boards granted Number of disputes where strike not averted (or ended) •1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 tl917 9mos. 3mos. 25 27 22 28 21 16 18 18 15 29 8 22 25 21 23 16 16 15 18 12 16 5 1 1 4 4 4 3 1 1 1 1 0 227 189 •The Act became law on March 22, 1907, so that the proceedings cover nine months only. tTo the end of the financial year, March 31. (The remarks at the toot ot the preceding table apply equally to apparent discrepancies as between the above summary by calendar years and yearly summaries of proceedings.) Industrial Disputes 1nvestig.\tion Act, 1907. V. Statistics Summaries of Operations for Each Year, 1907-1917. In the succeeding pages will be found a statistical summary of the operations of the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act for each fiscal year since the inception of the Act, March 22, 1907. INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INYESTIOATION ACT 15 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a o 05 o 00 o 3 wi OO [ fr-l ■UtC O 02 E 3 .a-g CJ rt sj T— 1 -*^ 1-^ ^ to ;:~i E-sS ») hf g£o o c tq §«is O O « Ph 1 u o PL, o ■3 III •c S S (. >< o -a 5 a. H Q 1^ o c § g 03 fl 00 o si-ii O o c 8 e s d°S° iiii a a— « 8 5> S O g.Sg.S 7- H cS o H o '-3 a; > CO o W to 0 Z C5 t— 1 03 2 > C3 C o O ^ ^ -^ ■gtJtJS z £: 0? o qQQQ ^ Q 'H-il-HH-i H o O o -Sill •b'S'B-3 tc *^-t !-, o M h Igsg -c tt; Sf T? ■4 ■«1 o ■^333 cq „-ix)cooo c S S 9 r/> ai ri O E-, gill Q tt-i t. +2 O !§§§ > t.' fe fc fe S a c d c S & SSS^ <; V> 0 © , >i;*i>. Eh .n.r:.D^ w, t:-^-c-^ 'A CJ Qi U 0) w B c e B «^ ■^ o o o o a a B. Q. «« , rf =1 13 a P fei z ■2-21. o u » S a —■ — • '■s5 i « — i; E g.2 feJ 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 .s-S ° ' = s s - S c ^ — ~" = •2 c £.S"S 2" O ! — o : e :^ u ■ S< X =3 = S < §■2^ jS £ =* o 2 j=' ss^trt^ 'i; -3 --5 -J c = £: X t si'l Si ^^ 5 i» D. aO 5 S :.-T, ■73 « „■ c d a SO >asggg 5t^«£-o£-§lam a Mj- o a a JJ a'5-c^§"2 " ^ M «^ 1) 2 oj ;^ « g^ CO g 0_Xi I- m O^ m >>'t3 0^ «1 1 P3 — . m" a +r 1 Is i bf ■n g a s a 1 ■u > 0 & J3 J2 "o 0 4) >1 rrl S tJ 2 >, 0 ^ 0 m § s- 4> 2 Li ^- ^ w %'^ W 0 'Z .0 0 •^ 0" &= >.2 i.^ o."* s 3 ta CO « ..Sa i "m ? 3 S 5 1 - s Mr. Ju m (c) 3 hibald array ( i-s^ So 0 — ^ §§ 532 1 s J3 § Q d g 0) Honour J Wilson (c) 4; B. Smith (E H. Sherman Hon. Graha S.Arc . B. M 0 *5 CQ M PM« .SS P^ Pi § ^ tR .2 ft-fc. H 03 M K Sag S 5 c ° O 8g .a ° S ex ga o « U MO a s5a o o aj si ss . o S .S !» SS S a C *^ t- O O 01 o S S) So. §0 © o 6 n O « a w a a a . w |ii §0 O" — oi a5i ¥ t: a >> XI (d £'5tt ^0 < 0 w a ■50 § C9 .s do> 5?- 18 DEPARTMEyr OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 (- » Q Z o z s CO C z <: o z ♦^^ l_ X 3 0,^0 0 °'^ « c o • S o Z J- O Sic .MO "S «:^ ** t: mt;:: m E^§^ ES§S d-^o-r ^=2cr- 3 "S c :j=g 5 " S o TZ c i *S ,j e— -""a t- :j P u t> G C =? -» C' S3 c S ." .[it. C--r i-gl O 5i C |S| o =a o |8| * ^ S ^%^ E°| §§•3 o .-a |S| '£ = & Hi c « c O < I c C _E E E ii=Q JoS" §1 MO £ ioi o E w -eg CO » ■^ o So «-3 ■= ^1 Est to e -. ® ^ £-So g £ fc o =! g 5 o S c 'o E as c C G gSE o C9 d E H "Se -a ■a c -a B ■gs 6 "5 -a ci oi ■=•■ osfe . 1 ll 6 ■si 1.5 6 &i 5 s J -^i o g .2 & li 5 '^ o o ^ .^ S. go o §0-E EE O O 15 £.9 1511 u C Q a; o Q INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT SESSION,' L PAPER No. 36a 19 ej O o =3 5 ' -n « cE oi or* cs^v; £ s „ « a ^ ^ W.T1JS o oj ," e^ 2 fe a fee T3 O o ■S » o S mill ■1^ c ; 0) ca i f o: £ __- 7' > c sJi>; •V pa s >. q; fi) 5-" Si i S Xi c E c J£ 0) »t-: o t-; n ■ s o T3 w CU £ =3 g -73 jD -*' IP J'N Xi o Oj-" t. q; (D ra _. J C (fi o *jfH C -C oi 2 ^ 2 "e dii «^>. g _go ^ S ■£- d E 0 *^ 0) lc.9 a"o« x: O^ bt^-3 e8 O c 00 ~ "00 c on ■^oo 0 0 0 .«. 7Z<=~' 77; oa . ns* ^^ k. "- u, r-< l-> •"■ O a a 0. t < -3! < ;-'- ^ ^ S ™ ■1 g - £ 5 c '^■if £ s ■5:'" u '^ j2 rt m ^ M >i Is^s s'o d a » 6 Ifisi 3 CJ 0 0 S 0 on. Mr, Stuart W. E, Bi F,H.Sh 0 t: — ■ ^ X X 1 Q 6 0 X 2 ►-i fe m dfe .2 w « a ffi E w li -D e bS d D. Si S 1 bC" bD o3^ t 1 (0 * hoc bD bO to .5.2 C S 11 M i 0 u 0 0 0 0 s c 0 0 en ":> « ■^ Ji < S ^ CO CC s Z J> i >. i ^ ^ 0 _o c "d. 0. "d. £ s B a E4 w H m , How- athers, raters, whole. 3i 1" i 11 John sBn ope as a ees. •ol 0 H &i Marsh, . Steven I mine It with ; employ i §0 0 -s 0 ■a e ■Sol _. tn cj oSTd _S'C >i ■0 .£: oj a £~ 0 I* c 1- 0 D. ■J-g 5 6r°, a ^ fe s 0 0 (D ^X> hP -n ITl CJ ^ 2 0 S-2 13 1^ p bc.a c: 0 bJ -o.S x: 0 CJ 4) £ CQ n S 5 S'^Sa b ^ 0) g (u^ S *3 P '' >""_ E § •fl-sS. .-»S> s .§.sos;»2 •3--?|ssil aj M 5 So c— . J ==^ >i^ -; 3 fc i5 . (u-3 u -*-! j3 ja 5 S aJT3_^^ O o 0^1- >, c: c d oJ . O OhHf-t^ ■s 0 -0 b£ a 0 0 W 0 =>! a. M bD p. -a B ■0 ^ s ^ 0 36a— 2 i 20 DEPARTMBXT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 I to D D Z O 1— ( H >J S OQ Q Z <: o z z i 1 1 A unanimous report was presented by the Board, making recom- mendations for the settlement of the dispute. The findings of the Board were not formally accepted by the parties, but the invpHtiga- tion by the Board is believed to have been beneficial to the camp as a whole and no cessation of work was reported. Unanimous report was presented by Board, making recommendations for the settlement of the dispute. The findings of the Board were accepted by the men, but not by the company. N.o cessation of work was, however, reported. Date of receipt of report of Board. Jan. 22, 1908 Feb. 13, 1908 Date on which Board was con- stituted. Dec. 21, 1907 Jan. 31, 1908 Names of Members of Board: (c) Chairman; (e) Employer; (M) Men. Prof. A. Shortt (c) 3; E. C. Kingswell (e) 1; John A. Welch (m) 1. Prof. S. J. Maclean (c) 4; M. r. Pumaville (e) 1; C. B. Duke (m) 1. 6 D. .2 -3 £ 1 e 'c t c ■a s -S if O l-g en c c 1 Locality. c O 1 6 o!a.2 Employees... . Employees.... a 5 2 1 1 McKinley-Darragh Min- ing Co.. Ltd., and its employees. Temiskaming and Hud- son Bay Mining Co., Ltd., and its emplyees Date of eceuit of applica- tion. OS 1 1907 an. 9. 1 s s o o Q Z .2 >,2 S 3 Id 1 Z6 ■s« §> •Si« _: 1.S ^ S.S 9 ^■S o . J3^ =3 ■i^SO-S ^==96 g^ ^ s^ - fi. d* .32 is dule hou rei forir "3 "3 M sche ages ship of , etc ~ s Mil O > d m (B 1* O 0 ■■J' a'-i SS *S -00 £3= O 0 •all -oS ■3 e »> £ £-o" Se-a- 1^^ g^^ S s >> >> o 0 S s H w a1. «-a «-a.i ^ C be c a: s H-a ^ii -^^'^ gO.2 gOE O 0 t>r < 05 ®2 3 ISDrSTlilAL Dlt C S ? C "" r" 3^ ; s s >>-= g "3 C.S s '._c a g 3 S .is .5 "3 o _ ^ « CJ > g.H.a|j-g 3 p I, n- t-^ I, c. e § o cS T! :■) >> 13 1 p ■ ^ 8 hr to c rr -:: H — ^ m JO !C rt Q S E-o a a a ? g o a o'|-0 u o "S j^ Bxi E o e3 e3 SI'S C 0)Xi - Q £31 Q ^ a 2 ■=.J 9 ■^.J 9 Shortt, csbitt, K O'Dono Shortt, Bsbitt, K O'Dono rot. A W. N (e) 1; J. G. (M) 1. a ■r:'^. J3 "-S-3, -J^^ g ^-.sg Q olo o xZo a. •^ a .5 0. e E H s B s ■o.SfS^,' ■ i I - 'c - iS ^ .2-cJ:a o a— .^ o c e >> a a S '-' o. '^ ■* *-" o .2 § a =^ t* O 05"^ 2 c o 9 o .^ c o oj c; a. , ^ >.£ C g <=^ ta b o c ^ §.£ -J- C. M 'O ti! c c h .Zo^.g §« a S.-S O * " . a , o §E •3 ' a >.£ CO® O 22 DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 I z o < o s p s o o Q ■z < "z. o <■: E- o IX a: Z < BS B 1 Report of the Board was opposed to the claims of the men and was accompanied by a mino- rity report from Mr. O'Don- ogliue, generally sustaining the claims of the men. Neither report was acceptable to both parties, but the effect of the investigation appeared to bring a better understanding between the parties, and no cessation of work was reported. Date of receipt of report of Board. 00 ••52 < Date on which Board was con- stituted. Names of Members of Board: (c) Chairman; (e) Employer; Cm) Men. His Honour Judge Monck, (c) 4; Wm.Bell, K.C. (E)l; J. G. O'Donoghue, (M) 1. Nature of dispute. og % & .1-1 aS 1" . »2.| lit 5 = ^ 2'^ oil C Locality. t I 1 ^ a a.S "^1 1 Q. s 1 Q o J 1 Hamilton and Dundas Railway Company and Hamilton Ra- dial Railway Com- pany, and Hamil- ton & Burlington Railway Company and employees. Date of receipt of applica- tion. c a 00 2 CO? *J ~ « U C - c3 ■ o "^ " ° >> o a o c^ G S-^.2 .2 .■3S.i«a t- *j o a , a t! a r r? g gs-J © ■.- 2 a " ' £ *^-« «^ ^-, ^,.2*^ c o ° c o o c d— C c — ■^~ 3) o . d d g O g 1 "^ S m OJ i|o8g" O 0) ti ^ 0)" SEgSsS §■ . s Q 4) # n O O oJ a o T3 a ^ g CO a — S -0 S c u a.^ o ^ >^ ™ S-S S &g ■soft. aS rXniS'lh'IAL hISI'l IKS 1\\ ESTIGATION ACT 23 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a S- Sa. *? t, o *5 J5 jE^' lis a a a o o a c •E-is >»2 cd 24 DEPARTMEyT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 ■*^ 3 M O -ki O O ™ +^ "-O '^ M— - e= O C5 S e » c d . gSQ a - c rt ? p § £ c gi 6 B o >iMi . I s: J g o 82 (S 3 S"S £ .. s g E 3Si 2 05*0 - s ® n C -4^ b » o c g'^ o = £ -^ o.« cS gfeDWS e S a §1 o © 0-. c o. S > §ca * g &&&£•§ a ci =^ o::- -3^ d ^ a) .fa ag f; =,j £ o ^ 2* S — i O o— c=,d I-- to g^ o i:S o S^ 3t-^ £ *J O o .2 03.3;^ g a.S^rg'E- •— o P o =J •S-.2"ug « 3 ? C S . SSSS S5fil g>. ° O"*^ s « e E 3 = J= *J 3 3 e t* « 2 g o . o 4, d o *; (- cS :r"^o'3^g -— *^ -3 O C § 3 °2ilS-E S£l§c!S .2 §. o ~-— 5 '"5 0^ "^ £* 5 ''^ a^.s § g o a 2 c 5 c ►- 3^:00^*3 Oj -M t- 'W O hO ■2,1nS.|g cS j:; d J o ta h= ^ p ^ S = ^^ o t- — "n «— -3 aj S To o.S's Sop t. c a) vu" ^ 3 o'S'.3 •a O O O £ +f *J "g'S « g ■§ ,-=o?E = - Mi =" ■53 = 5 •^■a'C 3 .SS-c • § s J g ^ oS.S-SO- lyDVSTIilAL DISPVTES lyVEHTIGATrON ACT 2,5 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a CO O 05 s o T3 tl tA 13 t^ ■6M 05 O o tH .5^ on ^ Tigs o 05 M e-l T— 1 bC g 2 o O s ill o3 tr >> o Q o "^ £ ^ « w t-< 05 el^l a a. o o O 0, as il^l Cl, ^ t) -■S2S H r- rr c3 t. as-jg D o 1— 1 03 o 1— f o a: z z H < o ■gsss H o CO 1— 1 i s*' g J o ^1 5 o a> Qj Q C-. c3 O g.sg.s Z -1 2 a o i ■g o « o O z "42 Q qQQQ z > cj fe; ►_;•-" >-J "-h" s jr ^JJ.S o O W o *3*o'o'o u h ^(rqrt'-^' & t^^ F-, CI. o O- t/J m V3 m 'f ■" ^ n -a o -§■§■§•§ "< ►5 X OCOOOOW < « £ c c c c: o o o o « o Xfcy^a; «j Ui L, L. ^ Q K) c e c fl ^ o r"; 3 :3 3 3 1— t -^^ fe; fefefefe 03 tq o O a ssss 6q a; « (i> V < >.>.>.>. U-l ^^ .D.£:j3,JD O -^ S o aj o H ^5 (d o. a a a s «« w H '^c^n-^ <; H C/J s s rt g S" »i £ C o _ o a c S £ u a S z §i|^§g , S 0*0 _^ >, s «* = ""O moid C3 fcC c3 W OS QJ « _ _ a£ >.»! a o 5 oj cS S O Si A >> '"S-^ S OS ' £ C D. t; a < - £ o-a •3 o » c" g "^ o .2 a tn rt-d S3 a c "2, (^, § "- g a M fQ O)— :s a _ a E S'a ;ti&. 0 O *J Z2g St! a rt.Sd f^ Eo. Q g a E a — g a E^ sz z E w feo §^ SR £ ■Sc ..^0 0 0 a: -71 O-a 0 0 .^0 (U |o M si Sc^ Sc-^S ^: 5 S^.s •S a g-.S ^^ ^ a t3 a ^ o ^ - a c -"C s: S a t> g 3 z «a a o 26 DEPlRTilEyT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 CS H a; Q Z O z Q Z si Sic s . D,£^ O OS " 1^-5 3> S W , lao --.EuS-3 D O S OJ2 3PC 53 ^ sJ O « i c » « < = ;3 3 g a> u ^ S Sin E J; C ? 0 t^O .£ •H2g = o 0) aj ; r O £ nes of Member of Board: c) Chairman; e) Employer; m) Men. Honour Juc Gillivray (c) o. S. Campb 1; Jas. Macd (M) 1. 2 .BSOSl „^-- « .— O JfeSQ o g3 s^ S^ bCS So *-3 »-s a;^ c.ti 'S.ti te^ fe-o S-3 Q O 0 O Ci 2" c3 ■ K-o »> sea a w t- c c :a :a g] s ug •a S M6"^"i "** Q O O S « a a — .2 ° » a SI'S = fe o tj C 0) U J C . « Sir 3 n a^ o <: ■a2-s< Q 3o S 5 £ c ^ St. ■5 "!^ !\ni STRIAL DISPVTK.s IXVEsTKIATrOX ACT 27 SESSIONAI. PAPER No. 36a o < o s s o z ^ ■< S z :3 2 ^ < -; c; o Z ^ > *^ g gia.s ^ o '^ g §«=^ „ o c o 2 c -2' O. D. nj CQ C to sis m 53 q i a a (U -3 2 n s TitC! B 01 c 2 ^ o c 'y c !r ■ o a) O M r^ I = 5^'*aa=5£Sg=ga^ m^ > O "■° >.£ d -^ *^_ fc o o *j a M c*" c c « c oi o ".2 o S ;es.3- a* ^ i- c " -^ « C3 M a: o e S • t ia-9 9.2 bo s .3.2 0),,- / 2j m-.".^V Z.:a-^ iJS3 S _ h ^%S (Sw^t; gilis 0 . . . X J T="o -T3 iiSx 0 c C hCg = •2 c iil o o .gw~i a Bo ^ ■ 0 Jill . OG 0= giaib .202i-; S s . C O o « O 3 O Ml S- O 03 28 DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 1 ^ a III lis J c-3- o c u o S.t ;— -js-* ^^ s © 5: 5cS = ^ ^^ «•« =^" D c 35 c 2_ ■-;' y ^ S C'~ S <* y C > C O S C u C > & t< ej S 3 O C o moo > S 2 O H 1 2 t^ s o s o o — 1 o ^" g < ^ z z o 2 H 5 S z 111 O ■■'-- o 'o'^ 3 13 "-' ^ ~-^~^J= =3 ■ bC = &o o O i|§ ::) £8Q o .20S: ■Tls tB .1 £-; § S S . ^i ■1:1 ^1 oS O < o o So 6 M >> O E O " c c (d o b— c.S ::- C C rt fc. o o '-^13.5 U> G ■T C f >-S ig E ® a> Q ill s §" -* ? o 3 c -2 c E '- - ».= .£ - ?- j: oi c ei cc : S^9 COS! si Ki .o CO ^^a t; C ei o o *^ e K§& lal 31 ffl^ - ^ *i g 1^ J * £ - o a lyUUSTIilAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT 29 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a >■ § S^ S-nO-, "d a 2 . ° S a n o t3 ** 5j '^H o— "jJ O O 1" o *i Q Q ■SS ioS^ S'o. 6 o 6S O - OJ _H a 71 C1J > -1 n .=1 ^ C ffS "o .— iw "js-a - -^ tn ■ui3 O aj m o ■>-gc £0.9 ■i3 0)0 0) 3*— CO D. O 5^ 05 a, § o o .2|S ~ >.S ■3 g-o §a^ OgS ||i CO = 0 *- >.ar 5 aJ o> 3 o a Q. 3 ^3 C-^ 30 DBPAIiTMEyr OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 C5 o 05 Oj ta 1 tn C o C^ Kj £ r^ o K 1 S T o c Cfc o JZ fej ■cJ m V. — S-c T— ( iS a> j^'-ots H o o 05 s|>. M u ^ -cEc o tin a. S S 5.2 o K Q 2^ fill 1. 3 t~ 1111 o £ d >; = = - ° Q Is e-" bf ^ >; _c ce c cs a 7 " ^ "5 o c o p z > CO 'L C K = K a u ^ C-; >, i^--« r/l O — - § o III! Q § g.sg.s < o o "5 O > -t-^ Z CS -^ QQCQ s I— 1 ^ '< H-^' >-< )-i "-i o o o o "c'o'c'o c c c c .2.2.2-2 >. SSgS ►J ;_ ^ = :3 3 3 < c T.-J-.T.r- « n fc. 0C»QC=0 Lh o .2.2.2.2 t5 Cm ^ tj g c g S C X X X K ?; c \J fc t o cj HH o < §§!§ +^ Ci cj "S feSfefe 00 m !0 2 CO > ■ScSE gsis <; ^ o o © © t.— 1 >^>i>, >i ^ x-cx-a H iz; c c e c W S w <<« H < — c^eca- H C/J H s E " ^ ? ^ O CO c o £ 3^^ (CO Q O ** a* CSC =J O a ^TT = .; > = ^ s o S.-i£^-i = £° ■ i-3 5 _ §-§ i t3 c: o — C ^ : "C l- c o o u c 2 cj c c. a .1 ' aj 2 ^ < - "P ?: 3c ■ — £ I S^SI 3 = 2^1 K S a.2^ a .2E°i c o o V, t S g I co' ^e1 !— =P= (- C-- -3 ij *- 5 t-^ •5 Is ° c R — 2-^ £ ^•~. 3 c.Sj II C 2 ;S C3 s £1 0 t ■J ^ " o X! c s "> ? ■ ; S ^^ o r^ e o *^ ■ -C C "^ Q 2 c c c B 3 S 3 ^23 o^ i ^-1 m cE== O g o ■ ■ £ c s >.U Q 1 i-= o llll 0 5? 1 li!l 1^1 O V O Q Z o"Si ■V »&2g g O Ki^- s- s >o 4J f -.5 S.2 0) S ! ^ £ >; =» s-T3rg Oj?; o ^ S 2 P ! ■S.s_-1-«!£-2' jn o > (DO h £^ >,-^ £^ H ■^x: t: c:i * — <'' d O aj C . 5^H o S .£5 D.£^ §a5'S"S; i >._;-o _: £ s '•°«S--t p ' . « E M I, u oca *5 . — o « a > -^ _ i d C^cd-i ^5 >i S' « y O O "5 =£3 ■s°| C fU ai St; oj > 0) fc- il> ci a> o siJ ipl i, o-C arc 1^ o _ • ieI iio.i'-22>.E-2 < C w o u^ •5. HS-5 =•(§ m^ g i« „ - So- -S I pS -■si Sj3 e g E < « Q^ 3i 5j2^ ^ =0 a.'~Z M J"-9 t-W bt,'^ ^ g d P-^T^ « ^ 0 — E ^ ■i^-SE lid w ^Hfe^ .2 do;.-i a -J Em fca^ B fc M a E w ^3 gSi'sg.^i-d'IS-dS ■2°' J O^h) .c i|g>ip"6d^§|dS-o is 8tfOOOJ^£o E a _2 P m O 0£ ^1 o 32 DEPARTilEyT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 z/l p Q g a z ►J B s Q Z < o z z o c i •o 1 a 2 \ 1 c 3 < ed by the Board, making cer- tain recommendations for the settlement of the dispute, which were accepted liy the parties concerned, a strike being thereby averted. Proceedings in connection with the application were discon- tinued in view of an agreement being reached by the parties concerned. Proceedings unfinished. Date of receipt of report of Board. a Date on which Board was con- stituted. o 01 Names of Members of Board: fc) Chairman; (k) Kmployer; (m) Men. Geo. F. Cunningham (o) 3; Frank B. Smith (e) 1; Cle- ment Stubbs (m) I. R. G. Duggan (c) 3; J. 0. Hannah (e) 1; Clement Stubba (M) 1. i O. 3 Wages and dismissal of employees. Wages and conditions of employment. Wages and conditions of employment. oil i> i 2 ? o ►J i < « 1 I < t 'I ^^1 > c c £ u a E _C £ i 3 D. .2 Q o 1 Edmonton • Standard Coal Co., Ltd., and employees James W. Blain, con- tractor for output of Cardiff Coal Co., Ltd., and employees. Alberta Coal Mining Co. and employees. Date of receipt of applica- tion. at C 2 c a" u- 3 3" 0 i i §=1 n - 3 c ' roo s t, m c >i 4 — 1 , - Q. ■5; Ot„ j::^ I- 3 o ' n.Q. 'is 0.5 ■-ZJCC . 5-^ ^.a oj'3£-''^£-* H 0:-— -— IB 1) "^ ^ a ^ £ S c O.as d ■^ i'2 >»^ _ '^ C o c ^ ^Jfl "^ &."> " M c c o S 5 >. rt o " o S t.« *^ o ■-^ Q."' 'y F 3 o o^ K o oj C C o S a 1-1 M a o s a a <: £3 OJ a'c . c: a •^00 « s Is o o 00. lyDUSTIilAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT 33 SESS'ONA. PAPER No. 36a 2 O H < O s D s o o Q z ■< z o •, .2 a »; k. ^.^ w £ =3 05 e3 cn Sec S C O ,° § = u o 0) IJS a ■ ■- 3 ^ a i fi. 7} a ^^n o r- c ^ (V w ilil & si >--a £ b£ ^ o'oE-' illlil a) c3 ■* ^.2 2 o O .. o c 2 4> ssli a® « "= '^ iS S O I' 1- 0} » s 5 O ■a* . *j _S •J ® 0) S S S o m ;o a . O oJ c" £ o s.g ■ ell «|^ ^ J3 C OJC^ CO & ftX! S S i °£i "^ C3 OJ c o aT3 a eZ .. § 2o a o— fi 3 tJ oJ O 2 = 1 2 2SS- 3^S ss« iSt-: o .§- s^s^ ^1^1 a 3 a . a"? = o a c"3. . o c fc ^ t; a >.S W H '^ OJ O O t. o « c a ■§ .£-°g£ 2d« .62 t-'CJ - " *-* 5- o a.- o o-o 03 o & «-■ ai K^ o ■129 5J= S3 n a « ja o > 0.^ " a &-:i o: 2 c + O © a ° c C1-J3 KB e *= SP =i 0.9 SCO -O K 2 .- © C^— ' 3 _. O >- » bO X J j;.2 = t> ■*-? ■Sc-og fe'J bii; a i>= o p o a o .29 SI lag 3a«.2 £§s| 34 DEPARTIIEXT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 I o o o Q < z o H o Z < ■Sgg-°g ^ Sec «■- - S ® i J- c M „ = Z-r-Sg •2 2j° 3 '-' 2 S.'~ = a 3 S i« s-e E o ^ . - ^ E i ;■■? 9 £ ' ■ S-3 s ; S ^^ ^^ 1 C !^ 3 ^ C © u •5 o£— ri =S C p a 6-=S .^ oi O a ^ be ■*^ o o C S on © s- s-^ s-^ a s s s ;s '^-C^ *^0 — H — 0 Ss-^s ■§-^■5 3| - Atkinson aco No onoghuo z..» .la si GO So- %^a ■zab K .s f-> s ■- is a *a (3 ■ c *j •dS •c E •oB is la §)S C9 © 03 0 a 0 S s s = ;^E S85 a E a E ffi or =-°S o o 6- : i =-3 < i5j 6 t.ec-3 -2§ E - is c o 3 = s fe c 5 £ H 6 •r ■ d -. a o c-3 c o n INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT 35 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a c..2o.sf 5 g.> — £ rt o o — .^ C ^ f r ^-^ ' |coo si _£ c o *; oj-r ^ c o o d c i: llslili •^ >.-C tS O 3 3 3 - ■ g± otf '^ti oSx S , *-' a® > > 3 lh o :>..„ « d c c' g -^ ® <« ^ >. .2 . ci *i +-. ^c 5 j2 t; 3:^ f rt aa > t: 5^ ft5 S S £ £^35 o c -t3 =^ ■ O Q O 6 Kg S MS- a'S E 201- O =J - ^ jfi I- o o tc t-'C ■"-^ ° e § — °J3 . OT3.2 »T3 g O 3 a g ^ o " = a1g| C.2 T3" a 5" S "o : a; s ^ i >.0 J -'T3 O . _ 25^ C g Q.t- JO n a s ® 3 ^ ■ »■" c «•— ffl i a ^ M D-^.S ^^M„SS» ;£S3»8l o B a-jj c = •§■- 36a— 3 J 36 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 I o < s s s o o D z <: •z. o o (>. «> •z < Result of Reference. -6 ■5 e cs a 3 bS B O Dato of receipt of report of Board. Date on which Board was con- stituted. "'2 a"* Namefi of Members of Board: (c) Chairman; IB) Employer; (m) Men. if i 3 C £ 3 Wugeb und conditiona of otiiployiticnl. "-3 = 11 0 >. Montreal, Que .4 0. i 3 C Q 2 .1 1 - Allan Lino; Donaldson Line; Thompson Lino; fjoyland Line; White- Star- Dominion Lino; Canada Line; South African Line; Mexican Line; Manchowter Lin- e's; Black Diamond Line; Head Lino; Can- adian Pacilic Railway Lino; and all other owners of steamships navigatinK to Montreal and Syndicated Long- shoremen of Montreal. Date of receipt of applica- tion. ^0 SE £ 2 =^ 2 , 2 £ H 0 ~ = £ aS 5- ' s ' a.5^ ;' = '5 ^.S'H 2^ .2 3 £§ IXDUSTIUAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT 37 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a J3 - «^s- ; e oj c flliP ra^ O O ; s-S'- O o (O s §■3 Is g 8 ; c u S "S ■» ^-i 111- ■e E oe c) .- g E O - m (= S c O S 3 £•81 § te S S'O S" ".c S2 fc o w o !s O : c o ,9'" U « ^ isi -1 k; »< a fc.. ^ 0) >> t> c'^'i O g 1 o S.S oa Q 38 DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 O 03 05 o g a o o « (In o OS H O M E-1 ^ SO •■=■£-= O ^ c ffi-O i-sS - O ^'O : ■- C-^ ; d £ cj hg-o 3 CJ =J OJ : o i- u J c *> = £ c S -2 OjD -J CJ r^ O . a> v_ O O U O ^ dcQQ ^- ;^ ?^ -^ 00 00 ■» OC c c c c o o c o t-< ot; o tj o XX 73 03 o n &Q 3 3 3 3 aJ '^ ^ C C C S sssa O t sj q c c c c 'o'o'c'o c c c c C. D. C C g o S ■ s . CO ; Q ^ Z . < ' a z « S S o a-r o ?; S •■ = ? OC5J= =d S S'S OS'S ^ O 5Q _^ ^ 30 * S c Si "is is T. = U > E ej ■ 2 >, >— c ^ f- J3 C *j 13 "5.5 ffi -• ■e o - ? 2 l|.2>, a g o S o .- ♦^ — m 1^1 '^E'S. c a si O' o I SI I I! C be ffi O I- f = 3 aloe's ■i^.l'g §5 §.2. » a, ii ^ -^ « = -3^ 1-^*3 =^ a. o c'.S III! Q C S X 3 ^ t: w a 6 S g . oO » o< 5 =5 =^^ .2 « — So^S5 go §JZ Og-E = 5-3 sCoal nploy Dist W.A. 3-n|"3 §°oS Atlanti J., Ltd es, mc Union ict No. rowsn Ltd., mem No. 1 orth ies C ploye Loca Distr W.A O Z i\nrsri;[AL disi'ltes iNVESTiGArrox act 39 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a °-k 3.2 ill! §■2 0 • S o rt £ |b-I . S S c ^ ^ 3-= B 2 Si < J=.2J S >. . O ^.3 O .H l§ t> ^ ■3 ■B o O a 0) ^ 5 5 a y H H - O z Sag? S— ■ a S o te s g Od, >, "•B S" g_ o 01 ^8« a^2:Sa ■IS.S.2 S) ax; o 3 ^ s ° sd.s t; o2^ o c3 2 5f b »,5 S >% CI J O. 3 'O'-i en CI m o ?_g — e o c So ag §0 2 — c .S « I. o-g 3-0 o a = 33 ai "S >. - ', 3 e-i 3J O :.Ssa-3S I -^ (h i 3 g-*- 0 n p ^ n it i >1 >> _o 'a a B a w t3 H and dits age- and Op 2 oJ ■ g§5Sa _. =,M >3^ S 2 -a § Sd-^a an Pacific nd its cond agemen, and yardm *l 1 oronto, Ham BuffaloRy.C conductors, men, brake yardmen. Trunk its c agemen and yar anad Co. a bagg men rand and bagg men h a C I--' Si S s s 40 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 I 2 o < O Z D S s o O Q Z < z o H i o aj ^ 3 ?■ CD C *— _ 5-5 , O Q, M e3 cj ^ ?■ G -:^ «I c.o « b. O *^ " — K ^ °-2' -Jlja !3 s S °'^ ^-^t-^ Oi-- D.C(-i sm •^ o * O c c ' ft 3' _.. . i e § ■ St rt tt rt o c c "Is Z S eJ , 3 o m © .2 Q^ 2 .-a cj o £ E £ £ ca = =■ t^ -- £" 111 «J ea 53 c C.K a^ O a -eg ■i ^■- J •2^a ^ bo? . S M » 2 2 ^ rt ■°? £ S c i.a o 'E --a a o ^ c o c 7 s C H s S cja p. Z ^i"? i-l Is o z^o w o °g ^-EZ -a.3 S II Nort d it heIpe Blac Lodg Z.5 |§^-3| g-g ■3 ^ 5.2 = itSiiK a n ECQP so 0) o .s-c S z = i- s s ?i Ti 3 o B s MO C s -H (= O j:3 s s T3 F g S a !3 9f ^ 0 Q c o; tn bc.Sg g o a — 1 >,t.2 ai3JZ E§Sc- c c © <2 cc o ^ gCJ.2*S^' > CO IXDUSTRIAL DlfiPUTES' INVESTIOATIOy ACT 41 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a St a o tJ ^ > £ o S ~ pa > IE . — « t. ■^ c i ® o u 111 a'g g-oj S'SS ^si c g-- c*o o C o 0*5 •"■ ♦i o , E'SfcE ^t: c "* ^ , E ^ C." D. i S S o 2 S = 5) ! MJ2.S.2 ffl = J= ial| = o o IS dog ffl^ S « c o n ® '^ ^ .. i t & t'^^ 2 S E ill ^1^ s„-s -- > S •^ I O c8T3 ^J.b 05 ill ® O «- o-^ . 2 CJ C m J= 03 C S -^ (B " 3 o ? « o a-3 S " E S o 1.1 = 5-2.: S S « . « t » „ S.Sf- * £ § ■^■fil 1 •3 >.s- S - S- 2'C S rt d o ogK°&£" .- xlQ tj D. c oj a a -. s-s^s © o S w -^ 33 M ti g«.-;o "is": o o.^ c ^^ *^ a E .2 fc^ IS o c e: « c -I I 111 c c c n ^^1 — , tc g . ^ rt F 2 ^ TT 3 £ t£ O O ^•g £ S btc g-g .S s-S o "^ §■§ gSEg S'pS S "=-o5 P m a; o ng pr ment d al ent i F-g§f; b' gsjie t! §3 3.. -^ bfi E t. C 3 £ E.g« §BS D ill C ffi 3 .T5 K O a o £ £ E H B w ■o-a -■ c"c— ^T3'C ri'g i-3-Sc^SSS :SBS^ 5tE°c- O •Sss dian No and ite mbera o on No. dian No and c vees, m y Carm Star N mbcrs. .479. eJ o a* c go D.a s in-az cJ o 2 go ED IflOfc o o u H c ^ £ c 2/v* s E B .§ F s s s!a'.s S :-E ScQSg gS kZ gOEg-EJaoCJiaZS-! g-S-SoH '-' «E 0 O r t- fe £ ® «3& go's S 42 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Z o H < s s a o o 1-1 Q ^ z < o 2 S -<' 2 2 " ^ 2 S-5 3 3 s •• => s a o H s z s-5 § •a "S a .2 >,o^ i = fe I' C K 3 tn a c^ St! =i-° ■- o StjsoJ^^a ■'.. — 2 o C3 K C U If c. - 2 ^ s 2ffi g 5 o ; S£.|^|.ilo3 'i-!^5 ii|§. o S ;e .. -1 — ; Q o tfi S 2 2 ti •2S '5-H.^S5 SgZ d si ^3 © 0) CMS §.5i So O g a 111 •o ■ o . a >>« as gCS a S 33-3 a ^ u — . ill ® S « o as z = a fOo tn 03 a o H _3 t- an . ca S -o S g fc £•0 a d d a Q C 9J . c 9 a ■S 29 fc- O) CO Q ir-- CJ U > a c p O E o fi c 2 o -; u C o ^ E — ® -C r- ■ _ c £-: © a ■gaSg.i § = din o'Q .£2- sJ o>-3 S3 iB2-= ?fc 3~ i S°S o.S S S-d E— 0 0 ©■g 0 s 0 p d'S " ani Bo nda ties §^111 <: 0 OlO 3 < —■O -^--■-' J= .3->. S lour Bur ullur O'D Ho hnA. P. M 1; G. (M)l. .2^-^ ^ fei c ■*• (3 B » §.£ ■^S = it gSg Cj -^ 0 0 H i a s K -B 2 '■ «-§*„- Co. men Uui llnio ^il'i . 0 l.siS ■ga^S feS-saz H ^ INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATIOX ACT 43 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a (-^ P •n 0 Ji CQ jj o>-0 fe ^ > d ■i") o ■-■ USE _ e s 0"^ o g s w B - " £ o] *j n p ci 5 , oc o - £ c , . *^ "S -b? 2 g ^ 1 a— g o 3^ s c 5 -^'^ ■0.0^4 .0 ^J CO 03 cp c3 0-— . — aj's o— , H 0.5 u a; c3 i-'S Q p O ea sJ o ^ « to I. ^ m c s ^ o : o o O Ci iiSZa:; S " E 5 _ £■ _ » 9 .£0 ca-D<: ; Ie O QJ 5j W-2^ s * E £ > 3 =^ S^ cj 3J CJ3 ! o w - S:2 ° E.a Jsa!| rf ; a s : KH C. ? t ^|3 3 ■ >>? cj-p £ £ o -u rt"" Pi 1 =•= * « g-o S = " ■ '• -, e^ &-2 ■" „ ' 2 s j; S- = a .^-3 ^ • — ■;; e P o e-3 tf ^ e P o ti _ i_ . Sj § "■£ S S =•§ "S ' ■:;g:Ea«>?g rt OLJ d+j.5*j en CS ^3 s M I 5= . tT 1-^ in-— .J c c £" ;?; -Dj -' ^ " ss OJ a?2 ■ i~ Qj ^ »•_.«.■>■ ~ ^ Bi ij Eo s o-is So w ■a ^ « St-S .-sO^ooo S.S &S §i.S £.E^.S sSa-S^ _< 44 DEPARTMEyr OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 o I z o H < S P o Q z z o H <; H « o 02 z < 13 so-gia-S.5 § , a> 3~ o E S.2.2 o u 1 * £ "^ s !•= 5 "^ o _ c o „ . a) Cri « "^ « o3. £ ^ c £ S o 3 iil|i.ii:s 1 §^1ii-iilK <: ^s o ° °t: -^ ''= o c o*— b == ^•sg-°8 >2 Q I" « o !ilil -ti j=: o T- H c; Q *" rl r £ £ ^ e t. ^1 1 5 8 of Mom f Board: Chair ma: Employe Men. 4J O^^^ G o a S .2 O ^ K ^S i ij: 3 . o c £ t oo ^ g§ *'-5 . =11 = 8 a "S 1^1 2; c « ci Q ■ s ® II1 L. i-."^ -'i -c.S oo ocm V > S >! c «d 1 fea > hJ S.a CO > ^ 1 ' f^Ea c. '^ a <8 E H E Ei'-gi o^ 1 Q S a e c c> -^ |.5El|r= i g:S^g-fe-3a a EC c-^ a-fexP-i O •BOA c o'S.S a o Dat ecei appl tic i- M "■ QC ' •c-r-r c CI 0) c. o Jj *J-— ill ■^ ?5 m C c.§ g e e s!§ 8 S- S S o k..^ c 2 It 1 a 3 s (-. o tn C O © s ll! c o "5 c 1 3 1 =1-1 1 1 o < :i, »D O S _>! — t^ i ■ o ^ '=* >i— 3 >-» S _^ ^ i " g •— —: S c- ^ cS _S^ E " S oeo . ^ 5J 1 "ZIIse 3 6 Ki^;,- p. g £ Q -i K li 11 ri a. C C K C 1^ SO X K tr c tf. = C.2 .E.2 E:^^ c.ti ^ 5 >- c O w C c = o O C O gSE gsa _o u : ^; ■■^ - c t- .— 1^ O' o o^ c: - so "i^o - o +; . SZ6 1 = 50 o C ■• "S^ c; 2 cj aJ '^ >, o a 16=- = -cHO o < ^ J o >, >> _o _o c& E ~ E U^ ^11 'o i £ c |-s§ie.i »ES o SEE E 1 ■2 a Is 11 §os *s &< o o CO n o s ■ ^ Ow c a"" f- ^ IMll STIUAL DISl'UTES' INTESTIGATWN ACT 45 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a (N c S ■ata 1 0) C-H T— < ^ 5 .'2 — 5 b to" o to "'3 ¥1 Ui s !U ft. d i>. o; • C.-.0 w o OS ^ = = e H o K| = = 0 O o Ph 5 l|!l tf t+-. O 8J:gg J^ 1 O tiii r- -^ ■^E-Sg ;^ o c3 fe: o 0^ tS Q OS S c^ O ^r 03 1-1 o Jo Oo » el; a 2: <1 m CO s ^ & ^ i •§-£■§ o 73 Q o -S o.S o.S ^ o o u Z < ? '^ o -^ -< <;<;-< o •/3 Ed c-^ fe; I— <^^^ z > .2 o Qqqq z z "-f^ S 5 '-'w^^-i s H- ( '^ £ o 0) ® f-, 5'5-S'5 tc 'S o; ^ H s o c'o'o'o E- o 0, -^cico'-i'' 3 as S c B e .2 o o o fifl P cfi t^ 2 3 =) 3 T3 Ct. i^-j;a2cc iJ t^ o < CS OO^OOOO O V3 C B B B a; w e) O O O O H •^'5 '5 '2 o O O O o ^ fe: O O v. (U s o CC/J^O! a t^-. IS! Ih b< b> u c; +j >.>>>.>> t+H SiXiXiSi o 01 o ® a) H ■*j -tj *j +j c a a c Z 'c'o'a'o H acac. a. a a a ^ <-<<< a H 1-^ s^i CO -^ <1 H cc rf'aJ g- ° o S .. a y f §-3|g B i m-3 ■ S ® Z I- © '■s^ic-ns, 1 - 3 a -^^ ofl 2=.; 2 *^CQ a— ^ o a 3 O C M^ •J Qi m i) £ "3-2-2 a b]l >, *j c o Si s.. =S bC c P fc£ 0-G ^ 7i Ba •a" S SI- 1 0. rt go g ■r- 2 5J C m 2 soils *^ t. 2 o S o — . . a; S =; a^ " - so « s « j-2 = 5 » o u *J dOI .b -n a o o -^ CO Aif: O t^ ja -)i s 1 2 aa J3 c 2< s ti a ^ 6*3. cir s £ g o*2 o « S «5 ^ » oS: lo-Z^ o-ii a* ■ 46 DEPARTilEyj OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 D a z z - < o z z § s £ •o Report was signed by all three members of the Board, with slight objections noted by MM. Hannah and Slubbs. After tho award of till' Huard had been communicatod to hot !i parties concerned there wjw a cessation of work (or a fow days. The department was later in- fornu'd that a settlement had been reached on the basisof the Board's findings, and work resumed. Date of receipt of report of Board. i Date on which Board was con- stituted. iz: Names of Members of Board: ic) Chairman: e) Employer: m) Men. J. Norman I'Vaser (c) 3; 0. Hunnah (b) I; Clomont Stubbs, (M)l. Nature of dispute. Concerning wages and conditions of employ- ment. No. persons affected. 5J < 1 c • .4 c > 1 E K 1 P 5 .1 1 c C i-a _§ 02 . 'O O O £Oe. < Date of receipt of applica- tion. hi I s ■g -• gt-f-g J >; C 5; C— ■£ ^ tf S.-clI^ a.S^ r: s i 5 S S ^ = :t '= " S fe=: M^-i Ev o E =-£ - ='^ 5 biillli CS o" o> 3 cT L 5c = i^4Q§ - ■ Q .£•3^-2 |£«^ tf^-e-^- Sol §3 u^^«^ o a Q T3 W B §s o n 1 B o a -a e tf ^ o 8- S H 6 £"53 0 ® §"■ .£-||z Ii«.i &■« »a3 c .-SES s-^ i.m IS^li^ lo" >>s s 1 ■■2=5S^ -bSH 5-2 -St; I u e u ^ a o 03 si ■HO lyDVSTRIAL DLSPLTES lyVESTIGATION ACT 47 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a ■> « o t- S «= ^ K ^- U) ^ C I- I rt 5J S S s a i.^ a. o ^-= — ^ P o.S .S2 -C ;e = g - a t. " u ^- t- •e c D. P ? OJ C ■r; c3 o c 2 .|"5-oS_g 13 c O * ♦^ 2 c x: o Oj3 ,-" C 3 =■ n o t3 ^ •c-p s sgi *- o Cx F-. n > a ^ v 'fi o O - O o t S --'£■ = b «- o c o O ri 2 G g I- -a Orr Q.ii:T3 oS56°5sx;.S «13 li 00 o . o '-)■ _- M t^ ■ X. ^ — I. V. Hon bitt, J.G M) 1. ^g-"^^ .liz-S ^ "^s Honour John McK George F K&n (e) 1; Boyd (m) on. Mr. Just Teetzel (c Wallace K.C., (E) O'Donogh ■K ^ 3 X Q So tJ3 g H 2 u g OJ egg F c rt xt; O ^ B ^ .= % s 0) 13 u si g c-G _ ""E-o = oj £ d - o^ a* 3-ia OTJ bC b. c © - o 9^ O o o o o oo « O B ^ u o o «3 2ja t, d 05 H d d o'g a 6 s ■So w "g^i^ ^fe0j£-g 1=E|I»§ _^-« g" s2 S •^ O «,- c — X tn "5=^ Grind Ry C maker the I hood 0 Iron S Helper qO i ois -n o P- s-^S « So; o T3^ Bog G 5 c o >, . *■= g S cS « §.5 Sn ^.s a 6£S=> .2-C O — 13 t. *i M (£6^.2 ^ C r, cj r^ r a) ^ -^ U . .S 5 i:'S2 S 48 DEPlRTMEyT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 5j I Z o >-; -"I a a o I ^ ■ S » o is cj.- » gsa o •a .5 oo oo S5 O ■a >, » c a M o-^* o o 5 J S &*j coo •Z =3 9-03 b3 c m S-c '^ ? s «.2g5-o = " "^ . 3 2-a g-£'S.S.S E -^ C ° » lip 4) a E =J - ® cJ ^ © 5 o Q. O >. St o o g E*;"o o o — » a ** oj m all's .1 K 4) 1^ g. » E So-g 1 "■ ,rt 2 t 0) d V. 3 *i C +j^ 5i o) o 0^ b. eS wQ - g =,Z o x|og b- I si ej .. el ^£ §°;^ 6— ^ III = a1 O a 0! |go_2 £•3 ,§ ,5 £2 2 ^ O fl j2 Mo. a " gSg.i §5 I 3 u 2 =3-^ m 0.= o*-" a . .E g P £ O :i C --< .2 5*- -a S o s. « B -J b>£i 3 ■3 ? «> rti C I- o3 — O " O. O o 2^ '3 E B iE'ofeE ""IS'? •a.2 a« o 'el t~ ^ r' ^ O >:°. S.S i hH K a so ■(3 f, o- H S-; boa*^ 13 u « i*s d 0 a rt-5 c! S 2 ^, a Oj ,r^ a 0) S — B-^ S "^ "> 2 §■» c~-2 ,i3 g o. go oj bn : c a*^ „; — S a-O ■a E i i S S o S •^•^ S »; 7; . [J a o. §■<= »g E >, ° >■ S e-^ oS ^ 3^ cj. o a O.J2 o a c E > - ' - M fr- k^ p' ^ d 0 I O d oj ■ — J3 O c3 > jS t, _ ^i ^ O CO c _j >-,„ -T- X r- a 3 - tl S (B e" ^-P" Bd-S= £§ 2 £a Q g a o — ■ a ISnisTKIAb DISPUTES INVESTIGATWX ACT P6 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a c '■z c i lending deter- ■cation by the uperior Court tion. declarmg utes Investiga- vires. £«l"-cg-2 -^'pm .s^^'o-o-a.S |°"3°°SS "■g-2§*l| a i>S 0 o-a-2 m M— ■< S-i-.a r- -p. g-'QS. .a—-- = ■^ £"— ' _ofcO-.o-=- hJH =-s|a — a'^S o isgs dismi iploye scrim em as on. t^g^ig ■- 0-3-S-3 oncer certa alleg agair bers O 1 .U -0 a ■°s a a a m S s a> D. £ W Co. em- am- of trie ■ees 8. ^'IIIC |S; o S w^ tj o'S u s §-"-^ 9 >.oi.H goo Bi qs3 ".a" . K ■§o gi^ a * a = >! S bfV-3 ■s§ = tea's gS» O o m . o a,0 4» 1> W ^ c o c o "^ 5J *""— ■ o a g t. i; a JgJ| .2 d ^'S o — OQ >^ £ a a pa Em < O S 1 x; S s4 Si 3d by tated a set had d by effec- ay !, was pres which it ement hac ities and £i£l i 0 c*; M« ffl-2 - t.B QJ £ 0 ^.^-^S^-- g-T3 '-a •P ■t^ c 0 S c 3 0 'S aj S & 0 '^ ir.5T3 , C M 3 l|s|la| illlllli <: < CO 73 3 3 •-» ^Q S "Ir- U ^J.-i .=^ "■ ' ■r;:^"^ « oc u s ^-■ ^ Q !^ ^->i m £Q£fo ghs^ P^ K t3 = & a |i a « S > 0 si §1 « g^ gse o 0 i'a w •«*; a-o a ^e < -a^n •>2 >,s d S :5 50 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 I § I. ^ J. ^ I-H o 5 to "5 o q s; '^ s i 1—1 "^ u a, ^ fe; !s "^ 2 £ 2 '^ s ^ Z to HI '!; to «i Eh fe; a; O 5 lllili c t^ *J ^ ■— y g a °- g^ S » s *© (^ C - aj 3 ^ S.-0 c Q-©-^ o « i. 0.2-J2 — O :3^ U 1 ri5i| K ^ o e: 0 2^ C §5£iiig <; -°°t ^ CD © D, o*— b ^■"^"g oS Qg'- m 1 !iiil C4 -i -< £ ii<5 V f^ .. § p ll-sj of Mei Board hairm mploj len. S U H S • '^" m a«_g oj '~" ' .'o H-^ ■ iz; U,'-'-^ D.-^ D a *j 3 C .2 § -t) ^ "o & bD e .s 3 c *j 03 o 2: c o O , C o> u zii u c ^'S "^o oct~- CSQC - d c? O J JH o 3 C c . br c 3? ^.S"-2 S h^ ?^ >i =3 03.2 _o P^£a c. §■ E W ^iii|i d 3 j=-^ a o g J EOS g- 1 Q S S s •-9 ^ ■S°i . «" -*^ o ,; ■n&E T— ( 7^ E-i 25 o 5 ? ^ Q o t^ §£>>■ a o o Oh liil K o O g§?i = m I -a ^ D o c3 O CO ills Q g 1— ( , — 1 i^ igo'5 0 r> y. _bC o ■2f S° s 0 0 0 S < o q; > CO s m Q H r1 o 2;-C:g-n Z r^ ^ §.S g.S n < H o <<<:-« Z Is IT c3 t^ accQ HH 77^ ^ _H-^H-. •-< Gi _o^^^ a ? "^•' ■^*^ o •r. c c c 0 tc O O o "p. a 2 H a 36a— 4 S F; 0 J2x;j3j: zr> v:zc'Jim ^ rr 0 c fe5 a ^ -r.rr.Tfi'Ji c s.s:s s ESS a< 0 (B V ;;- >.>;>. ^ ^X^ -r -s-c-c c c B c: n 0 c 0 a a. Q. a c -< -<<< g 1 A unanimous report was presented by the Board, in which it was stated that an agreement had been reach- ed by the parties concerned. Date of receipt of report of Board. 0 Date on which ' Board was con- stituted. .C5 tl— ' < Names of Members of Board: (c) Chairman; (e) Employer; (M) Men. Kinlav MacDonald (c) 4; Major W. Ernest Thompson (e) 1; James C'ameronWat- ters (m) 1. Nature of dispute. Coricerning wages, con- ditions of employ- ment, and retention of dues for the Provincial Workmen's Associa- tion. oil "^1 % 1 I t > Party making application. i n. s 2. g- Q 0 .Si 1 ■S.s "E 111 — — c- (Sep go o ■bSa . -M ^^ o-^ c £ 2 m 0.2^ aj g ^ ^ S 0 ? =•■3 I § S S " O C3 0; ..J.^ .1 §"o5 ^'-' ^ S».-2^ 3 Sj a) u i: « T3W a.£l o n .„ E ^- c? £ •* C c C C 0) 3 " C^ Mft-O ^o o Q^ Oi.- E i5 S o c i 52 DEPARTMKXT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 P •§ O 1 >< a cc D vJ ! H : s ' o i o ' g g i I- =z"i = 5 - -1 8-i =~ cJ-I-^-- ^^itf^ 0-- . o c ^ t, 5- ^ ?■ O S M 3 o « E-S- Es Zo < "S s CM O ^ OS -^ " C ^ M rn !-5^:5 •a^ S|^-S fe-g x> BJ — a: 3 - "s 5 Si o ^ r. o a = ~ ~ a o ' : c 03 :. S •^ "c c S2 o 1 c O 1 1 5;' o Cm 1 •1 c" c > I o i >. > >* 1 o r^ t^S s K H Q. E 1 3 s .1 ii si- lt II i o o d B o C . o r r c S 1 1 i 5 3 1 c c 1 X d 1 a i 1 i*3 H ■5b 1 o o d — d c i c i 11, o 15 ^ ? t tl v; > 2 c s % 1 fc 12 i|>-6 SS-3Z s s i. X a o°A s CO ^- e ■Ssl- ij >iCa >•=> 33 S'i; £2 Cgt 3 3 z a Q !M)V8TriIAL DISPUTE'S l^VI■:sTIaATIO^' ACT 53 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a a 5 Lucky Jim Zinc Mine. Ltd., Rambler Cari- boo Mines. Surprise Mine, Hope Mine, Noble Five Mines, Richmond Eureka Mines and Idaho-Ala- mo Mines, and em- ployees, members of Sandon Miners' Union No. 81, W.F.M. Blue Bell Mine. No. 1 Mine, Hiehland Mine, Hope Mine, Silver Horde Mine, Molly Gibson Mine. Eureka Mine. *Poorman Mine, and employees, mem- bers of Nelson Miners' Union No. %. W.F.M. (M 0. — • Q o a- z o p < o s » s ■s o o D z < o < o PL, z <; 05 lis o (0 1 |g o"- ja o §!l C.J: ^ ?. III .P! c p Sot l~.^ u 1) o -S >) a -« .a E 3 ■3 -is .r. O -^ C.2 rt "S £ •"d-o animoui the B ted tha ployed ihed to S >. =3 ^ o a E =J2'^ cc g«^ S -< S, CO (N >-.2 OJ S M c-J Tz:^ f~ ^^ c < < 1 ^ 3 ^ ■5^6- 1?^" s >, 3 O 1 ^ g 'S Q £ o O H „• . ►J X o; ■5 -O C C i> TTJ a; o g=^a C (S tJ 'c.S " -^1 ■d c cd a o c . - o,^ c xi cr g f^ a. g?feZgs£0;lH gsi.o a O o ■ (- t-T3 ^.s g CO o £Jeo ejc^i (n' c s tiO JX u Q. ci 1 z s d £ i IK >-. ^ o "c. "a. B £ w • W -ll o o ■a -d OS > 2 o (- B d I 9 c ca III ■ 1o» -O « .cfe P^ goo O o „• oT CI '2 rt "^ o. s < aS »3 11 B.S « s §§ ■a -a ?12 ^^ 54 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR o R I » i S I o » M o « O o, 1= CQ E z U H •< m-Ti ■ s ® §~S-c = '^ S 5 - 3 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 5~ fe-c-2 ° S 5 S.-t3 Z" t-3 gc. ill II 11^: £6.= i§'S||a-= 3^2 S S -, « c (- ^■id£||-3 - "-i.t^ - O 3 >iA"a i-d S ? -■ » = =-^ = . o 5 ?s oj •S i> _o - C i 3 =! o 3 J3 ■n « E 8 a _.i) s 5 0 d X. F V ^ c S 1 a 9 a 5 -3 c 3 In >i 1 (^ > ci. i i a !b ^ -d C3 ^ .'^ c ! "5 > 3 r g > c 2 c g ■^ 1 S I- o c >! 31 1 c £_- o 1 1 :3 a ■3? Q .- - c c u <» c c o S 2 ^ S >>_ ? cJ a o en " ®^ • &«•= » a w « M - S c n^ ■S10 S=.2 o =J -^ O CO O <; c 5a § ^ £ 5 I i'2 o O fc> 03 ki ." S-a g o g I- a> c C i.^ S o c3 t-, 2"5 go-s ^-H o O- ' ..a §£as ,^-3 3 A -a 3 =■" c o =■ > ^ M = tj b' .S I MI'S 2 og. £ 'is S^-o C :i a 2-^ O 33 £•1: t. e c 30 u o c o «§f -2-2 ■S.S-S So (2£'S-5£1 =3 O fc- " tC^ J c INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT 55 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a •a 4 !i • J. ® a ^ aj t- t- >.'° gja s> a •< = g =3 O c t !s ;- f ^ E.2 i ® 0) '* I- o . 13 J o a ^ 1 o a o o => '0.2 9 s I) •TJ 0)^ 33 3] B 5 Or? °'' S "§"1^3 2 »P ,„ t- O (u a; . _5 W) « o c g a> o £S S 3 a; — g o.«* rt o tn "a E'*.2„og 3*0 .^.o a . a)-3.! ii QJ O * — T3 ■^ s C-^T 2 ■ -co*. F C3-C *j o o" •S a S 63 pa 6 a § ^ ■ ' ir. bibb ployee. variou existin ncludin and tions. It «^.2 , II 03 ^' ■SnP oncern derna chane: ached wages worki go 0 O O OJ o in o coo z d p . o ■ s a 5 o o 2 .^-^ to" o w 3 c ■" *-■ o 2 o » c'.S n '1' CQ'o ^'o m-2 a> „T3^ g<: « O g =^ m t .^ -S " a CO S (~ cS a T^ O 6,9 S'^ M o £ o ■ o o S M ^^ ..§5 a a w^ o 6 ^- s ° ° i ,, q «j o.t: asgS „a CM" 95 i g .2 " $* ga a o o S o^ go ss.^-! 3 O I ol.i o d © :f> ^.£3 £ C a o ?> CO "• *i o S |-2 a'^ ci , o ^ ^^3 S ^ o fe S ci S ? » 0_.3 t, '^-r & o = 1^ s 3 -1 d ^-' -^ oO >. a 1 «.&■> S-" J O.T3 =.s §.„sgs ■ S = a.>,o J. ^ O O o S'l, ■ 2 p:_ a«-2-i * ° *•§ 0^ c o o a oj ja c 3 - o O ^ •- 05 VSZ< ?.° •| l:> is >.-B ' Ho s.s-s< iy s-^ o » t o „ 00 .oW ^ M c: « i; s ,^ aj m □ w >i y cj P 0) OT M oW< 56 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 2 O z 3 e % o s 1 o >• O ^ Q .J Z < a; H z SI o ^- <; 1 H C-1 a r> c^ rli r. < rt H -5 Sc S 2 3A3 ^ o o lit =" "-■ o e'O c o » 2 .§5 Eg c L^ >- a is "I 8 2 c ** II fl- n o cj g c 3 JT' © a " . i = § a s a-" KES^- o ^ Z H ..3 G. Q a: t;r " -S 8 5=£ o z . a S ^ JO " S-S.a P 2 1 .^ -S c £'3 .*f d c u S » Sj= s - OTJ >X 00 O ^ ^ OJ o ■=-C-T3 aj-a2 S -^ a; > « g ^ cj t, c -H Jj 03 03 O-H -5j -I* sit; « a o < S bC o o g.S =^£1 'Ej:5^ ^ -rr. a S-5 !b;H « -i; o = E "^^ *■ a a -"'r ^'— a* ' ■ *^u— E ° £ 5 6 ai-< "a ffl a> I r rEg-B l- «; ajS o c " o a jyolsTRIAL niSPUTES lyVE.STKJATlOX ACT 57 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a ''■t;-^-^ s E ; ofe°"3l|t 1 11 E si: tx t; o c . o 3 =3 bt c C >:: ^-c£S£S i 5° si S O O C ffl C O C O u C o ' i po2o t- £ -oi; ■S-S-lzl^ -5 « n S c ca o O u a: o « = => ^ O < '='3 (O ^ O O ? a E :| .S go's °-gl . S =a S .o n"" _-pJi "2 2=.- = ,.& S fe: .3 5 Sj= g |||^ CJ C M :3 i; d C O ^tilw>^ ort was nbodyin both par e for one £-S>-..>2 --^-■^■S2 a- »--C <1> C O C i — .E«-|o- cx^ 3 rt rt -^ c a 3 <: t~^ _cs c"^ a c^ es e 33 CO t, £> u"^ C w C O ■ — » t^ — h- C'.^ £■"..§3 ■r^ bt a; •i 11 U C 1- a io 4 ffi -3 c » bC :3 ? t£ C Is 8g o Ci «3 C *-^ * eg o 93 O CD >. o "E S la " -J-i'£^o|--o3 *3i: cj ■- m-— Tt--" !> «.2.S- = <.E cS di-ltjzll «--s — _ tl o *J c3J= " x . 0-;; E:-- o cs r5 c « 58 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR CO 03 < C.-I to a O) F-. el •-^ .2 •^ 0 bi 1— t CD ;o P CO O) Kl -dgS .— ( .iJ C) 03 CO ^ § rt t^s -c O si?? M "Ss^g « o U5 P4 o ojij a o o a o c O §.i|1 o Q > p _o a p a g.s §.s Z ^ 03 03 C in O < 0*00 H Q o > I— ( o ■73 iS '< -<1 o l-t o3 § o o o o o Z < H o o « •-"-"""-' rt ^' -M PQQQ Z > -^3 i-;_i- ffl 0) oj s m H § s 'o'o'o'o HH .9.2.2.2 IC o a. SSSS P 3 3 =) 3 CO tea:'/; tH >-) crt 1-1 tfj iXj iXl UAJ < s O fe. o §§§§ H >H P O 61 O 0) O CJ o 6q m B c c c: ^ C 1— 1 o fefe.SS -f^ •^ 01 Uj 03 'JQ ca e c c c o ssss a fe; ^^^.s u. ^ .>*>.>. ^^^^ '^ -o-c-T^-a o O (U O 4) C B B □ H a W <<<:< s u i-< W«"* H 4 a. a 3 & 5 s Acadia Coal Co., Ltd. and employees, some of them being mem- bers of Local Unions No. 351 and No. 1726. United Mine Workers of America. Date of receipt of applica- tion. CO s 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 3 Oj O z o < O z a o o Q z < z o < « O P. z ■< « 13 L M c3 w w a..D-S.t;.S d ^ 0.;=: a--. O o— ;„i o L a a o ;> u .£^2!! 0) 4) C '■si ^ >^ oj:— o ME - «'-° „- _- CO o O >2 o u^" r: =^ .OS .o» r c 3 3 < -< ^ ^■ § Q 1 (- i a. .a 3 j3 u 0 1 "a -3— M ■^il o c a. g O - ^ • 1^' s OS c o c 5-3 3 . s t. C 3 3 so Q b 0-? p e|- s^ 2 ^' .2225fc;'' Ph < E a: T3 .■ a; ^ = s . »? = § o a D^ c 9 = a "-co "So. m£ "If. - Si. = is O s-ll 4) S " ? O a; .i.i si C O S 3 O « C as U o c « c p = O -' - £0 a w s o a S o a a Is a 0)^ a 'a S.2"^!; Jesse's -S. a a g S * a C O 0) — 73 H o » " ro O ^ 2 1 =1! H a s oj oi-l 3 O tc' a "'3:= I «|a^»§ S^rSarS S i ^ C-- O CO ^ «> ■a"" ga-i. Sosicoa e°.ii^i£i > 0) o M ^ a 01 e. 3; ^^^.-"^ , __J3 □ a ° I i3 c a OaS2 = CD a gSl e -c'-.£^^..5i Si S ■ >i ^ C C .'• -o o o t; o ^ a SO"a£'BK 5 r'J'S Sj 2'3 60 DEPARTMEyT OF LABOUR s I z 1 z «— ( K U n f 1 is n 3 _; S ■S Q =^ O W c; r^. 1 1— t z >. < < p: o z << ^ tt [-H ^ -<; -^ o s H Z CIh <: a; ;s^ j-t > Z ::; Q .£io o-o.fc-o §1 ■3 ■" S S o gj5 rt S o « b 2 a g-c 3E rxs CJ c. 8! ' * ^ ?^ c o: t * 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 5t;E-u| ,2 D 50 •- si:Sz& c2S SS =c:zi - ■ o t- c = ■Sg-S "^ :!- 3 C |.E-g it ■ S J ^ ^ fc 0 *:= & ? C=*0 <=■- ^ c C 3j guJ 5 gSE i C u u 0 U ; . ^ cgl ■•5 5 tz — c ac C C 6 d, d IS _z E (So "■sills ■o ■ >.S o £■ I 00^ OS §0 c-j=r ^Zr. 1.2 c c c ^ c. o K -::— 'S.:: o" ^ C £ C— 33 si go c; "c; » c3-- >. S =s o - c ^'S ^ ^— c 2— •^ O c 5 ? .Eg.S§ SO 2 §J £ go E-3S:i - £_s £ § I =S 2? =3 O s^ 3^ c o^ C ed O* O -.j= o i\ncsTR/ \t. nif!Ti:rr'i.^ [Nve^tigatiov act 61 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a OO 6~ H «S a°o-°S " ^o o.- o 3 >, t- a . §=^'-o P ■-S^— aj ■;3^c s = =3::i>; m u d « -> c c. -^ 3— S*e O-S^! -5 ^ D O .--J — -^ :^|«« glss" g<«ir a: a: i- ^ o c 15 &i| -:r.^ t- (S OJ c o s &•= is^ E="o . O C -li g de eome and C t. o c a; i^ 4) •— bO -r^ .— I, 4) i. = rt^ ?, -ti a a'^ bc sS.si c 2 > ° C E- 3i C- o S !^ «J O.Sw.S O - O tio ■"5 ^" (J t- 5 ill ^3 ..s M d •-^ .3*^ o a> O a- ■ -s^.- t^- tr O :- U > ■ > &m .S03 (-' 1^ . u U . 3 m ps s-^.l S^.i c c .- c c - § a s (3 0) n > > 0) ! >• _o _o a "a B e w w ish Columbia Elec- ic Railway Co. and [iployees, members Local Divisions No. 1 Vancouver, No. 109 ictoria and No. 134 ew Westminster, malgamated Assori- ion of Street and lectric Railway Em- oyees of America. i*^2666t-"6"gG ^a|Z2Z,«a« x-ts o*o2>^<:"SH"a •^i3 5-o2S2<-SHa CQ CD - CJM '^3; --,<^ .o> £ "^ i-< -^ 3 3 s TtBji i^y-s is pre awar o the oepta erned. rred. ^h"3^3 t^3 o *^ ° M C =J o £ > S»"g.§sg S".2>, a < ^ C-1 JC Oi ^- =J — .J,."^* rt o S 2 8j xw'^ jja o •^ -.' ■ §1 a§ fc o fe^ c gga- o ^.s CO Z a x: •-5 _^- to a e a g Co. . tug redfee ;rs of Local Fire- 802, rkera' iation Mli-^.^HL aritime Dret and tug cai firemen, an workers, me Tug Captai No. 830, 1 men's Local and Dredge Protective A Local No. 47 3 62 DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Z O < o z s o o a z < z o o a, z Rc8ult of Reference. A unanimous report was presented by tlio Board, making certain recommendations for the settle- ment of tlie' dispute. This report concerned all interests alTectod except tho Dominion Coal (-o. an. Z c Z. X .4 Employers Employees — 6 1 5 S 1 Certain Steamship Com- panies trading to Port of St. John. N.B.. comprising Allan Lino, C.P.R. Steamship Lines, Dominion ('oal Co., Elder Dempster and Co., Furnoss Wi- thy ami Co., lload Line. Now Zealand Shipping Co., Robert Reford Co.. Ltfl.( Don- aldson Line) and long- shoremen, most r)f them being inernberH of Local No. -m, In- ternaiitnuil Longahore- men'M Association, also coal handlers and trim- mers employed by the Dominion Coal Co. members of Local No. 180, International fjongshoreinon's Asso- ciation. Certain Steamship Com- panies trading to the Portof St. John, N.B., comprising Allan I-ino. C.PJl Steamship and Railway Twines, Head Line, Furnessand Man- chester Lines, New Zealand Shipping Co., I'jldor Dempster A Co. Robert Reford & Co., I^onaldson tvine, C. N. R. Lino, and Red Cross Lino, and marine ware- house, freight check- ers, members of Mar- ine Warehouse Freight Date of receipt of applica- tion. C p ^4 'CO — M S -5 r - r - IXDVSTRIAL UhSI'l TBS IXVEtiTKlATION ACT 63 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a qI^I 1 -g-si-sgss 1 presenti ,g certa he sett! 'he awa arporati r and w ble also eport was rd, makin ions for t di.spute. T by the C. f Vancouve be accepta s concerned ^sio-ifsaj rmm H^SoB^II =^-e£e*o§5 < ^ — CO _ c^ rt"" s •o" C-5 ~c> " t-^" a < '" ^ OT 1 ■§ 2 ego IS^ s„- "So '— ^^-s8l oSS O K ojg ci'-5 c3 • S c.S § far a> c c cc c o j:.S-= Mg-ag ■lE^^ oncer wate allege agair O ■ b* t.:^ ^.H oo '^? —"-7 — : 6 CQ t^ o ~ > 3 O a rt >■ K? o p _c "n. s H .tfm.SScSEccSEo the C; and c es, bei wat yees a and CI n, mo /ic E ion a rnatioi icarrie Comm ration of 'aneouver employe •engers, ks emplo ntenance ction me 1 of Cii ees' Un al of Inte on of Hoc ding and ourers. O ^" rt s o fe: o -^ t. aj O a, to a; t^ fc. o K| fe; aq C5 icompanied signed by rd was de- Companies yees, how- same. No k occurred. li:i g 4j S t of Board a minority Hubert. Tl ?d acceptable erned. The , refused to ; ral cessation V t. O lls-s C Q^ 13 ssa tf caoo CO © a>2 c c CO M M 72 c* L. ^" D. < J^i «:= rt • ■s^^:: >>.. "S O^i— '—,-,** V"S| §l-iS 't" 1^ _i, ' ca o £*o '^^ ^^ .Si e-r!^ o o F O tC' ^ g^e o •j"^ "^'l Su^ a. 3 a V v ja O" s Cb >. _o "H. B W d Shoe of the , name- ochelle, Co.. J. andO, iloyees, Frater- desCor- hinistes 5n%H'%6ES^?- ^ £t;"-So "" "s 2 3&^^^1°.S ' si ertain Manuf: City 0 ly, J. W. A. Ritchi Goulet memb nit6 Ni donnie de Qu( O lO CO "2 c. ■< 64 DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 o 3 -J c ? i-H Q t.. .s^ "* O a T-H r; C5 |£S 1—4 ■aci oti 03 -5 a H O O K p o 3 a. >^ 1 ^ Ii.i8 2^ 1 .v; rf o ;j O ;^ Q ^=:=.S Z o o lO S: I— ' -*^ ,— < ^ = "3 5"o o rf C2 H sn — H S: gg::s z y ^ o SisS F- 'f' X t— I c... o o 2 2 §.si.s tj « o o ►4 z o < > a ►—1 3 CO 6 g Q Z < o z z tc H 3 C C5 a::nQ > -..i S; C l; ^ © Z .;j "< ""^"^ ?; I— H r^ fe: ^"ooo to o O c c c c .J.S.2.2 m o O J2J=;X!J2 a. 3 3 3 3 Q oo'acao'ao" >j c3 ■^ c c c e 0 O O O < g K C3 xaixcc H f-, tc o o_o_cj_a; Q tc '^ 3 3 3 3 Z o 5 JSSs <^ o z <: ssss o o o o c ccc Result of Reference. Prior to the investigation tho Com- pany hud ceased operations owing to conditions caused by tho war. The Board presented two re;)orts the minority report being aigned by Mr. Dogue. The Board recom- mended certain improvements in conditions, to take elTect when work was resumed. Report of Board waa accompanied by a minority report sfgned by Mr. Allen. The Board recommen- ded that the employees should accept the reduced rates until the return of normal contlitions. No cessation of work occurred. Date of receipt of report of Board . Sept. 3, Sept. 11, iyi4 Nov. 27 , Nov, 30, 1914 Date on which Boafd waa con- stituted. Aug. 1, 1914 Nov. 5, 1914 Names of Members of Board: (c) Chairman; ' (k) -Employer; (m) Men. .32 — -^ .s cisi-^ o x y. (Concerning proposed re- du(!tion of wages. C'onerning proposed re- duction of wages, con- ditions of employment and alleged discrimin- ation against members of Union. = 11 -If ■ ^ 5 g ' si 1 >■ 1 t c O cj B 3. o 'Z Employees.... Employees... i 3 c .2 1 Temiskaming Mining Co and miners, surface labourers and millmen members of Cobalt Miners' U^nion No. 146 W F.M. Miller Lake O'Brien Mine and employees, members of Gowganda Miners' Union No. 154, W.F.M, =2i . 2 1914 Oct, 8, 1914 nOVSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT 65 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a e o 6|SJ a-= S- c.a> c3 as* o o . ? aj s § s ^ 1) d g *j 3 a o III! 3 sS. .9.2 gse o .2 o cu ca - o „ 3 o m_; S u » o o C 5 u- _- . _j .2 =^ ■- =■- m Dj o aj " S; ■^1 ^ u -J! = B § c. 0-3 » I O ^O , ■- C >^ to g-2 Eg |SO *S O 3 5 o o 2 m-- a;^ c ^ c 1111-^ •^ ^ ^ r-- - /'^ ^ ?i fii w 13 a Si o -+J fc. S S' (M to .-t as 3 < .S &K K IS " 3-' -2 S3 J .2Q.2 Q •Sago -3 w d. PI" ^ ° .„ go. 9 2 C QJ O O G Q ^5 6 w e O C ^ S d |"§E|| O ■sa -^ ^ ® c i ill's ■^ P F,-^ , n 1. O O oj= S S ^ c ' £ ?< „ Cj c; (C S 5 C > J- — S3 e3 =^ i' o Sea e 0.2 "■ .1^ 2 - ?^ a 1 — Tl t- ; 2 E 2 ri £ i^ §^ O S C o SE CO (3 Is' ,.-3 > 20 si u a a> O _ £ e !* 0) 3 0.2 » « fe e- .s E; « D.OJ oH Q. 0) C Cj ■a >..5 i2b S.S3 : J a g 2 o ^ 1-' fJ Be >■?§ s tn d*^ « ^ O — S S S B 0 .b-S a ^ c § d C > os^** .'At] J. (o dfV] < ^ ■ -rj to ■ OS ^< ,• ™ o' S ni? o.S .StSg.S .2 0 .S E.2 ■-■ " || «o g a& 0'3 g.M i.2 -Oils. ej- 2 o S ■g >..H QJ Oj tj .2fi: 2>:z ,"5.2sg, 36a— 5 66 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 S o I m ■^ O IZ ►-4 f^ (4 I o o H fl 2 u X o s; o (-, =s H < 5 o « H h m » «s > i M oj d -.6 C> g o 3 t! i^:iin .o . ■1 W ^^ •50E s K oi" >> « -t o-j o td B a i1 11 OS Q ■Cr pS s bE &s u E ia nil w ■ C . >i u o O d O O O " £-3 = d=l — CO a 053 M e o d ©* -^ E § .E PS d a la ifeS a OC'J Sj O t- ■g S^ "5 §T;eg|S ° a .ffi s .£ o^ c » c j£ a or; ■- . I. o'-W E oood^ oO ShJ a o D INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATIOV ACT SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a 0) s) c S < D. c o o - 5-* o ca: to SO 3^-3.5 . ■^. s^ ^1 50 a _ — IS «T3 0° " S c 'S E S.2 a a o 51 = SS o G oj .3 D •= P P h P Q O C O s3 O ' aj O t. fc o '—CO o-.-lW 03^ o o t o t-T3 to— ■ s ^B o .2 ° '■§31 g O g III o o t^ Q,»-- OJ c! M *^ o 5 g »5 S ''S +J t- > *^ o t£-- -s^t-gfS -• ~, aja?t,MKpoC ^h;^c«Ooa>Sro& >-. a e »; Kggg gQM S, X jj SB M 0-5 .Sect §■§§ O 3 5 s t-i V C c4 a> u .s^Odot; o "^ 2-"w a G_o 3 » III S|l,o "sjll^ gOi ;.as '^ >, O >i QJ ^ 0*-r- rt^ _*^ (B ID (_ C £g.2i ■ c J g'°' OM H S 67 Pi CL- 0. Ph <^ CO s ^- >.2 S ^ .§>•§ ii "^ ^«S ^ '^ •51 "S ^ £o^ 's '^'s " 9 ^T. t" *- te Oi o ^ ja>. o *j!> a. |P4 S 2 ' S, d o fe^a B a sa g|sg g-§sa o 5 I a -36a~5J ■a *- o P o lljlo . a ^'^■S 2 O "sS .Si ■©■agg-g-f >,-" q3 c o ° U 68 DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 03 r" OS o 141 O 1 o to Q a; ■* •^ 05 < u ^ t- rn -^ f) o g a § fa :§ D o o a Q Oh fe: j ■^ '. > t^ r> o a> t^ t— t •K h a; o < "} ■< X ■< o OS < fe. rn H t) 01 > 1— 1 ^ to 61 H > U) a< s. (C ^ W -^ J e-. ■< ai en n «1 z bS h-l a; (-. ^ :i Q S: T oi a S < L^i IP oil a .. S « g o w S 11 -J 3 * o c " ' O o 5 a c 5 3 > d il fe E* E-^S£J Ego i-^ g a o o s ^.si';; a a §3 o c £:• t. _H m ^ tt a w 8 «=^o o «*SJ= a ^ a ^ -^ 3 Si c oC2 o a *»ccgg 3-sq j'^-ao ^ =^ ° d 3 S.S 1— 1 aj M ■dts r*^ C >J g£ o •?; ^ b- SeB Qj " S a> 0) O o o eu 6i l^i.i « «4-l O PL( O >* 1. 03 .J till O r n a. s-£i£ U o 1— ( ss-S" Q H bti crs a: SSSe 0 aJ b cj Z O <| X W £5 4 ^ g o h o sill ►J K "S o 5 g|5| P Z rt ri ■^ o.s§.e <1 H d -f^ o o > .5 < odQQ z t-H n o Q w U < o o o o p o C H = C o o o o o n ■ W bn ll?l c5 ''1 iijii; A ►J o »• x:/;X7; ■< K o a t- to f3 C a d o o o o H o OQ •^J tfi tf CO 03 02 a; a c t. fefefefe *-3 o nil CJ to t! p. O B a c e tl saas r>J ® 0) o © -^ IM n > >.^. >,>1 H Xi^Si^ TS-OTJ-O M -^ .5 S.S S a o. a a H ^ .s "s . .-. (3 p 03 *^ 03 „ai8.i fc- bU o U «0 ^ go o OS _ >> "a g pl. > m •= o g B o ^^ ©+^ o o'2 e a g 2 o IS - • c e *Z .iz« 3 S* .'3 -ma pls°il re Q.Ji-a-3 gi o gO c o.s-g ■a-a 2 SH- » ^ c o >, rt o !- Z „• S i: g-t).S a ~- . _K — a) 5 & « O oPh c^H 70 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 13 3 S S o I rn » O -E Z c a a 2 o o « <1 PL, O 1 z 1 o r^ s o s 05 o r~i u Fh" Q o Z < <: 5^ 'A o o H H < < S H (^ m QQ & 2 > < f/) _; H ^ H t> Oi rn Q ».3 < K H O) P Q !5 A unanimous report was presented by the Board, accompanied by a pro- po.sed schedule of rules and rates effective from November 1, 1915. The award was accepted by the employees concerned and was later accepted by the Company. Pending the establishment of a Board the application was withdrawn to permit of further negotiations which resulted in the Company deferring the proposed reduction, Proceedinga unfinished. Date of receipt of report of Board. r Date on which Board was con- stituted. 3 a Names of Members of Board: (c) Chairman; (e) Employer; (m) Men. His Honour Judge Emerson Coats- worth, (c) 4; F. H.McGuigan,{E)l D. Campbell (mj 1. His Honour Judge Colin G. Snider, (c)4; Geo. S. Kerr, K.C., Jas. Simpson, (m) 1. 1 © 2; Concerning employees' demand for same rates and rules in force west of Great Lakes. Concerning termination of working agreement and proposed reduc- tion of wages. Concerning wages, hours and conditions of em- ployment. No. persons affected. 407 dir 1.120 indir., 1,800 dir... 1,400 indir. t.1 Merged lines of Can- adian Northern Railway east of Port Arthur, Ont. Lines of Grand Trunk Pacific Railway. Hamilton. Ont a -MO C3 Employees.... "Employees. ... Employees.... 3 5 Canadian Nortliem Rail- way Co. and employ- ees on its eastern lines, members of Brother- hood of Locomotive Engineers and Brother- hood of Locomotive Firemen and Engine- Grand Trunk Pacific Railway Co. and em- ployeyfl, members of International Brother- hood of MaJntenance- of-Way Employees. Toronto, Hamilton and BulTalo Railway Co. and employees in loco- motive and car depart- ment, members of T. H. and B. System Fed- eration No. 36, Inter- national Association of Machinists and Help- ers No. 414, Inter- national Brotherhood of Iron Ship Builders and Helpers No. 421, International Brother- hood of Blacksmiths and Helpers No. 330, and Brotlierhood of Railway Carmen of America No. 94. Date of receipt of applica- tion. May 17. 1915 June 28. 1915 Feb. 28. a* INDUSTRIAL DlSPirEf) IXTESTIGATION ACT 71 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a !S.25SS = ° -o-a-; o « ? f^^ jn a i "" ^ "S "ti s ?■ y '3'Ot _ J 3 £ 5 • o a Si " S-0.5 o o «* "S^ ! -■=> S t: g s " a S a "^ a S "5 o i^ja - s ■- rt £ c "".^-^ St a S 2 s^ e y m cj -< o (3 £^3 S a C3 a .S 3? .5 S 1 >> c 4) O cJ §•1 i ? s £S-B a M.o Co c — ■— *- "^ m J^ oj o oVi'3 ! 11.111- +^ a 0) s « ^ o*.c ° a c S-t3 ^ ' ; c o' S§£ES|5' K © c 0 « ca. Cxi c o Sxij3 0,0 in 3 §5-3 "22-3 a. ^ = ; :,. .|gSz^g-H CQ — © «4 3" 6.2 Oag.g d O *- '-l ZZ£2.! -•a.S 01 ^ _. m — *" 3 =j 01 cJ •o£d ii.i .'S.'-' :; a.„ a< .lE.i O ■^ "^ +^ a^ -.2 " >i 2 =" ?; s =:S§la - 9 c"^ o 3 E S.2 » - ^ or; — 2 72 DEPARTMEXT OF LABOUR "13 S o O I rn ^ C5 1 ^ f^ a 2 H H O o 5^ 03 r-) Oi s 1 s 1 <■■) t^ o o 0 Oi ?; J— ( < ^ r. H n 1.) < <1 z S o o P nri iz: 09 & CO h3 o s U B3 S «T3 ■ S ^ Q S 33.-2 o-a £2 c c -" ^'— S M O © « O ^ ffi o 5 Q.-T3 ^I CJ C P. C t- 03 = - o sa £ a? — S8feS 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 *g.! 3 ci a c3 u "13 *: a c E o =8 w O I i <»"■£■§ il'^? si &*^ - = 5 - — J= E^' O :«^ rn= S86 » o zo : C~ "J! siSuSge ' X.2- TO d M i ^<; « Q.E ° o I . ca o '"■5«- J3 cjSt^SS^Ci cj^ rt e^- a E 3 O .5 o aj a B i^>. < id lO >.2 S ^ I s H « . O H i-o i P "SS O 13 5P g V 3 IS-3 CQ S^_ O Oh bD^-S ►J Concerni ductio termin ment. o ■3 = d g S I- ^ s ca b INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT 73 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a &i^'S5; O— D. a. C3 L, ; = 3-S Q. _. ZiM 01 > Q) O a. OS o o "*^ CD 2-oS 5 3 a 0-; n o -.a .SW fe fa w ■m a: ■S-2 U Q c lo < o S„ o o o so » 2 bbo) S"! •- o se S >> O ^ rt -*> o .-CD OS 2,8 0)0 M C ^;S o S o >• r. V c 1^ °-.r: Mtf I » g a) 2t; fcfl; '3' _ •3 a> a S ■oE "■^ '^ S t- a 5; - -o gj 3-a S)-3 S^ 24^ ' 8 4. s e-^"^ =^ rt £ !='H§5.s|g.nEs » ° i!^ S-a as « B 3>.5-^ aigfsfe S£S3S|gs-g|£g^|| « -w to 3 a) « -r* aj aTSW-a o. caTS o. 3^ ft f s ffi bfi d « . .» s xQ .-CJ .. d , CO , ^ igS^Sai g-3 O &: IB ;S"-E .-s wO S»^ 2-- £J3 g ■^ o f^ OS o -oiS <^ £ d g ffi- .2 SiO a o b£ o > o 1^1 .5 . g J>.2|>, S S o d S d 5j o d 05 a g H Od •as '-2E§ O.C-S .ace o ,.tS dT3 '■d"d , rt < Ma -^ > 3 OS' -*- a, dP^X ? I E MX g.S3 S ISxgSSg;^ , +j m 03)— I Q -M ■ O OJ ;> ^"^J £ aj >j d 5 OM.a c :a^"-- ^ -^ a ■ s - O J 3 2 aj _r r tn d o t- O a 3 2 -d-Erg a i po e c ad «.o gjo t; > P.d a d 3 S 74 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 CD 1—1 a) ^ 0 -D ei g 1-^ 3 t. r-H 1 o 0) S in OJ3 05 0 i!p ai O -3 &! <5 0) to S § 0 a o 0 .sis' c c 0*2 pa o O Oh ■J K o Ph -a § iiii - s g 3 |ges o a en i-H T-H i-H m 0 u Q g G ^ S^ 0 g u CJ 0 os-^a > <: o 03 0 OS 0 g W S to Q y. > 7; *-+2 q ■-««« < oi '< Poaq o I-H r^ )-;h^i_;^^ ii 0 0 IIII z ■s H 0 S-. 1:3 "^ — 'w«" u a; n -Td a. «} fe: ^jZSiSi 3 3 3 3 < 0 g :nvirji:/i K M ocoo Goao H ;_, t*. 0000 r-) 0 0 0 0 0 « a CO 0 t>3 0 K X CC X ^ b t' t. ® 0 0 t> < 3 3 3 3 r^ 6a 0 <-; 0 a; « » -7; c c 0 c c:, > SSISS < ©00c 0 ^ >>>,>>>> J^^^ H -l3-OT3-a Z E S 5 S M 0000 S a D. a c Pd ««; H <1 -HM tCTt< CE ^«! ^ c i." S 3Si ■ s ® 'SI. ■o°i P g a -. , n o'o) O u 03; ^ 8-a ffl-g §0 g^ o o^c H g rt t, rt d S H ...1.-^ 03 O bo's 1 .ESS ^ " 2 o a 0. u 05 z O 00 ^ o Co. ■< 03 S ^ o o c3.: K^*^ 0~ +j'o ^ - P 'J=: 2 ^« S C.2 •-.S-" <« o .1:2 5- g.^ g „ Oi G > P ^o w-o si 1?; bC 0) 0 00 00 Z 6£ : ■*:> o o o QUO = 2 6E°if cs E.SS O g I Si IMII Q INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT 75 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a -.3 "S E S ^-9 iJt; si ; Song 1! 2 0 , §5^0 .S.S SE-s S»; U ' ■=i.s gm.nni'S a u..t; 1 d. _aj g « j'TS ° 2-3 S ! oSS" "-^ Cab ^a°o.°»„2feO§ .^ 5.0, 0) . Sun 03 O 3 0) > "ll-" 2 ■2g_|&|S._aao ^'2ll":-2 2^.2 sSg'-2|s|.gag ■s£i.S|l|£li:i a 0+3C3 a-d eg SZi SOS aa O 4> rf o ■i§i o a a o ss »^ a o g 5 gsa o o o o a U a a a [=3 Consolidated Mining and Smelting Co. of Can- ada, Ltd., and em- ployees, members of Trail Mill and Smel- termen's Union, No. 105, Western Federa- a "o a 0 Consolidated Mining and Smelting Co. of Can- ada, Ltd., and Le Roi No. 2, Ltd., and em- ployees, members of Roasland Miners' Union. No. 38, Western Federation of Miners. Various Mining Corn- panies operating in Cobalt Camp and vici- nity and employees, members of Cobalt Miners' Union, No. 146. Wester^ Federa- tion of Miners. c -"0 a >-> C3 O-S j3 Cj J3 b ill .« O O 4, ^ » D « o g'|--= a 01 2 S » °-S o u a -^ s -^ „ S.2 a^-g o ^•53 § |.2 >.!! ?-a ^S as £"■:■?: a s-a8<;£a.s -:522og i».2 «go^S^_!noa a^C^CU^Oa^bDbl) e: g 34 .-) O tt o _ O K < 312 *! Sea S^g d "Sao .-3 .S-g-a'2 £c c »■ DEPARTMEXT OF LABflT'I! 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 § i 1-2" 3 »i " 3 ^ 2 Jo i = ° E ° _ 2 » J.:: S J 5§§ -=-S S 2 4 .2 >:S » ■a" a-g J= "'^ I rt — — ® o ,So2-c° I _ e-^ •B gg-S-oS 1 £ o 6 E t? - -X5-03 tof a Bo red into one of resident Edraon about t TO ,^ H-C beestablishme ement was ont ties concerned mental officers it havinc visite iBted in bringin 6-£ 11 ll ■a p. i •S-g •B « a ending t an agre the pai Depart the We and ass result. g =8 a Cl, &- (S °3t -d « 8 » \2 £ ■■ a S «-5 =^ c S I- c E D. c ,■; -r Jij — • ^ •-• e o • - o ig2 O 3) C C E O te 2 .£ 33 O ^5 ■ o a c a 2 ■3§i O 5-3 1° 00 ■s e c'.J. o u,-5 a a -•£ 5 §1 002^ 112 a a:2 s s s a ■Q p a §0 sa-sfccgscja-' =5 Si" K^ ' ■==§§.5 o s o-gZ-Sl "2 irfJ^JaSn^" S I I 2: g >ia Q a H =5"o i-si: 5i =3 C C-i sogz a a 3 ( O aO a g >, c'e:= a i; a w i'ob -i-^ aa-»E rSu S-S a : 0-3 * C-r;K - C- C-^ « -_ ■ >. 3 a >.g-o « -J:; X « ^ a ^ o • c a o iD o^ c IXDVSTHIAL IHSl'l'JHs I \\ rsT/CATlOX ACT 77 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a ?^ 6 c «j c 'ill -I I D.— • tr -1 t" V4- S.I 2 "a§ * 9- S m-::. *S O t- ? =3 l^' °.5 3t-;3fe 2 OJ 3j>— I 03 « o « ^ o o o a 3 0 = 9 .^.i a c o 5£^g^ ■J«.1i-Sg| g^ a^ s g. ■s||pg tn C C [>•— , ® _S "^ S ■ u ■-■- >-2 fj t- S " « ■2jD -3 = C i.sSSb o m * d St * " "i »« ^a> o .■OS CO oo 1 e^' >2 < ■< < 2; CSK~S 3g = dffi'd^ PJQO- Sfe«§ r Judge Snider, McGuig Campb a;.-^-^ ad.^-a Honou .Gunn. chards D. Ro Honou jlin G. F. H. ) 1; D )I. Honou . Gunn cGuiga .Robe Honou Gunn, ichardfi . Robe .SQtfO^- .20«-S-i .SQSQ .2Q«q S ffi a: ffi .9.2 o g Qj a o a o o c U s:5 . .sgg gSs S^.2 o * o- c g « §S£ o OO ►J d e 0| •-. c: o ^ S » 0-5 S idiBdE-Oi-S co^..2ScoS ■.21§.SS=5- ■SB'S S'S -So S ° d o t:: ■•i-g-c'dS-e-d i'lJ^.S J.S-s. g'MO g ^ s g = s- _ >. ffl o -^ rs a « o .t^ u m Z_ ^ c c Gj ^ 2 i; d o d ='.S_S3 9 .a-g.9 §• d o 41 o d 5 gos-Ssw o — 'd 3 c >. o 0 d " s H d J « 0,3 => m dj d o fc* o ^2EH^ ID .J ^H a«_§d'pad I .Seep ■ a d ( o c .s s -T3.-:: d^ O d-Q-^.acffi' 3 II If 11 -1 OjS PS ill -E a a -^ .2feS ^ ►J ►J 0 »g ■&-s| % g % f^Ea 0. "a 0. •5 OS S S W s pa a 1 a 5 s §1 ■as. 0 s,„fe ® o-d is- •3 1 2 i 0 >. S • « (3 nl ^J2 0 0 XI 1 'i ■0 i B 4i 0 •S u » 0 § 1 ■5 XI % g E s i 5.11 3 B >» l5o £ lo- go 0 S 1 3E 1o^ gOo u a. E 0 3 a £ 0 Idllll T3 0 £■?! 0 0 0 &< INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT 79 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a a! C3 c'3 ■= ® b o .. - a H oo O ::3 >i E bLo a) go Z - SS " 5 = ft,—, C3.5.; a d "3^ ; gOoi a j O S5§|§S| 1 C~ ?r S lOlJ i " B S C 0) 01:=: u. c <£•< . ■^ a J- a u 0-- -si* s _ 3 c *E 3 0 S.S a 6 3^ J3 S S go EiaJa^W O a S -a eJtJ ■^5 2 g-^-s g.&^ •oS .^-s^ sal -"SS'S men was ncer offic ving d in 8 report w ard, accoir uin of settl rtics concc *E'"" *j S'3 t- S o III 1 liifii o cd o 1.2 "^ ^ a 0] a*' o g 5§-C*'o-^ ^ •E_s oj= M-rj J2 a' Ooj pndin Boar into of th dont ubou = ^il < -C Ph §1 1 hourB* nploy- cd dis- ainst *o la p «- S g bc 2 o *i t3 S 3)^ O g t-i fi'O = 1 •p«i >i> •H"5 ^ 1 c eg -d 0; g S g.5-3 2b, s^ aj c- gssfc;^ §S u o o •OS ^ ^ «ira a o c < •a o 03 S ^ S 1 e ■a B o H s 6 '^ E c S go S " o 4 o M 3 t- a) m g _t. S g J- B"^ E o 0*0 !>.£ -ii" - a sSo o— ^ ^ 3 6:^-0 E t- E2; a) aW 3'i i ' • ^ s s . '^ O C3 O -d £^ = S3 O C^ ::^U So O E.iJ& <; aHa "15 Jill I i-3 is & o >'2S f-o S- 3 SX! drvj ■o"S '^ e §¥- = >>°?-2|f'aE .li'^ o.iS tc'o32< 80 DEPAJlTMEyT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1913 I z o < O z a s o u Q Z z o O z I ■^JS c en 5 •olilJ z .MO aia.H Q S ? K n * S-2 ° - "» o s ■S-n „ a J! c*^ 2 -Si <: Q B 3 -J ^asii .3.2 ^ §3 = £ g o d o c o " = O ggS" ■^ c. o OJj:: (C •o-si fc, cj o S'.cE-' C 3 9 = X1 "= . J c ■- <- J= C3 C d a~ => c O C .^-^ •3-a ° O 0.0 a 0.5 M CO O O C o g a; .3 o « c c O a "^ ° i 8 §3 13 0JT3J2-O ii 2-7-, a*' "*' 3j c a; ^S ^ S =3 § . a> © . g **■ O; O o o c"* S 3 a— 0 03 yj C 1- -S OQ g- -V c W Ev ^ d .2CH k5 K gsg OS a « as. f .2 &■ ".2.; s-s .« a W r * S . ~ a O gsz T2 >>-S >^ C c8 C d i si -T3 C O «> g-:yEH X ■f^< g S oi ■^ £" a c £ S? ^ '^ K o-^ o •a • S CQ i rrt J s C "a % d 0 > Xi §5 Mf *fe -0 Si a t.% &< w F H 0 S d "" 5 § H 3 h P a t E •a 1 '0 i 1 0 E E u S u 0. B TS S fed D.-0 J s w 0 0 e 01 0 r. (- T3 Ss E z a 6 -So t: s cS a 1 0 INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES IXYESTlOATIOy ACT 81 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a III £ » " la 3. Si ge.s a, o .3.= P cm U a o c o i S „5 g'gfeS s o 36a-6 -T3 =3 O 01 O OSo gg£'S?g •73 a :; flj 0 5J-C i>>r "o "o S-2 i" 0 a> £ .= ^ JS a-3 s-il s: % f a- -T3 T) ^ St3 0 S S-a 2 *-■ .2 H aS a^ 0 5 =J H ?, 2« = c - III p 99 3-- ll .. §5 2*0 3J3 Ma So -=J d. Ph « (M«3 .a> M— 3 3 "S e S g§ 6 0 £ «-2 cP^O c 01 0 |J > i i i ^ >> >> ^ 0 0 "a 'q. 3. s B £ H B ;ii3 gc« ^2£ ■Si £.> S 1^ si S3 < 0 0 ■0T5 C3 C c 0 1 -till 1 °. o| g ^ S3 0 3 ^ L. 2 c-i "o a c r" "o 0 c— '3 o< 9 0 c c ri a 5 "2 B sllsi a z 0 u 0 §? 0 E '3 2 0 0 s "*t-. ■"',- 01 ■ Ci • Oi ^^ ^^ ij'^ 3 & ^4 s ^ 1 m O > K H ^ ^ ■B ° _ s ga.S a §§e o :^8£.iig §■^15=3 ght, H 0. and rkers, Local Interna ood of rUera. ^0 S --J^ 0 isMi? ^|S£d£i s 82 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 00 PQ P pj 2; S QS t- pa 6 .. a " J'2 2 o ^ o a a £ z S >- c i^S o l.si*E2& "S^S'S " o o Silly's" opa.2 2" £ g.^ S'tr § Q) !5 a O W a S ©J . o I O ^ >.-o o & = S » ° 3 ■*^ ID g H >^ S O U lO O g.S-o.2§ §a§«B o s ; s ti .^ , [■so £|Ha «_ in O g aj c o o ©-— ^ g c g INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES IXVESTIGATIOS ACT 83 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a o o — < ~ z c.. o . r- « < c^ C C > g z p! tZ; H CL H r:i ^ rn 02 , , CS J bO ■»" C K Is H o ^ rn C -^^ Z C c3 CO -a 3 ^j .2 C"" ot:r S^ s ^^ .— , .Xr'C o 3 0^ Tj rt .n I ' -^ C > ii O'ii 2 a'—' aj o3 03 ^ '^^ S § :S -^-^ S S C -:: 3 M :3 p. r— 3 o c/; ^ 1^ -C ^ X3 ^ £. u cu aj .s ^ . - — . — ' S ij -^^ ^ s: o I:: '■" 73 = ^ fc s-s-s .s^ o -^ £H ?^ ^ o -- a -.i ■— — ' > -.J OJ " tH i-i .> — = i~ 5^ s S >.^ a o Oi " ri c _0 J5 I— I t Q "^ 36a— 6} «: fc- O '*^ c3 * ^ tS P^ t>, O "^ r- I 3 §1 .a s 1 1 1 6 1 B O 0 IJ £.1 J 1 C c , s E- 1 c 1 1 o 84 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 -a '^ t. o o S "« 01 6 d e 1 c ^fl e -< "*^ s s -n o 2: ^ s e Q zs. S| -3 < ^ •?-2 S C o'" "= IS 00 o coco a CO s § s 8 O s 30 § o oo* ^^ ^" r-< W5 s !N CN M II OO |S o 1 fDOO i° i M ""J'OJ CO c~ •^ O i I . .2 1 s 3 E e o O OS e o ? u 1 6 c 9 1 o C3 V w 1 S 00 O 0:> C4 lO CO o* 0»'-i'-' " e4N ■* « ii 1 OiO COM § V CO*-* ■) s; m o 2 " "^ =^ ■"■ CO i i Is 1 s > § o 1 a 3 T3 1 r c CO 1 11 o lO COO to o CO OS K 1 i OS oT OS-^ -h'c^" CO § (0<-l t^ «OCO 00 ^^ CO s <» o o g CO s 00 o oo' s CO o o CO M — CO ^^ 1-H "* o OS CO s OS oo" ! o OS CO 3 S i 1 ■«*" s « (N ^ "^ CO 00 co' 31 i oo' o o- !- !■ |S § c « M coco ■"* a- ^1 a is 1 s 1 a 3 O O 13 a cj ■h it i a ■3 c 1 ■a 15 c oooo co-^ GO CO 80,926 375 300 80 oo CO So ! <3> CO—' 1 UO QOiOOO eo' CO CO CO 2 WCO-t CO 0O.-.-H« ^ "^ 00 i o • g CO s CI o o UO !- ci" " "^ M M CO !- W3 to CO - ■"" III 00 CO CO tOiOOO o' CO 0"5"0 CO CO to OCO'"J" CO oo CO OOiOOO s CO I- CO MM-i U5 tO-H-H — a> s so J "a s 1 i < 1 R .2 1 1 s B -3 -a a II IS 1 c 'E c X 1 1 86 DEPARTlIESfT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 V 1 Approximate No. time lossea employees in affected, working daya. ^1 ni Strike not averted nor ended by Board inquiry. Approximate No. time losses employees in affected, working days. 2| II Strike before or after application but ended before constitution of Board or by Board inquiry. . Approximate No. time losses employees in affected, working days. of '^1 I No application for Board Received. Approximate time losses in working days. 6l 2g- 589,036 105,800 1,000 7 am 1 i 17,500 2,910 30 3,600 1,400 to W3 XI S 3,537 1,000 400 514 U5 §g2gg 2 »0 CO s ,— —,—,—, 1" — iM — C^ — t^ »o to o O eo CO o C3 1 g o P ^ !- "^ ^^ ' !- ! g ^ i ^ •"* ^ — . 1 IS s oooo o ■^ o 3 Id g3 ii^i i s to '"' "^"^ « -H M — « M o ua ■* 1- 1 P 1 2 1 < > 1- G § S o § ■5 2 IJ a_o : 1 1 c 1 J 1 "^ ■t 1 "a =- . S "33 "3 .£■ 1 e s 1 .5 It bo 1 ? 03 IS i 1 g 2 CO CO of o* OW3 or- es OS 1 3 g --(»-• w — . M >fl o 1 g •H ' oo »OlO o — o 1 OVO ot- • S3 *-! -^ w N ^ 1 1 a s a ■2'S II r 1 1 .2 a 1 .s ?l 1 IXDUSTRIAL DISPUTES I2vYESTiaATrON ACT SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a 87 8 c 3 □0 ■^" § s «« (9 -J. — ^ CO § 1 " "^ !- I CO O i "^ ■^ ''^ ii i 2 s ro 94 CO s 2 <«•*-• »o ■^ c» is J 1 -< 1 a 1 § a.E sJ 1 ii 1 « c ■ !£ c 1 "i ^ i - 1 C5 co"if oc oc ip c 00 o T CC 2g O 2! 00 CCiOt* 1 ci «5 Oh o OSC^iO o oo n 00 CO 00 CO oo eo 2 tn ""• ^ '"' o »o o no o g o g " ^^ '"' CO CO is t^ CO »o a" CI i o isS !- o ci" 00 a CO 0OMW3 ;2 00 CO M g^ s 1 < 1 a o 1 •a s a 8 1 1? it g t 1 > 1 1 1 '1 1 E- 03 O 05 o 5 3 0,600 44 1,426 1 rf ^ t- N 80, 140 220 •17,161 C-1 6,500 44 •1,426 ^ -H t^ N \1 s 1 •r c si b 1 •1 1 o O _0'(if| •9 = Ii So ago o' «'§ -ft © 3) .S,SS 3 ^.2 ■S-go ego a - • 3 d to .2 «ja H Q.I 88 DEPARTMEyr OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 -^ o o 03 Pi o p. 3 >— I J3 p. O o to a> .a o a 3 02 o cc oowt^^Occ ?j CJiCM O S OS c>» WW o W5 CO M M M OS N M^(M--I "* W3 M 2 ■<» 1 \ 1 3 0 !^ :; ' a c 33 ^2 ; a ! < ^ i ; i si E □ C : c 1 '^ < ; 1 ' t ;j -i •" \ ' i I U 1.5 1 I t ■ j 3^ : 1 > J - ^■£ :-^ ix i 0 '■I i ! 5 ! i- :] -_; °V 3fc Vi ii : c £- J a 5^ ■| S 0 ;-^ 1 c 3 2 it 1 •-• C-l CO -H M .-I .-H oooo OSiOOO W -^ 0>(0 oo to to (MM oo CI CO tooo 00«D»O d S c 9 m ^ • S S o o : S 2 "-^^ '3 «'3 4^ c3 ^ « ; ■5 = , IS as -ti ■ — j< o -0.2 fe .„^ 5 >— ' O is b "■ 2 s ^ n .SIX'S "-'"-' > m e o o-. I- 0 B i rf C fc. -O CJ O O 3 a.2-3.2 mOVSTKIAL DISPUTES INYESTIOATION ACT 89 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a < a a g 5 « o o 0> (M iC O CO — , OOOtO-rl-OOiOOO "4* t— ojci'j'o^oO'OcoiraeD'— ON (M.* Oii»-j"t*t-h~■ lo >o - t- <« t- — o - CB +2 >-< CQ CO « -■ oj s o o oo o o c o tdOO c. to CO tf) ■^ ■OOiCOO o o-* Oi - t-Tj<^(M W3 eo « Oi M ■ lo'ei— '--T "^ CO s O -lOOil'OO CO ■*o SS o t-Ot^ o Ol «' ^' "* TlT ■*" iO ^ ■^ ;© oo oo oo »o t— P3 CO<4i oo r- IN ow M 5 ■ o tfj't-T N oo *"■ c^ r in ■ o o GO CO c< ■o 00 to o ■ o ooo mo o at o CO Mm COCC "^f o> ■ec «' M « CD ■* W50 iOC oc ^ lO — t- d •M s r ^ g a £ si J (-.' :S^ g g ■s S" 3 J -J5 0 s SS-a CLi — 5 ^ t3 P 8*, .ri r3 -o.Sfe ill III d c S P C Ir' = K. .c:a,-7 L. H j J s c \ t J 1 J y c =1 c c c J [S c c 1 c t c c c c 1 '2 a > c a (- c S < C a c 1 j: c 1 b c c 3 Jl o T2 s td o c ta Hi ^ J2 o ?. H, o i.i 0*i £Z >>.S cS S 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a A. 1918 III. SUMMARY STATEMENTS RESPECTING PROCEEDINGS UN- DER INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT, 1907, DURING THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 1917. 91 INDUSTRIAL DISPVTEii INVESTIGAriON ACT 93 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a I. — Application from Locomotive and Car Department Employees op THE Toronto, Hamilton and Buffalo Railway Company, being Members of T. H. & B. System Federation No. 36, etc. — Board established. — unanimous report by board.^ — employees ceased Work. Application received — February 28, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Toronto, Hamilton and Buffalo Railway Company. (2) Employees — workmen in locomotive and car department at Hamilton, Ont., being members of Toronto, Hamilton and Buffalo System Federation No. 36, International Association of Machinists and Helpers No. 414, International Brotherhood of Boilermakers, Ifon Ship- builders and Helpers No. 421, International Brotherhood of Blacksmiths and Helpers No. 330, and Brotherhood of Railway Carmen of America No. 94. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Railway shop work. Nature of dispute — Concerning employees' demand for adoption by the Com- pany of a schedule of rates and rules. Number of employees affected — Directly, 105; indirectly, 12. Date of constitution of Board — March 28, 1916. Membership of Board — His Honour Judge Colin G. Snider, Hamilton, chair- man; Mr. Geo. S. Kerr, K.C., Hamilton, for employer; Mr. Jas. Simpson, Toronto, for employees. Chairman appointed in the absence of a joint recommendation from the other Board members. Report received — May 1, 1916. Result of inquiry — The Board presented a unanimous report, with recommend- ations for the settlement of the dispute. The findings of the Board were declared unsatisfactory to both parties concerned, and the employees went out on strike on Alay 20, 1916, giving as their reason " the manage- ment of the Company delaying and refusing to grant a schedule of agree- ment to shop employees." The strike had not been officially called off at the close of the fiscal year, but it was understood that the strikers had obtained work elsewhere and that industrial conditions had ceased to be affected thereby. II. — Application from Freight Handlers at Winnipeg employed by the Canadian Pacific Railway Company, being Members of Local No. 12, Brotherhood of Railroad Freight Handlers. ^ — No Board established. Settlement having been effected by negotiation. Apphcation received — April 13, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Pacific Railway Company. (2) Employees — freight handlers employed at Winnipeg, being members of Local No. 12, Brotherhood of Railroad Freight Handlers. Applicants — Employees. ' Nature of industry concerned — Railway freight handling. Nature of dispute — Wages, conditions of employment, and recognition of Union. Number of employees aft'ected — Directly, 200; indirectly, 1,000. 94 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Duiiiig procedure looking to the establishment of a Board of Conciliation and Investigation, the Department received word that direct negotiations had brought about a settlement of the dispute. III.- — Application from Street Railway Workers employed by the Brant- ford Municipal Railway Commission, being Members of Division No. 685, Amalgamated Associ.\tion of Street and Electric Rail- way Employ'ees of America. — Board established. — Unanimous Report by Board. — Settlement effected. Application received — May 11, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — -Brantford Municipal Railway Commission. (2) Emploj-ees — street railway workers, being members of Division No. 685, Amalgamated Association of Street and Electric Railway Employees of America. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry' concerned — Street railwaj- work. Nature of dispute — Wages, conditions of employment, and demand for agree- ment . Number of employees affected — Directly. 27; indirectly, 5. Date of constitution of Board — May 23, 1916. Membership of Board — His Honour Judge Colin G. Snider, Hamilton, chair- man; Mr. F. W. Frank, Brantford, for employer; and Mr. Jos. Gibbons, Toronto, for employees. Chairman appointed in the. absence of a joint recommendation from the other Board members. Report received — June 6, 1916. Result of inquirj' — The Board presented a unanimous report, which included a memorandum of settlement signed on Ijehalf of both parties concerned, effective for one year from June 1, 1916. The dispute was accordingly settled. IV. — Application from Employees of the Acadia Coal Company, Limited, AT Stellarton, N.S. — Board established. — Unanimous Report by Board. — No further cessation of Work reported. Application received- — May 10, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Acadia Coal Companj", Limited. (2) Em- ployees— coal miners at Stellarton, N.S. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Coal raining. Nature of dispute — Wages, hours and conditions of employment. Number of employees affected — 1,000. Date of constitutioa of Board— May 22, 1916. Membership of Board^ — His Honour Judge E. Coatsworth, Toronto, chairman; Mr. W. H. Chase, Wolfville, N.S., for employer; and :\Ir. R. H. Murray, Halifax, for employees. Chairman appointed in the absence o; a joint recommendation from the other Board members. Report received — June 5, 1916. Result of inquirj' — The men had gone out on strike on April 18, but returned to work on May 8, having decided to apply for a Board. The Board^ presented a unanimous report, and the dispute disappeared. IXDUSTltlAL DISPUTES INYE8TI0ATWN ACT 95 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a V. — Application from Employees of the Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada, Limited, at Trail, B.C., being Members of Trail Mill and Smeltermen's Union No. 105, W.F.M. — Board not Completed, Settlement having been effected by Negotiation. Application received— May 29, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada, Limited. (2) Employees — miners at Trail, B.C., being mem- bers of Trail Mill and Smeltermen's Union No. 105, W.F.M. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Metal mining. Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, and conditions of employment. • Number of employees affected — -Directly, 1,200; indirectly, 50. A Board was established by the Minister on June 9, 1916, and Messrs. A. C. Flumerfelt, Victoria, and David Rees, Fernie, were appointed as for the employer and the employees respectively. At this stage Mr. J. D. McNiven, the Departmental Fair Wages Officer resident at Vancouver, was instructed to proceed to the locality and assist in bringing about a settlement. Through his efforts conferences were arranged between the parties concerned, which resulted in the men's acceptance of a compromise offer made by the company. No further action by the Department was necessary. VL — Application from Maintenance of Way Employees of the Edmonton, Dunvegan and British Columbia Railway, Alberta and Great Waterways Railway, and Central Canada Railway, being Mem- bers OF International Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees.^ — ^No Board established. Settlement having been effected by Negotiation. Application received — June 2, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Edmonton, Dunvegan and British Columbia Railway, Alberta and Great Waterways Railway, and Central Canada Railway. (2) Employees — maintenance of way men employed on the territory covered by these railways, being members of the Liternational Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — ^Railway maintenance. Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, conditions of employment. Number of employees affected — Directly, 300; indirectly, 600. During procedure looking to the establishment of a Board of Conciliation and Investigation the Department was informed that through the good offices of Mr. F. E. Harrison, one of the Departmental officers resident in the West, conferences were arranged between the parties concerned which resulted in an agreement being reached, effective from July 1, 1916. 96 DEPARTMBST OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 VII. — Application from Electrical Workers employed by the Montreal Light, Heat and Power Company', being Members of Local No. 492, International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers. — -No Board established, Settlement having been effected by Nego- tiation. Application received — June 6, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Montreal Light, Heat and Power Company. (2) Employees — electrical workers (outside men), being members of Local No. 492, International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Electrical work. Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, and conditions of employment. Number of employees affected — Directly, 250; indirectly, 1,000. No Board was established in this case, a settlement having been brought about by negotiation between the parties concerned. VIII.^ — Application from Employees of the Halifax and South Western Railway Company^, being Members of the Canadian Brotherhood of Railroad Employ'ees.; — No Board established, Settlement having been effected by Negotiation. Application received — June 8, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Halifax and South Western Railway Com- pany. (2) Employees — maintenance of way men and shop men, being members of the Canadian Brotherhood of Railroad Employees. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Railway maintenance and shop work. Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, and conditions of employment. Number of employees affected — 175. No Board was established in this case, a settlement having been brought about by negotiation between the parties concerned. IX. — Application from Employees of the Consolidated Mining and Smelting Company of Canada, Limited, and Le Roi No. 2, Limited, at RoSSLAND, B.C., BEING MEMBERS OF RoSSLAND MiNERS' LTnION No. 38. W. F. M. — No Board established, Settlement having BEEN effected BY NEGOTIATION. Application received — June 12, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Emploj^er — Consolidated Mining and Smelting Com- pany of Canada, Limited, and Le Roi No. 2, Limited. (2) Employees — ■ miners at Rossland. B.C., being members of Rossland Miners' Union No. 38, W. F. M. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Metal mining. Nature of dispute — Wages. Number of employees affected — 800. It was agreed that the Board established at Trail, B.C., should also deal with this dispute. As in the former case, however. Board procedure was un- necessary. Mr. J. D. McNiven, the Departmental officer who assisted in the IXnuamiAL DL-il'lTE.S lyVE.sTIGATWy ACT 97 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a settlement of the dispute at Trail, was instructed to proceed to Rossland with a view to using the good offices of the Department of Labour towards bringing about an amicable adjustment of the dispute in the latter place. Through his efforts conferences were arranged between the parties concerned, which resulted in a settlement being arrived at. The application was accordingly withdrawn, a resolution to this effect being passed by the Rossland Miners' Union and expressing also appreciation of the part taken by Mr. McNiven. X. — Application from Employees of various Mining Companies operating IN Cobalt Camp and Vicinity, being Members of Cobalt Miners' Union No. 146, Western Feder.\tion of Miners. — Investigation by RoY^AL Commission. Application received — June 24, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employers — Forty-two Mining Companies operating in Cobalt Camp and vicinity. (2) Emplo.yees, members of Cobalt Miners' Union No. 146, Western Federation of Miners. Applicants — Emploj'ees. Nature of industry concerned — Metal mining. Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment. Number of employees affected — 2,200. In view of the fact that the dispute affected various Companies whose consent could not be obtained to the establishment of a single Board, as requested by the employees, it was decided that the dispute did not come within the pro- visions of the statute, but an inquirj^ into the matters in dispute was made by a Roval Commission. XI. — -Aplpication from Employees of the Ottawa Electric Railway Company, being Members of Division No. 279, Amalgamated Asso- ciation OF Street and Electric Railway Employees of America. — Board established. — Unanimous Report by Board.^Settlement effected. Application received — June 27, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — -Ottawa Electric Railway Company. (2) Employees, members of Division No. 279, Amalgamated Association of Street and Electric Railway Employees of America. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Street railway operation, and shop and shed work. Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, and conditions of employment; also alleged discrimination against union members. Number of employees affected — 500. Date of constitution of Board^— July 4, 1916. Membership of Board — j\Ir. Hamnett P. Hill, Ottawa, chairman; Mr. G. F. Henderson, Ottawa, for employer; Mr. A. E. Fripp, Ottawa, for em- ployees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommendation of the other Board members. Report received — July 12, 1916. Result of inquiry^ — The Board presented a unanimous report, to which was appended a copy of an agreement signed on behalf of both parties con- cerned, effective from July 10, 1916, until June 30, 1918, and thereafter unless notice is given of desired change thirty days prior to the end of any year. The dispute was accordingly settled. 36a— 7 98 DEPABTME'XT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 XII. — Application from Maintenance of Way Employees of the Canadian Northern Railway Company east of Port Arthur, being Members of the International Brotherhood of Maintenance OF Way Employees. — Board established. — Settlement on basis of Board Report. Application received — July 3, 1916. Parties concerned^ — (1) Employer — Canadian Northern Railway Company. (2) Employees — maintenance of way department employees, including trackmen, bridge and building employees and water supply employees, on the Company's lines east of Port Arthur, being members of the Inter- national Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Railway maintenance. Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, and conditions of employment. Number of employees affected — Directlj^ 1.000; indirectly, 3,000. Date of constitution of Board — August 19, 1916. Membership of Board — His Honour Judge R. D. Gunn, Ottawa, chairman; Mr. F. H. Richardson, Toronto, for employer; Mr. G. D. Robertson, Welland, for employees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommend- ation of the other Board members. Report received — October 21, 1916. November 2, 1916. (Minority report.) Result of inquiry — Two reports were presented in this matter, the minority report being signed by Mr. Richardson. The findings were declared acceptable to the employees concerned; the Companj^, however, declined to accept the award as it stood, but expressed a willingness to meet the employees with a view to adjusting the matter. This conference resulted in the acceptance by the Company of the award with one slight amendment. The dispute was thus satisfactorily settled. XIII. — Application from Telegraphers in the employ of the Great North Western Telegraph Company of Canada, being Members of Great North Western Division No. 43, Commercial Tele- graphers' Union of America.- — Board established. — Unanimous Report by Board. — Settlement effected. Application received — July 13, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — The Great North Western Telegraph Com- pany of Canada. (2) Employees — telegraphers, being members of Great North Western Division No. 43, Commercial Telegraphers' Union of America. Applicants — Emploj'ees. Natrue of industry concerned — Commercial telegraphy. Nature of dispute — Wages, hours and condition.^ of employment. Number of employees affected — Directly, 325; indirectly, 1,800. Date of constitution of Board — August 8, 1916. Membership of Board — His Honour Judge Colin G. Snider, Hamilton, chair- man; Mr. F. H. McGuigan, Toronto, for employers; Mr. D. Campbell, Winnipeg, for employees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommend- ation of the other Board members. Report received — August 23, 1916. Result of inquirj' — Report of Board was unanimous and included schedules of rules and rates which had been agreed upon by both parties concerned. The dispute was thus satisfactorily settled. IXDU.STRIAL DISPUTES lyVESTIGATWy ACT 99 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a XIV. — Application from Employees of various ^Mining Companies oper- ating AT ThETFORD iMiNES, QtjE., BEING WemBERS OF LoCAL UnION No. 14.3, Western Federation of Miners. — Investig.-ition by Royal Commission. Application received — July 21, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employers — Asbestos Corporation of Canada, Limited, Johnson Mines, Jacob Mining Company, Limited, Bell Asbestos Mines, Limited, and Martin-Bennett, Limited. (2) Employees, members of Local Union No. 143, Western Federation of ^Miners. Applicants — Emplo\'ees. Nature of industry concerned — Asbestos mining. Nature of dispute — Wages and recognition of union. Number of emploj'ees affected — Directly, 900; indirectly, 500. The employees in this case were divided as between two Unions, only one Union being represented by the applicants for a Board; while, on the other hand, the employers concerned were several in number and no recommendation in common could be secured. L'nder the circumstances the machinery of the Industrial Disputes Investigation Act could not be effectively applied, and an inquiry was made before a Royal Commission. As a result of the inquiry, a settlement was effected, and the men, who had gone on strike prior to the investigation, returned to work. XV. — ^Application from Conductors, Baggagemen, Brakemen, .and Y.a.rd- men in the Employ of the Algoma Central and Hudson Bay Railway Company, being Members of the Order of Railway Conductors and the Brotherhood of Railro.ad Trainmen. — Board established. — Unanimous Report by Board. — Settlement effected. Application received — August 15, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — ^Algoma Central and Hudson Bay Railway Company. (2) Emploj-ees — conductors, baggagemen, brakemen, and 3'ardmen, being members of the Order of Railway Conductors and the Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Railway- operation. Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment. Number of emploj'ees affected — Directly, 45; indirectlj', 150. Date of constitution of Board — August 29, 1916. Membership of Board — His Honour Judge Colin G. Snider, Hamilton, chair- man; Mr. F. H. McGuigan, Toronto, for employer; Mr. D. Campbell, Winnipeg, for emploj'ees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommend- ation of the other Board members. Report received — September 14, 1916. Result of inquiry — ^Report of Board was unanimous and included an agreement which had been dra^\'n up and signed by both parties concerned, effective from September 1, 1916, and thereafter until terminated by thirty days' notice in writing by either party to the other. 36a— 7 J 100 DEPARTMBST OF LABOUR \ 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 XVI. — Application from Federated Shop Trades in the Employ of the Canadian Government Railways. — No Board established, settle- ment HAVING BEEN EFFECTED BY NEGOTIATION. Application received — August 15, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Government Raihvays. (2) Em- ployees— federated shop trade*, being members of International Asso- ciation of Machinists, International Brotherhood of Blacksmiths and Helpers, Brotherhood of Railway' Carmen of America, International Brotherhood of Boilermakers and Helpers, International Association of Steamfitters and Plumbers, and International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers. Applicants — ^Emploj^ees. Nature of industry concerned — Railway shop work. Nature of dispute — -Wages, hours, and conditions of emploj'ment. Number of employees affected — 3,000. No Board was established in this case. Proceedings in connection there- with were held in abeyance to permit of negotiations between the parties inter- ested, and no further action by the Department was necessary. XVII. — Application from Maintenance of Way Employees of the Grand Trunk Railway Company, being ]\Iembers of the International Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Em- ployees.—Board established. — Settlement effected. Application received — August 17, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Grand Trunk Railway Company. (2) Emploj'ees — maintenance of way men, being members of the Inter- national Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Railway maintenance. Nature of dispute — Wages. Number of employees affected — 3,200. Date of constitution of Board — August 25, 1916. Membership of Board — His Honour Judge R. D. Gunn, Ottawa, chairman; Mt. F. H. McGuigan, Toronto, for employer; Mr. G. D. Robertson, Welland, for employees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommend- ation of the other Board members. Report received — October 21, 1916. October 25, 1916. (Minority report.) Result of inquirj — Two reports were presented in this case, the minority report being signed by Mr. McGuigan. The award was accepted by both parties concerned and the dispute accordinglj' settled. INDOSnUAL DJSPUTEli INVESTIGATWy ACT 101 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a XVIII. — Application from Engineers, Firemen, Conductors, Brakemen, AND Yardmen in the Employ of the Fredericton and Grand Lake Coal and Railway Company and New Brunswick Coal and Railway, being Members of the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and the Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen. — Board established. — Settlement effected. Application received — August 31, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Fredericton and Grand Lake Coal and Railway Compauj' and New Brunswick Coal and Railway. (2) Em- ployees— engineers, firemen, conductors, brakemen, and yardmen, being members of the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers and the Brother- hood of Railroad Trainmen. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Railway operation. Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of emlpoyment. Number of employees affected — 20. Date of constitution of Board — November 2, 1916. Membership of Board — His Honour Judge R. D. Gunn, Ottawa, chairman ; Mr. Chas. D. Richards, Fredericton, for employer; and Mr. G. D. Robertson, Welland, for employees. Chairman appointed by the Minister in the absence of any joint recommendation from the other Board mem- bers. Report received — November 25, 1916. Result of inquiry' — The report was signed by all three members of the Board, Mr. Richards, however, noting his objection to the clause providing for a mileage basis. A schedule of rules and rates was drawn up and suli- mitted as part of the report, the rates to be effective from July 1, 1916, and the rules from December 1,1916. The Company expressed its willingness to accept the award of Mr. Richards, and the employees subsequently agreed to do likewise. The dispute was thus satisfactorily settled. XIX. — Application from Street Railway Employees of the Corporation of the City of Edmonton, being Members of Local Division No. 569, Amalgamated Association of Street and Electric Rail- way Employees of America. — No Board established, Settlement being effected by Negotiation. Application received — September 2, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Corporation of the City of Edmonton. (2) Employees — street railway workers on the Edmonton Radial Railway, being members of Division No. 569, Amalgamated Association of Street and Electric Railway Employees of America. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — -Street railway operation. Nature of dispute — Alleged unwillingness of civic authorities to negotiate re renewal of agreelnent. Number of employees affected — 250. No Board was established in this case. Mr. F. E. Harrison, the Depart- mental officer resident in Calgary, was instructed to proceed to Edmonton for the purpose of using the good offices of the Department in endeavouring to effect a settlement. Conferences were accordingly arranged, which resulted in an agreement being reached by the parties concerned, which disposed of all points at issue. 102 DEPARTilEXT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 XX. — -Application from Street Railway Employees of the Quebec Railway, Light, Heat and Power Company, being Members op Fraternite nationals des employes de tramway de Quebec. — Bo.ARD established. UNANIMOUS RePORT BY BoARD. SETTLEMENT EFFECTED. Application received — September 4, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Emploj^er — Quebec Railway, Light, Heat and Power Company. (2) Employees — conductors and motormen, being members of Fraternite Nationale des Employes de Tramway de Quebec. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Street railway operation. Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment. Number of employees affected — Directly, 260; indirectly 305. Date of constitution of Board — October 13, 1916. Membership of Board — Honourable Mr. Justice C. E. Dorion, Quebec, chair- man; Mr. Antonin Galipeault, Quebec, for employer; Mr. Hector Laferte, Quebec, for employees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommendation of the other Board members. Report received — December 8, 1916. Result of inquiry^ — -The Board presented a unanimous report, embodying the terms of a proposed agreement to be effective for three years from December 1, 1916. The award was accepted bj' both parties concerned. XXL^ — Application from Conductors and Motormen in the Employ of THE Moose Jaw Electric Railway Company, Limited, being Members of Division No. 614, Amalgamated Association of Street AND Electric Railway Employees of America. — -Board estab- lished.— No Cessation of Work reported. Application received — September 5, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Moose Jaw Electric Railway Company, Limited. (2) Employees — conductors and motormen, being members of Division No. 614, Amalgamated Association of Street and Electric Railway Employees of America. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Street railway operation. Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, conditions of employment and recognition of Union. Number of employees affected — 36. Date of constitution of Board — September 27, 1916. Membership of Board — Mr. John H. Wellington, Moose Jaw, chairman; Mr. James Thomson, Moose Jaw, for employer; Mr. Jas. Somerville, Moose Jaw, for employees. Chairman appointed by the Minister in the absence of a joint recommendation from the other Board members. Report received — October 17, 1916. October 17, 1916. (Minority report.) Result of inquirj' — Two reports were presented in this matter, the minority report being signed by Mr. Thomson. The employees expressed their willingness, in view of war conditions, to accept the award, but the Company declined to do so. No cessation of, work, however, was re- ported. INDUSTRIAL DISPUTES INVESTIGATION ACT 103 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a XXII. — Application from Mainten.\nce of Way Employees of the Canadian Pacific Railway Company, being Members of Inter- national Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees. — ■ No Board established, Settlement having been effected by Negotiation. Application received — September 19, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Pacific Railway Company. (2) Employees — maintenance of way men, being members of the Inter- national Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Railway maintenance. Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment. Number of employees affected — Directly, 6,000; indirectly, 17,000. No Board was established in this case. Proceedings in connection there- with were held in abej'ance to permit of negotiations between the parties interested, which resulted in a settlement of the matters in dispute. XXIII. — Application from Street Railway Employees of the Sandwich, Windsor and Amherstburg Railway Company and the Windsor AND Tecumseh Railway, being Members of Amalgamated Association of Street and Electric Railway Employees of America. — Board established. — Settlement effected. Application received — September 27, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Emploj'er — Sandwich, Windsor and Amherstburg Rail- way and Windsor and Tecumseh Railway. (2) Employees — street railway men, being members of the Amalgamated Association of Street and Elec- tric Railway Employees of America. Applicants — ^Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Street railway work. Nature of dispute — Wages, hours, and conditions of employment. Number of employees affected — ^150. Date of constitution of Board — October 11, 1916. Membership of Board — His Honour Judge John 0. Drumgole, Windsor, Ont., chairman; Mr. Ernest G. Henderson, Windsor, Ont., for employer; Mr. Magnus Sinclair, Toronto, for employees. Chairman appointed by the Minister in the absence of a joint recommendation from the other Board members. Report received — ^November 9, 1916. November 10, 1916. (Minority report.) Result of inquiry — The report was signed by all three members of the Board, Mr. Sinclair, however, submitting an additional report on the question of the recognition of the Amalgamated Association of Street and Electric Railway Employees of America. The report was accompanied by an agreement signed on behalf of both parties concerned, effective from October 1, 1916, to April 1, 1918. The dispute was thus satisfactorily settled. 104 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 XXIV. — Application from Maintenance of Way Employees of the Canadian Northern Railway on its lines in Canada West OF Fort William, being Members of the International Bro- therhood OF Maintenance of Way Employees. — Board estab- lished.— Unanimous Report by Board. — Settlement effected. Application received — October 7, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Northern Railway Company. (2) Employees — maintenance of way men employed on the Company's lines in Canada west of Fort William, being members of the International Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Railway maintenance. Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment. Number of employees affected — Directly, 3,000; indirectly, 2,000. Date of constitution of Board — November 2, 1916. Membership of Board — Mr. E. L. Taylor, K.C., Winnipeg, chairman; Mr. Wm. Cross, Winnipeg, for employer; Mr. D. Campbell, Winnipeg, for employees. Chairman appointed by the Minister in the absence of a joint recommendation from the other Board members. Report received — December 11, 1916. Result of inquiry — Report of Board was unanimous and included an agreement which had been draA\ia up and signed by both parties concerned, effective from November 1, 1916, and thereafter until terminated by sixty days' notice by either party to the other. The dispute was thus satisfactorily settled. XXV. — Application from Canadian Pacific Railway Company. — No Board established. — Settlement having been effected by Negotiation. Application received — October 23, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Pacific Railway Company. (2) Employees — conductors and trainmen, being members of the Order of Railway Conductors and the Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen. Applicant — Employer. Nature of industry concerned — Railway operation. Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment. Number of employees affected — Directly, 7,000; indirectly, 50,000. No Board was established in this case. The dispute originated in a demand made upon the Company in September, 1913, for the acceptance of a new schedule of agreement. No settlement resulting from direct negotiations, an application was made by the employees in March, 1914, for a Board of Con- ciliation and Investigation, which was established in April. The Board award was not acceptable to the emplo3'ees. While, however, the action to be taken by the respective parties remained uncertain, war broke out. The employees, in view of the war conditions, were averse to pressing to the point of a strike opposition to the Board award and asked that existing conditions should con- tinue; to this the Company agreed.. In October, 1916, the employees renewed the demands of 1914 and a strike seemed to be threatened, tlie employees contending that the Act had been complied with by the Board inquiry of 1914. The Company made application for a Board. The Dominion Government, through the Prime Minister and the Minister of Labour, pressed for a resumption of negotiations. Mr. G. D. Robertson, of Welland, Ont., well known as a leader in trade union ranks, also acted as a mediator. On October 25 it was announced that an agreement had been reached, and the threatened strike was averted. lyOVSTRIAL DISPUTES INTESTIGATION ACT 105 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a XXVI. — Application fhom Dominion Coal Company, Limited. — No Board ESTABLISHED, SETTLEMENT HAVING BEEN EFFECTED BY NEGOTIATION. Application received — November 18, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Dominion Coal Company-, Limited. (2) Employees — coal handlers at St. John, N.B., being members of Coal Handlers' LTnion No. 810, International Longshoremen's Association. Applicant — Employer. Nature of industry concerned — Shipping. Nature of dispute — Wages. Number of employees affected — Directty, 50; indirectly, 1,000. No Board was established in this case. Negotiations between the parties concerned resulted in an agreement being signed and the dispute was thus satisfactorily settled. XXVII. — Application from Maintenance of Way Employees on the Canadian Division of the Pere Marquette Railroad. — Pending Completion of Board a Settj^ement was arrived at. Application received — November 27, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Pere Marquette Railroad Company. (2) Employees — maintenance of way men employed on the Canadian Division of the Pere Marquette Railroad. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Railway maintenance. Nature of dispute — Wages. Number of employees affected — Directly, 120; indirectly, 500. A Board was established in this case on December 11, 1916, Mr. G. D. Robertson, Welland, Ont., being appointed a member thereof on the recom- mendation of the emploj^ees. At this stage the Department was informed ^that an agreement had been reached by the parties concerned, effective from December 15, 1916. No further action was therefore necessary. XXVIII. — Application from Waterworks Employees of"¥he Corporation of the City of Ottawa, being Members of Federal Labour Union No. 15. — Board established. — Unanimous Report by Board. — No Cessation of Work occurred. Application received — November 30, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Emploj'er — Corporation of the City of Ottawa. (2) Em- ployees— waterworks men, being members of Federal Labour Union Nol 15. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Municipal waterworks. Nature of dispute^ — Wages. Number of employees affected — 45. Date of constitution of Board — December 11, 1916. IMembership of Board — Mr. Hamnett P. Hill, Ottawa, chairman; Mr. G. A. Grain, Ottawa, for employer; Mr. J. C. Watters, Ottawa, for employees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommendation of the other Board members. 106 DEPAJtTMBUT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Report received — December 22, 1916. Result of inquiry — Report of Board was unanimous and recommended certain increases to take effect from December 1, 1916. The award was accepted on behalf of the employees concerned and was understood to be accept- able also to the Corporation of the City of Ottawa. XXIX. — Application from Employees of the Canadian Northern Express Company, being Members of the Canadian Brother- hood of Railroad Employees.^ — Pending Completion of Board A Settlement was arrived at. Application received — December 11, 1916. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Northern Express Company. (2-) Employees, members of the Canadian Brotherhood of Railroad Em- ployees. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Transportation. Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment; also alleged unjust dismissal of union members. Number of employees affected — 300. A Board was established in this case on January 9, 1917, Messrs. John T. Haig and D. Campbell, both of Winnipeg, being appointed members thereof as for the employer and the employees respectivel3^ Whilst steps were being taken looking to the appointment of a chairman, the Department was informed that the dispute had been settled by negotiations between the parties concerned. No further action was therefore necessary. XXX. — Application from Employees of the Canadian Express Company ON ITS Lines West of North Bay, Ont., being Members of the Canadian Brotherhood of Railroad Employees. — Board established. — Proceedings unfinished at end of Fiscal Year. Application received — January 27, 1917. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Express Company. (2) Employees on Company's lines west of North Bay, Ont., members of the Canadian Brotherhood of Railroad Employees. Applicants — Emploj^ees. Nature of industry concerned — Transportation. Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment; also alleged unjust dismissal of union members. Number of employees affected — 100. Date of constitution of Board — February 17, 1917. Membership of Board — Mr. E. L. Tajdor, K.C., Winnipeg, chairman; Mr. John T. Haig, Winnipeg, for employer; Mr. D. Campbell, Winnipeg, for employees. Chairman appointed by the Minister in the absence of a joint recommendation from the other Board members. At the close of the fiscal year the investigation by the Board had not been completed. INDnSTRIAL niSI'UTES INVESTIGATION ACT 107 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a XXXI. — Application from Certain Employees of the Canadian Pacific Railway Company engaged in Engine, Train, Yard, Station, AND Maintenance of Way Service, being Members of the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers, Order of Railway Conductors, Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen, Brother- hood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen, Order of Rail- road Telegraphers and International Brotherhood of Main- tenance OF Way Employees. — Board established. — Unanimous Report by Board. — Settlement effected. Application received^ — February 3, 1917. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Pacific Railway Company. (2) Employees engaged in engine, train, yard, station, and maintenance of way service, members of the Brotherhood of Locomotive Engineers, Order of Railway Conductors, Brotherhood of Railroad Trainmen, Brotherhood of Locomotive Firemen and Enginemen, Order of Railroad Telegraphers and International Brotherhood of Maintenance of Way Employees. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Railway operation and maintenance. Nature of dispute — Alleged wrongful suspension of an engineer and Company's refusal to pay him for time lost. Number of employees affected — 19,000. Date of constitution of Board — February 19, 1917. Membership of Board — Mr. E. L. Taylor, K.C., Winnipeg, chairman; Mr. I. Pitblado, K.C., Winnipeg, for employer; Mr. D. Campbell, Winnipeg, for employees. Chairman appointed by the Minister in the absence of a joint recommendation from the other Board members. Report received — March 12, 1917. Result of inquiry — Report of Board was unanimous and was accompanied by a memorandum of settlement signed by both parties concerned. The dispute was thus satisfactorily settled. , XXXII. — Application from Commercial Telegraphers employed by the Canadian Pacific Railway Company, being Members of the Commercial Telegraphers' Union of America. — Board estab- lished.— Proceedings unfinished at end of Fiscal. Year. Application received — February 14, 1917. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Pacific Railway Company. (2) Employees — commercial telegraphers, being members of the Commer- cial Telegraphers' Union of America. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Commercial telegraphy. Nature of dispute — Alleged unjust dismissal of employee and Company's refusal to reinstate and reimburse him. Number of employees affected — Directly, 700; indirectly, 2,200. Date of Constitution of Board — March 1, 1917. Membership of Board — Mr. E. L. Taylor,. K.C., Winnipeg, chairman; Mr. John T. Haig, Winnipeg, for employer; Mr. J. C. Rooney, Ottawa, for employees. Chairman appointed by the Minister in the absence of a joint recommendation from the other Board members. Proceedings were unfinished at the close of the fiscal year. 108 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 XXXIIL- — Application from Wireless Operators on the Pacific Coast Steamship Service employed by the Marconi Wireless Tele- graph Company of Canada, Limited. — Board established. — Proceedings unfinished at end of Fiscal Year. Application received.- — March 5, 1917. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company of Canada, Limited. (2) Employees — wireless operators on the Pacific Coast Steamship service. Applicants— Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Wireless telegraphy. Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment. Number of employees affected — 23. Date of constitution of Board — March 24, 1917. Membership of Board — Mr. R. R. Maitland, Vancouver, chairman; Mr. Matthew J. Barr, Vancouver, for employer; Mr. Jas. H. McVety, Van- couver, for employees. Chairman appointed on the joint recommenda- tion of the other Board members. '■ At the close of the fiscal year the investigation bj' the Board had not been completed. XXXIV. — Application from Certain Employees of the Dominion Coal Company, Limited, a Number of them being Members of THE United Mine Workers of Nova Scotia.^ — Investigation made by one of the Departmental Officers. — Proceedings UNFINISHED AT END OF FiSCAL YeAR. Application received — March 10, 1917. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Dominion Coal Company, Limited. (2) Employees — coal miners, mine workers, etc., employed at Glace Bay, N.S., a number 6i whom were declared to be members of the United Mine Workers of Nova Scotia. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Coal mining. Nature of dispute — Wages and alleged discrimination against union members. Number of employees affected — Directly, 1,500; indirectly, 4,000. This dispute was made the subject of an inquiry by one of the officers of the Department, resulting in an adjustment of some of the matters in dispute. A separate application was subsequently received from those employees who were members of the Provincial Workmen's Association. The matter had not been disposed of at the close of the fiscal year, but looking slightly beyond the fiscal term, it may be stated that the situation was met by the appointment of a Royal Commission, which succeeded in arranging a working agreement accept- able to the Company and the workmen in both organizations. IXDUSTIllAL niSPLTES IXYESTIGATrOX ACT 109 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 36a XXXV. — Application from Clerks, Stenographers, Baggagemen, and Car Checkers employed by the Canadian Northern Railway Company on its Lines from Port Arthur to Winnipeg, being Members of the Canadian Brotherhood of Railroad Em- ployees.— Proceedings unfinished at end of Fiscal Year. Application received — March 26, 1917. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Canadian Northern Railway Company. (2 Employees — clerks, stenographers, baggagemen, and car checkers em- ployed on the Company's lines from Port Arthur to Winnipeg, being members of the Canadian Brotherhood of Railroad Employees. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Railway' office and station work. Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment. Number of employees affected — Directly, 95; indirectly, 25. Proceedings were Unfinished at the close of the fiscal year. XXXVI. — Application from Certain Employees of the Corporation of THE City of Vancouver, being Members of Civic Employees' Union. — Proceedings unfinished at end of Fiscal Year. Application received — March 29, 1917. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Corporation of the City of Vancouver. (2) Employees — teamsters, labourers, etc., employed by the Street Clean- ing, Scavenging, Waterworks, Sewer, and General Maintenance Depart- ments, being members of Civic Employees' Union. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Municipal work. Nature of dispute — Wages, appointment of foremen, and alleged discrimination against union members. Number of employees affected — 400. Proceedings were unfinished at the close of the fiscal year. XXXVII. — Application from Certain Employees of the Dominion Coal Company, Limited, being Members of the Provincial Workmen's Association. — Proceedings unfinished at end OF Fiscal Year. Application received — ^March 31, 1917. Parties concerned — (1) Employer — Dominion Coal Company, Limited. (2) Employees — coal miners, mine workers, etc., employed at Glace Bay, N.S., being members of the Provincial Workmen's Association. Applicants — Employees. Nature of industry concerned — Coal mining;. Nature of dispute — Wages and conditions of employment. Number of employees affected — 5,000. 110 DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 This application followed one which was received in the Department on March 10, 1917, from certain other employees of the Dominion Coal Company, Limited, a number of whom were declared to be members of the United Mine Workers of Nova Scotia. An investigation by one of the officers of the Department had resulted in clearing up a number of differences between the parties concerned. The matter had not been disposed of at the close of the fiscal year, but, looking slightly beyond the fiscal term, it maj' be stated that the situation was met by the appointment of a Royal Commission, which succeeded in arranging a working agreement acceptable to the Company and the workmen in both organizations. S GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 A. 1918 REPORT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING MARCH 31, 1917 PRINTED BY ORDER OF PARLIAMENT OTTAWA J. UK l^ABROQUERIE TACH6 PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJBSTT 1917 [No. 38-^1918]— Ai 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 A. 1918 To His Excellency the Duke of Devonshire, K.G., P.C., G.C.M.G., G.C.V.O., etc., etc.. Governor General and Commander in Chief of the Dominion of Canada. May it please Your Excellency: I have the honour to submit herewith for the information of Your Excellency and the Parliament of Canada, the Seventh Annual Report of the Department of the Na-val Service, being for the year ended March 31, 19!7, except the Fisheries Branch, reported in a separate publication. I have the honour to be. Your Excellency's most obedient servant, J. D. HAZEN, Minister of the Naval Service. 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 88 A. 1918 CONTENTS. Page. Deputy Minister's Summary of Annual Report vii Chief Accountant, Financial Statement xxiv Director of Naval Service, Report on Naval Service 1 Superintendent of Tidal and Current Survey, Report on 3 Chief Hydrographer, Report on Hj^drographic Survey 11 Canadian Arctic Expedition, Report on 28 Superintendent of Radiotelegraph Service, Report of 71 Director of Naval Service, Report on Fisheries Protection 89 Dii-ector of Naval Service, Report on Life-saving Service 94 Director of Stores, Report on Stores Branch 97 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 A. 1918 REPORT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDING MARCH 31, 1917 Ottawa, Septeml)Pr 25, 1917. Hon. J. D. Hazen, Minister of the Naval Service, Ottawa, Ont. Sir, — I have the honour to report on the Department of the Naval Service for the year ending March 31, 1917, under tiie following headings: — • 1. Naval Service. 2. Survey of Tides and Currents. 3. Hydrographic Survey. 4. Canadian Arctic Expedition. 5. Radio Telegraphs. 6. Fisheries Protection. 7. Life Saving Service. 8. Stores. 9. Expenditures. 1. NAVAL service' H.M.C. NAVY. During the past year the requisite number of personnel for manning H.M.C. Ships and Establishments has been maintained by the entry of men with previous naval experience, and by the employment of Royal Naval Canadian Volunteer Reserve officers and men. H.M.C.S. Niobe is still utilized at Halifax as a depot ship, and also acts as parent ship for patrol vessels based on Halifax. H.M.C.S. Rainbow, as well as .submarines C.C. I, C.C. II antl their parent ship Shearwater , have been continuously employed on the west coast on important duties in connection with war operations. All these vessels have been. under orders of the Imperial Senior Naval Officer at Esquimalt. vii viii DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 A large number of other vessels, both Government and private, have been utilized, particularly on the east coast, in connection with the naval defence, mine-sweeping, patrols, examination service, and other necessary work. The Canadian Coast Patrol, recentlj^ established, has been placed under direction of Commodore Sir Charles H. Coke, K.C.V.O., lent to the Canadian Navy from the Imperial Government. He acts under orders from this depart- ment. The Royal Naval Canadian \'olunteer Reserve officers and men continue to do valuable work ashore and afloat in H.M.C. Ships and Establishments, on both the Atlantic and Pacific coasts. NAVAL DOCKYARDS. " With respect to the Naval dockyards, both establishments have been worked to the full output, a considerable amount of overtime having been worked. The nature of the work done has been practically all repairs. Halifax is being used as the base for vessels of the North Atlantic fleet which has been lately strengthened; the dockyard is being used for carrying out repairs to these vessels and keeping them in going order. At Esquimau yard work has been carried out on Imperial vessels, as well as those of the Canadian service. The floating dock at Prince Rupert has been assembled under great difficulties, and {hree large armed auxiliary cruisers have been docked and put in a state of repair, after having been badly damaged by grounding. The total amount of money paid per month in wages for the two yards is approximately 400 per cent more than that customary to be paid for the same period prior to the war. In addition to the repairs to the vessels of the fighting fleet, the dockyards are carrying out the large number of small items of repairs needed to the various vessels now employed for auxiliary purposes for patrol and other defensive work of the coasts. The number of patrol vessels has been materiallj^ increased during the past four months. Alterations have had to be made in these vessels to adapt them for patrol service. Having regard to the facilities available, this work has been carried out -satisfactorily. Considerable overtime has been necessary in order to expedite the completion of the repairs. Subsidiary work in the nature of repairs and refits of the various vessels belonging to the different branches of the Naval Service have been undertaken during the 3'ear, and repairs of vessels of other departments of the Government have also been effected. Repairs to buildings and plant incidental to the up-keep of the establishment in accordance with conditions of transfer have also been completed. . NAA'AL STAFF OFFICE. The Naval Staff Office has continued to carry on its work in a satisfactory manner. The work of this branch of the service is continually increasing in importance. DEPARTMEXT OF THE KAVAL SERVICE ix SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 ROYAL NAVAL COLLEGE. The cadets in the college and the midshipmen at sea, in both Canadian and Imperial ships, continue to be well reported upon and to give satisfaction to their superior officers. Fourteen cadets were entered after the cadetship entry examination in May, 1916. The fourteen midshipmen who entered the College in January, 1911, have been promoted to Acting Lieutenant. All these officers are now serving in the Royal Navy. RECRUITING. The Dominion Government offered to place at the disposal of the Admiralty a number of men belonging to the Royal Naval Canadian Volunteer Reserve, which offer was accepted by the Imperial Authorities. An Overseas Division of the R.N.C.V.R. was accordingly established and recruiting offices were opened throughout Canada, to enter men in that division of the service. A provincial committee was appointed for each province, under which sub-committees were organized at the principal centres; each committee was provided with a paid secretary. The sub-committees were responsible . to the provincial committee, which, in turn, was responsible to the Department of the Naval Service. The members of all the different committees gave their services gratuit- ously, and they spared no efforts to advance the work of recruiting. The depart- ment wishes to e.xpress its appreciation for the valuable work done by the mem- bers of these committees. Recruiting commenced in the fall of 1916. Up to the 31st March, 1917, 1,331 men were entered in the R.N.C.V.R. Overseas Division for service in the Royal Navy, of whom 1,188 have been sent overseas. These men receive the same rates of pay as men of the same standing in the Royal Canadian Navy. They are actually paid the same rates as men of their standing in the Royal Navy whilst they are serving in Imperial ships, the difference between their Imperial and Canadian pay being placed to their credit, payable to them upon their discharge from the R.N.C.V.R. or their return to Canada, or paid to their dependents. Commander F. P. Armstrong, with a recruiting committee, came to Canada in April, 1916, to recruit for the Royal Naval Volunteer Reserve Auxiliary Patrol (Motor Boat) Service; 264 Sub-Lieutenants, 52 chief motor mechanics, and 60 motor mechanics were entered by Commander Armstrong up to the 30th August, 1916, when recruiting was discontinued. Recruiting for this service was carried out by the Imperial Authorities. The department has continued to enter officers for the Royal Naval Air Service. Up to the end of the fiscal year 1916-17, 382 officers have been entered. Since the 20th July, 1916, candidates have not been required to obtain their Aero Club certificates before proceeding to England. The report of Admiral C. E. Kingsmill, on the Naval Service, may be found at page 1. X DEPARTMENT OF THE SAYAL HERYIf'E 8 GEORGE V. A. 1918 2. TIDAL AND CURRENT SURVEY, The work of this Sui'vey has been satisfactorily conducted throughout the past year. Tidal observations were carried on at some stations during the summer months and at others during the whole year. The determination of mean sea-level was also carried forward at many points ou the east and west coast, and the investigation of currents in the different passes begun in previous years was continued and new work of a similar nature was undertaken in several other passes, particularly on the west coast. Six principal tide stations on the east coast and five on the we.st coast were operated during the whole year. A number of subsidiary stations were operated during the summer on both coasts. From the reduction of the observations taken at these stations, tidal constants are obtained upon which predictions of tides for publication in the tide tables are made. By extending the scope of these stations, greater accuracy for the time of the tides over an ever-increas- ing area of navigable waters is being obtained. The improvement of the tidal records for the Pacific coast was given special attention last year, as a result of which the tide tables for Port Simpson, Prince Rupert, and Vancouver, as well as for the navigable passes of the west coast wall be rendered much more accurate. As the lighthouse at Sand Heads was replaced by a lightship it became necessary to close do'mi the tidal station there, which hitherto had been used as a base for calculations in the strait of Georgia, and had been operated by the lighthouse-keeper. A new station at point Atkinson in the strait of Georgia, which is found to correspond to Sand Heads, was opened and has proved a satisfactory substitute for the former base. The observations taken will enable the earlier records from Sand Heads to be enlarged upon and improved. New stations were also established at the north end of the strait of Georgia and at points opposite the north end of Vancouver island. The object of these stations is to obtain further observations as a basis for the revision of the tidal data for that region. On the east coast, new tidal observations were taken at the head of the bay of Fundy and along the north coast of Prince Edward island. The results obtained in the bay of Fundy were compared udth simultaneous observations taken at St. John, N.B., and the complete results of the work will be published in a special report entitled, "Tides at the head of the bay of Fundy". On Prince Edward island tide gauges were operated at Tignish, Alberton, Malpecjue, Rustico, St. Peters, and Naufrage. The tide in this region is of a special nature as there are times when only one high water and one low water in the day are pronounced. The observations taken at the above-mentioned places were compared vd\\\ the St. Paul island station, and the results as well as an explanation of the peculiarities of the tide will be given in the tide tables for 1918. This information vnW be valuable in determining the nature of the tides in the lower half of the gulf of St. La'OTence. It vnW also be of great assist- ance to the mariners desiring to seek shelter in the various ports along the coast in bad weather. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL fiE/iVICE xi SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Through co-operation with the Hydrographie Survey, tidal observations were obtained for further points on the lower St. Lawrence at Grand Mechins and Godbout. These observations will be useful to connect previous records for the gulf of St. Lawrence with the St. Lawrence river. The work of investigating the currents of the gut of Canso, begun in 1915, was continued during the summer of 1916. The behaviour of the current as thus ascertained is fullj' explained in the report of the Tidal and Current Survey appended hereto, and in the 1918 tide tables. On the west coast, the method of calculating slack water in Seymour narrows was greatly improved. Previously these calculations were made on a very intricate and technical basis." AVith the new method, equally accurate results are obtained and the possibility of error in calculation is greatly eliminated. Improvements in the calculations for Active pass were also made, as well as for Porlier pass and for Wellbore channel. All the information obtained with reference to these passes, besides serving the purposes of navigation in general, are valuable to the coal transportation and lumber interests operating in the localities. The information which enables these commercial interests to know the variations of tides and currents, the exact time when passes and river entrances are navigable, and the direction and force of the currents, is essential to them. This information is published in the tide tables and in pamphlets. For the convenience of commercial establish- ments, it is also supplied to them upon request, prior to its regular publication in the tide tables, etc., thus supplying them with advance information. In Hudson bay and in James bay, the tidal observations taken closely correspond with the predictions already made, which proves that the method employed is closely accurate. The information will be useful to any business interests operating there, as well as to the Hudson bay railway in connection with its terminals. Considerable work was dgne to reduce the observations taken by members of the Canadian Arctic Expedition at different points in the Arctic. The results will add substantially to our knowledge of the tide in these regions, although the rise of the tide is very small in the waters explored. The determination of mean sea-level carried on by this survey at the prin- cipal tide stations has proven very useful to the Public Works department in connection with their geodetic work. By connecting the tide levels referred to the bench-marks of the survey as well as to the Admiralty bench-marks results published by that department have been greatly enhanced. By reference to these bench-marks the Dominion Observatory have also obtained a relialile basis for their extended levels, references being available at Halifax, Yarmouth, and Vancouver. The departments of Railways and Canals and Public Works have also been supplied with information on tide levels and extreme tides in connection with the various railway construction works being carried out. The complete information obtained from the various activities of this branch is published annually in the tide tables and in a series of reports on currents. A summary of operations for the year, is given in the report of the Superintendent of the Tidal and Current survey at page 3. xii DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 3. HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEY. The duties of the Hydrographic Survey are to investigate the different navigable waters in Canada, to take soundings of and chart the different courses through the rivers and along the coasts, and to survey and chart the different harbours and harbour entrances. During the past year seven parties were engaged in carrying on the different surveys. HALIFAX HARBOUR, ETC. A party under Captain Anderson, in the stfamer Acadia, were employed in re-sounding the approach to Halifax harbour and the area off the coast between Egg island and Pennant point. All the main shoals marked on Admiralty chart were re-examined; some of these shoals had less water over them than shown on the charts, while others marked on the charts could not be located. Notices to ^Mariners giving the results of the work have been published. The main triangulation of 1916 was extended to the northeastward as far as Liscomb harbour, and to the southeastward as far as Port Medway. BEDFORD BASIN AND LOCKPORT HARBOUR. Bedford basin was re-surveyed and a new chart of it is under preparation. Lockport harbour was also examined, and new shoals located at its entrance. Observations for magnetic decHnation were taken at important points along the coast. On the 24th November, the Acadia having been laid up, the staff returned to Ottawa. New charts for Bedford basin and for that part of the coast from Egg island to Pennant point, including Halifax harbour, will be published at an early date. PACIFIC COAST SURVEY. The Pacific Coast Survey party, in charge of Lieut. -Commander P. C. Musgrave, in C.G.S. Lillooet, set out from Esquimalt on the 10th April. The season's operations were carried out in the vicinity of Queen Charlotte islands. On the way north an examination of Retreat cove in Trincomali channel and of Millbank sound was carried out. Additional survej'ing of Alice arm was carried out between the 26th April and the 27 Maj', when the ship proceeded on her regular work at Queen Charlotte islands. In June, soundings were taken in the west aproach to 'Dixon entrance, and work was then proceeded with in Hecate strait and near Queen Charlotte city. In October the partj' returned to Alice arm, where the survey of the inlet was completed. During the season an examination of Skidgate channel was also made. The party returned to Esquimalt, where the Lillooet was laid up on the 4th November. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE xiii SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Valuable assistance was received from the Geodetic Survej', which supplied astronomical positions as groundwork for the Hydrographic Survey charts. LOWER ST. LAWRENCE. The Lower St. Lawrence Survey party, in charge of Mr. Charles Savary, in C.G.S. Cartier, continued the main triangulation of the south shore of the St. Lawrence as far east as Marten river, and on the north shore as far as Egg Island lighthouse. As a result of the season's work, a new chart, taking in both shores of the St. Lawrence river, entitled " Point e Des Monts to Father Point" will be published shortly. The survey terminated early in November. LAKE SUPERIOR PARTY NO. 1. Mr. H. D. Parizeau, in C.G.S. La Canadienne, set out for Nipigon bay on the 4th ]\Iay. A survey of this bay was carried on until the 13th September, when the party moved to Black bay. In entering Black bay the vessel ran aground and was badly injured. She was placed in the dry dock at Port Arthur, where repairs were carried out. As by the time the vessel was repaired the season was too far advanced to return to Black bay, the party worked in the vicinity of Port Arthur and Fort William until the 21st October. They then proceeded to Owen Sound, where the vessel was laid up for the winter. As a result of the season's work, a chart of Nipigon bay will be published shortly. LAKE SUPERIOR PARTY NO. 2. Mr. G. A. Bachand, in C.G.S. Bayfield carried on work from Otter Head eastward along the shore in connection with the Michipicoten survey. They continued work in this vicinity until the 25th October, when bad weather obliged them to discontinue work for the season. They then returned to Owen Sound, where the vessel was laid up. A new chart entitled "Michipicoten Island to Oiseau Bay" M-ill be published from the information obtained by this survej' during 191.5-16. ' KINGSTON HARBOUR. Mr. Paul .lobin, and assistants, ^^^th the use of a gasolene launch, carried on the re-survey of the entrance to Kingston harbour. He was unable to complete this survey, and it will therefore be necessary to continue it during the summer of 1917. AUTOMATIC GAUGES. Mr. Charles Price was entrusted with the work of looking after the auto- nrntic gauges on the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence river. Eleven gauges on xiv DEi'Ah-i'MEyr of the ami.il service 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 the Great Lakes and eighteen on the St. Lawrence river were operated. At Sorel and Points Claire the gauges are operated throughout the year. Difficulty was experienced in obtaining reliable men to take readings of the different gauges operated. The report of the Chief Hydrographer on the work of the Hydrographic Survey for the past year may be found at page IL 4. CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION. The Canadian Arctic Expedition set out for the North in 1913. Owing to the varied nature of the work to be carried out, and the vast area to be covered, it was decided to divide the expedition into two parties; the Northern and the Southern divisions. The Northern division was to explore the hitherto imknown parts of Beaufort sea, and carry on investigations on the northern islands; they were also to search for new land and to definitely locate any found. NORTHERN DIVISION. The members of the Northern division set out in C.G.S. Karluk. They were to proceed to Banks island or Prince Patrick island, where a base was to be established. Shortly after passing Point Barrow, however, the vessel became ice-bound and was carried eastward far down the northern coast, as far as Thetis island, where the drifting of the ice ceased. As it appeared that the vessel was frozen in for the winter, Mr. Stefansson, accompanied by Mr. B. M. McConnell, George H. Wilkins, and D. Jenness, set out for the mainland on a hunting trip. During their absence, the vessel with the remainder of the Northern division was carried away and drifted until the 11th January, when it was crushed by the ice, and sunk. In endeavouring to reach Herald island, eight members of the party lost their lives. The remainder, numbering nine men, including Capt. R. A. Bartlett, succeeded in reaching Wrangel island. Captain Bartlett journeyed on foot over the ice to the Siberian coast, and thence to Alaska in the Herman, where he was able to communicate with the outside world, to have rcHef ships sent. The shipwrecked men were taken from Wrangel island by the schooners King and Wing, and transferred to the United States revenue cutter Bear, which landed them at Victoria. When Mr. Stefansson and his companions found that their vessel had been carried away, thej' journeyed along the northern coast to CoUinson point, where the Southern division of the expedition was established. Although Mr. Stef- ansson was not aware of the Karluk' s fate, he realized that the vessel would not be available to assist in the work of the Northern division. He therefore made arrangements to journey on foot over the ice to explore unknown parts of Beau- fort sea, it being understood that a vessel would be sent to Banks island in the summer of 1914, provided he did not return before the breaking up of the ice. On his trip across Beaufort sea, Mr. Stefansson covered an area which was hitherto very little known. The party was carried eastward by the driftof the ice to near the 140th meridian, which they followed north to 72° 5S' 2^" north. DEPARTilEXT OF THE NAVAL SERriCE XV SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 During their journey over tlie ice, soundings were taken at short intervals, particularly in the vicinity of the outer edge of the continental shelf. Owing to the breaking up of the ice, they were compelled to niake for land and arrived at Norway island on the 24th June, 1914. They spent the summer on northern Banks island, until September, when they journej'ed south to Kellett, where Geo. Wilkins, who had come north with the Mary Sachs, was met. A base was established at Kellett from wliich Mr. Stefansson made a journey to De SaUs bay across southern Banks island early in December, to locate Eskimos in the vicinity of Prince of Wales strait. Failing to locate them, he returned to Kellett, where arrangements for a trip northward were completed. Early in February, 1915, the ice party, composed of Vilhjalmur Stefansson, Storker Storkerson, Ole Andreason, and Charles Thomsen, set out northward, following the west coast of Banks island as far as cape Alfred. From cape Alfred thej' set out across the ice in a northwesterly direction, taking similar observations as they advanced as had been taken on the ice journey over Beaufort sea the previous year. On both these journeys it was ascertained that no land exists for a considerable distance on either side of the area over which they travelled. As the ice in Beaufort sea began to break up on the 28th April, they were obliged to discontinue the ice expedition for the season of 1915, and make for land. They arrived at Lands End, Prince Patrick island, and followed its shore north- east to cape McClintock. A survey of the shore was made during this jour- ney. From cape McClintock thej' again set out over the ice in a northerly direc- tion. On the 18th June, three days after setting out, land unmarked on any chart was seen. The ice party landed on the shore of the new land, at the southwestern entrance of a bay about twentj^ miles in width. They crossed the entrance of this bay, and proceeded along the shore for a distance of about twentj' miles. From observations taken from neighbouring hills, the land appeared to be extensive, hills appearing blue in the distance having been seen. A considerable number of animals, including seals, caribou, foxes, etc., were found in the vicinity. Owing to the lateness of the season, the party were obhged to hasten back to Kellett, without making any more extensive inves- tigations. The party arrived at Kellett on the 8th August. Mr. Stefansson went in the Poler Bear to Baillie island to despatch and receive mail and to obtain the services of another vessel. After leaving in- structions for the "North Star" to go to Kellett as soon as possible, he returned to Banks island. On the 3rd September, 1915, the Polar Bear, which was pur- chased for the use of the expecUtion, set out along the west coast of Banks island. Ice, however, prevented the vessel from going farther than cape Kellett. It was decided, therefore, to endeavour to go north through Prince of Wales strait on the east coast of Banks island. They were able to go only as far as Princess Royal islands, where they were obliged to winter. In the fall of 1915, a considerable part of the hitherto umnapped shoreline of Victoria island was completed. Several trips, including a journey across southern Banks island to Kellett, were made. On the journey to Kellett much useful and interesting information with reference to the overland route across southern Banks island was obtained. Upon arrival at Kellett, Mr. Stefansson 38— B xvi DEPARTMENT OF TEE VAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 decided to carry out the next year's journeys from there, and on the 6th January 1916, sent a party to the Polar Bear to inform the members at that base of the arrangements made. This part}', however, experienced great difficulties in reaching the Polar Bear, so that instructions were received too late to be carried out. Under the circumstances, Mr. Storlcerson, in charge of the Polar Bear base, decided to proceed north to the new land, where he began to carry on survey work. When the Polar Bear party failed to arrive within a reasonable time at cape Alfred, which was the place of rendezvous, Mr. Stefansson under- took to locate them, and found out that they had gone to the new land. The Stefansson party left cape Ross for the new land on the 19th April, 1916, and met Mr. Storkerson on the 3rd May at cape James Murray. From this point, the last mail from the expedition received in the department was despatched. The work of the Northern expedition for the season 1916-17 gives promise of producing very favourable results. The further reports of the different expeditions carried on and also details of the new land discovered, are awaited with great interest. SOUTHERN DIVISION. The ice conditions which proved so disastrous to the first efforts of the Northern division, and which caused the destruction of C.G.S. Karluk, pre- vented the members of the Southern division from proceeding farther than Collinson point, Alaska. Their two vessels, the Alaska and Mary Sachs, were put in wnter quarters, and the party established a base there. During the winter and spring, up to the opening of navigation, the work of the expedition was carried out along the coast of Canada as far as the Mac- kenzie River delta, their operations being limited to geological and meteoro- logical work, the carrj'ing on of a survej' from Demarkation point to Herschel island, an examination of Herschel Island river, and the survey of the west branch of the Mackenzie river delta. Upon the opening of navigation, the party, A\-ith the use of the above-named vessels, proceeded along the north coast of Canada eastward, through Amundsen gulf, and Dolpliin and Union strait, to a point almost, directly south of Sutton and Liston islands. There they entered a small harbour unmarked on the charts, which is well protected and gives good anchorage. They named it Bernard harbour, and established a base for carrying on the work of the Southern division. During the two years following, up to the 1.3th July, 1916, the regular work of the di\-ision was carried out very successfully, and a survey of the main- land coast in detail from Alaska, Yukon Territory, international boundary, to the Mackenzie river, was completed. A traverse of the Firth river, Y.T., was made, and the east and west bran- ches of the Mackenzie river delta and the mainland coast from the west side of Darnley bay to a point well down in Bathurst inlet, as well as a large number of islands in Coronation gulf and Bathurst inlet, were surveyed, Hornaday river, Crocker river, Rae river, Tree river, and many others hitherto unexplored, were traversed, and an examination of the territory around the mouth of DEPARTMENT OF TEE NAVAL 8ERTI0E XVlI SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Hood river was carried out. An examination was also made of Collinson point harbour, Bernard harbour, Chantry island, and the country immediately surrounding these places. Maps of all the districts named are in preparation. The geological features of all areas covered have been carefully investigated, and the relations of the different formations have been studied in detail at the most important points of contact. As a result of the geological investigation, detailed particulars and an estimation of the available copper-bearing rocks in a new area hitherto very shghtly known in the Bathurst inlet region, have been obtained. In the branches of ethnology and anthropology, extensive collections of specimens were taken from Arctic Alaska, Coronation gulf, Dolphin and Union strait, and Victoria island. Gramophone records of Eskimo folk lore, language, dance songs, and shamanistic performances, with careful tran- scriptions and translations, were made. A careful studj' of the languages and vocabularies, manners, social and religious customs, games, amusements, and general culture of the Eskimo was also made. In the departments of marine, biology, entomology, and botany, careful studies were made at all points visited, and the life-histories of the arctic insects, animals, and plants were investigated. Specimens of the arctic plants, animals and insects were also obtained. In mammalogy and ornithology, fairly com- plete collections were made in the regions traversed; G19 specimens of birds, including 73 species, were obtained. The collections of mammals numbers 431 specimens, including 22 species. Meteorological observations with barograph; thermograph; maximum; minimum, and standard thermometers; mercurial barometer, anil anomome- ter were carried out during the three years. Trial observations were taken at Collinson point, Demarkation jioint, and Bernard harbour. Upon the completion of their activities, the Southern division sailed from Bernard harbour, on the 13th July, 1916. At Young point, heavy ice was encountered, and the party were held up for four days. They worked their way through the ice on the 21st July, and followed an open lead outside of the ice, pressing along the south side of Amundsen gulf and Dolphin and Union strait. This ice did not extend farther west than the Crocker river, after which the ocean was comparatively free. At Bailley island, several Eskimos attached to the party were discharged, having been paid chiefly in stores, Herschel island was reached on the 28th July, where the surplus stores, from the Alaska were left in care of the Royal Northwest Mounted Police, for the use of the Northern division should they be required. At Herschel island, also, the services of additional Eskimos were dispensed with. West of this point, heavy ice was encountered, from the international boundary to point Barrow. Nome was reached on the 15th August, 1916. After unloading the specimens, the vessel was hauled up on the beach, and left in charge of the Alaska Lighterage and Commercial Co. The specimens were shipped by the reguiar steamship route to Ottawa, via Seattle The members of the expedition left Nome for Seattle on the 27th August. 38— B^ xviu DEPARTMEyr OF TEE XAVAL SERVICE 3 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Upon their arrival at Ottawa, the different members of the Southern division immediately began work upon the preparation of their reports. A very large number of specimens, hitherto unknown, were brought out. It was necessary to have these arranged, grouped, and catalogued. In order to carry out the work, the assistance of eminent speciahsts, both from Canada and from outside countries, was required. For the purpose of distributing these specimens among specialists who would be likely to give them the best attention, and obtain the fullest information available, a committee of scientists, composed of Dr. R. M. Anderson, of the Expedition; Prof. E. E. Prince, Dominion Commissioner of Fisheries; Prof. A. B. McCallum, Dominion Entomologist; Dr. C. Gordon Hewitt; and Mr. James Macoun, of the Geological Survey, was appointed. This committee has already begun the work of distributing the specimens. A report of the activities of the northern division of the expedition may be found at page 22. A detailed report of the activities of the Southern division by Dr. R. M. Anderson, may be found at page 28. 6. RADIOTELEGRAPH BRANCH. During last year 156 radiotelegraph stations were in operation. Owing to the war, the Coast stations have been maintained on a war basis. Following is comparative statement of business handled during 1915-16 and 1916-17:— Service. 1915-16. 1916-17 Increase or decrease. Messages. Words. Messages. Words. Messages. Words. • East Coast Great Lakes West Coast. . . Hudson Bay 45,195 13,617 95,648 7,617 846,020 259,366 1,103,395 570,281 37,835 16,521 121,126 6,264 704,469 311,800 1,732,420 392, 154 7,360 2,904 26, 172 1,353 Decrease. 159,551 Increase. 52,434 Increase. «29,02S Decrease. 178, 127 Increase. Total 161,477 2,797,062 181,740 3,140,843 20,263 343,781 The radiotelegraph stations on the east coast and Great Lakes are operated by the Marconi Wireless Telegraph* Company, under contract, for the depart- ment. The west coast stations are operated directly by the department, and the Hudson Bay stations are operated by the department for the department of Railways and Canals. • • The revenue derived from this service shows a very gratifying increase over last year, observing that the war has greatly diminished the business carried on by wireless. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE XIX SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 The following statement gives the revenue collected last year as compared with 1915-16:— Locality. 1915-16. 1916-17. Increase or decrease. Ea-st Coast $ cts. 1,022 33 78 16 7,394 50 $ cts. 987 67 107 90 15,635 76 .$ cts. Gre:it Lakes? Wc<; Coast Increase 29 74 Increase 8 24.*? 2fi Total 8,494 99 16,731 33 Net Increase 8,236.34 In addition to carrjdng on the work of operating the different radiotelegraph .stations, the branch also undertakes the examination of wireless operators and the licensing of all radio sets on land and on Canadian ships. Owng to the verj' secret nature of a considerable part of the work handled by the wireless operators, it was deemed advisable to make them amenable to naval discipline. The rank of wireless operator, R.N.C.V.R., was accordingly established in which all wireless operators in the Canadian Naval Service have been entered. During the past year 135 operators were examined, including eight re- examinations, of which sixty-four were successful. Eight holders of certificates of proficiency were successful in examinations for the operation of other equip- ments, and their certificates were amended accordingly. The pohcy of the department to bring the radiotelegraph stations under the ownership of the Government was further advanced during the past year by the purchase of the North Sydney station from the Marconi Wireless Company. The value of an efficient wireless service was further demonstrated by the valuable services rendered to vessels in distress which resulted in the saving of many fives and much property. In continuance of the department policy of keeping the stations thoroughly up to date, improvements and additions were made at the following stations : — - West Coast: Cape Lazo, Dead Tree Point, Estevan, Gonzales Hill, Pachena, Point Grey, and Triangle Island. East Coast: North Sydney. Great Lakes: Point Edward, Port Burwell, Headquarters, Ottawa. The radio regulat'ons were amended during the past year to prohibit the working of ship stations while in harbour, to limit the ship stations to the use of a 600-meter wave length, and to debar all except British subjects of British parentage from entering the service. The department has also to equip numerous Admiralty transports with radiotelegraph apparatus, and to carry out the inspection of same. The total personnel of the government radiotelegraph service, including the officers at the headquarters office, is 165. The report of the General Superintendent of Radiotelegraph is appended at page 71. XX DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 6. FISHERIES PROTECTION SERVICE. The following vessels belonging to the Fisheries Protection Service were in commission during the fiscal j-ear 1916-17; Canada, Curlew, Constance, Petrel, Gulnare, Vigilant, Galiano, Masaspina, and Restless. Owing to the urgent need of vessels for patrol ser\-ice and examination service in connection with the defence of the Canadian coasts, the Canada, ■Con-stance, Gtdnare, and Restless were utilized by the Naval Service, and were not available for Fisheries Protection duties at any time during the year. They maintained a close watch for illegal fishing, however, whilst on Naval Patrol Service. These vessels, as well as the other Fisheries Protection ships, were, however, used to carry out the inspection of the life-saving stations along the east and west coasts and on the Great Lakes, when they were in the vicinity of the stations requiring inspection . The Curleio was utilized, except for short periods, when its services were required for war work, in patrolling the fisheries grounds of the bay of Fundy. During the season assistance was retidered by the ship to the ss. Tyne, ashore near Grand Manan. It also searched unsuccessfully for the barge Mule adrift in the bay of Fundy. It towed to safety the ss. J. L. Cann from the dangerous position off Briar island. "With the aid of the Curlew the schooner W. H. Mason, which sank in deep water at the entrance of St. Mary's baj'', was located, as was also an uncharted rock, off Whitehead island. During the winter, the vessel kept the ice in St. Andrew's harbour broken up, thereby enabling navigation to be carried on. The Petrel, when not on Naval Service, carried out its regular Fisheries Protection duties along the southwest coast of Nova Scotia. The Naval work, however, required the services of the vessel for the greater part of the year. C.G.S. Vigilant was engaged in patrolling the international boundary line in lakes Ontario and Erie throughout the summer of 1916. The ship was laid up at Port Dover on December 2.3, 1916. During the season the vessel steamed 5,818 miles, and seized 618 nets. The Malaspina was utilized throughout the j^ear, alternately on Fisheries Protection and Naval Service work. Whilst on Fisheries Protection work it was also used to inspect the Ufe-saving and radiotelegraph stations on the west coast. The vessel was also utilized to lay a cable from Leonard island to Van- couver island. Whilst patroUing the ship seized the motor-boat Greg for an infraction of the fisheries laws, and handed it over to the Marine Agency at Victoria. The Galiano was on Fisheries Protection duties throughout the year, except for short periods when she was required for examination service. The chief areas patrolled were the fishing grounds in the vicinity of Hecate strait and Barclay sound. This vessel was also used in carrjang out the inspection of the radiotelegraph stations on the west coast. The C.G.S. Fispa, a fisheries launch, was placed on fisheries patrol service in the vicinity of Prince Rupert. Although too light for patrolling the open sea, DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE xxi SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 . . the Fispa did good work in the straits from November to April, when it was returned to the Chief Inspector of Fisheries at New Westminster. The report of the Director of the Naval Service on the Fisheries Protection Service may be found at page 89. 7. THE LIFE SAVING SERVICE. The Life-saving Service of Canada has been established for the purpose of saving the lives of those in danger at sea, and for rescuing those on board wrecked vessels along the coasts of Canada. Stations, ecjuipped with life boats manned by trained men, have been built at points along the coasts where naviga- tion is difficult and where wrecks are most prevalent. These stations are not equipped for saving' vessels or cargoes but, when practicable, after those on board have been taken off, salving operations are carried out. This department also undertakes to reward bravery for life-saving at sea, but not along the coasts and in rivers. Cases of the latter should be brought to the attention of the- Royal Canadian Humane Association, Hamilton, Ont. With each succeeding year, as the fishermen equip themselves with modern motor-boats, and the ocean-going ships become larger, the necessity for the life-saving stations at present in operation is becoming less. In most cases fishermen are able to render each other better assistance than the service can provide. For this reason, the question of doing away with some of the least useful stations is being considered. During the pa.st year the method of inspecting the stations has been revised. The work of inspection was formerly carried out by one inspector. It was considered that the inspections could be equally well done by the officers of the Fisheries Protection vessels patrolling the district. The new system was adopted during the past year, and has proved highly satisfactory. During the fiscal year 1916-17, thirty-seven stations were in operation, of which twenty-four are located on the east coast, three on the west coast, and ten on the Great Lakes. Five of these stations have permanent crews on duty throughout the year, six have permanent crews on duty during the season of navigation, and the remainder have volunteer crews who drill twice a month and are called out in case of a wreck. On the east coast, assistance was rendered to disabled vessels or motor-boats by the crews of the stations at Bay View, Canso, Cheticamp, Clark's Harbour, Herring Cove, Seal Island, Brier Island, and Whitehead. The boat at Whitehead was destroyed while going to the assistance of the schooner J. W. Margerson. Assistance was also rendered by the crews from Cape Tormentine, Little Wood Island, and Richibucto. On the Great Lakes the crews from Point Pelee, Port Hope, and Toronto ■ were called out. The Toronto crew's activities were confined to Toronto harbour and they were not called upon to render assistance out in the lake during the year. The Toronto crew, in addition to helping fifty-three different vessels, also gave assistance in cases of drowning, the station being equipped with a pulmotor. xxii DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 The Bamfield and Ucluelet stations on the west coast also gave assistance to vessels in distress. The report of the Director of the Naval Service on the Life Saving Service is appended at page 94. 8. STORES BRANCH. The activities of the Stores Branch of the department are di\'ided into three sections, namely: the Purchasing and Contract, the Storekeeping, and the Transportation. Purchasing and Contract Section. This section is responsible for the purchase of all supplies required by Canadian Naval Ships and Establishments, Imperial and Allied vessels calling on Canadian ports, and for supplies required by the other branches of the depart- ment. It also attends to the charter of vessels, contracts for construction of new works, buildings, etc., and to the installations required in connection there- ■ndth. During the past j'ear, owing to the increased demand for materials for war purposes, and the difficulty of obtaining same, the work of the branch was rendered much more difficult than pre\'iously, but through the energy of the officers and the co-operation of the Canadian "manufacturers and dealers, the suppUes and equipment were kept up to requirements. The total liability incurred during the last fiscal year amounts to S7,605,- 019. A considerable portion of this amount was expended on behalf of the Imperial and Allied Governments and is recoverable. Storekeeping Section. The storekeeping section is responsible for the- distribution of supphes to Canadian Ships and Establishments, to Imperial and Allied vessels calling on Canadian ports. This work entails the keeping of a large reserve stock of supplies on hand. This stock is maintained at the Naval bases at Halifax and Esquimalt. The acti^nties of the Storekeeping section have expanded greatlj- during the past year, owing to the increase in the number of vessels requiring supplies the difficulty of obtaining certain materials, and the necessity of substitution in such cases. The reserve stock has, however, been successfully maintained throughout the year. The total value of receipt of stores at Halifax dockyard for the past year was $805,282, and at Esquimalt §570,496. The issues of stores to Ships and EstabHshments at Hahfax amounted to $592,926, and at Esquimalt $411,270. In addition to the above activities, this branch has also supplied AUied ships and transports sailing from Canada -nath coal and fuel oil. The total receipts of steaming coal for the year at Hahfax dockyard amounted to 78,575 tons, and at Esquimalt 31,711 tons. The issues at Halifax were 77,733 tons, and at Esquimalt 29,626 tons. In addition, the following quantities of Canadian coal were handled on direct issue to ships from contractors: Halifax and the DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE xxiii SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 east coast, 138,509 tons; Esquimalt and the west coast, 16,545 tons. At Hali- fax, 107,000 gallons of fuel oil were handled, and at Esquimalt 23,943 gallons. Transportation. The overseas transport service has, during the past year, very success- fully carried out its work of transporting supplies, etc., overseas. The Director of Overseas Transport is responsible for the shipping of overseas supplies; this entails making all arrangements for railway transportation of such supplies, and the loading of same on transports. The Naval Service department is respon- sible for the procuring of suitable transports, their routing, and keeping the British Admiralty informed as to their movements. The railway companies of Canada haue greatly facilitated the work of transportation by their earnest co-operation. During the past fiscal year, under the direction of the Transj^ort Service, 386 sailings, comprising 2,429,829 tons, cleared from Canadian ports. In the year 1915-16 there were 198 sailings, comprising 970,911 tons. Although the demands on transportation have been very heavy, the service has been able to meet it, and the large quantities of supplies for shipment were handled with practically no delay. The report of the Director of Stores is appended at page 97. EXPENDITURES. The total expenditure of the Naval Service department during the fiscal year 1916-17 was. $16,416,839.36. Out of this amount $4,242,489.99 were expended from the regular appropriations and $4,761,991.96 out of the war appropriation; $7,412,357.41 were expended on account of the Imperial and Allied Governments, which amount is recoverable. General I have much pleasure in expressing my satisfaction at the efficient manner in which officers of the department have carried out their duties during the year. I have the honour to be, sir. Your obedient servant. G. J. DESBARATS, Deputy Minister. XXIV DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Ottawa July 21st 1917. The Deputy Minister, Department of the Naval Service, Ottawa, Ont. Sir, I have the honour to submit herewith a financial statement showing the expenditure under the various appropriations, and the revenue received by the Department during the fiscal year ended March 31st, 1917. The expenditure on account of H.M.C.S. Niobe, H.M.C.S. Rainbow, the submarines, and other vessels engaged in the defence of our coasts, the Royal Canadian Naval Hospital (Halifax) and extraordinary expenditures for the dockyards at Halifax and Esquimalt have been charged to war appropriation. The" ordinary expenditure for the upkeep and maintenance of the Royal Naval College, Halifax and Esquimalt dockyards has been charged tij Naval Service appropriation. A statement of stores supplied, work done and advances made' on behalf of the British, French, Italian, Russian Governments, and others, is also sub- mitted. These disbursements amount during the fiscal year 1916-17 to $6,517, 816.80, and to this should be added the sum of $718,400.73 transferred from fiscal year 1915-16, thus making a grand total of $7,236,217.53 debited against the Allies, etc., during fiscal year 1916-17. Credits and cash received during the year amount to $7,078,825.70, leaving an outstanding balance of $157,391.83, which is not included in the amounts charged to War or Naval Appropriations, but carried forward in Suspense to the fiscal j^ear 1917-18. • I have the honour to be, sir. Your obedient servant, L. J. BEAUSOLEIL Chief Accountant. Statement of jobs completed in the workshops and stores supplied by the Halifax and Esquimalt dockyards during fiscal year 1916-17. Service. Halifax. Esquimalt. Naval Service Fisheries Protection Service Hydrographic Surveys Life Saving Service Radiotelegraph Service Fishery Patrol Service British Admiralty French Admiralty Italian Government Department of Marine Department of Militia and Defence. Sundries S cts. 560,621 15 28,413 21 11,579 65 1,670 71 3,114 65 5,058 02 247,647 82 4,171 10 1,678 48 1,821 87 $ cts. 264,284 17 32, 900 30 5,828 42 3,257 99 2,312 42 1,236 33 404,778 43 2,423 87 404 49 9,173 10 (A)865,776 66 726, 599 52 (B) Wages paid Salaries (C) Stores issued (B) and (C) included in (A). 168.100 05 32,588 97 683,906 22 274,897 53 40, 172 52 416,167 61 DEPARTMENT OF THE \AVAL SERVICE XXV SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33 Statement of appropriation accounts for fiscal year 1916-17. Service. Naval Service Fisheries Protection Service Hydrographic Surveys Radiotelegraph Service Tidal Serv'ice Patrol of the Northern Waters of Canada New Fisheries Protection Steamers Rewards tor Saving Life, including Life Saving Service Fisheries — Salaries and Disbursements of Fisherj' Officers Building Fishways and Clearing rivers Legal and Incidental expenses Canadian Fisheries Museum Oyster Culture Cold Storage and transportation of fish Dogfish Reduction Works Services of Customs Officers re Modus VivcTtdi Licenses. Fisheries Intelligence Bureau Fisheries Patrol .Service Fisheries Exliibit (Toronto Exhibition) Fish Breeding establishments Inspection of Canned and Pickled fish , - Building Fisheries Patrol boats Compassionate allowances Marine Biological stations and investigations Civil Government Salaries. Contingencies Fishing Bounty *Grant exceeded. RECAPITULATION. Naval Service Fisheries Civil Government. Contingencies Fishing Bounty Appropriation, $ cts. War Appropriation: — Disbursements 10,324, 145 99 Carried from 1915-16 718,400 73 Less:- Gross expenditure 11,042,546 72 Re-imbursements and Credits $ 7,078,825 70 Transferred to 1917-18 157,391 83 7,236,217 53 Net expenditure Imperial Government (Special Account) Total expenditure fiscal year 1916-17. $ cts 1,000.000 00 375.000 00 290,000 00 295,000 00 35,000 00 50.000 00 .30,000 00 125,400 00 2.200,400 00 305,000 00 30,000 00 4,000 00 8.000 00 6,000 00 125,000 00 60,000 00 900 00 5,000 00 190,000 00 10.000 00 400,000 00 25,000 00 30,000 00 3,000 00 26,000 00 Expenditure. S cts. 578,580 57 110,317 26 223,846 53 182,536 39 19,465 77 20,333 75 Balance unexpended. 99, 150 09 1,234,230 36 1,227,900 00 180,950 00 50,000 00 230,950 00 160,000 00 2,200,400 00 1,227,900 00 180,950 on 50.000 00 160,000 00 3,819,250 00 243,878 02 4,564 78 3,027 16 5,248 56 5,003 74 80,042 33 31,472 82 . 364 20 3,877 84 157,412 73 8,594 09 275,166 53 12,007 96 33,495 13 3,000 00 26,000 00 893,155 89 155,237 37 46,829 63 202,067 00 159,999 80 1,234,230 36 893,155 155,237 37 46,829 63 159,999 80 2,489,453 05 3, 806,. 329 19 260,000 00 6,555,782 24 S cts. 421,419 43 264,682 74 66,153 47 112,463 61 15,534 23 29,666 25 30.000 00 26,249 91 966, 169 64 61,121 98 25,435 22 972 84 2,751 44 996 26 44,957 67 28, .527 18 535 80 1,122 16 32,587 27 1,405 91 124,8.33 47 12,992 04 *3,495 13 334,744 11 25,712 63 3,170 37 28,883 00 0 20 966,169 64 334,744 11 25,712 63 3,170 37 0 20 1,329,796 95 XXVI DEPARTMENT OF THE SAVAh SERVICE SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Statement showing amounts outstanding in respect to stores supplied, work done and advances made, etc., at end of fiscal year 1916-17. Suspense Accounts. Debits. Credits. Balance Transferred to 1917-18. British Admiralty French Admiralty Italian Government Russian Government Japanese Government War Office Commonwealth of Australia Department of Militia and Defence. Miscellaneous $ cts. 6,510,688 47 84,024 56 2,948 95 6,842 65 1,447 23 26,946 46 70,385 59 402,871 15 130,062 47 .395,692 01 64,248 78 1,447 23 26,946 46 70,375 84 402,528 74 117,588 64 7,236,217 53 7,078,825 70 % cts. 14,996 46 19,775 78 2,948 95 6,842 65 9 75 342 41 12,475 83 157,391 83 Statement of revenue of the Department of" the Naval Service 'for fiscal j'ear ended March 31, 1917. Royal Naval College — College fees (26 Cadets) . . Fisheries Revenue Modus Vivendi (Licenses to U.S. fishing vessels) . Casual Revenue Miscellaneous Revenue Wireless Apparatus Licenses Wireless Operators Examination fees Radiotelegraph Revenue: — Alert Bay Station Cape Lazo Station Dead Tree Point Station Digby Island Station Estevan Point Station Gonzales Hill Station Ikeda Head Station , . . . Pachena Point Station Point Grey Station Triangle Island Station Malaspina Station Galiano Station Camperdown Station North Sydney Station Sable Island Station Magdalen Islands Station Midland Station Point Edward Station Port Arthur Station Port Burwell Station Sault Ste. Marie Station Tobermory Station Toronto Station 472 10 589 56 547 03 2,613 44 1,635 53 3,398 03 355 96 127 20 2,358 49 3,538 42 5 96 4 17 293 50 223 66 107 67 362 84 9 60 28 57 18 05 8 28 27 52 4 56 11 32 $ cts. 2,600 00 98,629 67 5,680 50 26,379 07 760 32 214 25 147 00 16,741 46 151.152 27 DEPARTifENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE Xxvii SESSIONAL PAPER No. 33 Fisheries Revenue for fiscal year ended March 31, 1917. Province. Amount Collected. Refund.'*. Net Amount. Ontario.. Quebec New Brunswick Nova Scotia $ cts. 808 70 6,981 14 15,137 19 7.178 70 3,605 18 S.252 27 3,103 25 5,993 40 47,330 84 275 00 $ cts. 2 00 8 00 $ cts. 808 70 6,981 14 15,137 19 7 176 70 Prince Edward Island .... 3,597 18 8,252 27 3 103 25 Saskatchewan Alberta British Columbia 23 00 3 00 5,970 40 47,327 84 275 00 Modus Vivendi Licenses . . 98,665 67 5, 680 50 36 00 98,629 67 5,680 50 104,310 17 XX vm DEPARTMEXT OF THE XAtAL SERTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 $ cts. .547,461 25 264,545 26 193.283 96 197,413 05 5.. 352 76 ^ c-j *** C-l M cc OC t^ lO -H — OO OC o:C'l to OC 1^ Otocs^-^--ocooorococo OSt-t-COOSt-OCMiOO-H COOtOCM— .0000CSI-.CCO CDCMCOlOCMCOr-C^l'rrOO COCMCS-H-HC^JCOCMiOt—-*' OS OJ ■* CO OSCO — « OS CO CO t2gS t— CM lO Charter of Vessels. Non- Effective Pay and Separa- tion. Allow- ances. $ cts. 1,687 96 2,092 99 480 76 • 479 78 Misc. Effective .Services. $ cts. 25,954 34 5,008 33 7,. 505 44 5,9.S6 89 676 66 1,429 63 1,530 41 2.. 548 63 1,211 44 1,561 05 1..335 76 114 28 995 20 370 03 1,141 23 Wiirks, Lands, Buildings. §8 too I— to New Ships Building. CO CM S CM Purchase of Ships and .X Iter- ations. ■s 4 • 109,378 03 109,229 28 109,547 53 109,705 06 109,406 16 Repairs and Main- tenance. $ cts. 19,965 90 37,167 45 34,663 17 5,3.52 76 13,283 12 16,187 72 7,7.30 93 10,214 29 11,262 .57 14,520 66 5,541 71 29,225 55 2,703 24 2,402 23 § to 1 X III $ cts. 367 73 6,446 63 . Subsist- ence of Prisoners . $ cts. 149 40 252 55 85 45 483 55 S2 N .is Si « cts. 1,733 44 1,930 .37 2, 106 75 2, 192 70 7 50 210 42 234 49 . 153 50 159 96 189 39 179 47 .Stores and Allow- ances. $ cts. 273,685 06 67,467 70 So, 872 41 87,931 .30 1 / 821 25 29,775 68 36,222 28 9,320 62 32,334 06 30,298 85 18,571 85 12,478 65 8,703 41 5,369 72 11,331 21 CO-- 00 c^ ii nil $ cts. 223,925 42 150,625 87 91,569 98 93,942 20 / Credit \ 8 70 37,634 .37 40, 156 94 9,690 04 34,664 90 35,0.55 04 25,613 01 8,801 25 1,228 15 6,878 95 5,364 09 a S 3 , 0 5.S C - o! 03 ' X ~ o H.M.C.S. "Shear- water" (Shore Depot) H.M.C.S. "Shear- 's ■ , c ^ : ISC 5 0 C c c 7 3 31 :5 y IS '■J is ia ii .'A :sl IK 03 -a s ad °sf 33 "i a > 3 ' 0 a i3 J- \\ ',^ ' -J is is 3l ^ 0 0. c 1 > 1 a o' C > I. s c 1 > 1 IT c ? > 1 t t 1 H CD -d •IJ Si : 1- c c a J -0. \ r DEPAETMENT OF THE NATAL SERYIOE XXIX SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 599,606 04 91,630 29 10,636 72 368,111 99 63,648 99 392,400 73 CO toes (MCO -*co QO OS OS • CD ■CO -'* ■ CO ■ o -OS - m o 00 72,692 11 5,884 02 13 45 58,683 32 14,467 23 161,640 55 s g OO o CD o CO ■* CO CO-* COOO COO 00'* C5 CO CO g CD CO 00 CD -*" OS in S5 g : o OS 105,049 75 31,053 03 2 40 110,761 38 49 12 57,682 59 CO CO CO S^ : OSIC ■ -H lO . O OS ■ coco ■ •—CO ■ CO.fi ■ if3 as CO t^ . C^l cs m' Os" - 0-rt< ■ OO o CO o : < B Q § o 1 1 o K 6 o '■ > ■ 2 1 3 o < 1 0) o OS cs c^ c^ OS t— OS t^ CO OS O CO CO ■* O C^ CO OS CO ^00 OS CO E CO CO > M, 1^ ?-2 |ll« O: M - 3 -^ ,11 oH mZ o 0^ s odai t-5 o « ^SS .Skm'ws XXX DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 05 ID o ctt (3 o ft o ft ft "3 o3 a >> o C5CO N — r- lo -H CO r^ coo ■* MQOOO COM — i-iC^OOtC—'MTj'OO CO.-HC0* ■* QOOJ O O >-■ CO GO <£> CO « CO CC^ as 00 ^os I-- r^ 50 — * CO 00 00 i;D o 03 . ai 5 c S . cj C3.-.S : g-S'3 S >■ = S oo > S ■ r m ii c u -fi c r« S ^ ^' ^-^^ £Ss6^^^^a CO 3, 0 ii O cfi [J O) OJ ^ 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 A. 1918 Ottawa, April 1, 1917. The Deputy Minister, Department of the Naval Service, Ottawa, Canada. Sir, — I have the honour tp report regarding the Naval Service, for the fiscal year ending 31st March, 1^17. The progress, both mental and physical, of the cadets at the Royal Naval College at Halifax still proves n ost satisfactory. An examination for the entry of cadets to the college was l.^ld in May, 1916, and fourteen cadets were entered. The officers of the college continue to report most favourably on the cadets, and the midshipmen who have been serving in ships of the Royal Navy, H.M.C. ships Niobe, Rainbow, submarines C.C.I, and C.C.2, and patrol vessels, have also been most favourably reported upon and proved themselves capable and efficient. The fourteen midshipmen who entered the college in Januaiy, 1911, have been promoted to acting lieutenant. All these officers are now serving in the Royal Navy. The requisite number of the personnel for the manning of all H.M.C. Ships and Establishments has been maintained by the entry of men with previous naval experience, and by the employment of R.N.C.V.R. officers and men. H.M.C.S. Niobe continues to be employed as a depot ship at Halifax, and has also been parent ship for vessels employed on patrol work. H.M.C.S. Rainbow has been continuously emploj'ed on the west co^st in trade protection and other important duties, under the orders of the Imperial Senior Naval Officer of that station. The two submarines and their parent ship, the Shearwater, have been activel}^ employed for the defence of the British Columbian coasts. A large number of other vessels, both governmental and private, are being utilized in connection with the naval defence of the coasts on such duties as examination service, mine-sweeping, patrols, and other necessary work. Commodore Sir Charles H. Coke, K.C.V.O., recently arrived in Canada, having been lent by the Imperial Government to take charge of the Atlantic patrol, acting under the orders of this department. The Naval Volunteers continue to do good work ashore and afloat, a con- siderable number serving continuously in H.M. and H.M.C. ships and vessels, both on the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of the Dominion. Captain the Honourable R. Guinness, R.N.V.R., arrived in Canada in May, 1916, for the purpose of recruiting for the Royal Navy; however, it was decided, mainly on account of the comparatively low rates of pay in force in the Royal Navy, that this was not practicable, and the Dominion Government offered to divert to the Naval Service part of the quota which would otherwise be contributed to the Army, and to allow these men Canadian rates of pay, the men being enrolled as Canadian Naval Volunteers and placed at the disposal of the Admiralty. This offer was accepted by the Imperial Government, and up to date, 1331 men have been enrolled in the R.N.C.V.R. (Overseas Division), of whom 1188 have actually been sent overseas. The recruiting for this division was carried out entirely by this department. Captain Guinness assisting by holding recruiting meetings throughout the Dominion. 38—1 2 DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 The selection of candidates for the Roj-al Naval Air Service had continued, and a total of 382 officers has been entered for this service. Those entered since 20th July, 1916, have not been required to obtain their Aero Club certi- ficates before going to England. Commander F. P. Armstrong, with a recruiting committee, arrived in Can- ada in April, 1916, for the purpose of entering officers and men for the Auxiliary Patrol (motor-boat) service. The following gives the total numbers entered by him in Canada: — Sub-lieutenants 264 Chief motor mechanics 52 Motor mechanics 60 Commander Armstrong left Vancouver for New Zealand on the 30th August, 1916. The duties and work carried out by the Naval Staff Office continue to increase in magnitude and importance, and have been carried out in a very satisfactory manner. I have the honour to be, sir. Your obedient servant, C. E. KINGSMILL, Admiral, Director of the Naval Service. ' DEPARTMENT OF TEE NATAL SERVICE 3 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 ' SURVEY OF .TIDES AND CURRENTS. Department of the Nav.\l Service, Ottawa, March 31, 1917. The Deputy Minister, Department oLthe Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to submit the following report regarding the Survey of Tides and Currents during tlie twelve months ending March 31, 1917. One direction in which considerable progress has been made is in the methods of calculation for slack water; the improvements being based upon the experience gained in correlating the current with the tide in a number of different straits and narrows, both in eastern Canada and on the Pacific coast. Some new methods resulting from the investigations made have been applied with success to the calculation of slack water in the passes of the Pacific coast; and this will contribute to the greater accuracy of the tide tables published in future years. The general work of the Survey has been continued without inter- ruption, and further observations of the tides or currents have been carried out during the summer season on both coasts, as well as in Hudson bay. PRINCIPAL TIDAL STATIONS. The six principal stations in eastern Canada and five in British Columbia have been maintained in continuous operation throughout the year. The observations obtained from these stations, after careful reduction, are sub- mitted to harmonic analysis, by which tidal constants are obtained as a basis for the calculation of the tide tables. The data for the purpose are thus im- proved as additional years of tidal record are obtained. As the work of this character was done for the benefit of eastern Canada last year, it was carried forward to improve the tidal constants for the Pacific coast during the present year. Four complete years of tidal record from Clayoquot were submitted to analysis, two years from port Simpson, two years from Prince Rupert, and one year from Vancouver. Also two complete years of tidal record from point Atkinson were reduced; this being a new station for the strait of Georgia, which is found to be practically identical with Sand Heads. The observations at Sand Heads were obtained in the early years of this Survey at the lighthouse there, which has since been removed and replaced by a lightship. These further observations at point Atkinson will enable the observations to be carried forward for a longer period. This work of reduction and analysis will improve, therefore, the accuracy of the tide tables for the ports mentioned, and this will be a distinct advantage as it is from the tide tables at Clayoquot, Sand Heads, and port Simpson, that the various tables of slack water are calculated. FURTHER TIDAL OBSERVATIONS OBTAINED. During last season, tidal observations in eastern Canada were obtained at the head of the bay of Fundy and along the north coast of Prince Edward island. On the Pacific coast a tidal station was established at the farthest 38— U 4 DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERYICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 available point at the north end of the strait of Georgia and also at points in the channels opposite the north end of Vancouver island, to obtain a basis for the revision of the tidal data in that region, especially in Johnstone strait, where the hea\'iest traffic takes place. Bay of Fimdy. — The highest tides of the bay of Fundy are known to occur in Cumberland basin, and in Cobequid bay at the eastern end of Minas basin. Fairly extended observations were taken in Cumberland basin during the surveys for the Bale Verte canal in 1870. It appeared, however, from pre- liminarj' comparisons of such data as were available, that the tide is higher in Cobequid bay. The upper part of this bay is obstructed with sand bars; and a point was therefore selected at Burntcoat head, which is as far up as the whole tide can be measured at any one locality. There is no wharf at this point, or other artificial facilities, for the erection of a registering tide gauge, so that the observations were taken by direct leveUing or bj^ scale readings. The results were compared with simultaneous observations at the principal station for the bay of Fundy, situated at St. John, N.B. The observations in Cumberland basin, which are broken and imperfect, were also carefully reduced for comparison; and some results were also obtained from observa- tions taken for part of a month in 1859 in Noel bay, during the Admiralty surveys for the chart. This bay is within a few miles of Burntcoat head. The results of this work need not be enlarged upon as they will be given in a special report entitled: "Tides at the head of the bay of Fundy". A full discussion of the behaviour of the tide at this locality at the extreme head of the baj' is there given. The data arrived at will throw light upon the features of the tide throughout the bay of Fundy, and will add to our knowledge of tides in general. Prince Edward island; North Coast. — A series of tide gauges were erected along the north coast of Prince Edward island to obtain simultaneous obser- vations throughout this region. It was desirable to obtain this while the prin- cipal station at St. Paul island is still in good working order, as it is one of the most difficult stations to maintain, and the tides of this coast must be referred to it. The points selected for tidal stations were Tignish, Alberton, Malpeque in Richmond bay, Rustico, St. Pierre and Naufrage. The tide is quite special in its character on this coast, as there are times when only one high water and one low water in the day are pronounced, the other two being effaced. At these times the tide becomes diurnal. There was much difficultj' in reducing the observations satisfactorily, but a full expla- nation of the nature of the tide will be given in the tide tables. The information obtained also enables the characteristics of the tide throughout the southern half of the gulf of St. Lawrence tt) be more adequately described. The rise of the tide on this coast is of much value to vessels, especially in heavy weather, as the harbours are largely used for refuge, and most of them have bars across the mouth. A vessel can thus enter more safely at high water during a storm. It is thus always convenient and sometimes necessarj- for a mariner to know the time of high water. These observations have also enabled a consistent series of low-water datums to be determined along this coast. This will be of service to the Public Works department for dredging and for harbour improvements. Lower St. Lawrence. — By co-operation with the Hydrographic Survey, observations were continued at Grand ISIechins and Godbout, this latter being practicalh" the same as Point des Monts, the true dividing point between the gulf of St. Lawrence and the estuary. Good results have been obtained from these observations, which will serve as a connecting link between the estuary of the St. Lawrence and the observations obtained in 1910 along the north shore of the gulf from bay of Seven Islands eastward. DEPARTMENT OF TBE XATAL SERVICE 5 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Pacific Coast. — In the region of Johnstone strait, through which heavy traffic passes not only from Vancouver to Prince Rupert but also from the Puget Sound ports to Alaska, observations of the tide were obtained in 1900 at Alert bay, Blinkinshop, and Chatham point. These observations were obtained by the survey staff of H.M.S. Egeria, and they should properly be referred to Port Simpson; but no observations there in that year were available. A special tide table for comparison was therefore calculated for port Simpson for the year 1900, based on the tidal constants which have been derived from seven years of tidal record there. The comparison enabled tidal differences with port Simpson to be obtained for these three localities. As a further basis for this region, a registering tide gauge was erected at the mouth of Salmon river, twenty-two miles north- west of Chatham point. At this locality, simultaneous observations with the permanent station at port Simpson were obtained during five months. In this way, the tidal data for the whole region from Seymour narrows to Alert bay wei'e carefully revised. Observations were obtained for the first time at two localities on the back channels off the main line of navigation, namely, at a point in the vicinity of Forward harbour and at Shoal bay at the main angle of Cordero channel, between Bute inlet and Loughborough inlet. The further tidal data thus obtained will be of benefit to the local steamers which have ports of call in this region. The observations obtained in co-operation with the Hydrographic Survey have afforded improved data for Ocean Falls in Cousins inlet, which has been recently survej^ed; and also for Queen Charlotte and Shingle bay in Skidegate inlet. Queen Charlotte islands. A tide gauge supplied to that Survey was erected last season at Granbj^ bay in Observatory inlet, which is rapidly develop- ing as a mining centre. This will enable the time and height of the tide to be known there, with reference to port Simpson. INVESTIGATION OF THE CURRENTS. The gut of Canso. — Observations of the turn of the current in this strait were continued during the past season, from May to November. They were taken by the captain of the Ferry steamer Scotia assisted by his first officer. After the experience of the previous season, it was possible to get more satisfactory obser- vations and to make them more continuous during the night. Owing to the complex nature of the current, it was found best to plot these observations in the form of a diagram; and from this, a very thorough digest was made, in view of the different variations which the current presents. The general characteristics and the varying behaviour of this current were found to be in accord with the explanations already given in the tide tables. The longer series of observations enabled more definite values to be obtained for the different elements which go to make up the behaviour which the current actually shows. There is a large inequality in the flow of the current in the two directions which follows the declination of the moon, and this is further complicated by a dominant flow in one direction. It is thus only when the moon is near the equator that it is possible to obtain any satisfactory correlation with the time of the tide. An investigation of this relation was undertaken, however, as it is valuable in showing the best methods by which such problems can be treated. As a final result, it was found that the turn of the currents accords with the time of half tide rising and falling at St. Paul island. This relation with half tide, that is, with the moment midway between the time of high water and low water, or between low water and high water, is an instructive result, as it indicates a principle which may be applicable elsewhere. It is also instructive to know that the current in this strait is related to the tide at St. Paul island which is exactly opposite the gut at the other end of Cape Breton island. It has been found elsewhere that the turn of the current in a strait behind an island is in accord 6 DEPARTIIEXT OF TBE yATAL SERVICE. 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 with the tide on the outside of the island. Such relations indicate the manner in which currents in other regions maj' be dealt with, in order to calculate the time of slack water for the benefit of the mariner. In this case, the most practical result of the investigation is an explanation of the behaviour of the current so that the navigator may know what to expect. Seymour N^arrows. — From the experience gained in the cases above described, and the successful result which was obtained for Seymour inlet as explained in last year's report, an endeavour was made on similar lines to obtain a better basis for the calculation of slack water in Seymour narrows. After an extended series of trials, a remarkably constant relation was obtained between the time of slack water and half tide; the moment of half tide being half way between high water at Sand Heads in the strait of Georgia and low water at port Simpson. This method applies to the calculation of low-water slack, for which a complex method has been used in calculating the slack water tables during the last three years. It is a declination method, and is described in outhne in the tide tables, and although quite satisfactory in itself, it involves an elaborate technique which has to be followed with great care to avoid accidental errors, which would be large if they occurred. The new method of calculation from the time of half tide as above mentioned is simpler, in being straightforward. The reason for the accuracy of the result which it gives is that the variation due to the change in the moon's declination is balanced out by the relative changes in the tides themselves instead of being based on the moon's change in position. By disposing of this variation, which is the most troublesome one to deal with, it becomes possible to apply a cor- rection to take up the variation from springs to neaps. This correction can be applied to both high-water and low-water slack. These two methods were thoroughly tested out by calculating slack water for three months in the year 1913 and comparing the results with the time of slack water as actually observed. The ultimate advantage obtained may be summed up hj saj'ing that this method is quite as accurate as the former declination method and that it eliminates the chance of errors in the calculation. This explanation may also serve to show the advantage that may result from the investigation of the behaviour of- all classes of currents in different regions, in the improvement of methods of calculation. Active Pass. — This pass is the most important of those which lead between the Gulf islands, as it is the one chiefly used by ocean-going vessels between Vancouver and Victoria. The behaviour of the current is more subject to variation than in the other passes, because of its being near to the south end of the chain of Gulf islands. Further observations of slack water in this pass were begun last I\Iay and will be continued throughout the winter. Some improvements have already b^en obtained, in the calculation values for slack water in the tide tables. It has now been ascertained that a marked improvement in the calculations can be gained by referring high-water slack in this pass to the tide of the open Pacific at Clayoquot and low-water slack to the tide in the strait of Georgia. It has also been found advisable in the case of low-water slack to distinguish the half tide from loM'er low water; and although this involves considerably more labour in the calculation, it gives a distinctly better result. In the case of high-water slack, the only change allowed for is the annual variation in the values during the successive months of the year. When the present obser- vations are completed, the calculation values will be revised, however, to make them as accurate as possible, and thus to improve the slack water tables. Similar methods for Porlier pass have been used for the first time in the calculation for the tide tables of 1918. These two passes serve as standard ones from which the time of slack water in the other passes between the Gulf DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 7 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 islands can be obtained by a difference of time. This system of referring one pass to another gives better results than if the time of slack water were obtained with reference to the time of the tide. It is also quite as convenient to the navigator to apply the differences to a table of slack water as to a tide table. Wcllbore channel. — This channel forms an entrance to the eastern pas- sages leading to the Yuculta, which are preferred in the lumber traffic as the most convenient route. Observations of the time of slack water in Whirlpool rapids in Wellbore channel were therefore undertaken during last season from June to November. It was found that the time of slack water in this rapid can be referred to Sej-mour narrows, in the same way as several other tidal rapids in that region. This information will be of much value to the lumber in- dustry which is developing in that region, as it is only possible, in towing rafts, to pass during slack water. Hudson Bay and the Arctic Ocean. Further observations were obtained at Nelson during last season. These were supervised by the wireless operator. The results have enabled the cal- culations for that port to be improved, and the small changes which the ob- servations show to be necessary, indicate that the present basis of calculation is closely accurate. Tidal data for James bay have now been obtained for two islands near the head of the bay, and for Moose factory. These two islands have been used as bases for the work of the Hydrographic Survey; and the tidal infor- mation was obtained by co-operation with that survey, in supplying it with the necessary outfit. Good data for the tide will thus be available for any railwaj' terminals, or other works which ma}^ be contemplated in James bay. During the progress of the Stefansson expedition, praiseworthy endeavours were made to obtain tidal information at several points in the Arctic ocean. In the vicinity of cape Kellett, simultaneous observations were obtained for a few days at a time at the cape and at a point twenty miles north. Also along the north coast of the main land, tidal observations were obtained at CoUinson point, Martin point, and Demarkation point, as well as at Bernard harbour in Union strait. The difficulty in dealing with these observations is that the tide in these open regions is usually less than one foot in range, and seldom as much as IJ feet, except in Union strait, where it occasionally exceeds 2 feet. Although the observations were perseveringly taken every 15 minutes day and night for several days at a time, the results that can be obtained from them are rather indefinite. The time of high and low water is necessarily uncertain. Careful abstracts and reductions have been made, however, in the endeavour to deter- mine the establishment at these points, and the range at spring and neap tides. A knowledze of the establishment would be valuable if trustworthy in the cir- cumstances, as it would show the direction in which the tide progresses in the open, waters of the Arctic ocean. INFOBMATION SUPPLIED. As this Survey becomes more widely known, a large number of reciuests are received for information. Some of these can be met by sending reports or other published information; but in reply to a number of requests it is neces- sary to work out special data. The new information obtained by this Survey is also communicated to the Hydrographer to the British Navy, to afford im- provements in the data for Canada which are published in the British tide tables. Advance information is often communicated also to owners of vessels and 8 DEPARTMENT OF TEE T^AVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 fishing establishments in the regions where further information has been ob- tained during the season. This reaches them before it can be issued in the tide tables. The determinations of mean sea-level, made by this Survey at several of the principal tidal stations, have been communicated to the Deputy Head of the Commission of Conservation for his new edition of "Altitudes in Canada." An abstract of the results of these determinations is given, in the introduction to this work, for Halifax, St. John, N.B., Quebec, Victoria, Vancouver and Prince Rupert. This indicated the bases of the altitudes, as they are all referred to mean-sea-level. The extended levels of the Geodetic Branch of the Public Works Depart- ment are run on lines which make frequent connectioti with the shore between Halifax and Quebec. The benchmarks of the Tidal Survey, as well as some Admiralty bench-marks are thus connected with this system of levels. The Tidal Survey has accordingly supplied the tide levels for a number of localities in this region, which enhances the value of the forthcoming publication of these geodetic levels, as well as affording the corresponding advantage of con- necting together the bench-marks of the Tidal Survey which originally were isolated and unconnected. A similar service has been rendered in connection with the precise levelhng of the Dominion observatory; in affording correct determinations of mean sea- level at Halifax, Yarmouth and Vancouver, on the two coasts, as a correct basis for extended levels. The true value of mean sea-level, as determined from continuous observations of the tide during a number of years, is thus proving of value in these levelling operations. Special information on tide levels and extreme tides has also been deduced during the year from the tidal records now available, to meet the immediate requirements of railway engineers and district engineers of the Public Works Department, in regions in which they are interested. Accuracy of the Tide Tables. — To test the degree of accuracy that the tide tables have now attained, comparisons have been made between the tables and the tides as actually observed during 1916. This series of comparisons comprised three of the harbours and reference stations in eastern Canada, and five on the Pacific coast. The deduction from these comparisons showed: (1) the average amount of error during the month, and of improvement on former years obtained by the further analysis of tidal record; and (2) any tendency in the tides as calculated for the tide tables, to be early or late on the average. Valuable indications are thus obtained regarding progress made. PUBLICATION. Eastern coasts of Canada. — The tide tables for this coast are issued in three editions. One is a complete edition containing all tidal information, and now amounting to 8,000 copies. The other two are abridged editions of pocket size, one for Quebec and the St. Lawrence and the other for St. John and the bay of Fundy. These two editions have now been increased to 21,000, as there are many navigators as well as fishermen who require local information and do not need the complete edition. Tidal information for Quebec and the St. Lawrence is supplied to the Marine Department for its publication for the ship channel between Montreal and Father Point. This is especially intended for the pilot service. Tidal information for the summer season is also sent locally to three of the summer resorts on the lower St. Lawrence for the convenience of those who frequent these. DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERTICE 9 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Pacific coast. — The circulation of tlie tide tables on this coast continues to increase. The complete edition for the coast is now 15,000 copies; and an abridged edition for the southern part of British Columbia has been increased to 12,000. This abridgement supplies a large demand for local tide tables for Vancouver, the Fraser river, and the passes in that vicinity. This is found very- convenient and serviceable by all classes from pilots to fishermen and for motor- boat traffic. The tide tables on the Pacific coast are appreciated by the lumber industry and the coal trade, in addition to their direct service to ordinary navigation. The tables are also much used by fishermen, as the best catch is often taken during some special stage of the tide. The various editions of the tide tables are supplied without charge to the steamship companies, and to all applicants for them. They are largely cir- culated through the agencies of the Marine Department, the custom offices, pilot and shipping offices. A large proportion of them are mailed individually, and many are sent in reply to requests received. Republication in Great Britain. — In the general tide tables issued by the British Admiralty there are tide tables for eight important harbours in eastern Canada and the Pacific coast. These are St. John, Halifax, Father Point, and Quebec; and on the Pacific coast Victoria, Sand Heads, Clayoquot and port Simpson. With these tables, tidal differences are given which extend their use to numerous other ports. Hudson Bay. — Tide tables for Nelson in Hudson bay are published for the months of July to October. The method by which these are calculated has been explained above. The height of the tide is referred to the chart datum. In these tables tidal data are given for Churchill as well as several points in James bay, which have been recently added from new observations obtained there. These tables also include data for six points in the length of Hudson strait, and Ungava bay. The chief matter which is of practical importance there, is the time of the tide, to afford a basis for comparison with the strong tidal streams in this strait. These streams are due to the great rise of the tide, which is from 20 to 35 feet. Bay of Fundy. — Under the heading of publications may be mentioned the report on " The tides at the head of the bay of Fundy," as already explained herein. This report, now in press, consists of twentj'-one pages of text with twelve pages of tables, and two plates comprising a map and a plan. This report will cover information for which requests are often received. STAFF. The staff of this Survey for the office and field work, comprises only four in addition to the superintendent, together with the outside tidal observers who number six in eastern Canada and five on the Pacific coast at the permanent tidal stations. In addition to these, several others are employed locally in the summer season, in the observation of tides or currents; and considerable informa- tion is also obtained through co-operation with other Surveys, as already explained. In the field last season, Mr. S. C. Hayden supervised the observation of the currents in the passes of British Columbia, the erection of tide gauges, fitting out the observers, and also inspecting the tidal stations on that coast. In Eastern Canada, Mr. H. W. Jones supervised the erection of the series of summer stations on the north coast of Prince Edward island; and carried out the important repairs to the tide gauge at St. Paul island, in reconstructing the crib work which protects it, and strengthening it with concrete. He also inspected those of the 10 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 principal stations which required it. On the bay of Fund}-, I\lr. K. B. Lee assisted the superintendent in the observations and leveUing which form the basis for the special report above mentioned. During the winter season, the tidal record from the principal stations which accumulates in summer requires attention; and the reduction of this record and its preparation for analysis has to be made. The observations at the summer stations have also to be dealt with, and the slack water observations in the passes and narrows require to be brought to practical shape for calculation purposes, or to afford improved data for mariners. There is also the calculation and publication of five sets of tide tables to be carried out during the winter months. This is done by the same staff as above mentioned, with the assistance of Miss S. L. Howell in the reduction and computations, as well as cariying on the correspondence and attending to the office work in the summer season when most of the staff are away. I have the honour to be, sir. Your obedient servant, W. BELL DAWSON, Superintendent of Tidal Surveys. DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 11 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 HYDROGRAPHIC SURVEY. Department of the Naval Service, April 1, 1917. The Deputy Minister, Department of Naval Service. Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to submit my report on the work of the Hydro- graphic Survey during the fiscal year 1916-17. During the year no additions were made to the equipments of the surveys, but all the vessels have been kept in the usual good condition. The following members of the staff have obtained leave and joined the Overseas Forces, namely, Messrs. J. A. Turner; O. R. Parker, R.N.R.; F. Delaute; C. B. R. MacDonald; Norman Wilson; Clifford Smith and W. J. Miller. Commander John Knight, R.N., of the pacific Coast Survey has accepted a commission on the Canadian cruiser Rainbow, and Mr. H. H. Lawson has accepted an appointment as instructor in the Royal Military College, Kingston. The positions held by these officers have not been filled. The following parties were in the field during the summer of 1916: — First. — The Atlantic Coast Survey, under Captain Anderson, with the steamer Acadia, working off the approach to Hahfax harbour. Second. — The Pacific Coast Survey under Lieutenant-Commander P. C. Musgrave, R.N., with the steamer Lillooet, working around the Queen Char- lotte islands, British Columbia. Third. — The Lower St. Lawrence Survey under Mr. Charles Savary, with the steamer Cartier, working in the mouth of the' St. Lawrence river. Fourth. — The Lake Superior Survey No. 1 under Mr. H. D. Parizeau, with the steamer La Canadienne, in Nipigon bay, lake Superior; Fifth.— The Lake Superior Survey No. 2 under Mr. G. A. Bachand, with the steamer Bayfield, working around Michipicoten island, lake Superior; Sixth. — The Kingston Harbour Survey under Mr. Paul Jobin, with a launch and shore party working at the entrance to Kingston harbour; Seventh. — The automatic gauges under Mr. Charles Price, superintending the working of the automatic gauges on the Great Lakes and in the St. Lawrence river. ATLANTIC COAST SURVEY. The Acadia was again fitted out for service at H.M.C. Dockyard, Halifax, and commissioned on the 15th of June. The work of this party consisted in re-sounding the approach to Halifax harbour, using the Admiralty charts for bases, or the area off that portion of the coast between Egg island and Pennant point. The soundings were carried _off shore a distance of 20 miles, and as close inshore as was safe for the navigation of the ship. All the main shoals shown on the Admiralty charts were re-examined, and upon many of them was found considerably less water, whilst in other cases no trace of some of the shoals marked could be found. About two dozen uncharted rocks were located, and Notices to Mariners issued. The main triangulation of 1916 was extended to the northeastward as far as Liscomb harbour, and to the southwestward as far as port Medway, an extreme distance of 115 miles. Bases about a mile long were measured at 6ach of these harbours, and the agreement with the triangulated lengths was very close. 12 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 In the spring a re-survey of Bedford basin was started, and completed during the summer. A new chart on a good scale of this important basin will shortly be issued. During the season an examination was made of Lockport harbour, and additional shoals found in the entrance to it. As opportunity offered, observations for magnetic declination were obtained with a Unifilar magnetometer at the following points: — Station. Locality. Latitude. Longitude Date. Declinatibn. N. 43^2.. " 44-17.. " 44-38.. " 44-43.. " 44-37.. " 44-28.. " 44-45.. " 44-51.. •' 45-01.. W. 65-19.. " 64-20.. " 64-03.. " 63-01.. " 63-32.. " 63-36.. " 62-49.. " 62-32.. " 62-01.. October September . August September . November.. iq^n.n West 21-000 Hubbards cove West entrance MacNab island Near Back Lt. H St. Margarets bay Jeddore harbour Halifax harbour Sambro harbour 2 1-52 -S " 22-37-9 " 22-10-6 " 21-53-4 " 22 38-2 23-05 0 " Pve point. Liscomb harbour 23-30-0 " Captain Anderson reports that the weather for surveying was exceptionally bad; while not very stormy, very much fog prevailed. Owing to fog and snow and rain, during fifty-four daj's out of the season of five months, nothing could be accomplished. The season was brought to a close and the steamer laid up at H.M.C. Dock- yard, Halifax, on the 24th of November. On the following day the crew were paid off and the staff returned to Ottawa. The staff for the season consisted of Assistants R. J. Fraser, L. C. Prittie, and J. L. Foreman. As a result of the season's york the following new charts will be issued : — " Bedford basin," including the Narrows, on a scale of six inches to one nautical mile; " Egg island to Pennant point " including Halifax harbour on a scale of eight thousand feet to the inch. For this chart recourse has been taken to the Admiraltj' charts of the neighbourhood for topography and inshore soundings. PACIFIC COAST SURVEY. The steamer LUlooet was fitted outat H.IM.C. Dockyard, Esquimalt, B.C., and commissioned for service on the 10th of April. On the passage north, examination was made of Retreat cove in Trincomali channel, and also of Alillbank sound, where some additional traversing of the shore-line was carried out and a hunt made for the position of the rock marked " P.D." on the Admiralty chart. The hunt was unsuccessful, so that if the rock does exist, its position has not been determined. Additional surveying of Alice arm was commenced on the 26th of April, it being the extension of the work done on the chart " Granby bay and appr9aches." The survey was continued until the 27th of May, and the ship resumed her regular work at Queen Charlotte islands early in June. During the month, sounding was carried off the west side of Queen Charlotte islands in the western approach to Dixon entrance. For the balance of the fine weather, or until the middle of September, work proceeded in Hecate strait and in the neighbourhood of Queen Charlotte city. On the latter date the party returned to Alice arm, resumed operations and completed the survey of the inlet by the 28th of October. Esquimalt was reached on the 4th of November, where the steamer was laid up and the crew paid off. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 13 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 In connection with this report, Captain Musgrave expresses his gratitude to the Geodetic Survey of Canada for the great assistance they have given him in connecting his stations with those of its main triangulation and thus giving accurate astronomical positions as groundwork for the Hydrographic Survey charts. In this way, good determinations have been obtained of Prince Rupert, of Granby bay and Ahce arm. A careful examination was made of the east and west narrows of Skidegate channel which gives easy access for fishing vessels operating from Prince Rupert to the fishing grounds west of Queen Charlotte islands. Were some dredging done in these narrows the channel would be much improved. Owing to Commander Knight and Messrs. Turner and Parker going on active service, the staff of this party was reduced to one assistant, Mr. Davies, so that the usual amount of work was not obtained. It was also necessary to leave the schooner Naden out of commission at New Westminster. LOWER ST. LA WHENCE. The steamer Cartier was fitted out at the Marine Department Agency at Quebec and went into commission on the 8th of May, in charge of Mr. Charles Savary, and Assistants Messrs. Edward Ghysens, M. A. MacKinnon, and E. B. MacCoU. During the season the main triangulation of the south shore was extended as far east as Marten river, and on the north shore to Egg island lighthouse. As a result of the season's work the survey reached as far east as pointe Des Monts and a new chart entitled " Pointe Des Monts to Father Point " taking in both shores of the St. Lawrence river is about ready for the printer. The party returned to Quebec about the first week in November and the crew were paid off. LAKE SUPERIOR PARTY NO. 1. The steamer La Canadienne was fitted out at Owen Sound, and with Mr. H. D. Parizeau and his assistants, Messrs. F. R. Mortimer and H. L. Leadflaan, left that port on the 4th of May and proceeded to lake Superior, where the survey of Nipigon bay was started on the 12th of May and continued until the 13th of September. On the latter date the party moved to Black bay, but, unfortunately in entering ran aground and by the time the steamer was docked and repaired in the dry-dock at Port Arthur, it was too late to resume operations, which were transferred to Port Arthur and Fort William and continued until the 21st of October, when the steamer left for Owen Sound, arriving on the 5th of November, when the crew were paid off. On the way east, several shoals that had been reported as omitted from the charts were examined and their positions determined, so that they can be charted. As a result of the season's work an excellent chart of Nipigon bay is now ready for the printer, and will be issued before the opening of navigation 1918. LAKE SUPERIOR PARTY NO. 2. The steamer Bayfield was fitted out at the Marine Department depot, Prescott, and commissioned on the 1st of May, 1916. Mr. G. A. Bachand, with his assistants, Messrs. J. U. Beauchemin and W. K. Wilhs, proceeded to lake Superior to take up the work where it was dropped by Mr. Parizeau in the autumn of 1915. Work around Otter head and along the shore to the eastward of it was undertaken in connection with the survey of the shores of Michipicoten island, and continued until the 25th of October, when, owing to bad weather and trouble with the boiler of the steamer, it was deemed advisable to discontinue and proceed to Owen Sound, where the party arrived on the 27th of October. 1 4 DEPARTJUEXT OF THE ^ATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 As a result of the season's work, coupled with some of Mr. Parizeau's work in 1915, a new chart entitled " Michipicoten island to Oiseau bay " has been handed to the King's Printer, and in addition to this, an excellent plan has been made of Quebec harbour, Michipicoten island. I regret to say that both Mr. Parizeau and Mr. Bachand report that work was greatly hindered during the season by lack of crew. The men were very hard to get, wages were high, and they were difficult to handle. I am afraid that due to the unsettled condition of the country, we will have great difficult}- in making good headway. i KINGSTON HARBOUR. Mr. Paul Jobinwas supplied with a gasolene launch and instructed to under- take the re-survey of the entrance to Kingston harbour. He arrived at Kingston on the 18th of May, and was joined by an assistant, Mr. LeRoy T. Bowes. He also had difficulties obtaining men, but eventually settled down to veiy good work, but was unable to complete the work outlined for him. This work will be continued in the coming season, and a chart issued in the spring of 1918. AUTOMATIC GAUGES. The work of looking after the automatic gauges on the Great Lakes and St. Lawrence river as far east as Cap Rouge in is charge of Mr. Charles Price who has been assisted by Mr. C. F. Hannington, C.E., and Mr. A. R. Lee. The following eleven gauges were operated during 1916 on the Great Lakes: Port Arthur Lake Superior Jan. 1 to Dee. 31. Michipicoten harbour " June 15 " 31 Sault Ste. Marie Above locks Jan. 1 " 31. Sault Ste. Marie Below locks Jan.. 1 " 31. CoUingwood Georgian bay Jan, 1 " 31. Goderich Lake Huron June 1 " 16. lie Aux Peches Detroit river Jan. 1 " 31. Fighting island " Jan. 1 " 31. Port C'olburne Lake Erie Jan. 1 " 31. Port Dalhousie Lake Ontario May 29 " 15. Kingston " Jan. 1 " 31. During 1916 the following eighteen gauges were operated on the lower St. Lawrence river: — Pointe Claire Lake St. Louis Jan. 1 to Dec. 31. Verdun St. LawTcnce river " 1 " 31. Montreal (foot of lock 1).. . " " April -28 " 23. Laurierpier, Montreal (new) " " July 24 " 22. Longue pointe " " May 1 " 22. Varennes " " April 28 to Nov. 27. Vercheres " " " 27 to Dee. 22. Lanoraie .' " " May 1 to Nov. 25. Sorel " " April 19 to Dec. 31. Range Light No. 2 Lake St. Peter . , May 10 to Nov. 19. Nicolet river (new) " " Aug. 28 " 23. Thiee Rivers St. Lawrence river April 20 " 27. Batiscan " " May 3 " 25. Cap a la Roche " " " 5 " 24. Richelieu Rapids " " " 20 " 25. Pointe Platon " " " 5 " 14. Neuville " " " 6 " 16. St. Nicholas " " " 8 " 25. The gauges at Sorel and Pointe Claire are now being maintained during the whole year, and the gauges at Montreal (foot of Lock No. 1) Laurier pier, Longue Pointe, and Vercheres, were operated until December 22, 1916, when a sudden raise of water made it necessary to remove them before being flooded. During the past winter there were also two staff gauge readings taken each day at Verdun and Laurier pier. The seven gauges from Three Rivers to St. Nicholas, inclusive, are compiled by half hourly readings, and the time and elevation of high and low is also tab- DEPAETMKNT OF TEE iYAFAL SERVICE 15 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 ulated. The work connected with tabulating the records from each of these automatic gauges equals that required by fully four of the regular gauges compiled by hourly readings only. All gauges are installed and operated from wharves, except at the Nicolet river and the Richelieu rapids. For these two gauges it was necessary to drive piles and erect a platform to work from. The main difficulty in operating the gauges is in obtaining reliable men as attendants. The lack of care by an attendant often causes the loss of readings and sometimes the breaking down of the gauge itself. ISSUE OF CHARTS. During the past year the following new charts were issued from this office: — 106 "Peninsula harbour and port Munro." 6S "Kingston to Deseronto" (bay of Quinte). 69 "Deseronto to Presqu'ile (bay of Quinte). 95 "Meldrum point to St. Joseph island." 310 "Fisher channel and Cousins inlet." 311 "Harbours in Queen Charlotte islands." 84 "Parry Sound and approaches." 85 "McCoy islands to (Tollins inlet." 89 "Penetanguishene harbour." 312 "Granby bay and approaches." 407 ".A.nchorages in Hudson strait." 62 "Newcastle harbour to Toronto." 104 "Oiseau bay to Copper island." 21() "Bersimis river to Bic island." 209 "Saguenay river, St.-Fulgence to Shipshaw." The following new editions of former issues of charts have been published : — 207 "Malbaie to Goose island." 50 "Lake St. Louis." 52 "Lake St. Francis" (eastern portion). 53 "Lake St. Francis" (western portion). 94 "Little Current." 204 "Bic island to White island." 86 "Georgian bay to Clappcrton island." 7 "He Aus Foins to ile de Grace." 8 "Head of lake St. Peter." 16 "Ste. Emmelie to Deschambault.'" 19 "St. Antoine to St. Augustin." 21 "Quebec harbour." The Survey is engaged in the preparation of sets of thirty charts each, of the edition published by the late International Waterways Commission, showing the boundary between St. Regis, Quebec, and Pigeon bay. Owing to various difficulties this work has not made as good headwaj' as it should have done, but it is hoped that it will be completed during the summer. The following of the charts were published during the j'ear: — 1 "St. Lawrence river, St. Regis to Dickinson landing." 20 "General chart of lake Huron." 22 "North channel and St. Marys river, Potagannissing bay to foot of Mud lake." 28 "General chart of lake Superior, — Whitefish point to Pigeon bay." The following works have been issued to the public: — "St. Lawrence Pilot, — Below Quebec" (new edition); "Report of the International Waterways Commission" describing the boundary line between St. Regis, Quebec, and Pigeon bay. In closing this report I have to express my thanks to all the members of the staff for the valuable service they have rendered during the past year. I have the honour to be, sir, Your obedient servant. WM. J. STEWART, Hydrographer. 16 DEPARTMEyr OF THE XAVAL SERTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 c -3 C c3 3 rt ^ 3 c3 05 "3 > b <•) O r1 ^ O ff> ni O c3 53 Z s « o i 1 03 1 i CO o o CO oo o CO a> Oi 00 uo CO Cl (M CO •<* C-4 o a . o 1 g i s o o o g- CO oo UO ft 00 »c co« »-0 — O CO ITS cq > o o CO § 9 CO e to «5 o ITS U5 CI CO uO ? lo CM O O CO i s r- o " CO CO r-- *r3 iM O UO s CO cq c. 1 i- i C4 CO CO o 00 C3 O 00 to 1 CO CO o ft CO CO c X ■< c c C c & b 1 c 1 c cc a c e e "3 C "a 1 1 > i '5 c c t c c 1 ' c . > a c c "a c c 1 c c c 1— 3 5 c c ■ c 3 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 17 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Daily mean water surface elevations of lake St. Louis, at Pointe Claire, Que. for 1916, elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred to C.B.M. CCCCIII on S.E. corner of R.C. Church. Elevation 83.95. Day. Jan. Feb. Mar. April. May. June. July. Aug Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14. 15 16, 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30 31. 68-23 68-39 68-60 68-60 68-80 68-80 69-21 69-49 69-49 69-60 69-46 69-20 69-25 69-30 69-33 69-26 69-10 69-01 68-75 68-75 68-97 68-49 63-25 68-55 68-63 68-39 68-39 68-53 68-90 69-14 69-32 69-45 69-14' 69-20 69-00 68-92 68-94 68-88 68-86 68-97 69-03 69-24 69-40 69-10 68-93 68-96 68-96 68-85 68-56 68-00 67-87 68-23 68-63 68-73 68-76 68-64 68-50 68-20 68-11 68-28 68-81 69-11 68-95 68-71 68-46 68-42 68-21 68-12 68-02 67-89 67-88 68-05 67-93 67-77 67-79 67-86 67-87 67-97 68-27 68-23 67-91 67-83 67-82 67-70 67-63 67-53 67-49 67-53 67-87 68-66 69-55 70-28 70-80 71-26 71-27 71-09 70-99 71-06 70-93 70-75 70-71 70-85 71-00 71 -IS* 71-23a 71 -19a 71 -16a 71 ■37a 71-49a 71 -60a 71 -74a 71-51a 71-16 71-29 71-84' 71-88 71-90 71-87 71-87 71-89 71-91 71-98 72-07 72-10' 72-21" 72-24 72-30 72-33 72-36 72-36 72-32 72-30 72-31 72-20 72-06 71-87 71-69 71-78 72-42 73-12 73-39 73-44 73-30 73-14 73-01 72-90 72-78 72-59 72-42 72-31 72-21 72-14 72-04 71-94 71-84 71-85 71-86 71-82 71-66 71-48 71-41 71-48 71-45 71-44 71-37 71-26 71-20 71-14 71-33 71-61 71-72 71-91 71-93 71-74 71-56 71-36 71-22 71-17 71-06 70-95 70-83 70-74 70-67 70-63 70-69 70-56 70-47 70-40 70-34 70-27 70-16 70-07 70-00 69-97 70-01 69-97 69-82 69-78 68-87 69-86 69-78 69-74 69-71 69-67 69-62 69-63 69-62 69-59 69-55 69-48 69-39 69-39 69-42 69-36 69-24 69-17 69-17 69-15 69-12 69-10 69-06 69-12 69-26 69-25 69-14 69-06 69-04 69-02 69-00 68-94 68-90 68-88 68-84 68-84 68-81 68-78 68-76 68-72 68-73 68-72 68-72 68-69 68-66 68-64 68-63 68-57 68-49 68-49 68-49 68-42 68-39 68-39 68-40 68-37 68-33 68-35 68-06 68-38 68-36 68-36 68-34 68-33 68-33 68-30 68-29 68-29 68-29 68-28 68-26 68-25 68-22 68-18 68-16 68-18 68-17 68-14 68-12 68-09 68-07 68-05 68-04 68-03 67-98 67-97' 67-89 68-89' 67-91' 67-93 67-95 67-99 68-05 67-93 67-86' 68-03 68-16 68-24 68-26 68-23 68-29 68-41 68-46" 68-41 68-38 68-39 68-34 68-34 68-34 68-30 68-10 68-05 68-06 68-07 68-14 68-22 68-22 68-19 68-02' 67-87 67-85 67-86 67-92 67-97 68-04 68-07 68-05 67-96 67-93 68-03 68-09 67-97 68-08 68-25 68-15 68-10 68-12 68-09 68-09 68-02 67-98 68-15 68-32 68-37 68-19 68-29 68-41 68-38 68-28 68-22 68-21 68-22 68-26 68-62 68-88 68-98 68-96 69-05 68-92 68-79 68-96 69-15 69-30 69-41 69-66 69-87 70-13 Mean. 68-91 68-12 71-30 72-44 71-48 69-94 63-96 68-35 68-11 68-08 68-66 Daily mean water surface elevations of lower St. Lawrence river, at Verdun, Que for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred to B.M. "V" on Bennett's house opposite wharf. Elevation 58.07. 1. 2 3 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.. 13.. 14.. 15.. 16.. 17.. 18.. 19.. 20.. 21.. 22.. 23., 24.. 25.. 26.. 27.. 28.. 29.. 30.. 31.. Mean 38-09 34-81 35 06 35-11 35-10 35-03 35-04 35-11 3512 35-14 35 15 36-07 36-58' 35-87 36-40 38-24 39-95 41-26 41-62 41-60 41-52 41-14 41-34 40-45 39-78 39-80 39-88 39-75 39-76 39-74 39-71 39-72 39-81 39-78 39-69 39-63 39-61 39-70 39-91 40-23 40-57 40-00' 41-89a 42- 15a 4206a 41 -99a 41 -79a 41-89a 42-44a 42 -85a 42 -98a 42 -89a 42-73a 42 -89a 42-9Sa 42-69a 42-81a 41-44 42 -81a 43-31a 43-81a 44-43a 44 -68a 44 -43a 44 -06a 43 -98a 44 -06a 44 -14a 44 '06a 44 -06a 44- 39a 44-31a 44 -23a 44 -48a 44-31a 44- 15a 44-31a 44 -56a 44 -933 44 -77a 44 -56a 44-64 44 -773 44 -563 44 -43a 43 -93a 43-75a 43 -60a 43 -393 43 -48a 44 -60a 45 -56a 44 -93a 44 -39a 44 -893 44-31a 44- 06a 43 -97a 43 -97a 42 -89a 41-U2a 40 -77a 40 -89a 41 -27a 38 •20a 37 -47a 36 -70a 36-2Sa 36-08a 36- 12a 38 -28a 36 -28a 36- 12a 36 -03a 35-9!>a 35 -98a 36- 03a 44- 19a 40 -16a 35 -95a 36 -Ola 36-08a 36 -28a 36 -33a 36 -37a 36-37a 36 -37a 36 -37a 36 -28a 36 -283 36 -28a 36- 28a 36 -24a 36-20a 35-90' 35-92 36-24 36-63 36-84 36-87 36-83 36-73 36-64 36-59 36-52 36-39 36-26 36-21 36-16 36-15 38-08 36-03 35-97 35-95 35-98 35-97 .35-89 35-80 35-76 35-77 35-74 35-75 35-73 35-66 35-64 35-59 35-67 35-81 35-90 36-00 38-04 35-96 35-84 35-72 35-59 33-59 33-56 35-52' 35 -53a 35-51a 36-34 35-79 35-13 34 35 -43a 35 -45a 35 -45a 35 -45a 35 -45a 35 -37a 35 -37a 35 -33a 35 -28a 35 -28a 35 -20a 35 -20a 35-lla 33- 13a 35 -13a 35 -13a 35 -09a 35 -09a 35-05 35-02 35-00 34-97 34-90 34-95 34-96 34-94 34-91 34-89 34-83 34-78 34-85 34-85 34-79 34-74 34-75 34-74 34-68 34-69 34-69 34-72 34-79' 34-77 34-73 34-65 34-69 34-68 34-69 34-67 34-64 34-62 34-55 34-59 34-61 34-59 34-59 34-57 34-56 34-54' 34-57' 34-55 34-54 34-54 34-53 34-52 34-47 34-44 34-47 34-45 34-44 34-44 34-45 34-40 34-42 34-44 34-45 34-45 34-44 34-43 34-39 34-42 34-41 34-39 34-40 34-39 34-38 34-34 34-35 34-34 34-32 34-32 34-33 34-34 34-28 34-29 34-30 34-29 34-28 34-28 34-27 34-21 34-24 34-25 34-21 34-20 34-24 34-24 34-21 34-26 34-27 34-30 34-25 34-23 34-30 34-35 34-38 34-38 34-38 34-41 34-44 34-43 34-42 34-42 34-43 34-31 34-38 34-41 34-39 34-37 34-29 34-29 34-29 34-29 34-33 34-37 34-37 34-33 34-27 34-22 34-22 34-22 34-23 34-25 34-29 34-29 34-29 34-26 34-22 34-27 34-34 34-34 34-34 34-34 34-33 34-27' 34-30 34 -47a 34 -43a 34 -38a 34 -38a 34 '38a 34 -38a 34 -47a 34 -473 34 -553 34 -55a 34 -55a 34 -55a 34 -63a 34 -72a 34 -72a 34 -92a 33 -05a 35 -22a 35 -55a 35 -83a 33 -88a 35 -83a 35-88a 38-Ola 38 -59a 3S-42a 40 -053 42- 17a 42- 17a 42-17a 36 -05a •Denotes mean of le3S than twenty-four hourly readings, a Denotes mean of two staff Gauge readingi. 38—2 DEPARTME'ST OF THE XATAL fiERTWE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Daily mean water surface elevations of lower St. Lawrence river, at Montreal (foot of Lachine canal) Que. for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea- level and are referred to B.M. 637., Elevation 36.46. Day. Jan. Feb. Mar. April. May* June. July. .■Vug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 21 06 22-32 23-59 23-82 24-79 26-49 27-02 28-26' 29-10 30-55 26-92 26-96 27-21 27-14 27-19 27-21 27-17 27-12 27-08 26-90 26-51 26-57 26-51 26-33 26-30 26-14 26-39 26-95 27-82 28-28 28-51 28-48 28-15 28-08 27-94 27-71 27-47 27-09 26-89 26-81 26-81 26-.5.i 23-99 23-81 24-09 24-11 21-76 20-46 20-53 20-34 20-25 20-42 20-32 20-25 20-23 20-28 20-19 20-18 20-17 20-24 20-38 20-42 20-35 20-13 20-11 20-10 20-00 19-91 19-87 19-97 19-89 19-96 19-92 19-85 19-87 19-96 20-19 20 O.'i 20-.S.3 20-56 0 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 28 26 25 25 25 25 24 24 25 25 26 26 26 26 25 25 25 24 24 24 24 24 35 08 12 16 39 36 IS 05 03 89 68 48 27 92 89 28 71 84 03 18 05 74 41 00 81 69 54 36 21 21 55 37 37 34 36 22 25 62 50 55 52 41 33 .30 28 24 13 04 87 80 77 67 65 52 52 47 52 47 48 5') 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 01 98 91 74 69 63 51 75 67 57 61 52 86 60 82 17 08 00 99 94 14 36 50 45 33 67 83 80 79 Q4 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 72 69 56 46 23 27 26 24 36 41 41 41 33 04 97 94 80 75 97 91 62 67 65 98 02 04 32 64 55 20-50 3 20-35 4 20-25 5 23-86 21 20-22 6 23-57 23-41 23-34 23-13 22-92 22-72 22-59 22-63 22-67 22-49 22-27 22-54 22-69 22-63 22-51 22-41 22-24 22-06 22-00 21-92 21-87 21-92 21-86 21-64 21-54 21-68 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20-32 20-68 s 20-75 9 20-72 10 20-62 11 20-83 r' 21-18 13 20-80 14 15 20-53 20-60 16 21-07 17 21-54 IS 22-26 19 23-46 2fl 24-79 21 26-17 22 27-20 23 27-97' 24 25 2fi 27 2S 29 26-75» 26-85 30 31 27-18 25-61 22-68 21-07 20-16 20-06 20 90 21-88 1 Daily mean water surface elevations of lower St. Lawrence river, at Laurier Pier (Montreal, Que.) for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred to B.M. 637. Elevation, 36.46. 1 — 1 20-59 20-39 20-20 20-19 20-17 20-21 20-05 20-08 20-47 20-32 20-38 20-36 20-30 20-17 20-16 20-13 20-09 19-99 19-90 19-75 19-65 19-59 19-47 19-46 19-32 19-35 19-32 19-34 19-30 19-31 19-35 19-29 19-37 19-23 19-12 19-28 19-19 19-10 19-08 19-13 19-10 19-07 19-03 19-11 19-25 19-30 19-25 19-04 19-00 18-98 18-86 18-77 18-73 18-83 18-79 18-83 18-80 18-73 19-75 18-85 19-09 18-99 18-94 18-90 18-82 18-64 18 -.59 18-51 18-37 18-61 18-51 18-43 18-50 18-39 18-74 18-49 18-68 19-04 18-96 18-89 18-88 18-81 19-00 19-22 19-36 19-32 19-15 19-51 19-69 19-71 19-68 19-82 19-72 19-58 19-55 19-50 19-36 19-13 19-17 19-15 19-10 19-20 19-29 19-31 19-29 19-26 18-97 18-90 18-83 18-66 18-58 18-82 18-77 18-51 18-52 18-48 18-77 18-87 18-88 19-16 19-56 19-47 19-45 o 19-40 3 19-34 4 19-20 19-18 6 19-18 19-57 8 19-66 9 19-68 10 19-54 11 19-72 12 20-12 13 19-75 14 19-48 15 19-53 in 20-08 17 20-69 1.S 21-51 19 22-76 20 24-21 21. 25-68 22 26-49' 23 24 20-74' 20-68 20-74 20-68 20-47 20-37 20-49 25 ^ 26 ... 27 28 29 30 31 20-16 19-91 19-03 18-94 19-08 20-65 •Denotes mean of less than twenty-four hourly readings. DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 19 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Daily mean water surface elevations of lower St. Lawrence river, at Longue Pointe, Que., for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred to copper plug B.M. in S.E. corner of Asylum pump house. Ele- vation 40.477. Day. Jan. Feb. Mar. April. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 1 20-20 25-77 25-76 26-00 25-93 25-99 26-01 25-96 25-90 25-80 25-62 25-16 25-18 25-15 24-99 24-99 24-83 25-11 25-67 26-52 27-08 27-26 27-23 26-90 26-81 26-67 26-42 26-19 25-83 25-57 25-49 25-48 25 23 22 S3 20-29 20-10 19-91 19-91 19-89 19-91 19-76 19-78 20-18 20-03 20 10 20-09 20-02 19-90 19-89 19-85 19-81 19-70 19-62 19-46 19-35 19-30 19-20 19-18 19-04 13-06 19-05 19-07 19 02 19-03 19-08 1901 1909 18-95 18-84 18-99 18-91 18-82 18-80 18-86 18-82 18-80 18-76 18-82 18-96 19 03 18-96 18-76 18-70 18-68 18-56 18-47 18-44 18-54 18-50 18-55 18-51 18-45 18-48 18-58 18-81 18-73 18-67 18-63 18-55 18-38 18-29 18-23 18-12 18-35 18-27 18-18 18-25 18-19 18-50 18-27 18-44 18-82 18-73 18-66 18-67 18-59 18-78 19-00 19-14 19-12 18-94 19-29 19-48 19-50 19-48 19-61 19-54 19-38 19-34 19-22 19-14 18-91 18-95 18-93 18-90 18-98 19-06 19 09 19-06 19-07 18-78 18-70 18-61 18-45 18-36 18-56 18-51 18-23 18-25 18-24 18-54 18-57 18-61 18-99 19-40 19-33 19-30 19-25 19-14 19-03 18-99 19-01 19-39 19-49 19-51 29-39 19-54 2 21-59 25 24 24 24 25 25 24 24 24 24 24 24 23 23 23 23 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 23 23 23 23 22 22 02 75 80 82 06 07 92 79 77 61 36 12 91 57 50 89 34 43 62 77 63 33 DO 58 36 21 06 88 72 20 22 22 22 22 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 20 21 21 21 21 21 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 36 65 68 43 15 94 87 67 43 22 06 11 15 01 88 12 33 27 13 01 85 66 56 46 40 45 39 20 10 •>n 3 22-89 4 23-13 5 24-14 6 . 25-84 7 26-16 8 26-37 .9 26-88 10 27-16 11 12..... • . . . 13.. 19-60 14 19-33 19-36 15 16 17 IS 19 20 24-14 21 25-60 ''6-50* 23 24 . 25 "7 2S 2'l 30 31 25-91 ?4 '4 21-23 19-63 18-75 18-71 18-86 Daily mean water surface elevations of lower St. Lawrence river, at Varen- nes, Que., for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred to crow's foot B.M. on stone wall in rear of wharf. Elevation 31.97. 1 24-57 24-63- 24-80 24-73 24-77 24-77 24-73 24-64 24-53 24-33 23-87 23-85* 23-80 23-67 23-66 23-52* 23-85' 24-35* 25-34* 25-77 25-95 25-93 25-64 25-53 25-37 25-11 24-88 24-52 24-26 24-16 24-14 23-91 23-71 23-47 23-47 23-49 23-77 23-83 23-68 23-54 23-49 23-31 23-04 22-78 22-56 22-27 22-16 22-52 22-98 23-07 23-24 23-39 23-25 22-97 22-61 22-20 21-94 21-77 21-61 21-41 21-23 21-05 20-88 21-16 21-22 20-97 20-66 20-43 20-32 20-13 19-89 19-68 19-49 19-51 19-56 19-45 19-33 19-58 19-82 19-80 19-61 19-46 19-28 19-07 18-94 18-82 18-75 18-78 18-74 18-58 18-44 18-51 18-63* 18-44* 18-32 18-31 18-29 18-30 18-14 18-14 18-66 18-43 18-52 18-51 18-46 18-32 18-32 18-2/ 18-24 18-13 18-02 17-84 17-68 17-61 17-48 16-47 17-33 17-35 17-34 17-35 17-32 17-31 17-38 ■ 17 3' 17-19 17-12 1706 16-97 16-75 16-64 16-59 16-45 16-68 16-64 16-56 16-67 16-57 16-87 16-67 16-81 17-24 17-17 17-13 17-14 1705 17-21 17-43 17-61 17-63 17-41 17-78 17-99 18-07 18-04 18-16 18-09 17-89 17-83 17-70 17-63 17-39 17-43 17-42 17-38 17-42 17-53 17-59 17-55 17-57 . 17-30 17-17 1705 16-84 16-68 16-89 16-87 16-57 16-57 16-60 16-84 16-94 16-94 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 17 31 26 13 26 25 15 10 16 17 15 10 15 30 40 35 16 04 00 87 77 72 81 80 86 85 81 89 99 20 3 4 6 8 9 10 . . 11. . 12 . 13 14 l.i 16 17 *' IS 19 , 20 , , 21 . 22 , . . 23 24.. . .- 25 26..,. 27 28 24-36* 24-37 21-51 29 30 31... Mpnn 21-63 22-89 19-67 17-99 17 ns 17-14 17-25 •Denotes mean of less than twenty-four hourly readings. 38—21 20 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Daily mean water surface elevations of lowar St. Lawrence river, at Ver- cheres, Que., for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred to crow's foot B.M. on old windmill near wharf. Elevation 30 . 78. Day. Tan. Feb. Mar. April. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 1 23-44 23-43 23-61 23-55 23-60 23-57 23-50 23-41 23-27 23-06 22-61 22-51 22-47 22-35 22-34 23-27 22-61 23-12 23-91 24-45 24-66 24-69 24-44 24-28 24 12 23-85 23-64 23-29 23-01 22-91 22-91 22-71 22-52 22-29 22-25 22-28 22-58 22-66 22-54 22-38 22-30 22-09 21-80 21-55 21-35 21-08 20-96 21-27 21-69 21-79 21-97 22-Oj 21-96 21-69 21-35 20-94 20-65 20-47 20-30 20-13 19-96 19-78 19-62 19-91 19-97 19-73 19-41 19-16 19-05 18-84 18-58 18-35 18-17 18-20 18-26 18-18 18-09 18-34 18-64 18-61 18-42 18-23 18-03 17-79 17-63 17-50 17-40 17-43 17-39 17-25 17-12 17-18 17-30 H-15 16-96 16-97 16-97 17-97 16-80 16-78 17-25 17-10 17-21 17-22 17-17 17-04 17-06 17-00 16-95 16-84 16-72 16-54 16-35 16-25 16-12 16-10 15-96 16-00 16-00 16-03 16-00 16-00 16-07 16-02 16-09 15-97 15-86 15-99 15-95 15-85 15-78 15-85 15-88 15-89 15-84 15-92 16-08 16-19 16-12 15-92 15-77 15-70 15-56 15-44 15-42 15-54 15-54 15-61 15-59 15-56 15-61 15-73 15-97 15-98 15-92 15-82 15-72 13-50 13-36 13-29 15-17 15-40 15-38 15-32 15-45 15-39 15-66 15-46 15-59 16-02 15-93 15-88 15-91 15-81 15-95 1616 16-34 16-39 16-17 16-50 16-70 16-81 16-81 16-91 16-89 16-63 2 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 15 15 13 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 16 16 16 67 57 42 36 13 17 18 15 18 31 32 31 36 08 78 51 29 49 48 22 22 30 51 69 76 10 66 67 16-60 3 16-40 4 16-26 5 16-21 6 16-21 7 16-55 8 16-66 9 16-77 10 16-62 11 16-67 12 17-12 13 16-88 14 16-58 15 16-57 16 16-96 17 17-67 18 . . 18-87 19 20-43 20 22-22 21 23-88 22 24-69* 23 24 25 26 27 23- i9' 23-20 23-25 23-39 28 39 20 31 23-38 21-65 18-40 16-67 15-81 15-89 16 0? 17-88 Daily mean water surface elevations of lower St. Lawrence river, at Lanoraie Que., for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred to B.M. top of iron pin in hydrographic station at approach to wharf. Elevation 37.399. 1 21-84* 21-80 21-92 21-87 21-92 21-87 21-78 21-66 21-47 21-24 20-81 20-61 20-56 20-48 20-46 20-44 20-82 21-31 22-05 22-56 23-79 22-82 22-61 22-41 22-21 21-97 21-76 21-43 21-17 21-05 21-08 20-94 20-76 20-57 20-47 20-54 20-86 30-98 20-91 20-72 20-58 20-33 20 03 19-78 19-61 19-39 19-25 19-46 19-85 19-96 20-12 20-23 20-11 19-87 19-55 19-17 18-85 18-64 18-48 18-33 18-16 18-00 17-89 18-14 18-21 18-01 17-69 17-43 17-27 17-06 16-80 16-51 16-41 16-41 16-49 16-45 16-41 16-69 17-07 17-04 16-83 16-59 16-36 16-08 15-87 15-72 15-61 15-62 15-60 15-50 15-37 15-39 15-53 15-40 15-19 15-17 15-20 15-18 14-99 14-97 15-41 15-35 15-50 15-54 15-50 15-38 15-44 15-38 15-31 15-19 15-04 14-84 14-58 14-44 14-31 14-27 14-15 14-19 14-22 14-27 14-25 14-25 14-33 14-31 14-36 14-26 14-12 14-22 14-19 14-10 14-03 14-11 14-18 14-23 14-21 14-30 14-46 14-60 14-53 14-33 14-11 13-96 13-80 13-67 13-65 13-79 13-84 13-92 13-90 13-91 13-98 14-11 14-36 14-45 14-37 14-23 14-11 13-87 13-66 13-60 13-49 13-67 13-74 13-72 13-87 13-84 14-03 13-93 13-99 14-42 14-37 14-31 14-35 14-29 14-36 14-54 14-73 14-83 14-62 14-89 15-11 15-25 15-27 15-33 15-34 15-09 14-92 14-78 14-68 14-46 14-52 14-57 14-56 14-56 14-67 14-67 14-64 14-72 14-48 14-26 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9.. ..... . 10 11 12. 13 14 15 -. 16 17 18 19 20 . . . 13-67* 13-64 13-40 13-39 13-57 13-73 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Mean 21-57 19-88 16-66 14-93 14-12 14-30 14-39 •Denote3 mean of leas than twenty-four hourly readings. DEPARTMENT OF THE 'SAYAL SERVICE 21 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Daily mean water surface . elevations of lower St. Lawrence river, at Sorel, Que. , for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred to C.B.M., MCCCVII on N.W. side of entrance to Post Office. Elevation, 46.80 Day. Jan. Feb. Mar. AprU. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 1 21-15 2116 21-24 21-18 21-21 21-17 2107 20-92 20-72 20-48 20-06 19-83 19-78 19-72 19-71 19-70 20-07 20-56 21-27 21-76 21-98 22 05 21-85 21-64 21-43 21-19 20-99 30-69 20-45 20-32 20-35 20-26 20-08 19-89 19-77 19-87 20-19 20-31 20-27 20-07 19-89 19-63 19-35 19-10 18-95 18-75 18-62 18-77 19-10 19-26 19-39 19-49 19-39 19-16 18-86 18-50 18-19 17-86 17-80 17-65 17-50 17-37 17-27 17-50 17-56 17-40 17-09 16-80 16-64 16-44 16-20 15-97 15-80 15-82 15-90 15-89 15-85 16-16 16-57 16-52 16-30 1605 15-81 15-52 15-30 15-15 15-02 15-03 15-02 14-93 14-81 14-82 14-97 14-89 14-70 14-68 14-74 14-69 14-51 14-49 14-89 14-86 15-02 15-07 15-05 14-94 14-99 14-94 14-86 14-75 14-59 14-39 14-11 13-96 13-83 13-79 13-69 13-72 13-76 13-81 13-79 13-79 13-88 13-86 13-90 13-81 13-66 13-74 13-73 13-63 13-57 13-65 13-73 13-78 13-79 13-88 14-03 14-17 14-12 13-89 13-67 13-51 13-34 13-20 13-19 13-33 13-41 13-49 13-47 13-48 13-58 13-73 13-M 14.05 13-97 13-82 13-68 13-44 13-21 13-15 13 05 13-21 13-32 13-30 13-45 13-46 13-64 13-50 13-56 13-98 13-93 13-85 13-88 13-84 13-89 14 06 14-24 14-36 14-17 14-40 14 61 14-74 14-78 14-84 14.86 14.76 2 14 14 14 14 13 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 13 13 13 12 13 13 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 14 62 42 25 15 95 02 04 10 07 17 18 13 19 00 77 50 20 93 08 11 89 91 10 29 56 66 98 65 80 14. 71 3 4 . . . . 14.30 5 14-25 6 14-31 7 14-53 8 9 14-81 10 11 14-64 12 14-97 13 14-96 14 14-64 15 16 15-36 17 16-41 18 17-05 19 20-77* 20-72 20-70 21-28 20-95 20-82 20-76 20-80 20-84 20-86 20-94 21-08 16-99 20 16-85 21 16-87 22 17-09 23 17-62 24 17-56 25 17-37 26 17-53 27 17-11 ■28 17-24 29 17-47 30 17-40 17-27 20-83 19-20 16-08 14-46 13-68 13-85 13 ai; 15.88 Daily mean water surface elevations of lake St. Peter, at Range Light No. 2, for 1916. Elevations are above mean sea-level and are referred to brass plug B.M. on north side of pier. Elevation, 18.33 (W.S. Transfer of 1916). 1 " 19-08 18-87 18-71 18-57 18-72 18-98 19-09 19-03 18-85 18-58 18-37 18-10 17-88 17-72 17-57 17-43 17-51 17-83 18-06 18-16 18-25 18-14 17-91 17-58 17-25 16-90 16-62 16-45 16-30 16-16 16-03 15-95 16-05 16-19 16-07 15-75 15-45 15-22 15-02 14-77 14-57 14-42 14-39 14-50 14-52 14-54 14-80 15-28 15-24 15-02 14-70 14-43 14-10 13-83 13-67 13-52 13-48 13-49 13-47 13-34 13-31 13-37* 13-40* 13-22 13-19 13-29 13-15 12-97 12-94 13-23 13-36 13-54 13-66' 13-65 13-60 13-68 13-58 13-47 13-34 13-13 12-90 12-55 12-35 12-23 12-18 12-11 12-12 12-24 12-29 12-31 12-29 12-39 12-39 12-42 12-31 1212 1211 12-14 1206 12-02 12-11 12-21 12-30 12-39 12-49 12-62 12-82 12-78 12-49 12-21 11-96 11-72 11-58* 11-61* 11-78 11-89 11-97 11-97 12-00* 13-65* 13-48 13-18 12-96 12-78 12-71 ..12-78 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 k 11-55* 11-69 11-94 11-93 12-09 12-18 12-30 12-25 12-20 12-59 12-61 12-40* 12-52* 12-62 12-58 12-73 12-93 13-10 13-11 13-16 13-37 13-50 13-58 13-67* 12-90 12-98 12-96 12-95 12-96 12-80 12-89 12-81 12-48 1217 11-90 11-60* 9 10 19 •24* 19-01 18-66 18-55 18-45 18-41 18-42 lS-60 19-39 20-11 20-54 20-83 20-88 20-74 20-46 20-23 19-99 19-75 19-49 19-26 19-10 19-U 11 ^ 12 13 14 . . 16 16 . 17 18 19 20 21 . 22 23 24 25 26 . . . 27 28 29 30 31 Mean 19-47 17-96 14-68 12-96 12-17 12-61 12.79 ■Denotes mean of less than twentj'-four hourly readings. 22 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVFCE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 CANADIAN ARCTIC EXPEDITION, The Canadian Arctic Expedition, under the leadership of Vilhjalmur Stefansson, set out for the Arctic regions on the 20th July, 1913. The work planned comprised the exploration of Beaufort sea, the investi- gation of animal life in the areas covered, and the taking of soundings over the regions explored. The expedition was also to ascertain if lands hitherto unknown exist, and to definitely mark any found. The investigating and areal mapping of the copper-bearing and associated rocks of the mainland between cape Parry and Kent peninsula for approximately one hundred miles inland, and of the southern and eastern shores of Victoria island were also to be undertaken. The work was so varied both in the nature of the investigations and the area to be explored that it was decided to divide the expedition into two parties; one, known. as the Northern division, to carry out the Beaufort sea work; the other, known as the Southern division, to work on the coast survey. SOUTHERN DIVISION. The Southern division have completed the work and have returned from the north. A complete report of operations by Dr. R. M. Anderson, executive head of the Southern division, is appended hereto. NORTHERN DIVISION. The Northern division, in C.G.S. Karluk, sailed from Nome, Alaska, on the 20th July, 1913. Shortly after rounding point Barrow the vessel became ice- bound. It was carried eastward along the coast to near Thetis island, where it became stationary and was apparently frozen in for the winter. Mr. Stefansson, accompanied by B. M. McConnell, George H. Wilkins, and D. Jenness, set out on a hunting trip to the mainland. During their absence the vessel was carried away and the hunting party were obliged to make their way westward along the coast to Collinson point, where they joined the Southern division, who were wintering there. The Karluk was carried far to the westward, and on the 11th January, 1914, was crushed by the ice, and sank. The men in the vessel transferred supplies, ammunition and other necessities to the quarters prepared on the ice, and they settled down in their igloos to await the return of the light. Some of the men were not satisfied with the inaction of life in the camp, and expressed a desire to set out for land, dimly visible in the Arctic twilight. Two parties were therefore formed, each composed of four men, and set out for land, the first party on the 21st January and the second on the 5th February. These men have not since been heard from, and have been given up for lost. When the light had improved the remaining members" set out for land and succeeded in reaching Wrangel island. Through the efforts of Captain R. A. Bartlett, who journeyed on foot to the Sib?rian coast and thence to East cape, to get in touch with the outside world, a relief expedition was organized and the men were rescued from the island. The following men were lost in attempting to reach Wrangel island: Charles Barker, John Brady, Alex. Anderson, A. King, Dr. F. MacKay, James Murray, H. Beauchat, and t. S. Morris. B. Mamen and G. Malloch died from nephritis on Wrangel island, and George Breddy was accidentally shot. The survivors were John Munro, R. Williamson, W. McKinley, F. E. Maurer, John Hadley, R. Templeman, H. Williams and E. F. Chafe. DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 23 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 ICE EXPEDITIONS. Immediately upon his arrival at Collinson point, Mr. Stefansson began preparations for a trip on foot over Beaufort sea to the north. Although the fate of the Kaiiuk was not then known, he realized that, owing to ice conditions, the party therein would probably be unable to carry out the exploration work. He purchased the North Star, partly for the supplies which went with the vessel, and also for the use of the vessel itself. On the 22nd March, 1914, the ice party, composed of V. Stefansson, Storker T. Storkerson, and Aurnout Castel, set out. Their intention was to continue as far out across the ice as circumstances would permit and, if possible, to land on Banks or Prince Patrick island, where they would spend the summer. In the event of their failing to return before the break up of the ice, a vessel was to be sent to Banks island during the summer. On the journey across the ice the party covered an area previously unex- plored, and travelled as far to the west of Banks island as safety would permit. When the ice began to break up, toward the end of April, the party were obliged to make for land. They landed on Norway island on the northwest coast of Banks island on the 25th June. The summer was spent in mapping the coast line of Northern Banks island and in carrying on investigations in the interior of the island, up the "Wilkins" river; this river empties near Norway island. In September, 1914, the party travelled south to Kellett, where George H. Wilkins and a party in the Mary Sachs, sent north with supplies were met. A winter base was established at Kellett, and the Sachs was beached. The Vessel was considerably damaged on the way north, and required repairs. On the 22nd Decembsr, 191 4, Mr. S:;3fan550ii, ascompanied by an Eskimo, Natkusiak, made a journey across southern Banks island to DeSalis bay to locate any Eskimos wintering in that vicinity. Before leaving he gave instruc- tions to the party at Kellett to prepare for an ice trip over Beaufort sea, to begin early in February. He arrived at DeSalis bay on the 3rd January, 1915, and crossing over Prince of Wales strait followed the shore of Victoria island for some miles. Finding no indications of the presence of Eskimos he returned to Kellett, arriving on the 27th January. Preparations for the ice trip having been almost completed during his absence, the few remaining details were arranged, and the party, composed of V. Stefansson, Storker Storkerson, Ole Andreasen, and Charles Thomsen set out north for cape Alfred early in February, following the west coast of Banks island. From cape Alfred they journeyed in a northwesterly direction until the 26th April, when the break up of the ice obUged tfiem to make for Prince Patrick island. They landed on Prince Patrick island near Land's End, and thence followed the shore northeast to cape McClintock. They proceeded for three days north from this point, when land unmarked on the charts was discovered. A complete report, giving details of the journey, is contained in the Naval Service Annual Report of March 31, 1916. Owing to the lateness of the season and the necessity for arranging the next season's work, the party set out on the return journey without carrying on any exten- sive investigations. They arrived at Kellett on the 8th August. On the 19th August the Polar Bear, in charge of Captain Lane, arrived at Kellett. As the services of a vessel were urgently required by the Northern division (the Mary Sachs had not been relaunched), Mr. Stefansson purchased the Bear, and set out for Baillie island. Upon arrival there he left instructions for the North Star, for which Mr. Wilkins had gone to the base of the Southern party on foot early in the spring, to go to Banks island without communicating with him. He returned to Kellett, whence he set out for the north in the Bear on the 3rd September. 24 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 It was intended at first to land at Kellett and proceed north along the west coast of Banks island. Up to this time, since late July, the coast had been kept free from ice by prevailing easterly winds, but on the 3rd September the wind changed and blew from the northwest, with a heavy fall of snow. Upon reaching cape Kellett it was seen that the ice was coming in, and the party took shelter behind the cape for the night. By the morning the ice was pressed close to the west coast, debarring further progress. Fearing that with a slight change of the wind they might be shut in, Mr. Stefansson decided to make an attempt to get north through Prince of Wales strait, along the east coast of Banks island. It has since been learned that the freeze-up on the west coast of Banks island came on the 6th September, and the ice did not leave the coast until the spring of 1916. A course was set for Nelson head, which was rounded on the night of the 4-5th September and the vessel proceeded north into the straits. South of N. Latitude 72° only scattered ice was* encountered, but north of 72° there were large packs of hea\'y ice called "paleocrystic", that is, ice that has lasted through several summers, during which time it has been freed from most or all of its salt and become hard and glare. On September 5 there was a strong southeast wind which kept the water along the Victoria island coast free of ice, and on the night of the 5th the party took shelter near the land just south of Deans Dundas bay. On the 6th September considerable time was lost in navi- gating through scattered ice, and during the afternoon the wind changed to the west, bringing down heavy masses of ice from the Banks island side. They •were able to proceed only as far as Princess Royal island, where the vessel was tied up for the winter and the party prepared to make their winter quarters there. As soon as it was decided to winter near Princess Royal island the party set out to obtain as much caribou meat as possible, but as it was past the season for caribou, which had already gone south, only twenty-three were obtained. All the drift-wood that could be found within 15 miles on either side of the winter quarters was gathered. A base was established some 10 miles southwest of Armstrong point. This base was in an ideal location to complete the mapping of the northeast coast of Victoria island. Mr. Stefansson instructed Storker Storkerson to undertake this survey as soon as the ice would become frozen over sufficiently to enable them to travel. The land east of the base near Armstrong point is high and rocky, so that crossing it by sled in the eai'ly fall would not be practicable. The survey party were therefore obliged to wait until Melville sound north of Peel point froze over, which did not happen until the middle of October. On the 10th October the party left camp, Storkerson and Herman Kilian to make the complete trip, Noice and Andreasen for the supporting party. At Hornby point on the 24th October the supporting party turned back. Stor- kerson and Kilian returned on the 4th December without having been able to quite complete the work, but an effort was to be made to complete it in the spring of 1916. During the survey the chief difficulties encountered were darkness and continual gales. At one point the party were stormbound for twelve successive days by a head gale which the dogs would not face. Drawings of the hitherto unexplored coast line covered were made by Mr. Storkerson, and will be published with the final report of operations. Mr. Stefansson himself made several trips during the autumn of 1915. The first trip was for hunting purposes, on which he was accompanied by natives, whom he established in a sealing camp at Hay point. Later on this camp was moved to Ramsay island, and in November he made a trip south, following the curves of the coast until he found a party of Eskimos, numbering about DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 25 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 one hundred, in Minto inlet, south across the neck of land from the foot of Walker bay. Two of the Eskimos returned with the party to the Polar Bear, Captain Gonzales later made a trip to the village for trading purposes, but considerable difficulty arose owing to the natives not having been accustomed to dealing with white men. Unfortunately, the natives contracted severe colds about the same time that the party from the Polar Bear visited them, and they superstitiously attributed their sickness to the presence of the white men. Should any of them die from cold or hunger resulting through their being unable to obtain game through illness, their white visitors would be blamed and the natives would refuse to trade further with them. Mr. Stefansson, however, did all in his power to overcome this friction between the natives and the Polar Bear party, and no serious results occurred. On the 1st December, Mr. Stefansson left Ramsay Island hunting camp for Kellett. The ciiief purpose of this trip was to get two sleds which Captain Beneard was making for use on the ice trip the following spring. The party consisted of Stefansson, Noice, Martin Kilian, and an Eskimo. On the first part of the journey many difficulties were encountered. The party intended to follow the south coast of Banks island around as far as DeSalis bay and thence cross to the west coast by practically the same route as that used by Mr. Stefansson the previous winter in his journey across southern Banks island. Before reaching the Banks island coast, however, they broke the runner of one of the sleds, thus making it necessary to put a double load on the remaining sled. In order to avoid a second accident of this nature they decided to cross overland the whole way, as the going was smoother than on the sea ice. On this journey they were further handicapped by the death of their best dog. This dog was capable of drawing three hundred pounds, while the average dog is capable of drawing only between two hundred and two hundred and fifty pounds. In Mr. Stefansson's opinion the -ice journeys for the summer of 1916 would be considerably shortened by the loss of this animal. On the journey across Banks island it was ascertained that the map, as given in Admiralty chart No. 2118, is somewhat out on the southeast coast. This chart calls for a width of about thirteen miles due west between Ramsay island and Banks island, while in reality the distance is at least twenty-five miles. The error seems to be that this whole portion of Banks island should be moved north on the map until Milne point is nearly where Schuyler point is now placed. The party chmbed the slope of Banks island from the first bay indicated north of Milne point. There really is no bay there, but only the low land at the mouth of a small river. They ascended the valley of this river for about ten miles. After the first four miles the river runs through a narrow and crooked ravine. Although the grade is considerable, the party were unable owing to the fog and blizzard, to obtain a definite idea of the exact elevation. Mr. Stefansson, however, judged that within ten miles from the coast they had attained an elevation of over four thousand feet. The journey across Banks island entailed a great amount of climbing up and down hills. The party finally came down into a river valley some seven or eight miles back of DeSalis bay. From the point where they came to it this river runs about south into the bay, but following up stream they went first north then north- west and finally about west some ten or twelve miles until the valley widened into a continuous flat, which extends to the ocean some forty-five miles south- east from the tip of cape Kellett. The slope of this flat is to the east until within some fifteen miles of the west coast. It is from one to four miles wide and is flanked by hills rising three hundred to five hundred feet over the low- land. For the last fifteen miles there is a river flanked by low banks, which are apparently water-swept each spring. This river comes into a small bay without any abrupt descent, so the party did not at first realize that they had reached the sea. On this journey it was found that by following this route there is a pass from DeSalis bay east through the high southern part of Banks 26 DEPARTMENT OF THE yAVAL SERTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 island without ascending to a height of more than three hundred feet. Although the actual elevations were not obtained, the knowledge of this pass will be of great value to any one needing to cross Banks island. The total distance, following the river that flows into DeSalis bay, is about thirty-five or forty- miles. Upon their arrival at Kellett the party found all well at that base. They were told that the A'orth Star was unable to proceed more than twenty miles beyond Norway island on the west coast of Banks island, as the ice north of that point did not move during the whole summer of 1915. On the 6th January, Mr. Stefansson sent Thomsen, Noice, and Knight across Banks island to DeSalis bay en route to the Polar Bear, near Armstrong point. On the way they were to close up the hunting camps at Ramsay island. Thomsen carried a letter of instruction to Storkerson to assemble such things in the way of an outfit for the ice journey as were not provided by the North Star or Sachs and bring them with two dog teams to cape Alfred. In the meantime the party at cape Kellett, under the immediate super- vision of Mr. Stefansson, prepared for the journey to cape Alfred. These plans unfortunately did not materialize owing, in the first place, to delays experienced b}' Thomsen and party, who did not arrive at the Polar Bear until the first of February. These delays were caused by bad weather which prevented the party finding Ramsay island. For about five days they were in plain sight of it had" the weather been clear. The.v also encountered open water about four miles beyond Milne point, which obliged them to considerably lengthen the trail. Storkerson, at the Polar Bear, had in the meantime much trouble getting from Mercy bay the sleds cached there the previous year. The chief obstacle was the mountainous character of the intervening land, which was practically uncrossable in the midwinter darkness, and through the roughness of the ice between point Russell and Mercy bay when that route was later adopted. When Storkerson received the instructions -sent by Mr. Stefansson the dogs were in poor condition for travel. On the journey up to point Russell in an endeavour to carry out the instructions received from Stefansson, Stork- erson lost several dogs, which rendered continuation of the journey practically impossible. As he erroneously considered that Mr. Stefansson would prefer the failure of the ice trip to the failure to explore the new. land, and as he con- sidered that both could not be carried out with the dogs in such poor condition, he took upon himself to alter the plans and instead of going west started for the new land. Upon arrival, he commenced investigation of the new land, sending a sled in charge of Hermann Kilian to Mercy bay with a letter of information for Stefansson, which he would pick up on his way east. In the meantime ^Slr. Stefansson and party were waiting for the arrival of Storkerson at cape Alfred. While they were waiting, hunting camps were established around cape Alfred in order to provide fresh meat for the ice trips planned. The partj- waited until the 7th INIarch, when the season was already late to start on the ice. By this time considerable anxiety was felt on account of the non-arrival of Storkerson, as it was feared that Thomsen had failed to reach the Bear with instructions for him. On the 7th March, Stefansson started for ]\Iercy baj' to letirn whether any of the men had visited the bay. The remainder of the party busied themselves in carrying supplies east to be used in the new-land work. The Star was temporarily abandoned and the party belonging to her were sent to Melville island to assist in the new-land work. On the 20th March the Stefansson party met Castel a little east of cape McClure. He reported that he had been unable to recognize any point on the coast from the chart; that he had reached a bay which he thought might be INIercy bay and had gone ten miles into it, but finding no trace of sleds, and the dog feed having given out, he returned. From Castel's observations and those of other parties it appears that for forty-five or fifty miles west of Mercj' bay no point on the chart could be iden- DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 27 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 tified by the contour of the coast as shown on Admiralty chart No. 2118. It appears that the big bay shown by chart No. 2118 as just east of cape McClure does not exist, although there is a bay of considerable size about six miles west of Mercy bay. This unmarked bay is the one from which Castel turned back. On the west side of it he cached a fifty-gallon drum of kerosene which was intended generally for the use of the Eskimos of Melville island in the summer of 1916. On meeting Castel, who had seen no trace of Storkerson, Mr. Stefansson gave up hope of his arrival, and sent orders to cape Alfred to break camp and com- mence moving to Melville island. He also left instructions that when established on Melville island the party were to put up dried meat for the winter supply. At Mercy bay the letter left by Storkerson, explaining the reason for the change in plans, was found. From this letter Mr. Stefansson understood that by proceeding to cape Ross, Melville island, he could get in touch with Mr. Storkerson through men stationed there to protect supplies, or through travel- ling parties. Mr. Stefansson, accompanied by Wilkins, Castel, Kilian, Natkusiak, and Emiu, with three sleds, accordingly proceeded to cape Ross, arriving there on the 13th April. The party found the remains of a camp, a small cache and a note from Storkerson saying he had gone towards the head of Liddon gulf, but there was little or no information which would aid them in co-operating with him. As there has been a heavy fall of snow the party could not tell, from fol- lowing the trail, how many sleds Storkerson had. It was therefore impossible to determine if he intended to return to cape Ross or proceed to the new land. Under the circumstances, Mr. Stefansson decided that the best plan would he to send one sled in charge of Natkusiak to the head of Liddon gulf, where the dogs could be well fed and rested, while he himself would make a quick journey back along the trail leading to the Polar Bear until they would coms across information which would guide them. Before they proceeded far, however, they were met by Herman Kilian, who had come directly from the Storkerson party. Kilian reported that Storkerson, with Thomsen, Andreasen, Noice, and Illun had left the head of Liddon gulf on the 14th April for the new land, intending to keep on advancing and to map as much country as possible so as to be home at the Polar Bear on the 10th July. Mr. Stefansson therefore decided to overtake Storkerson if possible as he planned to land at the north end of Melville island between the 15th and 20th July, which meant that his season of exploration work would be at least one month longer than Storkerson's. In case the new land proved extensive he did not purpose returning to Melville island, giving the whole summer to exploration work. The party in charge of Stefansson left cape Ross for the north on the 19th April. They reached the head of the gulf in three days, crossed the portage near point Nias, and arrived at the new land on the 2nd May at the same point as the previous year. They met Storkerson on the 3rd May at cape James Mur- ray, which appears to be the southwest corner of the new land. Arrangements were immediately made to carry out exploration and charting work. Thomsen, with one team, was sent to Kellett to carry scientific specimens from the North Star to the Mary Sachs, and also to carry the reports of the expedition to Kellett in order that they might be sent out by the first ship calling there. The department has received no later reports from Mr. Stefansson. It is expected that a complete survey of the newly discovered land will be made, and that journeys over the ice to the west, covering parts of Beaufort sea hitherto unvisited, may be carried out. It would appear that Mr. Stefansson does not intend to leave the region until every detail of the work planned has been completed. 28 DEPARTMESiT OF TEE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 THE CANADL\N ARCTIC EXPEDITION OF 1913. REPORT OF THE SOUTHERN DIVISION. The Deputy Minister, Department of the Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to submit a report upon the work of the Southern Division of the Canadian Arctic Expedition of 1913-16. The Canadian Arctic Expedition of 1913-16 was planned to work in two comparatively distant and distinct fields, and the nature of the investigations to be undertaken was so varied that the expedition was divided into two parties. The Northern party, under command of Mr. Vilhjalmur Stefansson, were to explore the Beaufort sea and also carry on investigations into the animal life of this region and take soundings in the districts investigated. They were also to ascertain if islands hitherto unknown exist, and to definitely mark any found. This division of the expedition was thus to confine its work largely to the oceans and archipelagos north of Alaska and the Western Arctic region of Canada. The work of the Southern party, under my direction, was to be confined more exclusively to the Arctic mainland and adjacent islands, as set forth in the following instructions: — " The relative importance of the investigations for this party are: (1) geological, (2) geographical, (3) anthropological, (4) biological, (5) photographical. " The work of the Southern party shall be primarily the investigation and areal mapping of the copper-bearing and associated rocks of the mainland between cape Parry and Kent peninsula and for approximately one hundred miles inland and on southern and eastern Victorialand. " The work undertaken by these parties should be of a high order for this class of exploration, and should mark a distinct advance over previous work. To secure such results the geological and topographical sub-parties should follow closely the regular scheme for field parties engaged in reconnaissance work adopted bj' the Geological Survey. In working from the base depot, these parties should be practically complete distinct and independent units. . . . The anthropological work shall consist of ethnological and archaeological research. . . . The biological work shall consist of marine and terrestrial biology, etc., etc." The chief of the southern party, as executive head, must afford every reasonable facility as circumstances permit to enable these sub- parties to carry out the above important work." Ample pro\'ision was made for the scientific work of the party by selecting competent speciahsts for each branch of science to be studied, and providing them with all necessary instruments and such equipment and provisions as had by experience been found most suitable for use under the climatic conditions expected. The scientific staff of the Southern party as originally organized was as follows: Geologist, John J. O'Neill, of Ottawa, who had specialized in Pre-Cambrian geology and copper rocks; topographers, Kenneth G. Chipman DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SEBVWE 29 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 and John R. Cox, men of several years' experience in the topographical division of the Geological Survey; anthropologists, D. Jenness, of New Zealand, an Oxford man with field experience in ethnology in New Guinea, and M. Henri Beuchat, of Paris, a writer of note on American archaeology; marine biologist, entomologist, and botanist, F. Johanscn, a former member of the Danish East- Greenland Expedition of 1906-08 under Mylius Ericksen and later entomologist for the United States Department of Agriculture; meteorologist and magne- tician, William Laird McKinlay, of Glasgow; photographer and cinematographer, George H. Wilkins, of Adelaide, Austraha; mammalogist and ornithologist, Dr. Rudolph Martin Anderson, of the Victoria Memorial Museum of Ottawa. The latter, having had several years previous experience in exploratory work in Arctic, Alaska, Yukon Territory, and the Northwest Territories, was appointed to take charge of the Southern party in the absence of Mr. Stefansson. Owing to the unavoidable complications arising from the unfortunate drift and loss of the Karluk, M. Beuchat and Mr. McKinlay were unable to join the Southern party at Herschel island as contemplated, and Mr. Wilkins was only able to be with the Southern party for a part of the time. Mr. Jenness was able to cover much of the ethnological work as planned, by taking over part of M. Beuchat's field, and by division of labour of the whole party complete meteorological records were kept for nearly three years. The magnetic instru- ments were lost on the Karluk, and consequently that branch of science is lacking in the final results. As the expedition was not formally taken up by the Dominion Government until February, 1913, the time was rather short for assembling the multitude of articles of supply and ecjuipment required. Although most of the members of the scientific staff were members of the Geological Survej', the general direction of the expedition was in the hands of the Department of the Naval Service. With the exception of technical instruments and equipment suppUed to certain members by the Geological Survey, practically the whole of the equipment, including provisions, clothing, field gear, etc., was supplied by the Department of the Naval Service. Some difficulty was experienced in obtaining large quantities of pemmican, dehydrated vegetables, and other condensed foods on short notice, and a vast assortment of miscellaneous goods had to be provided, " everything from a needle to an anchor," as there was no certainty of being able for three years to replenish articles consumed or left behind. Practically everything requi- sitioned was assembled at H.M.C. Dockyard, Esquimalt, B.C., in June, 1913. The expedition is under great obligation to Mr. J. A. Wilson, Director of Stores, Department of the Naval Service, Ottawa, and to Mr. George Philips, Naval Store Officer, Esquimalt, B.C., for their efficiency and care in seeing that articles for the expedition were supplied promptly and of excellent quality, both at the start of the expedition and later, as well as for encouragement and friendly and intelligent co-operation with the work of the expedition outside of the extent of their official duties. George J. Desbarats, C.M.G., Deputy Minister, Department of the Naval Service, is also to be thanked for continued interest and prompt attention to the work and needs of the expedition throughout more than three years of our absence in the north. Through their efforts the Canadian Arctic Expedition was probably as completely and well equipped as any expedition that has ever gone into the north. Most of the members of both the Northern and Southern parties of the expedition, with a large part of the equipment and supplies, sailed from Esqui- malt, B.C., June 17, 1913, on the steam-whaler Karluk, which had been purchased for the use of the Northern party. Additional supplies were shipped from Victoria and Seattle to Nome on one of the Alaska Steamship Company's vessels. The Karluk arrived safely at Nome on July 9. The gasolene schooner Alaska, which had been built in 1912 for the Bering Sea trade and to carry 30 DEPARTilEyT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 the United States mail to Kotzebue sound, had been under option for the use of the Southern party, and was purchased at Nome, Alaska. Its dimensions were: Length, 57 feet 5 inches; draught, 6 feet 6 inches; gross tonnage, 50; beam, 17 feet; construction, wooden auxiliary schooner; 50 horse-power standard gas engine. Considerable additional supplies and equipment, including reindeer skins and skin clothing, sleds, dogs, distillate, coal oil, and a large supply of dried dog salmon, were obtained for the expedition at Nome. As the numl)ers of the party had been much increased over the originally planned number, with correspondinglj' increased equipment, the gasolene schooner Mary Sachs was also purchased in Nome as an auxiliary vessel for both parties. The Mary Sachs had the following dimensions: Length, 56 feet 6 inches; draught, 5 feet 6 inches; beam, 18 feet 1 inch; gross tonnage, 41; construction, wooden, gasolene, screw vessel; 30 horse-power L^nion gas engine. The Karluk and Mary Sachs sailed from Nome July 20, and calHng at port Clarence, sailed from there July 27. The C. G. S. Alaska left Nome on July 19, arriving at Teller, Alaska, July 24. Here it was found necessary to dismantle and overhaul the engine and put on a better propeller before proceeding farther. This involved discharging and reloading cargo, and the Alaska did not get away from port Clarence before August 11, rounded point Barrow August 20, and passed Flaxman island September 6.' No ice was met until we were near the Seahorse islands, a little south of Barrow, Alaska, but east of point Barrow the prevaihng westerly and northwesterly winds had packed the ice along the shore, so that there was very little open water anywhere. For the first time since 1888, when the whalers began going in to Herschel island annually, no vessel from the west was able to get in to Herschel island, and some small vessels which had spent the preceding winter east of Herschel island were unable to go out. The vessels caught between Herschel island included the 247-ton steamer Karluk, belonging to the expedition, the 420-toii steam- whaler Belvedere, the gasolene schooners Polar Bear, A7i7ia Olcja, Elvira, and North Star, the Alaska and Mary Sachs of the expedition, and the Teddy Bear east of the Mackenzie river. Of these the Elvira was crushed and sank in October, 1913, near Humphrey point, Alaska, and the Karluk drifted west and sank northeast of "Wrangell island in January, 1914. The ice encountered in Beaufort sea in 1913 was too heavy to be bucked successfully by anj' vessel, no matter of what strength of hull or power of engines. There are no true icebergs in the Mestern Arctic ocean, such as are broken off from the peripheral glaciers of Greenland or the Antarctic continent. The immense sheets of flat ice which are formed, however, crack extensivel}' with the rise and fall of the tides. These tide-cracks frequently open ^^'idely or close abruptly by the force of the winds, crushing the edges of the floe like glass, and forcing up great blocks to form pressure-ridges which may be 30 to 40 feet high. Snow-drifts fill up the crevices of the ridge, and as the snow melts and settles in the spring, the whole becomes cemented into a floe that is too massive to thaw in a single short summer season, and may last over for several years. These large masses of ice in the shoal waters off the north coast of Alaska and Canada, if not too thick and mmierous, are to a certain extent an advantage to small vessels, as they cut down the swell in heavy weather, and often ground in comparatively deep water some distance from shore, allowing vessels of small draught on a harbourless coast to tie up behind them, sheltered from wands and from ice crushing from outside. By creeping slowh- along the shore, moving ahead a little whenever the wind and tide loosened and shifted the iqe a little along the coast, the Alaska and the Mary Sachs succeeded in getting as far ahead as CoUinson point, 69° 59' N. Lat., 144° 50' W. Long., in DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 31 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Camden bay, on the north coast of Alaska, about ninety miles west of the Alaska-Yukon Territory international boundary, and decided to go into winter quarters at CoUinson point on September 10, three or four days before the freeze-up. The Alaska and Mary Sachs secured a sheltered harbour in a small bay behind the CoUinson point sandspit; the vessels were unloaded, and the men secured comfortable quarters for the winter in a large log-house built of drift- wood. Large quantities of Mackenzie river driftwood on all the beaches of the north Alaska coast furnish abundant fuel. The cariboo have been largely exterminated along this section of the coast, but some mountain sheep and cariboo meat was secured from inland Eskimos, and large numbers of ptarmigan and fish were obtained in season. The health of all members of the party was excellent throughout the year, the only illness or casualty being that of Andre Noram, cook of the Mary Sachs, who became insane, with symptoms indicating paresis, and committed suicide by shooting, April 16, 1914, at CoUinson point. Although it was a disappointment to the members of the party to be held up by the ice before getting into Canadian territory, the time was improved by the men in becoming used to Arctic conditions — the methods of sledging with dogs, camping, and taking scientific observations at low temperatures. A large number of astronomical observations, solar and stellar, and a series of lunar occultations were taken at CoUinson point, during the winter, for astro- nomical position and variation of compass and chronometer. An automatic tide-registering machine was kept in commission for a considerable time, meteor- ological records were kept up, and various collections were made. A snow-house makes a very good observatory, but at low temperatures great care must be exercised in handling delicate instruments, as the faintest breadth or even the insensible perspiration from a bare hand near the instrument will coat lenses and metal work with a film of frost crystals. Even guns are left out of doors all winter because if brought inside they become immediately coated with a thick mass of hoar-frost and ice, which takes a long time to melt, thoroughly wets the weapon inside and out as it melts, and rusts it badly if it is not taken entirely apart and thoroughly cleaned and oiled. Desiring to begin work in Canadian territory as soon as possible, J. J. O'Neill started from CoUinson point with a dog-driver and assistant in February, to begin geological work by a reconnaissance of Firth river (more generally known locally as Herschel island river), coming from the Endicott mountains near the international boundary and emptj-inginto the Arctic ocean near Herschel island. This was carried out successfully, as well as a geological reconnaissance of Herschel island.^ K. G. Chipman and John R. Cox left CoUinson point on March 16 and proceeded to Demarcation point. ^ A series of solar observations for chronometer ratings were taken at the international boundarj' monument, the 141st meridian of west longitude. A stop was again made at the boundary when the party was saiUng out, August 4, 1916, to get time sights again at the same place over twenty-eight months later. The coast line was surveyed to the eastward, tying in Herschel island with the surveys of the Alaska-Yukon International Boundary Survey of 1912. Mr. Cox then joined Mr. O'Neill in completing the topographical work on Firth river, and completed the coast survey by sled to Escape reef at the western edge of the Mackenzie river delta, where a gasolene launch was in readiness to work in the delta as soon as the river broke out. Mr. Chipman and Mr. O'Neill later in the spring did some geological work in the Black Mountain district west of the Mackenzie delta until the river broke out about June 1. They then proceeded by whaleboat through the east branch of the Mackenzie, charting it as far as the south end of Richard island, after ' Summary Rep. Geol. Surv., Dept. of Mines, for 1914. Ottawa, 1915, pp. 112-115, 148-149. Ibid., 1916, pp. 236-2.37. 32 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 which they proceeded to Arctic Red river and to fort McPherson near the mouth of Peel river, to pick up some consignments which came down by one of the Mackenzie river steamers. A launch which had been purchased for Mr. Chipman's survey party could not be made to run, and not as much territory was covered as expected, but with an expert sailor of the delta as guide, the utmost advantage was got from the whaleboat, and large portions of the middle and east branches were mapped, with a number of cut-off channels and smaller channels used in winter sled or summer whaleboat travel. At the same time Mr. Cox, with competent Eskimo guides, surveyed the west or Aklavik branch of the delta from Akpavachiak or Escape reef up to the mouth of Peel river. Astronomical positions were determined at Arctic Red river and fort McPherson and at several points in the delta, tying the work of the boundary survey with the work of previous explorers in the lower Mackenzie and Peel river country.' There is a good 6-foot channel over the shoals around Tent island, near the mouth of the west branch of the Mackenzie delta, and passing these there is a deeper channel as far south as the outlet of Great Slave lake. Passing shoals of about five feet depth at that place, there is a deep channel again as far south as fort Smith, at the foot of the Grand rapids of the Slave river, 60° North latitude, near the northern boundary of Alberta. The channel into the east branch of the Mackenzie delta is also deep enough for fair-sized schooners, and the new Hudson's Bay Company's post at Kittigazuit on the east side of the delta southeast of Richard island is supplied from Herschel island by this route. The middle channel of the delta was not completely surveyed for lack of time, as the boat survey parties were obliged to meet the Alaska at Herschel island early in August to go east of the Mackenzie into the Coronation gulf region, where the main work of the Southern party was planned to be done. Mr. D. Jenness, after coming ashore with Mr. V. Stefansson from the Karluk in September, 1913, had spent most of the winter in doing linguistic work among the Eskimos in the point Barrow region. Towards spring he came east to Collinson point and did ethnological and archaeological work from Collinson point to Demarcation point in the spring, later in the summer carrying on some extensive archaeological excavations at Barter island, Alaska, making large collections in the ruins at the site of the ancient trading rendezvous between the Mackenzie Eskimos and the western Alaskan Eskimos. Mr. F. Johansen made extensive collections of plants and insects, rearing many species of insects to studj'^ their life-histories and development. Some marine dredging was also done. During the fall and winter Chipman and Cox had prepared a map of the harbour at Collinson point and vicinity on the scale of ^4000; extending it inland to include some ten square miles of tundra, with 20-foot contours. The harbour was thoroughly sounded. It is not suitable for large vessels, carrying only about seven feet of water at the entrance, but is deeper inside of the lagoon. Vessels of somewhat larger size may obtain shelter by going behind some of the small islands in the chain extending west from Flaxman island. Further extended work along this section of the coast was not undertaken by the Canadian Arctic Expedition, for the reason that the well-known explorer and geologist, Mr. Ernest deKoven Leffingwell, who first came to Flaxman island on the Mikkelsen- Leffingwell Expedition in 1906, had spent most of his time from 1906 to 1914 with headquarters at Flaxman island, working on the geology of the Arctic coast of Alaska, and had prepared a very minute and accurate map of the coast, channels, and islands of the section from the Colville delta east, including a verj' complete series of soundings of all the channels. These charts and geolo- gical results are now in course of publication by the United States Geological ' Summarv Rep. Geol. Survey, Dept. of Mines, for 1914. Ottawa, 1915. pp. 148-149. Ibid., Report for 1915. Ottawa, 1916, pp. 237-239. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 33 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Survey, but the expedition was very much aided in 1913-14 by information received and tracings of unpublished charts kindly loaned to us by Mr. Leffing- well for our work on the Alaskan coast. During the spring and summer of 191-1, the routine and executive work of the southern party devolved upon me, including the apportionment of supplies and equipment for three vessels. The 10-ton gasolene schooner North Star had been purchased by Mr. Stefansson from its owner, Capt. M. Anderson, who was wintering in Clarence baj', a little east of Demarcation point. As a conse- quence, the time for zool(Jgical field work and the preparation of specimens was limited; nevertheless, 212 birds representing 52 species, and 77 mammals representing 13 species were collected and preserved. Nests and eggs of many of the species of breeding birds were also collected.^ The expedition vessels Alaska and Mary Sachs left Collinson point on July 25, 1914, the first day that the ice moved off the beach far enough to let us out of the harbour. The vessels had been free of the ice inside of the harbour since July 7. After some delays occasioned by ice, which was thick and close to the beach around ISIartin point, lev reef, and Demarcation point, the Alaska reached Herschel island 69° 34' N. Lat., 138° 54' ^Y. Long., August 5, and the Mary Sachs a few hours later. The North Star had got in from Clarence bay a little before. These expedition vessels were the first vessels to come into Canadian waters in the western Arctic flying the Canadian flag. The steam-whaler Belvedere, of Seattle, which had taken on a quantity of auxihary supplies, coal, distillate, etc., from Nome in 1913 for the expedition, and had been compelled to winter in the ice a little off shore west of Icy reef, had come through safely and landed our stores at Herschel island about the last of July. Herschel island is quite a busy place in July and August. Eskimo-owned and sailed boats, to the number of twenty-five or more, whaleboats, and perhaps a dozen two-masted Mackenzie-built schooners, were assembled here to trade with incoming ships. With the recent decline in the whaling industry in the western Arctic, and smaller probability of ships wintering at Herschel island, the Eskimos from the Mackenzie delta and from the westward had a still greater incentive to be at the island to trade during the short open season. In 1915, one year after the expedition went in, the Hudson's Baj' Company started an innovation by spreading out on to the Arctic coast, and established a western Arctic district headquarters at Herschel island and another post 150 miles east of the [Mackenzie river at cape Bathurst (BaiUie islands), 70° 35' N. Lat., 128° 05' W. Long. Another post has been estabhshed at Kittigazuit (the point Encounter of Sir John Richardson) on the eastern edge of the Mackenzie delta, and the site of one of the largest villages of the Mackenzie Eskimos. In 1916, the Hudson's Bay Company moved 400 miles farther east along the coast and established another new post at the station just vacated bj^ the Southern party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait, 68° 47' N. 114° 50' W. These new posts of the company are suppHed by a gasolene motor schooner, the Fort McPherson, from the large storehouses at Herschel island, stocked by chartered ships sent up from Vancouver, B.C. It is to be assumed that the commercial prospects of this region in the fur- trading line are of considerable infiportance. The presence of trading posts in hitherto untouched regions will facilitate the more detailed exploring and prospecting of districts which were formerly impossible except to specially equipped expeditions. As previously reported,^ Mr. Stefansson, after his separation from the Karluk, had established a base camp at Martin point, Alaska, with supplies ' Summarj' Report Geol. Survey, Dept. of Mines, for 19U. Ottawa, 1915, pp. 163-167. ' Report of the Dept. of the Naval Service for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1916. Ottawa, 1916, pp. 16-19, 71-75. 38—3 34 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1913 obtained from CoUinson point, and from the Belvedere and North Star outfits, and started north from Martin point on March 22, 1914, on an ice-exploring expedition over Beaufort sea. The three men of the support party returned to land at Kamarlcak, about 30 miles west of Herschel island on April 16, bringing the news that Mr. Stefansson and his two sailor companions, Storker Storkerson and Ole Andreasen, were going ahead fifteen days more travel before attempting to return, with the possibility of trying to push across the ice to Banks island in case conditions were favourable. As there were a much greater number of vessels and people than usual located at frequent intervals along the coast from Herschel island to point Barrow that season, the party would have been soon heard from if they had returned to the mainland in the spring or summer. As no further news was heard from the ice party, it was evident from knowledge of their plans that thej' had gone on towards Banks island. The schooner Mary Sachs, under command of Mr. George H. Wilkins, with a full equipment of provisions, distillate, oil, etc., for two years or more, sledges, dogs, and a large gasolene launch, started from Herschel island for Banks island on August 11, and as we learned in the following spring, had met Mr. Stefansson's party near cape Kellett early in September, very soon after the vessel reached Banks island. Of course no word of this could reach the outside world until over a year later, causing considerable anxiety, as the three men of the ice party were generally' supposed to have been lost for a year and a half. Having connected with the vessel with its supplies and exploring equipment, the activities of the Northern party during the remainder of 1914-15 were engaged in operations in the region of Banks island. Prince Patrick island, and Melville island. Advices received in the summer of 1916 indicated that the party was intending to remain in the north for at least another year. The Mary Sachs was still at cape Kellett, the North Star had joined the Northern party in 1915 and was hauled up on the northwest coast of Banks island, and the Polar Bear, a large schooner which was purchased in 1915, was wintering near the Princess Royal islands, in Prince of Wales strait, with the intention of moving on to Winter harbour, Melville island, for the winter of 1916-17. While at Herschel island in August, 1914, we learned from SS. Herman of San Francisco, of Capt. Robert Bartlett's remarkable ice-journey from Wrangell island to Siberia, and his safe arrival at St. Michael's, Alaska, to bring relief for the shipwrecked Karhik surNavors on Wrangell island, but it was not until November 9, 1915, that we got any more news from the outside world, and learned of the loss of eight members of the Karluk party on the ice, and the death of three more on Wrangell island, at the same time that we learned of the great European war, which had been going on for over fifteen months. The schooners Alaska and North Star sailed east from Herschel island, August, 17, 1914, and were delayed a little by heavy ice in Mackenzie bay between Herschel island and Shingle point. Very little ice was found east of Shingle point, on the western edge of the Mackenzie delta, and we reached Baillie island August 21, finding that the Mary Sachs had gone on from there towards Banks island. Leaving Baillie island at noon of August 22, we anchored in Bernard harbour. Dolphin and Union strait, in the evening of August 24, and the North Star arrived on August 25. We had smooth sailing on summer seas east of Baillie island, free from ice except for a little loose bay-ice in Dolphin and Union strait. ' At Baillie island we had met the little gasolene schooner Teddy Bear, going out under sail after spending five years in the Arctic. This vessel, which I had formerly met in Coronation gulf in 1911, was the first pioneer trading vessel to come in east of cape Parry. The Teddy Bear was commanded, engineered, and sailed by a young French-Canadian named Joseph F. Bernard, a native of Tignish, P.E.I., who had sailed from Nome in 1909 vAth one white companion to search for new fields for trapping and trading. His companion had been frozen DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL 8ERTWE 35 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 to death the first winter near Barter island, Alaska, and in 1910 Captain Bernard had gone on alone with a few Eskimos for crew and wintered a little east of the mouth of the Coppermine river. The next year he came out as far as the civilized Eskimo village at cape Bathurst, where he wintered. Without going home, he turned east again in 1912 and spent one winter in a harbour on the south side of Dolphin and Union strait, about sixteen miles south of Liston and Sutton islands, and a little west of Chantry island; the next winter in Lady Richardson bay, southwestern Victoria island, coming out in 1914 aftervoyaging for five years. His harbour in Dolphin and Union strait, being the first good harbour for nearly 200 miles east of Pierce point, was used as a base station for two years, 1914-16, by the Southern party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition and named by us Bernard harbour, partly in honour of Captain Bernard's pioiaeer energy in discov- ering its suitability and using it as a ship station and in recognition of his unusual kindness and rectitude as a pioneer of trade in an uncivilized and unexploited land. Bernard harbour was chosen by us for its strategic advantages for working the coast both to the west (from cape Parry) and to the east (into Coronation gulf), as well as its nearness to Victoria island (about 35 miles north across the strait). It was about as far east as driftwood could be found in reasonable amounts for fuel. After discharging the cargoes of the Alaska and the North Star, and replacing a broken propeller on the Alaska, I finally started west with Alaska again on September 6, with the intention of getting some driftwood timber from farther west, as well as some more coal from our cache at Baillie island. The members of the scientific staff, with Mr. Chipman in charge, were left at Bernard harbour, to put up winter quarters, with some Eskimo assistants. Capt. D. Sweeney, Mr. D. W. Blue, engineer, Mr. A. Castel, J. Sullivan, cook; Mike, the Eskimo assistant engineer, and Ikey Bolt, a point Hope Eskimo sailor, went west with me on the Alaska. Finding weather conditions very favourable at Baillie island, and no ice reported to the westward, it seemed well to go on to Herschel island, to bring on additional coal and oil, and additional supplies which had been expected to arrive from the westward during the summer. The Alaska reached Herschel island again September 11. The Ruby, which was expected with supplies from the west, had not arrived, and after loading some stores from our reserve stock at .Herschel island, on the Alaska, we started east again on the morning of September 13. The Alaska came back to Baillie island on the night of September 15, in the midst of a northwest gale, with frequent snow-squalls, and spray freezing on the decks and rigging. The storm kept rising for the next two days, the worst storm of the season, and did not abate until noon of September 19. There was a very high storm tide, rising about 4 or 5 feet at Baillie island, the waters of Liver- pool bay seeming to have been piled up by the northwest gale and forced out between the Baillie islands and the mainland. The distillate drums and coal sacks which had been landed on the beach in the summer were half buried by the sand washed up, and we had to dig them out. , Quantities of large ice had come in from the northwest during the big storm, but we tried to go out on the morning of September 20. In trying to turn around in our narrow anchorage, the bow of the Alaska ran slightly in the mud. We tried to kedge her off, but with the falling of the westerly wind, the storm tide fell rapidly, and we were soon settled hard aground. The whole cargo had to be discharged and the schooner finally floated free again on the evening of September 24. As the nights were getting very dark at this season of the year with the moon gone, and considerable heavy ice was coming in from the northward, with young ice forming thick and slushy at times, it was a precarious matter to sail at night with a small vessel. In the summer time, with daylight all night, a vessel can tie up to the ice, but it is a different matter 38—3^ 36 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 in the autumn when the ice is mo\ing in the dark. From the outlook at BailUe island, with at least three days more delay loading ship from the beach in a dory, it seemed doubtful that we could get east of cape Parry, or possibly Pierce point, and there are no harbours beyond that nearer than Bgrnard harbour. As we did not have much to bring back to Bernard harbour, and nothing that was absolutelj' necessarj-, the advantage in getting back there with the Alaska did not seem commensurate with the risk involved to the vessel, so I decided to put the boat into winter quarters at Baillie island, or rather into the harbour behind the end of the Cape Bathurst sandspit. The Alaska had to go to Herschel island the next summer (1915) anyhow for supplies and mail, and had a better chance of getting out early from Baillie island than from farther east. The scientific staff, with their supplies and equipment, and the North Star were already favourably located at their desired base, and I knew that I could join them by sledge as soon as ice traveUing was good. There was a fair amount of supplies on the Alaska for the men who were to remain as ship-keepers during the winter: Two fresh whale carcasses on the beach near the ship provided an abundance of dog-food and also attracted a number of polar bears and multitudes of white foxes to the vicinity. Fifteen polar bears were killed by the men on the Alaska before I .started east on November 20, the skins kept for specimens and the meat frozen and stored away. A number of seals and ducks were killed in the autumn, dnd seals were killed frequently during the winter. On November 20, 1914, I started to go from the Alaska at cape Bathurst to the winter base of the Southern party on Dolphin and Union strait, an approxi- mate distance of about 400 miles, accompanied by Aarnout Castel (sailing master of the No7-th Star), James Sullivan (cook of the Alaska), and the Eskimo, Ikey Bolt taking one Nome sled and seven dogs. We followed the west side of FrankUn bay 90 miles to Langton bay. The only inhabitants on the shores of Franklin bay that winter were two families of Mackenzie Eskimos who had taken a small schooner belonging to the Hudson's Baj' Company from the Mackenzie river, to the mouth of Horton river, where thej^ were wintering. This vessel went back "to the Mackenzie, the following summer. The sailing schooner Rosie H., which has been permanently in the Arctic for many j^ears, was wintering at Booth island (cape Parry) with one white man and several Herschel island people. We did not go around cape Parry, but shortened our distance considerably by crossing the portage at the south end of the Parrj^ peninsula, from Langton bay to Darnley bay. The yawl Argo came in from northern Alaska with two white trappers and their families, to the southwest corner of Darnley bay in 1913 and remained until 1915. On the southeast side of Darnley bay we passed the house of Capt. Christian Klengenberg, an ex-whaler with his family, and another house belonging to an Eskimo familj^ which had come in from Alaska on the Argo. Klengenberg's young son and daughter had a temporary trapping camp a little east of cape Lyon, and east of that there were no inhabitants west of Dolphin and Union strait. East of Baillie island there are no permanent resi- dents, and the western Eskimos make only casual excursions into the territory. The North Star had made a cache of pro\'isions and coal oil at Pierce point in the fall, and we took some supplies from it on this trip. We did not know whether we should find driftwood enough for fuel at all points along the coast on the 200 miles between Pierce point and Bernard harbour, and expected to use a "Primus" coal oil stove part of the time. However, we found enough driftwood, for fuel at every camp site along the coast, and put up piles of wood at various points so that there would be no danger of having the wood covered with heavy ice before we should pass along the coast in the spring. On December 10, behind Keat's point, we met Kenneth G. Chipman and John J. O'Neill with a sled. They had left Bernard harbour November 19, to make a preliminary topographical and geological reconnaissance as far west as Pierce point, in prepar- ation for the coming spring's work, as well as to look for the whereabouts of the DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 37 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Alaska. They had found the weather very unfavourable for survey work, being foggy earlier in the season, and storms and blizzards prevailing later. They had been held in camp for six days straight when we met them, with strong head wind and blizzard, while we had been able to travel part of the time with fair -wand, which makes a tremendous difference. They turned around and accompanied us to the eastward. We found open water pretty close to the shore all along from cape Lyon to Clifton point, aAd at Deas Thompson point the ice had recently broken away from the cliffs and we had to make a detour around over the hills. We were delayed two days by a blizzard near Wise point, and reached the winter quarters of the main party about noon, December 25. Travel had been rather slow, principally on account of the shortness of the days at that time of the year, between 69° and 70° North. It was barely light enough to see a trail at 9 a.m., and it was dark about 3 p.m. on clear days, while the period of dayhght was considerably shorter on cloudy and foggy days. The temperature in general was warmer than usual at that season, not going below zero Fahrenheit at any time of observation during the first two weeks of December, 1914, and an occasion rising to 25° above zero Fahrenheit. Before leaving Baillie island we had a cold snap, the thermometer reaching 31° below zero on November 7. Coming east from cape Lyon the prevailing wind was favourable, from the northwest. The freeze-up in 1914 occurred at cape Bathurst about September 30, and at Bernard harbour about October 16. Everything was in good shape at Bernard harbour, the winter quarters of the most of the Southern party. A frame house had been built, covered partially with boards and partially with canvas, and the whole sodded over in the autumn. Enough small driftwood had been picked up in autumn to last for fuel until Christmas, and more was hauled later in the winter, and pieced out by a sparing use of coal. East of cape Bexley there is very little large driftwood on the beaches, on the points around Cockburn point, east of cape Bexley, there is quite a quantity of small pieces of wood, and quite a bit on Chantry island, but very little east of Chantry island of any kind. About thirty seals had been killed at Bernard harbour in the autumn, by shooting at the edge of the ice in the western method, but only four caribou were killed. The great herds of caribou which usually cross the strait near this point from Victoria island to the mainland, did not pass near Bernard harbour in 1914. The Victoria island Eskimos who visited the station later, said that the reason the caribou did not cross here this autumn was on account of the late freezing of Dolphin and Union strait. The caribou came down in large numbers to the south coast of Victoria island north of here, and as the strait was not frozen so that they could cross over, they moved eastward along the south coast of Victoria island and crossed some distance to the eastward. The Eskimos on the Victoria island side north and east of Bernard harbour killed large numbers of the caribou in the autumn, and we were able to purchase all the frozen caribou meat we needed as soon as the Eskimos could haul it across, and later, after the Eskimos' winter sealing, by spearing through the ice, had commenced, we were able to buy all the fresh seal meat we needed for dog-food or table use. During February and March, 1915, Mr. Aarnout Castel and myself made a toboggan trip from Bernard harbour across the west end of Coronation gulf, up the Coppermine river, to Dismal lake, and across to the Dease river, northeast of Great Bear lake. We were much delayed by soft snow amongst rough, jagged ice on the Coppermine, and our dogs were too exhausted to be able to proceed very far through the very deep, soft snow on Dease river, so we had to turn back to the coast without making connections with any white man or Indians on Great Bear lake to take out our winter's mail. We reached Bernard harbour again April 1, and a Httle later the mail was sent out along the coast to the Alaska at Baillie island. 38 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 On the Coppermine river, around Dismal lake, on the Horton river (south of Franklin bay), and to a less extent farther west, we have often noted the large proportion of dead spruce trees near the northern limit of timber. In some areas about 90 per cent of the trees are dead, in districts which show little or no evidence of forest fires. Mr. F. Johansen and Mr. D. Jenness accompanied our inland trip as far as the edge of the timber-line on the Coppermine,. near the Sandstone rapid. Mr. Johansen made a careful study of forest conditions here and found that practically all 'the dead trees which were examined showed traces of the ravages of bark-beetles, three species of them being found. This knowledge may be of value to northern forestry. The programme for the spring's work had been planned before going inland. Mr. John R. Cox, with an assistant, started in March and made a careful survey of the coast along the south side of Dolphin and Union strait from Chantry island east to cape Krusenstern and as far south as Lockyer point. Starting again in April, he carried the survey around the west end of Coronation gulf, including Basil Hall bay and the north side of Back inlet, as far as the mouth of Rae river. Rae river was ascended and carefully surveyed for about 70 miles, until it forked into two small creeks. Large willows were found at rather frequent intervals on Rae river after getting some way from the coast, but no spruce or other timber. After reaching the head of Rae river, Mr. Cox's party made a six-day portage across countrj^ with their sled, striking the Arctic coast on the south side of Stapylton bay. Numbers of caribou were seen migrating steadify northward during their work on the Rae river and the trip to the coast, and they had no difficult}' in killing a caribou whenever they needed meat. Mr. Cox then surveyed the section of the coast from Young point (the western end of Stapylton bay) east to the home station, reaching Bernard harbour May 25. He found that South bay, southwest of cape Bexley, was somewhat deeper in extent than we had supposed, and that Stapjdton bay is not as deep as the existing charts make it appear. The rock exposures on Rae river were the prevailing dolomite and limestone of the region, wnth diabase near the mouth of the river. At cape Kendall, a little north of the mouth of the river, high diabase cliffs are found overlying sandy limestones. Mr. Kenneth G. Chipman and Dr. John J. O'Neill started on the western survey from Bernard harbour on March 17, 191.5, going direct to the west end of Darnley bay and working east. Connecting with the previous surveys of the Parry peninsula, the survey was carried east during April, the season being much further advanced than it was farther east during the same period. As there are no rock exposures near the coast near the south side of Darnley bay, Dr. O'Neill was able to remain on the east side of the bay to carry on geological investigations in more detai4, while Mr. Chipman completed the topographic work on the southwest part of the bay. The southern part of Darnley bay had never been surveyed before and onlj' imperfectly explored. Two fairly large rivers flow into the south and southeast sides of the bay, the most southern of which seems to have been visited by \It. A. J. Stone^ while on a short trip after muskoxen from the whaling ships which were wintering in Langton bay in 1898, and indicated by him on a rather inaccurate sketch-map as Hornaday river. As the river is approxi- mately identifiable, and has no discoverable local name, it seems proper that the name Hornaday river should be retained for this river, in honour of the well-known advocate of Wild Life Conservation in the LTnited States and Canada For the southeastern river we propose the name Brock river, in honour of the patriotic and capable geologist. Major R. W. Brock, former Director of the Geological Survey, to whose active interest in Northern geology the organization of the geological and topographical sections of the expedition are largely due. Dr. ' Stone, A. J. Some Results of a Natural History Journey to Northern B.C., Alaska, and N.W.T. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIII. vi, New York, 1900, pp. 63-67. DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 39 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 O'Neill ascended this river for some distance, and made a good geological section of the countr_y. Inland on the east side of Darnley bay he found beach gravels and terraces above 500 feet, and everywhere east of that point the country for some distance from the coast is of the same type. From Darnley bay to the east of Deas Thompson point there are a number of high points which have received the name of mountains, but no definite system of range is apparent. The highest of these points (Mount Davy) is between the Croker and Inman rivers. The coast has a well-defined shore-line of rock or boulders and gravel.' None of the rivers flowing to the coast east of Darnley bay extend any great distance inland, for their valleys are small, and both valleys and beds indicate a very heavy run-off in a short time. The Croker is the largest river, with its delta built out a short distance, and occupies a triangular valley some 4 miles wide at the coast, and extending inland for 3 or 4 miles. The river spreads out over its delta, and none of its channels are very definite. The beds of this and other rivers are composed of heavy boulders, and the quick run-off is further indicated by the continuous sandbars built across their mouths when the river is low in summer and fall.^ The coast-Une as traversed from cape Lyon eastward was found to be somewhat more straight than the former charts give it, but this is apparently due to the practical impossibility of sketching a coast-line accurately on a hurried boat-passage some disthnce off-shore, with infrequent landings. This method has given the result that many of the so-called points on this coast are not salient projections of the coast line. More often the charted points and capes are high land or rock cliffs with low land on either side. This gives the higher places the appearance of points or capes when viewed from a distance. Our method of locating control points at frequent intervals by latitude, longitude, and azimuth observations, traversing between these points by frequent compass sights and pacing all the intervening shore-line, will undoubtedly give a more accurate map, although the former maps of this sectiop of the coast are really very good considering the conditions under which they were made. No serious rectification was necessary until we came to Stapylton bay and eastward of that point. Mr. Chipman regards the whole country surveyed as evidently a portion of the coastal plain described by Tyrrell,^ which west of Hudson bay reaches an elevation of 500 to 600 feet, and varies in width from 75 to 300 miles. Numerous fossil shells are found along the old beach terraces. West of Chantry island fossils were collected from the 15-foot and 30-foot horizons. These fossils may be duplicated on the present strand-line. Near the mouth of Inman river, fossil shells were found in numbers up to 170 feet above sea-level. Dr. O'Neill reports the country rock,* at least as far west as Clifton point, as a light grey to buff-coloured dolomite, sometimes with interbedded grey chert, and frequently containing fragments and nodules of the same. Ripple- marking and what seems to be mud-cracks were seen in some layers. A concre- tionary structure is quite common. The beds vary in thickness from a fraction of an inch to a few feet, and in grain from ver,y fine to quite coarse and crystalline. They have a dip of about 10 degrees, a few degrees north of west. About 15 miles east of De Witt Clinton point there is a cliff of conglomerate 40 feet in height with an 8-foot capping of sandstone. The conglomerate is made up almost entirely of pebbles of quartzite and chert, and has a few small seams of buff- coloured sandstone interbedded with it. The overlj-ing sandstone is coarse- ' Chipman, K.G. Summary Report of Geol. Survey, Dept. of Mines, for the year 1915. Ottawa, 1916, p. 245. ' Summary Report of the Geol. Survey, Dept. of Mines, for the calendar year 1915. Ottawa, 1916, p. 245. ' Tyrrell, J. B. Report of the Doobaunt, Kazan and Ferguson rivers, vol. 9, p. 158. ' Summary Report of the Geol. Survey, Dept. of Mines, for the calendar year 1915. Ottawa, 1916, pp. 239-241. 40 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 grained and weathers reddish-brown. About DeWitt Clinton point there are cliffs of very dark grey limestone 40 to 50 feet high, with beds 3 or 4 feet thick, and mth a few thin beds of light grey limestone. At one place fine-grained diabase cuts through the limestone and spreads out as a capping on the chff. The hills about here are covered ■nnth a mantle of alluvium, resembling glacial morainic material, which weathers to a buff colour on the surface. It is at least 30 feet in thickness. About Deas Thompson point there are cliffs of limestone 30 feet in height, dark-coloured at the base and lighter grej^ above, thin-bedded, and with encrustations of gj-psum along seams and in fissures. Keats point is made up of coarse, reddish-coloured sandy dolomite. There are two distinct sets of glacial striae in the vicinity of Chantry island, one set running east and west (true) , and the j-ounger set running north 77 degrees east (true) . In an examination of the rocks from the foot of Darnley bay to cape Krusensteru, no e^^dence of the existence of copper was seen. A series of sediments is intruded bj' sills, or sheets of diabase at intervals from 20 miles south of cape Lyon to DeWitt Clinton point; no diabase is then seen again until one nears cape Kendall on the west side of Coronation gulf; north of Back inlet. After returning from the inland trip up the Coppermine, I started west from Bernard harbour April 21 to reinforce the western survey party, meeting Chipman and O'Neill coming east near Deas Thompson point on Amundsen gulf. The Eskimos, Ikey and Palaij'ak, who were with the party, were sent on to Baillie island -nith the mail, and to help on the Alaska, while I returned eastward again with the survey party. Omng to the extremely short-handed condition in which the Southern party was situated and the large amount of work planned for the coming summer, it was impracticable for me to return to Baillie island and return to Herschel island again with the Alaska, as I had intended. Instructions were forwarded to Capt. Daniel Sweeney of the Alaska at Baillie island, and he carried out the summer's work of the vessel very creditablj' and carefully, bringing in the mail, and a good load of additional pro\'isions and coal from Herschel island. The ice left the beach at Baillie island, at 5 a.m., July 10, 1915, according to Captain Sweeney's report, and the Alaska got out of the harbour at 9 p.m., reaching Herschel island July 13. The first vessel to reach Herschel island from the outside was the Polar Bear, which arrived August 3; the Ruby, which brought instoresfor the Canadian Arctic Expedition arrived August 14. The^/asA^a was loaded and left Herschel island to go east again August 22, reached BaiUie island in the evening of August 23, left Baillie island in company with the missionary boat Atkoon of Collingwood, and the schooner El Sueno, arriving at Bernard harbour September 5, '1915. The El Sueno arrived September 7, bringing in a small amount of auxiliary supplies for the Southern party, and at once went west again to winter at Pierce point, for the purpose of trapping. The Atkoon was blown up on the shore between Clifton Point and the mouth of Croker river, but the vessel was apparently uninjured, and the missionaries established a winter camp there. Our western survey party reached the station at Bernard harbour on May 24, 1915, one week ahead of our scheduled time. We had decided upon the date June 1 as the time for the sledge-survey parties to be back at the station, to avoid being troubled bj' the breaking out of the rivers. The unusually mild weather during the month of iSIay facilitated our work very much. The skies were usually clear, and conditions good for travelling and taking observations. The weather was very warm and the snow thawing fast around Croker river May 16, but east of that point the season was more backward, and at Bernard harbour the ground was completely snow-covered until after the first of June. The snowfall is not very deep in this region, however, and after the snow really starts melting, it practically disappears from the land within a very few days, except the remains of deep snowdrifts in gullies and on the shady side of hills. DEPARTMENT OF TBE NAVAL SERVICE 41 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 From the experience of the topographers of the Southern party of the expedi- tion this spring, and in the year preceding and the year following, it was found that very little accurate topographical surveying on the lines laid down for us, 10 miles to the inch, with control stations at frequent intervals, could be done before the middle of March at the latitude we were working (from 67° 30' to 70° approximately). Some compass lines could be run before that time, where salient points were already located, but earher than the middle of March the sun is too near the horizon to get satisfactory observations, on account of the great refraction near the horizon. Blizzards and clouded skies were so frequent early in the spring that calculated occulations of stars and planetary satellites could only rarely be observed at a stationary observatory, and such observa- tions were of little use in field work, and by the latter part of March the day- light period was so nearly continuous that there was no opportunity for other than solar observations after that season. On May 21, 1915, Mr. George H. Wilkins arrived at Bernard harbour, accompanied by James R. Crawford, discharged as engineer of the Northern party's schooner Manj Sachs, and one Eskimo, named Billy Natkusiak. They had come from the winter quarters of the Mary Sachs near cape Kellett, Banks island, making the trip in about twenty-five days, across the southern end of Banks island. Prince of Wales strait. Prince Albert sound, and Dolphin and Union strait. Mr. Wilkins had found the Stefansson party safe near cape Kellett the summer before, and had come to make some arrangements to take the North Star to Banks island or Prince Patrick island as an auxiliary for further advanced party for proposed more extended work of the Northern party. The plans for the work of the Southern party had been based on the certainty of having the North Star for the summer's work in Coronation gulf, as the Alaska was at Baillie island, and bound to go to Herschel island before coming in again. It was finally arranged that the North Star should first lay down some provision depots in Coronation gulf and take the gasolene launch and outfit as far east as cape Barrow, and then go west to Herschel island, and later to Banks island. Mr. Wilkins had lost his cinematograph outfit on the Karluk, but had obtained another cinematograph camera and a few thousand feet of film from the engineer of the wreckecl schooner Elvira in 1914. He made a short trip on the ice of Coronation gulf and secured studies of Eskimo life in camps on the ice, and later in the season, views of their summer camps, fishing scenes, and home life and habits. About 2,000 feet of cinematograph film was exposed, most of which was ultimately developed and found to be of good quaHty. Mr. Wilkins made a very good series of portrait studies of most of the local Eskimos (Dolphin and Union strait), men, women, and children, in full view and in profile, for Mr. Jenness's ethnological work. He also made good photographs of growing plants, insects, etc., for the botanist and entomologist, and many photographs of birds, mammals, etc., in their natural habitat; pictures of great scientific as well as artistic value. The expedition had always prided itself on being thoroughly prepared and equipped to take the field and work at any season and under any conditions. These problems of equipment may be roughly covered under four heads: (o) Winter and early spring sledging with tent or snow-house, using either wood, alcohol. Primus coal-oil stove, or native blubber-lamp; (b) late spring and early summer, prepared for either land or water travel ; (c) summer travel with boat or canoe; and (d) overland packing by men and dogs in summer.. The western survey parties having finished their work late in May, it became necessary to start early summer work at once to the eastward. In Coronation gulf the ice was still solid in June, but there was the possibility of cracks and leads to cross as the season advanced, and boat-work after the break-up of the ice. The Northern party of the expedition had made good use of waterproof tarpauHns in constructing sled-rafts to cross leads, being 42 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 unable to haul canoes over rough ice, but of course this made no provision for travel after the break-up of the ice. Our problems were somewhat different, as in Coronation gulf the ice was comparatively smooth. We took a large point Barrow whaling umiak, about 28.15 feet in length, and 6 feet beam, covered with heavy bearded-seal skins, and strengthened the stern timbers to provide for the adjustment of an Evinrude detachable gasolene motor, which pi'oved to be a very valuable auxiliary. The canoe could be lifted by two men and placed on a low, ivorj'-shod boat-sled, which could be hauled in the spring bj^ four or five dogs, carrying several hundred pounds of baggage inside of the boat. If necessary to cross a lead, the umiak could be unshipped and launched in a few minutes, and if the ice should break, the canoe would be launched automa- tically, already loaded. Later in the season, the umiak proved its worth by carrying two or three men, three dogs, and a thousand pounds or more of pro- visions, gasolene, and camp gear, making 5 to 6 miles per hour, and weathering some pretty heavy seas. It could be beached on any kind of coast in a hurry, by rolling it up on inflated sealskin " pokes," a great advantage when exploring a coast whose harbours are unknown, and a sudden breeze speedily raises a dangerous lop, as it does in Coronation gulf. The umiak is also a very useful boat among ice-floes, as it is practicalh' unstovable and can be easily and quickly hauled upon or over an ice-cake, and it will also stand bumping over the boulders on a river-bottom which might prove disastrous to a wooden boat. The weight of a wooden boat of sufficient size would also be an insuperable obstacle to transportation by sled. For inland work in the Coronation gulf region, recourse must be had to packing in the summer, as most of the streams are too small and rapid to be na\'igable for any distance. The survey parties were supplied with condensed rations, and had dog pack-saddles for their largest and strongest dogs. Three or four good dogs can pack all the necessary provisions for a small party for several daj's. On June 9, 1915, John R. Cox, topographer, and J. J. O'Neill, geologist, started eastward from Bernard harbour vnth the'umiak on a boat-sled, taking also another large sled-load of provisions, supplies, and gasolene. They had as assistant for the early summer an intelligent Alaskan Eskimo, Billy Natkusiak, who had been with me in the region several years before, and also as an experi- ment, a famil.v of Coppermine Eskimos (a man named Mupfa, with a wife and child). We had heretofore little success in getting any useful service from the local aborigines, who have little or no idea of serving or working for anyone. It seemed necessary, however, to engage somebody to look after the sledge dogs, or part of them, after the surveying party should have to take to boat work, and this native engaged to help in the spring and look after our dogs during the summer at a fishing-place on one of the rivers on the south side of Coronation gulf. The man Mupfa turned out to be a very capable, inteUigent man, and wiling to learn, and carried out his agreement for the summer very creditably, and rendered loj'al service to the expedition for the remainder of the next year. The party was to proceed by sled to Tree river, or the Annielik (in Gray's bay) ; during the early summer to work geologicallj' up some of the rivers in that region, moving gradually along the coast to cape Barrow, 68° 01' N., 110° 09' W., the western extremity of Bathurst inlet, where Mr. Chipman and I would meet them with the North Star about the first of August, if possible, bringing the gasolene launch and additional supplies. At cape Barrow, the circumstances of the season and the condition in which we found the party and the boats at that time, would determine the extent of the survey which we could make of Bathurst inlet during the latter part of the summer. It was planned to finish up as much as possible of the eastern end of our assigned territory during the summer of 1915, leaving the region nearer home (around the mouth of the Coppermine river) for the early autumn or coming spring, when the unfinished ends could be worked to better advantage DEPARTMENT OF fHE XATAL SERVICE , 43 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 from the base station. During the early summer of 1915, Mr. K. G. Chipman began a stadimeter survey of the region about Bernard harbour, with 20-foot contours. Mr. F. Johansen did some dredging for marine life in the inner and outer harbours, and completed his collections of the plants and insects of the region, while my own collections of birds and mammals was considerably increased. Considerable quantities of salmon trout were sun dried for winter dog-food, and some caribou meat was also dried for our own consumption. The few families of Eskimos who remained about during the early summer caught and dried large numbers of lake trout, catching them with hooks through the ice in June and early in July, and spearing and gaffing large numbers of salmon trout which were impounded in stone weirs when they started to run up the streams in July. By the last of July all the local Eskimos had departed on their summer packing expeditions to look for caribou inland. ' The summer of 1915 was very late and cold, and the ice melted very slowly. The North Star had started to leak badly during the winter, and we finally succeeded in getting the vessel free from the ice and hauled up on top of the ice in the harbour July 7, and caulked her thoroughly. A few days later the ice had melted enough to drop the vessel into the water again, and on July 20 all the ice was out of the harbour. Bay ice disappears with wonderful rapidity at that season, the hot sunshine cutting away the top almost visibly, the ice floating up as it melts, and when it finally disintegrates into small pieces which touch the water on all sides, soon disappears absolutely. After the harbour and the large bay south of Chantry island were free of ice, Dolphin and Union strait was pretty full of ice. Broad leads opened up outside for a little, but the ice seemed pretty solid to the eastward. A steady, strong northwest wind for a week, practically a gale for three or four days, kept dri\dng the ice down into and blocking up Dolphin and Union strait, and in the early part of August, between Bernard harbour and the Liston and Sutton islands, the strait was packed full of rough, heaped-up blocks of ice, where we had only smooth bay ice all the previous winter. After being held for nearly two weeks after the break-up of the ice b\ heavy ice packed into Dolphin and Union strait by continued westerly winds, a spell of easterly wind started the ice moving westward again, and we worked the North Star out through the ice east of Chantry island August 9, finding the ice slowly moving westward. We were unable to get by the south side Oi Lambert island after going about half-way, finding the south side of the strait pretty well packed with ice, and went back around the west end of Lambert island to the north side of the island, passing over some dangerous rocky shoals extending for some distance off the west end of Lambert island, 6 feet of water 400 to 500 yards off shore. There is also a series of rocky islands and reefs off the east end of Lambert island. We passed cape Krusenstern in the evening of August 10, and passed through the Duke of York archipelago during the night, finding very little ice after passing cape Krusenstern, and Coronation gulf entirelv free of ice to the eastward. We reached port Epworth, the splendid harbour at"the mouth of Tree river, 67° 46' N., 111° 59' W., and found a large stone beacon on the island at the mouth of the harbour, with a cache and a note signed by J. J. O'Neill and J. R. Cox stating that they had been working in that region until July 30, when the ice moved off the coast allowing them to proceed eastward. They had gone on east to cape Barrow, where we found another beacon on August 12, stating that they had reached that point August 2. They had been delayed by head ^\nnds, and we soon found the party camped in a littfe bay just east of cape Barrow. The North Star put down a large cache of pro\'isions at port Epworth, consisting of flour, rice, pemmican, sugar, and gasolene for the two motor-boats; and another cache at cape Barrow for use during the summer of 1915 and the possibility of sledge work in the spring of 1916. The North Star at once started back to the westward, on August 12, 44 , DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 having been delayed only three days after getting out of the harbour in making the eastern trip. Having a stiff fair breeze behind her, the North Star was back at Bernard harbour within twenty-four hours, and finding all the ice had moved to the westward, kept on going and soon reached Bailhe island. The party who went west on the North Star consisted of George H. Wilkins, com- manding; A. Castel; James R. Crawford (discharged at Baillie island to go out on schooner Ruby) ; and the Eskimo, Billy Natkusiak. The partj- remaining at cape Barrow consisted of four men, K. G. Chipman, J. R. Cox, J. J. O'Neill, and myself, A^ith one 20-foot wooden gasolene launch vnth 7-horsepower Gray motor, and the skin-umiak ^\ath Evinrude motor. Cox and O'Neill, with their Eskimo assistants, had left Barnard harbour June 9, hauling the skin umiak on a boat sled, and crossed Coronation gulf direct from cape Krusenstern to the mouth of the Tree river (port Epworth), being delayed by only one large crack in the ice, about 30 feet wide. The season was much further advanced around Tree river than it was at Bernard harbour and the ice was soon cut away around the mouth of the river. Large quantities of fish were caught after the opening of the baj', and in addition to what were used by the party and their large bunch of dogs, over 500 pounds of fish were dried, baled and put en cache on the island at the mouth of the harbour for autumn use. Wolverines are surprisingly abundant on the coast in this region, and unless prov-isions and stores are cached on islands they are apt to suffer from the ravages of these brutes during the summer. Tree river was explored for some distance inland on a packing expedition in July. Like all the other streams in this region (in the granite area) it has rapids, cascades, and falls a few miles from its mouth. It abounds in fish in the summer-time, and several families of Eskimos usually spend the summer at the first cascade, catching fish by spear, hook, and raking with a sort of double gaff-hook. Salmon trout and two species of white-fish are largely caught in the rivers, while large lake trout are caught in nearly every lake of any size. The country a little back from the mouth of Tree river is dotted with innumerable clear lakes, basins in the granite, and the vegetation, particul- arly in the flowering plants, is richer than the average condition in the Arctic. A good collection of plants was made here during the early summer. Tree river has two large branches, one of which is said to rise near the east bank of the Coppermine. This western branch of Tree river is said to have spruce trees near its source. The scenery around port Epworth is quite striking, vertical cHffs of dark-coloured diabase, vnth long talus slopes, rising to a height of 600 feet above sea-level on either side of the harbour. A long ridge of dolomite runs west from the mouth of the river, about five miles back from the island at the entrance of the harbour of port Epworth. The island at the entrance of the harbour is black shale at the base, overlain with diabase. About five miles south of the mouth of Tree river a ridge of rounded granite mountains runs to the south and east side of the river, the highest peak noticeable, about ten miles back from the entrance of the harbour, being 1,090 feet above sea-level. It is interesting to note that about half a mile east of the mouth of Tree river, there are small crevices or pockets in the granite which are filled with the soft potstone (a talc chlorite schist), much used by the Eskimos of this region for making the stone blubber-lamps which are universally used by them, and also for making stone cooking pots. The use of the cumbersome, heavy, and fragile stone pots, however, is very rapidly declining, owing to the much greater convenience of tin, iron, and copper-ware which are being introduced in trade. There is no known potstone quarry west of Tree river, and most of the stone utensils come from there although the Eskimos informed us that there are also some smaller stone deposits on the Utkusikaluk, flowing into Gray bay, and somewhere around cape Barrow. DEPARTMENT OF TEE NAVAL SERVICE 45 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 According to Dr. O'Neill/ the islands in Coronation gulf, on a line south- east from cape Krusenstern to port Epworth, are all of diabase; no amygdaloid was seen, but some of the islands are cut by narrow veins of calcite which contain small patches of chalcocite. While making a second trip through these islands in May, 1916, I was impressed by the rugged formation of these islands, including many of the islands of the Duke of York archipelago. The group known to the Eskimos as Pauneyaktok, about 20 miles southeast from cape Krusenstern, are typical of the group, having precipitous cliffs of diabase running up to 200 feet in height, facing to the south and southeast, and sloping dowTi to the water's edge on the north and northwest sides. Underneath the diabase of one of these islands, I noticed an exposure of sedimentary rock, a series of alternate layers of black and reddish strata about one inch thick, merging into a tick, flesh-coloured stratum. The base of the islands is very seldom visible, being hidden by talus slopes from 10 to 40 feet high. " The coast from port Epworth to Grej-'s bay is diabase cutting grey shale or red sandstone, which immediately underlies the shale; no amj'gdaloid nor copper is in e\'idence in this diabase, of which the upper part has been removed by erosion. The Laurentian granite comes to Anthin 3 miles of the coast at the K6gluktualuk or Tree river, and its western contact with younger sediments extends almost true south for over 30 miles. The northern border of this granite parallels the coast to the west end of Graj''s bay; it forms the southern shore of Grav's bav and the whole coast from that place to the east side of cape Barrow."— (O'Neill.) Cape Barrow, 68° 01' N., 110° 09' W., or Han-in-nek, as it is called by the Eskimos, is a mountainous granitic region, but is not nearly so high as stated by Franklin in 1821-. He saj-s: " The higher parts attain an elevation of 1,400 and 1,500 feet and the whole is entirely destitute of vegetation. " In 1915 we found the height of the highest of the granite ridges to be 340 feet above the sea-level, by aneroid, and although the hills have a barren appearance on their summits and slopes, careful inspection shows many bright green patches in little valleys and gullies where soil has collected, as well as in basins in the rocks, around the little lakes — green grass, low dwarf -n-illow, deep tundra moss, cotton-grass or " nigger-head '" tussocks (the tetes des fenunes of the northern Indians and voj-ageurs) heather growing luxuriantly in many shelving rocks, and about ten species of flowering plants in bloom close to our camp on August 13. The summits of the granite ridges were usually covered with graj' lichens. In this region we were often deceived by great reddish areas on cliffs, giving the appearance of a ferruginous rock, but upon closer examination proving to be only a dense coat of red lichens. After the return of the North Star to the westward, Chipman, Cox, O'Neill, and myself continued the survej^ east from cape Barrow with the small launch, umiak, and a Peterborough canoe. It turned out that this plan cut down to some extent as originally planned, as we had to he over a good manj- days on account of stormj' weather and high -winds when we could not use the small boats, and might have gone ahead or anchored in more favourable place with the North Star. With the small boats we had to find a very small and very well- protected harbour for each night's camp. We were also prevented from getting back to the station before the freeze-up, as the almost continuous heavy weather late in the autumn prevented us from traveUing a large part of the time ■nath the small boats. The Evinrude motor did good service in the early part of the season on the umiak, and the two boats were able to work to some extent inde- pendently, by having one boat make more prolonged stops at the most ' Summarj- Report of the Geological Survey, Dept. of Mines, for the calendar year 1915. Ottawa, 1916, pp. 241. 2 Narrative of a Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea, in the years 1819, 20, 21, and 22. By John Franklin, Captain R.N., F.R.S., and Commander of the Expedition. London, John Murray, Albemarle Street. MDCCXXIII, 46 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 interesting points for geological work, while the launch could keep running more or less continuously on the coast traverse. In the latter part of August, the Evin- r.ude motor on the umiak gave out, and as we were not prepared to re-babbitt the bearings, which had been cut out by some grit, we had to lay the umiak up for a while near Kater point, Arctic sound, as it reduced the speed of the launch about a mile per hour to tow the umiak, and the ^^•inds were not steady enough to keep up by sailing. With the umiak out of commission, Mr. Chipman found it necessary to stay in the vicinity of Kater point for about three weeks, and this cut down the topographic work considerably. Pre^aous to this the coast survey had been completed in detail from cape Barrow, around Detention harbour (a rather large bay nearly hidden by a large island nearly hiding the entrance; with a deep ichannel behind except at one narrow point near the eastern exit, where it narrows to about 100 yards in width and only one fathom of water). An investigation was made of the islands along the coast here and farther south in Moore bay. The islands from Gray's bay east were little granite outliners here and there near the coast, but north of Moore bay, and lying two or three miles outside of the Detention Harbour islands, are some rather large islands, called Nu-a-ho'-ngak by the Eskimos. The latter islands are stratified dolomite, cut by a large dike of diabase, which also runs inland on the mainland here. Moore bay is rather larger than indicated by the charts, with a rather deeper extension to the southeast and a number of high diabase islands. We found our first native copper in situ in cracks in the diabase on an island in Moore bay. Small veins of galena (lead sulphide, Pb. S.) were observed in cracks in the granite at Galena point, just east of Detention harbour. There is a river of fair size flowing into the southwestern point of Moore bay. From Kater point, O'Neill, Cox, and I continued to carry on the survey with the launch down the west side of Arctic sound. Some difficulty was experienced in finding a channel into the mouth of Hood river through a number of low sandy islands at the mouth of the river, on account of a heavy sea running at the time. After entering the river we found a deep channel, 9 or 10 feet deep, following the high-cut bank along the south side of the river for 3 or 4 miles from its mouth. At tli,e first large bend, the channel shifts to the left (west) bank, where there is a small exposure of quartzite at the water's edge, overlain by a thick deposit of hght-coloured sandy claj'. Willows on the bank here were 5 or 6 feet high, one inch or more in diameter, and quite a bit of dead willow in among them. Considerable willow drift was found on the banks, affording more fuel than was usual in this region. Going up stream from the quartzite bend, the charmel gradually swung across to the other bank, but we had no difficulty following the deep channel (over 9 feet) by watching the colour of the water, which was grey over the shoals. We could take the launch up only to the first cascade of the Hood river, and camped there on August 27, making an inland reconnaissance in the direction of the James river. The steep clay banks of the river are about 100 feet high at the first cascade, with a level grassy bench extending back about half a mile to a ridge of fine, red sandstone, cut on the southwest side by a dike of coarse-grained basalt, with a broad grassy valley beyond. The next ridge was quartzite, succeeded by another grassy valley. A herd of thirty-four caribou was found here, and one fat young bull killed to replenish our meat supply. A single lone bull had been seen and killed at Kater point a few days before. A little farther on O'Neill struck an outcrop of granite, pegmatite, and mica schist in the valley, and established the continuity of the granite extending from Detention harbour and Moore bay down to Hood river. Going out of the river again the coast of Arctic sound was followed to its bottom. A fine large specimen of the Barren Ground bear was killed at the DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 47 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 south end of Baillie's cove, the extreme bottom of Arctic sound, where he was found digging roots from the sandy soil near the mouth of a small creek. The east side of Arctic sound is formed by one side of Banks peninsula (Tikerayuk, or " the forefinger," of the Eskimos), its most northern point being point Wollaston. Native copper was found in amj'gdules on both sides of Banks peninsula. Running down the east side of Banks peninsula we expected from inspection of the chart to find a passage out through Franklin's so-called Brown's channel,^ but found that the channel was a blind one, comparatively straight, with another peninsula, shorter than Banks peninsula, on the east side. The southerly portion of this hitherto uncharted sound is fringed for several miles on its west side by high cliffs of grey dolomite. Rather steep slopes of dirt and gravel lead up from the beach in about half a mile to 490 feet elevation. From the top of this slope, nearly vertical cliffs rise to a height of 870 feet above sea- level; composed of heavy strata of dolomite, with a heavy capping of diabase, much striated on the upper surface. Ascending to the top of these cliffs, a small creek was seen to run into the bottom of the sound from a lake about five miles inland, in a broad grassy vallej' to the southwest. We followed the coast around a series of long, narrow fiords, peninsulas, and small islands east of here, finding the coast line very slow and difficult to work out, being very much cut up in the region tentatively indicated by Franklin as Goulburn island, the latter being really a series of long peninsulas southeast of Banks peninsula. Having struck a considerable copper-bearing area in Bathurst inlet, it was thought better to make a detailed geological sheet of this important area than to attempt to make a complete survey of the bottom of Bathurst inlet outside of the copper area. We accordingly followed the southern boundary of the diabase area across to Kannuyuk (Copper) island, a large island in Bathurst inlet, south of the Barry islands, opposite Fowler bay, on the east side of Bathurst inlet. Driftwood was very scarce east of Kater point, but bj' picking up everj- small piece we saw on the beaches, we usually managed to carry enough in the boats to last us a day or two. Bird and animal life was remarkably scarce along the coast. Caribou signs were seen occasionally, and fresh tracks on some of the islands. A very fine large bull caribou was killed on Kannuyuk island, Bathurst inlet, by Mr. Cox on September 3. Numbers of gulls were nesting in rookeries near point Wollaston and on the south side of the Barrj- islands. The Barry islands, instead of a single island, are really a group of large islands. The most easterly, called Ekullialuk, the Barry island of Franklin, is properly two large islands, separated by a bay or sound 4^/2 miles long and 2 or 3 miles wide, running north and south and opening to the north through a deep channel about one-quarter of a mile wide. This bay has several sharp, deep bays indenting its south shore, and several little stony islands near the shore. Cruising along the south side of the big island, along the foot of the precipitous cliffs of diabase, overlying red quartzite, we found an opening into the wall, through a channel about one-quarter of a mile long, one-eighth of a mile wide at the south end and about 100 yards wide at the north end, with a strong tide rip running to the southward when we passed through. In exploring thB interior of the bay, we found Sir John Franklin's portage, discovered on his return boat voyage in August, 1821,- a passage between walls of almost perpendicular diabase about 100 feet high, but closed by a low, narrow gravellj' isthmus about 30 j-ards across, across which he had to portage his canoes. There are in reality two isthmuses, separated by an " island " of steep rock, the western gravel isthmus being about 100 yards across, and the other narrower. As Frankhn did not happen to strike the narrow, open channel about half a mile farther east, he assumed that the whole was a single island. Just northwest of the Ekullialuk ' Narrative of Journey to Polar Sea, in 1819-22. By John Franklin, Capt.,'R.N., etc. London, 1823, p. 375. ^ Journey to Shores of Polar Sea, in years 1819, 20, 21, and 22, by John Franklin, p. 395. 48 DEPARTMENT OF THE SAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 islands, and separated by another narrow, deep channel is a large island called Adligaq, and north of Adligaq and extending some distance to the northeast of point Wollaston, is the large island called Igloruallig. The northeast tip of this group of islands approaches close to point Everitt on the east side of Bathurst inlet. The region around point Everitt is knoTN-n as Umingmuktor, and is the centre of a fairly large group of Eskimos called Uminguktogmiut. The Eskimos who frequent the southern and western parts of Bathurst inlet are mostly Kilusiktogmiut, and this region in general is known as Kilusiktok. As the season was getting advanced, we felt impelled to turn back from Ekullialuk (Barrj^ island), Bathurst inlet, on September 8, 1915, -without going to the bottom of Bathurst inlet. The geological results had been encouraging, for two large areas, each of several square miles in extent, were discovered, in which the native copper is widely distributed, and much valuable geological knowledge had been gained in tracing the contact of the basalts -with the granites and sedimentaries throughout the region. The plan was made to complete the detailed mapping of the copper-bearing area by sledge the following spring bj' one party, while another part}' should fill in the gaps remaining in the coast survej' west of Bathurst inlet. We were delayed b^- heav3' weather from the evening of September 9 to the morning of September 14 on Adligaq island. On the 14th we succeeded in running as far as Cheere islands, at the entrance to Arctic sound, where a gale held us until the morning of the 16th, when we succeeded in slipping across to Kater point, where we joined IMr. Chipman. Here we were delayed for eight days, storm-bound in the fine little land-locked harbour. Strong northwesterly winds prevailed, with heavy snowfall and freezing weather. The ground was snow-covered, drifting to 4 or 5 feet in depth in the lee of bluffs and in gullies, while ice on small freshwater ponds was about three inches thick. The temperature of the air during this period ranged from 25° to 31° F., but the sea-water did not get down to freezing during our stay at Kater point, although we were anxiously watching for signs of slush ice. The 24th of September was warmer and quiet, and we succeeded in reaching cape Barrow' that evening. Although the weather was otherwise fair, high winds kept us at cape Barrow until September 28. On the night of the 26th, j^oung ice formed for the first time across the little harbour, but about half of it melted or floated out during the day. On the morning of the 28th the launch was run out through about 50 yards of j'oung ice to clear a road to the open water outside. In doing this the ice saw-ed long holes through both sides of the boat about mid- ships, the boat being onlj' sheathed with tin forward. We were obliged to unload and haul the boat up on the beach high enough to clear the holes, so that we could patch it with tarred canvass and tin. We finally left the harbour at 10.45 a.m. and followed the coast pretty closely to the w^estward, keeping behind the very numerous small granite islands when possible, and cutting across the mouths of the numerous narrow baj's and inlets with which the coast is indented. About 2.30 p.m. w^e were compelled to stop iiear the eastern end of Gray's bay, as the wind was too strong to cross the bay ahead. On the 29th w^e went ahead and entered the mouth of Wentzell (or Utkusikaluk) river a little after 1 p.m. There was a sandbar island at the middle of the entrance of the river and a 4-foot shoal in the channel, but after crossing this the river was 9 or 10 feet deep, with a width of about 100 j-ards. The coast near the mouth of the river is composed of fine sand mostly, supporting a little grass, wild barlej', etc. Small granite outcrops show here and there, and there is a very rugged-looking range of hills two or three miles inland. We staj^ed only a short time in the river, catching two fine whitefisli in a net while we were waiting. The river was rather muddy, but no ice was seen. At 3.30 th» wind moderated a little and we started ahead again, heading for a long point to the westward. The breeze freshening, we soon struck a heavy swell and shipped much spray. Running in towards the low shore, we DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 49 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 struck muddy water about one mile from shore and soon sighted some' low sand islands at the mouth of the Kogluktuaryuk river. We tried to enter the eastern channel but grounded, and had to turn back and enter the middle channel. Quite a bit of loose, slushy ice was floating down stream and bunching up along the sides of the river mouth. Numerous fish were jumping out of the water. We found the river frozen completely across about 500 yards upstream. High, steep, black earth or clay banks begin about half a mile from the mouth of the river, running back probably two or three miles to the rocky hills. The roar of large water-falls could be heard from the mouth of the river. As the situation did not look favourable for camping, with no wood and a good prospect of a sudden freeze-up, we ran out of the Kogluktuaryuk, which is about south of the middle of Franklin's Hepburn island (known as Igluhugyuk to the Eskimos), and pushing ahead, camped long after dark on a small island off the mouth of the Annielik river (incorrectly indicated on Hanbury's map^ as the Unialik). The Annielik river flows into the deep southwest corner of Grays' bay. The muddy water from the Anniehk discoloured the waters of the bay for one or two miles from its mouth, and young ice was forming in crystals on the surface of the water in the evening, in calm places in the bay. Leaving the mouth of the Annielik early in the morning of September 30, we passed the high sandstone cliffs on the west side of Gray's bay and reached a point about 1.5 miles east of port Epworth at 11 a.m. We were compelled to stop until 3.20 p.m. on account of a stiff breeze springing up, and reached port Epworth harbour, near our cache, about 8 p.m., at which time it was pretty dark. As the freeze-up of Coronation gulf was impending, we decided to stop at Tree river and return to the winter base at Bernard harbour with sleds. Stormy weather followed for four days and the young ice in the harbour was pretty thick on October 6. We had taken our three best dogs with us on the boats during the summer, for use in packing trips inland and for tracking boats if necessary. Seven dogs and two sleds had been left in charge of some Eskimos at the first rapids about five miles from the mouth of the river, when Cox and O'Neill left this place July 30. We found that the natives had taken good care of our dogs, and the large fish-cache on the harbour island was intact, although Avolverines had broken into the rock cache on the mainland and spilled c!ut some flour and rice. Our natives here had just killed a number of fat caribou, and as by frequently dropping a net for fish, shooting caribou, Arctic hares, and other game when needed during the summer, we had been enabled to keep a large stock of reserve provisions on hand, we had no hardship in waiting at Tree river for about three weeks, until the ice of Coronation gulf became strong enough for us to start for home October 27, without following all the indentations of the coast. The Eskimo family which had accompanied Cox and O'Neill to Tree river in June accompanied us back to Bernard harbour. We reached the station November 9, 1915, and on that date received the first mail and news from the outside w-orld that we had received for fifteen months. Mr. D. Jenness, ethnologist of the Southern party, arrived at Bernard harbour on November 8, 1915, after having been with the Eskimos on Victoria island since April 13, 1915. He had started out with a small band of Eskimos, of whom the chief man, a middle-aged man named Ikpukhuaq, was engaged by Mr. Jenness as a helper. These Eskimos fulfilled all their promises and obliga- tions to Mr. Jenness in a very kindly and creditable manner during the whole time he was with them. They spent most of the summer in the Colville hills in southern Victoria island, and did not go to Prince Albert sound, as had been anticipated. A few Prince Albert Sound Eskimos came to visit them in the spring, however. The party were moving most of the time, following the caribou, and ' Hanbury, David T. Sport and Travel in the Northland of Canada. London, 1904. 38—4 50 DEPARTMENT OF THE yATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 supplementing the caribou to some extent -n-ith fish caught in the lakes. They did not suffer from lack of food during the summer, but experienced considerable discomfort from being without fuel for either cooking or warming themselves for a good part of the time. Many districts visited did not afford a sufficient ciuantity even of dwarf willow or heather to make fires, and the people were obhged to eat their meat and fish in a raw state oftener than desirable. Mr. Jenness, however, had some very interesting experiences, and obtained a good understanding of the language, habits, folk-lore, and ■viewpoints on life in general, such as can onh' be obtained bj' continued intimate relations. During the winter he supplemented this with intensive studies of the -ninter snow-houses life, and many gramophone records of songs, shamanistic performances, and the like. Finger-prints of many of the people were recorded, and many of their string-games, or cats'-cradles were recorded. The C.G.S. Alaska had arrived at Bernard harbour on September 5, 1915, after going from Baillie island to Herschel island for the mail and supplies. After discharging cargo, the Alaska went back west to Stapylton bay to look for drift- wood, as the amount of coal brought in was smaller than had been expected. Mr. Frits Johansen, marine biologist, had been in charge of the Bernard harbour station since the North Star had left on August 9, with only the cook and Patsy Klengenberg, interpreter, to help him. ]\Ir. Johansen, who had been authorized, if conditions were possible, to do some dredging work on the Alaska after her return, accompanied the Alaska on the trip to Stapj'lton bay. He got some valuable deep soundings and dredgings in Dolphin and Union strait, down to a depth of 50 fathoms, and obtained a quantity of specimens from greater depths than he had been able to reach before. Mr. Johansen made continued studies of the fresh-water life of the ponds and lakes in the vicinity of the station, and made fairly complete collections of the flora and insect life. In the autumn he completed a series of soundings of the outer and inner harbours here, by means of holes through the j'oung ice, in continuation of work begun in the autumn of 1914. The lines were run over the ice between islands and points of the main- land, with the soundings at paced distances, from 30 to 250 feet apart. The result was the finding of very interesting hydrographic conditions, the maximum depth inside of the islands being 12 fathoms. This information was of particular value in connection with his other marine investigations, and added materially to the topograpliic map of the harbour. Mr. Johansen also did some other hj'drographic work in the neighbouring fresh-water lakes, bj^ taking soundings through the young ice in the autumn. The barren-ground caribou began to migrate across Dolphin and Union strait shortly after our return from the east, and were coming in fairly large numbers by November 15, 1915. About forty were taken before the end of the month (including about ten brought by Mr. Jenness from the south side of Victoria island), so a plentiful supplj- of fresh meat was on hand all winter.' Salmon trout were also taken in some numbers up to the middle of December in nets set under the ice of the lakes near the station. Captain Sweeney brought in the news that Mr. Daniel Wallace Blue, chief engineer of the C.G'.S. Alaska, died at Baillie island, N.W.T., on May 2, 1915, after an illness of ten days. He had been troubled somewhat in the latter part of the winter by what Captain Sweeney thought was incipient scurvj-. About the only noticeable symptom was that when his legs were punched ^ith the finger, the indentations remained for a short time. Captain Sweeney and some of the natives at Baillie island had the same symptoms to some extent, as did also a trapper named Fred. Jacobsen who T\intered around Liverpool bay, and Captain Mclntyre and Mr. Arey on the Argo in Darnley bay. Mr. Jacobsen came over to Baillie island in the spring, and ^Ir. Blue accompanied him on a sled trip along the coast, after ptarmigan. Thej- were all improving in condition as spring approached. A few days later, Mr. Jacobsen brought Mr. Blue back on the DEPARTMENT OF TBE NAVAL SERVICE 51 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 sled, suffering from a severe congestion of the lungs. The pneumonic symptoms kept getting worse, and Mr. Blue died May 2. He was buried on cape Bathurst. Mr. Blue was one of the original crew shipped on the Alaska at Nome. He was a native of Ayrshire, Scotland, about 30 years old, and learned the steam engineer- ing trade in Glasgow. He had lived in Alaska since 1906, and had followed the placer-mining industry (both prospecting and operating) on Copper river, Tanana, Nome, and Kobuk, Alaska. There was no other illness among the members of the Southern party, during the year 1915, except a slight illness of Mr. Jenness while he was spending the summer with the Eskimos on Victoria island. Tidal observations were taken at Bernard harbour for a time in the spring of 1915, with the automatic tide-registering machine, but not very successfully, as the machine had a habit of stopping too frequently, and was finally discarded. In December, 1915, we secured tidal records continuously for one week, from December 4 to December 11; we erected a snow-house on the ice of Dolphin and Union strait, outside of the harbour islands, set up a long, graduated pole on the sea-bottom, and read the height of the tide every half hour, day and night, and at intervals of ten minutes or oftener around the periods of high and low tides. The maximum rise of tide recorded was about 23^ feet. Only three or four families of Eskimos were around Bernard harbour in the late summer and early autumn of 1915, but about the middle of November they began to come up from the Coppermine River region, and from the south coast of Victoria island, until about 125 were living in a snow-house village on the beach near the station. jMost of them stayed around for about three weeks, living principally on caribou meat, while their women were engaged in making new caribou-skin garments for the winter. All this work had to be done on land, as the natives of this region have superstitious taboos which forbid them dressing caribou-skins or making new caribou-skin garments while living on the ice. This was a happy time of the year for them, and there was singing and dancing going on most of the time. In the early part of December, when their new winter clothing was completed, and their stocks of frozen meat, dried meat, and fish began to run low, they all moved out to the vicinity of Liston and Sutton islands, in the middle of Dolphin and Union strait, about 16 miles north of Bernard harbour. The people build snow-houses on the ice there, and hve practically exclusively on seals for the rest of the winter. A good collection of mammals and birds was made around Bernard harbour in the spring and summer, and Mr. Jenness brought back a few zoological specimens from Victoria island. In the late summer I collected specimens at various points in the Bathurst inlet region. A good series of barren-ground caribou were collected during the autumn migration south from Victoria island. Some caribou specimens were obtained during the spring migration, some young fawns in June, and three good summer specimens, while we were in the eastern region. Specimens of fish were also taken whenever possible. January and February, 1916, were spent by the geological and topographical men mostly in working up their field notes and preparing for the spring work. Mr. Jenness spent most of the winter at the large Eskimo sealing village near the Okullit (Liston and Sutton) islands, pursuing his ethnological studies. I made a trip to the first timber on the Coppermine river with some of the hunters in January and February, and a quantity of caribou meat was brought back to replenish the house supply, as well as a few specimens. Caribou were found to be fairly plentiful down to the coast near the mouth of the Coppermine river, and we also saw one small herd south of cape Lambert. Caribou are not often seen near the coast of Dolphin and Union strait in winte^. The natives in this region spend the winter sealing through the ice, and at the present time do not molest the caribou from November until April. 38— 4i 52 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 At the outset of this trip, in January, I sent two of the Coronation gulf natives, named Mupfa and Kohoktak, in the employ of the expedition, to haul by sledge a quantity of provisions from the station at Bernard harbour to port Epworth, Coronation gulf, which was to serve as an outfitting base for Mr. Chipman's projected survey of the south side of Coronation gulf from the mouth of Rae river east to cape Barrow and for the return trip of the two or three sledges which would be working in the Bathurst inlet area until late in the Spring of 1916. These two Eskimos, with their families, faithfully hauled and cached the goods safely, and on their return trip brought back to Bernard harbour several boxes of specimens which had been cached at port Epworth in the autumn. That spot was particularly favourable for making secure caches on account of the massive flat slabs of heavy shale lying loose on the island, affording ready material for making vermin-proof caches. AVolverines are surprisingly numerous on the coasts and islands of this region, far from the nearest timbered country, and nothing edible can be left long without being securelj- protected from them. I returned to Bernard harbour from the Coppermine river trip on Februarj'^ 27, having been gone a little over a month. It had been arranged that K. G. Chipman should start on March 1 to make a survey of Croker river before starting the eastern work. This seems to be without doubt the largest river .between Darnley bay and Coronation gulf, and nothing but its mouth had been put on the charts previously. I decided that I would accompany Mr. Chipman on this trip, which was of interest not only as giving an important geological section into the heart of the barren ground half-way between Mr. O'Neill's reconnaissance from Darnlej^ bay, and IMr. Cox's traverse from the head of Rae river to Stapylton bay, but might also throw more light on animal distribution, particularly of the muskox. Owing to stormy weather we did not get away from Bernard harbour until March 6, and reached the mouth of Croker river on March 15. Near Clifton point we spent a night at " Camp Necessity," a httle cabin built in the fall of 1915, by Rev. H. Girling, of the Anglican mission service, and his assistants, Mr. G. E. Merritt, of St. John, N.B., and Air. W. H. B. Hoare, of Ottawa. Thej' had intended to come farther east, but had been cast up with their little schooner nearly a hunderd miles west of the Eskimos they were intend- ing to work among. Their schooner was apparently uninjured, and they expected to move in to Dolphin and Union strait in the summer of 1916, and establish a mission at Bernard harbour. The present western range of the Copper Eskimos extends usuallj^ to cape Bexley or South bay; west of that point is a 200-mile stretch of coast to cape Lyon permanently uninhabited, and usually uninhabited west to cape Bathurst, about 400 miles. Croker river^ has a broad delta, forming a triangle nearly equilateral, with base about 5 miles across at the coast, and apex about five miles inland, where* the river emerges from a rampart of low hills. After lea\'ing the hills, the river follows man}' devious channels, through manj' gravelly and stony bars and islands. There were a few small domes caused by ice rising up, but no recent signs of water flowing. The river seemed to be frozen to the bottom all the way up, so far as we could observe. The river is 60 to 70 j'ards wide where it emerges from the first rock (dolomite) cliffs about five miles from the coast. The cliffs a little inside the first bend of the river are about 60 feet high; thej^ are composed of stratified dolomite, j'ellowish on the surface, but grayish on ireshly broken surfaces, with some lighter-coloured bands, and lenses of calcite. The canyon walls on both sides became gradually higher inland, from 100 to 150 feet, vertical on both sides in most places. The river maintains a uniform width of about 60 yards, narrowing in one place to about 40 yards. Heavy snowdrifts overhung the west bank in manj' places (due to the prevailing T\-inds), and there had been avalanches in places, making barrier ridges of very hard, ice-like, angular- ' Summary Report of the Geological Survey for 1916. Ottawa, 1917. \ DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 53 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 fractured snowblocks extending most of the way, and sometimes entirely, across the river. The river continually makes very short, .sharp bends, but its general course is northerly. There are no tributary creeks entering the lower course of the river. At very frequent intervals the sides, walls, and brink of the canyon are castellated, or split vertically into sharp, angular, pointed pillars, spires, and minarets. One straight pillar in a bend of the river, was about 40 feet high and not over 3 feet thick at the base. About 12 miles from the mouth of the river, and nearly 8 miles up the canyon, there is a broadening of the river where a large creek comes from the southeast, spHtting to send a branch around a large, picturesque, pyramidal rock island about 300 feet high, before entering the river. This was the first place where we were able to get up out of the canyon and Mr. Chipman and I cHmbed to the top of the hill by cutting some niches and steps in the snowbanks. The top of the canyon walls were found to be 310 feet above the river, by aneroid, and the top of the ridge behind, 350 feet above the level of the river. We could see quite a bit of land on both sides of the river, and it appeared to be smooth, rolling upland. A little above this creek, the river narrowed abruptly to a gateway about 18 feet wide and over 300 feet high, and a little farther on to another gateway about 36 feet wide. Beyond this the river was wider, but the gorge was so much obstructed by avalanche barricades of icy-hard snowblocks that it was scarcelj^ possible to take a loaded sled over them, so we decided to camp there, cache all but four days provisions, and scout ahead mth a very light sled. Before going farther up the river, we explored the tributary creek, got out of the creek canyon about 2 miles up and went up on the hills. The deep canyon of the river, cut down more than 300 feet through the dolomite, is not visible at a distance of more than half a mile. The country slopes gradually north to the coast of Amunsdsen gulf. The river canyon was seen to make a series of intri- cate bends a httle above the creek, the loops coming nearly together. A Httle farther up, the river has quite a steep descent, with some rapids, if not waterfalls. The snowdrifts and ice barriers were so deep, however, in most places that it was impossible to see the character of the river. In some stretches of the river, progress was made only by climbing over one rugged hill of snow blocks, descending 20 or 30 feet into a deep pit, and immediately ascending another ridge, like working through pressure-ridge sea ice. We frequently had to boost and lift the sled up over ridges bj' main strength, and take the dogs out of harness to let the sled down. The rock strata are horizontal in most places, with some sHght local variations of not more than 4 or 5 degrees. Quartz geodes, with brown and transparent crystals of topaz were frequent. After going about 20 miles in the canyon, we came out suddenly on a snow- covered, hilly country, and at the mouth of a large creek coming from a northerly direction, about seven miles from mount Davy. A short distance south of the big canyon, there is another little canyon about three-quarters of a mile long and 20 to 30 feet deep, cut through dolomite overlain with gravelly knolls. At the upper end of the little gorge, the river cliffs are overlain with a sort of mud conglomerate — fragments of dolomite, granite and diabase, imbedded in yellowish-grey mud or clay. The tops of all the hills are covered with small stones, little angular fragments of dolomite, and a few boulders of granite and diabase. The ground is very barren everywhere, and gravelly where exposed through the thin crust of snow on the hill tops; no ground willows were seen on the hills, and only very scanty grass. Very rarely a single little sprig or two of willow would be found to have a foothold in a sheltered crevice in the bank of the river valley. Mr. Chipman went to the top of mount Davy, which is the most conspicuous landmark from the coast from Inman river to some distance west of Croker river. He saw no rock exposures, the mountain being a hemispherical mound of gravel about 200 feet above the general level of the surrounding plain. Mount 54 DEPARTMENT OF TEE NAVAL SERTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Davy has an elevation of about 2,000 feet above sea-level by aneroid, agreeing very closely with its height as determined by triangulation from the coast. Some hills to the southward seemed to be higher than mount Davy. The Croker river vallej' extends comparatively straight to the south from this point for 10 or 15 miles. The hills south and southwest form a rather rugged-looking range, running approximately east and west. They are similar in appearance to the rather steep gravel ridges and knolls common along this coast, and no rock exposures could be seen. Above the little upper canyon, the river is rather broad for a distance, looking like a lake, and on the east side of this expansion is a low, broad, stony and gravelly flat. The only signs of life seen on the whole river trip were an Arctic fox track near mount Davj', a few Arctic hare tracks, and one hare which we killed. One raven was seen near the mouth of the river. We later learned from the missionaries that a few caribou came down to the coast a httle east of here in the month of May. In 1915 we saw four caribou in May near Wise point, and one small bunch near Young point, but from the tracks it was evident that caribou were very scarce on the coast west of cape Bexley. The coast of this region seems to be too barren to afford sufficient pasturage for large numbers of caribou at any season. No signs of muskox were seen on the trip. We returned to the coast jMarch 24, and reached Bernard harbour April 2. The coldest weather of the winter was recorded while we were in camp up the Croker river, 46 degrees below zero Fahrenheit at 6 a.m., March 21. The ther- mometer rose to 9 degrees below zero at 4.30 the same daJ^ The minimum temperature at Bernard harbour the same day was 38 below zero, and the maximum 23 below zero. D. Jenness, ethnologist of the expedition, accompanied by Mr. H. Girling, and Patsy Klengenberg, interpreter and assistant, left Bernard harbour February 15, and returned late in Alarch. They visited a number of Eskimo villages on the ice of Coronation gulf east of cape Krusenstern (Nuvuk), near Tree river (Kogluktualuk), and near Hepburn island (Igluhugyuk), meeting a good many Eskimos that had not been seen before, and gaining considerable information in regard to the Kiluskitogmiut, who inhabit the Arctic sound and Bathurst inlet region usually in summer; the Havuktogmiut, from the central part of the coast of southern Victoria island; the Ekalluktogmiut, from farther east than the Havuktogmiut ; and the Umingmuktogmiut from the eastern part of the Bathurst inlet region, and the Asiagmiut, from the same region and the eastern part of the Kent peninsula. They visited several \'illages on the ice about as far east as cape Barrow. A number of the eastern Eskimos came to the Bernard harbour station about the same time that Mr. Jenness returned, and many interesting gramophone records of the language and dialects were obtained. Earlier in the winter some Eskimos came from a greater distance to visit the station, notably a man named Kakshavik or Kaksha\iuna, calling himself a Palhrmiut, from the northwestern side of Hudson bay. He claimed to have come from a timbered country far to the eastward, and had traded at a white man's post, from his description apparenth' in the region of Baker lake or the Kazan river. F. Johansen, naturalist, with Ovayuak (Eskimo) for companion, made a trip along the south shore of Victoria island, leaving the station March 6, and returning April 11, 1916. They crossed by way of the Liston and Sutton islands. Lady FrankHn point, \asited the Miles islands, and went along the Richardson islands as far as Murray point on the south shore of Victoria island. No Eskimos were seen except one group camped on the ice near cape Murray. He made such botanical collections as were possible at that season, took a few zoological specimens, and a number of specimens of rock at various points along the south shore of Victoria island. A few caribou were seen on southern Victoria island on IMarch 19 and 21. The most important results of his trip were a number of species of fossil corals collected on one corner of Liston island in Dolphin and ITnion strait, as recognizable fossils are very hard to find in that whole region. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 55 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 After his return, Mr. Johansen spent the rest of the season in completing his biological investigations near Bernard harbour, and in packing specimens and equipment preparatory to going out. His collections of plants and insects were practically complete for the region, and he made considerable additions to his collections and studies of fishes and marine and fresh-water invertebrates. John J. O'Neill, geologist, and Johi> R. Cox, topographer, started from Bernard harbour on March 17, 1916, to continue the survey of the copper- bearing area in the Bathurst inlet region. They took two sleds with them, so that they could work separately when desirable, and provisions for about ten weeks. They had for assistants, Ikey Bolt, an English-speaking point Hope Eskimo who had been with the expedition for over two years, and a Coronation gulf Eskimo with his family. Both the man and his wife had proved very useful in working, and they were famihar with the Bathurst inlet territory. O'Neill and Cox succeeded in cleaning up the work pretty well as planned. Tracing the southern contact or the copper-bearing diabase with the older rocks to Kannuyuk island, it was not thought advisable to waste the limited time at the disposal of the party in running a coast survey line to the southern tip of Bathurst inlet (which runs some distance south of the Arctic circle), and the time was spent in making a more complete geological sheet of the mainland and islands in the upper northwestern portion of Bathurst inlet. Over 200 islands were mapped in the region generally covered in the charts by Chapman, Lewes, and Marcet islands. The group consists of many small rocky islands which at a little distance have the appearance of forming a continuous coast line. They found practically no game in that region in March and the early part of April, and no natives living much south of cape Barrow at that season. The natives say that the sealing is very poor in Bathurst inlet in winter and the people have to go out on the ice farther north and west in Coronation gulf. The season in Bathurst inlet seemed to be much later than it was in Dolphin and Union strait in 1916, as the seals did not begin to come up on the surface of the ice in Bathurst inlet until about May 20. The provisions of the party held out well, as they obtained plenty of caribou after the end of April. For fuel they used mostly distillate from the cape Barrow cache, burning it in Primus stoves, but later in the spring used dwarf willows from some of the islands. Early in the season they found the Eskimo snow-house and blubber- lamp useful and comfortable on occasion. The work of O'Neill and Cox in March, April, and May, 1916, completed the survey east of cape Barrow practically as planned. Mr. O'Neill summarizes the results of the work in that region as. follows:' " The copper-bearing rocks in Bathurst inlet occur on most of the islands west of a line running northwest- southeast from the east side of Lewes island, and north of Kannuyuk island. They cover most of the Banks peninsula and the western mainland shore from the mouth of Hood river to Moore bay, extending as much as 5 or 6 miles inland from the coast. These rocks are amygdaloids and form several successive layers which represent progressive, intermittent effusions of lava. Nearly all of them are impregnated with native copper over wide areas. The copper occurs in veins and in amygdules, and is disseminated as pepper throughout the groundmass. I have made a very conservative estimate of the amount of this copper-bearing rock (in which I actually saw native copper) and it seems that two billion (2 x 108) tons is well within the limit. It will be necessary to wait for analyses, and for the plotting of the map to give a close estimate of value of these deposits." Kenneth G. Chipman, with Eskimo camp assistants, and Corporal W. V. Bruce, R.N.W.M.P., as voluntary aide, left Bernard harbour on April 12, 1916, to finish the survey of the south side of Coronation gulf east from the mouth ' Summary report of the Geological Survey for 1916, Ottawa 1917. 56 DEPARTMEST OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 of Rae river (where John R. Cox left off in 1915) to cape Barrow. Mr. Chipman completed the survej' up to cape Barrow by May 20. The Bathurst inlet survey parties were met here at an appointed rendezvous, and we all went west together to the mouth of the Coppermine river. After returning from the Croker river survey trip, I spent some time at the station arranging for the spring work, and getting all accumulated zoological specimens taken care of before warm weather should set in, and finally started east with a sled and one Eskimo boy as an assistant, to make a trip into the Arctic sound and Bathurst inlet region to investigate the occurrence of the muskox, and other distributional problems of the fauna, as well as look up and assist the various surveying parties on their return. Mr. J. E. Hoff, chief engineer of the Alaska, with i\Iike, his Siberian Eskimo assistant engineer, went along as far as the mouth of Tree river, where they took out the launch motor and the E\-inrude motor, and hauled them back to Bernard harbour. The hull of the launch was abandoned as it was badly worn and cut up, and the skin umiak was left for the last sled party to take back. The skin cover of the umiak had been removed the previous autumn, folded up and placed in a cache of slate slabs to protect it from vermin during the winter, and only needed to be soaked up and stretched over the canoe-frame again. The skin umiak is a very practicable means of crossing leads in the early summer, and 1 considered it ad\dsable to have it on board the Alaska in case of accident in ice-crushes when travelling to point Barrow. The umiak is light and may be readily hauled over the ice where a wooden boat would be stoven. The snow began to melt on the laud much earlier than we had anticipated, being pretty .soft bj' JSIay 19, and I could not make the projected inland trip south of Arctic sound. I met O'Neill and Cox in Bathurst inlet, east of point Wollaston, and returned to cape Barrow ^\^th them, meeting Mt. Chipman's party again on ]\Iay 21. There was much water on the ice around cape Barrow May 21, and much slushy snow and water until we got back to Tree river. We remained at the island at the entrance of the harbour from 3.45 a.m.. May 25, until 10.30 p.m.. May 27, putting the umiak in shape and getting some dog pack-saddles made for ]\lr. Chipman. ^Mr. Chipman had met the Roj-al North- west ^Mounted Police patrol from Great Bear lake near the mouth of the Copper- mine river earh' in the month, and arrangements had been made that he should go back to Great Bear lake overland ^vith Mr. D'Arcy Arden, who had come down ■nith the police patrol. Mr. Chipman wanted to go out by the overland route because his work here was finished, and the prospect was good that he could get out a little sooner by fort Norman and the Mackenzie river, and it was desirable to have news of the Southern party's condition and welfare get outside, in case the remainder of the party on the Alaska should be prevented by ship- wTCck or ice conditions from getting out by waj' of point Barrow and Nome, Alaska. Mr. Chipman reached the end of the telegraph line at Peace river crossing on August 18, and Ottawa about the end of the month. It was e\'ident that Franklin was labouring under a misapprehension when he apphed the name of Tree river to the river flo-wing into port Epworth. The Eskimos call this river Kogluktualuk (river with big rapids.' In describing his interview with the aged Eskimo Terreganoeuck, or the White Fox, near the mouth of the Coppermine river, June 16, 1821, he says: " He had no know- ledge of the coast to the eastward beyond the next river, which he called Nappa- arktok-towock, or Tree river." Frankhn accordingly charted the next river which we observed as Tree river, about 65 miles east of the mouth of the Copper- mine. The old Eskimo was evidently referring to the small river which they still call Naparktoktuak (na-park-tok — spruce tree), flowing out through steep clay hills about 10 miles east of the Coppermine. I crossed this stream in the ' Narative of a journey to the shores of the Polar Sea, in the years 1819, 1820, 1821 and 1822 by John Franklyn, Captain, R.N., F.R.S., and Commander of the Expedition. London, 1823, p. 352. i DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 57 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 spring of 1911 while malcing a portage from the mouth of the small Kogaryuak river (18 miles east of the Coppermine) to Bloody fall, and found a few small spruce growing in the valley within 10 miles of the coast, several miles north of the northern hmit of trees on the Coppermine river itself. Sending one large sled load of specimens with some of our Eskimos directly from port Epworth to Bernard harbour via cape Krusenstern, we started west at 10 . 30 p.m.. May 27. West of port Epworth we found that most of the melted snow water had drained off through cracks in the ice, making sled travel much better. The section of the coast from the Coppermine river to port Epworth as mapped by Mr. Chipman in 1916, lies substantially as indicated on the old charts. The only rivers of any consequence are the big Kogaryuak, emptying about 25 miles west of port Epworth, and a smaller stream, also called Kogary- uak by the natives, flowing into Coronation gulf about 18 miles east of the Coppermine. In 1910-11, Capt.,Jos. F. Bernard wintered inside the mouth of the latter river with the schooner Teddy Bear, drawing about 6 feet of water. All these rivers have falls or rapids a few miles from the coast. East of port Epworth, considerable rectification of the chart was made around Gray's bay, locating the Anniehk, Koguktuaryuk, and Utkusikaluk (Wentzell) rivers, and several long narrow inlets and many granite islands between Gray's bay and cape Barrow. A point of interest was the great length of the inlet at Inman harbour, a very deep, narrow fjord, the bottom of which is separated by a low portage of half a mile from another deep inlet running in from the east side of cape Barrow, between cape Barrow and Detention harbour, nearly making an island of the cape Barrow peninsula. For the convenience of future travellers, we have adhered to the policy of retaining the native place names where these can be ascertained, but as this inlet seems to be unnamed, we propose the name Desbarats inlet, in honour of the Deputy Minister, Department of the Naval Service, who directed the general affairs of the expedition, and to whose careful and continued atten- tion and interest the members of all the parties are deeply indebted. The united sledge parties returned together along the coast as far as the mouth of the Coppermine river, which was reached on the morning of May 31. The river was open to its mouth, and was flooding the ice for about half a mile outside of its mouth. About 12,5 Eskimos were encamped a little west of the mouth of the river, on the southeast shore of Richardson baj'. Most of them were preparing to start packing overland to Dismal lake and Dease river, although two or three families were intending to spend the summer hunting caribou around the Rae river, and three or four of the least enterprising families and some older people were intending to spend the summer spearing fish at the rapids of Bloody fall, about nine miles from the mouth of the river. Mr. Chip- man and Mr. Arden left the mouth of the Coppermine river on June 1, to pack across country to Great Bear lake with some good pack dogs, while the rest of our party started at the same time to the station at Bernard harbour, going a Httle out of the way to re-examine some geological formations at cape Kendall and cape Hearne, on the west side of Coronation gulf. Part of the way we had to wade through about one foot of water on the ice," but after passing north of cape Hearne, the weather turned cooler and froze a crust on the fresh water which was on top of the sea ice, strong enough to bear up our sleds, and travelling was more easy. Considerable stretches of open water were seen south and west of Lambert island June 5 and 6. The ice is said to be very thin there even in winter and opens up very early in the spring. Great numbers of Pacific and King Eider ducks were seen in the water and on the ice at the water's edge. We reached Bernard harbour June 6, and found everybody well except Captain Sweeney, who had injured his hand while working on the ship. The wound became infected and his arm was badly swollen and had to be operated on several times, so that he did not recover the use of it for several weeks. 58 ■ DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Mr. George H. Wilkins, with the Herschel island Eskimo Palaiyak, reached Bernard harbour on June 15, 1916, having come by sled from the headquarters of the Northern division of the expedition, near the Princess Royal islands. Prince of Wales strait, coming down the southern part of that strait, and crossing Minto inlet. Prince Albert sound, and Dolphin and Union strait. Mr. Wilkins brought news of the safety of the three vessels of the Northern party, and of the progress of their operations up to INIay 5, 1916. The Mary Sachs was still at cape Kellett, southwestern Banks island, where she had been hauled up since 1914, in charge of Capt. Peter Bernard, with some Eskimo assistants. The North Star had been hauled safely up on a small island north of Robillard island on the northwest coast of Banks island in the autumn of 1915, and the crew had gone over to join the Polar Bear party in the winter. The Polar Bear had attempted to go up through Prince of Wales strait on the east side of Banks island, but was unable to get beyond Armstrong point, and \\dntered between Armstrong point and the Princess Royal islands. At the time Mr. Wilkins left in May, Mr. Stefansson contemplated carrying on his travels on the northern islands until 1917, the Polar Bear having been directed to move its base to Winter harbour, Melville island, to spend the winter of 1916-17, ^vdth the possi- bility of the party remaining in the Arctic until 1918. The Northern party was stated to have pro\'isions for one or two years more, and were killing and •storing away large numbers of caribou and muskoxen on Melville island in the spring of 1916. Quite a number of their engaged western Eskimo hunters had been sent up to Melville island early in the spring to shoot caribou and muskoxen for the party's meat supply. The remainder of June and the early part of July were spent in completing collections in the vicinity of Bernard harbour, and assembhng and packing specimens, stores, and equipment for shipment out of the Arctic. Space had to be economized on the Alaska going out, as far as Herschel island, as we had to bring out twenty-seven people on the small schooner, viz., eleven white men, including six members of the scientific staff, a crew of three, and two members of the Royal Northwest Mounted Pohce; fourteen Eskimo employees, seven men, three women, and four children; and two Eskimos held by the Mounted Pohce for homicide. In addition to this we had to take the Eskimos' personal camp gear and dogs, stores for paying off native employees at Baillie island and Herschel island, and enough reserve provisions to provide for the wintering of as many men as might remain with the Alaska to take care of the vessel and bring her out the next year in case we should be prevented by ice conditions from sailing from Dolphin and Union strait to Nome in the summer and autumn of 1916. I also thought it necessary, for the same reason, to keep the skin umiak, two sleds, and two teams of dogs on board at least as far as point Barrow, Alaska. In September, 1915, Corporal W. V. Bruce, R.N.W.M.P., came in from Herschel island, Y.T., on the return trip of the C.G.S. Alaska, to work on the case of the disappearance of Father Rouvier, O.M.I., and Father LeRoux, O.M.I. , from the Mission at fort Norman, who had gone into the country northeast of Great Bear lake in 1913, and had not been heard of since.' Corporal Bruce had spent the winter working on the case, and with the assistance of various members of the expedition, gained considerable information and recovered a quantity of the personal effects of the missing, fathers as well as some property which presumably belonged to Messrs. Radford and Street, who were killed by Eskimos in Bathurst inlet in 1912. In May, 1916, Inspector Charles D. LaNauze, of the Great Bear lake patrol,' came down to Coronation gulf with a party from his winter quarters near old fort Confidence on Dease river, and in the same month the police made prisoners of the two Eskimos, Sinnisiak and Uluksuk, 1 Report of the R.N.W.M.P. for 1916. 7 George V., Sessional Paper No. 28. A. 1917. Ottawa. DEPARTME'XT OF THE 'NAVAL SERJICE 59 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 who had killed the priests. Uluksuk was taken on one of the islands near the mouth of the Coppermine river, and Sinnisiak was taken on the south coast of Victoria island. Both prisoners were taken to Bernard harbour, and in July we took Inspector LaNauze and Corporal Bruce out as passengers on the Alaska from Bernard harbour to Herschel island. All relations of the Royal Northwest Mounted Police with the expedition have been most ccfrdial, and while with the expedition, both Inspector LaNauze and Corporal Bruce did everything they could as volunteer assistants in whatever work was going on. The members of the expedition have also had many courtesies and much assist- ance in their work from Inspector J. W. Phillips, who was in command of the R.N.W.M.P. detachments at Herschel island and fort McPherson from 1913 to 1916, and from the members of his command, for which we are very appre- ciative. The Alaska left a large permanent cache of provisions in the house formerly occupied by the Southern party at Bernard harbour, in case any parties should come down from the Northern party during the next winter. The house was left in custody of the Rev. H. Girling, who wintered near Clifton point with the mission schooner Atkoon, and intended to establish a mission station at Bernard harbour in the summer of 1916. This ensured our cache being pro- tected from marauding natives. The Hudson's Bay Company's schooner Fort McPherson, with Mr. W. G. Phillips in charge, sailed from Herschel island July 28, 1916, after our arrival there, for the purpose of establishing a permanent trading post for the company at Bernard harbour. As there are now trading posts of the Hudson's Bay Company at Herschel island, at Kittigazuit (east branch of the Mackenzie delta), at Baillie island, and Bernard harbour (the latter post having been satisfactorily established, from later advices), any parties from the Northern party of the expedition who maj' come to the mainland coast east of Herschel island will have little difficulty in getting provisions. The larger part of the Canadian Arctic Expedition stores remaining at Herschel island were mostly landed by the Ruhy in 191.5, after the Alaska had taken her required stores and sailed east again in 1915, and Mr. Stefansson's vessels had also taken what they were able to carry. The work of loachng the Alaska was begun in the summer of 1916 as soon as the vessel was loose from the ice in which she had been frozen all winter, and we succeeded in getting out of Bernard harbour much earlier than was anticipated. In the summer of 1915, prolonged northwesterly winds in the latter part of July had caused a local jam of ice in Dolphin and Union strait, and the North Star was not able to get away from Bernard harbour until August 9. The Alaska, with all members of the Southern party on board, left our headquarters for the past two years, at Bernard harbour, 7.30 p.m., July 13, 1916, and after working through some loose areas of bay ice, reached the vicinity of Young point on July 17. Here we met with masses of heavy floating ice, too heavy for us to make progress through. We were delaj'ed near Young point for several days, tying up to heavy grounded cakes of ice along the beach, and were obliged to shift our position frequently, because the ice floes behind which we were sheltered shifted their position frequently as the tide rose and fell. The smooth rock bottom along the coast in this region prevented the big ice masses from grounding as hard and fast as they are accustomed to do on the mud and sand bottoms which are found west of cape Bathurst. We got under way again in the evening of July 21, and worked out into a broad lead of open water outside the strip of loose, moving masses of ice which was pressing clown along the mainland shore of the south side of Amundsen gulf and Dolphin and Union strait. After getting through this shore ice, we found it did not extend much west of Croker river, and that the ocean was practically open to the westward. We reached Pierce point harbour about midnight on 60 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 July 23, crossed Darnlej- bay and reached cape Parry on the morning of July 24. We stopped at cape Parry for a short time to get a time observation, and then went ahead across Franklin bay, reaching cape Bathurst at 10.05 p.m. the same evening. The Eskimo village and the new trading station of the Hudson's Bay Company, the most northerly trading post in Canada (70° 35' north, 128° 05' west) is at th§ tip of the long sandspit running west from cape Bathurst, about half a mile east of the east end of Baillie island. At Baillie island, I discharged and paid off Ikey Bolt or Angatitsiak (point Hope Eskimo), Muiigalina (BailUe island Eskimo), and Patsy Klengenberg, interpreter and general assistant. The latter, the 17-year-old son of Capt. Christian Klengenberg, is an extraordinarily intelligent and resourceful young man, a very capable hunter and traveller, showed great aptitude in the collection and preparation of specimens, and is probably the best quaHfied Eskimo inter- preter in the country, being famihar with all the dialects from point Barrow to Coronation gulf. The people who left at Baillie island were paid principally in stores. There was a heavy northwest gale while we were in the shelter of the cape Bathurst sandspit on July 25 and 26. We left Baillie island at 7 p.m., July 26, and reached Herschel island 2.30 p.m., July 28, having been bothered very little by ice anywhere west of Croker river. At Herschel island I landed some surplus stores from the Alaska, including 1,050 pounds of pemmican, 250 pounds rolled oats, 1 barrel beef, 412 pounds tobacco, and some miscellaneous equipment, storing them with the other expedi- tion stores at Herschel island, in charge of the Royal Northwest INIounted Police, retaining on board the Alaska enough pro\asions to wnnter a certain number of men in case the vessel should be caught again by ice on the north coast of Alaska. I made as complete a survey of Canadian Arctic Expedition stores at Herschel island as the time would permit. The provisions there at the time we left, exclusive of a certain amount set aside to be shipped to Banks island, were as follows : — Pounds. Rolled oats, 108 50-lb. cases S.-lOO Sugar, granulated, 6 50-lb. boxes 300 5 200-lb. boxes 1,000 20 100-lb. brls 2.000 Dog biscuit, 1 1 50-lb- cases 550 Cracklings. 55 50-Ib. cases 2,750 Rice, mostly brown, 36 50-lb. cas<- 1,800 Beef, 1 brl 100 Total L3,900 • Acting in consultation ^vith Mr. George H. Wilkins, who had recently come down from the Northern party, and was conversant -ndth their resources and their needs, we set aside certain provisions, and other equipment, amounting to about two tons weight, and requested the commander of the R. N. W. M. P. detachment at Herschel island to try to get any whaling or trading ship which might come in during the summer of 1916, and intended to cruise in the vicinity of cape Kellett, Banks island, to take these goods on board and try to land them for the Northern party of the expedition at cape Kellett, Banks island, securing as good rates for this freighting as he could. I have later received information from the poUce at Herschel island, that the selected goods were taken by Capt. C. T. Pedersen, steamship Herman, of San Francisco, and landed at cape Kellett, Banks island, in the latter part of August, 1916. Capt. Pedersen made the very reasonable rate of $50 per ton for two tons from Herschel island to cape Kellett. It was also stated that Capt. P. Bernard of the Mary Sachs had purchased a DEPARTMENT OF TBE NAVAL SERVICE 61 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 considerable quantity of additional supplies from the Herman. The stores which were shipped from Herschel island to cape Kellett included : — Pounds. Pemmican, iiiiin, 17 50-Ib. cases 850 dog, 4 50-lb. cases 200 Cracklings, 20 50-lb. cases 1,000 Rolled oats, 6 50-lb. cases 300 Brown rice. 6 oO-lb. cases 300 Sounding wire. 1 coil. Miscellaneous equipment. Mail for the Northern party. I am informed that Capt. Peter Bernard intended to make a sled trip from cape Kellett to Winter harbour, Melville island, in the fall of 1916 to bring up the mail which was sent in during the summer of 1916 to the Northern party. At Herschel island, Yukon Territory, I discharged and paid off the remaining Eskimos in the employ of the Southern party, including Mike and his -wife; Ambrose Aganvigak and his wife Unalina; Adam Ovayuak; and Silas Palaiyak; paying them as far as possible in stores remaining on the Alaska, and partially in cash. The Alaska left Herschel island for the westward on August 3, 1916, at which date no ship had yet arrived at Herschel island from the westward. We had on board nine men: Daniel Sweeney, sailing master; J. E. Hoff, chief engineer; James Sullivan, cook; scientific staff consisting of J. J. O'Neill, geol- ogist; J. R. Cox, topographer; D. Jenness, ethnologist; F. Johansen, biologist; George H. Wilkins, cinematographer and photographer; and Rudolph M. Anderson, zoologist, in command. Very little ice had been seen east of Herschel island, but we soon found it pretty heavy a little west of the island, although loose and moving freely, practically all the way west from the international boundary (141st meridian) to point Barrow, Alaska. We stopped long enough at the international boundary monument to get a time sight. One ship was seen on the way in, the Herman, but we could not speak to her as she was in the moving ice outside of Cross island, Alaska, on August 5, 1916, while we were inside of the chain of islands which includes Cross island. On account of the heavy ice out- side, we again availed ourselves of the knowledge of the very excellent detailed sounding and charting done recentl.y Vjy Mr. E. deK. LefRngwell, and went into the inside passage behind the chain of low, sandy islands west of Flaxman island, coming out again between Midway island and Return reef. The channel inside of these islands is rather shoal, but is valuable for vessels drawng not more than two fathoms. A vessel of that draught could come in behind Flaxman island, but shoals prevent a vessel drawing more than 5 or 6 feet going out through the channel between the east end of Flaxman island and the mainland, that channel being shoal and foul from silt deposited by the Canning river. The pack ice was pretty heavy around point Barrow, and we had some difficulty in getting" through, but after passing cape Smyth, about five miles southwest of point Barrow, no more ice was seen. We left cape Smyth, which is the site of the village, including trading station, mission, government school, and the post office of Barrow, Alaska, the most northerly United States post office, on August 8, 1916. No ice was encountered south of cape Smyth, and we had a good run down to point Hope, where we stopped for a short time on August 10. Continuing across the outside of Kotzebue sound, we reached cape Prince of Wales and passed through Bering strait into Bering sea at the beginning of a heavj', prolonged northwest gale, on the evening of August 11, 1916. As the gale continued we were obliged to anchor for some time under the bluffs at cape York and Tin City, and again behind Sledge island, reaching Nome roadstead about 5 a.m., August 15, 1916. The Alaska had not been leaking at all before passing point Barrow, but after passing that point began to leak badly around the stuffing-box; this 62 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERTICE . 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 necessitated considerable pumping to keep the engine room from being flooded and put out of commission. Although the weather was a little rough when we reached Nome, I succeeded in getting the cargo of specimens and stores hghtered ashore that day and put on the wharf of the Alaska Lighterage and Commercial Companj-. It was too rough to make any repairs on the vessel, and as the weather was rougher the next daj-, August 16, the Alaska was compelled to run 16 miles over to the shelter of Sledge island again. Three sailors had been temporarily engaged upon our arrival at Nome, and the six members of the scientific staff were relieved from seaman's duty and allowed to go ashore. They had all been doing watch as deck officers from Bernard harbour to Herschel island with our Eskimo crew, and from Herschel island to Xome the duties had been much heavier. The storm abated somewhat on August 18, and the Alaska returned to the roadstead, but the surf was still too heavy to make a landing. The Alaska was ultimately hauled up high and dry on the beach at Nome and left in the charge of the Alaska Lighterage and Commercial Company for final disposal by the Department of the Naval Service. The vessel was in good shape, except for the engines, the leakage around the stuffing-box being a trifling matter, which could be readily repaired when the vessel was hauled up. The extensive collections made bj' the partj' in geology and mineralogy, ethnology, and archaeology, terrestrial and marine biology, botany and photo- graphy, and the records and papers of the Southern party, were thus landed safely at Nome. As it was considered much safer to ship the results of our three years' work out by the regular freight and passenger ser\'ice from Nome than to risk taking them down on the north Pacific to Victoria on a small schooner like the Alaska in the autumn season, all the collections, scientific instruments, and what equipment was worth shipping back, was trans-shipped to Seattle on the steamship NoTthwestern, of the Alaska Steamship Company. The members of the party also took passage to Seattle on the same .steamer, leaving Nome August 27, and reaching Seattle via the inside passage on September 11, 1916. All collections had been safely received in Ottawa by the end of October, 1916. To summarize: The scientific work of the Southern party was completed substantially as outlined in our plans of last year, and although some time was lost on account of adverse ice conditions in 1913, all members of the party feel that in the main the results of their work, for the past two years at least, have been as satisfactorj' and extensive as they anticipated, considering the difficulties which are to be encountered in working in such remote fields. The two topographers of the Southern party, Kenneth G. Chipman and John R. Cox, have completed the survey' of the mainland coast in detail, on the scale of 10 miles to the inch, from the Alaska-Yukon Territory international boundarj' (the 141st meridian) to the Mackenzie river, made a traverse of Firth river, Y.T., surveyed the eastern and western branches of the Mackenzie delta, and the mainland coast from the west side of Darnlej' baj^ (on the Cape Parry penin- sula) to a point well down in Bathurst inlet (south of Kannuyuk island), including a large number of islands in the Coronation gulf and Bathurst inlet regions, all on the same scale. Several of the hitherto unexplored rivers in this region have been traversed, including Hornaday river flowing into the south side of Darnlej^ bay, Croker river flowing into the Amundsen gulf, Rae river flowing into the west side and Tree river (Kogluktualuk) flo^^'ing into the south side of Coronation gulf, and an examination made of the territory around the mouth of Hood river flowing into Arctic sound. Colfinson point harbour, and about 10 square miles surrounding it, and Bernard harbour. Chantry island, and the countr}^ immediately surroimding these places have been surveyed on the scale of i.40001 and mapped with 20-foot contours. The geological features have been investigated bj' J. J. O'Neill, and the relations of the different formations studied in detail at the most important points of contact. DEPARTMENT OF TBE NAVAL SERVICE 63 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 The most important result of the geological investigations was the detailed mapping and estimation of the available copper-bearing rock in a great new area hitherto very slightly known in the Bathurst inlet region. So far as analysed, the ore is low-grade, but further prospecting may locate veins and richer areas to render mining operations more profitable. Isolated nuggets of float copper of considerable size are found in the region. Galena was found by the party, and other minerals doubtless occur. The whole region forms a great copper reservoir for Canada, and will no doubt be utilized in the future, when transporation problems are solved, as they are not farther north than paying properties in Alaska and Norway, and much farther south than working mines in Spitzbergen. The climate is not too bad; there is a summer of about four months, and the snowfall is light in winter. D. Jenness, ethnologist. and anthropologist of the party, has made extensive ethnological collections, from Arctic Alaska as well as in the Coronation gulf, Dolphin and Union strait, and Victoria island region, and also about one hundred gramophone records of folklore, language, dance songs, and shamanistic per- formances, with careful transcriptions and translations of them. He has made a collection of cats'-cradle games from the chfferent Eskimo tribes, numbering over one hundred and forty. Their language and vocabularies, the manners, social and religious customs, games, amusements, and general culture have been carefully studied and the information recorded. With the present rapid advance of civilized ideas and customs into this particular region, it is certain that much of this information could not be obtained at a later time. The habits of the Eskimos are changing wth a rapidity which is astonishing to those not con- versant with the situation; improved weapons and methods of trapping reduce the game and compel shifting of tribal localities, while from the history of the past, it seems very likely that contact with the fringe of civilization will rapidly decimate the numbers of the Copper Eskimos as it has done to the Eskimos farther west. F. Johansen, marine biologist, entomologist, and botanist, has made exten- sive collections in all these branches, from Arctic Alaska and Canada. He has succeeded in rearing and working out the hitherto unknown life-histories of a number of little-known Arctic insects, and made many interesting and successful sea dredgings and soundings. George H. Wilkins has made many studies with camera and cinematograph,' making over one thousand film and glass plate negatives and about 9,000 feet of cinematograph exposures, of Eskimo life, natural-history objects, and Arctic scenery and topography. All the members of the scientific staff made numbers of photographs also to illustrate their work. In mammalogy and ornithology, fairlv complete collections were made in the regions traversed, although the difficulties of transportation and the pressure of other duties often prevented the obtaining of as large series as might be desirable. The collection of birds numbers six hundred and nineteen (619) specimens, including seventy-three (73) species. The collection of manlmals numbers four hundred and thirty-one (431) specimens, including twenty-two (22) species and probably several more subspecies. It is not possible to tell without more detailed examination whether anynew forms are represented, but many specimens represent seasonal changes of plumage and pelage which are rare in collections, and the specimens taken will largely extend the geographical range of a number of species. This branch of the work was in charge of R. M. Anderson, but all members of the expedition aided materially in bringing in specimens and notes. A mere hst of the different groups represented in the expedition's biological collections indicates something of their scope: — Mammals, birds, fishes, insects, plants, crustaceans, echinoderms, sponges, cirripedes or barnacles, molluscs, hydroid zoophytes, medusae and ctenophores, alcyonarians and actinians, algse, protozoa (foraminifera and radiolaria), plankton, sporozoa, diatoms, infusoria, pteropods, cephalopods, decapods, 64 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 phyllopods, copepods, schizopods, amphipods, isopods, pantopods, annelids, platyhelminthes, rotatoria, nematodes, nemertines, malacostraca, bryozoa, ascidians, peridiiiiales, ostracods, hirudinea chaetognatha, polychaeta. On the biological side, to arrange for having the different groups worked up and the reports adequately published, an Arctic Biological Committee has been appointed jointly by the Department of the Naval Service and the Geological Survey, with the Dominion Commissioner of Fisheries, Prof. E. E. Prince, as chairman; Prof. A. B. MacCallum, of Toronto; the Dominion Entomologist; Dr. C. Gordon He'nitt; Mr. James Macoun, botanist, of the Geological Survey and R. M. Anderson, representing the expedition and the zoological division of the survey. The specimens to be worked up represent over forty distinct groups, each of which will require a separate chapter or report. Some of the larger groups, such as the insects, have been divided among several different men, mostly in the entomological division of the Department of Agriculture. A great many of these collections represent specimens of groups which have never been collected anywhere in the western Arctic area, and practically all of them are from districts and localities which are practically unrepresented in collections anywhere, from regions never visited before by a collector. As far as possible these collections are being worked up by Canadian specialists, but some groups have necessarily been sent away because there was no satisfactory material in Canada for comparison. The Smithsonian Institution is well supplied with Alaskan Arctic material in some groups, and the British Museum with material from various Arctic expeditions, while the Greenland region is best represented by Danish and Norwegian collections, consequently a number of groups of specimens are being sent to some of those countries for determination. When the collections have been properly determined and worked up, Canada's museum will have a good start in the representation of the pro- duction and content of a very large area that has hitherto been very poorly represented. The specimens are being placed in the hands of the best available specialists, and these men have sho\\ai a gratifying willingness to do what they can to help unravel the problems presented so that we have satisfaction in knowing that such additions to knowledge as were obtained by the Canadian Arctic Expedition of 1913-16 may soon be made available to the pubhc of Canada and to the world. Full meteorological observations were kept up for three years, with baro- graph, thermograph; maximum, minimum, and standard thermometers; mer- curial barometer, and anomometer. Tidal observations were taken for some time at Collinson point, Alaska; at Demarcation point, and at Bernard harbour, Dolphin and Union strait. The Geological Survej^ Department of Mines, is attending to the com- puting and plotting of the maps surveyed, in its Topographical Division, and the technical geological and ethnological reports in the Geological and Anthro- pological Dixasions, respectively. Full reports of the various scientific activities of the members of the Southern division of the Canadian Arctic Expedition of 1913-16 are in course of preparation, and will be transmitted to the various departments as soon as completed. I have the honour to be sir. Your obedient servant, RUDOLPH MARTIN ANDERSON, Chief of the Southern Division of the Canadian Arctic Expedition of 1913-1916. Zoologist, The Geological Survey, Ottawa. DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 65 ^ cS o9 M" ^: o '^^ t30' tZO' "NiTH NUMEROUS ADDITIONS SKETCHED IN DOTTED LINES TRAVERSED BY SLED OR BOAT ILLUSTRATING FIELD OF WORn OF SOUTHERN Dl\ll5ION BUT NOT PROPERLY SURVEYED OF THE Canadian Arctic Expedition of I9I3 19/6 ''™'" ""P <^l»kd hy Topographic mmsion 0/ Ihe Geological Sumy. 21277 Areas shaded surveyed and charted 10 miles to i inch DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 65 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Report of George H. Wilkins on the Topographical and Geographical Work carried out by him in connection ivith the Canadian Arctic Expedition. The Deputy Minister, Department of the Naval Service, Ottawa. SiK, — I beg to report the following information on the Topographical and Geographical work carried out by me during my journeys in connection with the Canadian Arctic Expedition. This report is mostly confined to observations made on Banks island and the vicinity for the other parts visited were either covered by the Topographers of the Expedition or by others of the party previous to my traverse. In 1914, when proceeding in the Mary Sachs to meet Mr. Stefansson, we approached Banks island in a fog and the first sight of the coast that we obtained was in the vicinity of cape Lambton, which is a blunted point rising abruptly from the water to a height of fifty feet or more and shelving back about a hundred yards to rise again almost perpendicularly to almost 800 feet. The cliffs and mountains beyond were barren and rugged in appearance from the south; deeply scarred by ravines and studded here and there with boulders. As we proceeded along the coast to the northwest we drew away from the higher cliffs and the mountains receded to undulating hills of a thousand feet or more in height. Numerous small but rapid streams had been noticed coursing through the ravines, and about fifteen miles northwest from the cape a fair-sized river enters the sea through a narrow valley. The source of this river is evidentl.y in the mountains back of Nelson head, but for a mile or so along the coast it runs from Avest to east. Two ranges of hills extend parallel to the coast towards cape Kellett, intersected here and there by rivers cutting through them to the sea. We found Thesiger Bay to be more like two bays than one and we could not see cape Kellett until around a point some 17 miles from there. The southwest coastline ends for the most part in cut-banks which are gradually washing away into the sea each summer, but here and there along the coast there are sandspits sheltering lagoon mouthed creeks or rivers. Once around the point in Thesiger bay one sees two islands not marked as yet on the Admiralty chart 2118, and a semi-circular sandspit reaching out towards them from the mainland. Behind the islands and the sandspit is good shelter for a boat of shallow draft, and we used a ten-foot channel close beside the sandspit to get into shelter. Stretching inland from behind the islands is a narrow bay about two miles deep and it seems likely that there is a channel to get into this from the south side of the islands, but we had not time to sound these waters. Cape Kellett is not at all like what one would expect from the chart. The sloping hills end much more abruptly and form a much less conspicuous hook, although a half-moon shaped sandspit does extend out in the nature indicated for three miles or so and half a mile in width. Behind this there is also shelter from a southwest and southeast wind, but from observation it seems that if there is ice about it will pack tightly on the cape and severely hamper any vessel trying to get out. Another thing that makes this point very troublesome to navigate is the strong set of the current from north to southeast aVound the cape. It has —5 66 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 always had the same direction when I have had the opportunity to observe it, but we were unable to make sufficient observations to prove that this is always so. From cape Kellett nortliward the land recedes to form a shallow bay as indicated on the map, and emptying into it is a broad but shallow river which has its som'ce amongst the hills behind cape Lambton. Along this bay, and as a matter of fact the greater part of the western coast the beach is low and broken up b}' numerous lagoons whose waters lap the tundra at high tide. Long estu- aries at intervals stretch in towards the rolling hills beyond. Following up the coast one comes to Worth point and from here on the place marked Haswell point long lagoons edged by sandspits border the land. Haswell point itself is really an island and both north and south of it another island will be noticed. From Haswell point to Meek point the map is fairly accurate except that there is scarcely so deep a bight so close to the former; it is more in the middle distance. Terror island lies directly off Meek point and lies most east and west. For three miles past here the coast runs north of east but then turns south to form a bight in an inlet ten miles wide and fifteen or more deep which is not charted on the map. From Wolley point on towards cape Collins, ■ lagoons are found most all the waj', and from here onward the map is so incorrect that it is difficult to refer to it at all. Burnett bay does not exist but in its place is the low flat delta of a fair-sized riVer across the mouth of which lies an island, fifteen miles long and five hundred feet high at the highest point. Norway island is more off the place marked Pennell point and from here north the coast does not recede so much as one would think from off the shore for the hills beyond the flat land take the direction indicated on the chart. Robilliard island seems about correct but from here onward in the dja-ection of cape Alfred, a chain of islands extends all the way. There are but two Gore islands in the position indicated by the chart but the largest point of land at cape Prince Alfred is an island leaving a pointed sandspit for the cape. A conspicuous round topped hill can be noticed a mile or so south of the real cape. It is only fair to remark that when travelling from the north to the south from cape Alfred and some di.stance off-shore that the land has the appearance indicated by the chart. About twenty miles northeast along the coast from cape Alfred a low sandy island stretching across the mouth of a deep fiord would seem to make a good harbour for a boat. We had not time to sound this place but a few odd cakes of ice amongst the smooth would suggest a channel of at least twenty feet in depth. About cape' Clifford a river bed about two miles wide cuts' through the hills from the high plateau behind and forms a break in the range which gradually increases in height from cape Alfred. About three miles further along another branch of the same river runs into the sea, making the intervening section practically an island. On the southwest branch of this river, and near the coast there is a beacon, but we could not find any trace of a record having been left. Another few miles along the coast another small river enters the sea through steep-sided banks and on the banks of this river and about seven miles inland I found seams of coal. There is scarcely a distinctive point in the vicinity of cape Wrottesly, but just thereabouts there is a large lagoon, the outside barrier of which is a very low and inconspicuous sandspit. However the coast turns in a more easterly direction with a gradual change as far as cape McClure. Cape McClure is bold and precipitous and somewhat resembles cape Lambton in appearance. Here again the map is very deceptive for one cannot find a conspicuous point where cape Crozier is marked on the map, and although the coast turns almost south it does not make any westing but bends gradually towards cape Clifton, then some eight miles west of Providence point one finds a bay some three miles wide and ten miles deep, into the bottom of which empties a large river which Mr. Stefansson and his party followed in the summer of 1915 and will doubtless describe. I did not traverse the coast from Mercy DEPARTMENT OF THE SAVAL SERYICE 67 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 bay to John Russel point, but from this point to Milne point the coast line seems £airh' accurate. In general topography Banks island has the appearance of a high range of hills, whose peak is about 2,000 feet high and is within forty miles of Nelson head. The range runs from Nelson head to cape McClure ending abruptly at each end, with a high plateau in the centre of the island, but this a little lower than either end. On the western side it slopes gradually down towards the sea and the greatest watershed is in that direction. On the eastern side from Nelson head to Johnson bay the land slopes steeply down and the whole north- west corner is hilly. Numerous small lakes dot the landscape and several large ones ten miles long and two or more miles wide were found. One is eight miles inland directlj' opposite Armstrong point, and another a few miles north- west of that. Another is a few miles inland from Thesiger bay. We had no means of getting at their depths. When follo\\-ing the Mctoria land coast along the Prince of Wales straits one, notices that Dean Dundas bay is not so deep by about five miles as it is mapped. Ramsay island would appear to be a good deal further south than it is marked, and the straits in this vicinity seem -wider, but as we had no sextant with us we could not locate our positions accurately. The western coast of Victoria island is fairly low until one comes to Walker bay. From here mount Phayre is a very conspicuous round-topped hill. Cape Wollaston itself is low, but a high-cut bank a few miles east looms up noticeably. From Holman island one can see mount Arrowsmith, but not the island charted in the soimd. This we found to be really two islands much more in the centre of the mouth of Prince Albert sound than charted. Cape Kendall is undoubtedly an island, and the high cliffs near point Williams are conspicuous. No sign was seen of Clerk island although we passed several times in that locality. Ice Conditio7is. — The ice conditions met with on the Karluk during 1913 have no doubt been reported on. The rivers had broken out by May 23, 1914, in the vicinity of point Barrow, but I was able to travel from that place by sled leaving on May 25 — to Clarence lagoon In Canadian territorj' reaching the latter place on June 14. Travelling for the greater part of the distance at that time of the year was very uncom- fortable owing to the waters of the rivers having flooded the smooth lagoon ice, and consequenth' forcing us to travel off shore over the rough pack ice. Even here the water had soaked under the crust of snow and oi) warm days one would repeatedly break through. On other occasions it was necessary to travel through the water which was often so deep that the dogs had to swim and the men push the sled. The season at point Barrow in 1914 when we left was equally as much advanced as that at Gollinson point when we arrived here on June 5th, but dui'ing the next few days at this place the snow disappeared very rapidly. At Clarence lagoon on the 14th most of the snow had disappeai'ed from the ground, the water had melted holes in the ice and the solid ice had risen and was comparatively dry once more. Around the .river mouths it was honey- combed and rotten, but oft' shore the travelling was fairly good. It was impossible to get on to lagoon ice or lakes at this time of the year in this vicinity for the fringe of open water round the edges, but we continued to travel on the sea ice until June 20th. The first general movement in the ice along the beach was on June 29th when it piled up on the sandspits to a height of twenty feet or more. The lagoon was clear of ice by July 6th and we were able to navigate the Alary Sachs. After several days of northeast wind the ice opened and scattered on the 18th, but it settled back again when the wind failed the next day. By the 23rd it had opened up again and we went out of the lagoon and proceeded to Herschel island having little difficulty with the ice. 38—5^ 68 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 One large steam whaler had reached the island from a little further down the coast some two days earlier, and another came in three days later. The Mackenzie river boats were late, however, and did not reach the island until August 7th, having been held up by pack ice to the eastward. Leaving Herschel island on the 4th we passed through scattered floes until we reached Richard island and here we were held up by the ice for two days. A westerly wind shifted it along the beach ahead of us and we reached the Baillie islands without much trouble with the ice. East of here the straights seemed packed with ice, but a few days of easterly wind cleared it out and we proceeded to Pierce point and across to Banks island in open water. Westerly winds had set in again by the time we reached this coast and had packed the ice in along the coast and in Thesiger bay. However as we neared cape Kellett on Aug. 26th, it appeared as though the ice had never left the beach in this vicinity. However one or two small rivers had melted out the ice to some extent and after a great deal of bucking and manoeuvering we brought the schooner in beside the beach on Sept. 1st. Young ice had been forming each night for several nights and cementing the older floes together, and around cape Kellett and as far west as we could see, there was solid floe ice. To the south and away to the north we covild see the streaks of water sky, but there were no means of reaching it. On September 10th, during a storm, theice cleared away from the beach leav- ing the southern and western coasts free for navigation. However the main pack ice never shifted far off the western coast, but remained off shore; while the sea froze over solid enough to travel on by the 21st. Cracks and open leads of water appeared to the south and west of cape Kellett at intervals during the winter, but the ice had little motion. Travelling along the whole west coast of Banks island one could see that there had been open water there during the fall, for there was little old ice near the beach. On the north coast from cape Alfred the ice was much broken up and we had evidence of much motion in the ice during the winter as far east as cape McClure. During the months of February and March of both 1915 and 1916, and, as a matter of fact, at intervals all through the winter, there were leads of open water in the vicinity of cape Alfred . The general drift of the ice in this vicinity was towards the west, but the same floes that went out would sometimes drift back again. At cape Kellett by the 1st of May, 1915, the sandspits were bare of snow, but during the early part of May the snow on the inland slopes was hard and made a good surface for travelling over. In fact, the ice and snow conditions remained excellent for travelling over until we reached the Dolphin and Union straits on the 21st of May, en route from Kellett, Banks island to Bernard harbour. Along the coast from here and across the Coronation gulf to the mouth of the Coppermine river the travelling was good until the 1st of June. The season seemed particularly late in that vicintiy in 1915 and on the 21st of June there were still three feet of snow in drifts around the tents and many patches on the land. It was the 20th of July before we could move the boat in the harbour and not until the 9th of August that we could proceed along the coast to Coronation gulf. We had some trouble in getting through the straits past Lambert island but once in the gulf we had clear water as far east as cape Barrow. Leaving cape Barrow on the 11th of August, we reached Baillie island on the 11th without having encountered any ice on the way. On the 16th we crossed the straits to cape Kellett in the North Star without trouble and found the Banks island southeast coast practically clear of ice. The heavy pack was never far from the western shore. Starting from cape Kellett on the 26th we proceeded north close to the beach, but it was only on account of the shallow draft of our vessel — 4 feet, 6 inches — that we were able to pass between the heavy pack and the beach, as far as Norway island. At this place and further north the ice was still solid on the beach, and only moved out for a few miles DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 69 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 further for the next few days. By the 20th of August, we had reached just north of Robilliard island but further north than here the ice never left the beach in 1915. A westerly wind drove the pack inshore along the coast as far as we could see and by the 10th of September we could walk anywhere across the frozen sea. It would seem that in only exceptionable years that a boat could proceed along the whole west coast of Banks island for the ice does not appear to move far off the shore, and the open season is so very short in any case. During 1916 I was able to travel from Armstrong point to Coronation gulf, leaving the former place on June 1st, and arriving at the latter on June 13th; but this was just about as late as one could have travelled that year, and even then we had to use a sled raft to cross a number of the tide cracks. Most of the way we travelled through six inches or more of pen water and across the Dolphin and Union straits the ice was very thin and rotten. 1916 was a very much earlier season in this vicinity than 1915, for we took a boat from the same position as the year before some four weeks earlier. In 1914 Banks island was covered with snow for the winter on the 12th of September, although it had been snowed over and melted off a day or two before. In 1915 the ground was covered at cape Prince Alfred by the 8th of September. Fuel on Banks island. — There is a little driftwood to be found on the east, west and south coasts of Banks island, but none at all, except a few chips, on the north coast. On any part there is scarcely enough to keep a big camp fire going for a twelve-month within a stretch of fifteen miles and more often not so much. During the summer there is an abundance of heather to be found on the inland slopes but very little willow. Wood is sometimes found many miles inland projecting from the banks of rivers and even on the hilltops, but this is not to be depended on for fuel. The coal deposits near the northern coasts may prove useful, judging from the samples taken, for they would burn well when lighted on a primus stove. We had no means of testing it in a camp stove. However, one is always well advised to carry fuel oil in strong containers when travelling about the island. Game, Fish, etc. — Caribou may be found on Banks island at each season of the year, but they are comparatively scarce at all times and need a deal of hunting for. They are in their prime from September until the end of November, but are hardly worth killing during March, April, May and part of June. Their skins are not so satisfactory as those of the mainland caribou, or the domestic deer for clothes although they can be used. Seals are fairly numerous near the shore of all the islands and can most always be obtained at Nelson head, cape Kellett and cape Alfred during the winter in the leads that form in the ice. In the spring they can be shot while on the ice asleep, but this is not by any means an easy matter for they are difficult to approach. In the summer they seem to float if they are killed quite dead, and the wound is not too large, but late in the fall they float more readily. Polar bears are comparatively numerous along the coast, although their presence may have been due in the neighbourhood of cape Kellett to a stranded whale carcass. Along the north and south coasts the open leads of water no doubt keep them near the land, and many are found travelling along the Prince of Wales straits. The Eskimo hunt them each year in the vicinity of Nelson head, and during the early spring one man told me that he had followed a bear so far out on the ice that he had seen the land on the other side of the straits. Ducks and white geese are very numerous around cape Kellett in the spring and may be on the other part of the island for all we know. During the summer the white geese especially can be driven about in flocks when they are moulting and killed like sheep. At this time of the year they are not so very fat and are much better if killed earlier in the season. Curiously enough from some 250 geese that were killed at cape Kellett during the summer of 1915, only one was found to be a female and only one egg was found during the season. 70 DEPARTMENT OF THE yATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Ptarmigan are fairly numerous on the coasts in earlj' spring, but not so plentiful as on the mainland. Many schools of fish were seen swimming in the water and the Eskimo tell us that they are plentiful in the large lakes on the island. We had a net set from a sandspit but only caught one fish. The women caught several dozen Tom-cod through the ice one fall, but we had not time to give the fishing much attention. On Victoria island the fish are very plentiful in lakes and the local Eskimo seem to catch a lot in spring and fall. Clothing. — We found the native method of dressing with fur clothes next the skin to be most suitable for extensive travel, although when frequent changes can be had, woollen clothes are very comfortable. I also found a woollen mask that fitted closely to the face having two holes for the eyes and one for the mouth and nose, a great protection from the frosty wind. It is essential, however, that this garment should fit tighth' to the face, and also that the edges of the openings are far enough away from the nose and mouth to prevent the breath melting the hoar frost which forms outside and making ice. Although I travelled at times under severe conditions I never had a frost bite on the face while using the woollen face-mask. I found fur socks most serviceable and comfortable if a very thin woollen, sock was worn ne'xt to the feet, but the care of the feet in the Arctic is a personal equation differing with each individual. Polar bear skin or domestic sheepskin mittens are most satisfactory in comparatively warm weather, but in very cold weather we found nothing that was entirely satisfactory if one M'as going a long journey without the chance to dry one's clothes. Well-fitting dog or wolf skin, covered with canvas, are about the best. Winter Travel along the %vest coast of Banks island. — It is quite possible to travel along the coast in winter, although the temperature might average — 25 degrees F. or more, and the sun does not appear for two months. However, on the western coast of the island it is more difficult than in most places, for the land is so low-lying that by lantern light it is,difficult to tell when one is wandering inland and the only means of knowing in most cases is b5^ digging through the snow at frequent intervals to see if one is still on the sea ice. Snou' Houses. — We found the building of snow houses practicable from the middle of October to the middle of May, and much preferred to live in them than tents. Their greatest drawback is perhaps the length of time they take to build. A house 12 feet in diameter, big enough to accommodate seven people can scarcely be put in condition to live in, in less than two hours by four men. It more often takes three hours, depending on the quality of the snow with which one has to build. Once the principle is grasped it requires but little skill to build a house of snow, but quite a deal of art and skill are required to build a perfect dome-shaped one, which type is by far the best. Dog Sickness. — Dog sickness of a kind peculiar to the Polar regions is alwa^'s a worry to the Arctic traveller. It attacks the dogs most frequently in spring time, although we had one dog die of it in winter. The symptoms, though generally alike, differ with each individual attacked. Persistent mournful howling and a restlessness were usually the first symptoms noticed, and the dog would then gnaw anything which it could reach. This would be followed in a few hours by apparent paralysis of the muscles of the throat. While no inflam- mation was noticeable, it was impossible for the dog to swallow a morsel of food, even if it was placed in the mouth. The dog was evidently in great pain and could not rest. In two days their eyes would be glazed and sunken and the next day they would invariably die. , I am, sir, your obedient servant, GEO. H. WILKINS, Photographer. DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVI1j£ SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 71 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE RADIOTELEGRAPH BRANCH, 1916-17. The Deputy Minister, Department of tlie Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to present herewith the annual report of the Radiotelegraph Branch for the fiscal year ending the 31st March, 1917. The total number of stations in operation in the Dominion and on ships registered therein is as follows: — Government Commercial Stations 1 Coast Stations 42 Government Ship Stations : .^ '. 24 Licenj^ed Sliip Stations 76 Public Commercial Stations 3 Private Commercial Stations .3 Radiotelegraph Training Schools 2 Licensed Experimental Stations 5 Total 156 The following list shows the location of the land and coast stations in Canada, their range, call signals, owners and by whom they are operated: — Coast Stations for Communication with Ships. EAST COAST. Name. Where situated. Owned by. Operated by. Range in nautical miles. Call Signal. Belle Isle, Nfld. Pt. Amour, Nfld.. Belle Isle Straits Dominion Government. (( ti ii it Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co. of Canada. Dominion Government. Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co. of Canada. Department of the Naval Service. Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co. of Canada. 250 150 250 1.50 250 350 400 200 250 250 250 100 150 1.50 200 250 250 150 250 300 100 100 100 VCM VCL Pt. Riche, Nfld.. Harrington, P.Q. Heath Pt., P.Q. Cape Ray, Nfld Gulf of St. Lawrence — Gulf of St. Lawrence . . . (Anticosti Isld.) VCH VCJ VCI VCR North Atlantic VCE Grindstone Island, P.Q Fame Pt., P.Q Clarke City, P.Q Gulf of St. Lawre (Magdalen Isld.) Gulf of St. Lawrence. River St. Lawrence.. it nee VCN VCG VCK Father Pt., P.Q VCF Gro.sseIsle, P.Q Quebec, P.Q Three Rivers, P.Q. VCD VCC VCB Montreal, P.Q Cape Sable, N.S VGA VCU Partridge Isld,. St. John, N.B Cape Bear, P.E.I Camperdown, N..S. Sable Island, N.S. Entrance St. John Har- bour, N.B. Northumberland Strait. Entrance to Halifax Har- bour. North Atlantic VCV VCP vcs VCT Halifax, N.S. Halifax Dockyard VAA Pictou, N.S.. Northumberland Strait. North Sydney, C.B VCQ North Sydney, C.B.. VCO 72 DEPABTMEVT OF THE ^^ATAL SERYIGE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Coast Stations for Communication with Ships — Concluded. GREAT LAKES. Name. Where Situated. Owned by. Operated by. Range in nautical miles. Call Signal. Port Arthur, Ont Sault Ste. Marie, Ont Tobermory, Ont Midland. Ont Point Edward. Ont^ Port Burwell, Ont.... Toronto.'Ont Kingston, Ont Port Arthur, Ont Sault Ste. Marie, Ont . . Entrance Georgian Bay Georgian Bay Lake Huron Lake Erie Toronto Island, Ont... . Barriefield Common.. . Dominion Government, Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co of Canada 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 VBA VBB VBD VBC VBE VBF VBG VBH WEST COAST. Gonzales Hill, B.C. (Victoria). Pt. Grey, B.C. (Vancouver)... Cape Lazo, B.C.. Pachena Pt., B.C Estevan Pt., B.C.. Triangle Isld, B.C. IkedaHead, B.C.. Dead Tree Pt., B.C. Digby Island, B.C., Prince Rupert. Alert Bay, B.C Victoria, B.C. Entrance Vancouver Har bour. Strait Georgia, near Comox, B.C. West Coast Vancouver Isld. South of Hecate Str ■South of Moresby Island Q.C.I. South of Graham Isld., Q.C.I. Digby Isld., Entrance Prince Rupert Har. Cormorant Isld., B.C. Dominion Government. Department of the Naval Service. 250 150 350 500 500 450 250 200 250 350 VAK VAB VAC VAD VAE VAG VAI VAH VAJ VAF HUDSON BAY. Port Nelson.. Hudson Bay. Dominion Government. Department of the Naval Service. 750 I VBN LAND STATIONS. Le Pas, Man. For communication with Port Nelson only. Dominion Government Department of the Naval Service. 750 VBM DEPARTMENT OF TEE NATAL SERT[CE 73 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Licensed Commercial Stations. Name. Where Situated. Owned by. Operated by. Range in nautical miles. Call Signal. Public Commercial. Glace Bay, C.B Louisburg, C.B Newcastle, N.B Near Glace Bay, C.B.. Cape Breton New Brunswick Ocean Falls, B.C Powell River, B.C Granby Bay Marconi Wire- less Tel. Co. of Can., Ltd Universal Radio Synd. Ocean Falls. . Powell River Co... Granbv Con. S. M. & P. Co. Owners Owners 3,000 Recept ion 2,500 150 30 150 GB. only CL Private Commercial. Ocean Falls, B.C Powell River, B.C CD CH Granbv Bav. CZ Name. Where Situated. Owned by. Call Signal. Marconi Test Room. Rodney St., Montreal.. . Kingston, Ont Barriefield. Ont Marconi Wireless Telegraph Co. of Canada, Ltd. R M C Kingston. XWA R. M.C . Kingston XWC D. S. 0..3rd M. D XWD D.S O 2nd M D -XWE Camp Borden, Ont D.S.O., 2ndM.D XWF Radiotelegraph Training Schools. Name. Where Situated. Call Signal. Dominion Telegraph & Wireless Institute.. Columbia College of W^ireless Vancouver, B.C. Victoria, B.C.*. . . Licensed for reception only. Amateur Radiotelegraph Stations. All amateur stations were closed down at the outbreak of hostilities. 74 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Licensed Ship Stations. The following list shows the vessels of Canadian register which are equipped with radiotelegraph apparatus, their call signal and by whom they are owned and operated : — Name of Ship. Port of Registry. Name of Owners. Name of Company operating the Station. Call Signal. SS. Assiniboia.. Alberta Athabaska. Manitoba.. Keewatin... Boston Hamonic. . . Huronic ... Province . Empire Salvor Prince Albert Prince John Florence ■. . . Princess Beatrice . . . Princess Charlotte. Princess May Princess Royal Tees Camosun Princess Adelaide.. Princess Mary. . . . Princess Alice. . . . Princess Ena Princess Sophia... Lord Strathcona.. Royal George . . . . Chelohsin. , ^. . . Prince Arthur! .. . Prince George Halifas Douglas H. Thomas.. Princess Maquinna... . Car Ferry "Ontario No. 1' SS. Noronic Seal., Deliverance Bessie Dollar Venture ^. , Yarmouth Princess Patricia SS. Dalhousie City Corona Kingston Toronto Hazel Dollar Chippewa SS. Garden City Chicora Macassa Cayuga Cascapedia Tug "Harrison" Car Ferry"Ontario No. 2' SS. Imperoyal " Armonia Montreal, P.Q tt Yarmouth, N.S... , Collingwood , Ont . . Port Arthur, Ont... Victoria, B.C Prince Rupert, B.C. Toronto, Ont Victoria, B.C Vancouver, B.C Victoria, B.C n Vancouver, B.C Victoria, B.C Quebec, ^.Q...... Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C... Yarmouth, N.S Halifax, N.S..'.'"'^: Sydney, C.B Victoria, B.C Montreal, P.Q . . Port Arthur, Ont.... Windsor, N.S Liverpool, N.S Victoria, B.C. Vancouver, B.C Yarmouth, N.S... Victoria, B.C Toronto, Ont Victoria, B.C Toronto, Ont Toronto, Ont Halifax, N.S Hamilton. Ont Toronto, Ont Quebec, P.Q Owen Sound, Ont. . . Montreal, P.Q Sarnia, Ont Montreal, P.Q Can. Pacific Railway. Marconi Wireless Tel Co. of Can Northern Nav. Co... Great Lakes Towing and wrecking Com- pany B.C. Salvage Co Grand Trunk Pac Ry. T.Eaton Can. Pacific Railway. Union Steamship Co. Can. Pacific Railway Quebec Salvage Co Canadian Northern SS Union Steamship Co. Boston and Yarmouth SS. Co.__ C. A. Plant SS. Co.... Dom. Coal Co Can. Pacific Railway. Ont. Car. Ferry Co. . Northern Nav. Co... . Halifax Trading and Sealing Co. Southern Salvage Co . Dollar SS. Lines Union SS. Co C.P.R N. St. C. & T.' N. Co. C. SS. Lines Dollar SS. Lines N. St. C. &T. N.'Co. CSS. Lines J. Harrison & Sons. . . Ont. Car. Ferry Co. . . Inperial Oil Co R. Lawrence Smith.. . Owners. M. W. T. Co. of C, Owners Marconi Wireless Tel. Co. of Canada. OwTiers Marconi Wireless Tel Co. of Canada. Owners Marconi Wireless Tel. Co. of Canada M. W. T. Co.. Owners M. W. T. Co.. Owners '. . M. W. T. Co.. M. W. T. Co. Owners M. W. T. Co., VGI VFQ VGG VGH VGC VFS VGD VGE VFR VFP VFV VFL VFM VFT VFC VFE VFH VFG VFK VFZ VFA VFB VFD VFJ VFI VFX VGA VGN VGJ VGK VGP VGR VGT VGU VGW VGV VFO VFF VGX VGY VGZ VEA VEB VEC VED VEE VEH VEX VEJ VEK VEL VEO VFY VER VGM VES DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 75 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Licensed Ship Stations — Concluded. Name of Ship. Port of Registry. Name of Owners. Name of Company operating the Station. Call Signal. SS. Turret Crown Newcastle, G.B Toronto, Ont Vancouver, B.C.. Windsor, N.S Toronto, Ont Victoria, B.C. Midland, Ont Windsor, Ont Coastwise SS. & Barge Co . Owners M. W. T. Co Owners ZDH Imp. Oil Co VEU SY. Aquilo.. . SS. Sable I.., SS fJ R Crowp B. D. Rogers J. A. Farquahar G. R. Crowe SS. Co.. B. O. Salvage Co. . . . Gt. Lakes Tran.sp. Co Victoria Harbour Lum- ber Co.. VFU M. W. T. Co. MTZ VET Tug Pilot Owners M.W. T. Co VEV SS. Glenshee VEW Sarnia. Ont Montreal, P.Q Victoria, B.C .Sarnia, Ont Midland, Ont Montreal, P.Q St. John, N.B Sarnia, Ont Toronto, Ont Sydney, N.S VEX " Reginald , " Freshiicld. R. Lawrence Smith Co Dollar SS. Lines Reid wrecking Co Manley Chew R. Lawrence Smith Co W. Thompson & Co... Inperial Oil Co It VEY (J VEZ SS. Harold Dollar " James Reid " Schoolcraft " Manxman... M.W. T. Co VCY VCZ VAU GDZ " Sellasia... " Royalite Dept. Naval Service.. M. W.T. Co ZIR VBQ VBR u Owners M. W.T. Co VBS " Mina Brea " Njord Inth Petroleum Co.. Murray & Crawford Line VAP VAO Government Steamers Equipped with Radiotelegraph Installations. Operated by the Department of the Naval Service. Name. Range. Call Signal. H M C S. Niobe 400 miles 250 " 1.50 " 200 " 200 " 200 ■' vda VDB C. G. S. Canada.. VDC VDT " Malaspina VDU VDV Operated by the Department of Marine and Fisheries. Name. Call Signal. C. G. S. Stanley " Lady Laurier " Aberdeen " Druid " Montcalm " Lady Grey " Quadra " Esteoan " Dollard " Newington " Lurcher Lightship.. " Simcoe " Arantnore ' " Prince Edward Island. VDE VDF VDG VDH VDJ VDL VDM VDN VDO VDP VDR VDS VDQ VBY 76 DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Operated by the Department of Railways and Canals. Name. Range. Call Signal. C. G. S. Durley Chine. Sheba 200 miles. 200 " VDQ VDZ Operated by the Post Office Department. 1 Name. Range. Call Signal. r n S Lndii Evplun 100 miles. VDX Operated by the Customs Department. Name. Range. Call Signal. 200 miles. VDW Operation of the Coast Station Services. The coast station services have been maintained on a war basis throughout the year. The amount of business handled by the east coast system shows a decrease from last year's business, amounting to 7,360 messages, containing 159,551 words. The great lakes system (operated by the Marconi Wireless Telegraph Company of Canada, Limited, under contract) shows an increase of 2,904 messages containing 52,434 words. The west coast system (operated directly by this department) shows an increase of 26,072 messages, containing 629,025 words. The Hudson Bay system (operated for the department of the Railways and Canals by this department) shows a decrease of 1,353 messages containing 178,127 words. Table No. 1 shows a comparative statement of the business handled by the different systems during the past seven years. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SEBVICTH 77 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 ■O <^0 M iM 1 CO to CO ^ ^ O - t- -a 1 - 0> M OS 00 1 M lO lO c^ r^ i -^ CO — O ■n> 2 « ca 1- t^ M lO u- QO r* r- o- t- ir 3 O cc M lO t- « o> CO lO CO — ■^ c-» cc o oi If »o »o o- -T3 1 to eo es If „- a M ffO . s » oc t- CO C<1 e<4 c QO Ifl OS m Oi r- ■fl oc CO 3} t^ CO ■s c £ CO OS 1 ■t c 2 oi ? (N 5 fo If c If S 3 U! cc OS .b- cm" ■fl ir CO ■" CO OS e U3 •H ■V oc »o" s> . O 11- t* ? C4 :s c'l e^ — •*" er a» QO f (N o ir r- "" M o u- o If o» o -w 1 c Oi "* t^ os" 1 OS CO QC CJ QO (M ■^ M Oa c OO ^ » O a c g co" OS -»■ »o e^ «£ OS CO ■^ a 3 1 £ 1 J 1 ii c s S 78 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 REVENUE. The total revenue collected during the vear amounted to §16,731.33 against $8,494.99 in 1915-16. The west coast servace shows an increase of $8,241.26, the Great Lakes an increase of $29.74 and the East Coast a decrease of $34.66. Table No. 2. — Shows a comparative statement of revenue received by the Coast Station ser\aces during the past eight j'ears. East Coast . Great Lakes West Coast.. Totals. . 1909-10 § cts. Nil. Nil. Nil. Nil. 1910-11 $ ets. Nil. Nil. 3,108 63 3, 108 63 1911-12 S cts. 229 57 Nil. 4,484,77 4,714 34 1912-13. ? cts. 475 00 17 08 9,928 40 10,420 48 1913-14. I 1914-15. S cts. 318 42 27 .55 $ cts. 322 99 85 92 15,992 70 11,329 44 16,. 338 67 11,738 3J 1915-16. 1916-1 S cts. I 1,022 33 78 16 $ cts. 987 67 107 90 I 7,394 fO] 15,635 76 8,494 991 16,731 33 EXAMIX.^TION FOR CERTIFICATE OF PROFICIENCY IN RADIOTELEGRAPHY. 135 operators were examined during the year, including 8 re-examinations. 64 candidates were successful and 71 failed. The following list shows the names of the successful candidates for Certi- ficate of Proficiencj' in Radiotelegraph}-: — Number of CertiBcate. Date of Certificate. Name. Grade of Cer ificate. Where Examination held. 14'' .A.pril 3rd 1915 .May 9th 1916. .A.pril 13th 1916 " 29th 1916. May 25th 1916, " 2nd 1916 " 6th 1916 June 16th 1916. " 28th 1916. " 16th 1910. " 16th 1916 " 16th 1916. July 13th 1916 " 13th 1916 " 13th 1196 2Sth 1916. Sept. 21st 1916 " 25th 1916. '• 9th 1916. " 22nd 1916 " 22nd 1916. " 14th 1916 " 13th 1916. Oct. 2nd 1916. " 16th 1916. .Sept. 22nd 1916. .Jan. 16th 1917. Wood, E 1st Class Ship 1st '• 1st " 1st " 1st " Halifax, N.S. 143 Tricker Wm Victoria, B.C. 144 145 Wood, L. P Baird, A. M Maggs. S. A Rogers. B. D .Atkins, J. L Hooper, W. A Rosebrugh. D. W Shephard. L. A Webster. C. R Hardv, D.J Gulland, F. M -Stobart, T. P Cooper. J. K Twinn, B. L Pottle. W. R McLean, ,S. A .\rundel, B iScott, R. B. Y Shepherd, R. A Rennie, R. F Tetley, W.J Paint, O. F McWilliams, J. R Price. A. V McClure, J. S Halifax. N.S. 146 Halifax, N.."^. 147 148 149 150 2nd " 1st 1st 1st 1st " 1st " 1st 1st 1st 1st 1st 1st •• 1st " 1st " 1st " 1st " Victoria, B.C. Vktoria, B.C. Victoria, B.C. Halifax, N..S. 151 152 153 154 155 Vancouver, B.C. Vancouver, B.C. Vancouver, B.C. Victoria, B.C. Victoria, B.C. 156 Victoria, B.C. 157 Halifax, N.S. 1.58 159 Halifax, N.S. Halifax, N.S. 160 .... Vancouver, B.C. 161 Toronto, Ont. 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 Toronto, Ont. 1st Class Coast 1st . ■' 1st Class Ship Tobermory, Ont. Tobermory. Ont. Victoria, B.C. 1st " Victoria. B.C. 1st " 1st " Toronto, Ont. Victoria, B.C. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 79 Number of Certificate. 169. 170. 171. 172. 173. 174.. 175.. 176., 177.. 178.. 179.. 180.. ISl.. 182.. 183.. 184.. 185.. 186.. 187.. 188.. 189.. 190., 191.. 192.. 193.. 194.. 195.. 196., 197.. 198.. 199.. 200.. 201. 202.. 203.. 204. 205. Date of Certificate. Nov. Aug. Nov. Jan. Feb. Jan. Feb. Jan. Feb. Jan. Feb. Mar. April Mar. Jan. 20th 1916 24th 1916 20th 1916 20th 1916 28th 1910 16th 1916 28th 1916. 29th 1916. .^th 1917. 10th 1917 22nd 1917. 24th 1017 23rd 1917 16th 1917. 29th 1917. 3rd 1917. 31st 1917. 7th I9I7. 7th 1917. 30th 1917. Sth 1917. 24th 1917. 12th 1917. 7th 1917 19th 1917. 21st 1917. 2nd 1917 14th 1917 19th 1917 301 h 1917 3rd 1917 19th 1917. 19th 1917. 19th 1917 19th 1917. 7th 1917 12th 1917 Name. Begin, J. G. O Bround, E. M , Allen, R. O Bennett, E. G Greenhill, D. C Harris, C. K Smith, H. E Edwards, G . A Bent, R. A Moulton. W. S.- McKenzie, H. B Peter, A. G Roberts, Stanley Walsh, H. E Macken, M. H Woodhcad, C. F McGradv, H. G Rycroft, H Pape, O.J Berry, T. V Allen, H. D West.land, H. L. G... Heath, C. G Dennett, J. H... Moore, W.J. E Wallace, J. M Harris, A. K. W Bishop, P Filtness, A. W Ellison, J. H Moor, H, H Hodgson, E Young, C. W Robinson, D. M . . Spowart, A. A Holmes, J. A Green, A. A Grade of Certificate. 1st Class 1st 1st 1st 1st 1st 1st 1st 1st 1st 1st " Jst 1st 1st Class 1st Class Isi 1st 1st 1st 1st " 2nd 1st 1st 1st 1st Class 1st Class 1st 1st 1st 1st 1st 2nd 1st 1st 2nd l.st Class 1st Class Ship Coast Ship.. Coast Ship.. Coast Ship.. Where Examination held. Ottawa, Ont. Halifax, N. S. Halifax, N.S. Halifax, N.S. Ottawa, Ont. Vancouver, B.C. Ottawa, Ont. Halifax, N.S. Halifax, N.S. Halifax, N.S. Halifax, N.S. Halifax, N. S. Halifax, N.S. Halifax, N.S. Halifax, N.S. Halifax, N.S. Vancouver, B.C. Halifax, N.S. Halifax, N.S. Vancouver, B.C. Victoria, B.C. Halifax, N.S. Halifax, N.S. Halifax, N.S. Halifax, N. S. Halifax, N.S. Victoria, B.C. Halifax, N.S. Vancouver, B.C. Ottawa, Ont. Ottawa, Ont. Vancouver, B.C. Vancouver, B.C. Vancouver, B.C. Vancouver, B.C. Halifax, N.S. Vi<'torja, B.C. The followino; lioIder.s of certificates of proficiency in radiotelegraphy passed a successful examination in the operation of other equipments and have had their original certificates amended accordingly. No. of Certificate. Name. Additional Equipment. 58 Emmerson, R G. 4 K W U K W and 5 K W 13 193 Lcmieux, J. E. O Moore, W. J. E Tavlor Fred Ship Stations. 5-5 K.W. Coast Station. 1-7 K.W. Ship Station. oJ K.W. Coast Station. 10 K.W. Coast Station. 10 K.W. Coast Station. 10 K W Pnq^t Stqtinn 90.. 10.. .. Argue, A. E Hay man, E. D Spracklin C R 76. . SO 80 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE O d c3 SCO is =3 Xi fl) +» c C,J +-» a G U 0) J3 03 3i -K > fi c3 O E ^^ > :0^ m 2 3 ^ = rail to .5 G « o . > o Oh o o S 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 O'MiCOOi-^^'^iC'— ' CO 00 »c CDIM O OO t- 00 (M a-, io -ij* cq Oi .— (M CO CO "* O oo «c t^ CC !C — -^ rf 00 CD CO CO O ^H --h" » y-< 00 CI ira cv( "^ ic CO o -^ t^ LO-'fCOCl-S'CSOiM^HCS tMl--I>.t^iCt>.G0COCOCO ooooiocooicococ^oo CO»fSCDCQCCdCOt--fiO OOil^lCCO-rf-ffCOC^CD t^(MCOCCO'*'ffO(M'M MCOOOCiO-HCOTfC^W OOcOI-CHJ^OCiCO-^O lO CO CO Oi CO i-~ 't' t-- l^ CJ »0 CO CO .— 05 O; CS t^ (M — 1 -^ "^ t^COCOCO »C '-' ^ OOrH CO— 'Coi^OO:ou;c;ir; t-COOli— CSlCO»Ot— Ci-^ ■^Ocoa;iococc~oot^ t-C^'^accaOi'M'^OOCi r^c^'Ot^ro-^'^—'Coco moiooooocor^ai(N(M •^.-Hcoco'CO'^—'icai W t^ "tl I- t- OO CO cD-rj'-^rooo-^ir.'— 'ccoi t^ooooooso-^o-^-^i- -^-t-co coc^irocMcapo OCO'^cOOOCSOjOOqcO •^ rat~~ (Mcsocgoico -*• CM CO »CCl(Mr-^ T-i ■* c^ iO <— ' CM CO CO CM CO CO CO — .5,C2h ^££ :5i ■T3 2-3 M & - 3 t- O tg M S'^ o bin o ^?2 o H m tj-o « lis tH u ^ 3 £ a-s ^ ecu" d ^ d ^ +J -(J ^ +-> o o o o DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL 8ERTICB 81 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 ,/ iraN5DOb-Q0 t^ ^ _ rQ O « CO t3 i— r- t- CD o 00 ■* . ooo'*' — t^r-^ 00 3J ^ 1 o CO r^ PC — « t- CO OS Cq —liC c^ 00 CO CO !« CJ s 1 Q — . 00 M- O I^ ^ CO ocsii>.eo ® (M 1 = ^c^^ CO OS ^lg & £ 1-s CO o 5P M Tf »f3 CD — 1 ■O CO (N vi S MCC d 1 = Eg o o S Oi(^ 00 O O CDOO 00 11 Cfi t^ »C CO ir- CO 00 CO t^ -a OOOCO 00^ Oi M CO §s 0 '^'^COOO-^N CO s to verni ips. & ^ CO O O Oil-- l-~ M O t- X? OX C^l O « f^ CO lO i-" 5 H-1 0) >, OJ ^ > -T! K 0) ■TJ 03 d o 03 p. o 3 >> o +3 o 03 °3 -^^ c c 2 3 CO § go -^ 03 o3 . !-. t, ^ & C _ o o C b "^ ill -304 -s^ ° cc^ o J >^ ^ oil . c3 tc ►J 03 P- n ooor-cec^ico eg oo X 0=c — ^ooacoo <=s^ O -* — W X 00 ■ X T3 ■73 0ot^c--o oc — --. t^ X CO — iC ^ "* 5b '■J-i.-t-C^-^OO-^ CN — . ^ T** e>* eg CO - ffQ — « to o :<:: cr. •?■ '^ o i.^ . « co ts .r: t~ — — -^ -^ 31 c^ to CO — Gc^c^fMOiM -mcc CO X t^ CD eg LO o I-- T? — .— 't^O^OOOO -"^00 N rr !■-. uo CO O f UO iC o M- — (M CO PC ■CI M CO eg CO t^- > s ■* 03 t* CO C^ — U7 oo 1-- m :£>•.'.■ eg ^1 — CC M* — ' — eg 00 (N Ci — .c^e^?T»Hc:--Dic CO — — ^ , _ t^ —1 — ej ei CO eg O s CO O ut O (M CD -^ O coo . o 10 — c; ej ur o oi QC QC CO— CO X 00 — ■ -^ O . oocs . — o coco CO Ig ■a o T-(MaCtCi-0^— 1-^ CJO ■ c: tc i^Mcg X o CO ci Tji ■ CO CO lO CO o coo . : - X t— I-^Cit^ifrcottSOC C^JO ■ CD eg — "^ CO X 7i ca — o TT Tj* c^ ca CI -COM ■ r- CO tceg^- C X eS T~l ,-1 -^J* ■ — —1 COU3 — OCD ^ c3 »c > = ^ o C O s eoC3i-0"^ — ^t^w -^Ci O [-- o u- _^ « ccr-coi-ocic— 'Tj- -cjco tO-iDCiC^ c: c <1> O ■"fGcirr^tccr-iciio cdoo CDl^ t^ ^ CJX:-o t^ C3 g im'o'— 'S'' — 'tPCO ■ •— 'l>r co"»C ^>r 1-^— eg t^' x' — c-i Tf siness to Govern Ship.^. i-O cc C) >■: o — — -^ O t^ CD i^ C4 ■x eg I^ O X CO COOuocoxXCi — ei "5 CJ (M —, — . — CO -o ■ cgt-Tf — H CO K •T3 ■— 'C: O CICDOO -00^ 'd' u o .£ CI t^M— - — o »o ^ Bus ions ^ -iCTf — — — Oli--^' oooc o o CO ei — — "^ K ON — ■ CO !M ■ t^ CD r~ iiifi 00 iC — — • Tf 03 N 'C O Ch s OOX-COC' t-t^X CC^ — t^ "tf 04 X CO CO ■** o 02 .Z. >:> m t. « 5 :t3 1 ^^3 ^ 5 - C ' ■ c u 0 ■ i : -^ J§ ii _ z 4 5 b^|l|ll|||l|S^2. 1 3 S^ 03 »; 0 !<2f .ff ->* 3 03 C ;K3 - 5 ;& 3- = =8.': if ft 1 -CO t~- Dr^ 00 - coo O— I - u .Si-si 3 3 03 CS ^ ri ed -»* -«^ +J V> 0000 CO CO Oi C5 a a sa 3 3 ■*J -^ li (h CD CD V o 3 3 DEPARTMENT OP THE NAYAL SERVICE 83 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 J3 a ^ a o o c o 03 .f^ CD u H Qi -1-' J3 n -i-5 C O ^ r-', o O C3 03 a +J n o 0) t^ ^ QJ o ■C fl OJ 3 -C .^ +J Hi >-, -*^ fi ■n . m C4-< n, o Fi -w o G O H J3 CJ D. .«-' m 03 -M hri {/J OJ 1h 03 CO c 3 1 Cost of Mainten- ance. $ cts. 1.750 00 (3 ■6 o to 1 C^ 0) S i en 2 Government busi- ness between Stations. J3 CO CD Business to and from Government Ships. o 7^ CO s Private Business between Stations. O CD CD g Private Business to and from Ships. O I i: 12 5 3 3 c cc O O O f^ o t^ CO -o CO u^ rt CO 5 M t- ? 6 ^ c es^ ri A Cu ri -»j +i +i ♦J o c o o >> ^ o c o "oS "E 03 :-< bC 0) o c o r« y. o3 C 01 o O Pi '^ a 03 03 cfi >^ a ^ o a; CJ -S 03 .s 3 m a w 38- HHHH ie o w pq ■< CO to Is > « i-S-2 g S = s mco ?l pLija % ^ O) OJ as 3 3 O O 84 DEPARTMENT OF THE 'S^AVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 ASSISTANCE RENDERED TO SHIPS DURING THE YEAR BY THE GOVERNMENT RADIO- TELEGRAPH SERVICE. West Coast. SS. Orion. — On the 20th June, 1916, Tofino reported by telephone to the Estevan station that the captain of the ss. Orion had landed there and reported that his vessel was disabled with a broken shaft eight miles west of Lennard island, and required the assistance of the U.S. Government tug Snohomish immediately. Cape Flattery was at once advised by wireless of the accident. The Snohomish proceeded to the assistance of the disabled boat and took her in tow. SS. Northivestern. — On the 17th July, 1916, the ss. Northwestern advised the Digby Island station, by wireless, that she had propeller trouble, several blades having shaken off and that she was proceeding sout,h. The tug Sainson joined the ss. Northwestern later and stood by her on the remainder of her trip south. Constant wireless communication was maintained with both ships. SS. Redondo. — On the 19th August, 1916, the ss. Redondo broke her rudder stock, off Maud Island, Discovery passage, and was compelled to anchor off that island and await assistance. Wireless communication was immediately established with the ss. Redondo by the Cape Lazo station. The owners were advised of the vessel's condition and they despatched a tug boat which towed the Redondo to Seattle. SS. Princess Maquinna. — On the 30th August, 1916, distress signals were received at the Point Grey station from the ss. Princess Maquinna, the vessel having run ashore during fog near Small island on her way to Vancouver. The Pri7icess Maquinna eventually backed off and proceeded to Vancouver escorted by the ss. Princess Alice. SS. Kunajiri Maru. — On the 23rd September, 1916, the ss. Kunajiri Maru ran ashore in a thick fog near New Dungeness lighthouse. The Gonzales Hill station was requested to arrange for a tug and was informed by the Seattle station that the tug Tyec would leave at once. The Tyee and Unalga stood by the Kunajiri Maru but their services were not required as the vessel floated the following morning and proceeded to Port Townsend for survey. SS. Princess Alice. — On the loth October, 1916, the ss Princess Alice sent a message through the Cape Lazo station, notifjdng her owners that she had run aground in Mensies bay. The Princess Alice floated off the next day with the assistance of the tug Nitinat. SS. Belfast. — On the 16th October, 1916, advice was received from Hesquit, via the Estevan Station, that the ss. Belfast was anchored close to the shore at the entrance to Sydney inlet, in a dangerous position. The Ucluelet lifeboat left to stand by and the ss. Belfast wired to Seattle for a tug. This information was given to the U.S. Revenue Cutter Unalga by the Gonzales Hill station. SS. Santa Ana. — On the 28th October, 1916, the ss. Santa Ana reported to the Ketchikan station that her low pressure crank had broken and that she was anchored off Maej' island. The boat being closer to Ketchikan she main- tained communication with that station, but the Digby Island station handled messages to and from the ship. The ss. Valdez took the ss. Santa Ana in tow early on the morning of the 31st October, 1916. When abeam of the Digby Island station bound for Seattle, the Santa Ana reported all well. Barge Donald D. — At 8.45 a.m. on the 3rd November, 1916, the ss. Prince Jo^n reported by wireless to the Triangle Island station as follows: "At 11 p.m. la^t night the barge Donald D broke awaj' from the tug Dola, eight miles west DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 85 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 of Pine island, strong easterly gale, heavy sea, tug short of coal, please send assistance to take off crew. Dola going to Alert bay for coal. Prince John now abeam Pine island going off shore see if can find Donald D." The Triangle Island station requested the Captain of the Prince John to do all in his power to assist, and also got in touch with other stations to render' assistance. The crew of the Donald D, consisting of five men and one woman, were eventually rescued by the ss. Prince John. SS. Niels Nielson. — On the 27th November, 1916, the ss. Niels Nielson, bound from Seattle to Vladivostock, with a valuable cargo, reported to the Triangle Island station that she had lost her propeller and required assistance; the vessel was then 103 miles from Triangle island. The Gonzales Hill station reported the aocident to the tug Snohomish, which vessel left Port Angeles to render assistance. The tug Goliath was also dispatched from cape Flattery at midnight on the 27th November. On the morning of the 29th November the Gonzales Hill station requested the ss. Niels Nielson to keep the station posted as to her movements, and later received advice from the vessel, via the Estevan station, that she expected to sight the tug Goliath in two hours. Messages were also sent to the tugs and the Goliath replied at 1.50 p.m. that si e was alongside the ss. Niels Nielson, and expected to have a hawser aboard her in a few minutes. At 10 p.m. the Snohomish advised that the Goliath had the Niels Nielson in tow, about twenty miles from cape Cook, and later that she had towed her safely to Victoria,- assisted part of the way by the tug fyce. SS. Stanley N. Dollar. — On the 12th January, 1917, the Gonzales Hill station received a message from the ss. Princess Alice, advising that the ss. Stanley N. Dollar was ashore in Active pass and required immediate assistance. The B.C. Salvage Company was advised and the ss. Salvor was dispatched to the scene of the accident, arriving in the vicinity in four hours' time. Unfor- tunately, the Salvor also ran ashore, at 9 p.m., on Enterprise reef and was not floated off until 7 a.m. the following morning. In the meantime the Nitinat had arrived and pulled the Stanley N. Dollar off at 7.30 a.m. on the 13th January. SS. Prince John. — On the 26th January, 1917, weak signals were picked up by the Digby Island station, from the ss. Prince John, stating that they were ashore in Wrangell narrows, taking water fast. The Digby Island station got in touch with the ss. Prince Albert, which vessel proceeded to the assistance of the Prince John. The tug Pioneer pulled off the Prince John, and she trans- ferred her passengers to the Prince Albert, and then beached for repairs. SS. Princess Patricia. — On the 7th February, 1917, the Princess Patricia went ashore at Point Grey and the tug Qualicum was sent from Vancouver, to render assistance. The assistance rendered by the Point Grey station enabled the Princess Patricia to be floated within five hours after the first report of the accident. SS. Santa Ana. — On the 18th March, 1917, a message was received from the ss. Santa Ana, via the ss. Norwood and ss. Northwestern, advising that she was ashore near Craig, Alaska, but not making water. The Saiita Ana was ashore for several days but eventually floated off safely. SS. Prince Rupert. — On the 23rd March, 1917, a distress call was received by the Digby Island station from the ss. Prince Rupert, advising that the boat had struck the rocks and was filling fast and requesting immediate assistance. The nearest steamer in range was the ss. Humboldt, northbound. At the request of the captain of the ss. Prince Rupert the Digby Island station asked the Humboldt to return at full speed, which he immediately proceeded to do. Several other boats from Prince Rupert also left to render assistance. The passengers were taken off the vessel and brought into Prince Rupert. Constant wireless communication was maintained with the vessel. 86 DEPABTilENT OF THE XXYAL SERYICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 East Coast and Great Lakes. The radiotelegraph stations on the east coast and great lakes were not called upon to render any assistance to distressed vessels during the year. NEW CONSTRUCTION, ADDITIONS AND ALTERATIONS. West Coast. ■Cape Lazo. — The old three-piece mast was found to be rotting at the base, so a large concrete footing was placed around it. New mast bands were made and the stays refitted. Preventer bands and stays were placed on the topmast, and the mast set up and painted. The tree mast was also set up and painted. All the apparatus was overhauled.- Dead Tree Point. — All the station buildings were painted, the mast was also painted and the rigging overhauled. Eslevan. — The rigging was overhauled and the mast painted. About an acre of ground was cleared and the digging of a well commenced. The tramway was improved by putting down new iron rails for the use of a gasolene car. The apparatus was overhauled and new piping in connection with the engine-coohng tanks put in. A new receiver was also installed. Gonzales Hill. — The rigging was overhauled, and new preventer stays and strongbacks were put up. The masts were painted, a new aerial erected, and the earth system strengthened. New partitions were put up in the dwelling house, and a few minor repairs made to the dweUing and operating houses. Pachena. — The apparatus was overhauled and put in good working ojder. Point Grey. — The masts and rigging were overhauled and the masts painted. A new power-set and non-synchronous disc, to operate off the power mains, was installed and the station overhauled generally. Triangle Island. — The masts and all apparatus was thoroughly overhauled and placed in good working order. East Coast. In pursuance of the poHcy of government ownership of radiotelegraph coast stations, an agreement was entered into with the iVIarconi Wireless Tele- graph Company of Canada, whereby the North Sydney station has been trans- ferred to the department for the sura of $5,365.44. North Sydney. — In order to increase the range of the North Sydney station a second mast, was erected at that point and the height of the existing mast increased to 165 feet; the operating house was also removed to a new position. The total cost of the above work was $1,827.69. Great Lakes. Point Edward. — Owing to the action of the Hydro-Electric Commission of Ontario changing the frequency of the power supply from 60 to 25 cycles, new transformers and motors had to be installed to supply power to the radio- telegraph transmitting apparatus. The total cost of the installation was $1,341.00. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 87 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Port Burwell. — A septic tank and drainage was put in at this station and surface well installed.. The total cost of this work was $387.94. Headquarters. — A tubular iron mast, one hundred and forty feet in height, was erected at the Naval Stores, Wellington St., Ottawa, for the use of this branch in connection with the testing of radiotelegraph apparatus. Radiotelegraph Act. — The following amendments to the radiotelegraph Regulations have been made since the 1st August, 1914. — SHIP STATIONS IN TERRITORIAL WATERS. 103. The Radiotelegraph Stations on board ships (other than H.M. ships of war or Canadian Government vessels) shall not be worked while such ships are within the territorial waters of Canada, unless specific permission is granted therefor by the controlling Canadian coast stations for the locality, and then only provided such working does not interfere with the operation of any coast station established in Canada, and that the provisions of the Radiotelegraph Convention of London, 1912, and the Service Regulations, annexed thereto, are strictly observed. WAVELENGTH TO BE USED BY SHIP STATIONS. 106. All Canadian licensed Ship Stations shall use the wavelength of 600 metres exclusively during the period of hostilities. NATIONALITY OF OPERATORS. No. 88 (o). No person shall be permitted to attend examination for any class of certificate of proficiency in radiotelegraphy — (i) who is not a British subject; (ii) who has at any time been of enemy nationality; (iii) whose parents were not of British nationality at the time of his birth; - (iv) whose parents have at any time been of enemy nationality. (6) Candidates for examination for first-class certificate of proficiency must be not less than eighteen years of age. (c) This regulation shall take effect on the 15th October, 1916, and shall remain in force until the cessation of hostilities, unless sooner repealed. SHIP STATIONS IN HARBOURS. 104. (a) The Radiotelegraph Stations on board ships (other than H«M. ships of war or Canadian Government vessels) shall not be worked whilst such ships are within a harbour of the Dominion of Canada. (6) For the proper enforcement of the above, ships of British register in Canadian harbours must completely disconnect their aerial wires from their radio apparatus, the ends of such wires being suspended entirely clear of the radiotele- graph cabin, preferably from the main rigging, in such a manner as to show they are properly disconnected. (c) Ships of foreign register in a Canadian harbour must (subject to the provisions of the following subsection d) take down their aerial wires completely and disconnect the same from their radiotelegraph apparatus. 88 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 (d) Ships of foreign register remaining in a Canadian harbour for less than thirty-six hours, may at the discretion of the competent naval authority, be permitted to leave their aerials up, provided the same are disconnected in accordance with the provisions of subsection (6) of this regulation. (e) Subsections (b), (c), and (d) of this regulation, relative to the discon- nection of aerials in ships Ijang in Canadian harbours will not, until further notice, apply to Canadian or British vessels in Canadian harbours on the Great Lakes. Such vessels must, nevertheless, strictly observe the provisions of sub- section (o). Transports. — The department continues to equip transports plying to Canada with radiotelegraph apparatus, when requested to do so by the Admiralty. An efficient staff of wireless officers is maintained at Montreal, Halifax and St. John for the inspection of the wireless apparatus on all transports. Personnel. — The personnel of the Radiotelegraph Service in the Dominion is as follows: — Government. COMMERCUL. Head- quar- ters. Coast Sta- tions. Land Sta- tions. Ship Sta- tions. Head- quar- ters. Coast Sta- tions. Land Sta- tions. Ship Sta- tions. Engineers and officers in charge — 1 20 40 6 2 2 5 47 30 9 80 1 20 40 10 16 28 64 5 5 6 Executive officials and inspectors . . 1 3 12 68 7 78 90 60 54 72 Total personnel, 441. I am glad to report that all members of the Radiotelegraph Service directly in the employ of this department continue to take a great interest in their work and have carried out their duties in a satisfactory and efficient manner. I have the honour to be, sir, Your obedient servant, C. P. EDWARDS, General Superintendent, Government Radiotelegraph Service. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 89 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 FISHERIES PROTECTION SERVICE. Ottawa, April 15, 1917. The Deputy ]\Iinister, Department of the Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to report as follows wath regard to the Fisheries Protection Se^^^ce for the year endhig March 31, 1917, as to the numbers of vessels and men in the service, their stations, brief descriptions of the vessels and the names of their commanding officers. The ships of the Fisheries Protection Service still number nine, although the Canada has actually been commissioned under the White Ensign and has been serving in the Naval Service since shortly after the outbreak of war. It is also pointed out that the increased requirements for coastal defence, necessitated by the continuance of the war, do not allow of these vessels being utilized very much for the duties for which thej- were originallj' commissioned, although the department makes every effort to see that the fisheries laws are strictly complied t\-ith and to have complaints made by the fishermen investi- gated at once. NAMES OF VESSELS AND THEIR COMMANDING OFFICERS. Canada. — Lieut. Commander C. J. Stuart, R.N.R. Curlew. — W. J. Milne. Constance. — J. E. Morris. Petrel— C. O. McDonald. Gulnare. — Clement Barkhouse. Vigilant. — P. C. Robinson. Galiano.— Lieut. R. M. Pope, R.N.R. Malaspina. — Holmes Newcombe. Restless. — Charles Moore. c!g.S. " CANADA." Is a twin-screw steel ship, length 206 feet, beam 25 feet, draught 11 feet 2 inches, registered tonnage 411 tons, speed 16 knots. When on fisheries pro- tection duty she is armed with two 12-pdr. Q.F. and two 3-pdr. Hotchkiss guns. The vessel is electrically lighted throughout, and is fitted with a powerful search- light. Her complement is sixty officers and men, all told, and she was built by Vickers, Sons & Maxim, Limited, England, in 1904. She is commanded by Lieut. Commander C. J. Stuart, R.N.R. This ship is commissioned under the White Ensign and has not been engaged in fisheries protection work since the outbreak of war. C.G.S. " CURLEW." Is a composite single-screw vessel, length 116 feet 3 inches, beam 19 feet 8 inches, draught 11 feet, speed 10^ knots and registered tonnage, 157.85 tons. Her complement is twenty-two officers and men, all told, and she is commanded by Capt. W. J. Milne. April 1, 1916, found the Curlew engaged in patrol duty in the northern portion of the baj- of Fundy, which was continued until the beginning of May, when she proceeded to Halifax for refit. The foremast and one of the fresh- 90 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 water tanks had to be replaced, and these, with other minor repairs, kept the ship in dockyard hands until June 30, when she returned to the bay of Fundy and resumed her fisheries duties, landing stores at the hfe-saving station at Little Wood island, eti route. On July 25, the Curlew was able to render some assistance in re-floating the ss. Tyne, which vessel had gone ashore on the Old Proprietor ledge. Grand Manan. On July 31, ship went in search of the barge Mule, adrift in the bay of Fundy. but the barg-e sank before assistance arrived. During the month of August regular duties were carried out, including a watch being kept on the fishermen operating drift-nets for salmon in St. John harbour and off the New Brunswick shore. On September 2 a lifeboat and stores were taken to Little Wood island from Digby, and on the 6th ship went to the assistance of the ss. J. L. Cann, which vessel was in a dangerous position off BriJlr island, -nath a broken shaft. On September 27 the Curlew embarked an official of the department and pro- ceeded to Whitehead island, inspecting positions for life-saving stations, lookouts, etc. After returning him to St. John, ship cruised to the lobster fishing-grounds off Seal island. At the beginning of October the life-saving stations at Seal island. Baker's cove, Westport and Little Wood island, were inspected by the commanding officer, the rest of the month being occupied in regular patrol work. Grand Harbour was visited on November 5, to watch the sardine fishermen. The catch in this locality was large and the prices good. The same may be said of the catch, earlier in the season, in St. John's harbour. The Curlew located and reported an uncharted rock southward off White- head island on November 16. On December 20 the ship cruised St. Mary's bay in search of the U.S. schooner W. H. Mason; this vessel foundered in deep water at the entrance to the bay, only the top of her masts being visible. In January a new motor life-boat was towed from St. John to Little Wood island and moored in a sheltered position in the harbour ready for use. The life-saving station at Baker's cove was then visited and the damage done to the slip inspected and reported on. The Curlew remained at Yarmouth, breaking ice in the channel, until January 21, when she returned to patrol duty on the New Brunswick shore. February 15 to 17 were spent breaking ice in the harbour of St. Andrews, to allow the traffic proceeding to the pubhc wharf. On March 7 a Hfeboat was taken from Little Wood island to Bay View, and on the 30th ship proceeded in search of a wreck, but was unable to locate it owing to weather conditions. The winter being particularly cold and stormy very little fishing was carried on. C.G.S. " CONSTANCE." Is a single-screw composite steamer, whose length is 115 feet 6 inches, beam 19 feet 6 inches, draught 11 feet 6 inches, and registered tonnage 125 tons. Her complement is twenty-three officers and men, all told, and she is commanded by Capt. J. E. Morris. The Constance came out of dockyard hands April 11, 1916, and immediately was utihzed for war service, on which service she has been kept throughout the year. C.G.S. " PETEEL." Is a steel, single-screw ship, length 116 feet, beam 22 feet, draught 9 feet, speed 11 knots, and registered tonnage 191 tons. Her complement is twenty- four officers and men, all told, and she is commanded by Capt. C. O. McDonald. This ship was in commission at the beginning of the fiscal year, carrying out her regular duties, which she continued to do until May 19, when she pro- DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 91 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 ceeded to Little Wood island and left the ship's carpenter at the life-saving station to repair the launching ways, returning later to embark the carpenter on the completion of the repairs. On June 16 the Petrel proceeded to Shelburne, calling at Victoria Beach to take in tow a life-boat for Hahfax, which place was reached on the 22nd. Ship was placed in dockyard hands July 6 and remained until September 10, when repairs were completed and she was once more ready for sea. After visiting the life-saving station at Clark's Harbour and reporting on the repairs necessary there, the Petrel returned to Hahfax September 17, and from that date has been occupied on war service, although the commanding officer has inspected and reported on several life-saving stations when in their respective vicinities. C.G.S. " GULNARE." Is a steel single-screw vessel, whose length is 137 feet, beam 20 feet 5 inches, draught 12 feet, registered tonnage 262 tons. Her complement is twenty-five officers and men, all told, and she is commanded by Capt. Clement Barkhouse. As was the case last year the Gulnare was employed continuously on Naval Service and was unable to attend to fisheries protection duties. C.G.S. " VIGILANT." Is a twin-screw^ steel ship, whose length is 177 feet, beam 22 feet, draught 9 feet 6 inches, registered tonnage 242 tons, and speed 16 knots. She is electric- ally hghted throughout and fitted with a powerful searchlight. Her complement is thirty officers and men, all told, and she is commanded by Capt. P. C. Robinson. This ship went into commission at Port Dover April 14, but did not proceed to sea until the 21st when the Consulting Naval Engineer embarked and ship proceeded on trial trip, returning to port the same evening. The Vigilant then proceeded on her regular routine, visiting the hfe-sa\ang station on Long point on April 25, and working on the boundary. May 22 Captain King came on board to adjust the ship's compasses, dis- embarking on the evening of the 23rd. Ship then cruised on the boimdary until June 11, when measles broke out in the ship and in spite of disinfecting, prevented much work being carried out until the early part of July. July 14 the Vigilant left for lake Ontario, the director of the Naval Service embarked at Trenton on the 17th, and the various life-saving stations along the lake Ontario shore were inspected. On the 7th the ship returned to lake Erie, and the hfe-saving stations along that lake were inspected, the director of the Naval Service' disembarking at Port Stanley on the 22nd, when work was resumed on the boundary. Fishermen now became very active off Long point, and work was practically confined to this part of the lake for the next couple of months. Life-saving stations were visited from time to time and work on the boundary continued until September 7, when the ship proceeded to Port Dover to land nets taken off Long point. Stormy weather kept the vessel in port, and on the 16th the ice having become too bad, arrangements were made to lay up and the crew was paid off on December 23, 1916. During the season of navigation, the §hip steamed 5,818 miles, and seized 618 nets. C.G.S. " MALASPINA." Is a steel single-screw vessel, whose length is 160 feet, beam 263^ feet, draught 1214 feet, speed 14,1/2 knots, and displacement 700 tons. She is electrically hghted throughout and fitted with a powerful searchlight. Her complement is thirty-three officers and men all told, and she was built by the Dublin Dockyard Company, Dublin, Ireland, in 1913. She is commanded by Capt. Holmes Newcombe. 92 DEPARTMENT OF TEE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 April 1, 191&, the Malaspina was busy preparing for sea, taking on stores for various wireless and life-saving stations; she left Esquimalt with these supplies on the 6th and returned on the 10th, then proceeded on examination service until the 19th. The ship's boilers were then washed out and she proceeded to Vancouver on the 23rd with the admiral superintendent on board ; here applicants for the motor-boat patrol were interviewed and ship returned to Esquimalt. April 29, the vessel proceeded to Ucluelet and towed the life-boat to Esquimalt for repairs, returning Maj'' 1. Examination service was then carried out by this ship until the 23rd, during which time she was inspected bj^ the director of the Naval Service. On May 24 the Malaspina took the admiral superintendent to Fulford harbour, returning the following day. Examination service was carried out during the month of June, with the exception of a day or two when the admiral superintendent was taken on short trips. July 7 the ship went into dockyard hands for overhaul, repairs being completed on the 24th, after which she coaled and on the 7th left for Vancouver, thence to Leonard island, where a scow was taken in tow to Tofino. From August 1 to 8 the Malaspina was employed in laying cable from Leonard to Vancouver island, after which she returned to Ucluelet with the scow, and after obtaining water at Uchucklisit, proceeded to Estevan with stores for the wireless station. On the 10th, as the ship was returning to Esquimalt she seized the motor-boat Gi'eg for infraction of the Customs laws and brought her to Esquimalt, the fish being sold the next day and the matter reported to the collector of Customs, who ordered the vessel delivered at the Marine Depart- ment's wharf at Victoria. This was done on the 12th, the Malaspina afterwards cruising on the west coast and in Hecate straits until the 20th, when a leak appeared in the main boiler, necessitating return to Esquimalt, which was reached on the 25th. On the 30th the ship left for Vancouver for repairs, remaining there until September 28, then returned to Esquimalt and proceeding with the admiral superintendent to Telegraph harbour, returning to Esquimalt on October 3. From the 4th to the 23rd the ship was on examination service, then proceeded to deliver stores to the«various life-saving and wireless stations; visited Prince Rupert on the 27th and commenced cruising in the Chatham straits, but was recalled to Esquimalt, where she arrived on December 3. She proceeded on examination service until the 22nd, then made a trip to Vancouver with the admiral superintendent, afterwards going into dockyard hands for refit. On January 24 examination service was again taken up and continued until the end of the fiscal year. C.G.S. " GALIANO." Is a steel, single-screw vessel, length 160 feet, beam 263^2 feet, draught 12^ feet, speed 14^ knots, and displacement 700 tons. She is electrically- Hghted throughout and fitted with a powerful searchlight. Her complement is thirty-three officers and men, all told, and she was built at Dublin, Ireland, by the Dublin Dockyard Co., in 1913. She is commanded by Lieut. R. M. Pope, R.N.R. The'Galiano was at Alert Bay April 1, 1916, en route to Cape St. James with Mr. Stephenson of the radiotelegraph branch, who was sent to report on available sites for a radiotelegraph station. The ship then proceeded to Prince Rupert, where Mr. Stephenson disembarked, after which cruising was carried on in the eastern side of the Hecate strait, and two fishing vessels ordered to report to the collector of Customs, as they had no marks of identification or papers to show. She then proceeded to Alert Bay, exchanged wireless operators and on April 22 returned to Prince Rupert for coal, afterwards cruising on the west side of Hecate strait, thence to Triangle island and Union Bay for coal, as the latter had not been obtained at Prince Rupert. The ship sailed from DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 93 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Union Bay April 29, on receipt of instructions to proceed to the northern end of the Queen Charlotte islands. On May 4 returned to Prince Rupert for stores, visited Triangle island again and then proceeded to Vancouver to meet the director of the Naval Service, who embarked on the 15th, called at Victoria and Esquimalt and then continued on a tour of inspection of various hfe-saving stations, etc., returning to Vancouver May 31, when the director of the Naval Service disembarked and ship returned to Esquimalt, going on examination service from June 3 to 25. On June 26, Commander Shenton embarked, by instruction of the admiral superintendent and proceeded on a tour of inspection of the radiotelegraph stations, returning to Esquimalt July 7 for examination service, which continued until August 18. Ship then went on fisheries protection duty to Barkley sound, the salmon fishing on the Swiftsure Bank being then good. On the 23rd two boats fishing cod off Race Rocks, manned by Japanese, were ordered to report to the collector of Customs, as they had no papers or marks of identification. Examination duty was then resumed until August 28, when ship went on the ways at Yarrows for cleaning and painting of hull. September 5 ship left for Prince Rupert and Triangle, transferring wireless operators and calHng at various ports. Returned to Esquimalt on the 12th, left for Vancouver and made two return trips, and on the 19th left for Pachena dnd Estevan, transferring operators. The Galiano was in dockyard hands from October 1 to 21, and from the latter date to January 25, practically all her time was spent in examination service. She then proceeded to Prince Rupert, arriving there January 30, cruised on the eastern side of Hecate strait, thence to Dixon's Entrance, returning to Prince Rupert on February 10. Left again on the 12th for the islands on the southern part of Hecate strait, bad weather prevailing practically all the time. After coaling at Union Bay ship arrived at Esquimalt on February 24 and on the 26th went into dry clock. Refit was completed on March 21, and shortly afterwards ship went on examination service, which continued till the end of the fiscal year. C.G.S. " RESTLESS." Length 71 feet, beam 17 feet, draught 7 feet, is commanded by Capt. Charles Moore. The Restless is required for naval work and has been so employed since August, 1914. She was docked on June 11, 1916, for repairs, which were completed on June 26, and on December 4 underwent refit of machinery and boiler, returning to duty December 18, 1916. C.G.S. " FISPA." This vessel belonging to the fisheries branch was, in November, 1916, sent to Prince Rupert, to look after the protection of fisheries in that vicinity, as the regular fisheries protection vessels were not able to give all their time to this work. The ranter was an unusually severe one and as the vessel was small it was difficult for her to do much cruising. However, the various straits and channels were patrolled as much as possible up to the middle of April, when instructions were given the commanding officer to return south, and the vessel was returned to the inspector of fisheries on April 30. I have the honour to be, sir. Your obedient servant, C. E. KINSGMILL, Admiral, Director of the Naval Service. 94 DEPARTMEXT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 LIFE-SAVING SERVICE. Ottawa, May 1, 1917. The Deputy Minister, Department of the Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to make the following report concerning the Life- saving Service of Canada for the fiscal year ending 31st March, 1917. The type of life-saving station at present in existence on the east coast and along the shores of the Great Lakes is rapidly becoming useless, owing to the fact that the ocean-going vessels now in use have become so large as to reduce to a minimian the number of marine tlisasters. It should also be borne in mind that the fishermen in most instances are now provided with up-to-date motor- boats, and are therefore better able to provide assistance in a case of emergencj^ than many of the stations, so that it would appear desirable to gradually do away with a number of the least useful stations. During the year a different arrangement has been made for the inspection of the stations on the east coast : this duty is now carried out by officers of the Fisheries Protection Ser\ace, while cruising in the vicinity of the various stations and has been found to work out verv satisfactorilv. NOVA SCOTIA. Bay View. — Permanent crew. Throughout the year various disabled fishing boats have been towed in by the crew at this station. Besides this the schooner .Sam Slick, 80 tons, which went ashore in Digby Gut on the 22nd December, was floated with the help of the steamer Bear River. Canso. — Volunteer crew. The crew of this life-boat have rendered assist- ance to the following vessels during the year: 8th June, 1917, schooner Hele)i & Mary, with 22 fishermen on board, ashore at Booth shoal; 4th August, Canadian Government ship ashore at Starling rock; 5th September, schooner Maton, 20 persons on board, ashore on ^Middle Ground; 23rd September, Hazel L. Ritchie grounded in the harbour; 2.5th September, schooner Coreau, ashore on Whit- man rock; 2.5th November, American schooner Primer, ashore on a ledge at Cape island. Cheticamp. — Permanent crew. Assistance was as usual rendered in various forms to local fishermen, but nothing of a very serious nature occurred in this vicinity. Clark's Harbour. — Volunteer crew. One schooner of 200 tons, with a cargo of hard coal, was given assistance bv the crew of this hfe-boat on the 16th August, 1916. Herring Cove. — Volunteer crew. This crew went to the assistance of one small disabled motor-boat which was being carried out to sea in a heavy north- west wind. Seal Island. — Subsidized volunteer crew. Three vessels got into trouble in this vicinity during the year, but there were no casualties. The Vesta was sunk in Lobster bay on the 23rd July; the Harold B. Cousins went ashore on Black ledge on 24th July; and the Little Elsie was adrift to the southwest of Seal island, with one man aboard, for 21 hours on the 14th September. The crew went out in search of the Vesta and Little Elsie, and in the case of the Harold B. Cousins assisted in floating her and getting her under way to Yarmouth. DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 95 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 Westport, Brier Island. — Subsidized volunteer crew. Three wrecks occurred in the vicinity of this station. November 2, the schooner Florence E. Melanson at Green island; December 1, the schooner L. M. Ellis at Dartmouth Point ledge; and on December 18 the schooner William. Mason, off Irish bank. In the first two cases there was no loss of life, but in the last no one was saved. Whitehead. — Volunteer crew. The schooner J. W. Margeson was wrecked off Whitehead on December 18, 1916. The crew was rescued, but the life-boat was damaged beyond repair. NEW BRUNSWICK. Cape Tormentine. — Volunteer crew. On the 22nd July the schooner Ulva struck a reef off Jourmain island, and the crew were brought ashore in a gasolene boat. The schooner Wild Brier foundered five miles west of Jourmain light on 22nd August, in a heavy squall. The crew was rescued. Little Wood island. — Permanent crew. Several disabled motor-boats were towed in during the year. On June 7 and 8 assistance was rendered the schooner Capsize, and she was towed in to the breakwater. On July 23 the Tyne was given assistance, the life-boat standing by for two days and nights. Two men adrift in a fog off Muir ledges were brought in to safety on 26th July, and on 13th December a man blown adrift from Nova Scotia in a thick snowstorm was brought in and cared for for two days. Richihucto. — Permanent crew. During the year assistance was rendered to the following vessels: June 16, barkentine Rolf, 200 tons, with cargo of salt; June 28, schooner Stella McLean, 50 tons; August 18 large fishing boat St. Joseph; October 26, schooner Maud Weston. Besides this various fishing boats were towed in, etc. ONTARIO. Point Pelee. — Permanent crew. Services of various kinds were rendered by the crew at this station during the season of navigation. On the 23rd November the schooner Freedna went to pieces on the east side of the point in a southwest gale. The crew was saved. Port Hope. — Volunteer crew. On September 15, 1916, the Henry B. Hall, 1,800 tons, was wrecked off Port Hope. The crew was saved. Toronto. — Permanent crew. 53 small craft were assisted by the crew of this station during the season of 1916, besides which the crew answered numerous calls for assistance in the case of drowning accidents, etc. BRITISH COLUMBIA. Bamfield. — Permanent crew! This crew rendered assistance in the way of towing, etc., to several motor-boats with engine trouble, etc. Ucluelet. — Permanent crew. On November 17 the tug V.N.& T. No. 1, adrift off Sidney inlet, was picked up by the crew; and at various times assistance has been given to fishing boats, etc. I have the honour- to be, sir, , Your obedient servant, C. E. KINGSMILL, Admiral, Director of the Naval Service. 96 DEPARTMENT OF THE i'AVAL SERVICE LIFE-SA\7NG STATIONS OF CANADA. 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Stations. Estab- lished. Coxswain. Crew. Description of Boat. New Brunswick. Little Wood Is. (P). Riehibucto (P.N.).. Point Escuminac Cape Tormentine. . . Nova Scotia. Baker's Cove Blanche Clark's Harbour Canso Devil's Island Duncan Cove Herring Cove Pictou Island Port Mouton Scattarie Seal Island (P) Whitehead Cheticamp, (P.X).... Bay View, Digby (P.N.) 1910 1907 1908 1912 1886 1889 1900 1885 1886 1885 1889 1889 1885 1880 1890 1911 1911 Westport, Brier Is.. P. E. Island. Priest Pond Charlottetown. Souris Cascumpeque.. AJberton.. 1909 1907 1907 British Columbia. Bamfield (P) Ucluelet (P).... Clayoquot (P). Ontario, Great Lakes. Cobourg CoUingwood . Goderich Long Point (P.N)... Point Pelee (P.N.).. Port Hope Port Stanley. Toronto (P.N.) Consecon Southampton. 1907 / 19091 11907/ 1908 1908 1882 1885 1886 1902 1900 1889 1885 1883 1898 1907 Harry Harvey. Thos. Legoof E. F. Flieger.... I.Allen R. L. Baker Jas. C. Swaine Byron Swim J. J. Berrigan B. H. Henneberry. J.W.Holland Edw. V. Dempsey. Duncan McCallum.. Walter Cook Jas. Nearing Smith G. Penny. . . . John Phalen L. J. Aucoin J. W. Hayden. Ralph Welch... Chas. Campbell.. E. White Plus Cheverie.. Joshua Hutt . . . S. Gallant Geo. Murray... . F.Tyler (act.). J. McLeod.*. . . D. Rooney R. H. McFarlane. Male. McDonald.. Jas. Smith L. Wilkinson John McMahon. . . W. Brown.. W. F. Chapman.. R. Bedford Hector McLeod. 36-ft. self-righting power boat. Race Point surf-boat, 24 ft. long Beebe-McLellan self-bailing. Beebe-McLellan sell-bailing. Dobbin's pattern self-righting, 28 ft. long. Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self- bailing, 25 ft. long. Beebe-^icLellan self-bailing, 25 ft. long, low ends. Dobbin's pattern surf-boat, self- bailing, 25 ft. long. Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self- bailing, 25 ft. long. Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self- bailing, 25 ft. long. Dobbin's pattern self-righting and bailing, 25 ft. long. Dobbin's pattern self-righting and bailing. 25 ft. long. Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self-bailing, 25 ft. long. Beebe-McLellan boat on east side. Beebe-McLellan boat on west side. Dobbin's pattern surf-boat, self-bailing, 25 ft. long. Beebe-McLcllan twin screw motor boat. 36 ft. self-bailing, self-righting power boat. Subsidized motor boat. Board of Trade rocket appara- tus. Beebe-McLellan self-bailing. Beebe-McLellan self-bailing. Beebe-McLellan self-bailing. Board of Trade rocket appara- tus. Self-righting, self-bailing. 36- ft. power boat. Self-righting, self-bailing, 36- ft. power boat. Doherty's improved Beebe- McLellan. Dobbin's pattern self-righting and bailing. Beebe-McLellan self-bailing surf-boat . Surf-boat . Surf-boat . Surf-boat . Dobbin's pattern self-righting and bail ing. Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self- bailing, 25 feet long. Two motor launches. Dobbin's pattern self-righting and bailing. Beebe-McLellan surf-boat, self- bailing. Note: — Stations marked "P" have permanent crews, always on duty; always on duty during the season of navigation. The other stat which drill twice a month and are called out on the occurrence of a those marked "P.N." have crews ions simply have volunteer crews, wreck. /(K I DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 97 SFSSIONAl PAPFR No. 38 STORES BRANCH. DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE Ottawa, September 25, 1917. The Deputy Minister, Department of the Naval Service, Ottawa. Sir, — I have the honour to submit the annual report of the Stores Branch for the fiscal year ending March 31, 1917. 1. PURCHASING AND CONTRACT SECTION. The work of this section during the past fiscal year has materially increased in keeping with the expansion and increased activities of the service. In addi- tion, the difficulty of obtaining supplies has multiplied enormously, but in spite of many obstacles the many demands made upon it have been successfully met. Prices in all lines have advanced materially and available supplies of raw materials have decreased, necessitating substitution and continual adjustment to meet these conditions. This applies to all lines, but more particularly perhaps to previsions and clothing. It is most gratifying, however, that the Canadian manufacturers and dealers, appreciating the situation, have, with few exceptions, realized their responsibilities and privileges under the Crown and have given our requirements preference over other demands. Demands from the dockyards, including as they did supplies for Imperial Ships and Establishments, were much in excess of previous years, both as to quantity and variety. These were dealt with to best advantage, resulting in purchases and contracts aggregrating in value $1,282,599. In addition, purchases to the value of $289,196 were negotiated locally from the several dockyards. Purchases were also negotiated by ships and establishments direct, mainly of fresh provisions, to a total value of $431,637. Purchases were negotiated on behalf of the Imperial Government direct, exclusive of fuel, to the value of .1854,116. Contracts for supplies of fresh provisions were maintained on both coasts and at outlying points as necessary for the convenience of ships of this service, as well as of those of the Imperial and Allied Governments. Supplies obtained under these are included in the value of purchases negotiated by ships and establishments direct, as shown above. Contracts for supplies of fuel were also maintained on both coasts. Purchases under these aggregated $2,204,448. This includes supplies for Imperial ships and transports. Purchases of printing and stationery were negotiated through the Govern- ment Printing and Stationery department, as usual. These totalled in value $125,817. During the year contracts were entered into for the charter of thirteen vessels in all. Expenditure under this head totalled $292,828. In addition, five vessels were purchased outright, involving an expenditure of $552,265. Contracts were also entered into for the contruction of twelve steel vessels of the trawler type, involving an expenditure of approximately $1,800,000. Contracts were also entered into for the erection of various buildings, etc., involving a total expenditure of approximately $39,246. 21277—7 98 DEPARTMEtfT OF TBE If AVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Miscellaneous purchases to the value of S276,298 were negotiated in fulfil- ment of demands received from the Fisheries, Hj'drographic, Radiotelegraph, Fishery Protection, and other branches of the department. The following. is a summary of liability incurred during the year: — Provisions. . S 746,397 Clothing 879,985 Medical supplies 10, 775 Naval stores 621,979 Fuel 2,204,448 Ordnance and ammunition . 54, 981 Stationerj' and printing 125, 817 Miscellaneous... 2.960,637 .605.019 II. STOREKEEPINCx SECTION. The growth and expansion of the service during the year have had a marked influence on the activities of the Stores Branch. Various new phases of Naval Supply work having arisen in the course of the year, it has been necessary to extend the organization to cope with the new conditions. The original scheme of organization, however, still proves adequate for the requirements of the service. The first consideration of the branch is given to Ships and Establishments of the Naval Service proper, whether Canadian or Imperial. The work of supplying stores and equipment to men-of-war being of paramount importance, every effort is made to provide for all their requirements prompth^, and to render every assistance possible for their efficient maintenance. Satisfactory results have been obtained in this work at both Halifax and Esquimalt dockyards, and at other ports as neces.sary. Notwithstanding the present difiiculty of obtaining and transporting supplies, all Canadian and Imperial ships calling at CanacUan dockyards, transports under the Canadian and Imperial Govern- ments, and ships of AUied Governments, have been supplied with stores of all descriptions required for maintenance and for carrying out necessary refits. Facilities are placed at the disposal of visiting ships on the station as for those of the Canadian Naval Service. During the year eighteen vessels have been added to the Naval Establish- ment, of which one was purchased, thirteen chartered, three transferred from other departments, and one given to the department. Three vessels previously employed, one bj' charter, and two on loan from private individuals, were returned in the course of the j'ear. In addition, a number of motor launches were engaged in patrol work during the .summer of 1916. As in the p^st, service has been rendered to the various services connected with the department. These are the Patrol Service, the Fishery Protection Service, the Examination Service, and the Hydrographic Surveys, having in all a total of twenty-seven vessels (the Fishery Patrol Service consisting of a number of smaller craft), the Tidal and Current Surveys, the Radiotelegraph Service, the Roj-al Naval Canadian Volunteer Reserve, the Life Saving Ser\nce, The Fish- breeding Service, and various other fishery establishments throughout the country. The supply of these services entails a very considerable amount of work, oM-ing to the nature of their requirements, which, though often small, are special and altogether peculiar to themselves. As far as possible, uniform systems for suppljing and accounting of stores are being adopted, with a view to obtaining greater efficiency with the minimum amount of expense. The facilities maintained at the Halifax and Esquimalt dockyards are very complete, and provide for quick despatch at all times and under all circumstances. This, is necessarily a factor of great importance, more especially under war DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 99 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 conditions. The absolute necessity of suppljnng the requirements of ships and establishments promptly so as not to hinder in any way the operations of the service, renders it essential that a large reserve of supplies be always available, and an efficient organization maintained to carry on the work. This work at the dockyards is under the charge of the Naval Store officers, who are directly responsible for the efficiency and effectiveness of the supply systems under their charge. The variety of the stores handled for all services is necessarily very wide, the following being a general list of descriptions: Provisions; uniforms and clothing, and materials for making these; medical supplies, surgical instruments, and hospital equipment; lumber; metals of many kinds and in every state of manufacture; hardware and tools; textiles, flags and cordage; packings and rubber goods, paints, lubricating and fuel oils; glass, leather goods, brushes, furniture and furnishings, tackle; charts, meteorological and navigation instru- ments; and other miscellaneous supplies of almost every description; fuel; and ordnance, ammunition, torpedoes, and torpedo stores. Standardization of all . supplies is aimed at, and particular attention is given to inspection, both of which tend towards greater efficiency, economy, and the maintenance of the high standard of quality required in all naval supplies. The reserves of the supplies of the above desciriptions maintained at both dockyards are of necessity large, since a considerable margin of safety is essen- tial, as the requirements of the service cannot from their nature be forecasted with exactitude in advance. The state of th6 market for many materials, too, is abnormal, and prompt deliveries of extra quantities which may be required from contractors uncertain. As far as possible, provision is made each year for requirements based on the consumption of the previous year or two years. From time to time, however, changes in policy, additions to the fleets, or other unforeseen events occurring necessitate adjustments to meet the new conditions. In view of the -great increase in the issues to ships and establishments, the value of the stock at both dockyards has been materially increased. At the commence- ment of the year the values were $469,618 and $351,611 at Halifax and Es- quimau dockyards; at the end of the year these values were increased to $488,150 and $534,816 respectivelj'. The usual procedure of annual requisitions for supplies required during the ensuing year, and supplementary requisitions for unforeseen requirements, has been followed, and very large deliveries have resulted. The total value of receipts of stores at Halifax dockyard was $805,282 and at Esquimalt $570,- 496, an increase of $165,186 and $268,630 respectively. Likewise, the issues to ships and establishments have been largely increased both in number and value. At Halifax, the increase is $82,593, and at Esqui- malt $127,936, the values for the year being $592,926 and $411,270, respectively. Transactions involved number 14,050 for Halifax, and 18,444 for Esquimalt. The Imperial authorities continue to avail themselves of the facilities at the dockyards for keeping large supplies of stores for issue to ships operating in Atlantic and Pacific waters. Every assistance is afforded in connection with the storage and accounting of these stores. In addition to the assistance rendered to Imperial ships in the past, arrange- ments were made in the course of the year to supply all the requirements of clothing stores and provisions for ships based on Esquimalt. Large reserves have been provided, and all necessary arrangements completed to ensure an efficient service. Large reserves of steaming coal are maintained at both dockyards for Cana- dian and Imperial requirements. The total receipts during the year at Halifax amounted to 78,575 tons, and at Esquimalt 31,711 tons. The issues at Halifax were 77,733 tons, and at Esquimalt 29,626 tons, The greater part of these 100 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 quantities being of admiraltj' coal, the values are not mcluded in the value of purchases. In addition, the following large quantities of Canadian coal were handled on direct issue to ships from contractors: — At Halifiix and the East <;oast 138, 5()a tons. At Esquimau and the West coast 16, 545 „ Supplies of fuel oil are also maintained at both dockyards. In the year the following quantities were handled: — At Halifax 107,001) Kail.. ii< At Esquimalt L'a.«43 Considerable quantities of old stores, chiefly in the nature of scrap, were sold by public tender from Halifax dockj-ard in view of the necessity for provid- ing fmther storage space for other ])urposes, and the favourable conditions of the market for selling material of this kind. The stores, which included steel, iron, cordage, phosphor bronze, rubber, wire rope, besides two ships' boats, were classified into various grades according to qualitj' and probable use when sold. The amount realized approximately §10,000, is highly satisfactory, and may be attributed to the care taken in the proper classification of the material. Owing to the large number of ships added to the Naval Establishment, it has been necessary to draw up established allowances for engineers', carpenters', boatswains', and gunners' naval and ordnance stores for each ship. Particular care is given to the preparation of these allowances, so that the greatest conomy may be effected, consistent with the efficiency of the service. All supplies of stores are made in accordance with the allowances, additional requirements being supplied only on special authority. Ships and establishments, including the dockyards, keep accounts of all stores received and expended. These accounts are rendered to headquarters periodically for audit. In the j'ear a large number of accounts have been audit- ed, with satisfactorj-- results. The system of bieimial stocktaking has been continued during the year, and good progress has been made, notwithstanding the pressure of other work. Under this system the stocks of all stores at both dockyards are reviewed in their entirety every two years. The results of the stocktaking made are very gratifying from every point of view, and testify to the efficient manner in which the staffs concerned have performed their duties, under trying conditions. III. TRANSPORTATIONS. The arrangement under which the department, in conjimction with the Director of Overseas Transport, is responsible for the necessarj' work in connec- tion with the export of material on behalf of the Imperial Government have been continued in force and greatlj' expanded during the financial year 1916-17. The Department of the Naval Service is the agent of the Admiralty in this connection, and during the fall of 1914 had arranged for the forwarding of large quantities of material on behalf of the Admiralty. Shortly after the outbreak of war the Canadian Pacific Railway Companj- placed at the Government's disposal, for transportation duties, the services of Mr. A. H. Harris of their staff. During the fall months of that 3-ear the transport of material forwarded by the Canadian Government to French and British ports had been performed under his direction. In December, 1914, it M'as realized by the department that efficiency would be promoted by co-operation and the co-ordination of our interests with those under control of Mr. Harris, who had been appointed Acting Director Overseas Transport by the Government. In February, 1915, nBPARTUE'N'r OF THE VAVAL SERVWE 101 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 this gentleman, at the instance of the Government, visited London and arranged with the Imperial Authorities for the initiation and conduct of a regular Store Service between Canadian and European ports. The Admiralty then placed a small number of requisitioned ships on this service. The Director Oversea.s Transport was given general control of the traffic inland, by rail or otherwise, its reception and storage of shipment, the allocation of the cargo to the different ships and storage on board of the various materials so as to ensure the maxinuuii use of the tonnage placed at our disposal by the Admiralty. In October, liUG, (he Acting Director Overseas Transport again visited England and France at the instance of the Government. He discussed with the Imperial Officers controlling the European activities of, the service, its further develo]nneut and improvement with a view to obtaining closer co-opera- tion of all interested parties. This exchange of views and the personal discus- sion of the problems involved has resulted in the simiilification of many systems and in closer co-o]jeration between the various services, Canadian, Imperial, ■Mid Allied, which it is confidently expected will result in increased efficiency. Recently the growth of the tormage to be shipped and the further extension of Government activities to commodities hitherto handled by private effort has made the provision of further cargo space imperative. The policy of requi- sitioning space on all liners sailing from Canadian ports has been adopted as the most .convenient and efficient method of meeting the new situation. Eighty- five per cent of the cargo space on all liners was taken over by the Government at fixed rates. The remainder was placed at the disposal of the shipping com- panies for the accommodation of private shipments of foodstuffs or other neces- sary war supplies only. This arrangement has since been modified by the force of circumstances till practically all the space available is at the disposal of the Government. Arrangements have been made for the provision of space for approved shipments on account of private firms so that undue hardship may not result from the requisitioning of practicallj' all the available ocean space. In practice the inconvenience will be nmch less than anticipated, as Government supervision of trade has been extended to cover practically every branch of the Canadian activities, whether foodstuffs, raw materials, timber, or manufactured goods. The Department of the Naval Service controls the movements of all ships, and is the medium of communication with the Admiralty on all matters of policy. All expenses in connection wth the service are defrayed by the depart- ment on behalf of the Imperial Government on presentation of duly certified invoices. Accommodation, as necessary, has been arranged for at the various ports. The facilities of the shipping companies have been at the disposal of the Transport Service, as required. Advantage has been taken of these to a large extent, and a very great debt of gratitude is owing to shipping and transportation interests for continual assistance and ready co-operation in all matters relating to the service. Contracts have been made for the supply of bunker coal, as necessary; 230,000 tons have been purchased from Canadian firms for vessels in the service during the j'ear ending March 31, 1917. Arrangements have been made as necessary for the repair and fitting of ships for special purposes, and for the supply of such provisions, stores and gear as are required while the ships are in Canadian ports. This service from a small beginning has grown to a very large undertaking. The average export movement for the year ending 31st March, 1917, amounts to more than 200,000 tons per month, or roughly eight fully loaded freight trains of 102 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 material per daj-. The monthly total now exceeds 400,000 tons, and the sailings two per diem. This traffic originates in all parts of Canada, and the work of organizing its transportation to the ports of shipment is very great. The services rendered by the Director of Overseas Transport and his staff in this connection cannot be overestimated. The organization has worked with the greatest regularity and despatch. Practically no delays have been experienced throughout the period of review. The movement has been rendered possible only by the ready co-operation of all transportation companies with the staff of the service in all matters. The traffic may, for convenience, be divided into two classes: first, " General Stores"; second, "Timber Shipments." The first includes forage, grain, sugar and miscellaneous provisions, shell and ammunition of all kinds, militia stores. Admiralty supplies, and miscellaneous raw material and manufactured articles of a great variet}'. The greater part of this traffic has been handled through the port of Montreal during the season of navigation, and from Halifax and St. John during the winter months. In view of the importance of utihzing to the utmost every ton of shipping on the service, no efforts have been spared to give each ship the promptest despatch possible. The remarkable success of these efforts may be seen from the following statement of the average time occupied in loading store transports at the ports of Montreal and St. John, N.B., for the nine months ending March 31, 1917. Montreal July 1 to Nov. 30. St. John, N.B. Dec. 1 to March 31. Days. Time in port Time actually loading. Idle Time Hours. Days. Hours. 0 4 20 The lost time includes stoppages on account of rain preventing work, Sundays, repairs and fitting of ships for special purposes, unloading westbound cargo and ballast, shifting bunker coal, and miscellaneous delays. As regards the timber shipments, these have l)een made chiefly from Maritime Province ports. In addition a number of cargoes have been loaded on the Pacific coast and also at Montreal, Quebec, Rimouski, and the Saguenay river. ^ During 1916-17 shipments of timber totalling 333,000,000 were made under the jurisdiction of the Transport Service. The organization of these shipments has required constant care and atten- tion. The scatteretl ports of loading and the variation in conditions and equip- ment for handling the cargoes have made constant demands on the time and energies of the Director Overseas Transport and his staff. The record is highly creditable in the difficult circumstan'tes under which much of the work had to be performed, as will be realized from the following figures, gi'ving the total average rates of loading timber ships for the nine months from June, 1916, to March, 1917, inclusive, at the St. Lawrence, Newfoundland, and Atlantic Coast ports: A total of eighty ships loaded, at an average rate of 183 standards, or aliout 360,000 ft.b.m., per weather working day during the nine months. DEPARTMENT OP TEE NAYAL SERVICE 103 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38 The accounting work in connection witli the handling of these ships, it will be realized, is a large undertaking. An arrangement has been arrived at whereby the labour for loading of the store ships at Halifax, St. John, and Montreal is supplied through the shipping companies. For each ship handled they receive an agency fee of $100. The labour is charged from the actual time-sheets of the employees engaged on the work, plus an overhead charge of 10 per cent to cover use of gear, superin- tendence, etc. A charge is made also to cover the time of the dock office staff engaged on transport work, checking, preparing of manifests, etc., based on the actual time worked. All payments on behalf of the ship, sudh as stevedoring, stores, petty repairs, etc., are defrayed in the first place by them, payment being made by the department on presentation of certified claims accompanied bv original vouchers. Payments made in this manner aggregate, for the j'ear ending March 31, 1917, S2,697,000. In the case of ships loading at various other ports, arrangements are made locally by contract with local stevedores, or otherwise, as necessary. All invoices covering coal are paid direct by the department, as are claims for, special fittings, alterations, repairs, etc. The following statement shows the disbursements on account of the Overseas Transport Service, April 1, 1916, to March 31, 1917:— Bunker coal $1,195,000 Stevedoring, ship's accounts, etc . 2,697,000 Repairs, fittings, alterations 215,000 Total $4,107,000 The thanks of the department are due the Canadian Pacific Railway Company for the ser\ices of a number of experienced transportation officers, without which this w^ork could not have been carried out on the same scale with the excellent results achieved, and for their ready co-operation at all times, often at considerable expense and inconvenience to their owm services. To the elTorts of the Director of Overseas Transport are largely due the success of the operation of the w-hole service. His intimate knowledge of transportation problems of every kind, his resourcefulness in times of difficulty, and his inde- fatigable efforts at all times for the good of the work have made its successful operation possible in the face of many handicaps. He has been greatly assisted by his principal assistant, on whom the detailed work in connection with the movement of traffic largely devolved ; by his representative in Hafif ax, who has been largely responsible for the orgamzation of the timber service; and by his dock superintendent, who supervised the loading of transports, and to whom is largely due the celerity with which this work has been performed,; his accountant has also performed valuable work, and the stafi of each of these officers have given their services to the work in a very whole-hearted maimer. To the success of the efforts of these gentlemen in furnishing a prompt and efficient means of transportation is undoubtedly due the increasing magnitude of the orders now being placed for the products of the mines, forests, fields and factories of Canada by the Imperial and Allied Governments. ' GENERAL. During the period under review the work of the branch has increased materially in all directions. New members have been added to the staff to cope with the increased work, and the employment of a number of female clerks has been resorted to, with satisfactory results, in several important fines. The honest and whole-hearted way in which the members of the staffs at the dock- yards and at headquarters have carried out their duties is a source of gratifies- 104 DEPARTMENT OF TBE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 tion. At the dockyards, especially, the work has been strenuous. Constant unforeseen requirements arise, and the manner in which emergencies have been met reflects credit on the Naval Store oflicers and their staffs. At headquarters the year's work has been carried out satisfactorilj^ according to schedule. The Naval Store officers at Halifax and Esquimalt, and the heads of the Purchasing and Storekeeping divisions in Ottawa deserve much credit for the satisfactory way in which the work of the branch has been done. To these officers, in a great measure, is due whatever success has attended our efforts to maintain an efficient supply and contract organization. I am, sir, your obedient servant, J. A. WILSON, Director of Stores, 8 GEORGE V SLSSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918 SUPPLEMENT Tth AXXUAL REPORT OF THE DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE, FISHERIES BRANCH. CONTRIBUTIONS TO CANADIAN BIOLOGY BEING STUDIES TROM THE BIOLOGICAL STATIONS OF CANADA 1917-1918 PRINTED BT ORDER OF PARLIAMENT. OTTAWA J. DE LABROQUERIE TACHE PRINTER TO THE KING'S MOST EXCELLENT MAJESTY 191S [No. 3Sa— 1918.] 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918 THE BIOLOGICAL BOARD OF CANADA Professor E. E. PRINCE, Commissioner of Fisheries, Chairman. Professor A. B. MACALLUM, Advisory Research Council, Ottawa, Secretary-Treasurer. Professor L. W. BAILEY, University of New Brunswick, Fredericton, N.B. Professor A. H. R. BULLER, University of Manitoba, Winnipeg. Rev. Canon V. A. HUARD, Laval University, Museum of Public Instruction, Quebec, P.Q. Professor A. P. KNIGHT, Queen's University, Kingston, Ont. Professor J. P. McMURRICH, University of Toronto, Toronto. Dr. A. H. MacKAY, Dalhousie University, Halifax, N.S. Professor J. G. ADAMI, McGill University, Montreal. 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918 CONTENTS. Page. Preface and Synopses of Reports, by Professor Edward E. Prince, IJL,.D.. Chairman of the Biological Board V-XV I. British Columbia Sea-Lion Investigation, Special Commission's preliminary and main reports, (3i6i half-tone figures and 2' maps) 1-51 II. Lobster Investigations. Long Beach Fond, Nova Scotia, 1915, by Professor A. P. Knight, .M.D., CF.R.iS.C, etc., (7 half-tone figures) 51-71 III. The Pearly Fresh-water Mussels of Ontario with suggestions as to Culture and Utilization, by John D. Detweiler, M.A., (1 figure in the text) 73^91 IV. The Ship Worm (Teredo navalis) on the Atlantic Coast of Canada, Notes on its Habits and Distribution, by E. tM. Kindle, Ph.D., (1 figure and 1 map) . . . . 91-101 V. Rearing iSockeye iS'almon iOncorhynchus nerka) in fresh-water in British Colum- bia. By C. McLean iFraser. Ph.D.. F.R.S.C., (1 figure in the text) 103-109 VI. On the Age and Growth of the Pollock in the Bay of IPundy, by Professor James W. Mavor, Ph.D., (1 diagram) 107-135 ATI. Further Hydrographic Investigations in the Bay of 'Fundy, by E. Home Craigie, B.A., University of Toronto, and W. H. Chase, B.A., Acadia University, N.iS., (2i5 figures and 1 map) 125-147 VIII. Report on Examination of affected salmon from Miramichi Hatchery Pond, New Brunswick, by F. C. Harrison. D.Sc. F.R.S.C. (1 half-tone figure) 147-16S IX. Report on affected salmon in the Miramichi river. New Brunswick, by A. G. Huntsman, B.A., M.B., F.R.S.C 167-173 X. The smoking of Haddocks for Canadian markets, by Miss Olive Gair Patterson, M.A., M.B 17'3-17S XI, Some observations on Haddock and " Finnan Haddies,'* relating to the Bacterio- logy of Cnred Fish, by Principal F. C. Harrison, D.Sc 177-lSO XII. The Bacteriology of Swelled Canned Sardines. Interim Report, by Wilfrid Sadler, B.S. A., iM.Sc 179-215 XIII. Bacterial Destruction of Ctopepods occurring in Marine Plankton, by Wilfrid Sadler, B.S. A., Macdonald College 315-228 Xrv. Bathymetric Check-list of Marine Invertebrates of Eastern Canada, with an Index to Whiteaves' Catalogue, by E. M. Kindle, Ph.D.. M.Sc. etc.. and E. J. Whittaker, M.A 228-294 XV. Hydrography, in Passamaquoddy Bay and vicinity, by Professor A. Vachon, B.A,, LjPh., etc.. Laval University. (3 graphs and 2 charts) 394-325 XVI. Hydroids of Eastern Canada, by C. McLean Eraser. Ph.D., F.R.S.C, (2 plates).. 825-3«6 38a--lJ 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918 PREFACE. By Professor Edward E. Prince, LL.D., M.A., D.Sc, F.B.S.C., Commissioner of Fisheries for Canada, Chairman of the Biological Board, Life Member of the British Science Cuild, Vice-President of the International Fisheries Congress, Washington, B.C., 1907, Member of International Relations Committee, American Fishei'ies Society, 1917, Chairman of Food Refrigeration Committee, Canadian Research Council, Ottawa, etc. The staff of scientists at the Dominion Biological stations at St. Andrews, New Brunswick, and Departure Bay, Nanaimo, British Columbia, have continued their laborious investigations into fishery problems and the marine and fresh-water resources of Canada with unabated energy and zeal. The results, or rather portions of them, are contained in the sixteen reports now published. The subjects cover a wide range, and in many cases deal with vexed questions vitally affecting our fishing industries. It is simple justice to say that many of the researches now presented were carried on with much sacrifice on the part of the scientists engaging in them, and without any remuneration at all, or with meagre acknowledgment in the form of an inadequate honorarium. As chairman of the Biological Board of Canada, and for twenty-five years the chief adviser and scientific fishery authority of the Government of Canada, I desire to tes- tify to the zeal, skill, and laborious devotion of the qualified and trained specialists who completed the investigations contained in the pages of this volume of " Contri- butions to Canadian Biology." The biological stations, in their laboratories, libraries, instruments, stores of chemicals, glassware, and fishing gear, provide facilities of no ordinary kind for workers trained in the science schools of our Canadian universities, but these facili- ties, by a rigid rule of the Biological Board, are available only to advanced students, professors, or members of university staff's, and qualified, therefore, to inidertake original research and discovery. I'nlike the Biological Stations in many other coun- tries, no coiirses of instruction or elementary lectures are given, and no attempt at popularizing science made. To add to the knowledge, so urgently needed by our fish- eries, to increase accurate information on which fishery legislation shoidd alone be based, have been the main objects aimed at; but it is possible that some scheme of fishery education and the dissemination of popular information, regarding fishes and aquatic resources generall.v, may be added to the future plans of the Biological Board. The authors of the papers now published represent the following- Canadian ITni- versities: Toronto. Queens (Kingston. Ont.), "McGill, Western TTniversity (London, Ont.), Laval. Manitoba. Dalhousie (Plalifax, N.S.), Acadia (Wolfville, X.S.), and New Brunswick (Fredericton) ; and other scientists from the L'nited States and from Canada have also contributed. The stations have now the advantage of resident scientific curators, viz : Dr. A. G. Huntsman at St. Andrews, N.B., and Dr. C. \NrcLean Eraser, at Depart\ire Bay, B.C., and a new impetus to successful work has been given by the labours of these gifted and distinguished Canadian biologists. As in preceding volumes of the " Contributions." I have prepared brief summaries of the reports which follow, for iDurposes of easy reference. V vi DEPARTMENT OF TEE XAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 I. SEA-LION QUESTIOX IX BRITISH COLUMBIA, A REPORT BY SPECIAL COMMISSIOXEES— (W. Hamar Gref.nwood, F. C. Newcombe, and C. McLean Fr.\ser). The report, witli thirty-six half-tone illustrations, refers, in its opening pages, to the steps taken in the United States, and the controversies arising out of the late Professor Dyche's studies on the Calif ornian sea-lion (Zalophus), which devours squid, and to the conclusions of the California Commission of 1901, which decided that Steller's sea-lion (Eumetopias) is largely a fish-eater. Dr. Newcombe and his son published, in 1914, a report in which it is stated that, at River's inlet, damage to nets (estimated at $1,600 in 1915), and mutilation of salmon, were the charges laid against the sea-lion; while at Barkeley sound, it was claimed they drove away schools of fish, and devoured enormous numbers of herring and halibut. It is claimed that in 1913, damage to the extent of over $3,000 was done to one British Columbia Packer's Asso- ciation (Wadham's) cannery. After a cruise to various localities on D.G.S. Malaspina, securing of evidence from practical men at different points, and after much correspondence and transmission of questionnaires, it was found that the sea-lion, in the opinion of most of the witnesses devoured food fishes, salmon and halibut being most frequently noticed, sockeye and coho salmon, as well as herring and shore fishes, were mentioned, but no dog- or hump- back-salmon. In one instance, dogfish and birds are mentioned as being devoured. The parties who gave information were unanimous in their view that sea-lions are food-fish destroyers, and they were equally unanimous in favour of the killing off of these animals, and of a government bounty to encourage total extermination. One prominent witness however, said: "Don't kill them off; but strike terror into them". The bands of sea-lions appear in Barkley sound in Xovember, and were reported to the commission as being numerous in various inlets early in December. Thirteen were killed at Bird Rocte, a principal resort and hauling ground, and on examining the food, it was found that herrings in a perfect, undamaged condition were found in all of them, as much as two gallons of these fish being mingled with other partially- digested food. Remains of flat-fish, squid, etc., showed the sea-lion to be a bottom feeder, and the finding of the vertebrse of a dogfish (Squalus) suggests that if sea- lions were exterminated, the dogfish might be a still greater pest than they are at present. In 1913, 11,000 sea-lions was estimated as the total number on the B.C. resorts, but there were probably considerably more. In 1915-16, a government bounty was paid on 4,000 sea-lions killed, though 8,000 (6,000 being pups) was nearer the total number, and some rookeries were entirely destroyed. Sea-lions can bt utilized in various ways. The flesh yields oil, and guano; and the skin makes excellent leather for gloves, moccasins, and boots. The British Colum- bia Glove Company, and other firms, would pay 5 cents per pound for hides, if 5,000 could be supplied with certainty. It is said that sea-lions will bringi about $1,000 profit to each hunter for one month's work in California. The hides, after heavy salting, are usually tanned in San Francisco. The hide may weigh 150 pounds, and the whole animal from 1,500 to 3,000 ix)unds. As to the effect of the Dominion Government bounty ($2 for each muzzle), it did not prove an unqualified success, as the hunters killed sea-lions on rookeries too far distant to affect the fishing localities, such as River's inlet, etc. The appropria- tion was soon exhausted, and no bounty was obtainable for 'those men who killed sea- lions nearer at hand, as in Barkley sound. Many scientists are not convinced of the alleged serious damage to valuable fish by sea-lions, and further study of their life-history and habits is urgent. In some localities the chief run of salmon is just after the pupping season, when the sea-lion PREFACE vii SESSIONAL- PAPER No. 38a is not feeding, according to zoologists. In the opinion of the commission, sea-lions should be reduced in number, or driven away from localities where damage can be done : but on many rookeries there is no necessity for extermination, especially as valu- able products (oil, leather, and fertilizer) might be obtained by creating a sea-lion industry. In such case, a wise method would be to adopt official control of sea-lion destruction conjointly with conservation, and a certain number only to be killed each year. The second part of the report describes, in detail, the various rookeries, and esti- mates the total number of sea-lions upon them. 11. LOBSTER INVESTIGATIONS, LONG BEACH POND, N.S.— (Prof. A. P. Knight). The author, in his report on the lobster investigations at the Government pond in Nova Scotia, during the season of 1915, commences by distinguishing between the nature of the sea lagoon, or pond of 5 acres, and the pond of three-quarters of an acre enclosed by cement walls. In 1914 the latter leaked extensively, but the depart- ment repaired the leak. Later, leakage again occurred, but was repaired, and on Dr. Knight's arrival on June 26, 1915, the water was 5 feet 8 inches deep, at low water. Next month it leaked again, and the rearing boxes (10x10x2*) rested on the mud, and by August 7, two boxes were immersed 5 inches in the mud. At the United States lobster station, at Wickford, R.I., where rearing was first carried out, there is always 12 feet of water underneath the boxes at low tide, excepting at one corner, where there is 5* feet. Early in July a vegetable parasite threatened the young larvae, there being 40,000 hatched in the four boxes by July 14, but the parasite was Licmophora Lynghyei (in 1915), instead of the species in 1914, Synedra investiens. To avert loss of fry, two boxes were removed into the water of the bay, but 20,000 fry were retained in two boxes were removed into the water of the bay, but 20,000 fry were retained in two boxes in the pond. Nearly all the latter were lost, only twenty-one surviving, in the second stage, on July 30. On August 2 a further trial with over 20,000 fry had a similar disappointing result; only 146 fry, in the second stage, survived until August IT. When canvas shades were used, to shut off the sunlight, the first stage lasted nine days instead of thirteen (when unshaded), and the water was 1 degree warmer. The greater success at Wickford, where 40 per cent of the lobster fry were reared, may be due to: (1) greater depth of water under the boxes; (2) comparative absence of mud and diatoms; (3) a higher temperature, 68° to 75° instead of 58-09° to 58-9°, and these conditions are of paramount importance. If the sea-water were heated to 68° or 70°, it would require 250 pounds of coal every twenty-four hours to effect this, as 2 cubic feet of water per minute passes through each rearing box. The adult lobsters, early in 1915, were found to be covered with growths of sea-weed, and from that cause, and the niMddy water, out of 167 left in the iwnd, 33 appeared to have perished; but of 312 not more than 38 died from the pound-condi- tions in 1915, the reduced mortality being due to care in collecting, feeding, and distributing them, and in shorter detention. The author's notes on the egg-laying of lobsters are very interesting. Half of the females extruded only a few hundred eggs, instead of many thousands, and at least 80 per cent of these eggs were unfertilized. Unfertilized eggs soon drop off. and it is easy to see why fishermen find so many she-lobsters not carrying eggs, and viii DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL liERYIGE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 the eggs, indeed, are often eaten by the female if unfertilized. In one case the eggs did not adhere at all, but floated soft and jelly-like on the water. Moulting took place, though in some places the creatures did not survive, as they were weak, and the materials for a new shell were lacking. Some lobsters were blind, but moulting restored the sight; sea-weed growths often penetrated into the eyes, and underlying tissues, which were thus destroyed. Of 47 females impounded in midsummer. 1914, .30 had extruded eggs by the end of September, and on April 8, 1915, these .30 lobsters were all found bearing fertilized eggs, showing that 64 per cent carried fertilized eggs from June, 1914, to June, 1915, most of the eggs being extruded, however, in August. By the 7th of July, 12 had hatched and got rid of the eggs. 12 bore eggs nearly in the hatehing Stage, 2 had newly extruded eggs. On the 29th of July, 7 of the 12 bore new eggs, and as they had already produced new eggs, there were thus 9 w^hich proved that annual spawning was true of these lobsters at any rate. The conclusion reached is that some lobsters are annual, others biennial, spawners, and others do not spawai even biennially. Apart from the primary object of the Government pond, viz., saving berried lobsters in- the open fishing season and liberating them in the close season, a pond of this nature may be used to secure intercourse between the two sexes, and increase the production of fertile eggs. The author justly regards his results as very important, when the production of fertile eggs resulted on placing 1,5 males in tihe pond with 47 females, in 1914-15. A few more Government ponds might be built along the Atlantic coast, to extend the tests made at Long Beach, and promote beneficial results, viz., the increase of egg-laying. The paucity of berried lobsters in the open sea, as compared with the far greater percentage in the enclosure is obviously explained by the close intercourse secured by impounding both sexes, as at Long Beach. III. THE PEARLY FRESH-WATER MUSSELS OF ONTARIO (Mr. John- D. Detweiler. M.A.) The pearl-button industry depends upon material provided by pearly shells and mussels, which occur in many Canadian rivers and lakes; hence, the economic import- ance of the research reported upon by the author. He describes his studies at the Fairport station, Iowa, where these pearly mussels have received special attention. Young mussels (glochidia) become attached to the gills and fins of fishes, for a couple of weeks, before entering on an independent existence. These infant mussels, 1,000 to 2,000 in number, may attach themselves as parasites on a single fish, and of the nine or ten species of common pearly mussels, each species has its own special host or par- ticular fish. The mussel fishery, for button purposes, tends to reduce the supply of these shell- fish very seriously; hence artificial propagation and increase are desirable, as in the United States, where such mussel-culture has been very successful, and over 330,000,- OOO glochidia were used to infect about 430,000 fish in one season. The supply of com- mon mussels was studied by the author in a number of Ontario waters, and details are given of the Grand river, river Aux Sables, Point Edward bay, and Nottawasaga. and many others. Lampsilis lufeola and Quadrula plicata, and other species, have good commercial qualities; but many species are too thin to be of use. The shells are fished by wire scoops, with long handles, worked from scows, which are towed by a PREFACE ix SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a gasolene launch. After being boiled, the meat is removed from the shells and many pearls and slugs are found, some of value. The increasing violence of floods, in the rivers studied, must have been injurious to mussel beds, and the regulation of the flow of water is essential. Vegetable detritus on river beds, and small diatoms, etc., appear to form the food of these mussels, and favourable conditions for such food should be maintained. The prohibitive steps suggested include annual close times, size limit, restriction of methods, closed reserves, and a license system, as well as the adoption extensively of mussel culture, No less important are the stocking of waters by transferring mus- sels, and the rearing of the best siiecies by mussel inoculation, etc. IV. THE SHIP-WOEM (TEKEDO) OX THE ATLANTIC COAST OF CANADA— (Dr. E. M. Ktndle). The destructive character of the ship-worm (Teredo) has long been known; but its rapidity in boring timbers is not so well known, and the author instances a beech log, at the west side of the entrance of Charlottetown harbour. Prince Edward Island, thoroughly honeycomed recently during the short period of eleven months. A half- tone illustration shows this log, and demonstrates how much more rapidly Teredo works than the boring shrimp (Lhnnoria) which destroys soft timber at the rate of half inch per year. Timber cut from February to May best resists Teredo's attacks, and in the cold winter season it is inactive. ' The tunnels bored, lime-lined, do not intersect, and it is rare for Teredo to pass from one timber to another. At the water- line and in the false keel of vessels are the main places of attack. Teredo spawns from April to August in Iceland, but in Canada it is probably about July. 3ilud seems to deter the boring operations; but, where the bottom is sandy, injury is more prevalent. Thorough application of creosote (14 to 16 pounds impregnation to the cubic foot) is effective; but at Christiania, piles were attacked when 10 poimds to the square foot were applied. The ship-worm survives for 10 days, but not beyond two weeks when removed from the water and kept in a cool place. Freezing (temperature 6°C.) does not kill them; but they die in two hours in fresh water. A large ship-worm reaches a length of about a foot (30 cm). The prevailing European species (T. norvcgica) ranges from the Mediterranean to southwest Norway, but within Arctic limits. Prof. G. O. Sars records it only in piles in west Finmark. Teredo navalis the species; in Canada, shows discontinuous distribution on the Atlantic shores of North America (see Dr. Kindle's sketch map). Eare or absent in the Bay of Fundy, and scarce north- east of Halifax, it occurs abundantly all round Cape Breton and the southern shore of the gulf of St. Lawrence, including the shores of Prince Edward Island. According to Dr. Murphy it is especiall.y destructive about Sydney harbour. The presence or absence of the ship-worm may be due to temperature, salinity, and amount of fresh water, and probably turbidity or silt in the water. It is often asso- ciated with the boring shrimp in its range, and ma.v overlap, but one becomes less plentiful, it may be said, as we advance into the territory of the other, A number of molluscs associated with Teredo in their distribution occur in warm areas, and show similar isolation and discontinuity. Off southeast Nova Scotia the 20-fathom line approaches within half a mile of the coast, and everywhere a narrow zone of shoal water inside the 100-fathom line renders it colder than the Northumberland straits, where 20 to 10 fathoms or less prevails over a large extent, A zone of shallow water, if close to and unprotected from deep water, is as effective a faunal barrier as a land X DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 barrier, a point worthy of more attention from palsontologists. The isolation of Teredo, and the warm-water mollusks referred to, is recent, and the occurrence of oyster shells 40 miles southwest of Halifax, and at Cole harbour; in Chaleur bay and north, as far as Montreal, indicates that a milder climate once extended from southern Xew England to the waters of the St. Lawrence. V. REAEIXG B.C. SOOKEYE 'SALMOX IX FRESH-WATEE. (Dr. C. McLe.^n Fr.\ser). After references to well-known attempts to rear Atlantic salmon and sea-trout, especially in Scotland, without permitting them access to the sea, and pointing: out that slower growth and smaller sizes were apparent when retained in fresh water, the author states that in the fall of 1912, sockeye from Harrison Lake hatchery were placed in the small rearing ponds, Xew Westminster, B. C. These had been hatched in the spring of 1913, and in 1915 males were found to be ripe, and after yielding milt they recovered condition. But the females did not become ripe iintil their fourth year (1916), when they were from 9 to 11 inches long, and their eggs were rather small, but they were artificially fertilized, and au attempt to hatch them made. Study of the scales showed that these pond-reared fish indicated a growth which can be compared to that of the river sockeye to the end of the second year, but the third year's growth showed a decrease, and the fourth year's a still further decrease in the rate. The average growth in inches each year shown by the author is as follows : — ■ Sockeye reared in fresh-water.. . Sockeye from Eraser river (fifth year) Sockeye two years in fresh-water. Most of the Eraser river fish remained one year only in fresh-water after hatch- ing, and the author gives figures for these. There is no question that the sockeye mostly die soon after spawning, but the iwnd-reared fish recovered after spawning, and seemed none the worse. This environment renders the fish apparently more like a fresh-water species, and indicates, in the author's opinion, a close relation to the Genus Salmo. 1st 2nd 3rd 4 th 5th year. year. year. year. year. 2-7 2-3 2-3 1-6 ... 2-9 8-6 I ' i 31 2-6 3-2 8-2 61 2.4 VI. AGE AXD GROWTH OF POLLOCK— (Prof. J. W. Mavor). The pollock has in recent years so greatly increased in commercial importance that information upon its age and growth is valuable. The author found that young pollocks' scales show no winter rings, indicating that during their first year they live in shallow water. They occur in 2 to 20 fathoms, and in about a dozen hauls of the drag seine interesting catches of these young pollock were made; but when about 11 cm. probably move into deeper water, so that the seine does not secure them. Two length mea.surements were adopted in these studies, namel.v, the standard length, the PREFACE xi ■SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a tip of the snout to end of backbone, and total ^ength measurement, from snout to end of outspread tail. As in the case of the herring, one single year in the pollock will yield so abundantly that it predominates for several successive years, and the author now confirms the conclusion of Mr. Douglas Macallum in 1914, that the fish of 1909 were the most abundant year-class in 1914, 1915, and 1916. The material obtained for the studies of second-year fish showed that they range from 29 cm. to 45 cm. and were probably large for their age. Fish in the third year, with two winter rings showing in the scales, were 362 :4 em. standard length and so on up to the seventh year, when they measured 72 cm. Macallum studied 1,250 pollock in 1914-15, and Dr. llavor, in the course of his work, examined and obtained material from 2,387 fish. Detailed tables are given to establish the author's results. VII. HYDROGEAPHICAL OBSEEVATIOXS, BAY OF FUNDY— (Mr. E. H. Craigie. B.A.; Mr. W. H. Chase. B.A.) The authors give the results of two cruises in the Bay of Fundy, 1915, to con- :firm and extend the hydrographioal observations already published. Fifteen stations were established, and third and fourth cross-sections, and one longitudinal section of the bay completed. It is noted that : — ■ (1) A higher temperature prevails in the deeper water layer; indeed, a cold tongue of water occupies the middle of the bay. In one instance, at Station I, a peculiar rise, in a depth of 40 to 70 fathoms, also a rise at Station IX in 20 fathoms; and (in 1914) at Station II (60 fathoms), were discovered, probably evidencing deep currents. (2) The upper i-egions of the bay sho,w a very constant temperature from 5 fathoms to the bottom. The first phenomenon is due, probably, to vertical rising of the water, owing to the great tides; and the second, to the more widespread and com- plete tidal mixing of water at the head of the bay. The air was in no case less than 2-2 degrees warmer than the surface water, and often more; but it is noted that H.M. S. ChaUenijer, in a few cases only, found the water temperature higher than the air, in the adjacent Nova Scotia regions. The Challenger and HeUand-Hansen results are not. therefore, confirmed on the whole. The temperature of the water tends to be higher on the Nova Scotia side than on the New Brunswick side, and the bottom temperature of the Annapolis basin is much lower, in many cases, than that of Digby Gut, or the inflowing river-water. The detailed results are given in three tables: (1) showing temperature records, Bay of Fundy, 1915; (2) showing temperature records, Annapolis basin and St. Maiy bay ; (3) specific gravity, etc., St. Mary bay. VIII. AFFECTED SALMON, MIRAMICHI HATCHERY, NEW BRUNS"\YICK— (Principal F. C. Harrison). In the fall of 1915, disease appeared among the live parent salmon in the South Esk hatchery pond. Of 2,400 fish nearly one-quarter showed fungus, scales eaten off, eyes blinded, and many salmon moribound. No unhealthy conditions appeared in the pond or inflowing water supply, according to the information furnished. Exact xii DEPARTMENT OP THE XAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 bacteriological studies -n-ere arranged, and cultures made of isortions of the flesh, liver, kidney, swim-bladder, milt, and heart's blood. Diseased portions of the skin were studied in microscopic sections, and in teased fragments. The latter afforded the best results. The first stage of the disease was noticed in fish conveyed in pontoons from the fishermen's nets. The fungus was Saprolegnia, but it remained to be seen if it were a primary or secondary cause of the trouble, and no live salmon could be inoculated; but an experiment was made with gold-fish. In all the organs, apparently healthy, of the salmon examined, bacteria were found in great numbere, but of a few species only. Very exact technical methods were used, and ten different forms of bacilli were distinguished in the cultures made, in about a dozen media, with results tabulated by the author on page 165. The important Bacillus salmonis pestis, a short thick bacillus, with rounded ends, varying in length, and occurring singly and in pairs, end to end was not found. It is actively mobile, non-sporebearing, and survives for a week, and indeed grows profusely in the temperature of iee-and-salt mixture, but is killed at 98-6° F., and is apparently a strict aerobe ,pathogenic to fish, but not to frogs, mice, etc. It gains access through wounds, or ulceration in the fish's skin. It grows well in sea-water, and can be transmitted from dead, diseased fish, to live fish in the .same water. Attempts failed to inoculate live gold-fish with the various bacilli described. The author's conclusion is that numerous bacteria associated with the fungus, may be the cause of the disease. IX. AFFECTED MIRAMICHI SAL:M0X, NEW BRU^STSWICK— (By. Dr. A. G. Hlxtsmax). The author, after noting that an epidemic of disease- such as this had not been noticed in the previous year, and that the temperature was lower than in 1914. and the water temperature in the salmon hatchery pond was never higher than 65° F. after September 11 the author concludes that temperature is not a factor. The lower tem- perature in October doubtless restrained the spread of the disease, as no new diseased fish appeared. The fish were less crowded, there being 328 fewer impounded than in 1914. The salmon parasite (Lepeophtheirus) occurred in a considerable portion of the fish trapped by the fishermen, and as it injures the skin it must determipe the location of the fungus (Saprolegnia ferax). The internal organs of the diseased salmon showed no lesions, but the bacteriological phase of the epidemic is treated in Dr. F. C. Harrison's report. Removal and destruction of all diseased and dead salmon alone can help to lessen the trouble, and steps are necessary to secure improvement in the renewal of the water supplying the pond. The most suitable temperature also should be maintained. The eggs from diseased fish were naturall.v of lowered vitality, and great losses, 40 to 60 per cent, resulted. Saprolegnia may attack eggs only of low vitality. Bacteria possibly cause the disease, but may not affect the eggs, and fry could not in this way have the disease transmitted ; but it may be carried in the water used for shipping eggs and fry. I'UEF.WE SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a X. THE SMOKIXG OF HADDOCKS FOR CANADIAN MAEKETS— (Miss Olive G. Patterson.) Salt and smoked haddock are too often prepared, it is pointed, out, from fish inferior in quality or even tainted, whereas the best "finnans" can only be made from fish in the freshest condition, kept cold, and cured by strict methods. Finnan baddies in Canada are often inferior because: (1) no vertebral cut is made; (2) smoke is not sufficiently dense; (3) the fish are left from one to three days, in order to drain the blood, etc., away, whereas one hour on ice would be sulScient. Various conditions were tested, namely, method of splitting, time in brine and smoke, quality of brine and smoke. The studies included sev«n separate experi- ments : — (1) Perfectly fresh fish cured by usual New Brunswick methods. (2) Salt constant, but smoke varied. (3) Smoke constant, but brine varied. (4) Small fish, under variations of both conditions. (5) Preservative value and palatability of salt content. (6) Hake experiment. (7) Proof that dorsal incision is most desirable after the usual splitting. Fish up to four pounds require one hour in the brine, but thirty minutes suffices to preserve excellent flavour, and smoking (beech, or old wood sawdust) for ten hours is sufficient, but fifteen to eighteen hours dries more thoroughly, for preserving. Adja- cent home markets and more distant markets require appropriate variation in details. XI. OBSERVATIONS OF HADDOCKJS, ETC.— (Prof. F. C. H.vrrison'). Rigid bacteriological methods were followed in the study of material obtained from haddocks, caught one or two miles from St. Andrew's station; and some other material, fresh and cured, from the market. An examination of the intestinal content of twelve haddocks was made, and microscopically numerous small bacilli, of at least ten species, could be determined, but no cocci or spirilla were observed. The most common bacillus, a liquefying form, seemed to be related closely to B. vulgaris. It is especially interesting, because it was found in the flesh, as well as on the surface, of the finnan baddies, which were experi- mented with at the station, and also on some spoiled haddock from a fish dealer. Fragments of the flesh of cured haddock were placed in inoculation flasks, and plate cultures secured. Four of the organi-sms then discovered were similar to those from the intestinal content. The researches show that salting and smoking fish does not kill the organisms on fresh fish, after they are gutted; but it is undeniable that there is too much carelessness in handling fish commercially. Exposure to warm air and sunlight, before gutting and salting, increases the bacteria. XIV DEPARTME2^'T OF TEE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 XII. BACTEKIOLOGY OF SWELLED CANNED SAEDINES.— (Mr. Wilfrid- Sadler, M.Sc, B.S.A.) After referring to the presence of micro-organisms in various foods, including mussels, clams, canned salmon, etc., the author refers to the canned method in the New Brunswick and Maine sardine canneries, which he visited. The filled and finished cans are sterilized in boiling water for IJ to 2 hours. Scrupulous care is exercised in the final packing processes, and questionable cans are discarded or re-proeessed. Two main classes of bacteria were isolated; (1) gas-producers of eight types; (2) non-gas-producers. No organisms were found in the cotton-seed oil used, but in the sea-water, herring intestines, etc., several strains of bacteria were discovered, but none producing gas in carbo-hydrates. After a description of the seventeen or more media used, and the methods adopted, Mr. Sadler describes the features of the swelled cans, the bulged con- vex appearance, the escape and forcing out of oil or sauce between the soldered edges, and a rattling sound when shaken. Gas is expelled on opening the can, and the odour may be normal, or offensive. In the former case, doubtless spices and other ingredients hide the odour of putrefaction. The contents may be soft, mingled with the oil and maceated, in contrast to the firm non-macerated white appearance of the normal contents. The elaborate cultures and tests in the laboratory are detailed by the author, and summarized on pages 208 and 209. An experiment was made with normal cans from the Chameook factory, and the organisms, numbers 35, 37, a/id 64 were used for inocu- lation. These organisms were, respectively: (1) a large coccus, not-motile, rod-like, short, and thick; (2) rod-like, and three times as long as broad; (3) some ranging from the coccus to short thick rods. In each case, typically swelled cans resulted. The source of the harmful micro-organisms remains to be discovered, and the- stage at which infection occurs ; also effective prevention and the results of the effects, by experimental inoculation, on laboratory animals. XIII. BACTERIAL DBSTETJCTION OF COPEPODS.— (Mr. Wilfrid Sadler, M.Sc, etc.) In some marine plankton, studied at the Atlantic station, in 1916, a number of copepods, or small crustaceans, were observed by Professor Willey to be apparently in process of destruction by bacteria. It was suggested to the author, by Dr. Willey, that a study might be made of them. The copepods occur in the central cavity of the first feelers or antennfe. By the usual bacteriological methods, and by seven fish concoctions, specially prepared, three different types of bact-eria were isolated, fourteen media being used in the investigation. The first type were short, rod-like, non-motile organisms, non-spore-bearing, and without capsule; the second was of the same length, but twice as broad, not much longer than broad, and similarly non-spore-bearing, and apparently capsuleless, and lastly a third type, coccus, either in pairs or occurring in masses in the form of Streptococci, non-spore bearing, and with capsule faintly apparent. The first is probably B. neapolitaniis, a sub-type of B. coli; the seconid, rapidly motile to and fro, or on an axis, and a typical form of Para-Gisertner group; and the third non-motile, though rotatory, and showing violent agitation, a variety of liquefying Streptococcus gracilis, namely Micrococcus zymogenes, and the last- named culture probably causes the destruction of the copepods, and if this destruction be extensive, its effective upon the minute food of young fishes, and a variety of other important creatures in the sea, may be serious. No inoculations of healthy living copepods was possible in 1916. PI^EFACl-: SESSIONAL PAPER Nc. 38a XIV. OHEGK-LIST OF MARINE IXVERTEBEATES.— (Dr. E. M. Ejndle and E. J. Whittaker. M.A.) The authors, in their list of over 1,000 inrertebrates, occurring along the Atlan- tic shores of Canada, set forth the bathymetric range from between tide marks to a depth of 100 fathoms — five graduations, namely, 100, 100-50, 50-15, and 15-1, and inshore 1«5 than 1 fathom; also the minimum and maximum depths. They embody published faunal results from 1901, the date of Dr. Whiteave's valuable and remarkable catalogue, published by the Geological Survey. To make the contribution more complete a bibliography of fifty papers and memoirs follows the check list, to which is added an alphabetical index, including synonyms. XV. HYDEOGEAPHT IN PASSA:\rAQUODDT BAY AXD VICIXITT.— (Rev. Professor Alexander Vachox.) Professor Vacbon made a series of observations during a number of cruises in the Prince in the summer of 1915, and gives a summary with tables of his researches into the temperature, salinity, and density of the sea-water at ten successive sta- tions in July and August, at different hours, and at different stages of the tide. These constitute the potent factors which affect the assemblages of marine organisms form- ing the benthos, the nekton, and the plankton, in the ocean. The investigations of the author, involving lengthy laboratory studies, are diificult to summarize, as the paper itself is very much condensed. XVI. THE HTDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA.— Dr. C. MoLeax Eraser.) The author is able in this paper to extend substantially the list which he pub- lished in 1913 — (a list of fifty Nova Scotia species) — and now determines 112 species, sixteen for the first time in the area referred to, and one species which is regarded as new to science. The distribution is tabulat.id, and an interesting summary of the distribution of the Gymnoblastea, the Campanularida>, and five other orders. A sys- tematic list, with distribution and synonyms, is given, and the author discusses the principles of the classification of the hydroids, and combats Levinson's view that the character of the individual (zooid), not the colony (zoarium), should determine the classification, and the doubtful value of the operculum (urged by Levinson) as the sole basis for dividing the Family Sertularidoe into genera is maintained, because it is so easily injured, and thus readily altered. 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918 I Part I. PRELIMINARY REPORT OF THE COMMISSION ON THE SEA-LION QUESTION, 1915. Dr. Charles F. Xewcombe, Victoria. B.C.. Chairman; Wm. Ham.\r Greenwood, Vancouver, B.C., Secretary; and Dr. C. McLean Fraser, Curator of the Government Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. IXTRODUCTION. In May, 1915, the Biological Board of Canada appointed an honorary com- mission to make an inquiry as to the effect of the bounty of two dollars per head which had been offered by the Dominion Government to aid in the reduction of the number of sea-lions in the province of British Columbia, and which applied during the year 1915 only. The commission, after some changes, finally consisted of Dr. C. F. Newcombe, of Victoria, chairman ; W. Hamar Greenwood. B.A., of Vancouver, secretary ; and Dr. C. McLean Fraser, of the Biological Station, Nanaimo. Early in August, Prof. A. B. Macallum, of the University of Toronto, Secretary of the Biological Board of Canada, visited the west coast and met two of the com- missioners at Vancouver. Authority was then given for an early commencement of the investigation, but it was left to the commissioners themselves to draw up a plan of operation which would best fulfil the purposes of the proposed inquiry. The com- missioners at once decided that there should be a division of the work of the com- mission, Mr. Greenwood undertaking to collect all information possible by corre- spondence and personal interviews, the other two members more especially devoting their time to field and laboratory work, with the view of gaining more knowledge as to the life-history of the sea-lion. In order to facilitate the statistical section, a schedule of questions was drawn up and forwarded to officials of all the fishing plants of the province, and, for the field party, application was made through the Biological Board for the use of one of the vessels belonging to the Department of Xaval Service. These matters are referred to later in the report. 2. .ACTION ELSEWHERE ON THE SEA-LION QUESTION. The sea-lion question is by no means a new one. As long ago as 1898 it was very much to the fore in California. In 1899 the State Commission authorized the killing of numbers of the animals, giving the reason for so doing in the sixteeniu biennial report of the State Board of Fish Commissioners of the state of California for the years 1899-1900, pp. 26-40. In this rejwrt is included, as well, much corre- spondence on the subject. At the outset, in April, 1899, the commissioners called a meeting of all persona interested to consider the evidence that might be offered regarding the damage done by sea-lions. The reason given in the report for calling this meeting is as follows : " For many years the fishery interests have strenuously complained of the damage done by sea-lions in the bays and rivers of the state. This commission has had the subject under consideration for many years. During the fall of 1898 and the spring of 1899 the salmon fishermen made repeated calls upon us for relief in this behalf, claiming that the sea-lions were appearing in the bays and lower rivers in increasing numbers, and that they follow the salmon from the ocean for more than 100 miles 38a— 2 5 6 DEPARTMEyr OF THE yAVAL SEKTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 inland. The managers of the canneries and the buyers for the San Francisco markets joined in these requests. Our patrol force corroborated the statements and alleged that the territory covered by them swarmed with these animals. Formerly the sea- lions were hunted for commercial purposes, but their hides and oil no longer find a profitable market, and the industry has failed, in consequence of which they have greatly increased in number." Fishermen, market men, and cannery men were unanimous in asking far a reduction in number on account of the destruction by them of salmon and other food fishes. So voluminous was the evidence that such scientists as Jordan, Gilbert, and Harkness were convinced of the justice of the plea. As a number of the larger rookeries were situated on federal lighthouse reserva- tions, the commission wrote to the Hon. Lyman Gage, then Secretary of the Treasury, to ask permission to kill sea-lions on these reservations, giving quite fully the reasons advanced for making such a request. The request was granted on April 27, but on May 31, before any lions were killed, the permit was suspended. On June 9 a letter from the Treasury Department gave the information that the suspension was due to protests from the United States Fish Commission, the secretary of the United States Department of Agriculture, the j!few York Zoological Society, and various others. The commission in reply stated its case at greater length, and called the atten- tion of the Treasury Department to the fact that while their evidence was backed up and accepted by scientists who had studied the question at first hand, all of the opposition came from men who had no personal knowledge of the various aspects of the question. This reply was sufficient to convince the United States Commissioner of Fisheries, who therefore withdrew his opposition. However, it failed elsewhere, and consequently the Lighthouse Board refused to cancel the suspension until further evidence was deduced. The case of the commission, of which A. T. Vogelsang was chairman, may be stated briefly as follows: — ■ Previous to 1884 sea-lions were killed for commercial purposes. Cheaper substi- tutes have been obtained for the hides, oil, and trimmings, and commercial killing is no longer profitable. Since that time the animals have greatly increased in number, and hence the amount of destruction has greatly increased. They chase the salmon for a long distance up the bays and rivers. " They are voracious and destruc- tive to the last degree. It is estimated by the fishermen upon the rivers, and the salmon canners, that from 20 to 40 per cent of the fish entering the bays are destroyed by this means. They enter the nets of the fishermen and take the fish already gilled. They tear and destroy the nets and cause irreparable damage to the hardy and indus- trious fishermen. They are seen every day during the salmon run with fish in their jaws and almost no net is hauled that does not show a large percentage of fish destroyed by these animals. It is so now that the fishermen, when laying out their nets, must patrol them from end to end as they drift with the current or tide, armed with Winchester rifles, to protect the nets from the depredation of these beasts." There is little use in providing hatcheries to increase the supply of salmon if the -sea-lions are allowed to kill so many of them in the sea. Captain Butwell, chief lightkeeper at Ano Nuevo island, in the summer of 1899 made an examination of the stomach of a large grey sea-lion {Eumetopias stelleri) and found over sixty pounds of fish bones. In the following summer a deputy killed a sea-lion with a salmon in its jaws, the head of which sea-lion is now preserved at Stanford Uni- versity. The case of the opposition is presented most fully by W. T. Hornaday, as repre- senting the New York Zoological Society. He says : — " Judging from all the facts which have been brought forward up to this date, and from correspondence with naturalists from the Pacific coast, we B. C. SEA-LIOy lyVESTIGATION 7 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a feel constrained to say that, in our judgment, the evidence against the destruc- tiveness of the fur seal is very far from being sufficient to warrant the Cali- fornia Fish Commission in asking the United States Government to permit the destruction on its reservations." He blames the California Commission for condemning the sea-lion on what he considers unsatisfactory evidence. His reasons are summarized as follows : — " First. — We have good reason to believe that the estimated number of sea-lions on the Pacific coast (10,000) is very greatly in excess of the actual number. " Second. — The estimate of the amount of fish consumed uaily by the sea- lion herds (500,000 pounds) we consider to be preposterous and absurd. This presupposes that each sea-lion con&umes 50 pounds of fish per day, whereas, the full ration of an adult male sea-lion in captivity amounts to only 12 pounds or less x>eT day. ''Third. — In the absence of statistics based on detailed scientific obser- vation of known reliability, the assumption that the sea-lions are responsible for a marked decrease in the fish supply of the Pacific coast is unwarranted. "Fourth. — The people of the whole United States have proprietary rights ill all the living creatures which inhabit the waters of the coast of California, as well as all other states, and particularly the sea-lion herds which breed on the public domain : and the people of California have no right, either in law or equity, to wantonly destroy the sea-lion herds until the justification of such a course has been clearly and satisfactorily ijroven. "Fifth. — The sea-lion has been condemned by the California Fish Com- mission without having had the benefit of counsel or witness for the defence, a proceeding so thoroughly un-American that the findings based thereon are unworthy of serious consideration." In view of these reasons he asked for the preservation of " the very interesting and valuable sea-lion herds of the Pacific coast." Mr. Vogelsang, in direct reply to Mr. Hornaday, says that the fifth reason is entirelj^ untrue, as he has shown in his correspondence that all evidence available was considered, some of this evidence from scientists of repute. He objects to the statement that sea-lions are valuable, and as far as the interest goes, they cannot be considered more interesting than other harmful animals, the coyote for instance. He indicates the weight of such remonstrance by saying : " It seems to me remarkable that your society is not aware of the fact that the fur seal does not frequent the rookeries of the California coast, and the varieties against which our activities have been chiefly directed are the barking sea-lion (Zalophus) and. incidentally, the grey sea-lion (Einnetopius')." The commission was so confident of the correctness of their stand that they published all this correspondence in the matter and left the public to judge. Before going further it should be stated that throughout this California report reference is made to two species of sea-lion, the barking sea-lion (Zalophus california- ww.s) and the grey, or Steller's sea-lion (Evmetopias stellert). but the general state- ments apply to both of these. There is evidence that both are found in British Columbia waters, but although Zalophus has been reported, it may be only an occasional visitor (see further evidence in this report). The grey sea-lion is the common one on the British Columbia coast and northward. While the controversy was going on between the California State Commission and the Treasury Department, in the summer of 1899, Prof. L. L. Dyche, of the University of Kansas, made examination of the stomachs of several sea-lions killed 38a— 2J 8 DEPARTilEST OF Tni: XAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 in the vicinity of Monterey, finding in the cases where the contents wore >iiitiilile f"i' identification, these consisted largely of squid. No traces of salmon were found. A reference to this work of Dyche's, which was made in an article by C. H. Merriam appearing in Science, May 17, 1901, has been very extensively quoted in support of the contention that sea-lious are of little detriment to the fishing industry. Without in any way questioning the results of the investigation, it may be pointed out that these results do not necessarily have much bearing on the sea-lion question in British Columbia. We have no evidence that the grey sea-lion is ever found as far south as Monterey, although it is quite possible that some individuals from the rookery at Aiio Nuevo or even from that at the Farallones may pay visits to that region. On the other hand, at that time the California sea-lion was found in large numbers around Santa Cruz island, a short distance north of Monterey, and at many points to the south of this. There is every likelihood, therefore, that the majority, if not all, of the animals examined by Dyche were of the California species. Colour is given to this conclusion further by the statement of the United States Commis- sioners, later referred to, " that the Steller sea-lion is largely a fish consumer and the California sea-lion is largely a squid eater," this statement, of course, being based on the evidence they were able to obtain at that time. It is the Steller sea- lion, almost entirely, with which we are concerned. On account of further refusals of the Lighthouse Board in 1900 to cancel the suspension of the permit to kill sea-lions on the federal reservations, in 1901 the California commission asked for the appointment of a special commission to look mto the matter thoroughly. The request was granted. Cloudsley Butter was appointed chairman of the commission, E. E. Snodgrass was named by the California commission, and E. C. Starks by the California Academy of Science. This commis- sion visited points along the coast from ]\Ionterey to Puget sound, making personal observations and obtaining information from those having personal knowledge of the subject. The report of the commission was submitted to the United States Fish Commission, and appeared in the report of the commissioner for 1902, pp. 116-119. The following remarks bear on Eumetopias. Eighteen stomachs were examined, of which thirteen contained food. All of these had eaten fish, and five of them had also eaten squid, but the fish was relatively large in amount, up to 35 pounds, while the squid was small, six being the greatest number in any stomach. " This study indicates that the Steller sea-lion is largely a fish consumer and the California sea- lion is largely a squid eater. It seems apparent, however, that either species feeds on whatever is most convenient." '■ At the mouth of the Columbia river, sea-lions were seen fishing in considerable numbers near the jetty at the mouth of the river, but none was seen to catch a fish of any kind. Gulls were frequently observed hovering about a group of sea-lions iuid acting as if picking up food. One such flock of gulls was seen coming gradually nearer the jetty from a group of sea-lions about a mile away; after a time it was shown that they were following a large piece of salmon flesh, which the tide brought within 20 feet of the observer. Salmon were seen and photographed that had been mutilated (presumably by sea-lions and seals) after being caught in gill nets. Such mutilated specimens were common. The fishermen stated that the seals simply pull off the gills but the sea-lions always take a bite out of the belly of the netted salmon. A number of pound nets were visited, but no sea-lions were seen in them. " The fishermen were unanimous in their denunciation of the sea-lions. A fishing company at Chinook, Washington, states that it was damaged $1,500 in 1901 by sea-lions letting fish out of the nets, the damage to the nets not being included. The sea-lions enter the traps in the same way that the fish do, and, after eating what they wish, break their way out through the side. " The shallow water and the large number of salmon at the mouth of the Colum- bia river make that point a favourite breeding ground, and there is no doubt tliat the sea-lions are doing much damage there." B. C. SEA-Lioy ISYESTIOATION 9 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Although permission to kill sea-lions on federal reservations was refused, the commission, by means of arming their patrols, killed a great number of sea-lions at other points along the coast. The report states : "' It may be added that our activities have been exerted, nevertheless, to the destruction of a large number of these animals, upon such rookeries and other places along the coast as are not subject to the control of the Treasury Department of the United States. The effect on the salmon industry is already apparent, as, since the summer of 1SI99, the number of sea-lions present in the bays and rivers has been much less than formerly." Apparently the number killed by the patrol was greatly augmented by the number killed by the fishermen themselves. The destruction at that time seems to have had the desired effect, as since then no serious complaint has been made to the commission. We have this on the authority of Mr. ]Sr. B. Scofield, who was in 1898, and is now in 1916, in the employ of the California Fish commission. Sea-lions have been so reduced in numbers that in 1909 a law was passed, forbidding the killing, maiming or capturing sea-lions, in the waters of Santa Barbara channel and on the land adjacent thereto, in order to prevent the extermination of the black or California sea-lion. As evidence that California was not alone in the demand for reduction in the number of sea-lions, it may be stated that the Oregon Legislature passed a Bill, offering a bounty of $2.50 for each sea-lion killed in the waters of the state or within one marine league of the shore. On account of faulty wording of the Bill, the money was not available, but the Fishermen's Protective Union raised a fund b.v private subscription to hire men to shoot the lions on their breeding grounds. In Washing- ton, too, there has been some complaint at times but nothing definite seems to have been done. 3. PREVIOUS WORK OX THE SBA-LIOX QUESTION IX BRITISH COLLJIBIA. So far as is known to the present commission, the only investigations hitherto made in British Columbia are those which were conducted by the chairman and his son, in the year 1913. In the spring of that year, the chairman was requested by the British Columbia authorities in Victoria, B.C., to conduct an investigation to disclose the numbers of sea-lions that frequent and breed upon our coast, and the number and locations of the islands where they breed. This was in consequence of the many complaints made that sea-lions were seriously damaging the fisheries. No information whatever was furnished to those in charge of this inquiry of 1913 relating to previous controversies regarding the food habits of sea-lions in California or other states, but before starting for the north, such literature as was accessible was consulted, and an examination was made of the report of the United States Commissioner of Fisheries for 1902, to which reference was made by Horna- day and others when describing the California and Steller's sea-lion. This report at once revealed the widely divergent opinions entertained by competent naturalists as to the food habits of the sea-lions, and special pains were taken in the field to procure from all sources information as to their food, and the evidence of the older Indians, who in their younger days had depended largely on sea-lions for food, and had utilized their skins and other parts in various ways, was noted. The result of the inquiry made by these investigators is mentioned in the annual provincial report for the year 1913, published in 1911. The ground covered by it included the coast line from Boundary bay, Xorth Latitude 49°, to the Xass river in 54° 40', at various points in which the officials of more than thirty salmon canneries and herring plants were personally inter- viewed, and further infoi'mation was obtained from their employees, both white and Indian. Amongst these points were the lower Fraser river. Knights inlet. Alert bay, Quathiaski cove. Rivers inlet, Bella Coola, Kimsquit, Xamu, Bella 10 DEPARTMENT OF TBE yAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bella, Skeena river, Xass river, Masset, Skidegate, Quatsino, TJeluelet, and the important cannery known as Ivildonan, at Uchueklesit, Barkley sound. As the result of inquiries at these stations it was learned that serious complaints of depredations by sea-lions were made at only two localities, viz., Rivers inlet and Barkley sound. In each of these places damage had been so great that active steps had been taken to diminish their numbers by the fishing companies affected. Indians questioned at more than forty villages were unanimous in stating that the principal food of sea- lions was fish, and that these fiish consisted in the greater part of fish eaten by man, especially salmon, herring, and halibut. In not a single instance was any wish e.xpressed that sea-lions should be protected, as no dependence is now placed on them for food, clothing, or any' of the native arts or industries. Over 1,800 miles of coast line were examined, mostly in a small gasolene sloop. Three groups of islands, forming breeding places, were noted, and a fourth indicated, and the number of individuals seen was estimated at upwards of 11,000. In addition to the rookeries, a large number of isolated rocks, used as resting places, were visited and recorded. The rookeries and hauling-out places were shown on a map accom- panying the report. Later in the season a second visit to the rookeries in Queen Charlotte sound and off cape Scott was made. A number of successful photographs were taken, islands not before visited were explored, and an estimate made of the numbers frequenting these. The joint report shows that the injury to the fisheries complained of is of two kinds. At Eivers inlet the complaint was that nets were damaged and destroyed and vast numbers of salmon were devoured or mutilated, while at two localities in Barkley sound it was stated that the principal loss was in the herring fishery, which suffered largely through the presence of great bands of sea-lions surrounding the schools of fish and driving them out from the heads of bays and inlets where the most successful fishing had always been carried on. Complaint was also made that they devoured enormous numbers of herring and halibut. As regards the food question, little information was obtained by personal obser- vation. Three adults were examined, two of which contained no food whatever in their stomachs, while the third was full of fish, including salmon, cod, and bass. A second kind of sea-lion was reported by Indians of Barkley sound as occurring there, and from their description it was concluded that this was the California species, Zalophvs californMnus. It is surmised that this species and perhaps the majority of the individuals belonging to Steller's species came from the American side, as the rookeries in the state of Washington are far nearer to Barkley sound than those on the Canadian side. 4. THE CALIFORNU SE.\-LIOX IX BRITISH COLUMBIA WATERS. The following notes tend to confirm the statements made by Indians of Ucluelet in 1&13, that a second kind of sea-lion visits Barkley sound at times, though never in large numbers. Dr. C. H. Townshend, Director of the New York Aquarium, permits the quota- tion from a letter written on November 9, 1915, of a passage relating to a period when he was the naturalist on the United States Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross: — " I visited Barkley sound in 1S89 with the Albatross. The sea-lions I saw and heard barking at the time were on some rocks, I think not far from the lighthouse. They were unquestionably the California species, which is the only barking sea-lions in that region. Sea-lions do a good deal of moving about up and down the coast. They do not confine themselves to any onv» neighbourhood." B. C. SEA-LIOy lyVESTIGATIOy 11 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Dr. Townshend also sent, at the same time, a copy of the Bulletin No. 29, of the Zoological Society of Xew York, for April, 1608. This contains an interesting article by Dr. Townshend entitled " An Inquisitive Sea-lion," describing the behaviour of a young specimen of ZalopTius califomianus, which was attracted to the Albatross while at anchor one evening at Port Townshend, by the barking of a setter dog. It spent the night in the ship's dinghy, and Dr. Townshend was able to make a very successful photograph of it before it grew dark. The photograph is reproduced on page 412. Further information of similar bearing was obtained from Prof. Trevor Kin- caid. of the University of Washington. At the Alaska-Tukon-Pacitic Exposition, held in Seattle in 1909, two animals were included in one of the exhibits, as fur seals. Prof. Kincaid was asked to examine them, as there was much doubt as to the correctness of this designation. Both of them were found to belong to the California species of sea-lion, and those in charge of them stated that they had been taken in the .salmon traps at New Dungeness, not far from the entrance to Puget sound. After the close of the exposition the two animals were moved to the zoological collection at Woodland park, Seattle, still labelled as Alaska fur seals. A visit was made by a member of this commission to the Zoological Garden mentioned, and the caretaker was interviewed with little result. The animals in question had died soon after their arrival at Woodland park. In December, 1915, Indians employed in hunting for the commission, stated that the second kind of sea-lions was well known in Barkley sound as the black or barking kind, but these only pass in as far as Alberni canal very seldom. The last one that was recalled had been killed off Xahmint about five years ago. 5. THE SEA-LIOX QUESTION AS IT AFFECTS BRITISH COLUMBIA. At the preliminary meeting of the commission in August a decision was reached as to two main methods of seeking information on the sea-lion question. The one was to make a trip along the coast to get personal information if possible, although little was expected on account of the lateness of the season, and failing this, or sup- plementing this, to get information from those who claimed to have firsthand know- ledge concerning the habits and food of the sea-lions as well as the nature and extent of their depredations. The other was to obtain information by correspondence with ctinnery managers, fishery ofiicers and others interested or likely to be able to furnish such. In connection with the former of these, the Department of the Naval Service kindly put at the disposal of the commission, for three weeks, the steamer Malaspina, Captain Holmes Newcomb commanding. The commission is under no little obligation to Captain Newcomb, his officers and crew for the courtesy shown during the trip. On August 30 the Malaspina, with Drs. Newcombe and Fraser on board, started northward. The attempt to visit all of the rookeries along the coast had to be given lip through lack of time, partly due to delay by smoke and fog, and by waiting for a chance to coal at Prince Rupert. The Cape St. James rookery was not visited, nor \.as that on the Cape Scott group of islands ; three attempts to get out to the Haycocks end Triangle islands all failed on acount of foggy and heavy weather. The rookery 01. the Sea Otter group was visited, where there were sea-lions visible, but on account of the dangerous reefs in the vicinity, it was not possible to get close enough with so large a boat to make an estimate of the number, and the swell was too heavy to attempt it with a small boat. A small rookery at the west end of Hope island was visited, and here the only attempts made to cajjture sea-lions proved abortive. On two mornings in succession Indian hunters, hired for the purpose, tried to shoot and spear one or more of the herd of forty or fifty that were visible in the surf, but without 12 DEPARTitEXT OF THE XAVAL SERTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 success. Finally the rookerj' at Solander island, otf cape Cook, was visited. The weather was very foggy, but after waiting for an hour and a half in the vicinity, the captain was able to bring his ship near enough the rocks to make the sea-lions plainly visible. The number was estimated to be at least 1,000, although it may have been somewhat in excess of that number. Dr. Newcombe, in his report in 1913, did not ■ consider Solander island to be a rookery but as shown elesewhere in this report, he is now convinced that it is one. 6. IXFORJIATIOX FROM EYE-WITXESSES. As the personal information on this trip, consequently, was somewhat limited, .ns much as possible was made of the evidence of eye-witnesses. These may be divided into three classes: (1) Those who were not sufficiently familiar with sea- lions to be able to distinguish them from hair seals, (2) those who claimed to have personally seen sea-lions chasing and eating some species of fish, (3) those who claimed to have seen sea-lions eating fish and had also examined the stomachs of one or more of these animals. Of group (3) the majority were Indians, some of them old men, who, in earlier days, had made use of many portions of the sea-lions for various purposes. Besides these thei'e were two white men, viz., Mr. F. Tnrig, manager of the British Columbia Packers' cannery at Wadhams on Rivers inlet, and Mr. J. Boyd, Fisheries Overseer at Bella Bella. Group (2) included cannery men, cold storage men, active fishermen, sea captains, fishery officers, as well as others, in no way directly connected with the fishing business. The evidence of those in group (1) has not been considered. Eepresentatives from numerous localities from Alert bay to Prince Rupert, and all along the west coast of Vancouver island from cape Scott to Barkley sound sup- plied information for this area and even beyond it to the mouth of the Nass river and Hecate strait. Twenty-six in all made statements sufficiently definite to be worthy of consideration. The commission does not vouch for any of the evidence submitted, but sees no reason to doubt its accuracy. The points at least on which there was general agreement must be accepted until such times as they can either be corroborated or disproved. Already a portion of the evidence has been confirmed as shown in a later portion of the report. 7. iJATERI.iLS USED BY SEA-I.IOXS AS FOOD. There was not a dissenting voice to the assertion that sea-lions eat food fishes. Of the food fishes eaten, salmon and halibut have been most frequently noticed, and of the species of salmon, spring, sockeye and coho. Humpback and dog salmon were not reported. Besides the salmon and halibut, other food fishes, viz.. herring, oolachan, red cod, ling cod, and rock cod were mentioned. Devil fish (which probably included squid also) were frequently mentioned, dogfish and birds in a single instance. It may be well to note here that lack of positive evidence is not negative evidence. These men, almost without exception, stated that they saw no signs of sea-lions chasing other than food fishes or of the remains of other than food fishes in their stomachs. Naturally so, because in the first place they would never take the trouble to learn the haunts of fish not suitable for food, and in the second place, the sea-lions would be killed almost entirely in the neighbourhood of fishing grounds of some sort, and would more likely than otherwise have eaten those very food fishes. This does not prove that the sea- lion does not eat anything else in the sea when the food fishes are not readily avail- able. This matter is taken up again later. B. C. SEA-LION lyVESTIGATION 13 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a S. IX.IIRY TO THE FISHING INDUSTRY. With regard to the injury done to the fisheries of the province, only the salmon, halibut, and herring industries need be considered. Taking first the salmon fishery, the complaints of injury were almost wholly confined to the Rivers Inlet region. Here the sockeye season is at its height just after the pupping season, during which period it has been stated by many authorities, no food is taken by the adults. When the pups are two or three weeks old, according to the Indians, they are able to swim at the surface of tlie water and are then taken by the adults into the neighbouring waters s/'^s - 40' - «.•"... •'•s:-s,''--'i; ^^. T> Ted' I -^ 5 ^ ^ 1U SOUND MAP or THE JRnVEIRS ENLET IRECDdDM /5' /^L while the latter satisfy their appetites, now especially voracious after the long fast. It is quite probable that the amount of the stomach content at that time (Mr. Inrig reported having seen thirty-six sockeye salmon in one lion's stomach) cannot be taken as typical for the whole year. The sea-lion is such a powerful swimmer that it can readily overtake a salmon, which it catches and shakes until the piece comes out and the bite is swallowed. If the fish are plentiful, the bitten fish is not touched further but another is attacked in a similar manner. If the fish are scarce the part of the fish left after the first bite 14 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 may be seized again by the same individual or by other individuals, as they commonly go hunting in small herds. At times they find it more convenient to take the salmon out of the gill-nets, especially when they are being hauled, as then the fish are near the surface of the water. One case was reported where sixteen salmon in succession were taken, as fast as the net was hauled to the surface, the one animal making the entire capture. It is at such times that harm is done to the gear. The lions are so powerful that if the net is taut they pass through it with ease. If it is looser they may get tangled up in the net and do much more damage to it. The rookery in the Sea Otter group of islands is opposite the mouth of Rivers inlet, (see map, page 13), so that all schools of fish entering the inlet must pass near by. The sockeye run comes just at the time when the lions need the greatest supply of food, hence what could be more opportune for them. Apparently in the early days of the industry the sea-lions were not so numerous. It was not until about 1911 that they appeared in large enough numbers to be espe- cially troublesome. In 1912 and in 1913 so many fish were taken from the nets set in the inlet for some distance from the mouth that the fishermen found it useless to con- tinue fishing in that locality. Many of the sea-lions were killed in 1914 and 1915, and the season of 1915 was a particularly good one in the inlet. The injury done to the halibut fisheries has not been so serious, partly because the habits of the halibut require a difl'erent method of fishing. The attack made on an individual of this species can only be observed when a halibut is taken from the hook when that part of the line is near the surface, at which time the halibut is attacked in the same way the salmon is. Damage was reported from Hecate strait and from the area to the north and northwest of Vancouver island. In fishing for this species there is little chance for any damage to gear. Damage to the herring industry was reported only from Barkley sound. Here the complaint was not so much that the numbers of the herring were being diminished as that the schools are broken up, scattered and driven seaward. As many as 3O0 sea- lions have been reported from the sound where they use the Bird rocks for a hauling- out jilace. Two plants have been in operation, one at Ucluelet, near the entrance, and the other at Uchucklesit, far up the sound. Barkley sound is a long distance from any known rookery, but as the lions do not appear here until late in the fall, the pups no longer need care, and as the adults are such powerful swimmers such distances would not mean much to them. In other localities, notably Clayoquot, Quatsino sound, and in the Nass river, herring runs are followed by sea-lions, but as yet not enough fishing has been done for any special observation to be made. 9. THE FL.\TTERy ROOKERY. This Malaspina trip covered the " spheres of influence " of all of the British Columbia rookeries, but it was possible that it did more than that. Barkley sound is a long way from Solander island, where, so far as is known, the nearest British Colum- bia rookery exists. It is much nearer to what is generally spoken of as the Flattery rookery, oil the west coast of the state of Washington. It is probable that occasional sea-lions seen in the strait of Georgia, as far north as the mouth of the Fraser river and at Entrance island, near Nanaimo, as well as others in the strait of Fuca, are from the Flattery rookery. On that account it seemed desirable to obtain more definite information concerning this rookery. Mr. John N. Cobb, editor of the Pacific Fisherman, who has shown much interest in the work of the commission, obtained the assistance of the United States Revenue Service, P'ho kindly placed the Snohomish, Lieut. H. W. Pope commanding, at the service of its members, for the purpose of visiting the rookery. As the State Depart- ment was also interested in the information, Mr. Cobb went along to represent that department. B. C. SEA-LIOy lyVESTIGATIOX 15 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a On October 25, Mr. Cobb and Drs. Xewcombe and Fraser met the Snohominh at Port Angeles and proceeded to Neah bay, where the night was spent in order to make !\n early start in the morning to visit the rookery. In the morning, however, such a storm was raging outside the cape, that visiting the rookery was out of the question. The next day was no better, and hence the visit had to be abandoned. The trip was not entirely in vain notwithstanding, as from the Indians at Neah bay it was learned that the rookery in question is located on the Jagged islets, about nine miles south of the Umatilla reef, or twenty-one miles south of cape Flattery. Judging from some photographic prints of the rookery that were shown, it must be quite a large one. The Indians, too, gave the impression that it was of large size although no definite estimate could be obtained from them. From this rookery the sea-lions come out into the strait of Fuca, haul out on rocks not far from Neah bay, and even come into the bay itself after fish. The Indians here had the same stoi-y to tell concerning the eating of halibut, salmon, and herring. 10. BARKLEY SOUND INVESTIGATION. In order to obtain more definite information as to the damage done by Steller's sea-lion than that afforded by the statements of white and Indian fishermen, certain arrangements were made with Mr. Martin, manager of the Wallace Fisheries Com- pany at Kildonan, Barkley sound. Mr. Martin courteously afforded every facility at his disposal at the cannery, and the commissioners had such an excellent base of supply provided for them that it was unnecessary to take any camp outfit. Two points of special interest were to be taken up. The first was with regard to the interference by sea-lions with the herring fishery in the way of keeping these fish off-shore, or by breaking up the schools ; the second was with respect to the statement that they annually devour large quantities of herring. In 1915, the sea-lions made their first appearance for the season in Barkley sound on November 1. On the morning of November 3, Dr. Fraser, being provided with a motor-boat and two men from the cannery, was able to visit their hauling-out place on Bird rocks. Small groups were seen from the entrance of Uchucklesit harbour to Bird rocks, and on the rocks there were about sixty, but these fell off into the water before it was possible to get a shot. It was an easy matter to chase small herds, up to ten or twelve, for a long distance, as they kept together well, coming to the sur- face often. Some shots were fired, but as no means of retrieving them were available at the time, no specimen was obtained. Some photographs, indicating their presence, were obtained, but otherwise these do not give much information. Apparently all of these lions were of the Steller species, and there were no small ones in the lot. On the following morning, on the way from Kildonan to Port Alberni, small groups of lions were seen at intervals from the mouth of the harbour almost as far as the Canadian Northern construction headquarters. In every locality in which they were seen there was every evidence of herring schools there also. From reports received by the chairman early in December, it was learned that sea-lions were in great abundance in nearly all of the numerous inlets branching from the larger waters, known as Barkley sound, and that they were as usual pursuing the herrings, which were then being taken for curing and for bait. As stormy weather then prevailed, causing wrecks and loss of life just outside of the sound, it was thought that a more successful hunt could be made in the more inside waters of Uchucklesit inlet. As Dr. Fraser was out of the province at the time, and Mr. Greenwood's engagements prevented him from taking part in the investigation, the consideration of the food question as far as these Barkley sound sea-lions were concei-ned w^^s under- taken by Dr. Newcombe alone. 16 DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 It was a matter of congratulation, however, that Mr. Clyde L. Patch, Dominion taxidermist, was able to take an active part in the investigation. Hearing from the chairman that an attempt was to be made to secure a large number of sea-lions (including, it was hoped, the California species), Mr. Taverner, zoologist of the Royal Victoria Museum, Ottawa, supported by the Director of the Geological Survey, Dr. R. G. McConnell, offered to send a skilled ta.xidermist, with a view to saving all skeletons and skins for permanent preservation as a mounted group. Mr. Patch co-operated heartily in the work of collecting specimens, and, in spite of very adverse weather conditions, secured the desired parts of fourteen individuals, together with data as to sex and size. He also made plaster casts of various parts, to be utilized when mounting these specimens. On arriving at Kildonan, a short distance inside of Uchucklesit inlet, on December 16, it was found that the herring and their pursuers were no longer there; they had been for some weeks, but had passed out into the sound. Native hunters were secured, and a small gasolene fish-boat was hired, in preference to the large craft, the loan of which was offered by Mr. Martin. The two Indians were armed with rifles and with the ordinary fur-seal spears of the west coast, in order to retrieve the bodies of any •wounded individuals. Independent Indian hunters were also promised a certain sum for every sea-lion they could secure. B. C. ^EA-IAOy lyVESTIGATION 17 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a The first goal was the Bird rocks, the principal resort and retiring- place of sea-lions in Barkley sound, where, it was stated, a day or two earlier, some hundreds had been seen from passing vessels. On the way out two independent hunters in a small canoe furnished with gasolene were overtaken. They had just wounded a female sea-lion, and speared it while under observation. At Bird rocks there was a large number of sea-lions, some hauled up, and a large numlber swimming about close to the shore. All were somewhat wild, but two were killed and hauled on board to be examined at leisure at Kildonan. The weather was dull and rainy, and hence it was impossible to secure successful photographs. After this the hunting was left to the Indians to carry on, resulting in eleven more specimens being brought in, two of which were paid for by Mr. Patch on behalf of the Geological Survey, as the chairman considered that a rvin of eleven or twelve specimens, all telling the same story, was sufficient for the purpose of the commission. On opening the stomachs of the twelve specimens containing fish, it was found that all of them had herring in an immutilated condition. Evidently they had bolted them without any mastication. The quantities amounted to from one-half to two gallons, including the pulpy mass of more or less digested food. Two contained one or two rounded stones. The following table shows the sex, length, etc., of those examined, as noted by Mr. Patch:— Where Killed. Sex. Length. Stomach Contents. 1 2 Bird rocks Otf Uchucklesit Male Female 8 ft. 4J, in. 9 .. 5" „ 8 „ 3 " 9 „ 2i .. 6 M 10 .. 8 „ 11 .. 8 ,. 2i „ 8 „ H „ 8 „ 2 ., 7 .. 34 ., 8 „ 8 M 7 .. 11 .. 8 .. 3i ,. 10 ., 4A .. Small crabs, devil fish. Stone, clam shell. Herring. 4 Male 5 ■• 7 R Female Male " q ,, 10 ,1 11 12 13 Female Male " 14 1, In addition to these fourteen, a male brought to Kildonan a few days previous to the arrival of Dr. Newcombe and Mr. Patch, was opened and examined by Mr. W. A. Newoombe, who reported that it had been killed amongst the herring, and that it contained a large num;ber of these fish and their skeletons, in addition to a pulpy mass of indistinguishable material. From the results above detailed it seemed clear that at this time of the year, at least, the main food of Stellar's sea-lion, while in Bai'kley sound, is one of the most important food fishes of the province, and that the contention of the white and native fishermen relating thereto was amply sujjported by incontestable evidence. Some of the stomach contents were bottled up and sent to Dr. Fraser for exam- ination, on which he reports as follows: The main portion of the material from sea- lion stomachs sent from Barkley sound consisted of herring in a more or less digested state, but the other contents are worth considering. These were (1) the dorsal fin and some vertebrae of dogfish — enough to make diagnosis definite; (2) a portion of a vertebral column of a flatfish — not enough to make identification of species possible; (3) a clavicle from some bony fish, jwssibly from the same flatfish ; (4) a number of cephalopod beaks; (5) a clam shell that bad been bored by Thais; (0) small stones; (7) numerous nematode parasites of the Ascaris type. 18 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 The finding of the dogfish remains is especially interesting. Only one of all the eyewitnesses examined mentioned dogfish as an article of sea-lion diet. In recent years the dogfish have been so numerous in Barkley sound during the early part of the herring season that the fishermen find it unprofitable to put out their nets since the dogfish do so much damage to them. It may be only a coincidence, but when the sea-lions come in about the first of November, the dogfish no longer interfere with the nets. The fact that sea-lions do eat dogfish indicates that it might be more than a coincidence. Without question the dogfish is a greater pest than the sea-lion at the present time. It might be a still greater pest if the sea-lion were exterminated. The flatfish remains, as well as those of the squid and devilfish, indicate that at times the sea-lion is a bottom feeder, possibly only in shallow water. The dead clam shell and the stones were likely scooped up when the bottom feeding was being carried on. From the variety obtained in two of the stomachs it seems as though the sea- lion is not restricted in its diet but that anything will serve, the most abundant material receiving the greatest attention. 11. IXFORMATION' BY CORRESPOXDEXCE. AYhile the investigation in the sea-lion haunts was being carried on, the secretary was getting information by correspondence. To facilitate and unify this, a set of questions, accompanied by a circular letter (see appendix), was sent to each British Columbia cannery manager, etc., who was likely to have knowledge of any phase of the question. To these questions a large number of replies were obtained, and these, in general, definitely confirmed the evidence already quoted, and brought out some points BOt previously considered. Comparatively few endeavoured to estimate damage to gear, but the total estimates given amounted to over $1,600 for the year 1915. It was scarcely expected that any very definite figures would be given for the value of the fish lost b.y mutilation or for the diverted run of fish but a number of replies indicated that in the case of the salmon, the value of the fish lest by mutilation, and in the case of the herring, the value of the loss by diverted run, would be considerable. The only place where any definite change in the number of sea-lious was noted was at Rivers inlet, where there was a definite increase during 1911-12-13, and since then a noticeable decrease. Xone of those directly interested in the fish business could give any definite information as to the value of sea-lions. Such information from other sources will be treated separately. The correspondents were almost unanimously in favour of complete extermina- tion, to ensure which they wished a Government bounty, none of them feeling able to cope with the situation themselves. That extermination might be as rapid as possible, shooting the adults and clubbing the pups on the rocks soon after they were born in June, should afford the most definite results, although poisoning and other extreme methods were also suggested. These methods would not do very well in Barkley sound where the sea-lions come in late in the fall. As a bounty mark, the muzzle seemed to satisfy the majority, although it was also suggested that the mark should be changed from year to year. 12. KILLIXG SEA-LIOXS. Nothing was done systematically towards the killing of sea-lions, except in Barkley sound, where it has been going on with more or less vigour for several years, until the year 1914. So much damage was done to the fisheries of Rivers inlet in 1913 (Manager Inrig estimated the loss of gear at TVadham's caimery alone at B. C. SEA-LIOy IXTESTIGATION 19 SESSIONA . PAPER No. 38a $3,021) thai; the following year several eaimerymen decided to co-operate in decreas- ing the number. A levy of $1.50 was made for each boat fishing, and as there were TOO boats fishing, this provided a fund of $1,050. Two dollars a tail were offered for .cea-lions, and in thirty-six hours enough tails were obtained to take up all the bounty, that is to say 535 were procured. During this year again, on Barkley sound, men were supplied with guns and ammunition and sent to drive the sea-lions away from the schools of herring. They can be chased thus like herds of cattle. Xo effort was made to retrieve any of those shot, but a large number must have been killed. In 1915, Wadham's cannery supplied two gasolene fish carriers, and giving twenty men to each a holiday, armed them with rifles and supplied them with between $400 and $500 worth of ammunition, sent them off to the rookery to kill sea-lions. The first trip was made in the second or third week in May, and a thousand rounds of ammunition were used. Hundreds must have been killed, but only three noses were taken home. The second hunt took place in the first week in June. This time 200 muzzles were obtained, and it was estimated that "50 altogether must have been killed. The muzzles were handed in to the fishery ofiicer for the bounty of $2, which was placed on sea-lions last year by the Department of Fisheries, $5,750 being set aside for that purpose. This bounty was all used up early in June, many muzzles being brought in after the bounty money had all been paid out. Of the 2,875 sea-lions for which bounty was paid, 1,160 were killed at or near the Sea Otter group at the mouth of Elvers Inlet, 1,616 on the East and West Haycocks (islands in the cape Scott group) and the few remaining at various spots along the coast. Beside the number mentioned from the Haycocks, 674 were brought in too late for bounty. (These figures were supplied by Mr. F. H. Cunningham, Chief Inspector of Fisheries, the list including the number to whom bounty was paid, the number and the location where obtained. See Appendix B). In the two years, therefore, there is positive evidence that 4,074 sea-lions were killed, 3,549 in 1915, and 525 in 1914. According to the statements of Fisheries Overseer Saugstad at Elvers inlet, and Boyd at Bella Bella, through whom most of the bounty was applied for, there would certainly not be more than 50 per cent saved of those killed. Of the adults, there might not be more than one in ten, but among the pups there would be quite a large proportion. Approximately 75 per cent of the muzzles brought in were from pups. In the localities alone in which sea-lions were killed for bounty in 1914 and 1915. at a conservative estimate there must have been 8,000 killed, of which approximately 6,000 were pups. The number killed in Barkley sound and at isolated spots elsewhere would add materially to this number. At such a rate, extermi- nation would not seem far off. In fact it was practical extermination of the 1915 increase on the Sea Otter and Haycock rookeries. Comparing these numbers with the estimated number for the whole coast, 11,000, given by Dr. Neweombe as seen in 1913, it would seem that an estimate based on the numbers that may be seen at the rookeries and hauling-out places, must be too low. Even during the pupping season, all the lions will not be on the rookeries at the same time, for while the adult male and female may fast at such a time, there is no evidence that immature individuals do so, and the probability is that they feed then as they do at other times of the year. During the rest of the year, it is known that at times all the members of a herd may be away from the rookery or hauling-out place at one time, but there is no assurance that all of them are ever on the rocks at the same time. Certainly there are times when some are on the rocks and others are in the water, since that has been observed by the commissioners on different occasions. If they are not all on the rocks at the same time, an estimate based on the number seen at any one time would not take into account those in the water. 20 DEPARTilEyr OF THE yAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Consider the case of Solander island for example. In the investigation by Dr. Xewcombe in 1913, since at times there were no lions whatever visible, doubt was expressed as to its being a rookery (there is now conclusive evidence that it is), although at other times upwards of one thousand were seen there. Even when a thousand of them were ou the rocks there may have been many more scattered about, actively feeding or in search of food. Taking it for granted, therefore, that 11,000 was a fair estimate in 1913 for the number of sea-lions that could be seen at the rookeries and hauling-out places, it is e^■^dent that to this number, an addition must be made, amounting to an unknown percentage of the whole number, to get at the total number in British Columbia waters. 13. COMMEECI.^L USES TO WHICH SE.\-L10X CARCASSES MIGHT BE PUT. From evidence of manufacturers and sea-lion hunters the suggestion was con- veyed to the commissioners that there was an economic and commercial value in sea- lion hides, whiskere, and carcasses. Under the bounty system the whole carcass of a sea-lion, with the exception of the muzzle, is disregarded, thrown into the sea, or left on the rookeries or hauling-out grounds to putrify, so far as any effort is made by the Government to utilize it. Much time was spent and many persons interviewed in obtaining definite information as to the feasibility of utilizing sea-lion carcasses for commercial purposes, with the happy result, however, of its being demonstrated that the hide of a sea-lion is eminently suitable for tanning into leather, from which durable and serviceable gloves and boots to-day are being made; that the whiskers have a value of 25 cents a piece to Orientals; and that the flesh can be rendered into oil and guano, for which a good market is ever available. While it was impossible, owing to the short time at the disposal of the commissioners, to investigate this side of the problem in an exhaustive manner, on account of the great distances from Vancouver and Victoria to San Francisco and New York, where comiprehensive and accurate corroboration of the commercial uses of the carcasses of sea-lions can be obtained, yet sufficient evidence was discovered to jwint to the conclusion that in killing sea-lions the economic value of their entire carcasses should be taken into con- i-ideration, so that, if it were found possible and feasible, then the monetary returns from the disposal of the carcasses in the form of hides, whiskers, oil, and guano would at least equal and possibly, with care, exceed the amount of the bounty offered by the Government. It is in the mind of the commissioners that if such a consum- mation could be reaeshed, a real service to industry and the country could be rendered. It is in this direction that the commissioners desire to pursue their inquiries during the coming year. What turn that inquiry might take is indicated by the fact that Mr. W. F. Kobinson, president of the Robinson Fisheries Company, manufacturers, producers, and distributors of fish oil and fish fertilizer, Anacortes, ^^'ashi^gton, writing to the commission under date of August 11, 1915, says : " We have never yet had the car- casses of sea-lions to use in our fertilizer plant, but could do so if we had them, as we understand they grow to a very large size. Unless the expense of obtaining the sea-lions is too great, or your works are not near the source of production, we believe they could be handled to advantage." Messrs. Anderson and Miskin, US Seymour street, Vancouver, in answer to an inquiry from the commission, wrote the following letter, in which it is understood that the oil from the sea-lions corresponds to seal oil: — " Replying to your telephonic inquiry re our requirements of seal oil, we are buyers of the same quality as is produced in Newfoundland from the blubber of the young harps (hair seal). It is principally used in miners' lamps, and must be free of moisture. If we get the right quality, we can use 500 to B. C. SEA-LION INVESTIGATION 21 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a 700 tons per annum. Samples are usually submitted before we purchase, or it is guaranteed to be the finest quality, and what is termed 'water white.' Straw and coloured oil, which is much cheaper, we handle a small quantity of. Oil from old harps is very much darker than what is produced from the young ones. " There is a good market for seal oil in United Kingdom, and we have no doubt whatever that, if the stuff can be produced on the Pacific coast, it would be to our mutual advantage. If a small trial lot was sent home on con- signment through us, it would enable our friends to judge of the character of the oil, and if not suited for their purposes there would be no difficulty in dis- posing of it in the open market. If, on the other hand, it did suit them, they would doubtless be willing to make a contract for the quantity we have already stated, under guarantee of quality equal to consignment parcel, of which sealed samples could be retained here." As to guano obtained from fish, whales, and other sea animals, its price is in the neighbourhood of $40 a ton. It is used as a fertilizer, and also manufactured into chicken food. The demand is steady and growing. Similar guano, it is thought, could be made from the carcasses of sea-lions. In relation to the manufacture of sea-lion hide products, the commission is indebted to E. C. Grinnell, British Columbia Glove Company, Eburne, Point Grey, for valuable information obtained during an interview on October 32. Mr. Grinnell speaks from personal knowledge as in his factory he has made gloves, boots, and moccasins from sea-lion hides. In fact, he has built up a small but substantial business in leather goods made from sea-lion hides. Naturally, therefore, he is emphatic in his declaration that sea-lions are of commercial value, especially for their hides. In 1913 he took a hunting trip to Haycock islands and got 50O hides which, when green and salted, weighed almost 200 pounds apiece. These hides he tanned in the ordinary way and made into gloves in his factory which in the fall of that year, was situated at Coquitlam. In tanning the hide reduces about 75 per cent, and when tanned runs from an inch to a quarter of an inch in thickness. It is thin under the flippers but it is thicker on the belly than on the back. In making the hide into leather it may be split into three layers, and when thus split can be readily manipulated. From this leather, chrome-tanned leather gloves are made. From the hide of a fair-sized male, 2J to 3 dozen pairs of gloves may be made, but taking an average of male, female and pup, only about 25 square feet of leather can be obtained, enough to make one dozen pairs of gloves. The range of gloves made runs from the fine automobile gloves or gauntlets to the heavy loggers' mittens, the former selling at $24 a dozen pairs and the latter from $10.50 to $15. No better material can be obtained for loggers' mittens, as the hide of the sea-lion by nature is of fine fibre, tough, strong, flexible, and of close grain, enabling it to keep out water, while still retaining its pliability. The other gloves as well are very durable and serviceable. On the day following the interview, Mr. Grinnell brought into the secretary's office two pairs of gloves made from sea-lion hide, tanned in his own factory and made up in the interval. One pair was from the hide of a sea-lion pup, this selling at $1.50 or, by the dozen, $12.50; the other was from an adult, selling at $1.75 a pair, or $13.50 a dozen. The secretary 'bought the two pairs, and has them on exhibition in his office at present. With eight or nine men working, twenty-five to fifty pairs of gloves a day are made. More men are wanted, as the output could easily be increased. Glove business from sea-lion hides is a good business. There is a ready market in Canada for all the factory can turn out. The moccasins that Mr. Grinnell makes from the sea-lion hides give good satis- faction. They are pliable and fit snugly to the foot. The price is $26 per dozen 38a— 3 22 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 pairs. Boots from these hides stand water as well as rubber boots. A pair were made for a customer, who has to wade throug-h water and chemical liquor all the time while at work, and even here they gave excellent satisfaction. For boot purposes, green hides are better than dry hides, but all sea-lion hides are good. Mr. Grinnell would be glad to consider a proposal to buy all the sea-lion hides that could be delivered to him, and is sure if he could get the supply at a fair prite he could build up a large industry. He would be willing to pay 5 cents a pound for green hides if be were guaranteed 5,000 hides. If he could get hides in large enough numbers to make it worth while he could ship them to San Francisco, as he has a standing order to ship any hides he can get at 6 or 7 cents a pound for green hides of females and pups and 2 cents a pound for males, but he has to pay the freight. It would take 5,000 per annum to satisfy this demand. If the lions can be obtained, the skinning is a simple matter. A good man can skin a lion in from fifteen to twenty-five minutes and should be able to skin three or four an hour. He would thus make good wages if he could get steady work for the day at 25 cents a skin. Mr. Grinnell is of the opinion that the oil from the sea-lion alone should make it worth while saving the carcass, and the remainder of the carcass made into guano or chicken food should command a good price. P. H. McMullen, representing the McMullen Hide and Fur Company, 956 Powell street, Vancouver, said he would handle any quantity of sea-lion bides at a price similar to that suggested by Mr. Grinnell. 14. BOUNTY PAYMENTS FCR KILLTNG SEA-LIONS. By good fortune the commission interviewed A. K. Sinclair, 2940 Ontario street, Vancouver, a sea-faring man, an old sealer and perhaps the pioneer sea-lion hunter for profit in British Columbia. He tells the sea-lion story from a different viewpoint, that of the hunter. In May, 1914, he was on a hunting trip for Hibbard & Stewart, hide dealers, 958 Powell street, Vancouver, as skipper of the schooner Tuladi, the agreement being that he was to receive 3 cents a pound for green salted sea-lion hides, delivered in Vancouver. He was at Rivers inlet on May 25, 1914, where, he states, he organized the plan mentioned elsewhere in this report by which the canners there gave $1,050 in bounty in an effort to diminish the depredations of the sea-lions by killing off a number of them. Sinclair had to wait about a week for good weather before he could get on the Virgin rocks. From his anchorage in Schooner Eetreat, every day he spied out the land until conditions were ripe. On June 5 or 6 he made a landing on the Virgin rocks from a dory. The sea-lions made as if they would prevent his landing, but after killing five or six of them from the dory he and one hunter succeeded in getting on the rocks. They left one man on the schooner and one man in the dory not far from the rocks. It was breeding season, and all the sea-lions stayed on the rocks when the landing was made. The lions were not frightened, they did not stampede, they seemed indifferent to the visitors. If any sea-lions slid off the rocks on the approach of the hunters they returned to the rocks after the hunters landed. The hunters shot all the cows and bulls they could within that radius, and cut the tails from all they had killed to collect the bounty. They started killing at 6 in the morning and finished at 2 in the afternoon. At the end of the killing, 750 tails were counted. They then turned back to Rivers inlet, declared enough tails to collect $1,050 and hoping that more bounty might be put up they did not reveal the possession of a greater number. B. C. SEA-LION INVESTIGATION 23 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a After Sinclair and his crew had collected t}ie bounty they went back to the Virgin rocks and skinned some of the sea-lions for their hides. They got about 2,000 pounds, when the -weather turned bad and prevented any further landings. The wind came in from the west every day about 10 a.m. and kept blowing steadily and strong until evening, when it died down. All that they got from the hides on this trip amounted to $60, but they had the $1,050 bounty money besides. The following year, leaving Vancouver on May 12, Sinclair with two others took the -lO-foot gasoline schooner Atlintoo up the coast to hunt for sea-lions. They got a few near Smiths inlet. On May 16 they were off Virgin rocks, but very few sea-lions were in sight. They arrived at Eivers inlet May 20, where they tried to get the eanners again to put up a bounty fund, but the canners had decided to go hunting sea- lions on their own account. Sinclair describes the hunting party from the canneries as composed of sixteen or twenty men armed with "pop guns," twenty-two rifles, revolvers, and other firearms. They left Eivers inlet 2 a.m. one Sunday, went to Virgin rocks, and got back about four in the afternoon. They were not snccessful, as they had begun too early. Four noses were all they had. (The bounty mark had been changed from tails to noses.) Later, many other parties from Eivers inlet went out to Virgin rocks, until from much shooting the sea-lions got scared off. On June 3 Sinclair and his crew got fourteen noses after making a landing on Virgin rocks. He found the sea-lions timid, for as soon as they saw the launch they got off the rocks into the water, and even the mothers left their young when the hunters landed. " The sea-lions went off like shee^)." He was dissatisfied with Virgin rocks and went to Calvert island, where he anchored, and got four noses one day, ten another, and eight another. In all he got fifty-seven noses, and landed at Eivers inlet, where he collected on them in the name of George Allen. Fifteen noses he brought to Vancouver and collected on them there. Mr. Sinclair declares that to make a success of sea-lion hunting it is necessary to be able to land on Virgin rocks every day or every other day. He says that if there had been a bounty in 1914 he could have killed 90 per cent of those on Virgin rocks. If he had been offered $2,500 to clear the sea-lions off Virgin rocks in 1914 and protect the Eivers inlet fisheries he would have accepted it and done the job completely. The proper way to attack these animals to reduce their numbers is to get the old ones first. When females are pupping the old sea-lions never leave the rocks to feed or do anything else. The bull sea-lions are as thin as rakes after the cows are done pupping, at which, time they are all very voracious. If it is desired to exterminate the sea-lions, all the rookeries should be hunted at the same time. During the pupping season they are easily fooled, since they persist in staying on the breed- ing grounds. Sinclair would take six or seven good shots and reach the rocks about June 1. He would hide three men on the rocks with orders to shoot only the old ones and to shoot to kill, aiming at the spot just below the ear. The old ones will not leave the rocks at this time if they are not fired at from tbe water, and the pups cannot, for they are not strong enough, as they are suckled by the mothers for ten (lays or two weeks after birth. When the adults are killed the pups can readily be clubbed, and if not they would die of starvation. Sinclair is of the opinion that bounty should not be paid unless the hide were brought in, as the hide could be sold for more than the bounty. He would be willing to hunt sea-lion?, collecting a bounty on the hide of $1 for pups, $3 for females, and $2 for bulls. He says also that bounty paid on sea-lions killed at a long distance from any locality where fishing is in operation is money thrown away. He thinks East Haycocks, Tree Nob island, Butterwortb rocks, Massett, Banks island. Price island, Bonilla banks, and Aristazable island are too far away from Eivers inlet to allow sea-lions from them to be the cause of depredations to fishing. An article appeared in the Pacific Motor-Boat, Seattle, Wash., in November, 1915, treating of sea-lion hunting by motor-boat in Oregon, so pertinent to the Canadian 38a— 34 24 DEPAKTilEXT OF THE SATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 inquiry that, with the permission of the publisher, Mr. Miller Freeman, it is repro- duced in part: — "A rather unique industry is carried on each year in motor-boats oil the coast of Curry county, Oregon. The Rogue River reef and the Cape Blanco reel are each year combed for sea-lions, and the work of killing them is often hazardous and dangerous. '■ The killing is not done for amusement, but for profit, the skins being valued at from $4 to $6 each, and some other portions of the carcass being of suificient value to make the average for each animal killed between $5 and $6. The annual slaughter does not take place until the young areborn, usually in July and August. This plan of leaving the pups insures a supply for the hunters the next year and there is no danger of the disappearance of the sea-lions from the vicinity where they are sought. The largest rocks in the Blanco reef are off shore from three to seven miles and the hunters must go well prepared. It is possible they might be obliged to stay about the rocks two or three days at a time, for the ocean occasionally becomes so rough the small boats are obliged to stay in the lee until the weather improves. Until late years the hunters used rowboats in which to seek the lions and sometimes were on the rocks several days before they could return ashore at Port Orford, the nearest town. Recently, however, gasoline boats are utilized altogether in hunting. It is customary to go from shore to the rocks where the sea-lions make their home, in a small open craft, and, after making a kill, the skins are picked up from the reef by a larger craft, the gasoline schooner Tramp, a 15-ton boat of Marshfield. Captain John Swing has transported the sea-liou hides in the Tramp from the two reefs for the past ten years, trans-shipping them for San Francisco at Coos Bay. The average number of hides secured each season varies from 300 to 400, the hunters feeling they have done a profitable season's work if they make a clear profit of $1,000, since the season is only for a month, and the time goes quickly while they are engaged. The hides are used by manufacturers for belting. They are prepared by salting them heavily but not tanned until they reach their destination at San Francisco. The skins ^re heavy, the hunters finding them occasionally weighing 150 pounds when secured from an animal of extraordinary size. Taking the skins from the sea-lions is an occupation that calls for quick and expert ability. A good skinner can take a hide off in from five to seven minutes, when working at ordinary speed. Robert Forty and James Crewe each has a record of skinning a common-sized animal in three and a half minutes. While there is no means of weighing the sea-lions, the hunters estimate their weight from 1,500 to over 3,000 pounds. The larger the pelt, of course, the better the price is secured." Thus it will be seen that in paying a bounty of $2 for each muzzle of a slain sea- lion and disregarding the hide and carcass, there is lost an opportunity to encourage the prevention of fisheries depredations and at the same time, by means of a business organization centered in the government officials, make the sea-lion, through its hide and carcass, pay the bounty and more. When further facts are obtained concerning methods of organization, aiming at using for commercial purposes the sea-lion carcass, the commission should be able to outline a plan that would achieve that economical and conservative result. /?. C. SEA-LION IN7B8TI0ATI0N 25 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a 15. C0M3LUSI0NS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. The commissioners are satisfied that as the numbers of sea-lions in or near Kivers inlet increased from 1911 to 1913, they were present in sufficient numbers to be a serious menace to the fishing industry, although there was no diminution in the pack until 1913. Thus the pack for 1910 was 129,398 cases, for 1911, 101,066 cases, and for 1912, it amounted to 137,697 cases; in 1913 there were only 68,096 cases put up, the smallest pack since 1901. This was the year in which it was found useless to fish farther out towards the mouth of Rivers inlet than the entrance to Draineys inlet. The fact that the fishermen had to stop all fishing in this region on account of the number of fish taken out of the nets and the amount of damage done to gear is backed up by the fact that the cannery managers of the five outer canneries in the inlet were willing to put up their own money in 1914 as a bounty that the number of sea-lions might be reduced. Coincident with the decrease in the number brought about in this way in 1914, the pack went up again, amounting to 109,052 eases. While the fluctu- ation from year to year is always evident, the great decrease in the pack for 1913 can scarcely be accounted for on that basis. In 1915 a bounty of two dollars per muzzle was placed on sea-lions by the Department of Fisheries. This might have been expected to help out the Rivers inlet canneries, and probably it did so as the pack 146,838 cases, slightly surpassed the previous high record of 1912. Of this pack, over 130,000 cases were sockeye, over 27 per cent of the total sockeye pack for the province for this year. Since such a pack is worth approximately $1,200,000, it is certainly worth conserving. However, as this bounty of two dollars was an indiscriminating bounty, its success was not unqualified. It is true that many sea-lions were killed in the vicinity of Rivers inlet, but it is also true, as shown in this report, that more than twice the number were killed at points too far distant from Rivers inlet to have any effect on the fishing there, not because sea-lions, on occasion, do not travel so far, but that at, and for some time after, the pupping season, they remain in the vicinity of the lookery, and this season corresponds with the time of the sockeye run in Rivers inlet. Furthermore, it is commonly believed that the numbers in the Sea Otter rookery have greatly increased since the lions were driven from Triangle island after the erection of the lighthouse and the installation of a wireless plant there. If this is true, the killing of so many sea-lions on the East and West Haycocks in 1915 will tend to drive those uninjured away from these islands and hence it might increase the nimiibers in the Sea Otter rookery, thus doing harm rather than good to the Rivers inlet fishing. Since only the muzzle was required to obtain the bounty, it was possible for a very few individuals to kill a sufficient number on the rookeries in a very short time to take up all of the bounty, whether these lions were doing any harm or not, consequently, in other cases where sea-lions, likely to be doing harm, were killed, there was no bounty available. As an example, the Barkley sound fishermen had made 'complaints of depredations by sea-lions but as the whole available bounty was used up in June, while the sea-lions did not come into Barkley sound until the first of November, the Barkley sound fishermen received no benefit whatever from the bounty. If the skins and carcasses had been made use of, such wholesale killing in such a short period would not have been possible, and some return might have been obtained from the money expended. The opinion is still held by eminent S'cientifie men that it has not yet been proved that fish is an important item of the food of sea-lions. Drs. Merriam, Ever- mann and Hornaday have been much quoted in this regard. These men and others, during the California controversy, recfused to put any faith in the statements of the fishermen regarding the sea-lion depredations. The period covered by the researches of the commission has been a I'jnited one but even in this limited period snifficietat 26 DEPARTMEXT OF THE yAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 evidence was obtained to prove that during a certain time of the year at least, food fish are eaten in large quantities by grey sea-lions. As in this instance the state- ments of the fishermen are definitely corroborated, there is evidently a fair basis for accepting other statements upon which there is general agreement, provided always that allowance must be made for a bias, natural to those interested in this as in any other question. It is on account of this bias that the evidence from inde- pendent witnesses is always desirable. Taking that into consideration, it is recom- mended that the commission should continue to study the life-history of the sea-lion, particularly during the breeding season, which corresponds to the time of the big run of sockeye at Rivers inlet. This should be accomplished with comparative ease but the habits during the remainder of the year cannot be so readily ascertained as in such investigation many difficulties will have to be overcome. The amount of food required just after the pupping season cannot be considered as an index for the rest of the year. That taken by the sea-lions in Barkley sound in November and December would be much nearer the average. The results of feeding in captivity do not help much as opinions differ so markedly. Thus, as previously quoted, Homaday states that 12 pounds a day or less is sufficient food for an adult male sea-lion, while Scammon says, the keeper at Woodward's Gardens, San Francisco, informed him that he fed a male and a female sea-lion, regularly, every day, fifty pound's of fresh fish. ^ In any case, the amount of food required by a sea-lion in captivity, where its movements are necessarily much restricted, might be very different to the amount required by one during the active life out in the sea, where, in many instances, the food is so plentiful that there is great temptation to eat more than actual necessity calls for. The presence of dogfish remains in the stomach of a sea-lion caught in Barkley sound opens up a large question that should be investigated, particularly in view of the statement that the dogfish cease to bother the herring nets as soon as the sea-lions .■ippear in the neighbourhood. While a definite comparison of the damage done to the herring fishery by the dogfish and the sea-lion is impossible, this at least can be said : while it does not pay to fish for herring when the dogfish interfere and the sea- lions are absent, it does pay to do so when the reverse is the case. If the disappear- ance of the dogfish is in any sense due to the presence of the sea-lion, the sooner the matter is investigated the better. Although at the present time no other species is so much a pest as the dogfish, there are other undesirable species, and while the commission has no definite infor- mation as to the relation of any of these to the sea-lion, the possibility of the sea-lion's maintaining equilibrium in such cases is worthy of consideration. While the commissioners recommend that sea-lions should be driven away or greatly reduced in numbers where it is evident that they are doing appreciable damage, they are not satisfied that there is any necessity for decreasing the numbers at other rookeries, except after some organized plan by which the pups could be free from injury, as in the case mentioned off the Oregon coast, in order that the industrial value of the sea-lions should be conserved, and more particularly in view of the pos- sible friendly offices of the sea-lion that suggest further inquiry. Even in the ease where it is considered necessary to diminish the number of sea-lions materially, the monetary value of the hide and carcass should be taken into consideration in any Iilan adopted. CHARLES F. NEWCOMBE. WM. HAMAR GREENWOOD. C. McLEAN ERASER. 1 Scammon, C. M. Marine Mammals of the Northwest 12 1 \5 '% 49 1 2 57 63 1,1'-! l53 2« 2 bl S2 1 1 2 1 442 ]8n 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 2,875 Where Killed. Banks i.sland. . Butterworth rocks Ma.ssett Price island Calvert island . . Btinilla banks .... Tree Nob island . . Stephen? it^land. . Butterworth rocks Virgin rocks . . . Sea Otter group. . .Vristazable island. .Sea Otter gro .p. . Price island Bonilla banks. . . . Virgin rocks . East Haycocks Pearl and Virgin rocks. Price island - . . Seymour inlet Virgin rocks Sea Otter eroup Village island Ucluelet Otter point Duncan bay East Haycocks . Virgin rocks Smith's inlet .\housat Ahousat. Long Beach .... Cape Cod Thormanby island .Amount of Bounty paid. S cts. ■48 00 2 00 2 00 22 00 40 00 24 00 2 00 2 00 4 00 30 00 0^4 00 4 00 OS 00 2 00 4 00 100 00 1H4 00 114 00 126 OC !.34S 00 b06 00 52 00 4 00 102 00 164 00 2 00 2 00 4 00 2 00 884 00 360 00 5,750 00 /«. c. sE.\-iioy lyvERTicATins 39 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. 1 Wadhams cannery, Tfivers inlet. The Einoh is the white boat in the right fore- ground. 2. The Larirest of the Pearl rocks. 3. Watch rock. 4. The lara:es't of the Virgin rocks after all the adult sea-l:ons had taken to the water. 5. Male sea-lion killed on Watch rock. 6-12. Groups of sea-lion pups on Pearl and Virgin rocks. 13. Male sea-lion killed on one of the Virgin rocks, and two pups. (2-13 were taken June 25, 1916.) 14. A figure to show the position at Solander island relative to cape Cook. 15. Solander island. 16-18. The outlying rock at Solander island, taken as the sea-lions were leaving it. 19-22. Remnants of the herd, showing some of the largest males. 23. Sea-lions in the water at Solander island. (14-23 were taken June 27, 1916.) 24. A figure to show the relative position of cape St. James island, on which the lighthouse is situated, to the main island, Kunghit. Four groups of rocks extend in a chain southward from cape St. James. 25. A figure to show the position of the first two groups of rocks relative to cape St. James island. 26. The first group of rocks south of cape St. James island. 27. The second group. 28. The third group. 29. The fourth and final rock. It was on the second and tliird of these groups that the sea-lions were seen in abundance. 30-33. Views of the sea-lion herd on the rocks at cape St. James. (24-33 were taken July 9, 1916.) 34. The remains of three sockeye and one humpiback (the largest piece being the humpback) taken from a net in Rivers inlet July 23, 1916, said to have been mutilated by sea-lions. 35. Remains of salmon taken from the nets near Prince Rupert, September 8, 1915, said to have been mutilated by hair seals. 36. Scow on which Dr. Newcombe and Mr. Patch examined sea-lions in December. 1915, near Kildonan cannery, Berkley sound. (Photos 1-35 by C. M. Fraser, 36 by C. F. Newcombe.) 38a— 4i Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig. 3. Fig. 4. Fip. 5. Fig. 6. H n %.■ ^^l^p ^"^ k * "' '"^ s HhI m m r-^ ffK^^^H gljta^E ^ p m i k. - i i^. Fig, 7. Fig. 8. Fig. 9. Fig. 10. Fig. II. Fig. 12. Fig. 13. Fig. U. Fig. 15. Fig. k;. Fig. 17 Fig. 18. Fig. in. Fig. 20. Fig. 21. Fig. 22. * — 4». Fig. 23. Fig. 24. l''ig. 2o. Fig. 2fi. Kig. 27. Fig. 2S. Fig. 29. Fip. 30. Fig. 31. Fig. 32. Fig. 33. Fig. 34. Fig. 35. t **..%?»"«* \. Fig. 36. II LOBSTER INVESTIGATIONS AT LONG BEACH POND, N.S. (A. P. K-N'iGHT, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.C, Professor of Animal Biology, Queen's University, Kingston, Ont.) RECOMMENDATIONS. 1. That the rearing operations hitherto conducted by the Board at Long Beach X)ond be discontinued. 2. That the executive committee consider the advisability of securing from the Fisheries Branch of the Department of Naval Service full control over the operation of one of the present lobster hatcheries, in which to conduct a series of experiments on the rearing of lobster fry, using warm sea-water, as suggested by Professor Macallum. d. That the executive committee confer with the department as to the best method ©f collecting statistics regarding the relative numbers of male and female lobsters trapped next season, and also the percentage of females carrying fertilized eggs. 4. That several more enclosures be built at a moderate cost, by either the Board or by the Fisheries Department at different points along the maritime coast, for the purpose of determining more definitely the percentage of commercial lobsters which extrude eggs in July and August. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. Acknowledgment is due the Department of Naval Service for furnishing a plenti- ful supply of both berried and commercial lobsters for the purpose of carrying on the experiments described in the following report; also for placing at the disposal of the Board the services of Mr. Andrew Halkett. Mr. Halkett gave us every assistance, ilore particularly, be kept an accurate count of the lobsters received at the pond, allotted to the various enclosures, and returned to the sea. The Board is also indebted to the department for moving the rearing plant from tlie southwest end of the pond, and placing it within the cement pound. POUND .4ND POND. In the following report the reader must distinguish carefully between the natural pond of some 5 acres, and the artificial pound of about three-fourths of an acre, enclosed by cement walls and forming the northeast part of the pond. Fig. 1. — Long Beach Pond viewed from the northeast end. In the fore- ground can be seen first the niess-hovise; beyond this, the cement pound: further away is the larger part of the pond. In the distance can Ije seen the engine house and plant for rearing lobsters. 38a— 5— R 53 54 DEPARTMENT OF TEE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Last year, 1914, because of the excessive leakage of water from the pound, the Board approved of the location of an experimental rearing plant of four boxes at the southwest end of the pond, and my report upon the operations of that year has been already published. LEAKAGE. On December 18, 1914, the Board was notified that the leakage, which had i" r- sisted throughout the previous summer, had been stopped, and that there was at tuat date a depth of 6J feet of water in the pound at low tide. During the winter of 1915, however, the leakage again developed and was again reported stopped on June 26, 1915. At this date there was said to be a depth of 5 feet S inches of water at low tide. On my arrival, July 3, 1915, the pound was again leaking, not copiously, it is true, but sufficiently to show that in the course of a few days or weeks the rearing boxes, 4 feet in depth, would likely be resting in the mud. As a precaution, there- fore, against possible injury to our larvae, the boxes were reduced in depth to 2i feet. On the assumption that there would be, as intimated, 6i feet of water at low tide, a space of 4 feet would intervene between the bottom of our shallow boxes and the mud beneath. At Wickford, R.I. — the original home of the plant — the depth of water below the boxes is 12 feeti at low tide, excepting at one corner, where it is only 5J feet. At Long Beach it was hoi>ed that a depth of 4 feet might suffice to test the scheme. Last year at low tide there were only between 20 and 22 inches of water below our boxes; this year, after operating our plant for seventeen days, the boxes were resting in the mud, so great was the leakage. Fig. 2. —West side of cement pound showing leakage of water Over tlie ironrods .^t tlie upjier left hand corner of the illustration can be seen the gearing of the rearing apparatus inside of the cement pound. eS he At the extreme low water of August 7, two of the boxes were resting 5 inche in the mud. Measurements at eleven different points around our apparatus gave th LOBSTER INTESTIGATI0N8 55 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a following depths of water, 31 inches, 22, 17, 20, lY, 19, 19, 23, 24, 26, 24, or an average of 21 inches, in which to float our apparatus. It can scarcely be expected that an apparatus, which requires at least 10 feet of water in which to operate, can be made to oporate successfully in a depth of 21 inches. FIRST HATCHING. •Our first hatching began July 12, and in two days we had about 40,000 larvffi in the four boxes. While only an odd diatom could be found on the fry during the first day, large niimbers were visible by the fifteenth. As the diatoms increased, the fry became "fuzzy" to the naked eye. Both last year and this the effect of the diatoms was largely, if not solely, mechanical. Feeding was interfered with, the animals became exhausted with the effort of swimming, sank to the bottom, and soon died. The remarkable thing about this mortality was that last year it was caused by- the diatom Synedra investiens, whereas this year it was caused by Licmophora Lynghyei. Why the principal destructive organism should have been different in the two years is difficult to understand, unless it were due to the fact that in 1914 the sea-water reach- ing our boxes came through the sand, gravel, and mud of the sea-wall, whereas, in 1915 it came through an earthenware pipe from the open sea. As soon as it became apparent that this season's fry were likely to share the same fate as those of last year, the contents of two of the boxes were transferred to St. Mary's bay, in order, if possible, to save their lives. Meanwhile the leakage steadily grew worse. On the 19th the average depth of water below the boxes was only 10' inches. As a result, good ventilation became impossible, because the water drawn in through the bottom windows gradually became muddy. It was resolved, therefore, not to use more than two boxes for rearing purposes for the remainder of the season. The other two were fitted up with shelters, or nests, for adult lobsters, so that more accurate observations could be made upon them than was possible in the compartments of the pound. DETENTION DEVICES. It should, perhaps, be explained that we employed five different devices, or enclo- sures, for impounding adults. The smallest was the crate, about 3 feet by 2 feet by 2 feet, which floated on the water, and could be used for temporary purposes only. The second was our rearing boxes, 10 feet by 10 feet by 2J feet, with revolving paddles inside, so as to aerate the water, as described in the report of last year'. The third was the compartment, 20 feet by 10 feet by the varying depth of the water at higli and at low tide. The wooden slats of which it was constructed were only about 4i feet high. As can be seen from the illustration, there were six of these compartments within the cement iwund. The fourth enclosure was the pound, and the fifth, the pond, but these two latter were so large that is was impossible to use them for observa- tion purposes. The compartments could be used for observation purposes only at low water. The real purpose of their construction was to serve as sub-divisions of the pound, in which lobsters could be kept for experimental and observational purposes. FAELTJEE. We had even worse luck this season than last. Of the 20,000 fry which we tried to rear in the two remaining boxes, beginning July 12, only twenty-one remained alive on the 30th of July, and they were all in the second stage of development. Not one had moulted a second time, and they had taken thirteen days before moulting even 38a— -5A 66 BEPARTMEXT OF THE XATAL SEBTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 ouee. Of the 20,000 to 22,000 fry which we tried to rear at a second trial, beginning August 2, only 146 were alive on August 17, and these also were all in the second stage. In the August rearing the larvse were shaded from the sunlight by heavy painted canvas screens lying close over the boxes; in July they were not. The effect of the shading appeared to be to reduce the first stage from thirteen days to nine days, and to lessen the number of diatoms; but the larvae died just the same. It is, of course, true that the warmer water in August (about one degree) may have had more to do with the shortening of the first stage than the exclusion of light. Indeed, the influence of direct sunlight upon larvse is still an open question. To be sure, the fry, when left to themselves, swim straight into the light, but it does not follow that beeaiise they do so, the result to themselves is necessarily beneficial. Fig. 3.— ShoH'ing the interior of the cement |X)und. The six latticed compartments are for retaining lobsters so that they can be studied at close range. Leaving out for the present the influence of light, it may well be asked: "What favourable conditions exist at Wickford, that enable the operators there to raise 40 per cent of their fry to the crawling or fourth stage, which do not exist at Long Beach pond?" And the answer is: first, too slight a depth of water under our rearing boxes, thus favouring the entrance of mud and diatoms from the bottom; secondly, the presence in the water of an unusual number of diatoms not generally found in open sea-water;* thirdly, too low a temperature of water. Wliile the temperature at Wickford varies during the rearing season from 68° to 75°, the mean average temper- ature at Long Beach this season was only 58-09° for July, and 58-9° for August. The two following tables give the daily temperatures at Long Beach for July and August, respectively: — • Professor McClement's Report " Diatoms and Lobster Rearing" — Contributions to Cana- dian Biologj-, 1915-16. Supp. 6th Ann. Rep. Dept. Naval Service (Fisheries), Ottawa. 1917. LOBSTER INVESTIGATIONS 57 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Temperatures and kind of weather at Long Beach Pond, during the month of July, 1915. Date. July 12. . 13.. 14.. 15 . 16.. 17. IS 1!) 20 21 22 23 24 25 2i; 27 ■Z8 2H 30 31 Wind. SW. sw. calm. SW. S. SW. sw. SW. SW. NE. NE. N. SW. E. SW. SW. SW. SW, s. SE. Totals.. Temperature of Pound Water. Maximum. Temp, in St. Mary's Bay 5B.R. 60 8 62 0 620 B.tO 63 0 61.5 64 5 60S 60 5 59 0 57 0 5S0 61-5 61 0 58-5 57 5 61-5 61-5 Mean. 1161-8 Minimum. 560 57 60 i5!) 59 57 59 56 69 58 55 53 59 55 55 55 60 56 Temperature air outside. not taken. 670 56-5 59-8 610 not taken. 55 7 not taken. 630 not taken. 54-8 580 54 0 60 0 64 0 63 0 716 8 Weather. Foggy. Fair. Fair. Foggy. Foggy. Foggy and rainy. Foggy. Fair to rain}'. Foggy. Raining. Cloudy. Fair. Fair. Fair. Foggy. Rainy and foggy. Foggy. Fair. Foggy. Foggy. Mean average temperature of water = 58*09*'. Mean average temperature of air = 59 '7". 58 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Temperature and kind of weather at Long Beaeh Pond during the month of August, 1915. Temperature of Pound Water. Date. Wind. Temperature air outpide. Weather. Maximum. Mean. Minimum. o 0 ° o Xag. 1... S. Faired 62 3 60-5 570 78-0 Foggy. 10 A.M. 65-5 57 3 .. 2... Cairn and Cloudy 64-7 63 6 01-3 68-0 590 72 0 Foggy. „ 3... N. Sun .shining. 610 58 5 55 0 54 8 Fair. S. 640 61 0 54 7 520 59 8 .. 4... 56-5 Fair. .. 5... NE. 610 58- 1 .WO 58 8 Cloudy. NE. 61 5 610 55 0 .% 5 69 8 M 6... 60 0 Fair. 66 0 56-5 .. 7... S. 650 63 0 60-5 570 57-5 66 5 Fair. ,. 8... SW. changed to N. 63 0 600 67 0 58 6 Foggy. M 9.. Calm. 640 59 5 59 3 67 0 570 62 0 Foggy. .. 10 .. SW. 600 58 0 57 5 65 0 Foggy. NE. 59-5 60-5 56 0 .67 5 60 0 ,. 11... 59 9 Fair. SW. 64-7 63 0 570 670 59 0 „ 12... 600 Fair. .. 13... s. 61-5 58-7 660 61 0 Foggy. .. 14... s. 55 5 56-5 55 0 55 5 Foggy. NE. 59 5 59-5 56 0 .66 6 64 0 .. 15... 58 0 B oggy. SW. 600 610 611 0 56 3 63 0 .. 16... 58-8 Foggy. 60 5 67 3 .. 17... SW. Totals 60 0 57-7 55-6 62 0 Fos&y- 1002-3 1059 7 August Mean average temperature of water = 58 '9° July Mean average temperature of water=58 09° Mean average temperature of air = 62 3** Mean average temi>erature of air=59'7''. On this subject the Rhode Island Commission remarks: — The temperature of the water is of paramount importance in order to obtain the best results. Although it is possible to rear lobsters with some success in cold water, the best results will be obtained with water at a temperature of 65° to 75° F. This higher temperature results in a more rapid development of the lobsters. This more rapid development results, first, in a reduction of the expenses of operating the plant, because of the less time required, and, second, in a greater proportion of fry reared to the fourth stage, because in the shorter time there is less chance for death from cannibalism, parasites and injury. Prof. A. B. Macallum has suggested that, in order to overcome the handicap of cold water, we should use sea-water that has been heated to 68° or 70°. This apj>ears to be a good suggestion, unless its adoption would increase to too great an extent the cost of operating our plant. At a moderat-e calculation, about 2 cubic feet of water per minute enters, and, of course, leaves each rearing box. To heat this quantity of LOBSTER INVESTIGATIONS 59 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a water from 58(°, which is our average temperature, up to 70° will require the com- bustion of about 250 pounds of coal per- day of twenty-four hours. As the enlarged Wickford plant is composed of fifty-two boxes, the total consump- tion of coal for the rearing season of two months would amount to about 300 tons. Accordingly,' to the regular expense of running a Wickford plant of fifty-two boxes, namely, wages of five men, gasoline, oil, food for the larvse, wear and tear, there would have to be added in Canada the wages of an extra engineer and fireman, besides the cost of the 300 tons of coal. WINTEEING IN THE POUND. Next to the leakage of water, the feature which attracted most attention at Long Beach during the early season of 1915 was the pitiable condition of the lobsters which had wintered in the pound. They were simply covered with growths of green, brown, and orange coloured algje. The green measured from 1 to 3 inches in length, tihe brown from several inches to three feet, and the orange-coloured ones about one-quarter to one-half inch. These latter grew not alone on the body, but over the eyes, and rendered them blind, at least for the time being. Their gills varied in colour from grey to almost black, strongly suggesting that the function of these organs was impaired by a coating of the black mud in which they were compelled to live during the year. The animals which had passed the winter in the pond were distinctly better. They were not so much infested with algte, but the effects of their confinement became very apparent when they were compared with the commercial lobsters which werci placed in the pond between May 10 and June 15. In the former the natural colours of the body were completely hidden by the grey mud and copious growth of weeds which they carried, whereas the latter showed the bright colours characteristic of the normal lobster. Moreover, the commercial ones were free from algal growths, and their gills exhibited the well-known flesh colour. The difference between pond and pound lobsters, on the one hand, and commercial lobsters, on the other, was comparable to the difference between the dirt and rags of a tramp and the cleanliness and dress of a gentleman. CONFINEMENT. The fundamental conditions for a healthy life are very much the same for lobsters as for other animals. They must have plenty of food, well-ventilated water, adequate exercise alternated with rest, and diffused sunlight. How many of these conditions can be said to be freely supplied to a lobster that passes all of its time in a crate, car, box, compartment of the pound, or even in the pound itself? One has but to think of the ill effects of confinement upon wild animals, or even upon domes- ticated animals, to realize how harmful it is. Human beings, whose occupation con- fines them much in factories, shops, or ofiices, and those who are confined in. jails, asylums, or detention camps — all suffer more or less from their confinement. Is not the spread of tuberculosis among cattle largely due to their confinement in ill-ventilated stables? Do not zoological gardens also show instances of deterioration in health, due to the violation of the fundamental laws of biology? Lobsters can be no exception to the rule. Wten kept in confinement we cannot expect to find them in the same condition of health and vitality as when they live in the open sea. No wild animal flourishes so well in confinement as in the open. Liberty of movement is essential to health. It matters not whether lobsters are retained in small or large enclosures, or, for that matter, in the whole pond, the ill-effects upon the lobsters soon become apparent. In the case of the smaller crates and cars, the animals soon die. In the 60 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 larger compartments of the pound, or pond, the ill-efiects may not become apparent for several months, but slowly and surely the lobsters' health and vitality are under- mined and tbej tiiially succumb to the adverse conditions. No doubt, by a long course of breeding and artificial selection, it might be pos- sible, in the case of the lobster, just as in the case of our domesticated animals, to breed a stock that would be less sensitive to the ill-effects of confinement, but, until we have bred such a strain, the nearer we can make the conditions of confinement approximate to the conditions in -which the animal lives in the sea, the lower will be the mortality. JIUDDY BOTTOM. ISText to the copious growth of weeds, blinding and encumbering the lobsters which had wintered at Long Beach, perhaps the next most unfavourable condition was the mud. There is, of course, mud and mud. Every lobster fisherman knows perfectly well that during winter and early spring the largest catches are made off shore, on muddy or sandy bottom. In late spring or early summer the fishermen move their traps towards the shore, and find the best fishing on rocky bottom along the side of kelp or other kinds of sea-weed. But, while the lobster finds a congenial home on a soft sea-bottom, it does not follow that the animal, when compelled to pass the winter in Long Beach pomid, necessarily finds the mud therein equally congenial. The mud of the pound has a disgusting odour, largely due to the gas, sulphuretted hydrogen. Every one who is familiar with this gas knows its characteristic odour, and the characteristic odour could be obtained anywhere in the central area of the pound l|y simply driving a wand down into the mud. For example, at low water on the morning of August 8 a spruce wand six-sixteenths by seven-sixteenths was pushed 5i feet into the mud by the mere pressure of the hand. This was at the north end of our engine house. At the south end, 3 feet were found. At the south end of our hatching boxes, 5 feet. At all points, on withdrawing the wand, the characteristic odour of sulphuretted hydrogen was experienced, and the adherent mud had all the appearance of a sulphide preciijitate. That the gas was really sulphuretted hydrogen became evident in another way. The gas-ladened mud blackened any board, oar, or boat that was painted with white lead, and which remained in contact with the mud for a few hours. Moreover, it precipitated soluble salts of silver, copper, iron, etc., and there is no doubt that the surface of the gill filaments were darkened and their function partially destroyed by sulphides or other particles of mud. In this way it is easy to understand how the gills of lobsters in the pound gradually turned, first, to a grey colour, and finally became almost black. Dr. MoGill, chief analyst of the Inland Revenue laboratory, Ottawa, made an examination of the mud, the super-natant sea-water, and the gills of an adult lobster which had died in the pound. He reports as follows: "The mud is chiefly silica, with a considerable amount of inter-mixed sulphide of iron. The gills of the lobster con- tained iron and phosphates, with a possible trace of sulphur." Dean Goodwin, D.Sc. of the Kingston School of Mining, reports a similar finding to that of Dr. McGill. JIORTAMTY. The severe conditions under which the animals passed the winter seem to have affected their general health and caused a rather high death-rate. Of course, it is quite impossible to estimate the death-rate among lobsters in their natural habitat. In the sea, allowance must be made for those that die of hunger, or are killed by enemies. In the pond and pound the adults have no enemies, and, consequently, should show a low rate of mortality, otherwise there would be no reason for placing them in sanctuaries. We can only form an idea of the rate of mortality in sanctuaries LOBSTER INVESTIGATIONS 61 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a by keeping track of those wliicli die from year to year, and ascertaining, if possible, the cause of death. For example, of 167 lobsters left in the pond and i»und last season (1914) only 134 could be found this season, thus showing a loss of 33. Of the 312 placed in the pond and pound this season (1915) all have been accounted for, the loss by death being a total of thirty-eight. But, just as thirty- tliree in the one case does not represent the true loss by death (because some of last year's lobsters may yet be recovered from the pond), so thirty-eight does not show the true mortality this year, that is, the mortality due to the ill-eifects of detention in the pound or pond. The loss this year must be reduced to twenty, because eight of the thirty-eight were poisoned by the accidental use of red paint on the paddles in one of oiir hatching boxes, and ten others died in the course of transportation to the pound. The real loss, therefore, this year is only 6 per cent of the total, whereas, the loss on last year's numbers (if no more can be found in the pond) was nearly 20 per cent. The greatly decreased mortality this season is, undoubtedly, due to the great care exercised by the department in collecting, feeding, and distributing them, and the shorter deten- tion period in the pond and pound. No one, who appreciates the facts, will advocate the retention of lobsters in either pond or pound for more than a few months at a time. EGG-LAYIXG. Egg laying at Long Beach this season had two peculiarities. The first was that about half the females extruded only a few hundred eggs in place of many thousands, and the second was that the eggs on probably SO per cent of the mothers were unferti- lized. In explanation of the former fact (noticed last year also) we at first assumed that the mothers had been interrupted in the act of egg-laying by being dipped up in the net. Subsequent facts, however, showed that this was not the case, because, when such lobsters were confined in crates or cars for a few weeks, the number of eggs was never increased. Secondly, when (as happened on a few occasions) such a lobster died, post mortem examination showed that the beast had extruded all the ripe eggs in her ovaries, excepting perhaps half a dozen or so. This great reduction from the fuH complement of eggs had to be explained on some other grounds. As this peculiarity in egg-laying was limited, so far as the writer can remember, to females which had spent the winter in the pond or pound, the reduction in the number of eggs would seem to be due to the unfavourable conditions under which the animals had lived through- out the winter — crowding in a small compartment, lack of adequate food, excessive growth of algse upon them, and the uncongenial mud of the bottom. In illustration of this subject, the following facts may be quoted. In one compartment of the pound were fifty females which had hatched their eggs in the summer of 1914 and been retained in the pound all winter. Whether they had extruded eggs last autumn and lost them during the winter or early spring is not known, but, at any rate, they were all found without eggs on April 8, 1915. On July 19 an examination of the 50 resulted, as follows : — 22 had no eg-gs on them. 21 had new eggs on them, but none with the full complement. Within a week 4 of these 21 had lost the tew eggs which they had. 1 only had a full complement of eggs. 2 had died. 1 male only was present throughout the winter with these females. 3 were unaccounted for. It is probable that few if amy of the eggs carried by these twentyt-one females were fertilized, because there was only one male present in the enclosure to mate with the fifty females. It happened, unfortunately, at the time of this examination that the rearing apparatus absorbed all my attention, and, consequently, no examina- tion of the eggs was made to see whether they were fertilized or not. Nor must it be supposed that the loss of eggs by four of these females out of the twenty-one was the only instance of the kind which came under our notice this season. On another 62 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 occasion a female, which was known to carry a few eggs, was later found to be without any. In a third instance two females, both with eggs, were placed in a crate and a few days afterwards one of them was found to have lost her eggs. Here, then, we have records of three different occasions on which lobsters lost their eggs a short time after extruding them. If unfertilized eggs " go bad " and drop off within a few weeks or even months after extrusion, it is easy to understand how our fishermen find not more than an average of 20 per cent (according' to one member of the Shell Fish Commission of 1912-13) of the females carrying eggs. It may be, too, that mothers, when pressed by hunger, eat their eggs, whether fertilized or not fertilized. I have myself watched a female tearing off unfertilized eggs from her swimmerets, passing them forward and transferring them to her mouth with her maxillipedes. On examining her abdomen, the egg clusters could be seen ragged and torn on each side and partly removed. It could not be said in this instance that the eating of her eggs was the result of hunger, because all the lobsters in the poimd this summer were well cared for and regularly fed. The fourth instance of the loss of eggs was the most remarkable of all. In this case none of the eggs adhered to the abdomen. The first intimation we had that eggs were being laid was seeing them floating around in the current on the floor of one of our rearing boxes. These were all soft and jelly-like, and undoubtedly, diseased and unfertilized. Fig. 4.— Mother lobsters cariying newly extruded eggs. These are attached to the paired swimming feet on the under surface of the abdomen. When carrying eggs, the mothers always bend the latter part of the abdonien and tail under the body so that the eggs are as well protected as if carried in a covered cup. In the illustration the abdomen is extended so as to expose tlie eggs to view. LOBSTER INVESTIGATIONS 63 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a MOULTING. "We had opportunities of witnessing several successful moults and also several failures to moult, followed by death. The act is too well known to require description. In healthful surroundings and under the stimulus of adequate food, the act cannot be a critical one for a vigorous animal, \mt, if conditions are not favourable, as in the pound, then the act may well be fraught with danger. There can be but little food in winter, especially, within the limited area of the compartments, and considering the leakage, the supply of fresh sea-water at low tide must also have been scanty. The slimy mud that covered their gills was an ever-present menace, so that the animals were weakened by their long confinement, and some of them, therefore, unfit to store materials in the body for the manufacture of the new shell or the excretion of waste material from the body. What more likely thing could happen than that some of them would succeed in moulting, while others would fail and die? BLIND LOBSTERS. On noticing the blind lobsters, the first question that occurred to me was to ask whether the sight would be restored after moulting. The question was generally answered in the aifirmative, but not always. In the case of a female which had spent a year at least, and possibly more, in the pond, it was found that she was still blind. The algal growths had penetrated too deeply into the substance of the eye and had destroyed the underlying tissue. In one other case, the sight was impaired, but not lost; but, generally speaking, the process of moulting restored the sight. NUMBERS OF EGG-BEARING FEMALES. It is greatly to be regretted that statistics in regard to the relative numbers of egg-bearing lobsters are not available. The following table from Herrick's book is valuable so far as it goes. Facts of a like kind are given by Vinal Edwards for No Man's Land. Similar facts do not appear to be available in Canada, so far as the writer knows. Record of the Total Catch of Lobsters at Woodshole, Mass., from December 1, 1893, to June 30, 1S&4, showing the number and size of egg-hearing females. Length. 6i 6h 6J 7 7i \i 71 8 8i 8i RJ 9 H fl! 10 No. Males. No. Females Females with eggs. Totals. 3 4 7 1 1 3 4 / 5 0 5 15 47 1 93 1 1 10 4 14 60 47 113 20 9 29 168 140 2 308 1 1 44 29 73 143 115 t 258 26 27 1 53 170 166 13 336 1 1 1 32 38 4 70 148 169 24 317 27 29 O 56 167 184 36 351 Length. in. lOi 101 10^ lOS lOj 11 "1 lU UJ 12 12i 12i 12| 13 13i 14" Uh 15' Totals No. Males. 0 62 79 1 18 31 10 11 2 9 1 4 1,313 No. Females 1 71 103 ' is' 62 11 .30 2 14 1,344 Females Kith eggs. 1 17 28 2 20 168 Totals. 1 1.S3 182 1 36 93 21 41 4 23 1 11 1 8 I 1 3 3 2,657 Percentage of females which carry eggs. 12. Percentage of females with eggs at No Man's Land, 63'7, but that was over twenty years ago, when lobsters were more .abundant than now. 64 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 These figures indicate that a much higher percentage of females are berried along the Massachusets coast than in St. Mary's bay or the Bay of Fundy. Inquiries made among the lobster fishermen, both last summer and this, go to show that out of every 1,000 to 2,000 adults, only from two to three are foimd to carry eggs. Is it not time that other statistics besides measurements of length should be collected and published in our annual reports? In collecting statistics, the important points are: (a) the relative numbers of males and females caught during a season; (6) the percentage of females that carry mature, or ripe, eggs during the open season; (c) the percentage of females whicK extrude new eggs during July, August, and September; (d) and especially, the pro- portion of these eggs which are fertilized and unfertilized. With such statistics before us for a few years we should soon know whether we are making good the wastage of lobsters or not. At present we do not know. In a vague way we conclude that, because millions of newly hatched fry are being planted annually in the sea, therefore, we must necessarily be increasing our lobster supply, or, at least, keeping the supply up to the numbers annually trapped by the fishermen. The fallacy of this reasoning is clearly realized by the Shell Pish Coruinission (1912- 13) page 27 : " The annual returns, though showing a very large increase in the money value, are really misleading, because, while the supply of lobsters is declining, the price has so materially advanced that the total value is greater to-day than at any previous period." The results of all our hatthing and all our egg-planting, therefore, has not suificed to replenish our depleted waters : that they have increased the numbers is pure guess work. The same criticism precisely may fairly be made about rearing the fry. We are working away in the dark, increasing the chances of survival, no doubt, but with- out demonstrable proof of any increase in the numbers of animals which grow to maturity. Can we not be a little more accurate in our methods ? Let us first of all collect for a few years the statistics for which I am pleading. With these as a basis for com- parison, let us erect, say, fifty enclosures, 20 feet by 20 feet, at a cost not exceeding $200 each, or $10,000 in all. Impound in these during July and August, twenty-five males and twenty-five females — all carefully chosen and fully mature, and I am con- fident that we shall get a very large increase in the number of eggs. And after all, the greatest aid in preventing the extinction of the lobster will be to increase the egg bearers. Mother ocean will feed the fry, if we protect the esg producers. But, if we continue to hatch, as has been done in the past, we never know what increase results from our eft'orts, but we do know that frequently we are feeding fish. Much desirable information can probably be obtained by circularizing canners and fishermen and explaining clearly to them the objects which the department has in view. In fact, Mr. W. S. Trask, a canner at Little River gladly gave me such informa- tion as he had at his disposal. From May 10 to June 15 he bought 7,1-51 adult lobsters from fishermen. He did not take the time (nor did the fishermen") to distinguish males from females, but he was confident from some observations which he had made a few years before, that there were generally more females than males. Out of the 7,151 adults which he had purchased, only thirty-five carried eggs, that is, 1 per cent, on the assumption that the sexes are equal in numbers. How can the lobster industry be kept up. if only one mother out of every 100 bears ripe eggsl Probably few females are ever sterile. When eggs are not fertilized, one cause will probably be the lack of facilities for mating. This, at least, was apparently the Note. — Mention should be made of the information collected by Mr. Halkett at Baker's Pond, C.B.. sliowina the relative percentage of males and females there to be about 4fi males to 54 females per hundred. LOBSTER INVESTIOATIOXS 65 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a cause this year at Long Beach. Up to to August 2, forty-three females had extruded eggs, and careful examination of twenty-eight of these showed that only five carried fertilized eggs. The reason of this seems clear enough. With the fifty females which wintered in the pound, there was, as already stated, only one male. Whether this one male could fertilize the eggs of forty-nine females is certainly open to question. It is true that the department placed thirty males and thirty females (commer- cial) in the pond or pound for experimental purposes this season, but, unfortunately, eight of the males were poisoned, several of them were undersized, and six others died from causes unknown. It will thus be seen that, if we take into account the relatively small proportion of males to females, and the unfavourable conditions in which both sexes were confined in the pound — I refer to the mud, not to feeding, which was care- fully done, — it is not much wonder that many of the extruded eggs remained unfertil- ized, then softened and dropped off. ANNUAL SPAWNING. It was intimated in my report for 1914 that some females which had extruded eggs in August of that year were to be retained in the pound all winter, and might throw some light upon the subject of annual spawning. Of forty-seven females placed in the pound in midsummer, 1914, thirty had extruded eggs by the end of September. There were confined with these females, fifteen males. Leaving out of consideration ten females which were under 10 inches in length, the proportion of full-grown males to females was 15 to 37, or nearly 1 male to 2 females. The result was that on the 8th of April, 1915, when these thirty females were again examined, all bore fertilized eggs. In other words, 61 per cent of the females placed in the pound last June carried fertil- ized eggs to June of this year. As a matter of fact, most of the eggs were "' laid " in August, but the important point is the large number of berried females which resulted from the experiment. These animals were not examined again until July 7, 1915, when the following results were found: — 12 had no eggs on them, being probably hatched oS in the interval between April 8 and July 7. 12 were in the act of hatching their eggs. 2 had newly extruded eggs upon them. 1 was dead. 1 was lost off the dip net in removing it from the compartment. 2 could not at that date be accounted for, probably hidden in the mud. 30 The twelve which had old eggs upon them on April S, but were without eggs on July 7, were placed in a compartment by themselves and re-examined again on July 29, when seven of them were found to be carrying newly extruded eggs. These seven females with the two which bore new eggs on July 7 make a total of nine, which had carried eggs in 1914, and again extruded eggs in 1915. The remain- ing five of the twelve escaped from the enclosure in which they were confined, and, as a consequence, it became impossible to identify them from others in the pound, but so far as these nine lobsters are concerned, annual spawning is an undoubted fact. One female, at least, of these seven, bore " bad " eggs, and one other, though the eggs appeared normal and of the usual number, nevertheless, carried unfertilized eggs, as shown by microscope examination. MORE FERTILIZED EGGS. The problem of problems in the lobster industry is not how to rear fry to the crawling stage, but how to increase the number of females which carry fertilized eggs. 66 DEPARTMKS'T OF THE yAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 The artificial hatching of lobster eggs may be important, though many doubt it; the artificial rearing of lobster fry to the fourth or fifth stage may be important, though this remains to be proved, at any rate in Canadian waters; but the biggest of all lobster problems is how to increase the number of fertilized eggs. Unfertilized eggs are probably produced in vast numbers, if biennial spawning is the r\ile; in vaster numbers still, if annual spawning is the rule. Eeverting again to the 7,151 adults bought by Mr. W. S. Trask this season, among which he found only thirty-five berried females, and to Mr. J. W. Tidd's catch of 3,000 lobsters in 1913, among which he found only three berried females, we are faced with the problem of explaining how it happens that there were not about 3,500 berried females among Mr. Trask's purchases, if lobsters spawn annually, or 1,750 if lobsters spawn biennially, similarly with !Mr. Tidd's catch, and with the catch of every lobster fisherman in the Maritime Provinces. We have no knowledge of the extent to which the sexes mingle with each other in the sea. Conclusions based upon the tagging of lobsters and their subsequent liberation and capture may be misleading. Tagging does seem to indicate, however, that they are strongly local in their habits, and, if so, they may meet each other only at intervals and solely by accident. How different conditions are to-day for mating, compared with what they were in early colonial days when lobsters were so abundant along the Atlantic coast that after every storm they were found lying along the shore in windrows! If the facilities for mating are lacking, this may be the reason why so few females carry fertilized eggs. If there is no mating, the mothers will extrude their eggs annually or biennially, as the case may be, but the eggs, being unfertilized, will " go bad " and subsequently drop off. It must not be supposed, therefore, that the eggs found in June, July, August, and September on berried females are necessarily " good eggs." For breeding pur- poses they may be as useless as those of a puUet with which no cockerel has cohabited. As illustrating the truth of this statement, it is only necessary to point out that of twenty-eight females which extruded eggs in Long Beach pond this season, only five were found to carry fertilized eggs. These results are quite different from those of last year, but the conditions were different in the two years. In 1914 the malring lobsters were placed in a compartment specially located near the entrance of fresh sea- water from the intake pipe, and by the end of the season, as already stated, 64 per cent of the females carried fertilized eggs, as compared with 1 per cent reported by fisher- men. In the case of the mating lobsters of this year, 1915, some of them, were placed at first in the pond and others of them in the pound. Subsequently they were trans- ferred to two of our rearing boxes, and later again to the third compartment of the pound. Considering, too, that there were only 26 males to 109 females and that the transfer from one enclosure to another was unnatural ; considering also the unfavour- able conditions under which they lived in the pound, one can readily understand that copulation took place less frequently than under the more natural conditions of 1914. But after making every allowance for the conditions which militated against the extrusion and fertilization of eggs, we find that 44 out of 109 females extruded eggs in the summer of 1915, or over 40 per cent. When it is remembered that the Shell Fish Commission estimated from their inquir- ies that the percentage of berried females ranged from 2 per cent to 40 per cent,* and that this latter percentage existed only where fishing is permitted in June and July, as in Northumberland strait, and when it is considered also that in these months some lobsters are carrying old eggs and others are carrying new ones, it will readily be seen that the 40 per cent does not represent the true proportion of newly extruded eggs at all. Let us find out, if possible, the correct proportion of hen-lobsters which carry new eggs, or of those which carry mature eggs, but not a combination of the two. • These figrures were obtained not from the Commission but bj- correspondence with only one member of the Commission. LOBSTER INYESTIOATIONS 67 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a MATING GROUNDS. So few facts are known in regard to the mating of lobsters that special attention should be given to this subject next year. While the pound has proved to be useless this season a.'v a suitable place in which to rear fry or retain adults, the southwest end of the pond, as stated in last year's report, could be made very useful, both as a sanct- uary for beried females and as a mating ground for commercial lobsters. If the com- partments at present in the pound were removed to the southwest end of the pond, and the cost of doing this need not exceed $200, there would then be ample space for both sanctuary and mating ground and better conditions than prevailed this past summer. It cannot be stated too often that the great problem is how to increase the number of fertilized eggs. The hatchery cannot add a single fry to those which the mother will hatch out. On the contrary, the hatchery often starts them upon their ocean life, infected with diatoms, as shown by Professor Gorham. The rearing plant guards and feeds the fry for a brief three or four weeks, and then liberates them to take their chances in wind and tide and among a multiplicity of voracious enemies. In contrast with the uncertainty of hatching and rearing fry, an increase in the number of females carrying fertilized eggs woidd mean an incalculable increase in the number of fry, and consequently, a better chance of survival until they become adults. Fi^'. 5. Twu lubstcr.s icstiii^' in lliL-ir .^iielteis. To realize how greatly the number of berried lobsters may be increased, as they were actually increased in the pound in 1914 from 1 per cent to 64 per cent, we have only to consider how rapidly a farmer could increase his poultry if he bred from sixty-four hens out of a hundred, instead of from one hen. He might use a hatching apparatus (as we do for lobsters) and a rearing apparatus also, if there is such a thing for chickens, but the increase in his poultry would be slow indeed, compared with what it would be if he bred from sixty-four mothers in place of from one. If we could come anything near increasing our berried lobsters from 1 per cent to 64 per cent, we might burn down our lobster hatcheries and never notice the loss, so far as the lobster indus- try is concerned. 68 DEPARTMENT OF TBE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Of course, there may be other causes at work, besides lack of facilities for mating, to account for the small number of berried females. If so, these causes must be studied and, if possible, removed. But, at any rate, no one can be blind enough to overlook the significance of the mating experiments of last year and this. THK EVERYD.4Y LIFE OF THE LOBSTER. While our lobster-rearing experiments at Long Beach pond, both last year and this, resulted in failure, it cannot be said that the two seasons' work was entirely barren of results. Apart from the observations which have been made on mating, and which, it is hoped, may prove even more useful to the lobster industry than any success which might have been achieved in lobster rearing, we have been able to make some contribu- tions to our knowledge of the every day life of the lobster. Very early in our operations of this year it was decided to use but two rearing boxes, instead of four. The other two were fitted up with shelters, or nests, for the study of adults. Obeservations were made every day from July 20 to August 6, when the animals had to be removed. The excesive leakage from the pound left our boxes resting in the mud, and contributed not a little to bring about the death of several adults, through the lack of properly aerated water. POSTURES. When performing certain functions, for example, cleaning themselves, egg-laying, fighting, etc., the adults took up certain appropriate postures. One of these, which may be spoken of as the cleaning posture, was first observed among lobsters which had wintered in either pond or pound. Within a week after these animals had been placed Fig. 6.— This illustration is from a lobster cast which has been shaped to resemble the posture of a mother lobster when hatching her eggs. The swini- merets are visible under the abdomen and these are moved gently backwards and forwards in the water so as to assist in liberating the young from the "shell". This same posture is taken when the animal is cleaning itself. in the rearing box, their appearance had changed very much for the better. No lady in the land could spend more time on her toilet than these lobjsters did in cleaning themselves. They did not, of course, wash, massage, paint or powder their faces, nor did they curl their hair, but they did spend days and days in attempts to free themselves from the excessive growth of algiE, which covered almost every part of their body. LOBSTER INVESTIGATIONS 69 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a At first they ate voraciously; later on, much more moderately. Their only toilet instruments were the opposable thumb and finger (pincers) of their walking legs. Every part of their body which could be reached by those appendages was carefully gone over. It was no uncommon thing to see a lobster raise the first pair of wall^,..**H, ,■■■--■,1"" "t!^^' Fig. 1. — Wood bored by Teredo «ara;is at Charlottetown. P.E.I.. within a period of sixteen months. ? GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918 IV NOTES ON THE HABITS AND DISTKIBUTION OF TEREDO NAVALIS ON THE ATLANTIC COAST OF CANADA.' By E. M. Kindle, Ph. D., etc. INTRODUCTION. A specimen of the boring work of the " ship worm," T. navalis was recently pre- sented to tl^e Museum of the Canadian Geological Survey by Mr. H. E. Miller, accompanied by notes showing the dates within which the destructive work had been accomplished. Although a considerable literature exists on the destructive work of Teredo, records of its habits and work in Canadian waters are suiEciently scarce to justify recording some of the interesting facts which have been communicated to the writer by Mr. H. E. Miller. In the course of his work as an engineer in the Depart- ment of Public Works in renewing wharves, piling, and other seashore structvircs in Prince Edward Island, Mr. Miller has had unusual opportunities to become acquainted with the work of the Teredo. The data relating to the habits of the boring mollusc, popularly known as the ship worm, which are recorded in this paper have been sup- plied chiefly by Mr. Miller. The distribution of Teredo navalis presents some novel features. It affords nn e.xample of discontinuous distribution which parallels that of the common oyster in Canadian waters. It is associated with the gulf of St. Lawrence colony of the Acadian fauna, but its distribution varies rather widely, as will be pointed out, from that of some of the other species of this northern Acadian colony. HABITS. Considerable human interest attaches to the boring work of the mollusc. Teredo navalis, because it is equally capable of destroying wharves, or railway bridges, or .-inking ships when precautions to check its ravages are neglected. The depredations of Teredo are not confined to any particular parts of the world's coast lines. Its work is well known on the Pacific coast, where the Isopod, Limnoria tenehrans, is locally even more destructive.- In Europe the extraordinary increase in the numbers and abundance of Teredo at various widely separated periods have several times brought it into very prominent notice. During one of these periodic increases in its numbers — about 1730-32 — Holland was imperilled by the threatened destruction of its sea dykes.^ The rapidity with which timbers are frequently destroyed by Teredo navalis is shown by the accompanying photograph (fig. 1) of a portion of a beech timber which was 12 inches square when placed in the water. The timber was perfectly sound when placed in the tidal zone just west of the entrance to Charlottetown harbour. Prince Edward Island. The completely honeycombed condition shown in the figure was accomplished in a period of sixteen months. This is a mugh more rapid rate of 1 Published with the permission of the Director of the Geological Survey. 2 Harrington, N. R., and Griffin, B. B. Notes on the distribution and habits of some Puget Sound Invertebrates. Trans., N.Y. Acad. Sci., 1S97, pp. 15S-9. 3 Van Baumhauer, P. H. — The Teredo and its Depredations (translated from Archives of Holland, Vol. I). Popular Science Monthly, Vol. XHI, 1S78, pp. 400-410. 545-553. 94 DEPARTMEXT OF THE yAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 destruction than, has been ascribed to its ally Limnoria Ugnorum, which Murphy^ states can, when abundant, destroy soft timber at the rate of half an inch or more every year. Stearns- has recorded two interesting examples of the work of Teredo. He states that ''uixiu the seafront of San Francisco I have known piles of Oregon pine and fir over a foot in diameter rendered worthless in eighteen months." Dr. Dall is quoted by Stearns as having noted a case of the destruction of the supports of a .small pier made of piles 6 to 8 inches in diameter near the entrance to Chesapeake bay in six weeks. Prof. A. E. Verrill writes that " T. navalis is very abundant and destructive on the southern coast of New England. At my summer home on an island near New Haven it will reduce 2-inch planks and 4-inch stakes to a honeycomb con- dition in one season — 1st July to September — as I have often proved by experience."^ Although only a very thin film of wood separates the innumerable burrows, they in 110 case intersect or cut into each other. The timp of year at which timber is cut, according to Mr. Miller, is an important factor in determining the extent to which it is subject to or immune from the ravages of the Teredo. " Trees cut during the months from October to January give much greater resistance or are less attractive to the Teredo than the trees cut from February to May. The Teredo is practically inactive during the cold of winter." One of the peculiarities of the boring habits of Teredo is its aversion to boring from one timber to another, no matter how firmly attached and adjusted they may be. " Over a shipbuilding experience of fifty years our general foreman of works, Mr. John White, observed only two cases where worms had worked from the hull planking into the timbers of vessels. " Spawning time appears to be about July. Vessels launched in spring and hauled out before July, and those launched in October are practically free of the Teredo; those exposed during the latter part of June and during July, if not pro- tected, being very freely attacked." " To a great extent the Teredo will attack unprotected vessel hulls as freely as fixed timber, particularly if remaining idle for any length of time. Constant motion through the water, however, appears to hamper the attachment of the spawn to some little extent. Such protection, however, as tarring, copper or marine painting and creosoting proves an effective measure as long as the protecting agent remains intact." " The point of entry of the borer spawn into the timber is below half-tide mark. A peculiarity is that standing timbers show a severed condition (very much after the fashion produced by the beaver), at from one to two feet above low- water spring tide mark in localities where spring tides have a range of 9 to 11 feet. From this point down the borers work entirely within the timber, not passing the line of the bottom, where this is muddy, but not having the same objection to sand, as shown by the specimen forwarded." " Mr. Crandall, of the Crandall Engineering Concern, Boston, Mass., has made the statement to me, that if timber could be kept covered with a film of mud, it would be kept immune through the entry of Teredo spawn being prevented. Certain it is, that all other things being equal (particularly temperature and saltiness) the Teredo is much more prevalent and destructive where the surrounding shore and bottom is sandy. In twenty years' experience this office has never observed a creosoted stick affected by the Teredo. The impregnation used is fourteen and sixteen pounds to the cubic foot."-» A small amount of creosote appears to be not very effective, since Stearns states that at Christiania, where the Teredo is very destructive, he was told that " all the iProc. and Trans. N.S., Inst. Nat. Sci., A''ol. V, 1S81, p. 365. 2 Stearns, R. E. C- — The Teredo or Ship-worm. American Naturalist, Vol. XX, 1SS6, pp. 134-135. 3 Verrill, A. E. Letter to the author, February 21. 1917. * Letter from H. E. Miller, to the author. SHIP WORM oy ATLANTIC COAST 95 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a piles had been creosoted (ten pounds to the square foot) before they were driven in, but not to much purpose."^ The palmento of the southern states and some of the Australian woods are said to be immune from the attacks of Teredo. The papers by Putnam- and Cunningham^ contain much information on the habits of Teredo. An Icelandic naturalist'* has made some interesting observations and experi- ments on the habits and biological characteristics of Teredo norwegica, the species found on the southern and western coasts of Iceland. Mr. Frits Johansen has kindly furnished the following translation and summary of these from the Danish : " The propagating (spawning) season continues through the whole summer (April- August). No larvae are found in the mantle-cavity or in the sea; but numerous very small ones (burrows 1mm. long O-Smm. wide) are found in driftwood from Faxebugt (W. coast) at the end of July. " The growing period is mostly limited to two years as shown by experiment : I kept some pieces of wood with Teredo taken from the false keel of a fishing boat and kept it in a shaded cool place; the animals remained alive ten days; but inside of two weeks all were dead. Kept in a temperature of 6° C. for two days they all froze stiff, but were alive when thawed out again. In fresh water they only lived two to three hours ; three hours in half sea and half fresh water or in putrid sea water. " It is mostly only on two places that ships are attacked; at the waterline and in the false keel (or if this is missing the lower part of the keel itself). That this keel part is attacked is because it is buried in the sand, when the ship is beached, and thus gets no paint or tar. The " waterline " part of the ship gets easily its protection of paint or tar scraped off when loading, anchoring, etc. Plank edges are first and most attacked. " The Teredo avoids leaving the wood in which it bores. Hence from the false keel only a few had penetrated to the true keel, and the burrows avoided the outer surface of the false keel. Where two parts of the false keel joined, the burrows never went through the contact but stopped short of a couple of inches. But how does the Teredo know when to stop burrowing? Maybe by sound-sense? In piers at Reykjavik, where Limnoria Kgnorum Eatk. burrows together with Teredo, one frequently sees that Limnoria eats away the woodparts surrounding the Teredo burrows and the calcareous lining of the Teredo burrows are exposed. Teredo therefore protects itself by thicken- ing its calcerous lining 3 to 4 times the usual thickness by internal secretions. " Boats on the water at the south and southwest coast are attacked by it. " In later years it has been very numerous and destructive in sea-going ships belonging to the southwest coast; in many cases Teredo has been imported with ships bought in England, but some ships built in Iceland or lumber put into ships in Iceland have been attacked. Ships belonging to the north and northwest coasts (beached during the winter) seem to be free of Teredo. Maybe the many English ships bought and the unusually mild winter, and the fact that the ships are on the sea all winter are the causes of its frequency at the southwest coast for the last five or six years. ■' The largest Teredo I have seen measured 27-5 cm. (to the base of the siphons) siphons ea. 2-5 cm.; average size of Teredo 16-18 cm., built in 1892." ^Ibid, p. 135. 2 Putnam, J. W. — The Preservation of Timber. Scientific American Supplement. Vol X No. 236, July 10. 1S80, 3762-3763. 3 Cunningham, J. T. — Teredo. Encyclopaedia Britannica, 9th Ed., Vol. XXIII, ISSS, pp. 184-186. ■< Saemundson, B. Zoolog. Meddel. fra Island (Zool. Notes from Iceland, p. 43, pp. 57-60). Vidmskab. Meddel. fra Naturhist. Foren. Kbhn. for Aared 1903 (Scientific papers from Natural History Society in Copenhagen for year 1903). 96 DEPARTMENT OF TEE yiTAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathymetric Eaxce. There is but little information on the depth to which Teredo can work below low tide level in Canadian waters beyond Murphy's^ photograph of a piece of bored spruce which was submerged two years, four feet below low water at Pictou, N.S. At Woods Hole, Mass., it has been found living at a depth of 13 fathoms- and in New York harbour at 25 fathoms.^ Three well-known rock and clay-boring molluscs are found in the same general region with Teredo navalis. These are:- — Petricola pholadiformis. Zirfaea crispata. Saxicava arctica. P. pholadiformis appears to be most common near the inter-tidal zone, but it has been dredged at a depth of 30 fathoms in St. Marys bay by Dr. A. G. Huntsman. The recorded range of Z. crispata is from low tide to 70 fathoms in Canadian waters. Off the Maine coast it is recorded by Verrill'* at from 22 to 44 fathoms. At Woods Hole it also occurs at a considerable depth below low tide. Saxicava arctica is another rock boring shell which has a considerable range below the tide line. On the Iceland coast it is found between tide marks^ while off the Labrador coast it is common at 10 to 50 fathoms.^ Honeyman reported limestone boulders bored by Saxicava which were found at a depth of 65 fathoms off the Xova Scotia coast." The rock-boring habit gives to molluscs which practise it a special geological significance, as pointed out by Barrows.* The rock cells of such molluscs gradually expand as the rock is entered from the small aperture on the surface drilled by the very young shell into chambers corresponding to the size of the adult molluscs which thus leave no avenue of escape for the shell even after its death. The improbability of the removal of boring shells by current action to waters deeper or shallower than the living animal occupied permits the fossil molluscan rock-boring shells to yield information which is precise within the limits of their vertical range concerning the depth of the sea in which they lived. DISTRIBUTION. The genus Teredo has a wide distribution around the coasts of the North Atlantic. None of its several species however belong properly to the Boreal fauna although there are outlying colonies of some species which are surrounded by the boreal fauna. T. norvegica, which is the prevailing indigenous species on the eastern side of the North Atlantic, affords in its European distribution an interesting example of such discon- tinuous distribution toward the northern limits of its range. This species ranges through the Mediterranean and up the west coast of Europe into the waters of S.W. Norway. But G. O. Sars^ states that "the only place inside of the Arctic 1 Proc. and Trans. N.S. Inst. Nat. Sci., Vol. 5, 18S1, p. 376, flg. 4. 2 Summer, F. B. Osburn, R.C.. Cole, L. J. A Biological Survey of the Waters of Woods Hole and vicinity. Bur. of Fisheries, Bull. 1913, Vol. XXXI, Part II, Sec. III. p. 702. 3 Proc. and Trans. N.S. Inst, of Nat. Sci., Vol. V, ISSl, p. 376, Hg. 14. ■1 Am. Jour. Sci., Vol. 7, 1874, p. 503. 5 Johansen, A. C. On the Mollusca between tide mirks at the coasts of Iceland. Videnska- belige Middelelser fra den Naturhistoriske Foresig I. Kjobenhaon, 1902, p. 386. 6 Mem. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol. I, p. 282. " Honeyman, Dr. D. Glacial Boulders of Our Fisheries and Invertebrates, Attached and Detached. Trans. Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science, Vol. VIII, Part III (1888-89), p. 210. s Barrows, A. L. The Geologic Significance of Fossil Rock-Boring Animals (read bafore the Palfeontological Society of America). Bull. Pal. Soc. Amer.. Vol. 2S, 1917. 9 Mollusca regions Arcticae Norvagife, p. 98, Christiana, 1S7S. SHIP WORM ON ATLANTIC COAST 97 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a region where tins form lias been noticed is at Oexfjord in West Finmark, where my father found it boring in piles." This Finmark colony of Teredo norvegica is far to the north of the northern margin of the continuous distribution zone of the species on the Norwegian coast. B. Saumundson i writes "as follows regarding the occurrence of Teredo in Ice- landic waters : " The Icelandic name of Teredo, ' tremadkur,' was first mentioned as Icelandic by E. Olafssen in his journey through Iceland Soroe in 1772: 'Teredo navalis intra lignum is the bad worm, which spoils the driftwood' (West Iceland). Later it is mentioned by Mohr, 1786 (Icelandic Natural History) and by Morch (Fauna Mollusc. Island), 1868, both on the authority of Olafssen, so that neither of these two men have noticed it in Iceland themselves. The species was found living in a pier at Eeykjavik by me five years ago, and definitely determined by Ad. Jensen as T. norweviga Spengl. The species is found in driftwood all around the island. It was found by me only in standing lumber (piers) at Reykjavik (West coast)." A Teredo listed as T. navalis? and T. denticulata is included in Mollier's^ and ]\roreh's3 lists of the mollusca of Greenland. Posselt^ refers Moller's T. navalis to T. denticulata which he records from a single locality in S. Greenland, — avigtut. The distribution of Teredo navalis along the Atlantic coast of Canada and New England affords an excellent example of discontinuous distribution. The essential features of this distribution are indicated in the sketch map (fig. 2), showing the distribution of Teredo in these waters. The map includes south of the Bay of Fundy t'ie recorded occurrences of two or three species besides T. navalis but it clearly shows that the coast line distribution of this species is broken by 400 miles or more of coast line along which it is either absent or very rare. This mollusc is present in great abundance around the southern shores of the gulf of St. Lawrence and the coast of Cape Breton island. But southwest of the Str. of Canso it becomes scarce. In the Bay of Fundy, T. navalis is either very rare or entirely absent. South of this bay, however, it again becomes common on the Maine coast and from Frenchman's bay s uthwest appears to be generally present along the New England coast. Mr. H. E. Miller has furnished the following notes on the distribution of T. navalis on the coast of Prince Edward Island: "Teredo is present in all waters s-irrounding the Prince Edward Island and up the inland tidal waters as far as the salinity of the water is sufficient. " Regarding the coast of New Brunswick to the westward of this province, 1 cannot speak from personal observation never having visited that coast but from what I can learn the borer is to be found along the whole coast of Miscou and Shippigan and for at least a •short distance along the Chaleur Bay coasts. I understand they do not work as far ujd to the rivers, as in this province. This is readily vmderstood from the fact that the rivers are practically fresh very nearly to the outlet, draining immense areas and salinated by a very small range of tide. " At Rustico Harbour on the North side of the island, there is great activity. The 1' cality is entirely sandy. At Tignish, on the other hand, another sandy locality, the destruction is much less, but there is a very strong current, much sand in suspension, and considerable fresh water. The same comparison is true between localities of a muddy nature. Considering two localities, one sandy and one muddy, each with a considerable constant suspension of the material forming the bcttoms, the destruc- tion appears to be greater in the sandy locality."^ The photograph here shown in fig. 1 indicates the great activity and abundance of T. navalis at Charlottetown on the south coast of the island. ^ Letter to the writer. -Index MoUuscorum Groenlandica. 1S42, p. 21. 3Middelelser au Grordand, Vol. XXIX, 1905, pp. 2S9-362. * Meddel on Gronland. Band 23, 1S98, p. 101. 98 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Dr. Martin ifurpiiy who made a special investigation of the distribution of Teredo in Nova Scotia stated that at Sydney Harbour, Cape Breton island, Nova Scotia, T. navalis is " as destructive if not more so than at any of the points on our coast."^ It is abundant along the coasts of Northumberland strait as far west at least as Shediac." How much farther northwest its range extends is not known but probably not much farther. Murphy states that the zone of Teredo's operations on the east coast of Nova Scotia begins about Musquodoboit harbour and extends from there to Whitehaven.^ He found that it became scarce on the Atlantic coast between the strait of Canso and Halifax. From Halifax southwest along the Nova Scotia coast only traces of Teredo are found and they are neither numerous nor destructive accord- ing to Murphy. The writer has not observed Teredo on the Bay of Fundy coast of Nova Scotia and Murphy does not appear to have seen it there. Dr. A. G. Huntsman of the St. Andrews biological station informs the writer that " we obtained it once near one of the Western isles, that is very close to Frye's island, in some sunken timber, and at another time we obtained it from some floating blocks which had, quite evidently, drifted in from outside, probably from the Gulf Stream. It is verj- probable therefore, that Teredo is not indigenous to the Bay of Fundy, but comes in periodically in float- ing wood." Professor Ganong reported in 1885 that " a broad and strong tide-dam was completely undermined and destroyed by them (T. navalis) within the space of six years,"^ at Frye's island which is located in the lower and wider part of the bay. This author at a later date however modified this statement by saying that the destruc- tion of Frye's island was the combined work of Teredo and the crustacean Limnoria lignoriim. It is possible that it was altogether the work of L. lignoriim as suggested by Verrill. Whiteaves* records T. navalis from St. John in a ship's hull. But that this record represents exotic specimens appears certain from Professor Ganong's state- ment that in St. John harbour the Teredo is not only absent but " ships which enter the harbour infested by them are free from them within two days."^ The testimony of Professor Verrill regarding the occurrence of Teredo in the Bay of Fundy is important because of his intimate knowledge of the Bay of Fundy fauna. He writes that " so far as I remember I did not find Teredo navalis in Bay of Fundy during the seven summers I collected there. I think I did find T. norvegica a few times in buoys." . . . "At Eastport, Me., I found Laminaria very abundant in piles, fish- weir stakes, etc., but found no Teredo with it there."® At least three factors are probably active in excluding T. navalis from the Bay of Fundy. Temperature is doubtless one of these. The area in which Teredo is most abundant is, speaking broadly, essentially the same as that of the isolated colonies of oysters in the waters about the southern shore of the gulf of St. Lawrence. Although the waters in winter are much colder than those of the Bay of Fundy, during the critical period of the spawning time they are warmer. Professor E. W. McBride" has pointed out how the existence of the oyster in this region depends upon the warming of the water in the shoal areas where alone they can exist during the spawning season. Whiteaves* still earlier called attention to the special temperature conditions which afforded on the south side of the gulf of St. Lawrence a congenial environment for a northern colony of the Acadian fauna. 1 Murphy, M. On the Ravages of the Teredo Navalis and Limnoria Hgnorum on Piles and Submerged Timber in Nova Scotia and the means being adopted in other countries to prevent their attack. Proc. and Trans. Nova Scotian Inst. Nat. Sci., Vol, V, Part IV, 1882, pp. 357-376. 2 Murphy, M. Supplementary Notes on Destroyers of the Submerged Wood of Nova Scotia, Proc. and Trans. N.S. Inst. Sci., Vol. 8, p. 218. 3 Ganong, W. P. The Economic Molusca of Acadia, N.B. Nat. Hist. Soc. Bull. No. VII, 1888, p. 111. * Catalogue of Marine Invertebrates of Eastern Canada, 1901, p. 151. 5 Ganong, W. F. Nat. Hist. Soc. N.T. Bull 4. p. 89, 1SS5. 6 Verrill, A. E. Letter to the author, February 21, 1917. 7 The Canadian Oyster, Can. Rec. Sci., Vol. IX, 1905, pp. 154-5. 8 Catalogue of Marine Invertebrata of Eastern Canada, p. 15, Can. Geol. Survey, 1901. SHIP WORM ON ATLANTIC COAST 99 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Another factor of importance in controlling the distribution of Teredo is salinity. There appears to be general agreement among shipping men and others familiar with the work of Teredo that any considerable amount of fresh water is fatal to it. On this point, Mr. H. E. Miller states that "where the flow of fresh water is sufficient to have any effect on salinity there is an entire absence of Teredo."^- The speedy destruction of T. navalis already alluded to which results when it is brought into St. Johns harbour on ships is doubtless due to its inability to withstand brackish water. While this factor would explain its absence from certain bays and estuaries of the Bay of ITundy, neither salinity nor temperature will afford a satisfac- tory explanation of the general scarcity or absence of Teredo in these waters. If tem- perature alone were sufficient to bar Teredo from the Bay of Fundy it is difficult to understand how Illyanassa ohsoleta, one of its congeners in the Acadian colony of the gulf of St. Lawrence should be able to make its way into the shallow bays on the east side of the Bay of Fundy, where I have found it at most points where I have dredged. This si^ecies on the opposite side of the Bay of Fundy is rare or absent.^ One of the peculiarities of T. navalis is its aversion to water containing sediments or other impur- ities in suspension. Various writers have noted this aversion. The waters of the Bay of Fundy are unique in their extreme turbidity; no other waters on the American coast approach them in this respect. This is due to the very high tides, and the corre- spondingly swift currents in the estuaries which keep the waters near the coast every- where turbid with sediment. In the Bay of Fundy there is a tidal range of 40 to 60 feet. In Northumberland Strait where Teredo is abundant the tidal range is in the neighbourhood of 10 or 12 feet. The turbidity of the Bay of Fundy waters, particularly in the upper and narrower portion of the Bay, exceeds that of Northumberland strait in somewhat the same proportion as its tides exceed those of the strait. The high turbidity of the estuarine waters of the Bay of Fundy is believed to be chiefly respon- sible for the general absence or scarcity of Teredo. Barrows^ has pointed out that a definite correlation exists between the rock boring habit and a location on the open coast. The need of protection from the waves at and near the tide line on open coasts doubtless developed rock boring as a protective measure. This normal open-coast environment which involved exposure to the surf included the normal salinity of the open sea and comparative freedom from silt. The heavily silt laden waters of the upper part of the Bay of Fundy afford the very antithesis of the open coast environment which is normal to rock boring molluscs and in this fact is to be found the explanation of the absence or scarcity of T. navalis as well as the rock borers Zirfaea crispata and Petrioola pholadiformis in the Bay of Fundy. ASSOCIATED SPECIES. A small crustacean, Limnoria lignorum, is associated with Teredo in some parts of its range whose wood-destroying habits are similar to those of Teredo. These two species which are similar only in habits, differ sufficiently in their preference for certain environmental factors to lead them to reach their maximum numbers and development along different parts of the coast line. Their zones of habitat, however, overlap according to Murphy. <»This author states regarding the areas occupied by these two species that " wooden wharves or bridges along the Bay of Fundy and from there along the Atlantic coast as far as Whitehaven suffer from the Limnoria, while the location of the Teredo is farther east and north." ..." There is no neutral ground between them. Their .domains overlap for a few miles, each of the little borers becoming less abundant as we advance farther into the territory of the other."-* 1 Letter to the writer. 2 Huntsman, Dr. A. G. Letter to the writer, February 5, 1917. 3 Barrows. A. L. The Geologic Significance of Fossil Rocl^-Boring Animals, Bull. Geol. See. Amer., Vol. 1917. ■« Proc. and Trans. N.S. Inst. Sci., Vol. S, 1S95, p. 21S. 100 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 It is interesting to note that one of the molluscs which is common in Sydney harbour, Cape Breton island, where Teredo has perhaps its maximum abundance, IS the rock borer Zirfaea crispata. Although reported rarely in the gulf of St. Law- rence by Whiteaves I have found it rather abundant near low-tide mark at North Sydney. Along the Bay of Fundy coast of Nova Scotia, however, I have found no trace of it. Stimpson reports it to be very rare at Grand Manan. Verrill has recorded it at from 8 to 70 fathoms in the Bay of Fundy. But it does not appear to occur in the Bay of Fundy near tide mark, as it does at Sydney. Like Teredo, Z. crispata appears to be absent or rare along the Atlantic coast south of the B:>y of Fundy. This species, like T. navalis, has a wide distribution. On the Pacific coast it is reported from Vancouver to San Diego, California, by Carpenter.^ It is dis- tributed along the European side of the Atlantic from France to northern Norway.^ Although found in an elevated beach near Christian shoal, Greenland, Jensen states " that Zirfaea (Pholas) crispata no longer lives at Greenland may be regarded as a fact." = Another boring shell which is associated with T. navalis around the shores of Prince Edward Island is Petricoln pholadiformis. The Canadian Geological Survey Museum collections include a specimen of hard red shale with shells of this mollusc from Charlottetown, P.E.I. Concerning this shell, Dr. A. G. Huntsman* writes: " Petricola pholadiformis is abundant in the lower part of the gulf of St. Lawrence around Prince Edward Island, and occurs boring in the red sandstone there. It has been reported by Yerkruzen from St. Marys bay. Nova Scotia, and I have myself dredged it there in 30 fathoms hard clay bottom. I have not found it in the Bay of Fundy proper." Dr. Huntsman's observations on this shell indicates pretty clearly the discontinuous distribution of T. navalis and Z. crispata. which eliminates them from the fauna of the upper part of the Bay of Fundy. Teredo navalis belongs in the gulf of St. Lawrence to an isolated faunal group which is confined to Dawson's warm " Acadian bay." The subboreal or syrtensian fauna of the central and northern part of the gulf of St. Lawrence are excluded from this fauna. Concerning this fauna, Dawson^ wrote: "It thus forms a peculiar and exceptional zoological province" . . . "It aifords to the more delicate marine animals a more congenial habitat than they can find in the Bay of Fundy or even on the coast of Maine." Among the characteristic species which comprise this Northumberland strait colony of the Acadian fauna are the following: — Ostrea virginica. Venus mercenaria. Zirfaea crispata. Astarte undata. Crepidula fornicata. Grepidida plana. Ilyanassa ohsoleta. Some of these species, as 0. virginica and V. mercenaria are entirely absent from the Bay of Fundy • waters. Some others, like /. ohsoleta are entirely absent on the west coast of the Bay of Fundy but present in the warm shallow inlets on the eastern side of the bay. The Northumberland Strait colony is separated from the northeastern border of the New England zone of the Acadian fauna by the deep basin of the Bay of Fundy and the Atlantic coast waters of northern Nova Scotia. The 1 Dall considers the Pacific Coast form to be a species distinct from Z. oispata. 2 Adolf S. Jensen, Middelelser on Greenland, Vol. XXIX, 1905, p. 296. 3 Ibid. * Letter to the author, February 12, 1917. 5 Dawson. J. Annual address. Can. Nat. Ser. 2. Vol. VII. 1S75, p. 277-S. SHIP WORM ON ATLANTIC COAST 101 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a reason for this isolation becomes apparent on examination of a bathynietric chart of the waters of the Maritime Provinces. The whole of Prince Edward island and Northnmberland strait lie inside the 20-fathom line, and much of the broad strait has a dejith of 10 fathoms or less. On the southeastern coast of Nova Scotia, however, the 20-fathom line frequently approaches to within one-half mile of the coast, and there is everywhere a narrow zone of shoal water inside the 100-fathom zone which renders it colder than the broad shallow warm waters of Xorthumberland strait. It illustrates well the fact that a zone of shallow water if sufficiently close to and unprotected from deep waters may serve as a faunal barrier as effectively as a land barrier. This example of an isolated colony of the northern New England shallow zone marine fauna surrounded by a sub-boreal fauna is worthy of the attention of paloeontologists who are prone to predict land barriers as offering the only possible explanation of faunal differences similar to those described above. FORMER DISTKUiUTIOX OF THE NORTHU JIBEELAXD F.4UN.4. There are several bits of evidence which seem to indicate that the present isola- tion and limited distribution of the colony of comparatively warm-water mollusca now living in the Northumberland strait with which T. navalis is associated is of recent origin. Ostrea virginica, the most strikingly southern type of this assemblage, apears to have extended as far westward as Montreal at one time during the Pleisto- cene. Several years ago Sir William Dawson wrote : " I have picked up a loose speci- men at Saco which has the appearance of being a fossil specimen from the Leda clay, and Mr. Paisley has sent me specimens from Chaleur bay which are said to have come from Pleistocene beds 16 feet from the surface." ^ More recently Edward Ardley- has .reported finding Ostrea near Montreal, 9 feet below the surface, associated with Mya truncata, Macoma calcarea, Astarte, Laurentiana, and Saxicava rugosa. At Cole Harbour on the east coast of Nova Scotia the flukes of anchors bring up numerous dead oyster shells, where the living oyster is unknown.^ On the east coast of Nova Scotia, Mr. W. J. Wintemburg of the section of Archae- ology of the Geological Survey, has found in an old Indian shell heap on Mahone bay, 40 miles southwest of Halifax, shells of Ostrea virginica and Venus mercenaria. Neither shell is known south-west of Halifax, on the east coast of Nova Scotia at present, but their discovery in the shell heap appears to indicate that they lived in the bay when the shell heap materials were accumulating. It may be suggested tentatively that the beds containing 0. virginica at Mont- real are synchronous in time with the Don River interglacial beds at Toronto. It is probable that the milder climatic conditions which prevailed during the early part of the Don River interval* rendered the temperature of the Atlantic coastal waters of the Maritime Provinces sufficiently mild to give the oyster and its congeners con- tinuous distribution from southern New England to the gulf of St. Lawrence. 1 Dawson, J. W. Ice Age in Canada, 1893, p. 243. 2 Ardley, Edward. " The Occurrence of Ostrea In the Pleistocene Deposits of the Vicinity of Montreal." Ottawa Naturalist, Vol. 2C, 1912, p. 67. sProc. and Trans. N.S., Inst. Nat. Sei. Vol. I, 1S63, p. 9S. i A. P. Coleman, Int. Cong. Ge.ol., Guide Book, No. 6, 1913, pp.lD-31. ! ,/ V V / \i ^ K \ A (H'^ y <^ f \\)^ \ir\\ii\'i [W I ,{ VnVlm \r\ iCVsTjOH vT^^"^^ \ £^ /''C-^^X f '^ /i / 1 UpE BRETON r< , (^ ^ iV""''^'^"^*^! ^"^lI^^-^/iiC^^ f I / , c \ t^fi£,S9^^ )STOrs ^ \ IM' \ ^^\ ^_J^ ^ "^ \ ?0 65 \60 Fi&. 2. — Sketch map showing the discontinuous distribution of Teredo around the coasts of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. The habitat of Teredo is shown by black border on coast line. Area where Teredo is absent or rare is shown without black border. 38a— 8 103 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918 V REARING SOCKEYE SALMON IN FRESH WATER. By C. McLean Fraser, Ph.D., F.R.S.C, etc. Curator of the Dominion Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. In several instances, successful attempts have been made to rear the Atlantic salmon, Salmo solar, to maturity without permitting it to have access to the sea. TarrelP describes such an attempt that was made nearly a century ago as follows : ■'A large landed proprietor in Scotland . . . wrote as follows : ' In ansiwer to your inquiry about salmon fry I have put into my newly formed ponds, the water was first let in about the latter end of 1830, and in April, 1831, I put in a dozen or two small salmon fry, 3 or 4 inches long, taken out of a river here, thinking it would be curious to see whether they would grow without the possibility of their getting to the sea or ^alt water. As the pond, between three and four acres in extent, had been newly stocked with trout, I did not allow any fishing till the summer of 1833, when we caught, with fly, several of those salmon, from two to three pounds' weight, perfectly well developed and filled up, of the best salmon colour outside, the flesh well-flavoured and well-coloured, though a little paler than that of new-run fish.' " This attempt was successful as far as it went, but no evidence is given that any of the fish lived to maturity. It has been shown by Dahl, Hutton, and others that, in some rivers in particular, the Atlantic salmon commonly remains three years in fresh water, the length of time these were kept, without any artificial restraint. The experiment is interesting, however, since it shows that the retention idea is by no means of recent development. Menzies^ refers to this experiment and mentions others as follows : : " Since then various experiments in this direction have been conducted with more or less success, notably those by Sir J. Gibson Maitland, at Howietoun, where eggs deposited in the winter of 1880-1 were duly hatched and the fry reared until, when nearly four years old (i.e., the same age as grilse), they were found to be ready to spawn, and the ova of the females when fertilized by milt, were found to develop in a perfectly normal manner. In the report of the Fishery Board for Scotland for the year 1908, part II, appendix III, details are given of a male grilse kelt which, owing to an oversight, was left for a year in a small fresh-water ' catch-pit,' and which, in spite of these unnatural conditions, had again become ripe for spawning. " Through the kindness of Mr. George Muirhead, the commissionex for the Duke of Richmond and Gordon, who sent the scales and particulars to Mr. Calderwood, I have been able to examine the scales of a somewhat remarkable fish, which died at the Tugnet hatchery, on the Spey, in August last. The details of the life of this most interesting specimen — a male — as supplied by the keeper of the hatchery are as fol- lows : 'Hatched in April, 1905, the parr was placed in the rearing pond in the summer of the same year, and was retained there until the date of its death in August, 1911, when it weighed 4 pounds 3 ounces. During this period it spawned twice, for the first time in January, 1910, and for the second and last time in March, 1911 ; on the latter occasion its weight was 5 pounds 3 ounces, 1 pound more than when it died.' 1 Tarrell, Wm. A history of British fishes. Part II, 1836, p. 21. 2 Menzies, W. J. M. The infrequency of spawning in the salmon. Salmon Fisheries L, for 1911, Fishery Board for Scotland, 1912, p. 5. 38a— 8i. 105 106 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 " It is interesting to observe that, although this fish enjoyed steady hand feed- ing, it had only attained one-tenth of the weight it would, iu all probability, have reached had it spent the last four years of its life in the natural manner in the sea, and the scales show that the feeding has been, as one might expect, of a regular character, and it would be impossible to estimate the age in the regular way. The absence of a spawning mark is at first sight particularly striking, although this is not so surprising when one remembers that a great deal of the erosion of scales takes place after the fish has ceased feeding and left the sea, and while it is in the river before spawning." Masterman^ makes reference to salmon that were bred in tanks at the Plymoutli Marine laboratory. He says : " Through the courtesy of Dr. Allen, the Director of the Plymouth Marine laboratory, I was enabled to examine the scales of young salmon which were bred in the tanks, and for two successive seasons were ' stripped ' of ripe ova and milt. Their scales show no trace of worn edge or of spawning mark." He gives a photograph of a scale of one of these salmon (see fig. 27)- Similar experiments have been carried on with the British " sea-trout ", the migratory trout of the British coasts, the name applied to it by those who consider the " brown trout ", said to be non-migratory, a different species and even by those who think the two are of the same species, developed under different conditions. Tate Regan* definitely states " In the British Isles there is only one species of trout." Lamond^ gives an approving review of the arguments presented by Regan and in dis- cussing one of these, viz., that sea trout, if prevented from going to the sea, will live and breed in fresh water, makes reference to an experiment carried out at Howietoun under the supervision of the hatchery superintendent, John Thompson, whose notes are recorded thus : " The parents were caught in a tributary of the river Forth, brought to Howietoun and spawned on November 23, 1886. There were 450 ova laid down to hatch of which some 350 hatched out successfully in February, 1887, and the fry (some 250) were shifted from the hatchery house to one of our ponds, in June of the same year and then fed the same as other fry. The young fish were again shifted into a larger pond in June, 1888, when the average size was found to be about three inches. In August, 1889, some specimen fish, about six inches in length, were taken from the pond by Dr. Day for examination and comparison with common trout, S. fario, and we were all agreed that it was impossible to distinguish them by the eye from S. fario. In April, 1890, the fish were again moved to another pond and I spawned some of the females in November of the same year, crossing the ova with milt from S. levenensis and S. fontinalis. A few fry of the former were hatched out and reared but were after- wards mixed with other fry. The remainder of the parent sea-trout were afterwards, I think, turned out into a reservoir, when about five years old. They never attained to any great size." In all the cases mentioned, apparently the only difference observed between the fish retained in fresh water and those normally migrating is the difference in size, the retained specimens growing much more slowly than the normal migrating specimens- The scant supply of food in the fresh water as compared with the supply in the sea, which is commonly given as the reason for the slower growth in fresh water, appa- rently cannot be the controlling cause iu all of these cases, since in some of them at least the fish may have been fed as much as they wished for. Possibly the lack of any necessity for special activity in search for food accounts for a similar lack of appetite and a sluggishness in digestion and a general condition that is not conductive to rapid growth. This would also account for any differences in external appearance and in 3 Masterman, A. T. Report on investigations upon the salmon with special reference to age determination by study of scales, Fishery Investigations, Board of Agriculture and Fisheries, series I, Vol. I, 1913, p. 31, London. 4 Regan, C. Tate. The Fresh Water Fishes of the British Isles, 1911. 5 Lamond, Henry. The Sea Trout, 1916. REAIUXa SOCKKYE t^ALMON 107 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a the color of the flesh of the fish as well. The complete fresh water life, as far as these experiments show, causes no delay in the approach of the spawning period. In only one of these cases was the later life of the fish followed up and reported upon. This fish survived two spawning periods and lived to be 6* years old. There is thus nothing to indicate that its life was shortened in the continued existence in fresh water, nor can it be said definitely that it was prolonged. Eegan contends that there is no structural difference between the sea trout and the brown trout, but the diiference in general appearance is due to the length of time spent in fresh water. That is to say, he is of the opinion that the brown trout is simply a sea trout that has given up migrating to the sea. Lamond apparently is of much the same opinion. If this contention is correct, and it is backed up by many convincing arguments, the continued life in fresh water must have a physiological , effect if not a morphological, different to that when migration to the sea takes place, because the brown trout is so different in general appearance, when grown, that it is usually considered a different species or it might even be said many different species, where local conditions produce an appearance, different from the typical. An experiment with the sockeye salmon, Oncorhynchus nerka, which is being carried on at the hatchery at New Westminster, B.C., by Hatchery Officer H. W. Doak, under the jurisdiction of Lieut. -Col. F. H. Cunningham, Chief Inspector of Fisheries for British Columbia, may be of greater interest than any of these. Already it is of sufficient importance to be worth recording. In the fall of 1912 some sockeye eggs were taken from Harrison lake to the Bon Accord hatchery, where they hatched out in the spring of 1913.' The fry were put into rearing ponds near the hatchery, but later, when the hatchery was moved over to Queen's Park, New Westminster, on account of Canadian Northern Railway opera- tions, the fish were removed to ponds on the new site, where some of them still live and thrive. In the fall of 1915 some of the males, then in their third year, became ripe and the milt was removed. The spent fish mended perfectly and continued to live and grow. As none of the spawning fish were marked, it was not possible to tell if those spawned again in 191C, but certainly some of the males spawned in that year. None of the females showed any signs of developing a spawning condition in the third year, i.e., in 1915, but they did so the following year. When they were ripe the eggs were removed, artificially mixed with milt for fertilization, and put in the hatchery, but although they remained fresh for a long period, none of them hatched out. The rest of the eggs were spawned naturally in the gravel at the bottom of the pond, but apparently they were not fertilized, as none of them hatched out either. The eggs were 5 to 5-5 mm. in diameter, somewhat smaller than even the smallest of normal sockeye eggs. The spawning occurred about November 1, and on the 29th of Jauuary following a number of these fish were examined. There were nine of them altogether, running from 9 to 11 inches in length (not including caudal fin rays). They were not weighed, but probably none of them would weigh over a pound, and some of them not that much. The fish that had quit feeding during the spawning period, were taking food quite readily again and appeared to be perfectly mended. The skin was bright and metallic and the scales were shed quite readily. Scales from four of them were taken for examination. Although there is much sameness in the rate of growth indicated throughout, it is possible in almost every perfect scale to make out the winter check somewhat readily. The growth is not quite regular even during the active part of the year, the irregularity is most notice- able in the second year's growth, but it is probably on account of the general slow growth that it is more noticeable in these than in normal scales. There may have been some disturbing influences in connection with their life in jKJnds as small as those in which they were kept. 108 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 A calculation made to get the amount of growth each year gave the following results in inches) : — Total length. 1st year. 2nd vear. 3rd vear. 4th year. 11-0 2-3 3-5 3-0 2-2 9-7 3-0 3-5 1-9 1-3 9-5 2-8 3-0 2-1 1-6 9-5 2-7 3-3 2-3 1-2 Average.. 9-9 2-7 ' 3-3 2'3 I'B The first of these was a female, and probably all of the others were males. There is a marked difference in the growth in the third year, but it cannot be stated with certainty that the small growth in the last three but particularly in the second one was due to the spawning of these males in the third year. There was no indication of a spawning mark on any of the scales. (This agrees with Menzies' statement for the Atlantic salmon, quoted above). The great majority of the Fraser river sockeye remain in the fresh water for one year. The average growth of 014 four-year-old sockeye, hatched out at the same time as these and caught in the summer of 1916, is as follows : — Total length. 1st year. 2nd year. 3rd year. 4th year. 22-3 2"9 S'G 7"7 S'l No sockeye belonging to the same year class but remaining two years in the fresh water have yet been obtained as these are usually caught when in the 5th or 6th year, but a comparison may be made with the 5-year fish that were hatched out the preced- ing year. The average of 56 of these is as follows : — ' Totallength. 1st year. 2nd year. 3rd year. 4'thyear. 5th year. 22-5 2-6 3-2 S-2 G'l 2-4 I have not seen any sockeye from the Fraser that had remained in fresh water for three years, and as .far as I am aware, none have been reported. Dr. Gilbert has reported some from the ISTass river, that remained in fresh water for three years, but has given no figure of the scales. Even if the growth rate had been calculated for these Nass river fish, no direct comparison could be made with the Fraser river fish. As far as comparison can be made, these pond-reared fish have a growth parallel to that of other sockeye, that remain in the fresh water under normal conditions, but the comparison can be carried only to the end of the second year. There is nothing to indicate that hand feeding in the pond makes any improvement in growth over natural feeding in the streams or lakes. The growth in length in the third year is less than that in the second, and that in the fourth less than that in the third, a decrease in somewhat the same portion, although not to the same extent, as is found in those living in the sea. There is nothing remarkable in the fact that these fish lived over the fourth winter. Five year specimens are found in all types of sockeye, six years specimens are compar- atively common and seven year specimens have been reported. The outstanding feature of the whole question lies in the fact that these fish have spawned and have mended perfectly and some of the males have lived over a year after the first spawning. A large number of sockeye, as well as all other species of Pacific salmon, certainly die soon after spawning, and there is no convincing evidence that any of them long survive the spawning process under normal conditions, but these pond reared sockeye survived and began feeding again, apparently little the worse. They were examined again on April 20 and the nine of them were still alive, of good colour, and apparently in good health. It is true that they did not go through a wearing struggle in getting to spawning beds but that cannot have made all the difference because many of the Pacific salmon, even in some eases the sockeye, spawn in streams that are reached from the REARIXa fiOCKEYE SALMON 109 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a sea with no special effort. The spawning effort itself should have been as severe on these as on those spawning under natural conditions or those artificially spawned. Tho physiological condition of the body must have become changed under the changed con- ditions of life, so that the fish has become, in its nature, more like a fish that normally remains in the fresh water throughout its existence. This may indicate that the genus OncorhyncJius is even more intimately related to the genus Sahno than has been sus- pected. Mr. Doak has some pond-reared sockeye younger than these, and some coho at different stages as well, hence there is every chance for him to follow up the experiment far enough to get quite decided results. EXPLAN.^TION OF FIGURE. The figure is from a photograph of a scale from a 4-year-old sockeye that was reared entirely in fresh water, taken from the fish on January 29. The numbers 1, 2 and 3, indicate the limit of the first, second and third year's growth, respectively. The margin is the limit of the fourth year's growth. I 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918 VI ON THE AGE AND GROWTH OF THE POLLOCK IN THE BAY OF FUNDY. By Professor Jajies W. Mayor, Ph.D., Union College, Schenectady, N.Y. (With one Diagram.) I. — INTRODUCTION. The present report represents the results of studies on the age and growth of pollock caught in the Bay of Fundy during the years 1915 and 1916. A report Mr. Douglas Macallum, prepared under the direction of the present writer, then curator of the St. Andrews Biological Station, dealing with the pollock caught in 1914, is already in the press. Mr. Macallum's report refers particularly to the older pollock of from three to six or more years growth, as determined by their scales. Besides working out the rate of growth of these pollock, he obtained indications that the most frequent year class was that of 1909. Some of the results of this report are included in the present paper for comparison with the data obtained in 1915 and 1916. The object of the investigation has been to determine: (1) the distribution of the young pollock, (2) the rate of growth of young pollock during their first two or three years, (3) the relative frequency of the different year classes in typical commercial catches. The writer is indebted to the members of the staff of the Biological Station at St. Andrews in 1915 and 1916 for assistance in measuring and taking the scales from fish. He is particularly indebted to Mr. E. Home Craigie for the measurements made in July, 1915, and to Dr. A. G. Huntsman, the curator of the Station, for assistance and advice in obtaining the young pollock in 1916. II. — METHODS OF MEASURING FISH AND STUDYING SCALES. Two measurements for length have been employed. The standard length is measured from the tip of the snout to the end of the vertebral column (easily deter- mined by feeling with the fingers). The total length is measured from the tip of the snout to the end of the tail, the caudal fin having its normal spread. In the case of fiSh over 20 cm. in length the measurements are always to the nearest centimeter; ii; the case of the smaller fish, under 20 cm., to the nearest millimeter. The standard Irngth was chosen at the beginning of these investigations for the following reasons : (1) It can be more accurately determined by the ordinary methods, (2) it is not affected by the position or spread of the tail or by injuring the tail, (-3) it measures tiie actual length of the body of the fish, (4) it has been found by Hjort, in the case of herring, that a better correspondence between actual lengths and lengths as calcu- lated from the position of the rings on the scales is obtained by taking a length V measured from the anterior end of the pectoral fin to the end of the vertebral column, than by taking the total length. The standard length differs from V by the length of the head only, while the total length differs by the leng'th of head and tail. The total length has been recorded for comparison with the measurements of the European investigators who use this length. In 1914 the standard length only was recorded. In 1915, for catches No. 1 and Kg. 2, both the standard and total lengths were recorded, and for catches No. 3 to No. 5 only the standard lengths. In 1916 for catches No. 1 to No, 40, both standard and total lengths were recorded and for catches No. 41 to No. 62, the total length only. The scales of the fish were taken in most cases from a region marked by the end of the right pectoral fin when extended along the side of the body in a posteribr 111 112 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 direction. When the region had been injured either in capture or transport, the nearest uninjured region to this was used. The scales were stored in envelopes on which the length of the fish and other data were written. For microsciipic study the scales were cleaned and flattened between two slides. In calculating the proportional lengths from the position of the winter rings, the positions of the outer edges of the V inter rings were marked on strips of paper so placed that the edge of the paper coincided with the camera lueida image of the antero-posterior diameter of the scale in its anterior part. These strips were then placed on the apparatus devised by lljort and the proportional lengths read off. For each fish, at least two scales were examined in this way. m. — THE FIRST YE.A-R's GROWTH. A number of small Pollock, shown by their scales to be in their first year of growth were obtained. The greater number of these were caught in a shore seine about two fathoms in depth and twenty fathoms in length. The hauls were made in two I'scalities and were as follows: A. — North of Wilson's beach, Campobello island. Wilson's beach is on the western side of CampobeUo island and faces a stretch of tidal water lying between this island and the islands to the west of it, often called by the fishermen "The Eiver". Tiie Western shore of Campobello island descends somewhat abruptly, and, in conse- quence, the tidal current comes close to the shore. The hauls were made at about Ice time of low water on the morning of Augvst 4, at which time many small pollock ranging around .35 cm. in length were seen in schools inshore. The results of these five hauls all made within a mile or two of each other, are grouped together and labelled catch No. 19. The separate hauls are given below. Ilaul No. 1. — The seine was set a considerable distance from the shore so that the corks went under. The catch consisted of four pollock imder 11 cm. and 1 pollock 42 cm. total length, and one flounder. Haul No. 2. — The seine was set so that the cords just remained afloat. The catch Cv nsisted of seventeen pollock between 28 and 47 em. total length, and no other fish. Haul No. S. — This was a short haul, the seine being set at about its own depth. The catch consisted of a few- flounders and skulpins. Haul No. Jf. — This was a deep haul, the seine being set at about twice its own depth, the corks being completely under, on a beach covered with kelp. The catch consisted of fifteen pollock under 11 cm. total length, four skulpins, four flounders, and two sea ravens. Haul No. 5. — This haul was made in shallow water and went foul of rocks. The catch consisted of a few flounders and a few skulpins. B. — Bliss island. These hauls were made on the shores of a small island in the bay of Fundy, northeast of Campobello island and southwest of L'Etang harbour, where, as in the case af Wilson's beach, strong tides run. In all, sis hauls were made and the catches numbered 28 to 33. Three hauls were made at low water on the evening of August 16, the seine being set in about its own depth. The hauls yielded the following small gadoids : — Haul No. 1. — Two hake. Haul No. 2. — Two pollock, forty-four cod, numerous hake. Haul No. 3. — One pollock, two cod. POLLOCK l.\ HAY OF FV?il>Y 113 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Three hauls were taken at the next low water on the morning of August 17, yield- ing the following small gadoids: — Haul No. 1. — Numerous hake. Haul No. 2. — Five pollock, four cod, and four hake. Haul No. 3. — Four hake. The length frequencies of the twenty-seven small pollock obtained in catches 19 and 29 to 32 are given in table I. The length frequencies of the fish caught in the seine catches 19 and 29-32 form rather even curves with a mode at 8 cm. and 9 cm. The mean standard length of these fish, as calculated from measurements made to the nearest millimeter, is 8-7 cm., and the mean total length, as calculated in the same way is 9-7 cm. The scales of these fish show a series of rings of plates corresponding to the centres of the scales of longer pollock. The number of these rings is from 4 to 10. In no case were the rings of plates close together, indicating winter growth. In 1913 five small pollock were caught in the shore seine at Sandy Cove, N.S. Their length frequencies were as follows: — 7 cm. 1 8 cm. 1 9 cm. 3 Standard lengths Frequency 7 cm. 2 8 cm. Frt^qiiency 3 The measurements were made to the nearest millimeter, and the mean total length was 8.2 cm. and the mean standard length 7-4 cm. Seven other small pollock were obtained, five from weirs- which had been seined for herring and two caught on hook and line from the station wharf. The length fre- quencies of these fish are given in table 2, and show that these fish were larger than those caught in the shore seine. Their mean standard length was 12-2 cm. and their mean total length was 13-3 cm. Their scales corresponding to their larger size show a greater number of rings of plates but do not show any winter rings. So far as any importance can be attached to the occurrence of these seven fish, it would seem to indicate that the young, after they attain a certain length, about 11 cm., move into slightly deeper water where they are not caught by the shore seine. IV THE SECOND YEAr's GROWTH. Among the pollock caught in the shore seine at Wilson's beach on August 4, as described in the jorevious section and grouped together as catch No. 19, eighteen were between 29 and 45 cm. total length. Two of these, specimens No. 660 and No. 661, 29 and 32 cm. total length, show only a single winter ring in their scales. The lengths of these fish at the end of their first winter as calculated from the positions of the winter rings in the scales is shown in table 3. It is to be noted that these fish are probably large for their age being caught in a shoal with large fish. They constitute, however, the only data the writer has been able to obtain on pollock in their second year's growth. It is hoped in future work to fill this unfortunate gap in the investigations. v. THE THIRD YEAr's GROWTH. In all seventy-three pollock in their third year were caught. They were all caught in the shore seina near Wilson's beach, Campobello island, and are included in catches 17 and 19. 114 DEPARTMEXT OF THE i'AYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Cateh IT was taken on tte morning of August 3, 1916, -when numerous schools of small pollock -n'ere seen close inshore just north of Wilson's beach, and the shore seine was set at low water. One haul yielded fifty-seven specimens ranging between 30 em. and 47 cm. in total length. The seine was rapidly hauled in over a rocky bottom and the only other jSsh caught was one Pseudopleuronectes americanus 35 cm. in length. The scales of these pollock all show two winter rings. The length fre- quencies are given in table 4. The mean total length is 39-6 em. and the mean stan- dard length is 36-4 cm. Catch 'No. 19 has already been described in a previous section. It included sixteen pollock whose scales showed two winter rings. The total lengths of these fish at tho ends of their first and second winters, as calculated from their scales, are given in table No. 5. The lengths given are, in each case, the average of two measurements on different scales. The mean total lengths of two-year old fish of the catch are, at the end of the first winter. 15-4 cm. and at the end of the second winter, 31-8 cm. The mean length of the fish when caught on August 4 was 39-2 cm. The mean increase in total length during the second year, fe, was 16-4 cm. and the mean increase during the third year up to August 4 was 7-4 cm. The length frequencies of the fish in the different years of their growth are shown in table 6. The corresponding figures for the standard lengths are: mean standard length at end of first winter. 14-1 em.; mean standard length at end of second winter, 31-3 cm; mean standard length when caught on August 4, 35-9 cm. VI. — THE FREQUENCY OF THE DIFFERENT YEAR CLASSES IN THE YEARS 1914, 1915 AXn 1916. From measurements made on 1,350 pollock caught in July, 1914, Mr. Douglas Macallum constructed a length frequency curve, given in the paper already referred to. This curve, as Mr. Macallum noted, shows two modes, one at 63 cm., and one at 68 cm., the former being the more prominent one. The mean length of 6-year old fish (67-8 cm.) corresponds closely with the frequency curve at 68 cm., as scale studies show, and the mean length of 5-year old fish (63- cm.) with the mode at 62 to 63 cm. The most prominent mode is at 63 cm., i.e., 5-year old fish, or the class of 1909. The material for the study of the pollock in 1915 consisted of the measurements and scales of 652 fish obtained in f[xe catches from Casco bay, off Campobello island, New Brunswick. The first two of these catches were made on June 22, and included 331 fish, the other three catches were made on July 16, and included 321 fish. The length frequencies of these pollock, both the actual numbers caught and the per cent in each centimeter class, are given in table 7. In catches 1 and 2, both the standard and the total lengths were measured while the catches 3 to 5, only the standard lengths were taken. The table gives the standard lengths for all five catches and, in addition, the total lengths for catches 1 and 2. From the column in the table giving the per cent of specimens in each centimeter class for the first two catches and the similar column for the last three catches, it will be seen that they agree in showing the most frequent classes at 65 and 66 cm. Since the distribution of lengths in the catches is similar and since the catches were chosen at random, it would seem fair to assume that they represent correctly the distribution in point of size of fish caught during June and July in the vicinity of Campobello island. The frequency curve for the standard lengths of catches 1 to 5 is shown in the graph where the lengths have been grouped in 2 cm. classes and the frequencies plotted in per cent. This curve has a single mode at 66 cm., corresponding to the most frequent class in the per cent column. An examination of the scales of the fish from a typical catch, catch 2, was made in the POLLOCK IN BAY OF FVNDY 115 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a following manner: The envelopes, each containing the scales of a single fish, were arranged in the order of the standard lengths of the fish ; the scales from every fourth envelope were examined and the number of rings counted. In this way, without exam- ining scales from all the fish, scales from a representative sample of the catch were examined. The numbers of fish in each year class are shown in table S-. The mean standard length of the 5-year old fish of the class of 1910 was 63-9 cm., and that of the 6-year-old fish of the class of 1909 was 67-4 cm. The mode on the 1915 frequency curve is therefore seen to be due to the greater frequency of the 6-year-old fish of the class of 1909, or the same which gave rise to the most prominent mode in the 1914 frequency curve. The mean standard length of catches 1 and 2 is 6>7.5 cm., and the mean total length is 72-8 cm. The material for the study of the pollock of three winters and over, in 1916, consisted of measurements of thirty-two catches made near Campobello island between July 10 and October 16. The first eleven of these catches, Nos. 2 to 18, were measured by the writer, both the standard and the total length being recorded and scale samples taken from each fish. The remaining catches were measured by Capt. Sheppard Mitchell of the Biological Station staff, and the total lengths recorded. The dates and locations of the catches and the number of pollock they contained are given in table 9. The length frequencies of these catches have been tabulated and catches grouped according to the date of capture. Catches 2 to 12 were made betwen July 10 and 14; their standard length frequetncies are given in table 10, colunuis I to X. From column IX it can be seen that the mode for these catches is about 66 cm. The mode for catches 15 to 18 is seen from column XIV to be also 66 cm., although the frequencies of the 67 and 68 cm. classes are also large. Catches 2 to 18, which contain 567 fish, have been combined in columns XVI and XVII, which give the length frequencies in per cent. These columns show that the mode, in this case, is to be placed at 67 cm. The mode at 67 cm. is slightly in advance of the mode of the 1915 curve which is at 6 NTr;^»CdO»c»r;o^fcc<-Hf— .5 cecj ►> "< -< S6 c O = > CI n -^3 'T c^ c: c: O Ci f-i t^ c: X -r -j; :z: u- t- c^i c: « »o — ^ X c: a: — -r c-i .- c: c: '^ H-i ^ 15-18, t2-3. 1 =■ > T C^ X' — '■ ~f ■ c. ' o -p • ■ r: 1.-: " X f ■ -J - X ■ C-l ■ Tf " -f w r- -ic ■ jQ -co -co X 2 s"^ 1> - ^ iJ S e > '■^-r ■t^c2:rio«;i-t-*t^:s(r5'voocc-5'ir'i-<^ o CM CQ CV3 C3 O' ^ - - ■ r-t r-!N-T- -.TfN^ciut'-xc'Sc: x:r:{M — «ir;oiCkOC-cc?o.-to-^ • — ^ ' ' X >> o int£x" "5 t— 1 • ■« • ■ th .r; CO •* 1-1 •M !N IC X I- O 'W' CD COi-f ■-'J'COi-* i" rt " * X : * : I ^ O _ c-«t^«c*sccco • -cc ' .'-' -^ J"! (M in -r ir: -* ::5 t^ i i-- i'- X "^ CO -* -^ .^ c^ .^ .-H .^ " p^ - ; ! : : : • 1- ►—■ ' 1- Jh '^ 1— ( -^ >i h- i «^C0Kr:-*fTp-^O:^ -^fM^i-l p^ > Je^f « O * o" • r- ^ ■^^ m > . . - • ^ -f ■ CO n f— ?t C^ ■* •-( »-( ■ .-< .,—(,-(.—.5^ ■ "o ^ ■ ' ■ •f-.cc^^i-i«MiMC^r^-^^«y=:i:tr: — -r(M— '«f-f-'W ' c Q^ >> ■J> (^^Tm 1 - i-H > • .-1 r- rj. CC CI .-' C^J C-3 f t^ CO M CC ?^) CO ^ !-^ ; "-^ : !^ ce s v> O^ ^ co"^ IS J^ C3t-teC rrJ^Tu^iM ■^:ccoX'*jcn»-':coi-i r-f ■ ■ ■ 1— 1 tS 3 Ol-T MO •I-l«N^ - '^.-H .-4l-< 1^ 1— 1 « 3 O^ *~ -tJ ^ sua = 2 1—1 '. • I . . ij ■-" o t^ o ^ ci C' ■»»* it: :c r>I GO c O j^" G« t> • l-t' -I>.l--t-t^t*t-t-X POLLOCK IN BAT OF FUNDT 121 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a ■^ >» T) — !M ■ 1 :' : 1 : ■ • 1 ■ ■ -V T ■ ■ - CO ■ ■ ■ 00 ■CO • • ■ COM * ' D^ in g r-l - ■ f - i : : to ■3 ■ : : : => QC CO X X 38a— 9i 122 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 SSB[0 'UIO z ^ O N TP ■ to c: ■* -GO CI ■ o 1-- cc -* w ■ cc : : "^ ■^ -f CO .^ -l* -O «5 ^ -O <— < ■i-lO©0- CO -N (MC.'-Tr,-..-.(Mo- I— t>. o ■ b- ■ CI ■ :d j^ -00 -ih ■ o ■ -^ :oocoO'*'-H-p-t*^T'.ro^cot-oco-r-fco:;*r:Di-'i^c4xco ■i-iOOOCQOCO.->COCOf-« — c N -o -o ■ :c -CO • -* o c:coc:i-.'r:ciMCieo^;!Mi-it--h-coh-'>^0 -r i-. - I-. :M ■ *n C:: C3 L- ■ tC • CO ■ X 'CO ■ -r 5<: ■SS-Cp -lUO i-H qoBa UI % '^ -fO-!pi-.c:c:"-ct-:C'-'Ot>-— ^occ'-docib-x^t-wt-owwmci'c ■Xouaubaaj , pauiquioQ • ss-Bp 'rao 5 qo'oa a I % coco - O CO t>. - 1- -ec ■ t>. ■ :d CO -^ -00 -(X) -O -O -O -CM -CM -lO -"i 'ss-Gio 'uia qOBa ui % l-H COCOOOCOOOOOt^OOl^t-Ol-Ot^Ol^CCCOOl-eOCOCOt^COCJO HH ^r-'C«^5N'^"^:o-t-iC»n-c:-rir:.r:t-oc: wcocMcoc^.— ci-^ ■Xoaanb^jj ^ ^i-ioo.— 'rocotctoxc-iM — :oi::. t— xcoir:t~?q-^i>..— .ot-oxeocccoi-H pauiqiuoQ •"• POLLOCK IN BAT OF FUND7 123 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a ■w ■ w -f-l ■ O "^ CI C^ CO t^ ■ • ■ « ■ Ci * to ■ « 1 '■ f-H^Nb-^-^cc^ zs '-a T . ■ o !:c ^ iO '^ ■ X L- ^^ -f ?5 ; ^ : --=== : ; . :| : " : : . :i : ■ c; io ■' IN - • w :£ o « CI o ■ ,; c; t^ -o Ci :o CO • ■ s .;- -CS ■=: '•-)■ Z^ a -^ lO Id T iZ! V r ; ; ; i ; ; CO • ■ . ; ; — .....,. i 4-^.^ii?.ii til o i 124 DEPARTMENT OF THE ^'AyAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table 12. — I'jigtli frequencies of the Pollock of catches 3, 6 and 7, arranged according to age and catch. o S . Catch 3. No. of winter rings. Catch 6. No. of winter rings. Catch 7. No. of winter ring.*. ^ = 4 5 6 4 5 6 4 5 6 51 1 52 1 3 1 1 1 2 ""1" "i ' 53 54 55 56 "2 ' 1 3 2 1 2 i 1 4 0 ... ^ . 1 2 1' 3 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 "1 3 2 2 1 57 58 59 fH rt o =^ 2 fl s a ^ San g s g S ^ 2 ft c3 g s e a. 3 a tH a t> 3 ^ ^ o \Q 3 5 g's ^ ^ 3 .a g g £ a a w ■s a o o Ol 1 ^ r/l ^v • ^ o ■ ^ standard lengtVi of Fish in centimeters. to jS H o -a - a ■s 0) ^ O -fH 0) o .a «> 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918 VII FURTHER HYDROGRAPHIC INVESTIGATIONS IN THE BAY OF FUNDY. By E. Horne CRaigie, B.A., University of Toronto and W. H. Chase, B.A., Acadia University. (With 25 figures and 1 map.) During- the summer of 1914 a hydrographic section of the Bay of Fundy was made, a report of which appeared in the Contnhutions to Canadian Biology. 1914-1915.1 At the beginning of July, 1915, it was suggested that a considerable amount of dredg- ing should be done with a view to working out the fauna of the Bay of Fundy, and the opportunity was taken to combine with this work a repetition of the hydrographic observations made in the previous year and to extend them over the greater part of the Bay. It was thus possible to collect sufficient data to give a general idea of the conditions existing in the water of this important and interesting region. observations made and apparatus employed. The work was carried out during two cruises in the month of July. The first of these enabled dredging to be carried on at twenty-four stations in St. Mary bay, Nova Scotia, and observations to he taken at stations I to IV in the Bay of Fundy — the stations which were established in 1914. The work of the second cruise comprised dredging at nine stations in the Annapolis basin and the establishment of two more cross-sections and a longitudinal section of the Bay of Fundy. In St. Mary bay and the Annapolis basin, the stations in which were numbered consecutively in Arabic numerals, temperatures and water samples were taken at the surface and at the bottom at each dredging station, largely for the sake of the connec- tion of these conditions with the fauna found. At all the Bay of Fundy stations, observations were made at the surface, at depths of 5 and 10 fathoms, and then at 10 fathom intervals to the bottom. In the table of data the records for the bottom have been put opposite the nearest depth in tens of fathoms. The exact depth of the obser- vation may be seen at a glance from the record of " Depth " near the top of the column for each station. The hydrographic data obtained in St. Mary bay and the Annapolis basin are tabulated here chiefly in order that they may be accessible when required, though few deducations can be made from them at present. At the Bay of Fundy stations V to XV, dredge hauls were taken; and at these and the Annapolis basin stations, surface plankton samples were also obtained. The apparatus employed was the same as that used in 1914, and has been des- cribed in the report of the work done in that year. The temperature of the air and of the surface water were taken by means of a delicate chemical thermometer, all other temperatures were determined by reversing thermometers. The temperatures at 5 and 10 fathoms at station III, and from 10 to 40 fathoms at station IV, were determined by a Negretti-Zambra thermometer,- all other temperatures below the surface by a Eichter thermometer.^ The water samples were obtained by means of a Petterssen- 1 Craigie, K. Home. " A Hydrographic Section of the Bay of Fundy in 1914." ~ Magnaghi pattern frame. Negretti and Zambra thermometer No. 170664. 3 Laboratoire Hydrographique, Kobenhavn, Preisliste, 1914, No. 75, thermometer No. 164. 127 128 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Xansen water-bottle. A full description of both this water-bottle and the reversing thermometers may be found in the section on hydrographic work in the report on the " Investigation of the Bays of the Southern Coast of New Brunswick with a view to Their Use for Oyster Culture."^ The temperatures read on the Richter thermometer were all corrected for the expansion of the mercury column at the temperature at which the reading was made, and the corrected figures were recorded in the tables and used in constructing the temperature cui-ves. All temperatures are in the centigrade scale. The densities and salinities of- the water samples were determined by W. H. Chase, but as he was called away by military duties, he was unfortunately prevented '. from completing the work.^ Such discrepancies between density and salinity in many cases were found in the records that it was considered necessary to repeat the analysis of the samples, and Professor Vachon of Laval University was so kind as to do this] during the summer of 1916. Unfortunately, Prof. Vachon found that the water sam- ples must have altered by evaporation since they were collected, and it has accord-^ ihgly been regretfully decided not to publish the data for the Bay of Fundy stations, blit to confine this report to the temperature observations. The densities, salinities and chlorine contents of the samples from St. Mary bay, as determined by W. H. Chase, will be found in table HI at the end of the report. LOCATIOX OF OBSERVATION STATIONS. The positions of all the stations are indicated on the accompanying map, on which the fifty and hundred fathom lines have also been inserted, giving an idea of the conformation of the bottom of the Bay. The stations were located so as to give as complete sections as possible, showing the conditions existing in the various parts of the water. In making the observations, the stations were found by the use of a log. Stations I to IV are on a straight line drawn from East Quoddy Head, Campo- bello island, to Boar's Head, Petit Passage, Long island, as follows : — Station 1 7 miles from Eiast Quoddy Head. 11 19 III 27 IV 37 The remaining Bay of Fundy stations are located as follows: — Station V 22 miles N.W. from Digby Gut. "VI S " S. from Partridge Island, St. John harbour. VII 14 J •■ s. from Partridge Island, St. John Harbour. VIII.. 21* " S. from Partridge Island, St. John Harbour. IX 2S " S. from Partridge Island, St. John Harbour. X lis " E. from Station VII. XI 5 " S. from Quaco Head. XII 105 •• XIII 15* " Xn^ 20J XV IS " S.E. by S. from Quaco Head. The distances are measured in geographical miles. 1 Mavor, Craigie. and Detwetler in " Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1914-15." 2 The responsibility for the planning of the work, selecting the stations, etc., rests with E. Home Craigie, as does also the recordin.g and working up of the temperature data, while observations on density and salinity were in charge of W. H. Chase. The two workers colla- borated on the draft of the earlier part of this report, and on the preparation of the accom- panying map and .some of the figures. Owing to Mr. Chase's departure for the front, it has been necessary to complete the report without his assistance or criticism. HTDROGRAPHIC INVESTIGATIONS • 129 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a DEDUCTIONS FROM DATA OBTAINED IN THE BAY OF PUNDY. A. — Temperature Curves. From the corrected data obtained at eacli station, a temperature curve has been drawn (figs. 1-15), and upon the basis of these curves four profiles have been con- structed representing respectively* the three transverse sections and one longitudinal section of the Bay of Fundy. The discrepancies in depth at some stations shown by the curves and profiles are to be explained by the state of the tide when the observa- tions were made. The bottom conformation has been drawn as accurately as possible with the aid of charts. If the data for stations I to IV be compared with those recorded in August, 1914,i it will be observed that, with the exception of the surface temperatures at stations II and IV, all the readings are considerably lower in the new observations, the bottom temperatures averaging 2.7° lower than in 1914. The range of temperatures between the surface and the bottom is thus much greater in 1915, the difference in the surface temperatures being comparatively little. These differences between the temperatures found in the two years are to be explained, no doubt, by the fact that the new observa- tions were taken six weeks earlier in the season than the old ones, when the heating effect of the summer sun and air had had less time to penetrate to the deeper water. Thus there is to be seen a very rapid fall of temperature in the layers of water near the surface (figs. 1-4). In this connection, it must be remembered that the heat con- ductivity of sea water is so slight as to be practically negligible. " The heat conveyed by the sun to the uppermost water-layers cannot therefore be propagated into deep water by conduction, but only through movements of the water-waves, currents, con- vection ' currents,' etc."- The fact that the deeper water is heated so much in a period of six weeks must be attributed to the vertical mixing of the water by the great tides occurring in this region. Another effect of this vertical mixing by the strong tidal currents was referred to in the previous report, namely, the considerable areas of the same, or nearly the same temperature occurring at many of the stations. This is most marked in the case of the stations farther up the Bay, the temperatures at stations X to XV (figs. 10-15) inclusive being practically constant between a depth of 5 fathoms and the bottom. The fact that this uniformity becomes more marked in the upper part of the Bay bears out the theory that the tides are responsible for it, the tides being greatest at the head of the Bay, w'hile the water there is shallower, so that the tides are likely to effect a more complete mixing of the mass of water. Helland-Hanseu, generalizing upon the basis of temperature curves for four stations distributed over the Atlantic from the Faroe-Shetland channel to the Sargasso Sea says: "From the surface downwards the temperature falls very rapidly for the first hundred metres; at 100 metres it is 4° to 6° colder than at the surface. Beyond 100 metres the temperature decreases at first much more slowly. . . . The layers in which the temperature changes very rapidly are called 'discontinuity layers' (by the Americans ' thermocline,' and by the Germans ' Sprungscliicht ')."^ The curves obtained for the first four Bay of Fundy stations, i.e. those nearest the open Atlantic, (figs. 1-4) agree with these observations to an extent which seems little short of remarkable in shallow and enclosed water, especially where conditions are so peculiar as they are in the Bay of Fundy. Indeed it would hardly seem justifiable to consider the correspondence as more than a matter of chance were it not for the fact that it appears even more clearly in the curves for the same stations in August, 1914. The comparison is made particularly apt 1 Craigie. E. Home. "A Hyflrographic Section ot the Bay of Fundy in 1914." Contri- butions to Can.idian Biology, 1914-1915. - Helland-Hansen in "The Deptlis of the Ocean," hy Sir John Murray and Dr. Johan Hjort, p. 226. 3 " The Depths of the Ocean," p. 223. 130 DEPARTMENT OF TBE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 hy the fact that Helland-Hanseii's observations were made between June 24 and August 10 — at practically the same time of year as our own work. Wliile the density and salinity records are not being included in this report, for the I'easons explained above, it is perhaps worth while remarking in this connection that the observed densities also correspond rather closely with the records obtained in the part of the open Atlantic near Nova Scotia by the Challenger expedition in May 1873. The surface densities for the Challenger stations 49 and 50 are, respectively, 1.02354 and 1.02451, the bottom readings for the same stations being 1.02400 and 1.02546. The depth at station 40 was only 85 fathoms, that at station 50 was 1,250 fathoms.^ The surface and bottom densities found at our stations I to IV were: — Station — Surface . Bottom. I. 10242 10246 II. 10240 10250 III. IV. 10239 10246 10252 10252 The surface densities throughout the Bay varied from 10238 (stations VI and VII) to 10248 (station XIII). The bottom densities ran from 10244 (station X) to 10252 (stations III and IV). Thus it appears that the density of the waters of the Bay of Fuudy corresponds quite closely with that of the neighbouring part of the Atlantic. Once more, no doubt, the thorough mixture brought about by the tides is to be held responsible for this, as it seems improbable that evaporation in the Bay of Fundy is nearly sufficient to counterbalance the influx of fresh water. Helland-Hansen remarks that the high surface temperature shown by his curves "is principally due to the absorption of heat rays from the sun. In places the water is heated by contact with warm air, but this source of heat is of less importance, tite temperature of the surface water heing, as a rule, higher than the temperature of the air."'^ He makes no mention of the time of day at which his readings were made, which, of course, would greatly affect the air temperature — unless he refers to the mean air temperature of the day. All our observations, practically, were made in daylight, and in no case was the air less than 2.2° warmer than the surface water, while in most cases it was considerably more. It may be noted in passing that although three of Helland-Hansen's four stations mentioned above are farther north than the Bay of Fundy, and all four are in the open Atlantic, his lowest surface temperature (that in the Faroe-Shetland channel) is 13°C. — more than 1° higher than the highest reading obtained in the Bay of Fundy. In looking over the records of the Challenger observa- tions^ in July, 1873, it is found that at C a.m. on the 16th of the month the air tem- perature was as much as 3°F. below that of the surface water in the harbour of Madeira ; but in the majority of cases the air was warmer than the surface water. On the 15th the mean air temperature was 0.1° F. less than the mean surface water temperature, and on the 26th it was 0.5° F. less, but such cases are considerably in the minority. In May, 1873, when the Challenger was in this part of the Atlantic, only in a few cases again did the water temperature exceed the air temperature; and in no case was the mean surface water temperature for the day higher than the mean air temperature, until the 22nd of the month, when the ship had gone south to about the 40th parallel of north latitude. The temperature curves for stations I to IV do not show so clearly as did those of 1914 the resemblance between stations II, III, and IV, and the distinct difference from these of station I. The curve for station I shows a peculiar rise in temperature between 40 and 70 fathoms. A similar, though smaller rise occurs at the same depth 1 Report on the Specific Gravity of Ocean Water, observed on board H.M.S. Challenger during tlie years 1S73-76." By J. T. Buchanan, pp. 14 and 16. Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, Phys. and Chem., Vol. I. - "The Depths of the Ocean," p. 22.t. (The italics are due to the present writer.) 3 " Meteorological Observations made during the voyage of H.M.S. Challenger, 1S73-76." Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyoge of H.M.S. Challenger, Narrative. Vol. II, 1S82. HYDROGRAPUIC lyVESTIGATIONS 131 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a in station II and is represented in station III also, at n somewhat deeper point. This is evidently the effect of some current and its occurrence both in the Grand Manan Channel (station I) and at the two neighbouring stations in the open Bay would seem to suggest that it is tidal. It is to be regretted that there was not an opportunity tc make further observations with a view to elucidating this matter. It may be noted that in 1914 a similar, though smaller rise in temperature occurred at a depth of 60 fathoms at station II with the tide two-thirds flood, while in the present case it was one-half flood at the same station. At station I, where the irregularity is most marked, the tide was flood, while at the same station in 1914 no. such irregularity was found with the tide one-third flood. Thus from the present limited data there is no indication that this condition occurs regularly at any particular state of the tide. A similar rise is to be seen at a depth of 20 fathoms at station IX (fig. 9). B. Profiles. The profile for the section from East Quoddy Head to Petit Passage (fig. 16) shows no marked disagreement with that obtained in 1914. The cold water along the slope from Grand Manan found in 1914 does not appear in the new section. As before, the temperatures tend to he a little higher on the Nova Scotia side of the bay than on the New Brunswick side.'^ The irregularities showing in the graphs, which were dis- cussed in the previous section are not represented in the profile. The water below 6°C. occupying most of this profile does not appear in that of the St. John to Digby section (fig. 17), and a similar position but less space is occupied by the water between 6.38° and 7°. The tendency of the water towards the Nova Scotia side to be warmer does not appear in this section. The profile from Quaco Head to Port Lome (fig 18), shows that the water below 7° has disappeared, and its place, though much less space, is taken by water between 7.9° and 8°. From these three profiles it is easy to picture each successive layer of cold water running up the bay and gradually diminishing in extent until it finally dis- appear.'i, its place being taken by the next layer. Of course, these remarks are not to be taken as meaning that the water is believed to be actually divided into distinct layers behaving thus. The longitudinal section from Cape Chignecto to station III (fig. 19) shows that the layers do not simply taper and fade away, but end rather suddenly, clearly sug- gesting that the water flows up the bay and the lower layers are continually retarded by friction with the bottom, though this appearance is probably dvie to tidal action. A peculiar condition appears between stations VII, X, and XII. The presence of warmer water at station VII might be attributed to warm water coming in from the Atlantic surface, passing along the south shore, and turning north about this region (see fig. 20), but the source of the cold water at station X is not so clear. It seems possible that as the warm surface water is turned north across the bay (fig. 20) the cold water below goes on up the bay and so comes to the surface. It is most unfortunate that there was not time to make a complete transverse section through station X. Presumably the condition will be due to tidal action, but just how it is produced is not evident in the present state of our knowledge. 1 1 am informed by Dr. A. G. Huntsman that observations talten during the summer of 1916, nearer the shore on e^ch side, showed this much more marlsedly, so that the isotlierms should really dip quite rapidly near the coast in this profile. His observations appear to indicate a current entering at the mouth of the bay and passing up the Nova Scotia side, producing a corresponding current in an outward direction on the New Brunswick side. A somewhat similar condition, with peculiar tidal changes, was demonstrated in the St. Croix River by Craigie in 1314. (Craigie, E. Home. " Hydrographic Investigations in the St. Croix River and Passama- quoddy Bay in 1914." Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1914-1915.) 132 DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 C. E orizontal Disti-ibution of Temperature. In the hope that more light might thereby be thrown on the subject, three maps have been constructed, showing the distribution of temperature in the surface water (fig. 20) and at depths of ten fathoms and thirty fathoms respectively (figs. 21 and 22). As pointed out above, figure 20 shows an indication of an influx of warm surface water, which passes along the south shore and then turns across the bay (see foot note on page 131). If this represents a current in this direction, however, the deeper water should he colder than on the other side, as it must come in from the cold Labrador current, and we liave already seen that the results both seasons tend rather the other way. Figures 21 and 22 show no sign of such a circulation, but rather combine with the four profiles to indicate a simple tongue of cold water up the middle of the bay. The cold area on the slope of Grand llanan in the 1914 profile especially supports this. There is nothing at ten fathoms corresponding in any way to the area of colder water appearing at the surface of station S (8-46° surface temperature) and points east of it, nor does the conformation of the shore appear to suggest any satisfactory explana- tion. That proposed at the end of the previous section appears to be the only one at present. The isolated area of warmer water east of Grand Manan (station II) in fig. 20 does not seem to be explicable on the basis of the present data either. The probable position of the 10° C. isotherm along the north shore is indicated by a broken line, although, of course, there are not sufficient data to locate this properly. DEDUCTIONS FROM DATA OBTALNED IK ST. HARY BAT. From the data obtained in St. Mary bay (table II) a plan of the distribution of temperature in the surface water of that bay has been drawoi (fig. 23). It shows a rather uniform arrangement with gradually increasing temperature as one passes up the bay from Petit Passage, the shape of the isotherms suggesting that there may be a current up each side with a reverse current down the middle. Immediately below Petit Passage the effects of the tremendous tidal currents through that channel are visible, producing a rather complicated arrangement of the isotherms, due apparently to several interfering cross-currents. The arrangements of the water must, of course, vary very greatly at different states of the tide and the fact that all the observations must be taken at different times makes it improbable that the diagram represents such a condition as ever exists at any one time. It has been thought worth while also to include a diagram representing a longi- tudinal section of St. Mary bay (fig. 24), although it must be fully recognized that such a profile, constructed from temperature data taken at the surface and the bottom only, is of a very tentative nature. The figure shows gradual and apparently rather imiform rise of temperature as one passes up the bay, just such as might be expected, the colder area at the surface of station 15 being the only indication of the cross-cur- rents suggested by the surface diagram (fig. 23). No doubt if temperatures at inter- mediate depths had been taken, more might have been seen. The relations of the cold water appearing at the bottom of stations 13 and 15 are shown by fig. 25, which repre- sents a line carried down the bay from station 13 somewhat farther west than the lino in fig. 24. It is seen that this cooler water is spread out sideways from a layer which probably approaches the surface about the mouth of the bay, and occupies almost the whole depth at station 22. It will be noted that, the bay being rather shallow through- out, the temperatures are all comparatively high. The bottom temperatures in the Annapolis basin (stations 26-33. table II) are peculiar in being much lower in many cases (especially station 31) than any water entering from the river (station 33) or any present in Digby Gut (station 25). SUMMARY. This set of observations is a continuation and extension of that made in 1914. The stations have been selected in such a way as to form three transverse sections and HYDROGRAPHIC INVESTIGATIONS 133 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a one longitudinal section of the bay of Fund}-, thus making it possible to get a fairly clear idea of the temperature distribution in this interesting body of water by exam- ining the profiles constructed and the accompanying diagrams showing the horizontal distribution of temperature at the shallower-levels. The observations made at the stations where work was carried on in 1914 show little difference in surface temperature, but markedly colder water below. The fact that a seasonal difference of only six weeks makes such a great difference in the tem- perature of the deep water shows how great is the effect of vertical mixing due to the very great tides. This effect is also seen in the large areas of very uniform tempera- ture found in both years. The results obtained at stations near the mouth of the bay show an interesting agreement with observations made by Helland-Hansen in the open Atlantic. The state- ment of this investigator that the temperature of the surface water is, as a rule, higher than the air temperature is not borne out by the Bay of Fundy observations, nor by those of the Challenger expedition in this region of the Atlantic. A slight rise of temperature at an intermediate depth, seen in three stations near the mouth of the bay, gives evidence of deep currents, but no data are available from which definite information concerning these can be obtained. There is a clear indication that the water on the Nova Scotia side of the lower part of the bay is, on the whole, warmer than on the New Brunswick side, and the plan of the surface temperatures suggests a current of warm surface water from the Atlantic flowing in along the south shore and then turning north about half way up the bay, so that its influence is not visible in the higher profiles. All the other evidence, however, indicates a simple tongue of cold water up the middle of the bay. Several points with regard to the surface temperatures remain unexplained. The plan of distribution of temperature in the surface water of St. Mary bay shows a rather uniform increase of temperature in the upper part of the bay, with indications of certain currents and tidal disturbances. The longitudinal profile, which is based upon insufficient data, gives no suggestion of any peculiar or striking condi- tions. In Qonclusion, it remains only to express our indebtedness to Dr. Philip Cox, ,who accompanied us on both cruises, and Mr. J. R. McMurrich, who joined the party on the second, as well as to Dr. A. B. Macallum. Dr. C. C. Benson, and Dr. A. G. Hunts- man for valuable assistance and criticism. We are also deeply indebted to Professor Vachon, Laval University, for the trouble he took in re-titrating the water samples. 134 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 in OS o a 3 3 -J s a) "3 •o--"'a £t.I>- X X a; — * ^ '^^2 tM CO L-- 1-- l>- b- t- b- f- ^ "^ ^ oc t-- 1-- t- . ic 3 — I ^ ;.. 0000000 ^ w' 2^' = C 10 ''^ 1:; ^ o t^ -o is t = "<:o^ 2 tT ^ cW-, O 31 t- t- t- t— 5<: 'sS^;;:^*!;!;; «ofe^^t--t-:cxi-^i> " '^K^-TfcJ^ co'^to ^Oico t^r^o lO iO 10 . tO .iff .000 * < ;i; ^ S rr&H^IlJ'-"*^^^'^"^'^ M_J2-hT! ;ii^O5Dt>.OO-rC0:D00CQ .CO J^'(^^ '^ ■ • s O " ■ ; *^ ;i, i, pC( &^ ;iH tn fs. Pt- 5:; Pq p64 jv fc , ?^ ^ rH (N CO ■»■ IC O I- t-- 00 O O ft <8 U Pi'f> M HYDROGRAPHIC n^TESTIGATWNS 13& SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a «s 1 ■ -c * -2 »•" - =^ 2S .r^-d. o o ^.< s •= -S '? - ? ,r ^ -^ 1., &^ ni r: E "S *"" J --n -• lO CO CD >,-< X O -=! fi « O ^ t-CCi-H r--i - • - >,< ^ Pc ^ 1^ CO ^ 3 m .S 00 ♦^ t'. ■ra N ^ J Tf Pc' •? O Ol X' ^-< ^ -^ ^ «■"- =^ ^ J -a r-' O -1" m I*" ^-13 2 ^ _i ^ '="^ '= ^ J^ c§ -=- =2 2 °^ -rS — "^ =a r^ .5 " '="• ?^ ►;o— "^252 = - CO -;;: ^- ._^ ^ --< 2* .,-T== = 0 > ^ cj o cc to o; ■2S^ X — SS h-, <* '^ (M Mp;^ r-* ^ c3 IT _ U I— fJ -JJ f-S ^ -Oo ^^ occ s ^ 1^ CO - ^• *? s ■^ i>; ^ «o >-,<- ^ &H g CO ^ lO ►-; O — HH I— ( >-.iJ -^ ^ -5 ^ ^ C ~ ,_, — ic a: t- "Ho^^^x — c I -^^ ^.—4 > »r; -^ o OS « ^"^ o ^ ;3 --o --I 'I" >,■< i i. — o -H o I ^■^i "o >c ;^ ^"•'5 * Si«Sss;:='=' ►^s^--. 2^ . .^-^ o k-, O ^ -^Tl-H .-I JiJ£f^ 0~COn a in -3 ■ Ec( ci o o • — ' . — CO ;-^^^'§sfefe 38a— 10 a> ^ c t^ t. *^ ■"S s-s- ■ S S c ■ 11 a, (B QE^ S- oc i drH « 5 c8 a a ^ f- a a- 0; c 136 DEPARTMEyr OF THE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Table III. — Specific Gravity, Chlorine Content, and Salinity of Water Samples from Bottom of St. Mary Bay Stations in 1915. Station. Sp. Gt. at 15-56° C. % Chlorine. % Total Salts. Station. Sp. Gt. at lo-56°C. 10248 % Chlorine. % Total Salts. 1 10243 1-817 3-276 13 1-832 3-304 o (1 819) 82.0 (3 280) 14 10249 842 3 322 3 10248 3 291 15 10249 849 3 334 4 10247 833 3 306 16 10247 S40 3 318 o 10247 832 3 304 17 10248 845 3 327 6 10248 835 3 309 IS 10245 835 3 309 i 10258 835 3 309 19 10247 855 3 346 8 10247 831 3 302 20 1U247 869 3 370 9 10248 842 O 322 21 10248 86G 3 .365 10 10248 842 3 322 22 10245 861 3 354 . 11 10241! 841 3 319 23 10249 8.57 3 347 12 10249 836 3 311 24 10248 861 3 353 The density of each water sample -was determined at room temperature by means of a delicate hydrometer, and corrected to read at 15.56° C. by Buchanan's Diagram. ^ The methods of analysis and of calculating the salinity were those of Dittmar.'- 1 Report on the Scientific Results of the Voyage of H.M.S. Challenger. Physics and Chemistry, Vol. I, 1SS4. J. T. Buchanan. " Report on the Specific Gravity of Samples of Ocean Water observed on board H.M.S. Challenrjer, during the years 1873-76." Diagram 1. William Dittmar. " Report on Researches into the Composition of Ocean Water col- lected by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-76." pp. 4 and 40. H OROROE V S< IBIOff^l- PAPDI NO. dfim BAYor rUNDY showing HYDBOGHAPHIC & DHEDGING STATIONS of 1915. o /o 20 30 AO 50 60 70 80 SO IOC no /20 o /o 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 SO lOO no /so .Ql /o" //' /S' -'(r—\-.-\---\--.-\..-\---- ■ - i ---;----' r----" ; 'ill, , A . , ; I I I I 1 : ' , 1 1 Fig. 1. B° 9° /o° //' /z ---r^4^^4— _ — . /T ' ' 1 -1. __*.__L._. 1- - - - --\-: — . , — -:h--\-\-' •" r 1 c 1 r- - Fig.S 5' e° "P' 8° 9° 'O" //" /, ( ./7I...J....J-.-.J---- ?0 '/" ^ L .--J - - - 1. 1.-- =lo ^ , ._i <10 50 'ill W ! ' ' ' 70 til m 1 1 I 1 30 ..._;-.. — _ _< — Y — — ' no L ■ .1 ' JSO ill" T^. ' of go -,o go Qo y^yc /^o y^ 10 20 30 ; \ ^^ i i 1. 1 40 1 -^ 1 ' 1 [ jC^ €0 \\ (III 70 80 90 100 no ! ' 1 1 1 ^_ __ J. — __ -. ^ _ ^ - - - IZO 1 ; ; 1 1 Fig.4 Figs. 1-4. Temperature curves for stations I. to IV. respectively. 38a— lOJ N • • e e m ^cL-L-- • 0 — -- • ^ o o 5TTT^ eratures of the water at a depth of 30 fathoms. Fig". 23. Fig. 23. St. Mary Bay, showing temperatures of the surface water. (^ ,r (j^ d^ ^ dj) (8) (6) o ■ S ■ 10- /3- 20 25- 30l " Fig.£4. (§ ^ ^ a^ dj) Fig.25. Figs. 24 and 25. Longitudinal isothermal profile of St. Mary Bay. 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918 VIII. EXAMINATION OF AFFECTED SALMON, MIRAMICHI HATCHERY, NEW BRUNSWICK. By F. C. Harrisox, D.Sc, F.R.S.C, etc Priiu-ipal of Macdouald College, Ste. Anne de Bellevue, P.Q. On October 11, 1915, I received a telephone message from Dr. A. B. Macallum, Secretary-Treasurer of the Biological Board of Canada, with reference to a diseased condition of the salmon in the hatchery at South Esk, N.B. He also informed me that Dr. Huntsman, of the University of Toronto, was leaving in order to investigate the trouble, and if I thought it wise to do so I could join him and proceed to the i'atchery. I got into telephonic communication with Dr. Huntsman on his passing through Jfontreal, and after discussing the situation thought it best to remain at the labor- atory to examine the diseased fish that Dr. Huntsman would send me in order that I might investigate the disease, for it seemed better to attempt the finding out of the trouble with all bacteriological facilities to hand, which would have been lacking at the hatchery, and which at that time it was impossible to take there. ketaining Pond at the Miramichi Hatchtry, South Esk, N.B. On October 14, I received a copy of the letter which Dr. Macallum received from the Deputy Minister of the Department of Naval Service, reading as follows : — The officer in charge of the Miramichi hatchery, which is located on the South Esk river, a small tributary of the Southwest Miramichi, recently re- ported that a disease had broken out amongst the salmon in the retaining pond in connection with the hatchery in which the parent fish are placed and retained 149 150 DEPARTMENT OF TEE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 until tlie spawning time comes around. It happened that the Superintendent of Fisheries was in the Maritime Provinces when this information was received, and I had him instructed to visit the pond and look into the matter. There were on Tuesday of this week somewhat over 2,400 salmon in the pond, between 300 and 400 of which were affected. The disease takes the form of a fungus. The first indication is the removal of the scales from the back of the neck. They are evidently eaten off. Then a white fungus develops, which rapidly spreads down the head to the eyes and makes the fish blind. It sub- sequently appears on different parts of the body and on the extremities of the fins and tail. The fish diseased were beginning to die, which indicates that they will not last more than a week or ten days after they become affected. An examination of the pond revealed no reason for any unhealthful con- ditions. Neither did there seem to be anything through which the water was flowing before it reached the pond to cause it to be unhealthful. Some fish that were in the towing pontoons which had recently been taken from the fishermen's nets to be placed in the pond, were examined, and on a few of them the first stage of the disease above referred to was in evidence. As it seemed possible that the scales might have been removed from the fish striking the top of the pontoons, one of the fishermen's nets was visited and when lifted there were three salmon and a grilse in it. Two of the salmon were large females weighing about fifteen pounds, and they were perfectly healthy, but the third, a small male weighing 5 or 6 pounds, was apparently affected, as the scales were eaten away from the back of the head and he had an unhealthy appearance. It would appear from the above that an epidemic has broken out amongst the fish in the river, and in view of the importance of the matter it is desirable that a capable bacteriologist should be iimnediately sent to the pond to thoroughly investigate the whole matter. I may add that this pond has been in operation for many years and in no instance in the past has any such trouble been experi- enced. The tide enters the pond, and at each high tide the water is slightly brackish. I shall be obliged if you will give the matter immediate consideration and wire me whether the Biological Board can at once arrange to send a properly qualified man to investigate the matter. If it cannot, it may be possible for the Department to arrange with that of Agriculture to send an ofiicer from the laboratory at the Experimental Farm here. N.B. — Since writing the above a report has just been received from the officer in charge of the Port Arthur hatchery, in which he states that a disease, apparently of a similar nature, has broken out amongst salmon trout in the Nipigou river. This is the first time that the department has heard of any such disease there. A few days later I received a statement from Dr. Huntsman, the main points of which are contained in his report on this outbreak of salmon disease, now being published. On the arrival of the specimens of fish sent by Dr. Huntsman, they were immedi- ately examined. They arrived in good condition, packed in ice, and were opened in the usual way. After examination of the organs and the fiesh near the abraded spots or where the fungus was growing, pieces of the various organs were excised with a sterile knife, and cut open with a second sterile knife, and a portion of the pulp, etc., of the organ removed by means of a sterile platinum loop. In a few cases pieces of the organs were taken out, seized with the forceps and scorched in the flame, and then cut open with a sterile knife and a portion removed to sterile petri dishes. In all eases the material was mixed with beef peptone salt-water agar, and from the various AFFECTED SALMON, MIRAMIGBI HATCH ERT 151 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a fish a large number of colonies were isolated. These colonies were lettered and numbered, and besides those here described a large number of other colonies were isolated, which were compared and found similar to those mentioned by letter and number. Fish No. 1. Appearance normal, with the exception of a few patches of diseased skin around the head. On opening, the organs appeared normal. Plates were made from milt, liver, swimming bladder, kidney, heart's blood. In all cases the material was transferred to sterile petri dishes and beef peptone salt water agar poured over. After the plates had set they were kept at 20°0. Results: — Milt. — About 60 colonies. Liver. — About lOO colonies. Swimming Madder. — Contained a quantity of liquid. Very large number of colonies, too numerous to count. Heart's hlood. — About 300 colonies to the oese. All these colonies were very similar. Kidneys. — About 90 colonies. Four species were isolated from this fish, marked Al, A2, A3, A4. Flesh near diseased skin normal in appearance. Fish No. 2. — External appearance normal except some bruises with traces of the fungus development near tail and head. On opening, the liver was rather pale in colour, somewhat friable, intestines empty, caeca empty. Right ovary eggs pink in colour; left ovary eggs much darker in colour, almost liver-coloured. Flesh normal and good colour. Same technique. One oese from each of the parts mentioned. Ovary. — Pink eggs. From one crushed egg 300 or 400 colonies developed. A larger number from the one crushed egg from the dark red left ovary. Liver. — 20 colonies. Heart's hlood. — 60 colonies per oese, all practically identical. Isolations Bl, B2. B3, B4. Fish No. 3. — Exterior appearance normal with the exception of a few small areas discoloured visible in the skin. Flesh normal in appearance. Interior organs appar- ently normal. Smears from the various organs showed bacteria. Heart's blood. — About 250 colonies to the oese, all similar. Eggs. — Innumerable colonies. Two species. Liver.— 20 — 30 colonies per oese. Kidneys. — 80 — 100 colonies. Two isolations— Cl, C2. Fish No. 4. — A large fish ; much gelatinous slime around the tail. Some areas of skin affected with the fungus. Flesh beneath appeared healthy. Intestines slightly congested, empty. Liver dark in colour. Eggs salmon pink in colour, apparently normal. SVimming bladder empty. Smears from the heart's blood liver and kidney showed a number of organisms : — • Heart's hlood. — 30 — 40 colonies, all similar. Liver. — 10 — 12, all similar. Kidneys. — 20 colonies, all similar. Eggs. — About 150 per egg. This is an estimate, as a large growth had occurred in the vicinity of the crushed part of the egg. One isolation, Dl. 152 DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Fish No. 5. — Skin between the eyes and the back of the head was bruised and in places dirty white in colour. Microscopical preparations showed the presence of fungus. Flesh normal. All organs normal. Intestines empty. Smears from the Liilt, liver, heart's blood showed a number of organisms. Plates : — Heart's Mood. — Numerous colonies. Liver. — 40—50 colonies. Milt. — A few colonies. Three isolations — El, E2, E3. Fish No. 6. — Skin bruised between eyes, fungus present in this area. Flesh normal. Organs normal in appearance. Intestines empty. Eggs, salmon pink in colour. Intestines slightly congested. Smears from heart's blood, liver and egg showed bacteria present. Plates : — Heart's blood. — About 80 colonies, all similar. Liver. — 30 — iO colonies, aU similar. Eggs. — One egg about 200 colonies, all similar. One isolation, Fl. Fish No. 7. — A large amount of diseased skin from which preparations of the fungus were prepared. Flesh normal. Intestines empty. Organs apparently healthy. Kidneys. — About 30 colonies, all similar. Liver. — About 50 colonies, all similar. Heart's hlood. — 30 — 10 colonies, aU similar. One isolation, Gl. Fish No. 8. — Large amount of diseased skin from which fungus growth was easily demonstrated. Liver pale in colour. Ovary deep reddish. Intestines empty. Many whitish eggs in ovary. Spleen normal. Plates: — Egg. — About 150 colonies to the egg, large masses of bacterial growth near the crushed portion. Liver. — About 250 colonies. Heart's Hood. — About 150 colonies, all similar. A number of diseased portions of skin were cut off and examined in a variety of ways. Very good prepartions were obtained by teasing portions of the diseased skin, i\ iturating the material with 40 per cent potassium hydrate. After removal from this rt-agent they were washed in water and transferred to Lugol solution, or else stained \.ith safranin, eosin, or fluorescin, dehydrated and mounted in balsam. Such teased particles of the skin gave, as a rule, better results than sections. These preparations show that the fungus was a Saprolegnia, and I presume that full particulars of this fungus have been already given by Dr. Huntsman. A very full account of the salmon disease probably caused by Saprolegnia is given in the report of the United States Commissioner of Fisheries for 1878, the article having been reproduced from the proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, written by A. B. Stirling, of the Anatomical Museum of the University of Dublin. A very compre- hensive paper by S. Walpole and Prof. T. H. Huxley entitled "Disease among the Salmon of many Rivers in England and Wales" appears in the bulletin of the United States Fish Commission, vol. 1, 1881, and was a reprint of a pamphlet contained in the "21st Annual Report of the Inspector of Fisheries for England and Wales for the J ear 1881 presented to both Houses of Parliament by command of Her Majesty." It seemed peculiar that injuries, which appeared at first to be mere abrasions, and v.bich subsequently became infected by the fungus Saprolegnia, 'should have such AFFECTED SAL.UU.\, MIllAUWHI HATCBERY 153 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a a disastrous effect upon the fish as to produce sluggishness and death in the short period of time mentioned by the officer of the hatchery and by Dr. Huntsman, and it therefore seemed important to make a thorough examination of the diseased fish to see if there 'were other factors producing disease, and to ascertain if the fungtrs Saprolegnia, -was a primary or a secondary invader. Unfortunately such investigation was hampered by the fact that no live salmon were available for inoculation, and the crily means of ascertaining the pathogenicity of the organisms isolated was to attempt to infect the common gold fish. During the course of this examination I obtained a publication of the Fishery Board of Scotland entitled "The Life-history of Salmon in Fresh water, Glasgow, 1898," containing a paper by J. Hume Patterson, Assistant Bacteriologist of the Corporation of Glasgow, on "The Cause of Salmon Diseases", and I am indebted to this; palmer for the methods wliich were subsequently used for the inoculation of the live gold fish. Before the gold fish could be inoculated it was necessary to work out in some di^tail the various organisms which were isolated from the salmon. The principal biological and cultural characteristics of those were as follows : — A. 1. A medium sized bacillus with ruutided ends, occasionally bent, which occurs singly ajid sometimes in short chains. Actively motile, stains well with methylene blue, and is gram negative. GelaHne Plates: — ^4 hourSj colonies just visible to the naked eye. 4S hours, colonies 2 mm. in diameter, round, with a liquefying centre saucer- shaped. Centre of the colony dense with a mass of deposited bacteria. With I objective edges of the colony seemed slightly fimbriate, and the mass within the centre might be seen moving. S days, colonies had grown to between 5 and 9 mm. in diameter, but with similar appearance to that at 48 hours. Jf days, geletine completely liquefied. Gelatine Stick: — Growth is best at the top. Line of puncture filiform. 2^ hows. Liquefaction begins, extending to the sides of tube and about 2 mm. in depth. Ji8 hours, growth uniform, line of puncture a cloudy area 10 mm. in diameter with small outgrowths into gelatine forming a cloudy cylinder. At the surface liquefaction is stratiform to a depth of 4 mm. S days, the growth has increased, stratified liquefaction extended to a depth of 7 mm. and the cloudy area looks like a saccate cylinder. 8 days, liquefaction to a depth of 8 mm. 10 days, there is a distinct dark stratum underneath the liquefied area. IS days, very slight increase. Beef Peptone Agar, JfS hours: — • Colonies 1-2 mm. diameter, round, raised, entire edge, glistening white appearance. With the ij objective the edges were entire, colonies dense, and grandular with a narrow clear margin. S days, colonies 2-5 mm. diameter, round, more massive and dense, convex, whiteish to light brown in centre. 38a— 11 154 DEPARTilEXT OF THE SAVAL SEKVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Sloped Beef Peptone Agar, Blood Heat (37-5): — Little change after three days' growth. The organism grew fairly well at blood heat. i?4 hours, spread over about half the sloped surface. 48 hours, growth deuser, spreading, flat, glistening, smooth, semi-opaque, whitpish. No further change. Glucose Agar Slope : — 24 hours, at room temperature, smooth, vigorous, whitish, moist and spread- ing. Cloudiness near the growth. 5 days, colony more cloudy, considerable gas production and the column of agar is burst apart in the middle. Glucose Agar Stich: — 24 hours. Growth vigorous over surface and pronounced cloudiness from the surface to a depth of 10 mm. 48 houi's. Increase, in growth and a few gas bubbles appear on the line of puncture. No further change occurs. Bief Broth-:— 24 hours, strong, cloudy. 3 days, much heavier. Sediment floceulent. 7 days, yellowish-green appearance in the upper layer otherwise no change. J-'unhams's Solution: — The organism gi-ew well in Dunham's solution, and at the end of 5 days at room temperature was tested with Ehrlich test, allowed to stand 20 minutes and the results then recorded. This organism was negative to this test. No Indol. Milk:— 24 hours, no change. 3 days, coagulated with extrusion. of slight amount of whey. 5 days, curd has become firmer, and a cheesy smell developed. 7 days, slightly more whey extruded; Xo other change, although observed for some twenty days. Litmus Milk: — 24 hours, no change. 48 hours, no change in constitueucy, but colour is changed to avellaneous.^ 5 days. Colour uniform, slight digestion with separated whey, soft curd, yellowish ring aromid glass, smell disagreeable. 3 ireeks. — Curd still undigested, whey yellowish, yellow ring, curd avoHaneus, few gas bubbles on shaking. Potato : — 24 hours. ^Moderate, dry, slightly raised, cream-coloured growth. 4S hours Increase of growth, dry, raised, slightly rugose, cream-yellow colour. 6 days. Abundantly raised, massive, rugose growth, cream colour at margins and pinkish on top. Odour unpleasant and slightly pungent, resembling that on milk. 3 weeks. No change. A. 2. Small bacillus with rounded ends, short, often in pairs, actively motile, stains well with methylene blue, and is gram negative. 1 Chromotuxia seu Nomenclator Colorjt-m. P. A. Saccardo. AFFECTED 8ALM0X. MIRAMICHI BATCHERY 155 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Gelatine Plates: — ZJ). hours. Colonies just visible to the naked eye. 48 hours. Colonies have attained a size of 2-3 mm. in diameter; round, saucer- shaped- In the centre a dense mass of deposited bacteria with liquefying area around. With 3 objective interior of the colony is glumose. Edges clearer, but less distinct than A. 1. 3 days. In moderately seeded plates there is complete liquefaction. Gelatine Stick: — | ^.4 hours. Growth uniform. Line of punctures a cloudy area 5 mm. in diameter along line. Liquefaction begins in 24 hours, extending to sides of tube and 3 mm. in depth. 4s ]iours Increase in growth with similar appearance, and stratified liquefaction to a depth of 5 mm. Liquefaction gradually increases. Jf days. 10 mm. deep and the remainder of the tube saccate liquefies. 6 days. Liquefaction to a depth of 4 cm. 10 days. Liquefaction of the gelatine in the tube complete. Beef Peptone Agar: — JfS hours at room temperature. Colonies 1-2 mm. in diameter, raised, glistening, whitish colony by reflected and greenish opalescent by transmitted light. With § objective edges entire, centre granular with a clear hyaline margin all around- . !•? days. Not much increase in size, but more in density. Colony becoming whiter and more convex, somewhat resembling a yeast colony. Beef Peptone Agar, at 37° C.:— Very slight growth at S^ hours, after which there was no further growth. Glucose Agar Slope: — 2Jf hours. Abundant, flat, slightly spreading, smooth, moist, wliitish growth. No further change noticed until about second week, when the agar becomes brownish beneath the slope. Glucose Agar Stich: — 2U hours. Growth filiform on surface, thin and spreading. Not characteristic. JfS hours. Gas bubble on surface and below- Afterwards no further change. Beef Broth:— 2Jf hours, strong clouding, which increases, with abundant sediment. No further change. Dunham's Solution: — 5 days, at room temperature; tested with Ehrlich's reagents; allowed to stand for 20 minutes and then recorded. No Indol. Milk:— 8Jf hours. No change. 3 days. Coagulated with extrusion of slight amount of whey. 5 days. Curd becomes firmer, and cheesy smell develops- Amount of whey increases up to seventh day, after which there is no further change. 38a— Hi 156 DEPARTMEyT OF THE NATAL SERTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Litmus Milk: — 2Jlt hours. No change. JfS hours. Xo change in colour or consistency; on shaking numerous small gas bubbles appear and form a foam on surface. 6 days. Coagulated, moderately firm curd, liliacinus in colour. About a quarter of the tube is whey, and much darker in colour (atro-violaeeus). 5 weeks. There is a reddish ring at the surface, considerable digestion, whey occupying three-quarters of the tube, isabellinus in colour. Curd flocculent, avellaneus; odour slightly cheesy. Fotato: — Si- hours. Growth moderate, filiform, slightly raised, cream-yellow colour. This increases, and in 6 days growth is moderate, raised, rugose, moist, shiny; dirty cream-yellow, darker in centre where growth is most massive. 3 weeks. No further change. A. 3. Medium-size bacillus with rounded ends, resembles A. 1 in appearance. Active motile, stains well with methylene blue, and is gram negative. Gelatine Plates: — 2i hours. Just visible to the naked eye. Growth rapid. 4S hours. Colonies are 2-5 mm. in diameter, round. Liquefaction saucer-shaped, inner ring dense, caused by deposited bacilli. With s objective the edges of the colonies are fimbriate centre grumose and flocculent. Masses of the bacteria can be seen in movement. 3 days. Colonies increase to 12 mm. in diameter, saucer-shaped liquefaction, whitish in centre, more transparent at the margin. To the naked eye the edges are entire, but with a microscope slightly fimbriate. There is a cheesy smell on opening the plates. i days. Plates are liquefied. Gelatine Stick: — 2Jf hours. Resembles A. 1, but slightly less growth. 48 hours. Line of bacteria is filiform, smooth on surface. Liquefaction strati- form, 4 mm. deep. Liquefaction continues. 10 days. Liquefaction is 1 cm. deep with medium beneath darker in colour, but clear. Agar Plates: — 48 hours. Colonies are 1-3 mm. in diameter, round, raised, yellowish-white. With i objective edges are entire, dark in centre, granular, gradually becoming lighter to margin, which is clear. 3 days. Colonies are round, white, edges entire, brownish in centre. Convex. 4 days. No change. Agar Slope, ST'C.:— 24 hovrrs. Very slight growth, filiform. 7 days. No further change. Glucose Agar Slope, 20°: — A spreading, flat, white, shiny growth; agar beneath very cloudy. Cream yellow. No gas. AFFECTED SALMON, MIRAMWHl HATCHERY 157 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Glucose Agar SiicJc: — Growth filiform, spreading; cream colour at centre, lighter nt margins. Cloudy to half-way down the agar. Beef Broth:— 2i hours. Clouding moderate. Sediment 3 days. Growth heavier, slight pellicle. 5 days. Ring and pellicle. 7 days. Yellowish-green colour in upper layers. Subsequently no change. Dunham's Solution: — Grown for five days at room temperature, tested with Ehrlich test, allowed to stand 20 minutes and then recorded. No Indol. Milk:— Fifth day. No change until the fifth day, when there is coagulation with soft curd, cheesy odor. Curd gradually beeon>es harder and the whey gTeenish in colour. Digestion takes place to about half the volume. Litmus Milk: — The colour is gradually bleached and in JfS hours is avellaneus. 5 days. Coagulation takes place in 5 or 6 days, a soft, fine curd which gradually digests. Blue ring at the top; separated whey is isabellinus in colour. S weeks. Greenish -blue colour; whey thick, curd avellaneus, odour unpleasant. Fotato: — 2Jf hours. Growth moderate, raised, filiform, cream-yellow in colour. JiS hours. Growth becomes dirty and oehraceus, slightly rugose. Growth gradu- ally changes to ferrugineus in colour. 3 weeks. No change. A. 4. A small bacillus, short, rather stout, with rounded ends. In appearance resembles A. 2. Actively motile, stains well with methylene blue, and is gram negative. Gelatine Plates: — SJf hours. Just visible to the naked eye. 48 hours. Colonies punctiform (less than 1 mm.) white and glistening, with § objective they are seen to be round, with entire edges, and granular. 3 days. Colonies slightly punctiform, white, gli>tening, convex, capitate. With § objective edges entire and granular. No further change. Gelatine Stick : — 24 hours. Growth unifrom, line of bacteria filiform. Ji8 hours. Growth filiform to villous. Four gas bubbles on line of bacteiia. S days. There is more growth. Line of bacteria villous to papillate. 10 days. Slight depression at the point of puncture may be noticed, but no lique- faction. 13 days. Liquified area around the line of puncture. 158 DEPARTMEl^'T OF TEE ^'AYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Agar Plates: — JfS hours. Colonies are filiform, glistening, raised. With I objectiTe the colonies are round, dense in centre, and granular, clearer at margin, edges entire. S days. Colonies slightly larger, opalescent, white. No further change. Gelatine Agar Slope at 37° C;— Little, if any, growth observed. Continuous observation for 7 days. Glucose Agar Slope : — Growth moderate, moist, shiny, slightly raised, whitish. S weeks. Agar is brown beneath the slope. Glucose Agar Stich: — ■ Growth filiform, thin surface, growth spreading. Gas bubbles along line of punc- ture. No further change except the agar becomes brown beneath the surface to a depth of 1-2 cm. Beef Broth:— 2Ji. hours. Slight clouding and sediment. S days. Clouding and sediment increase slightly. No further change. Dunham's Solution: Grown for five days at room temperature, tested with Ehrlich test, allowed to stand 20 minutes and then recorded. Indol positive. Milk:— 5 days. No change visible. 6 7 days. On shaking tube a gassy foam rises to the surface. 10 days. Milk had coagulated, hard curd, whitish whey. Litmus Milk: — No change in appearance in 24 hours. JfS hours. Abundant gas which rises to the surface in small bubbles. This was noticed each day up to the sixth day, and the foam was very heavy. The milk gradually coagulates and forms a blue ring down one side of the tube, remainder is a firm curd adhering to the tube. Bleached cream colour. Potato : — 24 hours. Moderate growth, filiform, slightly moist, cream coloured. JfS hours. Becomes slightly rugose. G days. Growth slight, slightly raised, and a dirty yellow (melleus). S weeks. No further change. B. 1. This organism on examination was found to resemble in all respects A. 1. B. 2. A small size bacillus about 1* times as long as wide, rounded end. frequently in pairs. Actively motile, stains well with methylene blue, negative with gram. AFFECTED SALMOX, MIRAMICHI BATCH ERT 159 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Gelatine Plates: — 2Jf ho\irs. Visible to the naked eye. Jf8 Jtours. Punctiform, colony raised, glistening, whitish. § objective shows round, dense, granular colony, entire edges. No further change. Gelatine Stich: — 3^ hours. Growtii uniform, round, filiform; no liquefaction. j^ hours. Growth uniform, no liquefaction to surface. S days. Slight depression at the boint of bacteria. Xo liquefaction. Agar plates: — Ji8 hours. Uniform, 1 m.m. in diameter, round, glistening, colony. With 3 object- ive round, dense, shading to lighter; granular, edges entire. 3 days. Colonies are glistening and bluish white. No further change. Agar slope 37° C. .•— 7 days. Very slight growth, one or two small colonies appearing on the surface but otherwise no change. Glucose Agar Slope: — Moderate growth, spreading, flat, moist and whitish. 4idly and profusely at the room temperature, but shows little or no growth at 37° C, and is killed at this temperature in about si.x days. The organism exposed to a mixture of ice and salt for a week not only survived that low temperature, but grew profusely while in the mixture. Involution forms were only observed in glucose media. It appears to be a strict aerobe. Pathogenic to fish, non-pathogenic to frogs, mice, and guinea-pigs. Cultures. — Room Temperature. Gelatine Plates. — In about three days small, greyish, pin-point colonies appear, with a ring of liquefaction around them of a transparent greyish colour, which rapidly increases, the plate becoming completely liquefied in about 36 hours after their appearance. The dense pin-point centre and transparent area of liquefaction around is markedly characteristic of the bacillus, together with the very rapid liquefaction of the gelatine. Gelatine Stah. — Profuse growth along needle track at the end of 18 hours, which gra- dually increases and rapidly liquefies the gelatine. Carbol Gelatine, 1 per cent Stah. — Slight growth in IS hours along needle track, which gradually liquefies the gelatine. Carhol Gelatine, -05 per cent Stah. — The growth is more profuse. Carhol Gelatine, -OS per cent. Stab. — Very profuse growth. 166 DEPARTMENT OF THE SATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 RtXHij Temperature. Agar Streak : — Dense, profuse, cream-coloured moist shining growth along needle track in 18 hours, with irregular margin, which gradually spreads over the surface of the agar. Aff'ir .Smear : — Small pin-i>oint oream-oloured colonies at the end of 18 hours with irregular spreading transparent margins. Agar Glucose Stab : — Profuse cream-coloured growth along needle track for about half an inch at the end of 24 hours, spreading on tlie surface. The agar gradually hccovtcs ctoiuJt/ ffOJiithc surface aiul partdlel to it, a7ul extendi fnr about lull f an inch down the media. No gas production. Agar Glucose PI'ite : — Cream-coloured colonies with moist shining surface and irhite cloudiness around cacti Colony. Blo(td Serum : — Bouillon : — At the end of 18 hours the bouillon becomes cloudy throughout, with a marked skim on the surface and clinging to sides of tube, with a slight deposit at the bottom. Jiiiuillon {Glucose) : — Smiilar to ordinary bouillon, but growth much more profuse Jiouillon Taurocholate Glucose: — Slight growth, turning the media slightly red. No gas formation Litmus Milk : — In about 4S hours there is a distinct acid reaction, wliich gradually increases, and in about seven days the milk becomes coagulated and gradually digested. Peptone Water: — Marked cloudiness throughout at the end of 18 hours. Gives no indol reaction. Potato: — Very profuse yellowish brown growth at the end of 18 hours, raised on the surface of media like blisters, with nioist shining surface. Agar {Aimerobicalli/) : — No growth 3r c. Growtli barely visible. No perceptible growth. V'ery sliglit growth. No growth. No perceptible change. Very slight cloudiness at the end of 48 hours. Gives no indol reaction. Very sliglit growth in 4S hours. No growth. The organism also withstands the eii'ect of ordinary water, sterile water and sea- water for a considerable time, as flasks of those inoculated with it and kept at the room temperature for over a month gave profuse growths when reinoeulated on agar. It does not, however, survive more than a week in distilled water. It also keeps well on sub-cultures, as tubes of agar inoculated from sub-cultures about a year old gave pro- fuse growths in about 18 hours. The chief characteristics of the 'bacillus are those: — Actively motile, non-spore-bearing bacilkis. On sub-culture it grows profusely in 18 hours at the room temperature. On sub-culture it grows profusely when exposed to 0 deg. C. for a week. Shows little or no groioth at 37° C. Is hilled at S7° C. (98-6° F.) in about six days. Liquefies gelatine with extreme rapidity. Coagulates and digests milk. Forms a cloudiness in glucose agar in the neighbourhood of the growth. Grows well in sea irater. Strict aerobe. Involution forms only observed on glucose media. Does not stain with Gram's method. Pathogenic to fish. Non-pathogenic t» frog-s, mice, and guinea-pigs. AFFECTED .SAI.Uoy, MIHAMICHI HATCBERT 167 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a CONCLISIOXS. (1) The fungus Saprolegnia ferax is not the cause of the salmon disease. (2) The disease is due to the invasion of the tissues of the fish by a special bacillus (Bacillus salmonis peslis). (3) The bacillus gains access through abrasion or ulceration of the skin, and the disease is apparently not contracted when the skin of the fish is in a healthy state. (4) Bacillus salmonis pe.itis can be transmitted from dead diseased fish to other dead fish in the same water. (5) Bacillus salmonis pesfis can be transmitted from dead fish to living fish in the same water, and since dead fish are a suitable nidus for the growth of the bacillus, it is obviously desirable to have all dead fish removed from the river immediately tliey are observed, and burned, as by simply burying, the germ is left in a condition to be again carried into the stream. (6) The fact that the bacillus grows profusely when placed in a freezing mixture of ice and salt, while a temperature of 37°C. soon destroys it, shows that the cold season is more favourable to its growth. (7) Fish akin to salmon are more susceptible to the disease than others, as rain- bow trout, river trout, and sea trout when attacked succumbed in from two to four days, while dace and gold-fish died in about 18 and 35 days, respectively. (8) Bacillus salmonis pesti-s grows well in sea water, whereas Saprolegnia does not grow at all; therefore a diseased salmon entering the sea, and returning to the river apparently free from fungus, cannot be said to be free from the disease. GOLD-FISH EXPERIMENT. Late in ^Xovember a number of gold-fish were purchased and placed in a large tank in one of our laboratories. The change of water resulted in a few dying, so to avoid any errors due to management we kept them for a month before inoculation. They were then removed from the aquarium and two fish were placed in each of eight large museum jars, and kept thus for another week. The water was changed every ihird day, and the fish fed every alternate day. The inoculation was carried out in the following manner: The fish was taken out with the hand and the top of the head and part of one side near the gills gently rubbed with sandpaper until there was a slight effusion of blood, and this abraded area was then rubbed with a platinum oese of 3 mm. charged with material taken from a 24-hour-old agar slope culture. A separate piece of sandpaper was used for each fish. Several loopsful of the culture were added to the water of each jar. In this way organisms Al, A2, A3, A4, Bl, B2, Cl. Dl, El, Fl, Gl were inocu- lated in duplicate, and four fish were rubbed with sandpaper but not inoculated. The fish were observed daily, and the inoculated water was changed on the third day. The control fish rubbed with sandpaper and not inoculated are still alive, and of the inoculated fish, one in each of the jars inoculated with A, A2, B2, Cl, and Dl, died 22, 30, 34, 27, 43 days ofter inoculation. Bacteriological examination was made of these fish, but in no case was I able to obtain from the dead fish the organism which was inoculated. Evidently these organisms were non-pathogenic to gold-fish. One fish in each of the jars from which the dead fish were taken remains alive, and, at the time of writing (May 10) appear quite normal. Of course there is the possibility that some of the organisms isolated might be pathogenic for salmon and not for gold-fish. Patterson states with reference to his B. salmonis pestis that: — " Dace inoculated with this bacillus died as the result of inoculation in from two to seven days. Dace, river trout,, sea trout and gold fisli inoculated 168 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 with Saprolegnia remained healthy. Dace, sea trout and one gold fish inocu- lated with Saprolegnia and B. salmonis pestis died in various periods of time (2 to 18 days) except the gold fish which died after inoculation and showed signs of the fungus on the gill covers. No attempt was made to make cultures f rem the dead gold fish." Patterson concludes that: — " Saprolegnia grows on live fish in the presence of the organism, which breaks down the superficial tissues and forms a suitable nidus for the fungus to grow on." I had no Saprolegnia to try similar experiments. The difficulty of obtaining and keeping fish for experiments in a laboratory unequipped for such work, and the difficulty because of lack of laboratory equipment to carry out experimental work at the hatchery, will have to be overcome before any decisive experiments can be undertaken. It is, however, significant that all organs apparently healthy in the salmon examined contained bacteria in large numbers, and of comparatively few species, and I am unable to state or find in any literature or obtain information as .to the bacterial content of the normal organs of fish, or how soon after death, and to what extent, these organs are invaded by bacteria. Very large numbers of bacteria were found in the eggs from a number of the fungus-infected salmon, and under normal conditions one would scarcely expect to find so many bacteria present. All that can he stated at present is that Patterson's organism, B. salmonis pestis, was not found, and that the large number of bacteria present accompanying the Saprolegnia may have some pathogenic role, but the rules of proof (Koch's postulates) would have to be worked out where fish, the means of keeping them, and laboratory facilities are provided. S GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A- 1918 IX REPORT ON AFFECTED SALMON IN THE MIRAMICHI RIVER, NEW BRUNSWICK. (By A. G. Huntsman, B.A., M.B., F.K.S.C., etc., Curator of the Biological Station, St. Andrew's, New Brunswick.) In the early part of October, 1915, Mr. G. J. Desbarats, the Deputy Minister of the Naval Service, requested that the Biological Board arrange an investigation of a disease which had broken out among the salmon in the Northwest Miramichi river. I was instructed to proceed to the Miramichi hatchery. South Esk, New Brunswick, examine the conditions there, investigate the possibility of organisms other than bac- teria being responsible for the disease, and arrange for the shipment of material for bacteriological examination to Principal F. C. Harrison, of Maedonald College, Ste. Anne de Bellevue, Que. The hatchery was visited on October 11 and 12. It is located near the mouth of a small stream which empties into the Northwest branch of the Miramichi river, a few miles from Newcastle. Mr. Donald Morrison, the local inspector of fisheries, and Mr. Wm. Sheasgreen, the officer in charge of the hatchery, gave every assistance. Down the stream from the hatchery is a pond for retaining the salmon previous to the stripping at spawning time. It consists of a portion of the stream enclosed by boards, with spaces between for the circulation of the water. The water is changed regularly by the action of the tide and by the current of the stream. The level of the water in the pond is prevented from falling too low by a dam across the stream below the pond. A large proportion of the fish in the pond had been officially reported to be visibly iiifected, and I found white patches of fungus with extensive ulcerations in the centre of many of the patches in the worst eases. The head, the back, and the tail were the parts that in most instances showed evidence of the disease. In the earlier stages the affected parts were seen to be covered with a greyish thin film of fungus, which was easily rubbed off. If the fish were removed from the water these greyish patches could scarcely be seen. The fish that were in the worst condition were sluggish, came inshore into the shallow water, or floated near the surface with the fins exposed. Frequently the caudal fin was partly out of the water and the head very low, the fish floating at an angle approaching the vertical. Mr. Sheasgreen gave the following information on October 12 : — " During the latter part of September small marks, chiefly on the head, were noticed on a large proportion of the fish in the pond. A few marked fish (those with definite wounds) had been received from the fishermen. It has been the custom whenever an opportunity presented to take these marked fish from the pond and bury them. The records show that twenty-two fish were taken out from the 18th to the 21st of September, three on the 25th, and five on the 28th. On the outbreak of the disease (the last of September) at first only dead fish were removed, but later badly infected living ones as well. Beginning with September 30, fish were received every day, never less than seven, and once as many as thirty-eight. The dead fish were all well covered with the fungus. On October 6 we began to reject some of the fish brought in by the fishermen, who by this time were noticing the fungus on some of the fish that they were catch- ing. Of the fisli brought in there were no large number badly marked previous 3Sa— 12 1G9 170 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 to October 6. They all showed, if any, ouly slight marks, and no evident fungus. From that date on, from 15 to 30 per cent (2 to 4 out of every dozen) of the fish taken each day from three traps near the hatchery, of which records were kept, showed signs of the disease, and were rejected. The fish from a trap 2J miles up the river showed twenty-six affected out of a total of fifty-two on October 6, twenty-two out of 40 on October 8, and three out of thirteen on October 11, apparently showing a steady improvement as if the infected fish had passed up the river. Up to nearly the 8th of October the salmon in the pond did not seem to be as active (jump as much) as in previous years, but since that date there has been a marked improvement. "Last year (1914) there were 2,636 salmon in the pond. This year the pond has been enlarged and is from one-quarter to one-third larger than last year. The number of fish that had been placed in the pond previous to Sep- tember 30 was 2,308. " This disease has not been noticed in the salmon in any year previous to this, although salmon in the Gaspe region are reported to have had fungus disease last year." From a comparison of the numbers of the fish and the sizes of the pond it is evident that there has been far less crowding of the fish this year than last. As to temperature, the Monthly Weather Reviews of the Meteorological Service show that at Chatham, 20 miles from the hatchery at the mouth of the Miramichi river, the mean monthly temperatures for the months of August and September, 1915, are only slightly (-6° and -2°) above the averages for those months for the past forty years. And for the month of September both the mean temperature and the maximum tem- perature are lower than for the same month in 1914. The temperature records for the water at the hatchery are incomplete. Tem- peratures were observed in the hatchery from August 30 to September 20. The records show a range from 50° to 68°F., with an average temperature of about 58°. Tem- peratures have been observed in the retaining pond from October 6 to 20, and show a range from 46° to 52°, the temperature remaining comparatively uniform during that period. Temperatures observed in the hatchery from October 14 to 2'0 show that on bright days the temperature in the pond is two to three degrees higher than in the iiateherj', and on cloudy days about the same as in the hatchery. Judging from this, the temperature in the pond has at no time since fish were put in (September 11) been higher than 65°F. Temperature does not appear to have been a special causative factor in 1915. The gradual lowering of the temperature has doubtless helped to stop the spread of the disease, Mr. Sheasgreen stating that on October 20 no new diseased fish were appearing. As to the place of origin of the disease, the presence of diseased fish among those caught in the traps over a considerable period of time indicates that the disease was present for some distance up and down the Northwest Miramichi river. Diseased fi.sh were not noticed among those taken from the traps until one week after the disease had been observed in the pond. Mr. Sheasgreen states that he and his assistants buried all the fish removed from the pond. This obviates the possibility of fish from the pond having carried the infection to the fish in the river, although not the possibility of the pond having served as a source for the distribution of the infection up and down the river. The avenue of infection appears to have been chiefly through abrasions of tlie skin. The principal parts seen to be aflfected in the early stages of the disease were: the tip of the snout, the margins of the jaws, the top of the head, and the middle line of the back, and the margins of the fins. These are the parts most liable to injury in the traps or in the ears used for transporting the salmon to the retaining pond. An examination of the fish caught in the traps and brought to the retaining pond on AFFECTED SALMON IN MIRAMWEI RIVER 171 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a October 12, all with no visible disease, stowed that the great majority had some abrasions, the commonest being on the tip of the snout, the top of the head, and the margins of the fins (particularly the caudal). There were also net marks around the middle of the head and the marks of fish lice (removal of scales) along the middle line of the back in a number of eases. These marks explain the usual distribution of the fungus, the other parts of the body — for example, the sides — being attacked only in the later stages. The vigour of the fish declines with the spread of the fungus. Fish with well- developed but localized patches of fungus on the head or elsewhere, or with wounds raw or bleeding, appeared to be nearly as vigourous as healthy fish. But if the fungus were present over much of the surface they were sluggish, came close inshore or floated near the surface with the fins, particularly the caudal, sticking out of the water. In the last stages they dropped to the bottom of the water on their sides. The only data with reference to the rate of spread of the disease have to do with a fish put in clean on October 4th and removed on the 12th in a sluggish condition, with the fungus covering most of the surface, but so slightly developed tiiat it was not easily seen after the fish had been removed from the water. The salmon-louse [Lepeophtheirus salmonis (Kroyer), see Wilson, 1905, p. 640] v.as found on a fairly large proportion of the fish taken from the traps. It occurred chiefly along the middle of the back between the fins. . It appears to be responsible for the removal fo the scales and doubtless determines the location of the disease in this region. The fungus proved to be Saprolegnia, several species of which are commonly found growing on dead organic matter in fresh water. Prof. J. H. FauU of the University of Toronto, to whom material was submitted, informs me that it belongs to the ferax group of Saprolegnia, but since no oospores could be seen (they are rarely found) exact identification was impossible. Several species of the ferax group occur on dead or diseased fishes (Hofer, 1906, p. 106.) The growth and extension of the Saprolegnia proceeds pari passu with the disease and may be taken as an evidence of the extent of the disease. Whether its relation to the disease is to any extent a causal one or whether it is merely an accompaniment, may well be disputed. An examination of the internal organs of the diseased salmon revealed no distinct lesions. A microscopic study of the body fluids and of sections of the organs likewise levealed nothing. We may conclude that the disease is confined strictly to the skin and subjacent parts. The bacteriological examination of the diseased fish was in the hands of Principal Harrison. However, having some material, I handed over to Dr. H. K. Detweiler of the Pathological Department, University of Toronto, portions of the skin from fish in various stages of the disease. He very kindly had sections made and stained with thionin blue in order to demonstrate, if possible, the presence of the Bacillus salmonis pestis, which was found by J. Hume Patterson (1903) in cases of the salmon disease occuring in Great Britain. He informs me that no positive results have been obtained. Negative results in such a case prove nothing. The gross characters of this disease appear to be identical with those of the well known salmon disease that appeared in the form of an epidemic among the salmon in certain rivers in the north of England and Scotland in 1877. It spread in the course of a few years to the neighbouring rivers up and down the coast and has con- tinued in an endemic state in the waters of Great Britain ever since. No means o."" successfully combatting it has as yet been found. The Saprolegnia ferax was for many years considered to be the cause of the disease (Stirling, 1878 and 1879, and Walpole and Huxley, 1882). In 1903, however. Patterson published the results of investigations which went to show that Saprolegnia was not 38a— 12J 172 DEPARTilEyr OF THE yAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 responsible for the disease, but a Bacillus (B. salmonis pestis). The Bacillus alone brought about the death of fish, but not the Saprolegnia alone. The latter was able to grow in tissues already invaded by the Bacillus. The Bacillus grew in Sea water, but the Saprolegnia did not. Salmon affected by the disease while in silt water would therefore not show any fungus until after arriving in fresh water. Patterson states that the cold season is more favourable for the growth of the Bacillus and Malloch (1910, p. 117) states that the colder the weather the worse the disease becomes. But Patterson's experiments merely show that the Bacillus grows better at C° C. (32° F.) than at 37° C. (98.6° F.), whereas at room temperature (60° F. ?) t'-.k growth was very much more rapid than at 0° C. In the ease of the disease in the ]\Iiramichi river, Mr. Sheasgreen has stated that the condition of the iish in the pond improved rapidly during the latter half of October and at the same time the number of diseased fish taken iu the traps decreased. The lower temperature may have been responsible for this, either by improving the condi- tion of the fish or by decreasing the rate of spread of the infection. For eradicating the disease our only hope, and that a slender one, is to systematic- ally remove all dead and diseased fish as soon as discovered. Patterson recommends that they be burned and not huried, since the organisms survive in the dead fish aud may be carried again into the streams. Unless due to some undiscovered temporary factor, the disease is practically certain to appear again. Whatever organism may be most responsible for the disease, the latter being an affection of the skin, will be influenced by other organisms as well, and there will also be a number of contributing factors, the chief of which will be those that lower the general vitality of the fish. Iu the case of the salmon retained for spawning purposes, an effort should be made in the future to improve the conditions in the ponds, parti- cularly with regard to renewal of the water and the attainment of the most suitable temperature, so that the fish will be affected as little as possible. If the disease reap- pears, experiments should be instituted to determine the conditions best adapted to prevent its spreading. The use of the fish for spawning purposes raises the question of the possible effect of the disease on the eggs or on the next generation. The Deputy Minister informs me under date of April 6, 1916, that in three hatcheries, supplied from the Miramichi retaining pond, the loss had already reached a figure of from 42 per cent to 61 per cent of the original number of eggs. It seems probable that many infected fish had recovered, as maintained by Mr. Sheasgreen, and that these gave eggs of greatly lowered vitality. The fish stripped were all in good condition, and precautions were taken to prevent any infection reaching the eggs from the exterior of the fish or from the pond. What would be the result if some of the infection did reach the eggs ? The Sapro- legnia is known to attack fish eggs, but it is at least probable that this occurs only when the eggs are of low vitality. Also Saprolegnia spores are so widely distributed as to be present in the water in the hatching troughs in any case, although those from the fish may belong to a more virulent strain. It is improbable that the bacteria, which may have a causal relation to the disease in the salmon, will attack the salmon eggs. Plehn (1911) found that Bacterium sal- monicida, which produces furunculosis in the brown trout (Salm-o fario) attacked neither the eggs, the alevins, nor the fry of the trout, but did attack the yearlings. It is therefore quite unlikely that the disease can be transmitted through the fry and by that means be carried to the streams in which fry from Miramichi eggs may be planted. It is possible, however, that it might be carried in the water used for shipping the eggs or fry. It is very desirable that during a future season other rivers should be investig- ated. It has been claimed that in the rivers of Great Britain the salmon disease was present in a sporadic form previous to the outbreak in 1877. AFFECTED SALMON IX MIRAMICBI RIVER 173 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a LITERATURE. Hofer, B. Handbueh der Fischkrankheiten. Stuttgart. 1906. Malloch, P. D. Life-History and Habits of the Salmon, etc. London. 1910. Patterson, J. H. The Cause of Salmon Disease. Pub'n.. Fishery Board for Scotland. 1903. Plehn, M. Die Furunkulose der Salmonideu. Centralbl. f. Bakt., etc., I Abt, Origi- nale, Bd. 60, Ht. 7, p. 609, 1911. Stirling, A. B. Notes on the Fungus Disease affecting Salmon. Proc. Boy. Soc. Edin., vol. IX, p. 726. 18,78. Additional Observations on the Fungus Disease, etc. Proc. Eoy. Soc. Edin., voL X, p. 232. 1879. Walpole and Huxley. On Saprolegnia in Eelation to the Salmon Disease. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sc, vol. XXII, new series, p. 311. 1882. Wilson, C. B. North American Parasitic Copepods belonging to the Family Caligidae. Part I. The Caliginae. Proc. U. S. Xat. Museum, vol. XXVIII, p. 479. 1905. 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a - A. 1918 X THE SMOKING OF "HADDOCKS" FOR CANADIAN MARKETS— AN IN- VESTIGATION CONDUCTED AT THE MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION AT ST. ANDREWS, N.B. By Miss Olive Gair P.^tterson, M.A., M.B., University of Toronto. 1. INTRODUCTION. The production of finnan haddie is an industry of some importance on the coasts of the Maritime Provinces. This importance, however, is not national, in degree, as it is on the Scottish coast. There is not the demand on the market for finnan haddie ■' Made in Canada " that there might quite well be, if it were made to become the equivalent of the Scotch article of diet in flavour and texture. The processes used in both countries are somewhat similar, it is true, being based on the original method used in the little Scottish town of Findon on the north coast. Variations were intro- duced by the difl^erent fish-curers, which were considered expedient or profitable to them, but at times detrimental to the culinary value of the fish, upon which followed a lowering of both the market value and the demand on the market for this excellent foodstuff. The point of first importance in the Scottish industry was the improvement of the flavour of fresh fish, and, of second importance, was the preservation of the fish. These are in the reverse order in the industry as developed in this country. Many of the markets are far distant, and flavour has been sacrificed to preservation, but often inferior, second-rate or slightly tainted fish are used in producing the finnan haddie, so that the quality of the finished product is poor or, at any rate, not to be relied upon. The best of the catch is put up for esiwrtation on ice, fresh, and until these first quality ones are used to make finnan haddie, the Canadian market will not increase its demand for them, the consumer preferring to purchase the fresh fish off ice rather than the smoked one of doubtful origin and quality. It is surely the part of wisdom to create the demand on the market by first producing a more excellent haddie, and then to encourage fish curers to reach and keep up that standard of excellence. 2. SCOTTISH METHOD. The method of producing fuman baddies, as practised in Aberdeenshire, the most important Scottish centre of the industry, includes the processes of splitting, salting, and smoking. " The fresh haddock is first treated by removing the head, splitting, eviscerating, and then giving an extra cut behind the backbone from the right-hand side in order to expose to view and facilitate the curing of the thick muscles of the back' This supple- mentary cut does not extend to the tail. The fish is then salted for half an hour in strong brine, and, after draining, is ready for smoking ".^ Peat and sawdust are used in producing the smoke;. the fish, which are placed on sticks in tiers one above the other, receive constant attention during their short stay of five or six hours in the dense smoke which the peat produces. Smaller fish are cured separately, the time of both pickling and smoking being diminished so that the flesh does not become tough — on the contrary, these lightly cured small fish are a great delicacy. The Canadian method of curing differs in some important essentials from the Scotch, besides varying in minor details. 1 Excerpt from H. M. Smith's " Note, on Scotch Methods, etc." U.S. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, 1901. 175 176 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 3. CANADIAN METHOD. (1) No vertebral cut is made after splitting. Bacteriological tests of tlie flesh under the backbone of finnan haddie only forty-eight hours old gave positive cultures of trimenthylaiuine-producing bacteria in many cases." (2) The smoke is produced by burning hardwood, preferably beech or birch. The smoke is, consequently, not so dense and the process has to be continued for a much longer period of time, fifteen to eighteen hours, when the fish is a rich golden broTvn colour, the edges almost brittle, and the flesh in the middle thick portions still moist and scarcely flavoured -by the smoke. (3) At times the fish are allowed to stand one to three days before curing, ostensibly to allow the blood to drain away, but this can be accomplished in one hour on ice, so that one fails to see the point of this lack of expeditiousness. 4. CONDITIONS KSSENTIAL FOR SUPERIOR rRODUCT. The endeavour was made to determine, if possible, what were the optimum con- ditions for the production of finnan haddie par c.rceUeurc on the coasts of the Canadian Maritime provinces. That these conditions would differ from the Scotch has been pointed out — for example, in the absence of peat as fuel, and the demands of distant markets; and under these latter circumstances a certain sacrifice of flavour to preserv- ing property must be made, still, it is quite within the limits of possibility to so stan- dardize the industry that these variable conditions would be altered to suit the require- ments of the market for which the fish were destined. These variable conditions are: — (1) Time of the fish in brine. (2) Quality of brine. (3) Quality of smoke. (4) Time of smoking. (5) Method of splitting. 5. SCIENTIFIC TF.STS OF CURING ilETHODS. Most of these conditions were varied in the tests described below. The record of the flavour of the different baddies when cooked was made from the opinions obtained from several individuals to whom were given samples of the various products. Experiment 1. — The first haul of haddock were cured according to the method used by certain of the l^ew Brunswick curers — except that here, as in each test, perfectly fresh fish and of approximately the same size were used. That the fish should be of the same size and weight is important, as a comparison otherwise would be obviously inaccurate. Experiment 2. — The fish in this lot were smoked for varying periods of time, the ealting being constant. Experiment 3. — In this the conditions were reversed. Smoking time constant and time in the brine varied. Experiment Jf.. — Small fish were used and both conditions were varied to produce a delicately flavoured lightly-cured fish. Experiment 5. — In this the preservative value of the salt content of the fish is shown and its limit, as far as palatibility is concerned. Experiment 6. — In this the method is applied to the hake. Experiment 7. — Proves the advisability of the dorsal incision. 2 Bacteriological examinations were made by Dr. F. C. Harrison, MacDonald College, and his report appears in the present volume of Biological Contriibutions. SMOKING OF HADDOCK 177 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Kxper- inient. No. 1. Nil. 2. No. 3. No. 4. Pate. July 20. August 2. August 4, one di)Zen large tisti j lb. August 10, one dozen small fish h-1 lb. Preparation. Si)lit abdominally— eviscerated — wash- ed clean. Split abdominally- eviscerated. Split abdominally Eviscerated. Kept on ice overnight Well washed. Salting. 25 minutes' brine of sufficient concen tratiorf to float a fish. Then allow ed to drain. (a) 30 minutes as above 30 minutes as alwve (a) 30 minutes. Opened Horaally (fiven the extra cut along tht' vertebrae. Xo. o. No. H. August 10. August, la ten small hake. 2 hours. (M 4 houi 15 minutes. . (6) 30 minutes.. As alcove Split abdominally . 1 hour. M (a) Salted ."i hour.. ib) Salted 1 hour . Smoking. 18 hours over slow hardwood fire. 6 hours over old wood to which wiis added creo- .sote. 15 hours l.S hours IS hours. IS hours («) 5 hours. 2. 10 hours. 3. 15 hours. 10 hovirs 10 hours. . 15 hours. Remai ks. About 10 hours until brown colour. Very windy day . Colour— dark brown — edges very dry — almost brittle. Colour — light brown. Flesh—soft. Flavour — delicate. Colour-darker. Flesh— firm. Flavour— excellent. Preserved 4 days. Excellent flavour. Flesh not tougli ntir too salty. Flesh too salty bat not toughened . Salt couli be re- moved bj' previous soaking. Texture too tough. Preserved 17 dav>i at 10" C. 1. Insufficiently fla- voured. 2. Still moist — fla- vour delicious. 3. Flesh crumbly — did not hold to- gether in coiik- ing. Preserved nine days. 4. Flavour not so good as when salted 15 minutes but flesh firn:er and of better keeping quality. Flavour— somewhat coarsened texture- otherwise good . Excessive salt re- moved by three washings previous to cooking — 20 minuies. Flavour— about the same as above. Preserved— 8 days to 20. Texture coarsen- ed somewhat. Flavour— inferior to haddock but reason- ably good. Texture — inferior to haddock, but reason- ably good. Too salty^much too long for these fish which are thinner than the haddock . 178 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE f 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Details of Experiment 7. — Estimations of the NaCL content of the fish muscle and inner portions to determine approximately how much the flesh under the backbone absorbed within a given time. The portions were extracted with 10 vols, water for three hours with frequent stirring — 10 c.c. of the boiled filtered extract were used in the estimations. Exp. No. Sample. c.c. N/11 .silver ni- trate used. Equivalent in grams NaCl. Per cent in moi.st mu.scle. 83 84 S7 86 Salted i hour, flesh under bonS. . Salted 2 hours, flesh under bone. Salted 4 hours, flesh under bone. Salted 4 hours, flesh from surface 1 965 c. c. 25 c.c. 8-26 c.c. 11 05 c.c. 0- 01965 0 025 0 0S26 0 1105 1-965 2-f; 8-26 11 05 Obviously, this table shows that it takes some four hours for the flesh under the bone to approximate that of the external portion of the flesh in salinity, and affords a strong- argument for the exposure of the back muscle to the saline by making the vertebral cut. 6. CONCLUSIONS. (1) The splitting of the fish in the usual way, but also making an additional cut along the vertebral column is the most effective method of preparation. (2) The fish are freed from blood by allowing to remain on ice 1 to 2 hours. They should then be washed freely with fresh water. (3) Small fish should not be salted more than 15 minutes. Larger fish up to four pounds should not be salted more than one hour if the texture of the fish is to be pre- served, and half an hour is the optimum length of time in saline for the flavour of the fish. (4) Ten hours over a beechwood sawdust, or old-wood smoke produced a delici- ously flavoured fish. Fifteen to eighteen hours browns and dries the fish and aids in its preservation by more thorough drying. These conditions should he altered to suit the market, the more lighty cured fish being utilized in the home markets and the heavier-salted for the distant ones. The chief condition to be emphasized, however, is the utilization, for the production of finnan haddie, of first-class perfectly fresh haddock, and the keeping of it cold after it is prepared. 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918 XI. SOME OBSEKVATIONS ON HADDOCKS AND •' FINNAN HADDIES " RELATING TO THE BACTERIOLOGY OF CURED FISH. By Principal F. C. Haruisux, D.Sc, Macdouald College, P.Q. During the month of July, 1915, the writer whilst at the Biological Station, St. Andrews, K.B., examined bacteriologieally the intestinal content of twelve haddocks. The haddocks were caught about a mile to two miles from the station, were brought to the laboratory, opened, and a portion of the intestine ligatured and removed. An opening was then cut into the piece with sterilized scissors, and a heated platinum needle thrust in, and the small amount adhering to the needle was transferred to about 5 c.c. of sterilized water and thorougldy shaken. Plates were made from the dilution, from 1 to 3 ccse being used for each plate. Plates were made with : — Haddock sea water gelatine 12 pel' cent. Beef peptone sea water gelatine 12 " Lactose litmus sea water gelatine 12 In this manner the intestinal content of twelve fish was plated, and a large number of isolations made. At the same time a microscopical examination of the intestinal contents was made. Smear preparations invariably showed numerous bacilli, mostly small forms, no cocci and no spirilla. The bacterial content of the twelve fish was similar. Ten different species of bacteria were isolated; of these four were liquefiers, and about 25 per cent of the total number of colonies from each fish belonged to this group. Many of the plates gave a strong odour of trimethylamine, and one or two of the pure cultures gave this odour. In the mixed cultures, however, in the plates the odour of this substance was much stronger. The most common organism which was found in eight of the twelve fish was a small bacillus, motile, producing small depressions in gelatine plates, with numerous smaller colonies around the edge, rapidly liquefying, producing H2S, indol, and trime- thylamine, gas in glucose, but not in lactose, coagulating milk with digestion, and in short appearing to be closely related to B. vulgaris (Hauser). This organism has the greater interest of all those isolated because it was found subsequently in the flesh, and on the surface of smoked haddock (finnan haddie) cured at the station, and also from some spoiled haddock received from a packer. A short account of the methods employed in securing the fish may be of interest. The fish were caught near the biological station, and as soon as landed they were split, salted for one and a half hours in brine of sufiicient density to float the fish, and smoked for eighteen hours. For six days after smoking the fish were kept in the laboratory at a temperature ranging from 60° to 70° F., and then pieces were removed from different parts of the dried fi^h, each piece was thoroughly scorched and dropped into flasks containing haddock sea-water peptone broth. Other pieces of fish were obtained thus: The backbone was cut near the tail, care- fully raised, and a portion of the flesh beneath was cut out with a sterilized knife, the piece seized with sterilized forceps and held in the flame until well scorched on the outside, and then dropped into a culture flask. 179 180 DEPARTMEXT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 All llasks thus inoculated were held at room temperature; twenty -four hours later all showed turbidity. Gelatine and agar plates were made from the various flasks, and the colonies which developed were isolated in the usual manner- From this source a number of organisms were secured, and of these four were similar to those previously obtained from the intestinal content of fresh baddies. In October, 1915, a circular of inquiry was sent to a number of fish dealers and, in response to a request for spoiled fish, a box of spoiled " baddies " was received during the course of the winter. They were covered with a semi-slimy growth, giving a watersoaked appearance. At numerous places there were whitish points resembling bacterial colonies. The flesh was somewhat softened, and the fishy odour much inten- sified. From gelatine plates made from this fish the writer secured the liquefying bacillus already mentioned, and large numbers of Torulce. The most significant fact, therefore, in this piece of work is the presence of lique- fying bacteria belonging to the B. vulgaris group in the intestinal canal of fresh had- dock, and the presence of this organism on and in the flesh of smoked haddocks, and smoked haddock that were spoiled. The amount of salt and the duration of the smoking period to produce fiiAiah baddies of good flavour are not sufficient to kill the organisms present on the fish after they are gutted, and the antiseptic action of salt and smoke is not sufficient to inhibit the slow growth of organisms. The writer, after studying tlie methods of curing haddock, has been impressed with the general carelessness displayed in allowing fish to remain for many hours exposed to warm air and sunlight before gutting and salting. True, that these observations were made under summer conditions when comparatively few haddocks are cured; but the eft'ect of such treatment results in a large increase in the number of bacteria pre- sent on the fish, and consequent quicker spoiling of the smoked article. In winter these conditions would be better, and although the writer has never had the opportunity of studying winter conditions, he has been impressed by the great difference in flavour between fish salted and smoked at the biological station during the winter of 1915-16, and those bought from various dealers in Montreal. From one or two experiments on the percentage of dry matter, total ash, and chlorides as NaCl made on a few fish sent to this laboratory, the writer suggests that such determinations should be made of a series of fish for which the amount of. salt used, the salting and smoking period were known. Further, from the bacteriological standpoint some work should be done on haddock smoked under winter conditions. May, 1916. 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918 XII THE BACTERIOLOGY OF SWELLED CANNED SARDINES. By 'Wir.vuin Smidlfr. M.Sc, B.S.A. Introduction. In a survey of the literatnre relating to the bacteriology of " canned fish " it is found, with a few exceptions, that the investigations recorded have been undertaken in connection with proved and alleged cases of food poisoning. Consequently the data available are largely interrelated with data on the bacteriology of canned meats, and of ordinary meats as supplied unpreserved. The exceptions of which I have knowledge are the investigations of Prescott and Underwood (1897)i on " Micro-organisms in the Cannery Industries " ; the work of Macphail associated with Bruere (1897)2 ^^ « Djg. colouration in Canned Lobsters " ; and the recent work of Obst on " A Bacteriological Study of Sardines" (1916)". Prescott and Underwood working on cans of spoiled clams and lobsters isolated species of bacteria, two classed as micrococci, the other seven as bacilli. The investigators found the cans to be badly decomposed, in some cases almost entirely liquefied, much darkened in colour and of a very disagreeable odour. Of the bacilli, sLx coagulated and digested milk, while none of the seven produced gas in sugar solutions. According to the descriptions given, certain of these cultures bear a close resemblance to some recorded by me among the organisms in class II on pages 211-213. Both strains of micrococci isolated by these workers failed to coagulate milk, and failed to produce gas in sugar solution. The bacteria were not named. Macphail and Bruere" in their work on lobsters isolated and recorded the features of four strains of bacteria; two were cocci, and two were fine rods. Each of the four were inoculated into sterile cans of lobster, and in due course the rules of proof were satisfied. Some of the organisms I have isolated — Class I — bear a resemblance to cer- tain of the strains described by Macphail and Bruere, but it is impossible to express a definite opinion as to their mutual identity. Obst^ in the report of her investigations on " A Bacteriological Study of Sardines " states that a bacillus, designated "Bacillus A", has been found in pure culture in two hundred and eighty-seven swelled sardine cans. The organism is a spore-former* hundred and eighty-seven swelled sardine cans. The organism is a spore-former* and according to Obst is possibly identical with B. Walfischraiischhrand (Ivar JNTielsen).* The only reference I can find to the bacillus of Nielsen* fails to give full cultural details. In the fall of last year I was in communication with Mrs. Obst, but at that time her report was not available; as I have received no copy I consider it probable that it is not yet published. From the reference cited^ which extracts a recent paper read before the Society of American Bacteriologists I am unable to compare any of my strains with the " Bacillus A". The reference does not mention the thermal death point in laboratory media, but states that the organism after inoculation into cans of sardines survives bathing in boiling water for 14 hours. With the strains described in my report no experiments under commercial conditions have yet been conducted. For the present I am not justified in going further than to state that based on such information as is available, it is improbable that the strains isolated by me are identical with the " Bacillus A " of Obst. The relationship of bacteria to sardines was discussed by Auche ° (1894), but the paper is not available. • In the strains I have isolated Class I. no evitJenca c t spores has been demonstrated. 181 182 DEPARTMEXT OF THE SATAL SERTfCE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 The association of mussels with food poisoning is cited by Vaughan, 1892 ® ; citing from Vaughan's paper: — " That chemical poisons may be transmitted from the lower animals to man in the food is shown by the' history of poisoning with mussels and with fish. As early as 1827 Combe described in detail the symptoms induced by the eating of poisonous mussels, and a valuable contribution to the same subject has recently been made by Schmitdmann, who has found that non-poisonous mussels placed in the water of "Wilhehnshaven soon became poisonous, and that the poisonous mussels from the iiarbour soon lose their harmful properties when placed in the open sea. Linder has found in the water of this bay and in the mussels living in it a great variety of protozoa, amoeba, bacteria, and other low forms of life, which are not found in the water of the open sea, nor in the non-poisonous mussel. He has also found that if the water of the bay be filtered, non-poisonous mussels placed in it do not become poisonous. He there- fore concludes that poisonous mussels are those which are suffering from disease due to residence in filthy water." In view of the close relationship to mussels of clams, a variety of shell-fish canned in both Xew Brunswick and Maine, U.S.A., the observations of Linder cited by Vaughan are of considerable interest. In the same paper Vaughan describes the. case of one of his own patients who showed poisoning symptoms after eating freely of canned salmou. The patient under treatment recovered. Vaughan submitted the remains of the salmon to various tests: and found an organism which he describes as follows: — '■ The only germ which could be found, cither b.v direct microscopic exam- ination or by the preparation of plate cultures, was a micrococcus, and this was present in the salmon in great numbers. This germ grew fairly well in beef-tea, but the injection of five cubic centimeters of the beef-tea culture of different ages failed to affect white rats, kittens or rabbits. However, this micrococcus when grown for 20 days in a sterilized egg, after Hueppe's method of anaerobic culture, produces a most potent proteid poison. The white of the egg becomes thin, watery, markedly alkaline, and 10 drops of this suffices to kill white rats. '"Evidently in the preparation of the salmon this can was not sterilized; it was sealed, and for months, possibly longer, this germ had been growing^ anaerobically, and elaborating a chemical poison." Savage, in England who has investigated many outbreaks of food poisoning, has isolated B. ententides from tinned salmon. Griffiths, cited by Vaughan and Novy', claims to have isolated a ptomaine saordinin from sardines. In view of the types of bacteria I have isolated in the present investigation, it is of importance to note that Poels * in Eotterdam has isolated varieties of B. aoli from cases of food poisoning due to the eating of meat from a supposedly healthy animal. McWeeney ^ considers that meat poisoning outbreaks are due to organisms of the following groups : — (a) The Typho colt group, including B ententides (Gaertner). (6) The group of putrefactive aerobes (Proteus, etc.). (c) The obligate anaerobes (B. hotulinis). It will be seen, pages 192, 209, that of the organisms I have isolated, some strains are varieties of the Proteus group, and some varieties of the B. coli group. Vaughan and ]^ovy^ describe the most common form of food poisoning that caused by con- tamination of foods with saprophytic 'bacteria ; such bacteria either before or after the food has been eaten, elaborating chemical poisons. liACTF.niOLOHY OF SAIf DIKES 183 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a PKESENT INVESTIGATION. The investigation herein described of the " Baeteriology of Swelled Canned Sar- dines " has been undertaken on behalf of the Biological Board of Canada. The woi-k was commenced in the summer of 1916 at the Marine Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B., and has since been continued in the laboratories at the college. To the canners the appearance of '' swells,'' as they are termed, in the cases of canned fish sent out from the factories is a matter of considerable concern. The desirability of under- taking experimental work in the hope of eliminating any risk of cans developing the swelled condition, occurred to the jsrincipal of Macdonald College, Dr. F. C. Harrison, in the summer of 1915. At that time Dr. Harrison was engaged at the marine station, St. Andrews, in the examination of haddock attacked by a bacterial disease, and it was while conducting this investigation that the problem discussed herein came under his notice. The matter was brought to the attention of Dr. A. B. Macallum, secretary of the Board, and in due course it was my good fortune, on the recommendation of Dr. Harrison, to be asked to take up the work. The procedure to be .adopted was left entirely in my own hands. Dr. Macallum, and Dr. A. 6. Huntsman, curator of the marine station at St. Andrews, have throughout given me every encouragement, and the greatest possible help in every way which seemed likely to assist in the elucidation of the problem. On arriving at the station in July, the necessary arrangements were made by Dr. Huntsman enabling me to visit a number of the New Brunswick canning factories. Later it was made possible for us to visit several of the largest plants operating in the State of Maine. I was thus brought into close touch with the industry of canning as a commercial undertaking, had exceptional opportunities of seeing the methods of packing as generally adopted, and accumulated a store of information as a result of discussions with the canners themselves. Factories were visited which were engaged in the canning of herring, sardines, haddock, and c^ams, respectively. It is hardly necessary to say that the sardines of New Brunswick and the State of Maine are small herrings. It was apparent that the canning factories were principally concerned in ■ the i«icking of sardines: and while both during the summer and since returning to the college, swelled cans of sardines, herring, haddock, lobster, and shrimps have been gradually accumulating, the work has up to the present been confined entirely to sar- dines and possible influences affecting the same. After nine months' work, I find that I have been able to do little more than touch the fringe of the problem, considered as a whole. The report here presented therefore is principally concerned in recording the work accomplished up to the present, such conclusions as it is legitimate to draw at this early stage, and such information as to methods and media used in the labora- tory as will make the work of some service to the continuance of the investigation. Under the circumstances I do not propose to enter into a detailed description of the equipment, methods of treatment and system of packing of the fish, and general procedure of the factories engaged in the canned fish industry; such will be more appropriate when the work has progressed to a more advanced stage. The one phase of the canning process of which brief mention must be made at this point is the tem- perature employed in the so-called sterilization of the cans when packed and finished. As the most common size of can produced from all the factories is one weighing from ■i to 4 ounces, the temperatures given shall be those applied to cans of this size. In the majority of the factories visited, the cans are immersed in baths of boiling water for a period of 1^-2 hours. That completes the heating process. Briefly the essen- tials of the treatment of the fish — which have been salted in the boats as taken from the weirs, — on arrival at the factory is as follows : immersed in a mixture of sea-water and salt for 1 to li hours; spread on racks, termed flakes, in thin layers, and for 10 ■t84 DEPARTJIEyT OF THE XAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 minutes placed in flowing steam: dried in room through which hot air is coutinuall.v circulated, for 1 hour; heads discarded and the remainder of the fish arranged in the cans; oil automatically added, and tops put on, and fastened by either the "rolling" or the '■ pressing " process. The cans are then heated as specified above. In some fac- tories the preliminai? steaming for 10 minutes is dispensed with, and a continuous progression through a bath of cottonseed oil at a temi;)erature of 200° C. is substituted, this occupying 2 to 3 minutes. In one factory where the fish are fried in oil for 3 minutes or so, the final heating is done under pressure at a temperature of 225° F. for a shorter period. It should be added that in all the sardine factories visited, the most careful super- vision is exercised in the final packing of the cans in cases before shipping. Each individual can is rapidly passed through the hands of an expert "tapper" who discards cans displaying any irregularity, such being reprocessed or entirely discarded. The project of the investigation may be logically stated thus: "Essentially to deter- mine whether or not the swelling of the cans is due to the activities of bacteria." If ou examination, and when submitted to suitable cultural methods strains of bacteria are isolated, the procedure to be as follows: — 1. Purify and obtain in pure culture. 2. Determine the morphological, biological and biochemical characteristics of the organisms. 3. Inoculate the strains obtained in iHire culture into normal cans and record condition at stated intervals. 4. Treat "control"' normal cans in a similar manner except for the inocula- tion with the culture. 5. If swelling occurs in the inoculated cans, and no change is noted in the " control " cans, the presumption is raised that the swelling is due to the organ- isms used for inoculation. 6. Examine the "swelled" cans and determine in culture the presence or absence of bacteria. 7. If bacteria are found, purify and compare culturally with the strains used for inoculation. 8. If on comparison the strains be found culturally identical with those used for inoculation the cause of the "swelling" has been established; and experi- mental proof has been obtained to warrant the statement " that the swelling of the cans is due to the activities of bacteria." The data recorded in this report show that up to this point, the work has been successfully accomplished in so far as concerns certain strains of bacteria ; and the ■' Postulates of Koch " have been satisfied. While at the biological station, I not only visited the factories as already stated, but many swelled cans of sardines were secured, and a number of organisms in the cans isolated in culture. An attempt was also made to discover the source of the organisms. Samples of sea water taken from the weirs, samples of oil and tomato sauce as used in the packing, intestines of fresh herrings, and the excreta of herrings were obtained. No organisms were found in the oil ; the tomato sauce in sealed recep- tacles as imported from Italy has still to be examined; but from the sea water, herring intestines, and herring excreta several strains of bacteria were isolated. These, with tliose I found in the sardine cans. I brought back on my return to the laboratory here. During the succeeding months a number of the cultures have died out, and those remaining from sea water, herring intestines, or excreta, fail to produce gas in carbohydrates. BACTEItlOLOUY OF HAUDiyES 185 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a For the sake of convenience I have divided the strains of bacteria isolated at St. Andrews and at various times during the fall and winter into two main classes: — Cla.ss I. — Gas-producers. Class II. — Non-gas-producers. For obvious reasons my attention has been principally confined to the gas pro- ducers, Class I, and it is to the descriptions of these that the cultural i^art of the report is chiefly directed. Keg'arding the infiuence of those organisms included in Class II on the condition of the fish in swelled cans, I am not in a position to express any opinion. Many of them have, however, been submitted to certain preliminary tests, the results of which are recorded, pages 211-2i;j. Beyond this I have not gone, and no comments respecting the class are made. Ooncerning the gas-producers, Class I, 8 strains have been described morpho- logically, biologically and biochemically. The detailed descriptions are found on pages 192-207. On pages 208 and 209 a sununary arranged in tabular form is shown. The number of cultures described in Class I, and those more briefly referred to in Class II, bear no relationship to the total number of cultures isolated in the course of the work. As was to be expected, preliminary tests of a differential nature revealed the fact that many strains were in duplicate, and sometimes even in triplicate. By repeated series of tests the duplicates or triplicates were gradually eliminated. In the pages devoted to the cultures in Class II, pages 211-213, a note is added as to the comparative frequency of the respective strains. In eliminating strains from the cultures in Class I, greater precautions were taken on account of their closer relation- ship to the abnormal condition of the cans. Some of the final cultures described represent the individual strains, after the elimination of as many as four or five strains which had been found to have the main characteristics in common. Three cultures of Class I were finally eliminated to avoid duplication in description, just prior to the preparation ot the manuscripts, these being identical with cultures, 34, 37, and 64, respectively. To continue the statement as to the project of the investigation, initiated on page 184, it is further required, that in order to confirm the work up to the present and complete the investigation it is desirable: — 9. That many more cans shall be examined and the contents cultured. 10. That if possible the source of the responsible organisms be determined, and also the stage at which infection takes place. 11. That experiments be conducted both under laboratory conditions, and under conditions prevailing in the canning factories, with a view to deter- mining the most satisfactory means of eliminating " swelling." 12. That possibly the pathogenicity or degree of pathogenicity of the strains proved responsible for the " swelling " be determined by inoculation into suit- able laboratory animals. Arrangements have been made by Dr. Huntsman whereby during a later season I shall have opportunities of determining if possible the source or sources of the causal organisms of the swelled condition of cans of sardines. The future scope of the laboratory work will necessarily include examination of swelled cans of other varieties of fish, including those of which mention is made on page 183. When visiting the canning factories last summer the manager of one of the largest of these told me that a pressing problem with which he had to contend was the frequent appearance among sardine cans of what are termed " sour flats." The condition is one of which there appears at present to be no satisfactory explanation. The product is rendered unmarketable, and the condition is one which cannot be detected until the cans are opened. 186 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 MEDIA EMPLOYED. In this investigation I have used media prepared from fish concoctions, the ordinary laboratory media, and certain special media. In the early part of the work when experimenting with methods prior to the adoption of a definite procedure, difficulty was experienced in growing some of the strains isolated. The colonies developing on some of the plates at this time were too small to be subcultured. I therefore utilized the marine resources at hand and prepared media from fresh herrings, from clams, and from seaweed, using fresh sea water instead of tap or distilled water. It was found later that the organisms which necessitated this media were those I have put in the main Class II, the non-gas-producers. After successive subculturing in the laboratory these same strains have grown moderately well on the usual standard media. The organisms of my main Class I, the gas-producing strains, have grown well in the standard media. The growth of some strains has been more luxuriant on herring media or clam media, but the use of such has gradually been eliminated for two reasons : — (1) the satisfactory growth obtained on standard media, and the convenience of its use; (2) the necessity of using the standard media in order to compare the strains isolated with varieties already described in literature. Herring Broth. — Fresh herrings obtained direct from the weirs were washed in run- ning water and ground up, no portions discarded, through a meat grinder, mixed with sea water, 1 part ground herring to 1-2 parts sea-water, and heated for several hours in the steamer or autoclav. The mixture was allowed to cool and the fat skimmed off; again heated, and strained through cheese cloth. The strained liquid served as the standard herring extract. Varying strengths of broth were made up, good results being obtained with the following mixture: — 500 cc standard broth, 1,000 cc. sea water, 15 grams peptone. The ingredients were heated together in the steamer, neutralized with n/20 NaOH to + 10 (phenol phthalein indicator), cleared with white of egg. tubed and sterilized in the usual way. Herring Agar.— To 500 cc. of the standard broth, mentioned above, were added 500 cc. or 1,000 cc. sea-water, peptone at the rate of 1 per cent and agar at the rate of 1-2 per cent; the whole heated together until ingredients dissolved, neutralized to -|-10, cleared with white of egg, filtered, tubed and sterilized in the usual way. Clam Agar. — Fresh clams were dug up on the bench, washed in running water, opened and ground through meat grinder; to this was added sea water at the rate of 1 part clams to 2 parts sea water, and the whole heated for several hours in steamer or autoclav. The stewed mixture was strained through cheese cloth ; this filtrate constituting the standard broth. To 500 cc. of the standard broth were added 1,000 cc. sea water, peptone at the rate of 1 per cent, and agar at the rate of 1-2 per cent; the whole heated together until ingredients dissolved, neutralized to -j-lO, cleared with white of egg, filtered, tubed and sterilized in the usual way. I have also steamed clams in the shell in sea water, approximately weight for weight; retaining the juice which has a typical "sheen" ; then after open- ing the clams using them as described above. In the earlier part of the work the medium was used successfully to some considerable extent; and in comparison with standard beef peptone agar it appeared to exercise a selective action towards certain strains of bacteria BACTERIOLOGY OF SARDIXES 187 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a obtained from various sources. This in all probability would be due to the glycogen content. While the use of this medium has for some time been dis- continued, I propose to test its value for certain phases of the laboratory analyses. Baurio in working' at Kiel on the denitrifying bacteria used and recom- mends a broth of which mussels are the essential component. Beef Peptone Agar. — Standard methods.^^ Beef Peptone Oelatine. — Standard methods.^^ Glucose Agar. — One per cent glucose added to agar prepared as above, immediately before tubing. Loeffler's Blood Serum.^^ Loeffler's Typhoid Solution i^. — This medium containing malachite green has been recommended by Loeffler for use in culturing strains of the colon-paraty phoid- typhoid group. Aesculin Agar^*. — For specific reaction of organisms of the colon-aerogenes group; loops of a broth culture spread on plates. MacConkey's Neutral Red Bile Salt Lactose Broth ^3. — For reduction test of organ- isms of the colon-aerogenes group. Bouillon for V oges-ProsJcauer Reaction.^'^ Bouillon for Methyl Red Reaction.^'' Solution for Reduction of Nitrates to Nitrites ^^. — Giltay's synthetic solution was used. Dunham Solution for Indol Production}^ Glucose Broth. — One per cent glucose in Dunham solution. Fermentation Broths. — For the fermentation reactions I have used ten test substances. It will he seen that in addition to the glucose salicin I have adopted the use of another glucoside aesculin — used in conjunction with iron citrate by Harrison and Vanderleck — as a fermentable test substance in Dunham broth. I have been using aesculin for this purpose during the last four months in connection with work on the gas producing organisms in the Ottawa river water, and find a correlation in the black reaction of the aesculin agar mediuni, and the pro- duction of acid and gas in aesculin used as a carbohydrate test substance. Litmus Milk.^" METHODS. On account of the comparative paucity in the literature, of descriptions of ,actual methods adopted in the isolation of bacteria from swelled canned fish, the procedure I have followed has largely been determined by experience as the work has progressed. This procedure has been changed as better methods suggested themselves, and in the culturing from the many cans still awaiting examination I propose further changes affecting detail, while the use of additional media which will be to the advantage of the work has suggested itself. Isolation of Bacteria from tlie Cans. The oily greasy surface characteristic of the cans with pronounced swelling neces- sitated the use of a disinfecting agent which would disinfect, and remove the oil, at the 38a— 13* 188 DEPARTMEyT OF THE XAVAL SEIIYICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 same time. Absolute alcohol lias proved to be simple ia application and quite satia- factory. The cans were first cleaned with a weaker alcohol (70 per cent to 90 per cent) then thoroughly treated with the absolute alcohol. Cati openers, forceps, and dissect- ing scissors were immersed in alcohol find flamed immediately before use. When a sufficiently large aperture had been made in the can, pieces of fish and a portion of the oil or sauce were removed with forceps and pipettes and inoculated into tubes of liquid medium. At the commencement, it was at once obvious that direct plating from the cans would not be at all satisfactory on account of the oily nature of the contents; liquid media have therefore been used for the first inoculation from the cans, the procedure having the additional advantage in that such media serve as enrichment fluids. I first used peptone broth (Dunham), herring broth, and nutrient broth; later, the addition to the series of glucose peptone broth proved to have advantages. As a result of the additional knowledge provided by a study of the strains of organisms already worked out, it will be desirable in further work to use media having differential quali- ties for the first inoculations; in addition to the broths already in use. The tubes were incubated at 37° C. except during the six weeks spent at St. Andrews, when all cultures were kept at room temperature. The broths were examined in 18-24 hours for growth; if no growth were apparent, further incubation was resorted to ; if growth could be noted, series of plates were made. The preliminary incubation in broth tubes had the additional advantage to those already mentioueu, in that the oil had risen to the surface leaving the sub-surface liquid comparatively free. Finely drawn out pipettes with the finger over the end were passed through the layer of oil, and the culture fluid drawn up. After suitable dilutions had been made, plat«s were poured using herring agar, clam a§ar, beef peptone agar, and glucose agar; in the more recent work glucose agar being used almost solely. The plates were incu- bated— temperatures as aforementioned — and when growth was sufficient, those colonies most common were streaked on agar slopes; from these the necessary purifi- cation by plates being made. XoTE. — The preliminary incubation in broth tubes was in some cases, but not always, duplicated aerobically and anaerobically. The following apply to the main Class I:— Microscopic examinations. — The microscopic preparations were uniformly made from beef peptone agar slopes incubated 18 to 24 hours at 37° C. *Gram's Stain. — The gas-producing organisms, Class I pages 192-207. display an unu- sual degree of resistance to decolorisation with alcohol in the Gram method of staining. When treated by the usual method, — decolorisation with alcohol un- til no further colour can be washed out, — each of the eight strains recorded would be classified as Gram positive. The shade of violet is not as deep as that which is typical of the classic Gram positive reaction, but the result is much nearer positive than negative. On prolonged soaking in absolute alcohol, 30 to iO minutes, the reaction is definitely Gram negative. Films made from a typical Gram positive lactic acid producing organism withstood the decolor- isation with alcohol for 40 minutes The organisms herein discussed should therefore be described as Gram nega- tive, displaying an vinusual degree of resistance to the decolorisation with alcohol. Motility. — Hanging drops for these tests were made from the water of condensation, agar slopes; young cultures incubated at 37° C, never longer than twenty-four hours. Inoculation of Media. — All tubes of media used for the detei-mination of cultural fea- tures and biochemical reactions were inoculated from young peptone brotX cultures of the particular organism. The use of peptone salt solution instead BACTERIOLOGY OF SARDiyES 189 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a of nutrient broth eliminated to a minimum any risk due to the presence of muscle sugar. It may be mentioned that repeated tests for the presence of muscle sugar in the peptone used gave a negative reaction based on the absence of acid and gas; the tubes being inoculated from an active strain of the B coli group. Prior to the inoculations of the series, peptone broth tubes were inoculated from agar slopes, and incubated at 37° G. After 18 to 24 hours, usually about 20 hours, the whole series of media would be inoculated with the broth from a 1 cc. pipette ; 2 to 3 drops of culture to each tube. Slopes of solid media were streaked with a standard 3 mm. loop platinum needle. The number of tubes involved and the amoiuit of test substances necessitated have been considerabl* throughout the work, and to insure economy of expense and time, strictly quan- titative estimations of the gas evolved have not been carried out other than by means of the Dunham tube. In view of the method noted above, however, the results are truly comparative throughout, ^toreover, for the particular pur- pose of the present work the essential point to be decided regarding the ferment- ation of the test substances to gas is this — does a' particular culture produce gas, or does it not produce gas? It is not only of considerable interest, but of much practical and classificatory value to know whether the amount of gas produced in a given time at a given temperature from a given substance is great or small. Such information can be comparatively well shown by the use of the Dunham tube. Indol Production. — The tubes to be tested for Indol were incubated at 37° C. for 7 days; the Bohme Ehrlich test being used. Reduction of Nitrates. — The Giltay solution was tested after 3 to 4 days incubation at 37° O., for the presence of nitrites. The sulphanilic acid and a-naphthylnmin reagents were used. Voges Proshauer Reaction. — After 48 to 72 hours incubation at 37° C. the culture tested with a strong solution of KOH. The test if positive has usually shown the typical eosin shade in the upper layers, within 2 hours at room temperature. Methyl Red iZeach'on.— Determined after incubation at 37° C. for 48 to 72 hours. Cans of Sardines.. General Description. Appearance of Cans and Conditions of Contents. Owing to the varieties of " brands " of sardines produced by the canning fac- tories, the various methods of packing adopted, and the different substances utilized for the giving of flavour and consistency to the finished product, it is not possible other than in a general way to described the conditions met with in my examinations. Normal cans. — In outw-ard appearance there is a complete absence of any " bulg- ing " ; the top and bottom are either quite flat or almost imperceptibly concave. On shaking, there is no " rattle " and scarcely any movement of the contents can be heard. When opened with the cutter, there is no expulsion of air or gas, with little if any exuding of the oil or other material used in the process of packing. The contents are firm, not macerated, and often white in colour; this last, how- ever, depending to some extent iipon the materials used in the packing. The smell is mildly characteristic of the fish, qualified by the variety of oil or tomato sauce used. There is in appearance and odour a complete absence of putrefaction. The fish are saturated to a greater or lesser extent with the oil, sauce, or other flavouring agents used, but without losing their firm and solid condition. The oil or sauce will be seen as a layer over and in the interspaces between the individual fish, rather than actually within the bodies. 190 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Swelled Cans. — Outwardly the cans vary from a slight " bulged " appearance to a more pronounced swelling. The top and bottom are forced out as a result of the pressure, and present a decided convex surface. As the swelling becomes greater the oil or sauce will be forced out between the soldered parts of the can, and in pronoun- ced cases the outside surface is greasy and wet, and possibly covered with the oil or sauce. Swelled cans, when shaken, have a characteristic " rattle " on account of the extra space within, resulting from the swelling. When the cans are opened, gas is ex- pelled, accompanied in advanced swellings by portions of the liquid contents. In ad- vanced cases there is a tendency for the oil or sauce to pour out over the surface of the cans. The condition of the contents varies considerably. Usually the fish are macerat- ed, disintegrated, and soft, and are intermixed with the oil or sauce; they have lost their entity. The odour is variable, — frequently it is not unpleasant, resembling to an accentuated degree the natural smell of normal sardines. In other instances a pronounced putrefactive odour is evident. It may be that the putrefactive odour is present at all times and is masked by the spices or other ingredients of the sauce. That is a point which can only be definitely pronounced upon after a more extended investigation. CANS EXAMINED. Up to the present I have examined forty cans, normal and swelled. The cans have been obtained personally or by express : (1) direct from various canning factories in the province of New Brunswick and in the State of Maine, U.S.A. (2) From the Health Department of a city in the Maritime Provinces. (3) From retail grocery stores. Many of the normal cans, representative of the various factories, proved to be sterile; from some have been isolated spore forming bacteria, inactive on fermentable carbohydrates, — see page 211, Culture 21 and in no instance have gas producing organisms been found. From certain of the swelled cans I have isolated a variety of strains of gas pro- ducing bacteria, none of which show evidence of spore formation. The cans from which these strains have been isolated are representative of three of the factories ■engaged in canning; and for the sake of clearness these factories have been specified as Packer A, Pacher B, and PacTcer C, respectively. Further, from swelled cans I have also isolated strains of bacteria which fail to ferment any of the carbohydrates used as test substances (pages 212-213). It remains, therefore, to be added that from some cans apparently " swelled " I have failed to isolate gas producing bacteria. As already stated (page 185) the organisms isolated from the various sources have for the sake of convenience been arranged in two main classes : — Class I. — Gas producers. Class n. — Non gas-producers. The gas-producers (see pages 192-207) have been isolated solely from swelled cans ■ I sardines. Of the swelled cans examined the majority were obtained from sources ■ and 3 (page 190). Some were submitted by source 2. Under the circumstances it has seemed desirable to use some means of differentiation. Accordingly the swelled cans obtained: (1) from the canning factories, and (3) from retail grocery stores have been designated "Swelled cans. Series 1"; those submitted by (2) a certain City Health Department, "Swelled Cans Series II." BACTERIOLOGY OF SARDINES 191 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Swelled Cans, Series I. Can. I, Paclcer B. — ^Obtained direct from canning factory; packed with tomato sauce; characteristic "swelled" appearance. The pressure of the gas was so great that on the can being opened part of the contents were strewn over the laboratory bench. The odour was pleasant, though pungent, and may best be described as the natural smell of normal sardines accentuated. It is of interest to note that the plates made, using herring agar, rapidly developed at room temperature a putrid smell resembling, as expressed by a laboratory colleague, that of an "oriental latrine." See Chilture 32, Class I. Can. II, Packer A. — Obtained from a retail grocery store; packed in cottonseed oil; same brand as those of "Swelled Cans, Series II". This can was passed as saleable and normal by a reputable salesman, and on personal examination of his stock I retained it as suspicious. I have no knowledge as to the date of packing. In appearance the can was slightly swollen, convex, but there was no evidence of oil exuding due to pressure of gas. On opening, a percep- tible amount of gas was forced out. The contents were soft and desintegrated ; colour slightly darker white than normal ; odour an accentuation of the normal. See Culture 34, Class I. Can HI, Packer A. — Source and brand as Can II of this series. This can submitted to me by the salesman. The appearance of the can, the appearance, condition, and colour of the contents identical with description applied to Can II. See Culture 35, Class I. Can IV, Packer B. — Source and brand as Can I of this series. In this can the swelling had not progressed as far as in can I, and on opening the gas was not so profuse. The general description there applied to the contents and to the nature of the subsequent plates is equally applicable in this instance. See Culture 36, Class I. Can y , Packer B. — Source and brand as Can I of this series. The extent to which the can had swelled, and the further description used above for Can IV apply here. See Culture 37, Class I. Can VI, Packer C. — Obtained direct from canning factory; packed in tomato sauce; charaeteristiQ "swelled" appearance top and bottom convex. On open- ' ing a small amount of gas escaped. The odour was not unpleasant, and may be described as the natural smell of normal sardines accentuated. The con- tents of the can were not nearly so much disintegrated as noted in some pre- viously mentioned, were somewhat dry, and a little less hard than the con- tents of normal cans. See Culture 64 Class I. Swelled Cans, Series II, Packer A. A cargo of sardines exported by packer A had been sunk in a harbour, remaining im.der water for six weeks. When the cargo was salvaged, a proportion of the cans were visibly swelled. The local Health Department submitted a number of these cans for examination, as a result of which the cargo was condemned. Such cans, of course, do not represent the " swelled cans " of commerce. As, however, their condition and the nature of their contents appeared somewhat similar to the swelled cans obtained irom other sources, the characteristics of some of the organisms isolated have been included in this report. 192 DEPARTMEyr OF THE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 To differentiate from the swelled cans obtained direct from the canning factories and from retailers I have designated the salvaged cans as " Swelled cans, series 11."^ The brand of sardines of which this cargo consisted is one of the least expensive brands on the market; cottonseed oil is used. Can II. — On shaking, perceptible " rattle " characteristic of the swollen cans. On opening with the cutter escape of gas and pronounced putrefactive odour; contents soft and disintegrated ; colour dirty white with tendency to redness in inner portions. See Culture 24. Class I; Culture 14. Class II. Can III. — Characteristic " rattle " ; es:: a ca c: eS ^S :* ^ ^ ^ p 0 o g ., J, -jadraax urarapdo 0?5 s 5? Ic m"^S cc cc ec •}d mvBQ lerajatij. U-§ i -C^ 8 g s 8 -|5°g 6 i) CJ i s 3 . s . = . -s >=> ■moja -aHN "Si ^ o T c TJ c s 3 "a § "Sg .; a 3 siajjuoQOuj^ o *^ •z [5: IZ ;s z ■H5=i c •a«av U!I"''S3V n 1 11 11 '.5 e3 lal £i^ a *-, ^ £:» O CQ cc - — X I i ^- C4 . X . >= M ti,>. w 00 M.5? w •WK 08 t- tC ^ 5C = t^ t^ •* t-rr t^ tc~-^ b: g- d §■£ ^ 3 o d O O o o Q O •mojg ?n,)ij?iix '§5 5-^ Cloud heavy pell. ^-3 ^ o s . Even cloud, no pel. <1j c- :^ C" cr -. cr •q»}S atn^Bpo .r -- 0 ^" D " 0 0 '" " ^; 2 •z. ^ z Z _j _; ^ •lOS ^1 5.2 £1 . o 6l , 1 ■s "s 5 "S — — S s s s-^ s >> . •X^iipoK + D+l +^ %^l ■sajodg 1 1 : 1 1 III ■uiKig SjOiBjg 1 1 III III •i3oioi{djoj({ 1^1 3 5 3 1^1 J4 l-l ■9mt\aQ s -;-? S3 CO 55 c5 s ~ 3 -=s c be ffl © C- > •s QC o-o P *S 1 S*>'3 0 >i !S > ^z ■O o Q) r> -f: (= S ■*-• S £ w ttl o DO •n a; BiCTERIOUXn OF SARDINES 209 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a ■aD.inos Can II. Ser. II. Packer A. Can V. Ser. I. Packer B. Can I. Ser. I. Packer B. Can IV. Ser. I. Packer B. Can III. Ser. II. Packer B. Can III. Ser. I. Packer A. Can HI. Ser. I. Packer A. Can VI. Ser. I. Packer C. J glucoside, not p Carbohy- carbohydrates. id reduction of ■ui[nui + + + + + + 1 • + + 1 + + + + + g,o.2 = •auijaoX[;^ ''I + + + + 1 + I + 1 + + + + 1 + ction of dly decol rapid act hill 21 he ■uiinosay + + 1 + _ + = 1 + 1 4 4- + + + + + jte prodi ator rapi iced and o gas wi' •uioq-Bg + + + + + 1 1 + + + + + + + + culturing. i N o Andrade indie slow. s Pronoui nented jirofusely t asoiXx + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + •asoaiqBjy + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ■asouHjBjj + + + + + + 1 + + + + + + + + fter succf until 72 r React attackec •a}mopy 1 1 1 1 1 1 + 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 + 1 pearing a jroduced jrofuse. hydrates •sipina 1 + 1 1 1 + 1 1 I + -t + 1 + 1 1 to C-? rt •a^mnBivt + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + 2 hours. h Slii on yellow. in rs. (| Character the series. x ' sion to alkalinity. •aeoj^qDOBg + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + ■asatOB'x 1 + 1 + < - + = + + + + + + + + + after 7 ed, leii 24 hou any of d rever •asoDnif) + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + g Gas Reduc within o than ly rapi •pan t'^maiM < ^ 5 < '3 5 < < •janB?t -soj J sa3o^ + + 1 + 1 1 + + iijii ■aoi} -Dnpa}j ajBj'iifj + + + 4- •- + + + k Fee acted up nulin pro cator an( ■jopai 1 + 1 1 1 1 II Acid, other. feebly on on i de indi •ajnijno l?i 1 S? 1 ^ 1 ■^ 1 f^S i St 1 -^^ fy,s + in the d rates lActi Andra 210 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 EXPERIMENTAL SWELLED CANS. Having isolated strains of gas-pi'oclueing bacteria from swelled cans of sardines, and having determined their cultural features and biochemical reactions, the next step was to attempt the experimental swelling of normal cans by inoculation of organisms already isolated. Up to the present I have used three cultures for this purpose — cul- tures 35, 37 and 64. These three cultures on the basis of their biological and bio- chemical reactions are sufficiently differentiated (pages 199-207) to warrant indivi- dual trials. A number of normal cans of sardines were most courteously supplied by the manager of the Chamcook factory, St. Andrews, N.B. Some of the cans were of sardines packed in cottonseed oil, olive oil having been used for the remainder. The cans had to be " inmched," inoculated, and again sealed. In order to eliminate as far as possible any error of manipulation I obtained by courtesy of the chief engineer, the services of the college plumber, who undertook the soldering. To avoid trouble from escaping oil, the cans were placed on end, rather than flat on the bottom. By the usual method a layer of solder was first spread over a portion of the can; this I cleaned and sterilized with absolute alcohol, and then with a sterile awl punched a hole 3 mm. diameter. From a Ice. pipette, 2 to 3 drops of a young peptone broth culture of the desired organism were quickly dropped in; a small square of sterilized tin heated in the flame was at once placed over the hole, and the soldering process performed. The layer of solder previously spread over the can assisted materially in making the pro- cess effective. In this manner cans were inoculated with the respective cultures; the control cans receiving exactly the same treatment minus the' inoculation. The cans, each ijlaced in the half of a large petri dish, were incubated at a temperature of 30° to 33° C. They were examined at frequent intervals, and in 4 days swelling was observed in those inoculated. In 7 days the swelling has become so pronounced that there appeared to be danger from explosions. The cans were examined. Normal Cans. — (Punched and resoldered). These appeared perfectly normal; no oil in petri dish, no moisture on outside of can, no swelling, no " rattle " on shaking. When opened there was no escape of gas; contents firm in texture, flesh the white of the normal sardines, and comparatively dry; odour typical and mild; normal in every respect. INOCULATED CANS. Can So. — Inoculated with culture 35, oil in petri dish and on surface of can ; pro- nounced swelling, top and bottom of can, convex; on shaking, the typical "rattle" of the original "swells" ; when opened escape of gas and exuding of oil. The contents were soft, moist, and disintegrated to an even greater degree than in many of the original " swells." The oil was intermixed with the macerated sardines, and gas bubbles were very evident throughout the whole. The colour was a little darker than normal. The odour was not putre- factive, but an accentuation of the typical normal swell. The conditions noted weye as evident on the side immediately opposite the point of inocula- tion, as at the point of inoculation itself. The condition of this can and its contents was in every respect identical with the conditions found when examining the original typical " swells," but accentuated. Can 37. — Inoculated with culture 37. The description given of can 35 is here strictly applicable; no variation could be noted. Can 6k. — Inoculated with culture 64. The swelling of this can was more pro- nounced, otherwise the description given of can 35 is here strictly applicable in every respect. Isolation of Organisms. — Pieces of fish were taken from the respective cans and inoculated into series of liquid media ; glucose peptone broth, peptone broth, and nutrient broth respectively. These tubes were incubated at 37°C. for 24 hours. BACTERWIJXIY OF SARDINES 211 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Pronounced clouding of the media by each inoculum was by that time evident. Plates were made on glucose agar, and after incubation at 37°C. for 24 hours, typical colonies were picked off and streaked on agar slopes. Subsequently series of inoculations were made, and the organisms isolated proved to be identical respectively with the strains with which the esijerimental cans were inoculated. Cultures 35, 37 and 64 respectively have experimentally produced typical swelled cans, have been re-isolated and proved culturally identical with the original strain. The " Postulates of Koch " have been satisfied. ORGANISMS WHICH DO NOT PRODL'CE GAS. Culture 7. Source: Herring Excreta. Morphology : — Spore forming rods, occurring singly, in twos and iu long forms. Gram negative. Cultural Characteristics: — Nutrient troth. — In 24 hours at 37°C., membranous pellicle, medium clear; 1 month yellow sediment, medium clear. Milh. — In 5 days pellicle, no change; in 1 mouth yellow turbid digestion extending S down tube. Litmus Milk. — In 24 hours no change; in 10 days pellicle, sediment, digestion with colour varying from yellow to dark purple. Gelatine Stab. — Room temperature, liquefaction beginning in 2 days. In 5 days uapiform to a depth of 5 mm., remainder filiform; in 14 days liquefaction still proceeding with lower part of stab a discrete villous growth; medium ferric lemon. Biochemical Reactions : — Indol : not produced. Nitrates : not reduced- Glucose broth : acid, even clouding, no gas. This culture in its reactions is typical of many strains isolated from herring excreta. Culture 21. Source : Normal Can sardines. Packer A. Morphology. — Extremely long thin rods, forming spores; in hanging drop occurring singly and in twos, motile. Gram positiv.e. Cultural Characteristics : — Nutrient hroth. — In 24 hours at 37°C., slight clouding, no pellicle; in three days membranous cup-shaped pellicle, medium cloudy; later, pellicle luxuriant, thick creamy, medium yellowish brown. Milk. — No change up to 5 days, when weak coagulum beginning; in 9 days tubes half cogulated; in 16 days yellow digestion nearly complete, remainder of medium firm hard curd. Litmus Milk. — No change in 24 hours; in 3 days pellicle, upper layers of milk dark purple, remainder violaceus, no coagulation; in 9 days digested with- out previous coagulation to muddy looking yellowish brown liquid. Ldefflers Blood Serum: — Rapid liquefaction. 212 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Gelatine Stah: — Eoom temperature, in 24 hours crateriform liquefaction beginn- ing; proceeding slowly in 7 days to 5 cm. from surface of stab; in IS days not complete, layers of yellowish precipitate. Biochemical Reactions : — Indol: not produced. Nitrates: not reduced. Glucose broth : acid, chiefly at surface, no gas. From the same can, and other normal cans, strains were isolated which according to the reactions noted proved to be identical with this culture. Culture 13. Source: Swelled Can I, Series 11, Packer A. Morphology. — Large coccus, occurring as stajihylococcus, no spores, Gram positive. Cultural Characteristics: — Nutrient hroth. — 24 hours at 37°C., moderate, cloudy; no pellicle. Milk. — In 5 days no change; no change in 1 month. Litmus milk. — As milk. Gelatine Stab. — Eoom temperature. In 2 days no liquefaction; in 5 days scant growth filiform to discrete; in 14 days medium faintly browned, growth in stab discrete and ferric yellow tint; no liquefaction, growth better under surface. Biochemical Reactions: — Indol : not produced. Nitrates : ? Glucose broth : Acid, even clouding, no gas. Culture 28. Source: Same Can as Culture 13. Morphology. — Long rods many times longer than broad, oval spores formed; Gram negative; in hanging drop appear singly; in twos and in long chains; motile with gliding movement. Cultural Characteristics: — Nutrient Broth. — 24 hours Tt° Q. Moderate, cloudy, slight pellicle; in 1 month cloudy with flocculent yellow sediment. Milk. — In 5 days no change; in 1 month digested completely, yellow turbid fluid. Litmus Milk. — In 10 days dark purple fluid with no previous coagulation; un- changed in 1 month. Loeffler's Blood Serum. — Rapid liquefaction. Gelatine Stat. — Eoom temperature, in 2 days slight liquefaction noted; in 5 days liquefaction progressed to depth of 2 mm., stratiform, remainder of stab dis- crete colonies ; in 14 days liquefaction 1 cm. depth, stratiform yellowish layers Biochemical reactions:— Indol : not produced. Nitrates: not reduced. Glucose broth: Acid, upper part, pellicle, no gas. Cultures 13 and 26 typical of several strains isolated from such cans. BACTERIOLOGY OF SARDINES 213 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Culture Ill- Source: Swelled Can II, Series II, Packer A. Morphology: Long rods many tiines longer than broad; spores. Gram positive; in hanging drop occurring singly, in twos, and in chains; appear at first immobile but prolonged examination reveals slow laboured movement, some individuals appearing to push themselves along. Cultural Characteristics : — Nutrient hroth. — 24 hours 37°C., cloudy, flocculent pellicle; in 10 days heavy clouding with some floeculency; in 1 month clouding and yellow precipitate at bottom of tube. Milk. — In 5 days no coagulation, ring, pellicle; in 1 month coagulated, some yellow whey expressed. Litmus milk. — In 24 hours no change; in 10 days lilac, no coagulation; in 1 month coagulation, and some whey expressed. Gelatine Stah. — Eoom temperature — in 2 days moderate growth, dip in gelatine; in 5 days crateriform liquefaction and spreading growth on surface of stab; in 14 days liquefection varied from V-shaped to crateriform to depth of 1 cm., cloudy; remainder of stab discrete. Biochemical reactions: — Indol : not produced. Nitrates: not reduced. Glucose broth : acid, more particularly near the surface, no gas. 6 0 ■§ S S = i 1 c ■J 1 .a c s .d ■6 c o % 5 3 5 4- — o o 7 Rod. + ? - Pellicle, mei. clear. Slow digest. Digest. Liquef. - - Herring excreta. 21 Rod. + + Clouding, later pellicle. Slow coag. later dig. Digest. slowly without previous coagln. Raiiid liquef. Liquef. slow. - + - Sardines, Packer A, Normal can. 13 Coccus. ? -f Moder. cloudy. No change. No change. No liquef. - ? + - Swelled Can I, Ser. II, Packer A. 28 Rod. + + Cloudy, later I>ellicle. Slow digest. Cleared with no coag. Rapid liquef. Liquef. slowly. - — + — As Culture 13 14 Rod. + + feeb + Cloudy. Xo change. Slow digest. Liquef. after 14 days. — - + — Swelled Can II (Ser. II) Packer A. 16 Coccus. + Cloudy, later precij). Coag. slow. Coag. slow. Liquef. slowly. + — Swelled Can III (Ser. II) Packer A. 214 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 BEIEF SUMMARY. 1. Forty cans of sardines, " swelled," and " normal,'' have been submitted to a bacteriological examination. 2. Cottonseed oil;, and the excreta of fresh herrings have been examined. 3. From the " swelled " cans eight strains of gas-producing bacteria have been isolated,— Cultures 24, 26, 32, 34, 36, 36, 37 and &4. 4. The eight strains have been studied morphologically, biologically, and bioch- emically, and have been described, pages 192-207. (a) Two strains. Cultures 24 and 37, liquefy gelatine, and fail to ferment lactose; these are tentatively placed in the Proteus group, B. vulgaris (Hauser 1S85), iMigula 1900. (&) The remaining six strains are lactose-fermenting types. I consider that these include typical and a-typieal types of the colon-aerogenes group (Eseherich) ; but for the present an individual classification is not offered. 5. The features and reactions of the gas-producing bacteria have been summarized; pages 208 and 209. C. Experimental "swellings"', typical in every respect have been produced in the laboratory on inoculation with Cultures 35, 37, and 64 respectively. The organisms subsequently isolated have been proved culturally to be identical with those used for inoculation ; thus satisfying the " Postulates of Koch." 7. No bacteria have been found in the cottonseed oil. S. Non-gas-producing bacteria have been isolated from herring excreta, from s\\-elled cans, and from a small percentage of the normal cans examined; brief notes are presented on pages 211-213. 9. No gas producing bacteria have been isolated from normal cans of sardines. I desire to express my indebtedness to Dr. A. B. Macallum; to Dr. A. G. Hunts- man; to Dr. F. C. Harrison; to the Maine Inspectors of the "National Canners' Association of America"; and to the proprietors and managers of the various canning factories wliich were visited with their permission. BACTERIOLOGY OF SARDINES 215 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a REFERENCES. 1. Prescott and Underwood, 1897. "Micro-organisms and Sterilizing Processes in the Canning Industries." Technology Quarterly X, 1. P. 183-199. 2. Macphail and Bruere, 1897. " Discolouration in Canned Lobsters." Ottawa Supp. No. 2, 29th Annual Eept., Dept. Marine and Fisheries. 3. Obst, 1916. " A Bacteriological Study of Sardines." Abs. Bact. I, 1. P. 50. ■1. Nielsen, Ivar. 1890. " Ein Stuck nioderner Bakteriologie aus dem 12 Jan- rundert." Central, fur. Bakt, u Parisit, erste abt, 7. 267. 5. Auchi, P., 1894. " Comptes rendus de la Soc. de Biologie." P. 18. 6. Vaughan, V. C. " The infection of Meat and Milk." Trans. 7th Inter. Congr. Hyg. Vol. Ill, Sec. III. P. 118-129. 7. Savage, W. G., 1913. "Bacterial Food Poisoning and Food Infection." M.O. Ept. Local Govt. Bd. Food Epts., No. 18. P. 46. 8. Vaughan and Novy, 1902. " Cellular Toxins." Lea Bros., Philadelphia, P. 262. loc. cit. P. 209. loc. cit. P. 188. 9. McWeeney. " Meat Poisoning — Its Nature, Causation and Prevention." Journ. Meat and Milk Hyg. Vol. I. John Bale, London. P. 1-31. (Note. — Separate not dated, evidently about 1909.) 10. Baur, 1902. " Ueber zwei denitrificirende Bakterien aus der Ostsee." Wissensch, Meeresuntersuch. Neue folge. Seehster Band. Abt. kiel. P. 21. 11. American Public Health Association, 1915. "Standard Methods of Water Analysis." P. 77-137. 12. Besson, 1913. " Te.xt Book of Practical Bacteriology, etc." Longmans Green, London. P. 53. 13. Besson, 1913. " Text Book of Practical Bacteriology, etc." Longmans Green, London. P. 410. 14. Harrison and Vanderleck, 1908. " Aesculin Bile Salt Agar for Water and Milk Analysis." Trans. Eoy. Soc, Can., Ill, Ser. IL P. 105-110. 15. Savage, 1906. " Bacterial Examination of Water Supplies." Lewis, London. P. 215. 16. " Bacterial Destruction of Copepods." Contrib. to Canadian Biol., 1917-18, Ottawa, 1918. Eef. 6, P. 227. 17. Clarke and Lubs, 1915. " Differentiation of Bacteria of the Colon-aerogenes group." Journ. Infect. Diseases. P. 17, 160-173. 18. Giltner, Cited by, 1916. "Microbiology." Wiley, N.T. P. 355. 19. " Bacterial Destruction of Copepods." Contrib. to Canadian Biology, 1917-18. 20. Loc cit. P. 218. i S GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918 XIII. BACTERIAL DESTRUCTION OF COPEPODS OCCURRING IN MARINE PLANKTON. By Wilfrid S.\dler, M.Sc, B.S.A., Bacteriological Labatories, Macdonald College (McGill University), Province of Quebec, Canada. During the summer of 1916 I was investigating the bacteriological content of " Swelled Canned Fish " for the Biological Board of Canada at the ^Marine Station, St. Andrews. X.B. While there Dr. Arthur Willey (Professor of Zoology, McGill University) called my attention to the condition of some of the copepods — (Calanus finmarchicus — upon which he was conducting researches. Lender the microscope it was seen that many parts of the tissue of copepods which had died in culture flasks were completely destroyed by masses of what appeared to be bacteria. It was particularly noticed that tlie axial cavity in the first antennae was entirely occupied by a dense column of writhing organ- isms. Tubes of nutrient broth were inoculated direct from the copepods and after two days' incubation at room temperature a definite clouding of the medium was noted. At the request and on the suggestion of Dr. Willey I have proceeded with the e.xaniiuation of the cultures secured, and have obtained in pure culture the organisms concerned. Three specific strains of bacteria have been isolated. Inasmuch as the work may have some practical significance in relation to the general subject of marine biology, and is of scientific interest, this report of the detailed studies of these organisms has been prepared. MEDIA EMPLOYED. I hegan by using various media prepared from fish concoctions in addition to the ordinary laboratoi-y media. The latter, however, proved to be more satisfactoi-y in every way and I have therefore confined myself to their use entirely. Beef Peptone Agar. — Standard methods * — Beef extract being substituted for meat. Beef Peptone Gelatine. — Standard methods. ^ Glucose Agar. — 1% glucose added to agar prepared as above, immediately before tubing. Sodium Indigo Sulphate Agar. — 3 per cent, sodium indigo sulphate with 2 per cent, glucose added to neutral agar, tubed and sterilized in flowing stream for tliree successive days. Tochtermann's Serum AgaT\. — ^ For digestion test. Loefflers Blood Serum.— s " » " Aesculin Agar.^ — For specific reaction of organisms of the colon-aei-ogenes group. Loops of a broth culture spread on plates. Neutral Red BUe Salt Agar.^ — Ditto, ditto. Bouillon for V oges-Proshauer reaction.^ — Bouillon for tl\^ Methyl Bed Reaction.''- — Solution for reduction, of Nitrates to Nitrites. — Giltay's synthetic solution was used, and also a peptone potassium-nitrate solution. :JSa — 15 217 218 DEPARTMENT OF THE .Vjr.iL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V. A. 1918 Dunham Solution for Tndol Production. — 1 per cent peptone, 5 per cent XaCl dissolved in distilled water, the reaction adjusted to + 10, medium cleared with white of egg, filtered, tubed and sterilized. After 7 days' incubation at 37J°C. the cultures were tested for indol by the Bohme Ehrlich test* ; the development of a cherry red colour indicating the presence of indol. Fermentation hroths. — The various sugars, alcohols, glucosides used were pre- pared separately as 10 per cent solutions in distilled water, and sterilized for 15 minutes in flowing steam for three successive days. Immediately before inoculation these were added to tubes of broth made up as for the indol test — the use of peptone water without beef eliminates any risk of the reaction being masked by action on the muS'cle sugar — in such proportions as to give a final 1 per cent sugar or other carbohydrate broth. Dunham tubes were used for the collection of the gas. For acid production the -acid fuchsin indicator of Andrade,* as adapted by Hollman, was used at the rate of 2 per cent. In the preparation of the indicator I have noticed as reported by Andrade, and Hollman that the colour which results from the addition of the normal caustic soda is preceptibly affected by being left open to the air. By adding the caustic soda to freshly prepared acid fuchsin solution at intervals through- out the day, leaving the reagent meanwhile exposed to the air, I have found that 2i ec. n 'XaOH will decolorize to the proper shade of amber 100 cc. fuchsin solution. Litmus Milk. — The milk freshly separated and tubed was sterilized for three suc- cessive days for 30 minutes in flowing steam. The litmus was made up separately ; a 7 per cent solution of " Merck's " litmus in distilled water, heated in the steamer for 30 minutes and left over night in the incuibator, filtered, sterilized for three successive days in flowing steam and added to the milk immediately before inoculation at the rate of 1* per cent. Note : It will be seen from page 224 that culture III of this paper exhibited an unusual degree of sensitiveness to the litmus. For this reason I now consider the proportion of the indicator added to be of some importance. CULTURAL STUDIES. Culture I. Morphology. — Microscopically- — 24-hour-old agar culture at 37° C. — short rods vary- ing up to 1-6 fj. long and 1 fi broad ; some larger forms ; stains unevenly with Kuhne's methylene blue, and is Gram negative. No spores are formed and no capsule shown. Motility. — Decided browuian movement, but not the violent agitation noted in culture III. No motility. Cultural Characteristics : — Agar Slope. — 24 hours at 37°C. growth luxuriant, raised, slightly spreading, moist, glistening, porcelain-white, edges echinulate. Glucose Agar Slope. — Gas, growth luxuriant, raised, moist, glistening, woolly appearance, haze, porcelain-white, spreading. Tochtermann's Serum Agar Slope. — Resembling growth on glucose agar, but no woolly appearance. In 8 days growth had permeated medium as flakes;, gas, heavy precipitate collected at base of slope. Lbeffler's Blood Serum. — Moderate, spreading, flat, no digestion, no discolouration. In 7 days no digestion; colour Isabella, luxuriant, moist, slightly raised, iridiscent. BACTERIAL DESTRUCTION OF C0PEP0D8 219 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Sodium Indigo Sulphate Agar Slope. — Luxuriant, raised, moist, spreading, no reduction. In 8 days no reduction. Gelatine Stah. — 21° C. 24 hours, growth filiform, equal surface and stab. In 7 days as before; gas bubbles — presumably from the muscle sugar in the beef extract • — in tube. In 6 weeks no liquefaction, growth brown, echinulate, medium unchanged. Nutrient Broth. — 37°C. 24 hours. Clouding abundant, medium clearing, flaky sediment at bottom, bluish rim at top. In 3 days flocculent yellowish-white rim at top, easily dislodged on shaking. Medium almost clear. Potato. — Abundant along track of needle, glistening, contoured, isabella colour, growth slightly raised; in 3 days iridiscence perceptible and medium slightly browned. Milk. — Coagulation in 24 to 30 hours ; curd broken by gas bubbles. In 6 weeks curd contracted, no digestion. Litmus Milk. — In 20 hours lilac, much gas, no coagulation; in 36 hours coagula- tion with gassy curd ; in 5 days curd bleached ; in 6 weeks no digestion. Aesculi7i Agar. — LvLsuriant, moist, black reaction. Neutral Red Bile Salt Agar. — Luxuriant, raised, glistening, moist. Characteristic red reaction. Peptone Broth + Aesculin. — Black reaction. Gelatine Colonies. — (1st appearance) 5 days at 21°C. Surface colonies up to 1 mm. diameter, raised, slightly darker in centre, paling towards edges. Under the low power objective homogenous, granular, edges entire. Agar Colonies. — 24 hours at 37°C. Surface colonies up to 3 mm. diameter, raised, concave, glistening, yellowish-white at centre, paling towards edges, edges entire, colonies bluish by transmitted light. Under low power objective edges entire, finely granular, amorphous. Temperature Relations: — Thermal Death Point. — 10 mns. exposure in nutrient broth at 60° C. Optimum Temperature.— Z7° C. Cultures incubated at 37°, 21°, and 14°C. respec- tively. Vitality on Culture Media. — Active cultures have been recovered from agar after 5 months at temperature of 15°-20°C. Relation to Oxygen. — Facultative anaerobe; glucose agar. Biochemical reactions: — Indol production : Indol produced. Reduction of nitrates : Nitrates reduced to nitrites. Voges-Proskauer reaction: Negative. Methyl red reaction : Acid. Fermentation of Canhohydrates: — Glucose. Lactose. Saccharose. Maltose. Maunite. Duleite. + 4- + + -1- -t- -1- -1- + -1- ^ + -1- Dextrine. Salicin. Eaffinose. Adonite. Inulin. Xylose. + -1- + + + + + + + + -1- ■+ Glycerine. -1- + + = acid. ++ - acid and gas. 38a— 15J 220 DEPARTMEyr OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Culturally and liiochemically this organism is a variation of the B. coli type recording to the description of Escherich.'" The variety I have isolated differs from the original description in that it is non-motile and ferments saccharose to acid and gas. The degree of importance to be attached to any one character has been discussed at considerable length in the literature during the last thirty years; owing to the fact that this organism is used as a presumptive test for faecal contamination in systematic water analysis. Of the two variations from the original type mentioned above, the presence or absence of motility may first be considered. There has been a tendency by some workers to consider a non-motile form of B. coli (Escherich)!" as B. aerogenes (Escherieh)i^ This position, hovvever, is not sub- stantiated by the researches of Eschericb and Pfaundler, MacConkey, Jackson and others. Eschericb and Pfaundler^- in describing the original B. coli state that generally there is motility, sometimes slight; a characteristic movement as of short forward pushes ; swinging in space with sometimes no change of place is also noted. The absence of definite motion as recorded by Tafel, Frankel and others is cited in the same paper. Lembkei^ considers that motility in B. coli is variable. MeWeeney" in discussing what he would regard as the genuine B. coli remarks : "on the motility of individuals or its absence I hesitate to lay much stress." Houston'® in using a broad classification for the true colon group adopts his "flaginac" test which leaves open the question of motility. Durham'® considers that all members of the true colon group are probably motile ; but in the same paper states : "speaking generally morpho- logical characters are not of much value for subdivision of these bacteria." MacConkey'''^ discusses the influence of temperature and medium on motility; and while he considers the presence or absence as important he says : "it is very difficult to arrive at a conclusion with regard to this character." Ellis'^ has proved the presence of flagella in five species of the genus Bacterium which were hitherto held to be non- motile; and he considers that all the genus Bacterium when suitably cultivated can be shown to be motile. His conclusions would appear to be not sufficiently substantiated on the data given. The English Commission on the Standardization of Methods for the bacteriological examination of water''; and the American Commission on Standard ^Methods' each specify motility as one characteristic of the true B. coli; but a com- parison of the two standards reveals variance as to the significance to be attached to this specific feature. Prescott and Winslow-" consider the sugar fermentations, par- ticularly the fermentations of glucose and lactose, are of prime importance. Savage-' considers motility as one of the essential characters of the true B. coli. Migula'- includes B. ngapolitanys (Emmerich)-* which is non-motile, as identical with B. coli (Eschericb). Thus while the concensus of opinion is undoubtedly in favour of specifying motility as a character of the true B. coli, there would seem to be no justification according to present classification for excluding from this type an organism prepon- deratingly similar and placing it with B. irrogenes (Escherich)" on account solely of the absence of motility. Harrison-^ raises the question as to whether, provided the argument re motility is admitted, it removes B. tieMpolifanus to a different genus from B. cnJi. The second variation to which I have referred (page 219) is the fermentation of saccharo.se to acid and gas. B. coli (Escherich)'" has no action upon saccharose. Theobald Smith, cited by Prescott and Winslow-" stated in 1893 that B. coli could be divided into two distinct sub-types, — the one negative to saccharose or in other words the original B. coli, and the other fermenting this sugar to acid and gas. Durham'® isolated saccharose — positive organisms and gave the name B. coli communior, since oontractod to B. communior. Jackson-'* has classified the organisms of the lactose ferment! ig type and confirms the sub-type B. communior of Durham. The classifica- tion of Jackson has since been adopted by the laboratory section of the American Public Health Association,' and on this continent has received almost general approval. Using saccharose and duleite as differential fermentation tests Jackson considers BACTERIAL DESTRVCTIOy OF COPEFODS 221 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a those organisms positive to lactose and duleite as B. coli (Escherich)"'; positive to lactose, saccharose and duleite as B. communior (Durham)!^; positive to lactose and saccharose but negative to duleite as B. arogenes (.Escherich)'', positive to lactose but negative to saccharose and duleite as B. acidi-lactki.-* Further subdivision accord- ing to the action on mannite and raffinose are used for further differentiation. MacConkey uses the Voges-Proskauer reaction as one of his differential tests and finds that the true B. coli is always Voges-Proskauer negative, while the B. (erogenes lyi.e is Vog'5i-PT' skauer positive. In the same paper he revives cb.i ii.100 — depths greater than 100 fathoms. 10 — Depth in fathoms. 1 Ottawa Naturalist, vol. 15, 1912, p. 171. MATUXE lyVKh'TEBliATES 231 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathy-METric Tables — Continued. Protozoa — Con. Ret/rularia (Fnraminifera) — Con. Lagena ornata Willdenow Lagena semistriata Willimason Lagena squamosa Montagu Lagena striatopunctata P. and J Lagena .sulcata P. and J Miliolina agglutinans d'Orbigny Miliolina bicornis \V. and J. 35 Miliolina Eerussaoii d'Orbigny Miliolina oblonga Montfort. 35 Miliolina socans d'Orbigny Miliolina seminulum L. 3.5 Miliolina subrotunda Montfort. . Miliolina tricarinata d'Orbigny Miliolina trigonula d'Orbigny _. . Nodosaria (Dentalina) communis d'Orbigny.. Nodosaria (Glandulina) lae\'igata d'Orbigny. Nodosaria (Dentalina) pauperata d'Orbigny.. Nonionina scapha F. and M Nonionina labradorica- Patetlina cornigata Williamson 35 PoljTiiorpliina compressa d'Orbigny Pol.\niiorpliina lactea \V. and J. 35 Polystomella arctica P. and J Polystomella striatopunctata F. and M. 35. . . . Pulvinulina karsteni Reuss Reophax findcns Parker Reoplia\ scorpiurus Montfort Rhalxlammina abyssorum M. Sars Rhabihimmina discreta Brady Rotalia beccarii Linnaeus 35 Spiroplecta biformis P. and J Textularia agglutinans d'Orbigny Textularia variabilis Willdenow Trochani!nina inflata Montfort Trun<'a1ulina lobatula W. and J. 35 Uvigerina angulosa Willdenow Uvigerina pygmaea d'Orbigny Vaginulina spinigera Brady Valvulina conica P. and J Verneuilina polystropha Reuss 35 Virgulina squamosa d'Orbigny Silicofiagellata, Eadioluria and Ciliata. Acanthonia echinoides (Clap. & Lach) 11 Acanthostaurus pallidus F AmphorcUa subulata (Ehrb) Daday 11 Codonella ventricosa 11 Codonella lagenula (Clap & Lach) 11 Cyttarocyclis denticulata var. gigantea Brandt. 11 Distephanus aculeatus (Ehrenberg) Distephanus speculum var. regularis Lemmermann 11 Ebria tripatrtita (Schum) Lemmermann 11 Plagiac.anthus arachnoides Clap. 11 Ptychocyclis urnula Clap. & Lach. 11 Strombidium sulcatum C. & L. 11 Tintinnopsis beroiflea Stein 11 Tintinnopsis campanula Ehrb. Daday 11. Tintinnopsis davidow Daday 11 Tintinnopsis cylindrica 11 Tintinnopsis lobiancoi 11 Tintinnus acuminatus (C. & L. )11 Tintinnus obliquus (C. & L.) 11 B.tTHYMETBIC R.\XGE. Min. and Max. Depth. 30-100.!'., .30-100.?. 30 30 16-50... 10-50 2-50 35-50 2-50 <.50 2-313.... <.50 18-50..,. <.50 . . . 30-50. ,. .30-313.,. 313 3.5-D.W. 1,5-100 , I.T.-40.. 10-50..., 2-313. ., 30-50. , 2-300,, 30-250 , 10-!)0.,., 16-20..,. 20-D.W.. 2-313. 10-40. 4-D.W. D.W... .30-90.. D.W... D.W..., 10-20. . S.W.-313. Inter- tidal. Zone. 1-15 Fathoms. 15-50 50-100 100 t 232 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathymetric Tables — Continued. PoRiFERA (Sponges). Calcarea. Amphoriscus thompsoni Lambe. Grantia canadensis Lambe Hetcropia rodgeri Lambe... . Leucosolenia canoellata VerriU. . S>i'on asperum Lambe Sycon protcctum Lambe Dcmospongiae. Min. and Max. Depth. 60- . . 22-56. 60 - 60 56 56-60. Artemisina suberitoides Vosmaer. Chalina oeulata (Pallas) Cladorhiza abyssicola M. Sars Cladorhiza grandis VerriU _ Cladorhiza nordenskioldii Fristedt ciathria dehcata Lambe Cliona celata Grant 35 Craniella cranium (MuUer) Desmacellapeaehii (Bowerbank) var. groenlandica Fristedt ,, , -■ , Desraacidon (Homaeodictya( palmata (Johnston) .35, 47 Esperella lingua (Bowerbank) Esperella modesta Lambe Eumastia sitiens O. Schmidt Cielliu? arcofcru.s Vo.smaer t'..llius fhiK.'llifer Ridley & Dcndy.. Gi'llius laurcntinus Lambe Halichondria panicea Johnston 35 lophon chelifer Ridley & Dendy M vxilla incrustans (Johnston) Pliakellia ventilabrum (Johnston) Polymastia mamillaris (MuUer) Polymastia robust a Bowerbank 35. Quasillina brevis (Bowerbank) Reniera mollis Lambe Reniera rufescens Lambe Stylocordyla borealis (Loven) . . Subcrites "ficus (Johnston) Suberites hispidus (Bowerbank) Suberitps montalbidus Carter. .... Tentorium semisuberites (Schmidt) Thenea muricata (Bowerbank) ^ Trichostemma hemisphaericum M . Sars 85. 200. D.W.. 200 . 3-6 .'.. 19 20-30 130-200 11-20 75-80.. 22 75-80. -38-80 60-130 6-22. . 100. . COELENTER.\T.\. Hydrumcdusce and Scyphomeduse. Acaulis priraarius Stimpson Aeginopsis laurcnti Brandt 16 Aglantha rosea Forbes 16 . . ■_ Aglaophenopsis cornuta (VerriU) Antennularia antennina (L) Aurelia fiavidula Peron & Lesueur Bouganvillia superciliaris (L. Agassiz) 16, 35.... Bouganvillia carolinensis (McCrady) 31 Calvcella syringa (L) 16, 35 _^ Caiiipanularia amphora (Agassiz) 16, 35, 43.. . Campanularia caliculata Hincks = Eucopella cah- culata (Hincks! 31 = Oxopyxis caliculata 43 Campanularia flexuosa Hincks 43 Campanularia groenlandica Levinsen 31,43 56 120-210 17-85 . 85 30-60 85-220 1-6 .^. 212 20-.30 50-250 220-250 . 112 5-15. Bathymetric Range. -I Inter- tidal. Zone. Fathoms. 1-15 15-50 50-100 100 t 25 F 200 10-60 F. 25 LT 25-313. . . I.T.-S.W. O-IOO.. . I.T.-IC. 1-50 f MARiyE INVERTEBRATES 233 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathysietric Tables — Continued. Bathymetbic Range. Min. and Max. Depth. Inter- tidal Zone. Fathoms. 1-15 15-50 50-100 100 COELENTER.^T.t — Coil. Hpcii'oiiifdusfe— Con. Carapanularia hincksii Alder 35, 43 Campanularia Integra Linnaeus 43 Campanularia inagnifica Fraser 31, 43 Campanularia neglecta (.\lder) 31, 35, .43 Campanularia vertioillata (L) 43 Campanularia volubili.s (Pallas) 24 Catableraa vesicaria (A. Agassiz) 16 Cladocarpus pourtalesii Verrill Cladocarpus speciosus Verrill Clava leptostvla Agassiz 31, 35 Clytia jobnst..ni > Alder) 31, 43 Clytia nolifi>rmi.-i .\lfCready 43 Cryptolaria triserialis Fraser 31 Cuspidella grandis Hincks Cyanea arctica Peron -50 50-100 100 X Ostracoda — Con. Cythere dunehncnsis Norman 35 Cy there eraarginata Sars 35 Cythere leioderma Xorman Cythere limieola Norman Cythere lutea Muller Cythere pellucida Band Cythere tuberculata Sars 35 Cythere villosa Sars 35 Cythere white! Band Cytheridea (?) elongata Brady Cytheridea papillosa Bosquet Cytheridea punctillata Brady Cytheridea sorbyana Jones Cytherideis foveolata Brady Cytheropteron angulatum Br. & Rob Cytheropteron arouatum Br. & Rob Cytheropteron nodo.sum Brady. Cytheropteron vespertillo Reuss Cytherura (?) concentrica C. B. &R. 'M. Cytherura cristata Brady & Crosskej . . . . Cytherura (?) pumila C. B. & R. uM.S.).. Cytherura sarsii Brady Cytherura (?) undata Sars (Var.) Eucythere argus Sars sp Krithe (Ilyobates) bartonensis Jones Loxoeoncha sp Philomedes brenda Baird 14 Philomedes interpuncta Baird Sehlerochilus contortus Norman Xestoleberis depressa Sars 35 S.). Mal.\costr.*ca Leptostraca, and Arlhrostraca. -\canthonotozoma serratum (Fabririus) 5, 18 — Acanthonotozoma inflatum iKroyer) 18 Aeanthostephia malmgreni Goes Acanthozone euspidata (Lepechin) 5, 18, 27 .\ceros phyllonyx M. Sars -Ega psora IL) 4, 5, 18 -Egina longicomis Kroyer 5 -Egina spinosissima (Stimpson) 5 = .£quiella spinossissima 27 .\mathilla homari (J. C. Fabricius) 18 Ampelisea eschrichtii Kroyer 18 .\jnpelisca macrocephala Lilljeborg 5, 18, 35 — .\mpelisca typica Spence Bate Amphithoe podoceroides Rathlce Apmhithoe punctata Say Amphithoe rubricata Montagu 18,27 Anonyx exiguus Stimpson Anonyx nugax (Phipps) 18, 35 Anonyx pallidus Stimpson -Ajionyx politus Stimpson -Vnonyx pumilus Lilljeborg ApheruSii bispinosa 18 ,\rcturus baffini Westwood 18 Astacilla granulata (G. O. Sars) 4, 5 Byblis gaimardii (Kroyer) 5,18 Calathura brachiata (Stimpson) 4, 35 Calliopius laeviusculus (Kroyer) 5, 18 Caprella linearis (L) 5, 18, 27 Caprella longimanus Stimpson 5-SO. 70 5-80 ... 50-70. . . 20-150 . I.T.-32. 10. 14-110 8-50. 0-8.. 4... 8-15... I.T.-M>. 4-20... 40 10-15. . . 10-20. . . 7-640. 10-60 10-250 F 4-32... E^ MAKiyE IWERTEBRATES 251 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathymetric Tables — Continued. Bathymetric Range. Min. and Max. Depth. Inter- tidal Zone. Fathoms 1-15 15-50 50-100 100 X Malacostbaca — Con. Leptostraca and Arthrostraca — Con. Caprella sanguinea Gould Caprella stirapsonii Spence Bate = C. robuata 27 ( 'entromedon pumilus 18 < 'hiridotea coeea (Say) 4, 5, 35 Chiridotea tuftsii (Stimpson) 4,5 Cirolana borealis Lillejborg 4 Cirolana concharum Stimpson 4 Cirolana polita Stimpson 4, 5 Dajus mysidis Kroyer 4. 18 Duliehia porrecta Spence Bate 18 Epelys montosus (Stimpson) = Edotea montosa 4, 5, 35 Epimeria loricata G. O. Sars 5 Ericthonius difformis Milne-Edwards 8 = E. rubri- comis 27 Euryeope robusta Harger = Euryeope cornuta Sars 4 Eusirus cuspidatus Kroyer Euthemisto bispinosa (Boeck) 5, 35 Euthemisto compressa Goes. 11 Euthemisto libellula (Mandt.) 18 Gammaracanthus macrophthalmus (Stimpson) Gammarus locusta (L f) J. C. Fabricius 18, 27. Gnathia cerina (Stimpson) 5, 18 Gyge hippolytes (Kroyer) = Bopyroides hippo- lytes 4 Halirages bispinosus (Spence Bate) ". Halirages fulvocinctus (M. Sars) 5, 18 Haploops setosa Boeek 5 Haploops tubicola Lilljeborg 5, 18 Harpinia fusiformis (Stimpson) Hyale littoralis (Stimpson) = AUorchestes litto- ralis 5, 35 Hyperoche medusarum (Kroyer) = Hyperia me- dusarum 18. 35 Idotea marina (L) 5 = Idothea baltica 35.. . . Idotea phosphorea Harger 4, 27, 35 Idotea robusta Kroj-er = Idothea metallica 35, 45 Jaera albifrons Leach = Jaera marina. 4, 18, 35 Janira alta (Stimpson) 4, 5 Janira spinosa Harger = Tobella spinosa 4 Lafystus sturionis Kroyer 5, 35 Leptocheirus pinguis (.Stimpson) 47 = Ptilocheirus pinguis, 5,27 Lcptoehelia filum (Stimpson) 4, 18 Leucothoe grandimanus Stimpson Limnoria lignorum (Rathke) 4. 35 Lysianax .spinifera [Stimpson) Lysianopsis alba Holmes 5, 18, 27 Maera danae (■Stimpson) 5 Maera sp Mayerella limicola Huntsman 41 Melita dentata (Kroyer) 5, 18, 27 Melita goesii Hansen Melphidippa sp. indet Metopa glacialis (.Kroyer) Mesidotea entomon Linn 18 Mesidotea sabinii Kroyer 18 Metopa groenlandica Hansen 5, 27 Monoculodes borealis Boeck Monoculodes deniissus Stimpson. . Monoculodes sp. indet Munna fabricii Krover 4 12.. 15 . I.T. 30-300 . 0-18 LT.-150 14-40. 85-212. 8-100. 50^00 I.T.-21 . 10-220.. 5-70. 10-220 .30-110 15-106 20-220. I.T. F I.T.-30.. I.T.-30. 0-91 I.T I.T.-487 0-150.. 20.. 30 . . 1-3 40 4-13 .50 . 22-30.. 7^-430, 70 14-220. 86-150. 20 . . 4 60 4-200.. 38a— ITi 252 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathtmetric Tables — Continued. Bathtmetric Range. Min. and Max. Depth. Inter- tidal. Zone. Fathoms. 1-15 15-50 50-100 100 X M ALACOSTR ACA — COTI . Leptostraca and Arthrostraca — Con . IMunnopsis tjTJica M. Sars 4, 18 Xebalia bipes ( Fabrieius) 18 Oediceros h-nccus M. Sars = Paroediceros lynceus 5, 18 Oediceros saginatus Kroyer Onisimus cdwardsii Kroyer 18 Orchestia agilis S. I. Smith 5, 27, 35 Orchestia grj-llus Gould Orchomene minutus (Kroyer) = Orchomenella niinuta IS Paramphithoc cataphracta (Stimpson) Paramphithoe pulchella (Kroyer) 5, 27 Para them i3to oblivia (Kroyer) Pardalisca cuspidata Kroyer 5 Phoxocephalus holboUi (Kroyer) 5, 18, 35 Phrj-xus abdominalis (Kroyer) 4, 18, 35 Pleust^s bicuspis (Kroyer) = Paramphithoc bi- cuspis 18 Pleustes panoplus (Kroyer) 5, 18 Podocerus fucicola (Stimpson) Podocerus nitidus (Stimpson) = Podoceropsis ni tidus 5 Pontogeneia inermis (Kroyer) 5, 18, 35 Pontoporeia femorata Kroyer 5, 18 I'tilanthura tenuis Harger 4. 35 Rhacotropis aculeatus (Lepechin) S, 18 Socames vahli Kroyer 18 Stegocephalus inflatus Kroyer 5, 18, 35 Stenothoe clypeata Stimpson Synidotea bicuspida (Owen) = S. marmorata 4, 18 .Synidotca nodnlosa (Kroyer) 45 Syrrhoe crenulata Goes 5 Tiron acanthurus Lilljeborg Trj-phosa horringii Boeck 18 Unciola irrorata Say 5, 18, 27, 35 •5-400. 4-220. 4-85. I.T. I.T. 10-15. 4-50 25-90. F .3.5-70. 0-200.. 5-351. 4-85. .30-60. ... I.T.-15. 1-60 0-19 10-122... 50-150 30 12-129 &-190. 12-100. 45 0-430.. Cumacea, Diastylis goodsiri (Bell) 25 ■. Diastylis luciferus (Kroyer) 5 Diastylis politus S. I. Smith 5, 25, 35 Diastylis quadrispinosus G. O. Sars 5, 18, 25, 35.. . Diastylis rathkii (Kroyer) 18, 25 Diastylis seorpioides (Lepechin) 25 Diastylis sculptus G. O. Sars 5, 25, 35 Diastylopsis .^ resima (Kroyer) 25 Eudorella emarginata (Kroyer) Eudorelia hispida G. O. Sars 35 Eudorella Integra S. I. Smith = Eudorellopsis In- tegra 25 Eudorella pusilla G. O. Sars Lamprops quadriplicata (S. I. Smith) 5, 25 Leucon nasicoides Lilljeborg 5 Leucon nasicus Kroyer Petalosarsia decli\ns (G. O. Sars) 25 60-218. 10-77.. 7-190 2-190. 3-499.. 13-206. 0-190... 57 3(W2.. 1^... . 29-110 1-15. . . 7-37. . . 42-110. 50-70.. 39-89.. Schizopoda. Meterythrops robusta S. I. Smith = Parerythrops robusta 5 Mysis mixta Lillejeborg5, 18 Mysis oculiita i Fabrieius) Mysis stenolcpis S. I. Smith = Michtheimysis ste- nolepia 35 Xyctiphanes norvegica (M. Sars) 5 = Meganycti- phanes norvegica 35, 39 33-70. 20-90. F 16-21 . UARINK INVERTEBRATES 253 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathymbtric Tables — Continued. Bathymetric Range. Min. and Max. Depth. Inter- tidal Zone. Fathoms. 1-15 15-50 50-100 100 .V Decapoda. — Macrura. Pseudomma roseum G. O. Sars Pseudomma truncatum S. O. Smith Rhoda inermis (Kroyer) 5 = Thysanoessa inermis 35 Thysanoessa (Rhoda) inermis neglecta (Kroyer)39. Thysanoessa raschii M. Sars 39 Caloearis mcandreae Bell Caridion gordoni (Spence Bate) 5 Crangon vulgaris J. C. Fabricius 27 = Crago sep- temspinosus 18. 35 Eupagurus bemhardus (L) = Pagurus acadianus Benedict 5. 27. 35, 47 Eupagurus kroyeri Stimpson = Pagurus kroyeri 5, 18, 35 Eupagurus pubescens ( Kroyer) 47 = Pagurus pubes- cens 5, 18. 35 Hetairus debilis Spence Bate Hetairus tenuis Spence Bate Hippolyte fabricii Kroyer 27 = Spirontocaris fa- briciiS, 18 Hippolyte macilenta Kroyer = Spirontocaris ma- cilenta 18 Hippolyte projecta Spence Bate Homarus ameriranus Milne Edwards 5, 18, 27, 35.. Lithodes maia (L) 5 Munidopsis eurvirostra Whiteaves N'ectocrangon dentatus Rathbun 18 Nectocrangon lar (Owen) Pagurus irroratus Linnaeus 27 Pagurus longicarpus .Say 5, 35, 47 Pandalus borealis Kroyer 5 Pandalus leptocerus Smith 5 Pandalus montagui Leach 5, 18, 27, 35 Parapagurus pilosimanus S. I. Smith Pontophilus norvegicus "M. Sars 5 Sabinea sarsii S. I. .Smith 5 .Sabinea septemcarinata (Sabine) 5, 18 Sclerocrangon boreas (Phipps) 5, 18 .Spirontocaris gaimardii (Milne Edwards) 5, 18. . . Spirontocaris gaimardii var. belcheri Bell. 18 Spirontocaris groenlandica (J. C. Fabricius 5 = Hip- polyte groenlandica 18, 27, 35 Spirontocaris polaris (Sabine) 5 = Hippolyte pola- ris, 18,27 .Spirontocaris pusiola (Kroyer) 5, 35 .Spirontocaris spinus (Sowerby) = Hippoly spinus 5, 18, 27 Spirontocaris stoneyi Rathbun 18 Spirontocaris turgida (Kroyer) = Hippolyte phippsi 5 110-210. 45-70... 40-220. 300. . . . 0-300... 190. . . . 27-110. 0-50. . Decapoda — Brackyura. C. irroratus Say 18, S Cancer amaenus Herbst i = 35,47 Cancer borealis Stimpson 5 Chionoecetes opilio (O. Fabricius) 5, 18 Hyasaraneus (L) 18, 27 Hj'as coarctatus Leach 5, 18, 35, 47 Libinia emarginata Leach 5, 35, 47 Neptunus sayi Milne Edwards 0-150.. 0-306.. 0-150.. 85.... 85.... 0-125., 1.5-75. . 85 0-20 250-291 . 35-1290. 10-60, . . I.T.-18.. 40-160 S.\V.-630. 6-430. 353-2021 . 92-115... 16-150. . . 15-85 0-36 60 1-72. 218. 0-125.. te 5-90.. I.T.-19. I.T.-21. 10-101. 106... O-106. ,. I.T.-19. 85 254 DEPARTilESr OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathvmetric Tables — Continued. Bathymetric Range. Min. and Max. Depth. Inter- tidal Zone. Fathoms. 1-15 15-50 50-100 100 X Arachnida. Pycnogonida. Achflia spinos;i (.'^timpson) Ainniothfa aclu'lioidcs WiKson Nyniphon hro\'i('olluTn Hoek Nymphon grossipes (O. Fabricius) 35. Nymphon hirtuin J. C. Fabricius Nymphon longitarse Kroyer Nympln>n macrum Wilson Nymphon stropmii Kroyer Phoxichilidium maxillare (Stimpson), Pseudopallene hispida (Stimpson) Pyenogonum littoralc (Strom) 85 12-110. O-50.. . 16-90.. 35-110... I.T.-55. 50-55 .. I.T.-430. Chordata. Amaroucium glaljrum Verrill 23, 26. 35 Amaroueium pallidum Verrill = Aplidiuni palli dum 23, 35 Aplidium despectum Herdman Ascidia complanata Fabricius = Phallusia prunum 29 = Ascidiopsis prunum 26 Ascidia faleigera Herdman Bohenia bolteni (L) 30 Boltenia bolteni ( L) var. rubra = Pyura ovifera 29 Boltenia ciliata Moller = Pyura ovifera 29. . . Boltenia elegans Herdman = Pyura ovifera 29 and Boltenia ovifera 26, 47 Botrylloides aureum Sars 23, 26 Botryllus (spec, undet.) Caesira canadensis 26 Caesira intumescens Van Name 29 Caesira septentrionalis Traustedt 29 Chelyosoma georaetricum Stimpson = C, maclea- yanuni 26. 29 Ciona tcnella (Stimpson) = C, intestinalis (L) 29.. Dendrodoa aggregate pulehella Verrill 29 Dendrodoa carnea Agassiz 26, 29 = Cynthia camea 35 - ...^ Dendrodoa grossularia Van Beneden 29 Didemnopsis tenerum (Verrill) 23, 26 Eug.vra glutinans (Moller) 35 Eugyra pilularis Verrill 35 = Bostriehobranchus pilularis 29 Glandula arenicola Verrill = Tethyum moUe 29 . Clandula fibrosa Stimpson = Pandocia fibrosa 29 Glandula mollis Stimpson = Tethyum moUe 29. Halocynthia echinata (L) 35 = Pyura echinata 29 and Boltenia hirsuta 26 Halocxnthia pyriformis (Rathke) = Pyura auran- tium 29 and Tethyum pyriforme americanum Haloc.vnthia rustica (L) = Tethyum rusticum 29 Halocynthia tuberculum (Fabricius) = Tethyum coriaceum -\.lder & Hancock 29 Holozoa clavata (Sars) 26,29 .? Leptoclinum albiduin Verrill = Tetradidemnum albidum 23. 26 Leptoclinum albidum var. luteolum = Tetradi- demnum albidum 29 Leptoclinides faeroensis Bjerkan 23 Lissoclinum aureum Verrill 23, 26 Macroclinum pomun Sars 23 Microcosmus nacreus Van Name 29 Molgula littoralis, Verrill = Caesira eitrina 29 & Caesira littoralis 26 O-80. 0-471. 51... I.T 85... 30-56 30-56 30... 150.. 51 S.W.-160. 50-96. . . . I.T 39 50 6-54 .5-127. 10-40. S.W.-39., 45 10-76. . . . 6 O-120., O-120.. 4-120 10-150 30-238.. 10-150 10-225.. S.W.-150. o-llO.. o-llO 100-1582 S.W.-IOO. 75 26-36. . . . I.T.-126 MAKiyE IWERTEBRATES 255 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathymethic Tables — Continued. Chordata — Con. Molgula pannosa Verrill 35 = Cacsira pannosa 26 29 Molgula papillosa Verrill 35 = Caesira papillosa 26.29 Molgula producta Stimpson 35 = Caesira producta Molgula retortiformis Verrill = Caesira retorti- formis26, 29 Pera crystallina (MoUer) = Caesira crystallina 29 Pelonaia arenifera Stimpson = P. corrugata 26, 29. Phallusia obliqua (Alder) 29 = Phallusioides obliqua 26 Polycitor kukenthali (Gottschaldt) 23 Tethyum finiiiarkense Kiaer 29 Tethyuni niortenseni Hartineyer 29 Min. and Max. Depth. 10-80. . 10-100 I.T.-29. 10-125 10-30. 15 33-320 8-225.. U-67. . 45-350. Bathymethic Range. Inter- tidal. Zone. 1-15 Fathoms. 15-50 50-100 100 X BIBLI0GRAPH\", 1902-16. Cne, W. R. and Kunkel, B. W. 1. On Cerebratulus melanops n. sp. Gulf of St. Lawrence. Biological Bulletin, Boston, 1903, Vol. IV, No. 3. Mcintosh, W. C. 2. On Canadian Eunicidae dredged by Dr. Whiteaves of the Canadian Geological Survey in 1871-73. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory. Annals of Natural History, 1903, seventh series. Vol. XII, pp. 149-164. On the Goniadidie. Olycerldce. and Ariciidae procured by Dr. W'hiteaves in the C>\x\i of St. Lawrence in 1872-73. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, Annals of Natural History, 1905, 7th series. Vol. XV, pp. 51-34. Kichardson, H. 4. Isopods of North America. Bulletin United States Nationa IMuseum, li905. No. 54, pp. 1-727. Itathhun, Mary. 6. Fauna of New England. Occasional Papers, Boston Society of Ntitural History, No. 5, 19'05, pp. 1-117. Clark, H. L. 6. The Apodous Holothurians. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, 1907, Vol. XXV, pp. 1-231 DaU, tr. H. 7. A Review of the American Volutidse. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, 1907, Vol. XLVIII, pp. 341-373. Pilsbiy, H. A. 5. The Barnacles in the United States National Museum. United States National Museum Bulletin 60, 1907. Cornish, G. A. ' 9. Report of the Marine Polyzoa of Canso, N.S. Contributions to Canadian Biology. 1902-5 (1907). pp. 71-Sl. (39th Report of the Department of Marine and Fisheries, Fisheries Branch.) 256 DEPARTMEXT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V. A. 1918 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1902-16 — Continued. Scott, Thomas. 10. On Some Entomostraca from the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Transactions Natural History Society of Glasgow, 1907, New series. Vol. VIT, 1902-3, pp. 46-52. Wnght, R. Ramsay. 11. The Plankton of Eastern Nova Scotia Waters. Further Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1902^5 (1917), pp. 1-19. (39th Report of the Department of Marine and Fisheries, Fisheries Branch.) Mcintosh, W. C. 12. The Opheliidfe, Scalibregmidje and Telethus:? dredged by Dr. Whiteaves in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, Canada. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, Annals of Natural History 190S, Sth series. Vol. 1, pp. 3S5-3S7. 13. Sphaerodoridse. Chlorsemidae and Chsetopteridse dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence by Dr. Whiteaves. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, Annals of Natural History 190S, Sth series. Vol. II, p. 540-541. Shavpe. R. W. 14. A further Report on the Ostracods of the United States National Museum. Proceedings of the U. S. Nat. Mus. 1908, Vol. XXXV, No. 1651, pp. 339-430. Bartsch. Paul. 15. Pyramidellidas of New England and the adjacent region. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. ISm. Vol. 34. No. 4. pp. 67-113. Bigelow. H. B. 16. Ccelenterates from Labrador and Newfoundland, collected by Mr. Owen Bryant in 190S. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1909, Vol. 37, pp. 301-320. Moore, J. P. 17. The Polychaetous Annelids dredged in 190S by Mr. Owen Bryant off the coast of Labrador, Newfoundland and Nova Scotia. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1909, Vol. 37, pp. 113-146. Rathbun, M. J. IS. The Crustacea of the Labrador Coast. Appendices 11 & VI to, "Labrador" by Grenfell & Others', 1909, MacMillan & Co. Johnson, C. W. 19. The Molluscs of Labrador. Appendix III to, " Labrador " By Grenfell & Others', 1909, MacMillan & Co. Ashworth, J. B. 20. The Annelids of the family Arenicolidse of North and South America inc'uding an account of Arenieola glacialis Murdoch. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1910, Vol. 39. pp. 1-32, text flgs. 1-14. McMui-rich, J. Playfair. 21. The Actiniaria of Passamaquoddy Bay with a discussion of their synonymy. Trans. Roy. Soc. of Can. 1910, 3rd. ser. Vol. IV, sec. IV, pp. 59-83, plates 1-3. Sharpe, B. W. 22. Notes on the Marine Copepoda and Cladocera of Woods Hole and adjacent regions in- cluding a synopsis of the genera of the Harpacticoidea, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1910, Vol. 3S. pp. 405-436. Van Name, W. G. 23. Compound Ascldians of the coast of New England and neighbouring British provinces. Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1910, Vol. 34, No. 11, pp. 339-424. Mcintosh, W. C. 24. On Nevaya whiteaves!, a form with certain relationships to Scherocheilus. Grube. from Canada. On the Cirratulidas dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Canada by Dr. Whiteaves. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews ; Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist. 1911, Vol. 7, Sth ser. No. 38, pp. 145-173. Caiman, W. T. 25. The Crustacea of the Order Cumacea in the collection of the United States National Museum. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1912. Vol. 41, pp. 603-676, }IARI^'E IXYERTEBRATES 257 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1902-16— Continued. lluutsman, A. G. 26. Aseidians from the coasts of Canada. Trans. Can. Inst. 1912, Vol. IX, pt. 2. No. 21, pp. 111-148. MacDoiiald, D. L. 27. On a collection of Crustacea made at St. Andrews, NB. Contr. to Can. Biology 1906-10 (1912), pp. S3-S4. Osburn, Raymond C. 28. Bryozoa from Labrador, Newfoundland and Nova iScotia collected by Dr. Owen Bryant. Proc. U. S. Nat. MuS. 1912. Vol. 43, pp. 273-289. Van ya7ne, W. G. 29. Simple Aseidians of the coasts of New England and neighbouring British provinces. Proc. Bos. Soc. Nat. Hist. 1912, Vol. 34, No. 13, pp. 439-619. Datl. W. H. d Bartsch, Paul. 30. New Species of Molluscs fi-oin the Atlantic & Pacific coasts of Canada. Vict. Mem. Mus. 1913, Bull. No. 1, p. 139-114. Fraser. C. MacLean. 31. Hydroids from Nova Scotia. Vict. Mem. Mus. Bull. 1913, No. 1, p. 158-180. Gerould, J. B. 32. The Sipunculids of the Eastern coast of North America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1913, Vol. 44, No. 1959, pp. 373-457. Mcintosh, W. C. 33. On the Maldanidae dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence by Dr. Whiteaves 1871-73. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. Annals and Magazine of Nat. Hist. 1913, Sth ser. Vol. XI, pp. 119-128. 34. On Myriochele heeri collected by Dr. Whiteaves in the Gulf of St. Lawrence 1873. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. Annals & Magazine of Nat. Hist. 1913, Sth ser. Vol. XII, pp. 166-169. Smnmer, F. B.. Osburn, R. C. and Cole, L. J. 35. A Biological Survey of the Waters of Woods Hole and vicinity. Bureau of Fisheries Bulletin 1913. Vol. XXXI, Part II, Sec. Ill, pp. 549-734. Willey, A. 36. Notes on Plankton collected across the mouth of the St. Croix River opposite the Biolo- gical Station at St. Andrews, N.B. Proceedings Zoological Society of London, 1913, Vol. 1, pp. 283-292. Koehler, R. 37. A contribution to the study of Ophiurians of the United States National Mu5eum. U. S. Nat. Mus. Bull. 84, 1914, pp. 1-172. Mcintosh, W. C. 38. On the Chaetopteridse, Amphictenidae and Ampharetidie dredged in the Gulf of St. Larence, Canada by Dr. Whiteaves. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory. Annals & Magazine of Nat. Hist. 191.j, Sth ser. vol. 13, pp. 47-53. Hansen, H. J. 39. The Crustacea Ephausiacea of the U. S. National Museum. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 1915, Vol. 48, pp. 59-114. Stock, V. 40. Parasitic Copepods of the Bay of Fundy Fishes. Contr. to Can. Biology 1911-14 (1915) pt. 1, pp. 69-71. Supplement to the 47th Annual Report of the Dept. of Marine & Fisheries, Fisheries Branch. Huntsman, A. G. 41. A iNew Caprellid from the Bay of Fundy. Contr. to Can. Biology 1911-14 (1915), pt. 1, pp. 39-42. (Supplement to the 47th .\nnual Report of the Dept. of Marine & Fisheries. Fisheries Branch.) 258 DEPARTilEXT OF THE yAVAL SEKVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1902-16— Concluded. Deticeiler, J. Li. 42. Preliminary Notes on the MoUusca of St. Andrews & vicinity New Brunswick. Contr. to Can. Biology 1911-14 (1915). pt. 1, pp. 43-46. (Supplement to the 47th Annual Report of the Cept. of Marine & Fisheries, Fisheries Branch.) Xiitting, C. E. 43. American Hydroids Part III, The Campanularidae and the Bonneviellidse. Special Bulletin U. S. National Museum 1915. Mcintosh, W. C. 44. On the Terebellidae & Sabellidae dredged in the Gulf of St. Lawrence Canada by Dr Whiteaves in 1S71-73. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory. Annals & Magazine Nat. Hist. 1916, 8th ser., Vol. 17, pp. 59-63. I'Ushry, H. A. 45. The Sessile Barnacles (Cirripedia) contained in the collection of U. S. National Museum including a monograph of the American species. V. S. Nat. Mus. 1916, Bull. 93. pp. 1-366. Kindle, E. M. 46. Bottom Control of Marine Faunas as illustrated by Dredging in the Bay of Fundy. Araer. Jour. Sci., May 1916, Vol. XLI, pp. 449-461. 4 7. Notes on the Bottom Environment of the Marine Invertebrates of Western Nova Scotia. Ottawa Naturalist 1917, Vol, XXX, pp. 149-154 JIARIXE lyVEh'TEBRATES 259 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a INDEX The numbers at extreme right refer to the pages in Whiteaves' Catalogue of the Marine Invertebrates of Eastern Canada; numbers in the left-hand column refer to the Bathymetric tables in the preceding section of this paper. Abietinaria abietina. Sec Sertularia abietina, Acanella arbuscula. See Acanella normani. Acanella normani Acanthogorgia armata Acanthonia echinoides Acanthonotozoma serratum Acanthonotus inflatus. See Acanthotozoma inflatum. Acanthonotus senatus. See Acanthonotozoma serratum. Acanthostaurus pallidus Acanthostephia malmgreiii Acanthotozoma inflatum , Acanthozone cuspidata Acartia clausi Acartia giesbrechti Acaulis primarius Aceros phyllonyx Achelia spinosa Aclrsa. See Scalaria. Acmaea rubella Acmaea testudinalis Acrybia flava Actaeon tiifldus. See Odostomia trifida. Actinauge nexilis Actinauge nodosa. See Actinauge verrlUii. Actinauge verrillii Actinernus nobilis -■Vctinia carneola. See Stomphia carneola. .Actinia crassicornis. See Urticina crassicornis. Actinia dianthus. See Metridium dianthus. Actinia marginata. See Metridium dianthus. Actinia nodosa. See Chondractinia nodosa. Actinia plumosa. See Metridium dianthus. Antinia sipunculoides. Bee Bdwardsia sipunculoides. Actinia tuedine. See Bolocera tuediae. Actinobolus borealls. See Venerieardia borealis. Actinoloba dianthus. See Metridium dianthus. Actinopora regularis. See Lichenopora regularis Actinopsis whiteavesii Actinostola callosa Adeorbls costulata. See Molleria costulata. Admete couthouyi Admete crispa. See Admete couthouyi. Admete viridula. See Admete couthouyi. -Bga polita. See Cirolana polita. -Ega psora ^gina longicornis vEgina spinosissima -H^ginopsis laurenti -Eolidia bodoensis. See JEolis papillosa. vEolidia papillosa. See ..Eolis papillosa. -Bolis diversa. See Coryphela diversa. -Eolis farinacea. See vBolis papillosa. -Eolis mananensis. See Coryphella mananensis. -^olis papillosa -Eolis purpurea -Eolis stellata .^i^quiella longicornis spinossissima. See ..^Sgina spinossissima. jl3quorea groenlandica. See Polycanna groenlandica. Aglantha rosea Aglaophenia myriophyllum. See Thecocarpus myriophyllum. Bathymetric Whiteaves Tables. Catalogue. 234 33 234 33 231 250 230 231 250 229 250 230 250 230 249 249 232 21 250 229 254 262 245 156 245 155 245 164 234 39 234 38 234 40 234. 234 245 41 40 191 250 241 250 250 220 232 245 204 245 205 245 205 332 260 DEPARTMEXT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathyraetric Whiteaves' Tallies. Oa.talog\ie. Aglaophenopsis rornuta 232 28 Akera subangulata. See Diaphana debllis. Alauna goodsiri. See Diastylis rathkii. Alcyonidium gelatinosum 243 114 Alcyonidium hispidum. See Plustrella hispida. Alcyonidium mytili 243 Alcyonium arboreum. See Paragorgia arborea. Alcyonium carneum 234 31 Alcyonium digitatum. See Alcyonium carneum. Alcyonium gelatinosum. See Alcyonidium gt-latinosum. Alcyonium glomeratum. See Eunepthya lutkeni. Alcyonium lutkeni. See Eunepthya lutkeni. Alcyonium multiflorum 234 31 Alcyonium rubiforme 234 31 Alderia harvardiensis(Agassiz) 245 204 Alecto dentata. See Antedon tenella. Alecto diastoporoides. See Stomatopora diastoporoides. Alecto esohrichtii. See Antedon eschriclitii. Alecto granulata. See Stomatopora granulata. Alecto sarsii. See Antedon tenella. Alexia myosotis 245 20S Allorchestes littoralis. See Hyale httoralis. Alpheus polaris. See Spirontocaris Polaris. Alvania. See Cingula. Amaroecium glabrum. See Amaroucium glabrum. Amaroecium pallidum. See Amaroucium pallidum. Amaroucium glabrum - 254 o^g Amaroucium pallidum 254 265 Amathilla homari 250 ^''4 Amaura Candida 245 ifii Amauropsis helicoides. See Amauropsis islandica. Amauropsis islandica fGmelin) 245 164 Amicula emersonii. See Amicula vestita. Amicula vestita 245 155 Ammodiscus incertus 230 10 Ammothea achelioides 254 263 Ammothea lutkeni. See Eunepthya lutkeni. Ammotrypane aulogaster 237 7S Ammotrypane cylindricaudatus ". .'. 237 Ammotrypane flmbriata .. 237 78 Amoroecium pallidum. See Amaroecium pallidum. Amouroucium glabrum. See Amaroucium glabrum. Amouroucium pallidum. See Amaroucium pallidum. Ampelisca eschrichtii 250 222 Ampelisca gaimardi. See Byblis gaimardii. Ampelisca macrocephala 250 222 Ampelisca. pelagica. See Ampelisca macrocephala. Ampelisca typica 250 222 Ampharete gracilis 237 74 Ampharete grubei 237 74 Amphipholis elegans 236 59 Amphiporus agilis 237 65 Amphiporus ang\jlatus 237 64 Amphiporus heterosorus 237 65 Amphiporus lactifloreus 237 65 Amphiporus roseus 237 65 Amphiporus stimpsoni. See Amphiporus angulatus. Amphiporus (?) superbus 237 65 Amphisphyra debilis. See Diaphana debilis. Amphisphyra hiemalis. See Diaphane hiemalis. Amphisphyra pellucida. See Diaphana debilis. Amphithoe crenulata. See Pontogeneia inerrais. Amphithoe fulvocincta. See Halirages fulvocinctus. Amphithoe inermis. See Pontogeneia inermis. Amphithoe lasvuiscula. See Calliopius laeviuscula. Amphithoe maculata. See Amphithoe podoceroides. Amphithoe panopla. See Pleustes panoplus. Amphithoe podoceroides 250 222 Amphithoe punctata 250 221 Amphithoe rubricata 250 Amphithoe sera. See Acanthonotozoma serratum. Amphithoe virescens. See Amphithoe punctata. Amphithonotus cataphractus. See Paramphithoe cataphracta and Pleustes panoplus. AIARISE IJTERTEBRATES 261 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathymetric Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogue. An-.phitonotus edwardsii. See Rhacotropis aculeatus. Amphitrite cincinnata. See Thelepus cincinnatus. Amphitrite cirrhata 237 73 Amphitrite groenlandica 237 Amphitrite intermedia 237 Amphitrite plumosa. See Trophonia plumosa. Amphiura canadensis 236 59 Amphura exigua 236 59 Amphiura holbolli. See Amphiura sundevalH. Amphiura sundevalli 236 59 Amphiura squamata. See Amphipholis elegans. Amphiura tenuis. See Amphipholis elegans. Amphorella subulata 231 Amphoriscus thompsoni 232 12 Anachis costulata. See Anachis haliaeti. Anachis haliaeti 245 ISO Anatina fragilis. See Cochlodesma fragilis. Anatina leana. See Cochlodesma leanum. Anatina papyracea. See Periploma fragilis. Anceus americanus. See Gnathla cerina. Anchorella sp 249 Ancula sulphurea 245 207 Angulus tener. See Tellina (Angulus) tenera. Anomalocera patersoni. See Irenaeus patersoni. Anemia aculeata 243 115 Anomia electrica. See Anomia simplex. Anemia glabra. See Anomia simplex. Anomia psittacea. See Hemithyris psittacea. Anomia simplex 243 115 Anomia squamula. See Anomia simplex. Anonyx ampulla. See Anonyx nugax. Anony.x appendiculata. See Anonyx nugax. Anonyx edwardsii. See Onisimus edwardsii. Anonyx exiguus 250 23.t ? Anonyx horringii. See Tryphosa horringii. Anonyx lagena. See Anonyx nugax. Anony.x minutus. See Orchomena minutus. Anonyx nobilis. See Anonyx nugax. Anonyx nugax Anonyx pallidus Anonyx politus Anonyx producta. See Anonyx pumilus. Anonyx pumilus Antedon eschrichtii Antedon quadrata Antedon tenella Antennularia antennina ' Anthea tuediae. See Bolocera tuediae. Anthomastus grandiflorus Anthoptilum grandiflorum Anthothela grandiflora Anthura brachiata. See Calathura brachiata. Antinoe sarsii Apherusa bispinosa Aphrodita aculeata Aphrodita cirrata. See Harmothoe imbricata. Aphrodita imbricata. See Harmothoe imbricata. Aphrodita squamata. See Lepidonotus squamatus. Aphrodite oolumba. See Serripes groenlandica. Aphrodite minuta. See Pholoe minuta. Aphrodite punctata. See Lepidonotus squamatus. Aplidium despectum 254 265 Aplidium pallidum. See Amaroucium pallidum. Aporrhais occidentalis. . . . ' 245 177 Area (Bathyaroa) glacialis 243 12S Area minuta. See Leda minuta. Area (Bathyarca) pectunculoides 243 12S Area pernula. See Leda pernula. Area raridentata. See Area (Bathyarco) pectunculoides. Area rostrata. See Leda pernula. Area tenuis. See Nucula tenuis. Archaster areticus. See Leptoptychaster arcticus. Archaster florae. See Psilaster florae. 250 234 250 235 250 234 250 234 235 43 235 44 235 43 232 29 234 31 234 34 234 32 237 85 250 237 87 237 249 77 217 249 249 249 216 237 237 232 37 17 262 DEPARTilEyr OF THE XATAL SERTWE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathymeti-ic Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogue. Archaster teimispiiius. See Pontaster hebitus. Architeuthis megaptera. See Ommastrephes megapterus. Arcturus bafflni 250 240 Arenieola marina. See Arenicola piscatorum. Arenicola piscatorum Argilloecia sp ,4rgis lar. See Nectocrangon lar. Ai'gulus alosae Aigulus fundulus Argulus (spec, undetermined) Aricia quadricuspis (?). See Naidonereis quadricuspida. Arrhoges occidentalis Sre Aporrhais occidentalis. Artacania canadensis Artacama proboscoidea Artemisina suberitoides Ascidia callosa. See Ascidla complanata. Ascidia carnea. See Halocynthia tuberculum. Ascidia clavata. See Boltenia bolteni. Ascidia complanata 254 266 Ascidia echinata. See Halocynthia echinata. Ascidia faleigera 254 267 Ascidia geometrica. See Chelyosoma geometricum. Ascidia monoceros. See Halocynthia rustica. Ascidia pyriformis. See Halocynthia pyriformis. Ascidia rustica. See Halocynthia rustica. Ascidia tenella. See Ciona tenella. Ascidia tuberculum. See Halocynthia tuberculum. Aseidiopsis complanata. See Ascidia complanata. Ascidiopsis prununi. See Ascidia complanata. Asellodes alta. See Janira alta, Asellus groenlandicus. See Jaera albifrons. Astacilla americana. See Astacilla granulata. Astacilla granulata 250 240 Astacus groenlandicus. See Spirontocaris groenlandica. Astacus homari. Sec Amathllla homari. Astarte banksii Astarte banksii var. globosa Astarte banksii var. striata Astarte castanea Astarte compressa Astarte crebricostata Astarte crenata Astarte elliptica. See Astarte coinpressa. Astarte globosa. See Astarte banksii var. globosa. Astarte laetea 243 130 Astarte lutea. See Astarte undata var. lutea. Astarte portlandica. See Astarte quadrans. Astarte quadrans 243 133 Astarte semisulcata. See Astarte compressa. Astarte striata. See Astarte banksii var. striata. Astarte subaequilatera. Astarte sulcata. See Astarte undata. Astarte undata ^ 243 131 Astarte undata var. lutea 243 131 Asteracanthion albulus. See Stichaster albulus. Asteracanthion berylinus. See Asterias forbesii. Asteracanthion forbesii. See Asterias forbesii. Asteracanthion groenlandicus. Sec Leptasterias groenlandica. Asteracanthion littoraJis. See Leptasterias littoralis. Asteracanthion pallidus. See Asterias vulgaris. Asteracanthion polaris. See Asterias polaris. Asteracanthion rubens. See Asterias vulgaris. Asteracanthion stellionura. See Asterias stellionura. .\sterias arenicola. See Asterias forbesii. Asterias aculeata. See Ophiopholis aculeata. Asterias bidentata. See Ophiacantha bidentata. Asterias caput medusae. See Gorgonocephalus eucnemis. Asterias crispatus. See Ctenodiscus crispatus. Asterias endeca. See Solaster endeca. Asterias enopla 235 55 Asteria equestris. See Hippasteria phrj-giana. Asterias forbesii 235 54 Asterias granulans. See Tosia granulans. Asterias groenlandica. See Leptasterias groenlandica. 243 133 243 134 243 134 243 133 243 130 243 132 243 132 .u.i/.'/.\ !■: iyyi:iiTEBRATES 263 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathymetric Whiteaves" Tables. Catalogue. Asterias littoralis. See Leptasterias littoralis. Asterias militaris. See Pteraster militaris. Asterias oculata. See Cribrella sanguinolenta. Asterias ophiura. See Ophiopholis aculeata. Asterias papposa. See Crossaster pappulus. Asterias phrygiana. See Hippasteria phrygiana. Asterias polaris 235 Asterias sanguinolenta. See Cribrella sanguinolenta. Asterias spongiosa. See Cribrella sanguinolenta. Asterias stellionura 235 Asterias tenella. See Antedon tennella. Asterias tenera. See Leptasterias tenera. Asterias vulgaris 235 Astrogonium granulare. See Tosia granularis. Astrogonium phrygianum. See Hippasteria plirygiana. Astronyx loveni 236 Astropecten arcticus. See Leptoptychaster arcticus. Astrophyton eucnemis. See Gorgonocephalus eucneniis. Astrophyton lamarckii. See Gorgonocephalus laraarckii. Astrophyton scutatum. See Gorgonocephalus agassizzi. Astyris lunata Astyris rosacea Astyris zonalis Atylus bispinosus. See Halirages bispinosus. Atylus vulgaris. See Pontogeneia inermis Aurelia aurita. See Aurelia flavidula. Aurelia flavidula 232 Auricula bidentata. See Melampus bidentatus. Auricula denticulata. See Alexia myosotis. Auricula myosotis. See Alexia myosotis. Autolytus longisetosus. See Nephthys longisetosa. Axinopsis orbiculata var. inaequalis 243 Axinulus. See Cryntodon. Axinus ferruginosus. See Cryptodon (Axinulus) terruginosus. Axionice flexuosa. Axiothea catenata 237 Axiothella catenata. See Axiothea catenata. 245 ISO 245 179 245 ISO 13S B Balanus balanoides Balanus crenatus Balanus elongatus. See Balanus balanoides. Balanus hameri Balanus improvisus Balanus ovularis. See Balanus balanoides. Balanus porcatus Balanus rugosus. See Balanus crenatus. Balticina finmarchica Barentsia gracilis Barentsia major Bathyarca glacialis. See Area (Bathyarca) glacialis. Bathyarca pectunculoides. See Area (Bathyarca) pectunculoides. Beania admiranda Bela americana. See Bela scalaris. Bela angulosa Bela bicarinata Bela bicarinata var. violacea Bela cancellata. See also Bela sarsii. Bela cancellata Bela cancellata var. canadensis Bela concinnula Bela concinnula var. acuta. Sec Bela mitrula. Bela decussata Bela exarata. See also Bela concinnula. Bela exarata Bela gouldii Bela harpularia Bela harpularia var. rosea. See Bela rosea. Bela impressa Bela incisula Bela mitrula Bela nobilis 249 249 249 249 249 240 214 214 215 214 215 234 35 243 1-14 243 114 94 245 245 245 196 199 199 245 245 24.'; 197 197 194 245 19S 245 245 245 194 19« 195 245 245 245 245 199 19S 194 192 264 DEPARTMENT OF THE yATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathymetric Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogue. Bela piugelii 245 196 Bcla pleurotomaria 245 199 Bela rosea 245 196 Bela rugulata. See Bela gouldii. Bela sarsli 245 197 Bela scalaris 245 193 Bela turricula. See Bela scalans. Bela woodiana 245 195 Bernhardus streblonyx. See Eupagurus bernhardus. Beroe cucumis. See Idyia roseola. Beroe ovum. See Mertensia ovum. Beroe pileus. See Pleurobrachia rhododactyla. Bicellaria ciliata 240 93 Biloculina oblonga 230 10 Biloculina ringens 230 10 Bittium alternatum. See Bittium nigrum. Bittium greenii. See Cerithlopsis costulata. Bittium nigrum 245 Bolina alata 235 43 Bolivina punctata 230 10 Bolocera tuediae 234 41 Boltenia bolteni 254 269 Boltenia bolteni var. rubra 254 269 Boltenia burkhardti. See Boltenia ciliata. Boltenia ciliata 254 270 Boltenia clavata. See Boltenia bolteni. Boltenia elegans 254 270 Boltenia hirsuta. See Halocynthia echinata. Boltenia ovifera. See Boltenia elegans. Boltenia oviformis. See Boltenia bolteni. Boltenia reniformis. See Boltenia bolteni. Boltenia rubra. See Boltenia bolteni. Bopyrus abdominalis. See Phryxus abdominalis. Bopyrus hippolytes. See Gyge hippolytes. Bopyrus mysidum. See Dajus mysidis. Boreoscala groenlandica. See Scalaria groenlandica. Bostrichobranchus pilularis. See Eugyra pilularis. Botrylloides aureum 254 Botryllus (spec, undetermined) 254 26G Bougainvillia oarollinensis • •• 232 Bougainvillia superculiarlis 232 Bowerbankia gracilis var. caudatus 240 Brada granosa 237 77 Brada granulata 237 Brada sublaevis 237 77 Brada villosa 237 Bradycinetus sp 249 217 Briareum arboreum. See Paragorgia arborea. Briareum grandiflorum. See Anthothela gandiflora. Brisinga americana. See Odinia americana. Buccinotusus kroyeri. See Tritonofusus kroyeri. Buccinum boreale. See Buccinum cyaneum. Buccinum carinatum. See Buccinum glaciale. Buccinum ciliatum. See also Buccinum gouldii and Buccinum tottenii. Buccinum ciliatum 245 1S5 Buccinum cretaceum. See Tritonof-jsus kroyeri. Buccinum cyaneum 245 183 Buccinum cyaneum var. patulura 245 184 Buccinum cyaneum var. perdlx (or flnmarchianum) 245 184 Buccinum donovani 246 187 Buccinum flnmarchianum. See Buccinum cyaneum vai-. perdix (or fin- marcliianum). Buccinum glaciale. See also Buccinum donovani. Buccinum glacia.le 246 186 Buccinum gouldii 246 Buccinum groenlandicum. See Buccinum cyaneum. Buccinum groenlandicum var. flnmarchianum. See Buccinum cyaneum var. perdix (or flnmarchianum). Buccinum groenlandicum var. patulura. See Buccinum cyaneum var. patulum. Buccinum humphreysianum. See Buccinum cyaneum and Buccinum gouldii. Buccinum hydrophanum. See Buccinum cyaneum. Buccinum labradorens';. See Buccinum undatum. ilARiyE INVERTEBRATES 265 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathyraetric Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogrue. Buccinum lapillus. See Purpura lapillus. Buccinum lunatum. See Astyris lunata. Buccinum rosaceum. See Astyris rosacea. Buccinum scalariforme. See Buccinum tenue. Buccinum sericatum. See Buccinum cyaneum. Buccinum tenebrosum. See Buccinum cyaneum. Buccinum tenue Buccinum tottenii Buccinum truncatum. See Trophon truncatus. Buccinum tubulosum. See Buccinum donovani. Buccinum undatum • ■ • • Buccinum undulatuni. See Buccinum cyaneum and Buccmum undatum. Buccinum zonalis. See Astyris zonalis- Bugula cucullifera Bugula flexilis. See Kinetoskias smittii. Bugula murrayana Bugula umbella. See Kinetoskias arborescens. Bulbus flavus. See Acrybia flava. Bulimina aculeata Bulimina elegantissima Bulimina pyrula Bulla canaliculata. See Tornatina canaliculata. Bulla corticata. See Cylichna alba. Bulla debilis. See Diaphana debilis. Bulla gouldii. See Retusa gouldii. Bulla hiemalis. See Diaphana hiemalis. Bulla hyalina. See Diaphana debilis. Bulla insculpta. See Haminea solitaria. Bulla lineolata. See Philine lima. Bulla nucleola. See Cylichna alba. Bulla obstricta. See Tornatina canaliculata. Bulla occulta. See Cylichna occulta. Bulla pellucida. See Diaphana debilis. Bulla pertenuis. See Retusa pertenuis. Bulla puncto-striata. See Scaphander punctostriatus. Bulla reinhardi. See Cylichna occulta. Bulla solitaria. See Haminea solitaria. Bulla triticea. See Cylichna alba. Bulla velutina. See Velutina laevigata. BuUina canaliculata. See Tornatina canaliculata. Bunodactis Stella. See Cribrina Stella. Bunodes spectabilis. See Cribrina stella. Bunodes Stella. See Cribrina Stella. Byblis gaimardii Bythocythere turgida C Caberea ellisii Caberea hookeri. See Caberea ellisii. Caesira canadensis Caesira citrina. See Molgula littoralis. Caesira crystallina. Pera crystallina. Caesira intumescens Caesira littoralis. »See Molgula littoralis. Caesira pannosa. See Molgula pannosa. Caesira papillosa. See Molgula papillosa. Caesira producta. See Molgula producta. Caesira retortiformis. See Molgula retortiformis. Caesira septentrionalis Calanus flnmarchichus ^ Calanus helgolandicus ^ Calathura brachiata Caligus americanus. See Caligus curtus. Caligus curtus (.'aligns rapax Calliope laeviuscula. See Calliopius laeviusculus. Calliopius laeviusculus Calliostoma occidentalis. See Calliostoma occidentale. Calliostoma occidentale Callista convexa. See Cytherea convexa. Callocardia morrhuana. See Cytherea convexa. Calocaris mcandreae Calycella syringa 38a— IS 246 24« 240 240 250 249 240 254 254 184 182 ISl 93 230 10 230 10 230 10 223 217 93 254 249 249 250 242 249 249 216 250 227 246 160 253 232 257 23 266 DEPARTMENT OF THE yAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Calyptraea (Dispotaea) striata. See C ucibulum sti latum. Campanularia amphora Campanularia caliculata Campanularia flexuosa Campanularia groenlandica Campanularia hincksii Campanularia Integra Campanularia johnstoni. See Clythia Johnston!. Campanularia niagniflca Campanularia neglecta Campanularia verticillata Campanularia volubilis Camptonectes groenlandica. See pecton (Camptoneotes grocnlandicus. Camptonectes vitreus. See Pecten (Camptonectes) vitreus. Camptonectes (Pallidum) vitreum. See Pecten (Camptonectes) vir- treus. Cancellaria buccinoides. See Admete couthouyl. Cancer aculeatus. See Spirontocans groenlandicus. Cancer amaenus Cancer aran«us. See Hyas araneus. Cancer bernhardus. See Eupagurus bernhardus. Cancer bipes. Set Nebalia bipes. Cancer borealis. See also Cancer amaenus. Cancer borealis Cancer irroratus. See Canser amaenus and Cancer borealis. Cancer nugax. See Anonyx nugax. Cancer oculatus. .See ilysis oculata. Cancer opilio. See Chionoecetes opilio. Cancer phalangium. See Chionoecetes opilio. Cancer saji. .See Cancer amaenus Cancer spinus. -Vee Spirontocaris spinus. Canthopsis harvardiensis. See Alderia harvardiensis. Caprella linearis Caprella lobata. See Caprella linearis. Caprella longimanus Caprella robusta. See Caprella stimpsonii. Caprella sanguinea Caprella septentrionalis. See Caprella linearis. Caprella stimpsonii Capulacmaea radiata Capulus radiatus. See Capulacmaea radiata. Cardita borealis. See Venericardia borealis. Cardium (Cerastoderma) ciliatum Cardium groenlandicum. See Serripes groenlandicus. Cardium islandicum. See Cardium (Cerastoderma) ciliatum. Cai-dium (Laevicardium) mortoni Cardium (Cerastoderma) pinnulatum Caridion gordoni Cassidulina crassa Cassidulina laevigata Catablema vesicaria Caudina arenata Cellepora annulata. See Cribrilina annulata. Cellepora avicularis Cellepora canaliculata Cellepora cervicornis. See Escharoides sarsii. Cellepora contigua Cellepora hyalina. See Schizoporella hyalina. Cellepora laevis See Porella laevis. Cellepora nitida. See Schizoporella hyalina. Cellepoia ovata. See Rhamphostomella ovata. Cellepora pumicosa Cellepora ramulosa. See Cellepora pumicosa. Cellepora scabra. See Phamphostomella scabra. Cellepora skenei. Sec Porella skenei. Cellepora surcularis. See Porella surcularis. Cellepora verrucosa. See Cellepora pumicosa and Umbonula verrucosa Celleporaria incrassata. See Porella surcularis. Celleporaria surcularis. See Porella surcularis. Cellularia peachil Cemoria noachina. See Puncturella noachina. Cephalothrix linearis Centromedon pumilus Centropagcs hamatus thymetric Whiteaves Tables. Catalogue 232 232 23 232 22 232 233 22 233 233 233 233 22 233 22 253 253 243 240 240 241 237 251 249 261 250 219 250 220 251 219 251 220 246 16S 12S 243 129 243 129 253 255 230 10 230 10 233 235 47 240 109 240 109 109 109 92 6S MARKE INTERTEBRATES 267 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathymeti'ic Tables. Centropages typicus 249 Cerapus fucicula. See Podoceros fucicula. Cerapus rubricornis. See Ericthonius difformis. Cerapus rubiformis. See Ericthonius difformis. Cerastoderma. See Cardium. Ceratoisis ornata 234 Cerebratulus cylindricus 237 Cerebratulus fuscus 237 Cerebratulus luridus 237 Cerebratulus medulla tus 237 Cerebratulus melanops 237 Cerebratulus truncatus. See Lineus truncatus. Cerianthus borealis 234 Cerithiella whiteavesii 246 Cerithiopsis costulata 246 Cerithiopsis costulatus. See Cerithiella whitevesil. Cerithiopsis greenii 246 Cerithium arcticura. See Cerithiopsis costulata. Cerithium greenii. See Cerithiopsis greenii. Cerithium reticulatum. See Bittium nigrum. Cerithium sayii. See Bittium nigrum. Ceronia deaurata. See Mesodesma deauratum. Chaetoderma nitidulum 246 Chaetozone setosa 237 Chaetozone setosa var. canadensis 237 Chaetozone whiteavesi 237 Chaetozone sp.? 237 Chalina oculata 232 Chelyosoma geometricum 254 Chelyosoma macleayanum. See Chelyosoma geometricum. Chemnitzia bisuturalis. See Odostomia bisutuialis. Chemnitzia nivea. See Turbonilla nivea. Chemnitzia seminuda. See Odostomia seminuda. Chionoecetes opilio 253 Chirodota laevis 235 Chiridotea coeca 251 Chiridotea tuttsii 251 Chirodota oolitica. Sec Trochostoma coliticum. Chiroteuthis lacertosa 24S Chiton albus. See Trachydermon albus. Chiton alveolus. See Lepidopleurus alveolus. Chiton cancellatus. See Lepidopleurus cancellatus. Chiton cinereus. See Trachydermon ruber. Chiton emersonii. .See Amicula vestita. Chiton fulminatus. See Tonicella marmorea. Chiton marmoreus. See Tonicella marmorea. Chiton mendicarius. See Hanleyia mendicaria. Chiton ruber. See Trachydermon ruber. Chiton vestitus. See Amicula vestita. Chlamys (Placopecten) clintonius. See Pecten ( Placopeeten) magellanicus. Chlamys (Aequipecten) irradians. See Pecten gibbus var. borealis. Chlamys islandica. See Pecten (Chlamys) islandieus. Chondractinia nodosa 234 Chrondrocanthus cornutus 249 ChrondiX)canthus merlucii 24? Chone duneri 237 Chone cf. fauveli 237 Chone infundibuliformis 237 Chone princei 237 Chone sp 237 Chrysodomus spitzbergensis. See Sipho spitzbergensis. Cingula (Onoba) aculeus 246 Cingula arenaria 24 6 Cingula (Alvania) areolata 246 Cingula carinata 24 6 Cingula (Alvania^ castanea 24 6 Cingula globulus 246 Cingula (Alvanea) jan meyeni 246 Cingula minuta 246 Cingula multilineata 246 Cingula semicostata. See Cingula carinata. Ciona intestinalis. See Ciona tenella. Ciona tenella 254 Cirolana borealis 251 38a— ISi Whiteaves' Catalogue. 32 67 67 6S 6S 36 176 176 1Z& 153 15 267 261 47 23S 23S 210 171 170 170 170 171 169 171 169 170 268 DEPARTUEXT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathymetric Ta'bles. Cirolana concharum 251 Cirolana polita 251 Cirratulus cirrata. See Cirratulus cirrhatus. Cirratulus cirrhatus.. .^ 237 Cistenides granulata 237 Cistenides hyperborea 237 ClaflO'.arpus cornutus. See Aglaophenopsis cornuta. Cladocarpus pourtalesii 233 Cladooaipus speciosus 233 Cladorhiza abyssicola 232 Cladorhiza grandis 232 Cladorhiza nordenskioldii -. 232 Clathria delicata _.. •■ 232 Clava leptostyla 233 Clava inulticornis. See Clava leptostyla. Clavelina chrystallina. See Pera crystallina. Clidiophora gouldiana 243 Clio borealis. See Clione limacina. Clio limacina. See Clione limacina. Clio retusa. See Clione limacina. Cliona celata 232 Clione limacina 24S Clione miquelonensis. See Clione limacina. Clione papilionacea. See CHone limacina. CljTnene lumbricalis. See Nicomache lumbricalis. Clymene mulleri. See Praxilla muUeri. Clymene torquata. See Clymenella torquata. Clynienella torquata 23S Clytia bicophora. See Clytia johnstoni. Clytia johnstoni 233 Clytia noliformis 233 Clytia (Ol■thop^•xis) poterium. See Campanularia caliculata. Clytia volubilis. See Clythia johnstoni. Cochlodesma leanum 243 Codonella lagenuia 231 CodoneKa ventricosa 231 Columbella dissimilis. See Astyris zonalis. Columbella haliaeti. See Anachis haliaeti. Columbella lunata. See Astyris lunata Columbella rosacea. See Astyris rosacea. Conilera polita. See Cirolana polita. Oornulariella modesta 234 Cornuspira foliacea 230 Coronula diadema 24? Coronula regina 249 Corymorpha glacialis. See Monocaulus glacialis. Corymorpha nutans. See Monocaulus glacialis. Corymorpha pendula. See Monocaulus glacialis. Corynoporella tenuis 241 Coryne gravata. See Syncoryne mirabilis. Coryne mirabilis. See Syncoryne mirabilis. Coryphella diversa 246 Ooryphella mananensis 246 Coryphella stimpsoni 246 Couthouyella striatula. See Menestho striatula. Crago septemspinosus. See Crangon vulgaris. Crangon iiorvegicus. See Pontophilus norvegicus. Crangon septemcarinatus. See Sabinea septemcarinata. Crangon vulgaris 253 Craniella cranium 232 Crassina elliptica. See Astarte compressa. Crassina latisulca. See Astarte undata. Crassina depressa. See Astarte crebricostata. Crassina striata. See Astarte banksii var. striata. Crassivenus mercenaria. See Venus mercenaria. Crenella decussata 246 Crenella faba 246 Crenella glandula 246 Crenella pectinula 246 Crepidula convexa 246 Crepidula fornicata 246 Crepidula plana 246 Crepidula unguiforniis. See Crepidula plana. Cribrella oculata. See Cribrella sanguinolenta. Whiteaves* Catalogue. 241 76 74 74 28 28 17 17 17 IS 18 144 13 209 75 24 146 30 10 215 21« 94 205 205 205 253 12 122 121 122 121 169 168 168 MARINE lyTERTEBRATES 269 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathyinetric Whiteaves' Tallies. Cribrella pectinata 236 Cribrella sangTiinolenta 236 Cribrilina anmilata 241 Cribrilina punctata 241 Cribrina Stella 234 Cribulina annulata. See Cribrilina annulata. Crisia cribraria. See Crisia eburnea var. cribraria. Crisia denticulata 242 Crisia eburnea 242 Crisia eburnea var. cribraria 242 Cristellaria crepidula 230 Cristellaria lituus 230 Cristellarip. rotulata 230 Crossaster papposus 236 Crucibulum striatum 246 Cryptodjn (Axinulus) ferruginosus 243 Cryptodon gouldii 243 Cryptodon i Axinulus) inaequalis 243 Cryptodon obesus 24S Cryptodon planus 243 Cryptodon rotunda turn. See Cryptodon (Axinulus) ferruginosus. Cryptoiaria triserialis 233 rryptonota citrina. .See Spinther citrinus. Ctenodiscus corniculatus. See Ctenodiscus crispatus. Ctenodiscus crispatus • • • ■ 236 Cucumaria frondosa. See Pentacta frondosa. Cucumaria hyalina. See Thyonidium pollucidum. Cucumaria minuta. See Pentacta minuta. Cuma bispino.sa. See Diastylis quadrispinosus. Cuma lucifera. See Diastylis luciferus. Cuma rathkii. See Diastylis rathkii.. Cumingia tellinoides 243 Cuspidaria arctica 243 Cuspidaria arctica var. glacialis. See Cuspidaria glacialis. Cuspidaria glacialis 243 Cuspidaria pellucida 243 Cuspidella grandis 233 Cuthona stimpsoni. See Coryphella stimpsoni. Cuvreria fabricii. See Lophothuria fabricii. Cyanea arctica 233 Cyanea postelsii. See Cyanea arctica. Cyclocardia borealis. See Venericardia borealis. Cyclopecten pustulosus. See Pecten (Cyclopecten) pustulosus. Cylichna alba 246 Cylichna alba var. corticata. See Cylichna alba. Cylichna gouldii. See Retusa gouldii. Cylichna nitidula. See Retusa nitidula. Cylichna occulta 24 6 Cylichna reinhardi. See Cylichna occulta. Cylindroporella tubulosa. See Porina tubulosa. Cymothoa lignorum. See Limnoria lignorum. Cynthia carnea. See Halocynthia tuberculum and Dendroda carnea. Cynthia condylomata. See Halocynthia rustica. Cynthia echinata. See Halocynthia echinata. Cynthia glutinans. See Eugyra glutinans. Cynthia placenta. See Halocynthia tuberculum. Cynthia pyriformis. See Halocynthia pyriformis. Cypridina excisa 249 Cyprina islandica 243 Cyrtodaria siliqua 243 Cythere abyssicola 249 Cythere badia? 249' Cythere canadensis 249 ' Cythere concinna 249 Cythere costata 246 Cythere dawsoni 249 Cythere dunelmensis 250' Cythere emarginata 250 Cythere leioderma 250' Cythere limicola 250 Cythere lutea 250 Cythere pellucida ' 250 Cythere tuberculata 250 Cythere villosa 250 Catalogue. 53 53 98 97 39 no 109 110 10 10 10 52 169 13S 137 13S 137 137 4S 141 147 147 147 24 30 202 203 217 130 150 217 ■ -217 '"••'2'17 ■ - -217 ■■■ : 2i7 ■■^'■•217 ' ■: 217 • fm '"217 ■ '-in - -<,2i7 ■217 217 21T 250 217 243 136 230 217 2S0 217 250 217 250 217 250 217 250 217 250 217 250 217 250 217 250 217 250 217 250 217 250 217 250 217 231 270 DEPARTMEXT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathymetric Whiteaves' Ta'bles. Catalogrue. Cythere whitei Cytherea convexa Cytherea sayana. See Cytherea convexa. Cytherea sayii. See Cj'therea convexa. Cytheridea (?) elongata Cytheridea papulosa Cytheridea punctillata Cytheridea sorbyana Cytherideis foveolata Cytheropteron angulatum Cytheropteron arcuatum Cytheropteron nodosum Cytheropteron vespertillo Cytherura (?) concentrica Cytherura (?) cristata Cytherura (?) pumila Cytherura ( ?) sarsii Cytherura (?) undata Cyttarocyclis denticulata. . ■ D Dacrydiura vitreum 243 120 Dajus mysidis 251 236 Defrancia exarata. See Bela exarata. Defrancia lucernaria. See Discofascigera lucernaria. Defrancia nobilis. See Bela nobilis. Defrancia pingelii. See Bela pingelii. Defrancia scalaris. See Bela scalaris. Defrancia woodiana. See Bela woodiana. Dendrodoa aggregata van pulchella Dendrofloa carnea Dendrodoa grossularia Dendronotus arborescens Dendronotus robustus Dendronotus reynoldsii. See Dendronotus arborescens. Dendronotus velifer. See Dendronotus robustus. Dentalium abyssorum. See Dentalium occidentale. Dentalium agile 245 152 Dentalium dentale. See Dentalium occidentale. Dentalium dentalis. See Dentalium occidentale. Dentalium entalis 245 152 Dentalium lobatum. See Siphonodentalium lobatum. Dentalium vitreum. See Siphonodentalium lobatum. Dentalium occidentale Desmacella peachii var. groenlandica Desmacidon (Homaeodictya) palmata Desmophyllum nobile Dexamine bispinosa. See Halirages bispinosus. Diadora noachina. See Puncturella noachina. Diaphana debilis Diaphana hiemalis Diaphana nitidula. See Retusa nitidula. Diaphana pertenuis. See Retusa pertenuis. Dias longiremis Diastopora obelia Diastopora patina Diastylis goodsiri Diastylis luciferus Diastylis politus Diastylis quadrispinosus Diastylis rathkii Diastylopsis (?) resima Diastylis scorpioides. Diastylis sculptus Dicoryne flexuosa Dictyocha aculeata. See Distephanus aculeatus. Didemnopsis tenerum Diphasia tallax Diphasia mirabills Diphasia rosacea Diphyopsis campanulifera Discofascigera lucernaria Discopora hispida. See Lichenopora hispida. 254 254 254 246 206 246 206 245 152 232 17 232 17 234 42 246 202 246 202 249 242 112 242 112 252 252 244 252 246 252 245 252 244 252 252 245 252 233 19 254 233 26 233 26 233 26 233 242 113 MAi;i\K J\] KinEflRATES 271 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a 231 236 Discopora skenei. See Porella skenei. Discopora verrucosa. See Umbonula verrucosa. Discoporella clypeiformis. See Lichenopora clypeiformis. Discoporella hispida. ySee Lichenopora liispida. Dispotaea. See Crucibulum. I>i5tephanus speculum var. regularis 231 Distephanus aculeatus 231 Doris arborescens. See Dendronotus arboresscens. Doris coronata. See Dote coronata. Doris illuminate. See Polycera lessonii. Doris pallida. See Oncbidoris pallida. Doris papulosa. See JEoUs papillosa. Doris planulata Doto coronata Doto formosa , Drepanophorus lankesteri Drilonereis canadensis Duasmodactyla producta. See Thyonidium productum. Dulichia porrecta E Kbria tripartita Echinarchnius atlanticus. See Echinaraohnius parma. Echinarachnius parma Echinaster oculatus. See Cribrella sanguinolenta. Echinaster sanguinolentus. See Cribrella sanguinolenta. Echinus drobachiensis. See Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis. Echinus granularis. See Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis. Echinus granulatus. See Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis. Echinus neglectus. See Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis. Edotea montosa. See Epelys montosus. Edwardsia farinacea Edwardsia sipunculoides Electra catenularia Electra pilosa Enonella bicarinata Ensatella americana. See Ensis directus. Ensis americanum. See Ensis directus. Ensis directus 243 Entalis striolata. See Dentalium entalis. Eolis diversa. See Coryphella diversa. Eolis mananensis. See Coryphella mananensis. Eolis purpurea. See yEolis purpurea. Eolis stellata. See .^olis stellata. Epelys montosus Ephesia gracilis Ephesia sj) Epigonactis fecunda Epimeria coniger. See Epimeria loricata- Hpimeria cornigera. See Epim^eria loricata. Epimeria loricata Epitonium groenlandicum Bpizoanthus americanus. See Epizoanthus incrustatus. Epizoanthus cancrisocius See Epizoanthus incrustatus. Epizoanthus incrustatus Epizoanthus paguriphilus Erentho smitti Brichthonius rubricornis. See Brichthonlus difformis. Ericthonius difformis 251 Eschara elegantula. See Porella elegantula. Eschara Isevis. See Porella laevls. Eschara lobata. See Escharoides sarsii. Eschara palmata. See Flustra solida. Eschara pavonella. See Mucronella pavon-ella. Eschara papposa. See Porella elegantula var. papposa. Eschara rosacea. See Escharoides sarsii. Eschara sarsii. See Escharoides sarsii. Eschara scabra. See Rhamphostomella scabra. Escharella porifera. See Smittia arctica. Escharipora annulata. See Cribrilina annulata. Escharoides coccinea var. peachii. See Mucronella peachil. Escharoides saisii 241 Escharopsis lobata. See Escharoides sarsii. Bathymetric Wliiteaves Tables. Catalogue. 11 246 207 246 204 246 204 237 66 23S 63 234 37 234 37 241 96 241 95 238 8S 143 231 23S 23S 234 240 78 39 251 243 227 235 235 238 36 36 221 102 272 DEPARTHEST OF THE yAVAL HERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Esperella lingua Esperella modesta Eteone cylindrica Euchaeta marina Euohone (?) lawrencii Euchone rubrocincta Buchone tuberculosa Eucope alternata. See Obelia geniculata. Eucope diaphana. See Obelia geniculata. Eucopella caliculata. See Campanulana caliculata. "Eucranta villosa. See Eupolynoe occidentalis. Eucythere argus Eudendrium capillare Eudendriura cingulatum ' Eudendrium dispar ■' Eudendrium rameum ' Eudendrium ramosum ' Eudendrium tenue "' Eudorella emarginata Eudorella hispida " Eudorella Integra "' '' '' ' Eudorella pusilla ,''.\ Eudorellopsis Integra. See Eudorella Integra. Eugj-ra glutinans . . Eugj-ra pilularis .^ Eulima stenostoma ' ' ' ' ] " ' _ _ Euraastia sitiens _ .. ^;;;;:S;^^^S:meraia:-SeeEun;pihyalu;W.-; •; ■; : Eunepthya lutkeni Eunice sp.?. ..'.". V Euniceoerstedii Eunice vivida. See Leodice vivida. Bunoa nodosa Bunoa cerstedii " Eunoa spinulosa . . .. Eupagurus bernhardus '■ " " Eupagurus kroyeri ■ Eupagurus pubescens .' . . Euphrosyne borealis Eupolynoe anticostiensis . . . . . Eupolvnoe occidentalis Eu7vrscum"m.- See-Gorgonocephalus-agassiVzi: Eury^c'hrnu'f drobachiensis.- ' See Wtrongi-locenirotus drobachiensis. Burytemora herdmani Eusirus cuspidatus ' '" .'. .. . Busyllis tubifex ' " ' ' ' _ _ Butliemisto bispinosa _ Euthemisto compressa Euthemisto libellula Evadne nordmanni ' '" " ' Evadne spinif era F Fasciola angulata. See Amphiporus angulatus. Fasciola rosea. See Amphiporus roseus. Fasciolaria ligata. See Ptychatractus ligatus. Fasciporina flexuosa Filellum expansura Filellum serpens Filograna fllograna Flabelligera affinis Plabellum angulare Flabellum goodei Flustra abyssicola Flustra borealis Flustra carbasea Flustra digitata. See Flustra carbasea. Flustra ellisii. ' See Caberea elHsii. Flustra hispida. See Flustrella hispida. Flustra membranaceo-truncala Flustra papyrea. See Flustra carbasea. Flustra pilosa. See Electra pilosa. Flustra securifrons Bathyraetric Whiteaves Tables. Catalogue. 232 16 232 16 238 81 249 23S 238 238 250 217 233 20 233 20 233 20 233 19 233 19 233 20 252 243 252 244 252 244 252 244 254 271 254 271 246 163 232 15 23S 78 235 32 238 238 80 238 86 238 S6 238 86 253 25S 253 259 253 259 238 88 238 85 238 85 235 46 251 23S 249 251 225 238 81 251 219 251 251 219 24S 248 242 113 233 233 238 238 235 41 235 41 241 95 241 94 241 95 241 94 MARINE INVERTEBRATES 273 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathymetric Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogue. Flustra stri'Ulata 241 95 Plustra solida 241 95 Flustra trlfolium. See Membranipora tritolium. Flustra truncata. See Bugula murrayana. Flustrella hispida 243 114 Flustrimorpha solida. See Flustra solida. Fovia afflnis 23G 64 Freyella americana. See Odinia americana. Funiculina armata 235 34 Fusus bamffius. See Trophon truncatus. Fusus cancellatus. See Bela cancellata. fusus cinereus. See Urosalpinx cinerea. Fusus corneus. See Sipho stimpsoni. Fusus curtus. See Sipho stimpsoni. Fusus decemcostatus. See Neptunea decemcostata. Fusus harpularius. See Bela harpularia. Fusus islandicus. See Sipho stimpsoni. Fusus islandicus var. pygmaeus. See Sipho pygmaeus. Fusus kroyeri. See Tritonofusus kroyeri. Fusus latericeus. See Tritonofusus latericeus. Fusus (Volutopsius) norvegicus. See Volutopsis norvegica. Fusus pleurotomarius. See Bela pleurotomaria. Fusus pygmaeus. See Sipho pygmaeus. Fusus rufus. See Bela pleurotomaria. Fusus scalariformis. See Trophon clathratus. Fusus spitzbergensis. See Sipho spitzbergensis. Fusus stimpsoni. See Sipho stimpsoni. Fusus syrtensis. See Tritonofusus syrtensis. Fusus tornatus. See Neptunea despecta var. tornata. Fusus turricula. See Bela scalaris. ■ Fusus ventricosus. See Sipho ventricosus. Galericulum undatum. See Velutina (Limneria) undata. Gammaracanthus macrophthalmus Gammarus dentatus. See Melita dentata. Gammarus locusta Gammarus macrophthalmus. See Gammaracanthus macrophthalmus. Gammarus mutatus. See Gammarus locusta. Gammarus ornatus. See Gammarus locusta. Gammarus pulex. See Gammarus locusta. Gammarus purpuratus. See Melita dentata. Gammarus sabini. See Amathilla homari. Gattyana amondseni. See Nychia amondseni. Gattyana cirrhosa. See Nychia cirrhosa. Gellius arcoferus Gellius flagellifer Gellius laurentinus Gemellaria dumosa. See Gemellaria loricata var. americana. Gemellaria loricata Gemellaria loricata var. americana Gemellaria willisii. See Gemellaria loricata. Gemma gemma. See Tottenia gemma. Gemma totteni. See Tottenia gemma. Glandula arenicola Glandula fibrosa Glandula mollis Globigerina aequilateralis. Glycera capitata. See Rhynchobolus capitatus. Glycera dibranchiata Glycera siphonostoma Glycera viridescens. See Gonlada maculata. Glycimeris arctica. See Panopaea (Panomya) norvegica. Glycimeris siliqua. See Cyrtodaria siliqua. Gnathia cerina Gonatus fabricii Gonlada maculata Goniada norvegica Gonlaster equestris. See Hippasteria phrygiana. Gonothyraea gracilis Gonothyraea loveni Gorgonia lepadifera. See Primnoa reseda. 251 251 232 232 232 241 241 223 223 16 16 16 91 92 254 26 254 26 254 26 230 23S 23S 251 242 24S 210 23S 79 23.S 233 233 236 62 236 61 236 «2 233 2S 233 28 232 12 23S 73 251 236 233 233 24 233 233 25 233 25 233 274 DEPARTilEyr OF THE XArAL SEHTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathynietric Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogue. Gorgonia reseda. See Primnoa reseda. Gorgonocephalus agassizii norgonocephalus eucnemis Gorgonocephalus lamarckii : Grammaria abietina Grammaria gracilis Grammaria robusta. See Grammaria abietina. Grantia canadensis Gr\'Tnaea spiralis Gyge hippolytes H Halcyonium carneum. See Alcyonium carneum. Halecium beani Halecium halecinum Halecium minutum. . Halecium muricatum ^ Halecium robustum. See Lafoea robusta. Halecium sessile Halecium tenellum Halichondria inciustans. See Myxilla incrustans. Halichondria panicea 232 15 Halichondria ventilabrum. See Phakellia ventilabrum. Haliclystus auricula. See Halyclystus auricula. Halirages bispinosus Halirages fulvoeinctus Halocynthia echinata Halocynthia pyriformis Halocynthia rustica Halocynthia tuberculum Halophila borealis. See Flustra borealis. Halyclystus auricula Haminea solitaria Hanleyia mendicaria Haploops setosa Haploops tubicola Haplophragmium canariense Haplophragmium cassis Harmothoe imbricata H-an>acticus chelifer. . . . _ Harpinia fusiformis Helix haliotoides. See Velutina laevigata. Helix laevigata. See Velutina laevigata. Hemeschara struma. See Porella struma. Hemimactra solidissima. See Spisula (Hemimactra) solidissima. Hemithyris psittacea Henricia sanguinolenta. See Cribrella sangoinolenta. Hetairus debilis Hetairus gaimardii. See Spirontocaris gaimardii. Hetairus tenuis Hetarofusus balea. See Limacina gouldii. Heterofusus retroversus. See Limacina gouldii. Heteronereis arctica. See Nereis (Lycoris) pelagica. Heteropia rodgeri 232 12 Heteroteuthis tenera. See Rossia ( ?) tenera. Hippasteria plana. See Hippasteria phrygiana. Hippasteria phrygiana 236 50 Hippocrepina indivisa 230 10 Hippolyte aculeata. See Spirontocaris groenlandicus. Hippolyte fabricii 253 249 Hippolyte gaimardii. See Spirontocaris gaimardii. Hippolyte gordoni. See Caridion gordoni. Hippolyte groenlandica. See Spirontocaris groenlandicus. Hippolyte macilenta 253 249 Hippolyte phippsii. See Spirontocaris turgida. Hippolyte polaris. See Spirontocaris polaris. Hippolyte projecta 253 250 Hippolyte pusiola. See Spirontocaris pusiola. Hippolyte securifrons. See Spirontocaris spinus. Hippolyte sowerbaei. See Spirontocaris spinus. Hippolyte sowerbyi. See Spirontocaris spmus. Hippolyte spinus. See Spirontocaris spinus. Hippolyte turgida. See Spirontocaris turgida 251 226 :''-! 226 254 268 254 268 254 268 254 269 233 29 246 201 246 154 251 223 251 222 230 10 230 10 23S S4 249 251 231 240 91 253 253 253 252 MARIXE lyVERTEBRATES 275 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Hippothoa borealis. See Hippothoa divaricata. Hippothoa catenularia. See Electra catenularia. Hippothoa divaricata Hippotlioa divaricata var. cxpansa. See Hippothoa expansa. Hippotlioa expansa Hippothoa hyalina. See Schizoporella hyalina. Hippothoa rugosa. See Electra catenularia. Histioteuthis coUinsii Holothuria frondosa. See Pentacta frondosa. Holothuria laevis. See Chirodota laevis. Holothuria pellucida. See Thyonidiuin pelluciilum. Holothuria phantapus. See Psolus phantapus. Holothuria priapus. See Priapulus caudatus? Holothuria squamata. See Lophothuria fabricii. Holozoa clavata Homarus americanus Hoi'nera borealis. See Hornera lichenoides Hornera lichenoides Hyale littoralis Hyas araneus Hyas coarctatus Hydractinia echinata Hydractina polyclina. See Hydi'actinia echinata. Hydrallmania falcata Hydrobia minuta. See Cingula minuta. Hymeniacidon lingue. See Esperella lingua. Hyperia medusarum. See Hyperoche medusarum. Hyperia oblivia. See Parathemisto oblivia. Hyperoche medusarum Hypothyris psittacea. See Hemithyris psittacea. I Tanthina fragilis Idmonea atlantica Idmonea serpens Idmonea pruinosa. See Idmonea atlantica. Idotaea marmorata. See Synidotea bicuspida. Idotea bicuspida. See Synidotea bicuspida. Idotea coeca. See Chiridotea coeca. Idotea irrorata. See Idotea marina. Idotea marina Idotea montosa. See Epelys montosus Idotea phosphorea Idotea robusta Idotea tuttsii. See Chiridotea tuttsii. Idothea baltica. See Idotea marina. Idothea metallica. See Idotea robusta. Idothea nodulosa. See Synidotea nodulosa. Idyia roseola Illex illecebrosus ' Tlyanassa obsoleta. See Nassa (Ilyanassa) obsoleta. lophon chelifer Iphimedia vulgaris. See Pontogeneia inermis. Irenaeus patersoni Isias clavipes , Issa lacera Ischnochiton (Trachydermon) albus. See Trachydermon albus. Tschnochiton ruber. See Trachydermon ruber. Isocirrus? J Jaera albifrons Jaera copiosa. See Jaera albifrons. Jaera nivalis. See Jaera albifrons. Jaminia exigua. See Odostomia bisuturalis. Jaminia seminuda_ See Odostomia seminuda. Janira alta Janira spinosa K Kellia ferruginosa. See Cryptodon f Axinulus) ferruginosus. Kellia suborbicularis Bathymetric Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogue. 241 241 24S 233 251 2-.1 2.-,l 251 238 251 251 251 243 100 101 209 254 253 255 242 112 251 235 253 260 253 260 233 21 21S 24fi 164 242 111 242 111 23S 239 239 235 248 43 210 232 17 249 249 246 217 206 237 237 237 138 276 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE Tables. Kennerlia glacialis 243 Keratoisis ornata. See Ceratoisis ornata. Kinetoskias arborescens 241 Kinetoskias flexilis. See Kinetoskias smittii. Kinetoskias (Bugiilopsis) flexilis. See Kinetoskias smittii. Kinetoskias smittii 241 Kinnetoskias arborescens. See Kinetoskias arborescens. Krithe (Ilyobates) bartonensls 250 L Labidocera aestiva 249 Lacuna divaricata. See Lacuna vincta. Lacuna glacialis 246 Lacuna neritoidea 246 Lacuna vincta 246 Laenilla glabra. Laetmonice armata 23S Laetmonice filicornis 23S Laetmonice producta var. assijnilis 23S Laevicardium mortoni. See Cardiura (Laevicardium) mortoni. Lafoea dumosa 233 Lafoea frutieosa Hincks. See Lafoea gracillima. Lagoea frutieosa Sars 233 Lafoea gracillima ,. 233 Lafoea pygmaea 233 Lafoea robusta 233 Lafoea symmetrica 233 Lafystus sturionis 251 Lagena apiculata 230 Lagena distoma 230 Lagena globosa 230 Lagena laevi.s 230 Lagena marginata 230 Lagena melo 230 Lagena ornata 231 Lagena semistriata 231 Lagena squamosa 231 Lagena striatopunctata 231 Lagena sulcata 231 Lagenlpora spinulosa 241 Lagisca rarispina 23S Lagisca rarispina var occidentalis 238 Lamellaria perspicua! See Marsenina glabra. Lamellidoris muricata. See Onchldoris muricata. Lamellidoris pallida. See Onohidoris pallida. Lamprops quadriplicata 252 Lanassa nordenskioldi 238 Laomedea amphora. See Campanularia flexuosa. Laomedea flexuosa_ See Campanularia flexuosa. ( ?) Laomedea gelatinosa. See Obelia commissuralis. Leachia granulata. See Astacilla granulata. Leaena abranohiata 238 Leanira tetragona 238 Leanira yhleni 238 Leda buccata. See Leda pernula var. jacksonli. Leda jacksonii. See Leda pernula var. jacksonii_ Leda limatula. See Toldia limatula. Leda minuta 243 Leda myalls. See Toldia myalls. ?Leda obesa. See Toldiella lucida. Leda pernula 243 Leda pernula var. jacksonii .243 Leda (Toldia) sapotilla. See Toldia sapotilla Leda tenuisulcata 243 Loieschara coarctata. See Myriozoum coarctatum. Leieschara subgracile. See Myriozoum subgracile. Leodice vivida 238 Lepas balanoLdes, See Balanus balanoides. Lepas fascicularis 249 Lepas fasciculatus. See Lepas fascicularis. Lepas hillii 249 Lepeophtheirus hippoglossi 249 Lepeophtheirus salmonis 249 Lepeta caeca 246 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathymetric Whiteaves" Catalogue. 144 94 94 217 174 173 173 87 87 87 24 24 277 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 98 85 86 84 84 124 124 125 125 79 214 155 MAIiI\E INVERTEBRATES 277 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathymetric Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogrue. I^epidonote cirrata. Hee Ilarmothoe imbricata. Lepidonote punctata. See Lcpidonotus squaniatus. Lepidonotus squamatus 23S 86 Lepidopleurus alveolus 246 154 Lepidopleurus cancellatus 246 153 Lepralia abysslcola. See Mucronella abyssicola Lepralia annulata. See Cribrilina .annulata. Lepralia bella. See Porella bella. Lepralia belli. See Porella concinna. Lepralia Candida. See Smittia Candida^ Lepralia concinna. See Porella concinna. Lepralia crassispina.. See Porella skenei. Lepralia globifera. See Smittia globifera. Lepralia hippopus 241 101 Lepralia hyalina. See Schizoporella hyalina. Lepralia labiata. See Rhamphostomella scabra var_ labiata. Lepralia landsborovii. See Smittia landsborovii. Lepralia linearis. See Schizoporella linearis. Lepralia lineata. See Schizoporella linearis. Lepralia (Discopora) megastoma 241 102 Lepralia minuta. See Porella minuta. Lepralia peachii. See Mucronella peachii^ Lepralia pertusa 241 101 Lepralia plana. See Myriozoum planum. Lepralia producta. See Smittia producta. Lepralia punctata. See Cribrilina punctata. Lepralia spathulifera 241 101 Lepralia trispinosa. See Smittia trispinosa Lepralia tubulosa. See Porina tubulosa. Lepralia ventricosa. See Mucronella ventricosa. Lepralia verrucosa. See Umbonula verrucosa. Lepralia vitrea. See Cellepora contigiia. Leptasterias groenlandica Leptasterias littoralis Lepta.sterias tenera Leptocheirus pinguis Leptochelia fllum Leptochiton alveolus. See Lepidopleurus adveolus^ Leptochiton cancellatus. See Lepidopleurus cancellatus. LeptocUnides faeroeiisis Leptoclinum albidum Leptoclinum albidum var. luteolum Leptoclinum luteolum. See Leptoclinum albidum var. luteolum. Leptoplana ellipsoides Leptoptychaster arcticus Leptothoe danae. See Maera danae. Lernaea branchialis 249 216 Lernaea branchialis var_ sigmoidea. See Lernaea branchialis. Lesaea minuta. See Turtonia minuta. Lestoteuthis fabricii. See Gonatus fabricii. Leucon nasicoides Leucon nasicus Leucosolenia cancellata Leucothoe glacialis. See Metopa glacialis. Leucothoe grandimanus Libinia emarginata Lichenopora clypeiformis Lichenopora hispida Lichenopora regularis Lichenopora verrucaria Lima subauriculata. See Limatula subauriculata. Lima sulcata. See Limatula subauriculata^ Limacina gouldii ' Limatula subauriculata Limax papillosus. See ^^Colis papillosa. Liraneria undata. See Velutina (Limneria) undata. Limnoria lignorum 251 Limnoria terebrans. See Limnoria lignorum. Lineus sanguineus Lineus socialis Lineus truncatus Lineus viridis Linkia oculata. See CribreUa sanguinolenta. Linkia pertusa_ See CribreUa sanguinolenta. 236 56 236 56 236 56 251 225 251 242 254 254 265 254 265 236 63 236 49 252 243 252 243 232 11 251 232 253 242 113 242 112 242 113 242 113 24S 20S 243 119 237 66 237 66 237 67 237 66 278 DEPAlirMEXr OF THE yAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Liocardium mortoni. See Cardium (Laevicardium) mortoni. Liocyma fluctuosa Ijiostomia eburnea Lisseclinum aureum Lithodes mala Litorina litorea Litorina palliata Litorina rudis Littorina arctica. See Litorina palliata. Littorina groenlandica. See Litorina rudis. Littorina littoralis. See Litorina palliata. Littorina littorea. See Litorina litorea, Littorina palliata. See Litorina palliata. Littorina rudis. See Litorina rudis. Littorina tenebrosa. See Litorina rudis. Littorinella minuta. See Cingula minuta. Lizzia octopunctata. Lobularia rubiforme. See Alcyonium rubiforme. Loligo iUecebrosa. See Illex illecebrosus. Lophaster turcifer Lophohelia oculifera Lophotliuria fabricil Lottia testudinalis. See Acmaea testudinalis. Lovenella whiteavesii. See Cerlthiella whiteavesii. Loxoconcha sp Lucernaria auricula. See Manania auricula. Lucernaria plirygia. See Myrlothela phryjjia. Lucernaria quadricornis Lucina flexuosa See Cryptodon gouldii. Lucina gouldii. See Crj-ptodon gouldii. Lumara flava. See Thelepus cinclnnatus. Lumbricoclym^ne sp ". . Lumbriconereis c^. assimilis Lumbrieonereis fragilis Lumbriconeris fragilis. See Lumbriconereis fragilis. Lumbricus cirratus. See Cirratulus cirrhatus. Lumbricus fragilis. See Lumbriconereis fragilis. Lumbrinereis fragilis. See Lumbriconereis fragilis. Lumbrinereis hebes Lunatia groenlandica Lunatia heros Lunatia heros var. triseriata Lunatia immaculata Lunatia nana Lunatia triseriata. See Lunatia heros var. triseriata. Lupa pelagica. See Neptunus sayi. Lycoris. See Nereis. Lyonsia arenosa Lyonsia hyalina Lysianassa appendiculata. See Anonyx nugax. Lysianassa spinifera. See Lysianax spinifera. Lysianax spinifera Lysianoi>sis alba Lytocarpus myriophyllum. See Thecocarpus myriophyllum. Bathymetric Whiteaves Tables. Catalogue 243 136 246 163 254 253 260 246 172 246 172 246 172 236 52 235 42 235 45 250 233 23S 23S 23S 217 29 SO 238 80 246 165 246 165 246 166 246 165 247 165 244 145 244 145 251 233 251 M Machaera costata. See Siliqua costata. Machaera nitida_ See Siliqua squama. Machaera squama. See Siliqua squama. Machaeroplax bella. See Solariella obscura var. bella. Machaeroplax obscura. See Solariella obscura. Machaeroplax obscura var. bella. See Solariella obscura var. bella. Machaeroplax varicosa. See Solariella varicosa. Macoma balthica ■" 244 Macoma balthica fusca. See Macoma balthica. Macoma calcarea 244 :Macoma fragilis. See Macoma balthica. Macoma fusca. See Macoma balthica. Macoma inflata 244 Macoma proxima. See Macoma calcarea. ilacoma sabulosa. See Macoma calcarea. Macoma tenera. See Macoma calc.Trea. Macroclinum ponium 254 141 142 143 MAlilXE lyVERTEBRATES 279 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathymetric Tables. Mactra deaurata. See Mesodesma deauratum. Mactra gigantea. See Spisula (Hemimactra) solidissima. Mactra lateralis. See Mulinia lateralis. Mactra ovalis. See Spisula (Hemimactra) polynyma. Maotra polynyma. See Spisula (Hemimactra) polynyma. Mactra ponderosa. See Spisula (Hemimactra) solidissima and S. polynyma. Mactra similis. See Spisula (Hemimactra) solidissima and S. polynyma. Mactra solidissima. See Spisula (Hemimactra) solidissima. Mactra tellinoides. See Cumingia tellinoides. Madrepora verucaria. See Lichenopora verrvicaria. Maera danae 2al Maera sp 251 Maldane sarsii ; 233 Malmgrenia whiteavesii 23S Mamma ( ?) immaculata. See Lunatia immaculata Mammillifera incrustata. See Epizoanthus incrustatus. Manania auricula 233 Mangelia pyramidalis. See Bela pleurotomaria. Margarita acuminata 247 Margarita alabastrum. See Calliostoma occidentale. Margarita arctica. See Margarita helicina. Margarita argentata. See Margarita olivacea Margarita bella. See Solariella obscura var. bella. Margarita campanulata. See Margarita helicina. Margarita cinerea 24" Margarita cinerea var. grandis 247 Margarita costulata. See MoIIeria costulata. Margarita glauca. See Margarita olivacea. 247 Margarita groenlandica. See Margarita undulata. Margarita helicina 247 Margarita obscura. See Solariella obscura. Margarita olivacea , 247 Margarita striata. See Margarita cinerea. Margarita striata. See Margarita undulata. Margarita umbilicalis 247 Margarita undulata 247 Margarita varicosa. See Solariella varicosa. Margarites undulatus. See Margarita undulata. Marsenina glabra 247 Marsenina groenlandica. See Marsenina glabra. Mayerella limicola. . 251 Meclielia olivacea. See Cerebratulus fuscus. Medusa aequorea. See Polycanna groenlandica. Medusa aurita. See Aurelia flavidula. Medusa capitata. See Cyanea arctica. Medusa digitale See Trachyneme digitale. Meganyctiphane's norvegica. See Xyctiphanes norvegica. Megayoldia thraciaeformis • 244 Melampus bidentatus 247 Melampus corneus. See Melampus bidentatus. Melampus lineatus 247 Melania rufa. See Turbonilla interrupta var. fulvocincta. Melicertum campanula 233 Melinna cristata 238 Melita dentata 251 Melita goesii 251 Melphidippa sp 251 Membranipora armitera. See Membranipnra sophiae var. armifera. Membranipora cratlcula 241 Membanipora cynibiformis 241 Membranipora dumerilii ' 241 Membranipora fl^mingii 241 Membranipora fleniingii var. trifolium. See Membranipora trifolium. Membranipora flemingii var. minax_ See Ramphonotus minax. Membranipora lacroixii * 241 Membranipora lineata 241 Membranipora minax. See Ramphonotus minax. Membranipora monostachys 241 Membranipora pilosa. See Electra pilosa. Membranipora sacculata. See Membranipora trifolium. Jfembranipora solida. See Membranipora trifolium. Membranipora sophiae 241 Membranipora sophiae var. armifera 241 Membranipor-a spinifera 241 Membranipora trifolium 241 Whiteaves' Catalogue. 224 224 S5 30 158 159 159 157 158 15S 15S 159 127 207 74 224 224 225 96 96 96 97 96 96 97 97 280 DEPARTMENT OF TEE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathymetric Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogue. 241 96 Membranipora unicornis ^^^ gg Membraniporella crassicosta Menestho aebula. See also Menestho striatula. ^^^ Menestho albula 247 162 llenestho striatula Menipea fruticosa. See Bugula murrayana. ^^^ ^^ Menipea ternata ; Mercenaria mercenaria. See Venus mercenana. Mercenaria violacea. See Venus mercenaria. Mertensia cucullus. See Mertensia ovum. _^^. ^^ Mertensia ovum Mesalia lacteola. See Turritella reticulata. Mesidotea entomon Mesidotea sabinii ilesodesma jauresii. See Mesodesma deauratum. Mesodesma deauratum Metaecus medusarum. See Hyperoche medusarum. Meterythrops robusta Metopa glacialis Metopa groenlandica Metridium dianthus Metridium marginatum. See Metridium dianthus. Metridium senile. See Metridium dianthus. Microcosmus nacreus Microporella ciliata Microsetella atlantica Micrura afflnis Micrura rubra Mictheimysis stenolepis. See Mysis stenolepis. Miliolina agglutinans Miliolina bicornis Miliolina ferussacii Miliolina oblonga Miliolina secans Miliolina seminulum Miliolina subrotunda Miliolina tricarinata Miliolina trigonula Millepora lichenoides. See Hornera lichenoides. Millepora reticulata. See Khamphostomella scabra. Millepora skenei. See Porella skenei. Millepora truncata. See Myriozoum subgracile. Modiola? cicercula. See Crenella decussata. Modiola (Brachydontes) demissa ^** *"" Modiola discrepans. See Modiolaria discors. Modiola glandula. See Crenella glandula. Modiola laevigata. See Modiolaria discors. ^ Modiola modiolus -'' Modiola nexa. See Modiolaria nigra. Modiola nigra. Sec Modiolaria nigra. Modiola pectinula. See Crenella pectinula_ Modiola plicatula. See Modiola (Brachydontes) demissa. Modiola? vitrea. See Dacrydium vitreum. Modiolaria corrugata Modiolaria discors Modiolaria discrepans. See Modiolaria nigra. Modiolaria laevigata. See Modiolaria discors. Modiolaria nigra Molgula littoralis Molgula pannosa Molgula papulosa Molgula pilularis. See Eugyra pilularis. Molgula producta Molgula retortif ormis MoUeria costulata Molpadia colitica_ See Trochostoma coliticum. Molpadia turgida'. See Trochostoma turgidum. Monocaulus glacialis Monoculodes borealis ■ •• Monoculodes demissus Monoculodes nubilatus. See Oediceros lynceus. Monoculodes sp. indet Monoporella spinulifera Montacuta clevata. See Rochefortia moUerl. 251 261 244 140 252 247 251 23e 251 234 37 254 241 98 249 237 67 237 67 231 10 231 10 231 10 231 10 231 10 231 10 231 10 231 10 231 10 244 244 121 120 244 254 255 255 121 270 270 270 255 255 247 270 270 157 233 251 251 21 229 229 251 241 229 108 241 107 241 107 241 107 241 107 244 139 253 257 251 237 252 237 ilAlilNE INVERTEBRATES 281 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathymetric Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogue. MorviUia undata. See Velutina (Liraneria) undata. Mucronella abyssicola 241 107 Mucronella ovata. See Rharaphostomella ovata. Mucronella pavoneUa Mucronella peachii Mucronella praelucida Mucronella scabra See Rhamphostomella scabra. Mucronella spinuliiera. See Monoporella spinulifera. Mucronella ventricosa Mulinia lateralis Munidopsis curvirostra Munna fabricii Munnopsis typlca Murex clathratus. See Trophon clathratus. Murex (Trophon) gunneri. See Trophon clathratus var. gunneri. Mya arctica. See Saxicava rugosa. Mya arenaria 244 148 Mya byssifera. See Saxicava rugosa. Mya crispata_ See Zirfaea crispata. Mya hyalina. See Lyonsia hyalina. Mya norvegica. See Panopaea (Panomya) norvegica. Mya siliqua. See Cyrtodaria siliqua. Mya suborbicularis. See Kellia suborbicularis. Mya truncata Myriochele heeri Myriothela phrygia Myriotrochus rinkii Myriotrochus vitreus See Myriotrochus rinkii. Myriozoum coarctatum Myriozoum crustaceum. See Myriozoum planum. Myriozoum planum Myriozoum subgracile Mysella molleri. See Rochefortia moUeri. Mysis mixta Mysis oculata Mysis spinulosus. See Mysis oculata. Mysis stenolepis 252 246 Mytilus corrugatus. See Modlolaria corrugata. Mytilus decussatus. See Crenella decussata and Crenella glandula. Mytilus demissus. See Modiola (Erachydontes) demissa. Mytilus discors. See Modiolaris discors. M^•tilus cliscrepans. See Modiolaria discors and Modiolaria nigra. Mytilus edulis 244 120 Mytilus faba. See Crenella faba_ Mytilus pectinulus. See Crenella' pectinula. Mytilus pholadis. See Saxicava rugosa. Mytilus rugosus. See Saxicava rugosa. Myxicola steenstrupi 238 Myxilla incrustans 232 18 N Naidonereis quadricuspida 238 79 Nareda superba. See Amphiporus (?) superbus_ Nassa lunata. See Astyris lunata. Nassa (Ilyanassa) obsoleta 247 181 Nassa (Tritia) trivittata 247 181 Natica canaliculata. See Amauropsis islandica. Natica clausa 247 166 Natica consolidata. See Natica clausa. Natica cornea. See Amauropsis islandica. Natica flava. See Acrybia flava. Natica groenlandica_ See Lunatia groenlandica. Natica helicoides. See Amauropsis islandica. Natica heros. See Lunatia heros. Natica immaculata. See Lunatia immaculata. Natica nana. See Lunatia nana. Natica smithii. See Acrybia flava. Natica triseriata. See Lunatia heros var_ triseriata. Neaera arcticji. See Cuspidaria arctica. Neaera glacialis. See Cuspidaria glacialis. Neaera pellucida. See Cuspidaria pelluoida. Nebalia bipes 252 218 Nectocrangon dentatus 253 Nectocrangon lar 258 255 38a— 19 244 238 233 235 148 20 47 241 99 241 241 99 99 252 252 246 282 DEPARTMEST OF THE XAVAL SERTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Nemertes affinis. See Micrura affinis. Nemertes socialis. See Lineus socialis. Nemesis robusta Nemidia (?) canadensis Nemidia (?) lawrencii ■ Nephthys borealis. See Nepthys cihata. Nephthys caeca Nephthys canadensis Nephthys ciliata _ ' Nephthys incisa •■ Nephthys ingens. See Nephthys mcisa. Nephthys lawrencii Nephthys longisetosa Nephthys picta Neptunea curta. See Sipho stimpsoni. Xeptunea decemcostata •• •■ :••■,' Neptunea despecta. See Neptunea despecta var. tornata. Neptunea despecta var. tornata Neptunea ossiani. See Sipho ossiani. Neptunea propinqua. See Sipho pubescens ^^„„„ Neptunea (Neptunella) pygmaea. S««^Sipho pygmaeus. Neptunea (Sipho) terebralis. See Sipho spitzbergens.s. Neptunea ventricosa. See Sipho ventncosus. Neptunus sayi Nereis abvssicola Nereis caeca. See Nephthys caeca. Nereis ciliata. See Nephthys ciliata. Nereis denticulata Nereis grandis. See Nereis virens. Nereis iris Nereis (Lycoris) pelagica Nereis virens Nerine cirrata. See Scolecolepis cirrata. Nerita islandica. See Amauropsis inslandica. Nevaya whiteavesi _ Nicania banksil. See Astarte banksii. Slcanla banksii var. globosa. See Astarte banksu var. globosa Nicania striata. See Astarte banksii var. striata. Nicolea zostericola Nicomache? canadensis Nicomache lumbricalis Ninoe kintjeigi Nodosaria (Dentalina) communis Nodosaria (Glandulina) laevigata Nodosaria (Dentalina) pauperata Nonionina scapha Nonioninan labradorica Nothria conchylega Nucula bellotii. See Nucula expansa. Nucula corticata. See Nucula delphmodonta. Nucula delphinodonta Nucula expansa Nucula inflata. See Nucula tenuis. Nucula jacksoni. See Leda pernula var. jacksonu. Nucula limatula. See Toldia limatula. Nucula minuta. See Leda tenuisculcata. Nucula mvalis. See Toldia myalis. Nucula navicularis. See Megayoldia thraciaeformis. Nucula obliquata. See Nucula tenuis. Nucu'.a proxima Nucula proxima var. trunculus Nucula sapotilla. See Toldia sapotilla. Nucula tenuis • ,• ; • ' .' Nucula tenuis forma inflata. See Nucula tenuis. Nucula tenuis forma typica. See Nucula tenuis. Nucula tenuisulcata. See Leda tenuisulcata. Nucula thraciaeformis. See Megayoldia thraciaeformis. Nycliia amondseni Xychia cirrhosa Nyctiphanes norvegica Nvmphon brevicoUuni •■ •• ■• • •.. Nymphon giganteum. See Nymphon stroemii. Nymphon grossipes Nymphon hirtum Nymphon longitarse Nymphon macrum Nymphon stroemii Bathymetric Whiteaves Tables. Catalogue 249 238 238 8.1 85 238 23S ■ns 238 82 S3 82 S3 238 23S 238 S3 82 83 247 188 247 187 253 238 238 239 244 244 244 261 81 81 239 81 239 SO 239 81 239 239 239 75 239 231 10 231 10 2?.l 10 231 9 231 239 79 244 124 244 123 123 122 239 86 239 86 252 - 247 254 263 254 264 254 264 254 264 254 263 254 263 MA mXh- IWERTEBRA TES 283 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a O Obelia commissuialis Obelia dichotoma Obelia gelatinosa Obelia geniculata Obelia longissima Obelia pyriformis Oceania languida. See Phialidium languidum. Ocnus ayresii. See Pentacta minuta. Octopus arcticus Octopus bairdii. See Octopus arcticus. Octopus lentus Octopus obesus Octopus piscatorum Odinia americana Odostomia bisuturalis Odostomia (Menestho) bisuturalis. See Odostomia bisotoralis. Odostomia exigua. See Odostomia bisuturalis. Odostomia fusca Odostomia rufa fulvocincta. See Turbonilla interrupta var. fulvocincta Odostomia seminuda Odostomia striatula. See Menestho striatula. Odostomia triflda Odostomia (Menestho) triflda bedequensis Odostomia ( Chrysallida) willist Oediceros aflinis. See Monoculodes borealis. Oediceros lynceus Oediceros saginatus. . . . Oithona plumifera Oithona similis f?) Oligotrochus vitreus. See Myriotrochus rinkii. Omatoplea stimpsoni. See Amphiporus angulatus. Ommastrephes illecebrosa. See lUex illeeebrosus. Ommastrephes megapterus Onchidoris muricata Onchidoris pallida Oniscus aculeatus. See Rhacotropis aculeatus. Oniscus arenarius. See Amathilla homari. Oniscus cuspidatus See Acanthozone cuspidata. Oniscus psora. See JEga. psora. Oniscus pulex. See Gammarus locusta. Oniscus serratus. See Acanthonotozoma serratum. Onisimus edwardsli Onuphis conchylega. See Nothria conchylega. Onuphis eschriohtii. See Nothria conchylega. Onuphis cf. holobrachia Onuphis quadricuspis Onuphis sicula Onychoteuthis tabricii. See Gonatus fabricii. Opercularella lacerata Ophelia glabra Ophelia limacina Ophelia radiata Ophiacantha anomala Ophiacantha bidentata Ophiacantha granulif era Ophiacantha spectabilis Ophiacantha spinulosa. See Ophiacantha bidentata. Ophiacantha varispina Ophiactis asperula Ophiocoma bellis. See Ophiopholis aculeata. Ophiocoma neglecta. See Amphipholis elegans. Ophioglypha lymani Ophioglypha nodosa Ophioglypha robusta Ophioglypha sirsii Ophioglypha signata Ophioglypha stuwitzi Ophiolebes acanella Ophiolepis ciliata. See Ophioglypha sarsii. Ophiolepis scolovendrica. See Ophiopholis aculeata. Ophiolepis sundevalli. See Amphiura sundevalll. Ophiolepis tenuis. See Amphipholis elegans. Ophionemertes agilis. See Amphiporus agilis. Ophiopholis aculeata OSa— 19J Bathymetric Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogue. 233 23 233 23 233 23 233 23 233 23 233 23 24S 212 248 213 248 212 24S 212 236 57 247 162 247 162 247 161 247 161 247 247 252 228 252 228 249 249 248 211 247 207 247 207 233 239 239 SO 233 239 78 239 78 239 236 60 236 60 236 61 236 60 236 61 236 236 236 58 236 58 236 57 236 58 236 58 236 61 236 60 284 DEPARTMENT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathymetric Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogue. Ophiopholis bellis. See OphiophoUs aculeata. Ophiopholis robusta. See Ophioglypha robusta. Ophiopholis scolopendrica. See Ophiopholis aculeata. Ophioscolex glacialis Ophiura bellis. See Ophiopholis aculeata. Ophiura elegans. See Amphipholis elegans. Ophiura nodosa. See Ophioglypha nodosa. Ophiura sarsii. See Ophioglypha sarsn. Ophiura stun-itzi. See Ophioglypha stuwitzi. Orchestia agilis Orchestia gryllus Orchomene minutus Orcula barthii Orcula punctata. See Thyonidium productum. Orthopyxis caliculata. See Campanularia cahculata, Orthopyxis poterium. See Campanularia caliculata. Osteodesma hyalina. See Lyonsia hyalina. Ostrea borealis. See Ostrea virginica. Ostrea canadensis. See Ostrea virginica. Ostrea grandis. See Pecten (Placopecten) magellanicus. Ostrea islandica. See Pecten (Chlaniys) islandicus. Ostrea mageUanica. See Pecten (Placopecten) magellanicus. Ostrea subauriculata. See Limatula subauriculata. Ostrea virginiana. See Ostrea virginica. Ostrea virginica Owenia (Ammooharis) filiformis Oxynoe glabra. See Marsenina glabra. P Pagurus acadianus. See Eupagurus bernhardus. Pagurus bernhardus. See Eupagurus bernhardus. Pagurus irroratus , Pagurus kroyeri. See Eupagurus kroyeri. Paragus longicarpus • Pagurus pubescens. See Eupagurus pubescens. Pallene hispida. See Pseudopallene hispida. Pandalus annulicornis. See Pandalus montagui. Pandalus borealis Pandalus leptocerus Pandalus levigatus. See Pandalus montagui. Pandalus montagui Pandarus sinuarus ■ ■ ; ■ Pandora glacialis. See Kennerlia glacialis. Pandora gouldiana. See Clidiophora gooldiana. Pandora trilineata. See Clidophora gouldiana. Pandorina arenosa. See Lyonsia arenosa. Pandosia fibrosa. See Glandula fibrosa. . Panomva norvegioa. See Panopaea (Panoraya) norvegica. Panopaea (Panomya) norvegica Paracalanus parva • Paragorgia arborea Paramphithoe cataphracta ; ■_ Paramphithoe elegans. See Halirages bispinosus. Paramphithoe bicuspis. See Pleustes bicuspis. Paramphithoe pulchella Paramuricea borealis Paramuricea grandis •■ •• ••••/• Paranthura brachiata. See Calathura brachiata. Parapagurus pilosimanus Parathemisto oblivia Pardalisca cuspidata C ' 1„ Parerythrops robusta. See Meterythrops robusta. Pasithea nigra. See Bittlum nigrum. Patella caeca. See Lepeta caeca. Patella Candida. See Lepeta caeca. Patella cerea. See Lepeta caeca. Patella fornicata. See Crepidula fornicata. Patella noachina. See Puncturella noachina. Patella rubella. See Acmaea rubella. Patella testudinalis. See Acmaea testudinalis. Patellina corrugata Peachia parasitica • • •" ' : Pecten borealis. See Pecten gibbus var. borealis. Pecten concentricus. See Pecten gibbus var. boreahs. 236 244 239 253 253 253 253 253 249 244 249 235 252 252 235 233 253 252 252 231 235 61 252 225 252 235 252 233 235 46 115 249 24S 150 32 229 229 34 34 259 219 225 10 37 MARINE INVERTEBRATES 285 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathymetric Tables. Pecten gibbus var. borealis 244 Pecten grandis. See Pecten (Placopecten) magellanicus. Pecten (Camptonectes) groenlandicus 244 Pecten hoskynsi. See Pecten (Cyclopecten) pustulosus. Pecten imbrifer. See Pecten (Cyclopecten) pustulosus. Pecten irrartians. See Pecten gibbus var. iborealls Pecten (Chlamys) islandicus 244 Pecten (Placopecten) magellanicus 244 Pecten pealeii. See Pecten (Chlamys) islandicus. Pecten (Cyclopecten) pustulosus 244 Pecten subauriculata. See Limatula subauriculata. Pecten tenuicostatus. See Pecten (Placopecten) magellanicus, Pecten (Camptonectes) vitreus 244 Pectinaria groenlandica. See Cistenides granulata. Pectinaria (Cistenides) hyperborea. See Cistenides hypeiborea. Pedicellaster typicus 236 Pedicellina nutans 243 Pelonaia arenifera 255 Pelonaia corrugata. See Pelonaia arenifera. Peltogaster paguri 249 Pennatula aculeata 235 Pennatula (Ptilella) borealis 235 Pentacta calcigera 235 Pennatula canadensis, gee Pennatula aculeata. Pennatula grandis. See Pennatula (Ptilella) borealis. Pennatula phosphorea var. aculeata. See Pennatula aculeata. Pentacta frondosa 235 Pentacta minuta 235 Pentagonaster granularis. See Tosia granularis. Pentagonaster eximius. See Tosia eximia. Pera crystallina 255 Pera pellucida. See Pera crystallina. Periploma fragilis 244 Periploma papyracea. See Periploma fragilis. Petalosarsia declivis 252 Petricola dactylus. See Petricola pholadiformis. Petricola foinicata. See Petricola pholadiformis. Petricola pholadiformis 244 Phakellia ventilabrum 232 Phalangium littorale. See Pycnogonum littorale. Phallusia obliqua ' 255 Phallusia prunum. See Ascidia complanata. Phallusioi'tles obliqua. See Phallusia obliqua. Phascolion alberti 240 Pliascolion strombi 240 Phascolion strombi canadensis 240 Phascolion strombi fusca 240 Phascolion tubicola 240 Phascolosoma bernhardus. See Phascolosoma caementarium. Phascolosoma boreale 240 Phascolosoma caementarium 240 Phascolosoma hamulatum 240 Phascolosoma margaritaceaum. See Phascolosoma boreale, Phascolosoma tubicola. See Phascolion tubicola. Phialidium languidum 233 Philine cingulata 247 Philine finmarchica 247 Philine formosa. See Philine quadrata. Philine fragilis 247 Philine lima 247 Philine lineolata. See Philine lima. Philine quadrata 247 Philomedes brenda 250 Philomedes interpuncta 250 Pholas crispata. See Zirfaea crispata. Pholoe minuta 239 Pholoe tecta 239 Phoxichilidium maxillare 254 Phoxocephalus holbolll 252 Phryxus abdominalis 252 Phoxus fusiformis. See Harpinia fusiformis. Phoxus holboUi. See Phoxocephalus holboUi. Phoxus kroyeri. See Phoxocephalus holbdli. Phyllodoce catenula 239 Phyllodoce groenlandica 239 Whileaves* Catalogue. 117 118- 116 117 119 119 53 114 269 213 35 35 45 44 44 271 145 137 IS S9 S9 SS S8 22 201 201 201 200 200 217 83 S3 263 231 236 82 82 286 DEPARTMENT OF THE SATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Ba Phyllodoce mucosa PhjiUodoce sp Physalia arethusa. See Physalia pelagica. Physalia pelagica Pilidium commodum. See Capulacmaea radiata. Pilidium radiatum. See Capulacmaea radiata. Pilidium rubellum. See Acmaea rubella. Piliscus commodus. See Capulacmaea radiata. Piliscus probus. See Capulacmaea radiata. Pista cristata Plagiacantha arachnoides Planaria angulata. See Amphiporus angulatus. Planaria fusca. See Cerebratulus fuscus. Planaria lactiflorea. See Amphiporus lactifloreus. Planaria linearis. See Cephalothrix linearis. Planaria rosea. See Amphiporus roseus. Planaria sanguinea. See Lineus sanguineus. Planaria viridis. See Lineus viridis. Pleurobrachia pileus. Pleurobrachia rhododactyla Pleurotoma decussata. See Bela decussata. Pleurotoma violacea. See Be'.a bicarinata var. violacea. Pleurotomaria bicarinata. See Bela bicarinata. Plumularia falcata. See Hydrallmania falcata. Plumularia 'tenerrima. See Hydrallmania falcata. Pleustes bicuspis Pleustes panoplus Podocerus fucicola Podocerus nitidus Podon finmarchichus Podon intermedius Podon leuckarti Podon polypliemoid'es Polia obscura. See Lineus viridis. Polycanna groenlandica Polycera illuminata. See Polycera lessonii. Polycera lessonii Polycirrus sp Polycitor kukenthali Polydara concharum Polymastia mamillaris Polymastia robusta Polymorpliina compressa Polymorphina lactea Polynices. See Lunatia. Polynoe gaspeensis Polynoe squamata. See Lepidonotus squamatus. Polystomella arctica Polystomella striatopunctata Pontaster hebitus Pontogeneia inermis Pontophilus norvegicus Pontoporeia femorata Porella acutirostris Porella bella ?Porella compressa. See Porella surcularis. Porella conoinna Porella eleirantula Porella elegantula var. papposa Porella laevis Porella minuta Porella perpusilla Porella proboscidea Porella propinqua Porella saccata Porella skenei Porella skenei var. plana Porella struma Porella surcularis Porellina ciliata. See Microporella ciliata. Porina tubulosa Portlandia glacialis I'oseidon aflinis. See Micrura afflnis. Votamilla neilecta Potamilla oculifera thymetric Tables. 239 239 234 239 231 Whiteaves' Catalogue. 29 235 42 2.S2 228 252 228 252 221 252 221 248 24$ 248 248 234 22 247 206 239 255 239 76 232 13 232 13 231 10 231 10 239 84 231 9 231 9 236 48 252 226 253 255 252 230 241 103 241 103 241 102 241 104 241 104 241 105 241 103 241 241 103 241 105 241 241 104 242 104 242 103 242 104 242 9S 244 127 239 72 239 72 239 72 239 72 239 75 239 75 239 239 239 240 S9 240 89 235 33 239 ■ 76 236 64 239 71 239 71 236 4S 249 253 247 253 247 254 263 MAIllXE INVERTEBRATES 287 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathymetric Whlteaves' Tables. Catalogue. Potamilla reniformis Potamilla torelli . . . Praniza carina. See Gnathia cerina. Praxilla gracilis Praxilla mulleri Praxillella collaris Praxillella gracilis. See Praxilla gracilis. Praxillella praetermissa Praxillella sp Priapulus caudatus? Priapulus pygmaeus Primnoa lepadifera. See Primnoa reseda. Primnoa reseda Prionospio steenstrupi Proboscina incrassata. See Stomatopora granulata. Proboscina penicillata. See Stomatopora penicillata. Procerodes ulvae Protula americana . . Protula media Psammobia fusca. See Macoma balthica. Pseudarchaster intermedius var. insignis Pseudocalanus elongatus Pseudomma roseum Pseudomma truncatum PseudopaAlene hispida Pseudophthalmus pelagicus. See Ampelisca macrocephala. Psilaster florae 236 49 Psolus fabricii. See Lophothuria fabricii. Psoitis laevigatus. See Psolus phantapus. Psolus phantapus (L.) Pteraster militaris Pteraster pulviUus Ptilanthura tenuis Ptilella borealis. See Pennatula (Ptilella) borealis. Ptilocheirus pinguis. See Leptocheirus pinguis. Ptychatractus ligatus Ptychocyclis urnula Ptychogastria polaris Ptychogena lactea Pulvinulina karsteni Puncturella noachina Puncturella princeps Purpura lapillus Pycnogonum grossipes. See Nymphon grossipes. Pycnogonum littorale 254 262 Pycnogonum pelagieum. See Pycnogonum littorale. Pyramis fusca. See Odostoraia fusca. Pyramis striatula. See Menestho striatula. Pyrene costulata. See Anachis haliaeti. Pyura aurantium. See Halocyntha pyriformis. Pyura echinata. See Halocynthia echinata. Pyura ovifera. See Bolteni bolteni var. rubra. Q Quasillina brevis 232 14 R Ramphonotus minax Reniera mollis Reniera rufescens Reophax findens Reophax scorpiurus Retepora elongata Retusa gouldii Retusa nitidula Retusa pertenuis Rhabdammina abyssorum Rhabdammina discreta Rhacotropis aculeata. See Rhacotropis aculeatus. Rhacotropis aculeatus Rhamphostomella bilaminata Rhamphostomella costata Rhamphostomella ovata 235 45 236 52 236 52 252 242 247 191 231 234 234 21 231 10 247 156 247 247 179 242 97 232 15 232 15 231 10 231 10 242 109 247 203 247 203 247 203 231 10 231 10 252 225 242 lOS 242 108 242 108 o^o 108 242 242 108 242 108 244 138 248 211 248 211 248 212 288 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathymetric Whiteaves" Tables. Catalogue. Rhamphostomella plicata Rhamphostomella radiatula Rhamphostomella scabra Rhamphostomella scabra var. labiata Rhaphiodesma lingua. See Esperella lingua. Rhoda inermis 253 248 Rhodactinia daviesii. See Stomphia carneola. Rhynchobolus capitatus 239 79 Rhynchonella psittacea. See HemithjTis psittacea. Rissoa aculeus. See Cingula (Onoba) aculeus. Rissoa carinata. See Cingula carinata. Rissoa castanea. See Cingula (Alvania) castanea. Rissoa eburnea. See Liostomia eburnea. Rissoa exarata. See Cingula arenaria. Rissoa globulus. See Cingula globulus. Rissoa jan-mayeni. See Cingula (Alvania) jan-meyeni. Rissoa mighelsi. See Cingula arenaria. Rissoa minuta. See Cingula minuta. Rissoa multilineata. See Cingula multilineata. Rissoa pelagica. See Cingula carinata. Rissoella eburnea. See Liostomia eburnea. Rochefortia moUeri Rossia hyatti Rossia sublevis Rossia ( ?) tenera Rostellaria occidentalis. See Aporrhais occidentalis. Rotalia beccarii 231 10 S Sabella crassioornis 239 Sabella lumbricalis. See Nicomache lumbricalis. Sabella oculifera. See Potamilla oculifera. Sabella pavonina Sabella peniciUus Sabella zonalis Sabellides borealis Sabellides cristata. See Melinna cristata. Sabinea sarsii Sabinea septemcarinata Sagartia acanella Samthya sexcirrata Sanguinolaria fusea. See Macoma balthica. Sanguinolaria sordida. See Macoma calcarea. Sarsia mirabilis. See Syncoryne mirabilis. Sarsia princeps 234 ?Saxicava distorta. See Saxicava rugosa. Saxicava rugosa Scalaria borealis. See Sealaria (Acirsa) costulata. Scalaria (Acirsa) costulata Scalaria eschrichtii. See Scalaria (Acirsa) costulata. Scalaria groenlandica Scalaris subulata. See Scalaria groenlandica. Scalaria undulata. See Scalaria (Acirsa) costulata. Scalibregma intlatum Scalpellum pressum Scalpellum stroemii Scalpellum velutinum Scaphander librarius. See Scaphander punctostriatus. Scaphander punctostriata. See Scaphander punctostriatus. Scaphander punctostriatus Schizaster fragilis Schizoporella auriculata Schizoporella biaperta Schizoporella cincta Schizoporella cruenta Schizoporella hyalina Schizoporella linearis Schizoporella plana. See Myriozoum planum. Schizoporella sinuosa Scissurella crispata Sclerochilus contortus Sclerocrangon boreas Scolecolepis cirrata Scoloplos armig-er 239 72 239 239 . 72 239 253 254 253 254 235 38 239 244 149 247 163 247 163 239 78 249 249 214 249 247 201 236 63 242 100 242 100 242 100 242 100 242 100 242 99 242 100 247 157 250 217 253 253 239 76 239 239 79 242 92 242 92 242 93 242 92 MAIiiyE INVERTEBRATES 289 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathym«tric Whiteave-s' Taljles. Catalogue. Scoloplos canadensis Scruparia clavata Scrupocellaria americana Scrupocellaria scabra Scrupocellaria sciuposa Scutella parma. See Echinarachnius parma. Selaginopsis mirabilis. See Diphasia mirabilis. Sepia loligo. See Gonatus fabricii. Serpula cancellata. See Spirorbis cancellatus. Serpula granulata. See Spirorbis granulatus. Serpula lucida. See Spirorbis lucidus. Serpula porrecta. See Spirorbis lucidus. Serpula sinistrorsa. See Spirorbis lucidus. Serpula spirorbis. See Spirorbis borealis. Serpula vitrea. See Spirorbis vitreus. Serripes groenlandicus 244 129 Sertularella conica 234 Sertularella polyzonias. See Sertularia polyzonias. Sertularella tricuspidata. See Sertularia tricuspidata. Sertularia abietina 234 25 Sertularia antennina. See Antennularia antennina. Sertularia argentea. See Thuiaria argentea. Sertularia cupressina. See Thuiaria cupressina. Sertularia falcata. See Hydrallmania falcata. Sertularia fallax. See Diphasia fallax. Sertularia filicula 234 25 Sertularia fusiformis 234 26 Sertularia geniculata. See Obelia geniculata. Sertularia latiuscula 234 26 Sertularia loricata. See Gemellaria loricata. Sertularia myriophyllum. See Thecocarpus myrlophyllum. Sertularia polyzonias Sertularia polyzonias var. gigantea Sertularia produota Sertularia pumila Sertularia rosacea. See Diphasia rosacea. Sertularia rugosa (Sertularella rugosa) Sertularia tricuspidata (Sertularella tricuspid eta) Sertularia volubilis. See Campanularia volubilis. Sigaretus groenlandicus. See TMarsenina glabra. Sigaretus haliotoideus. See Marsenina glabra. Siliqua costata Siliqua squama Sipho latericeus. See Tritonofusus latericeus. Sipho lividus. See Sipho spitzbergensis. Sipho ossiani Sipho pubescens Sipho pygmaeus Sipho spitzbergensis, Sipho stimpsoni Sipho ventricosus Siphonodentalium affine Siphonodentalium lobatum Siphonostomum asperum Siphonostomum plumosum. See Trophonia plumosa. Sipunculus bernhardus. See Phascolosoma caementarium. Sipunculus caementarius. See Phascolosoma caementarium. Skenea planorbis. See Skeneia planorbis. Skenea serpiiloides. See Skeneia planorbis. Skeneia planorbis Smittia arctica Smittia bella. See Porella bella. Smittia Candida Smittia globitera Smittia landsborovii Smittia landsborovii form porifera. See Smittia arctica. Smittia porifera. See Smittia arctica. Smittia producta Smittia reticulatopunctata Smittia trispinosa Socarnes vahli Solariella obscura ' Solariella obscura var. bella Solariella varicosa Solaster earlii 234 25 234 25 234 26 234 25 234 25 234 26 244 143 244 143 247 189 247 189 247 1S9 247 189 247 188 247 190 245 153 245 153 2^9 77 247 171 242 105 242 106 242 106 242 105 242 106 242 107 242 106 247 252 159 247 160 247 160 236 51 290 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Solaster endeca Solaster furcifer. See Lophaster furcifer. Solaster papposus. See Crossaster papposus- Solaster syrtensis Solecurtus squama. See Siliqua squama. Solemya borealis. See Solenomya borealis. Solemya velum. See Solenomya velum. Solen americanus. See Ensis directus. Solen costatus. See Siliqua costata. Solen directus. See Ensis directus. Solen ensis. See Ensis directus. Solen minutus. See Saxicava rugosa. Solenomya borealis Solenomya velum Spinther citrinus Spiochaetopterus typicus Spirontocaris fabricii. Spirontocaris gaimardii Spirontocaris gaimardii belcheri Spirontocaris groenlandica Spirontocaris polaris Spirontocaris pusiola Spirontocaris spinus Spirontocaris stoneyi Spirontocaris turgida Spinalis gouldii. See Limacina gouldii. Spiroplecta biformis Spirorbis borealis Spirorbis cancellatus Spirorbis carinatus Spirorbis granulatus Spirorbis lucidus Spirorbis nautiloides. See Spirorbis stimpsoni. Spirorbis quadrangularis ?Spirorbis spirillum Gould. See Spirorbis borealis. Spirorbis spirillum Linnaeus Spirorbis stimpsoni Spirorbis validus Spirorbis vitreus Spisula (Hemimactra) polynyma Spisula (Hemimactra) solidissima Squilla lobata. See Caprella linearis. Standella lateralis. See Mulinia lateralis. St]aurophora laciniata Stauroteuthis syrtensis Stegocephalus inflatus Stenosoma irrorata. See Idotea marina. Stenothoe clypeata Stephanasterias albula. See Stichaster albulus. Sternaspis fossor Sthenelais limicola Sthenoteuthis megaptera. See Ommastrephes naegapterus. Stichaster albulus Stimpsoniella emersonii. See Amlcula vestita. Stomapora expansa. See Tubulipora expansa. Stomatopora diastoporoides Stomatopora granulata Stomatopora penicillata Stomphia carneola Stomphia coccinea. See Stomphia carneola. Strombidium sulcatum Strongylocentrotus drobachiensis Stylarioides pluraosa. See Trophonia plumosa. Stylocordyla borealis Suberites flcus Suberites hispidus Suberites montalbidus Sycon asperum Sycon protectum Synanthus mirabilis Synapta coriacea. See Chirodota laevis. Syncoryne gravata. See Syncoryne mirabilis. Syncoryne mirabilis Synidotea bicusplda Synidotea nodulosa Syrrhoe bicuspis. See Tiron acanthurus. Svrrhoe crenulata Bathymetric Tables. 236 236 240 236 Whiteaves' Catalogue. 51 51 244 144 244 144 239 87 239 76 253 252 253 253 230 253 251 253 252 253 250 253 253 251 231 10 239 68 239 69 239 70 240 70 240 69 70 240 240 71 240 71 240 69 244 139 244 139 234 248 213 252 232 252 232 240 88 240 84 54 242 110 242 110 242 110 235 40 231 236 62 232 13 232 14 232 14 232 14 232 12 232 11 235 40 234 19 252 240 252 239 252 231 249 249 232 14 240 73 240 240 72 240 90 240 90 MARINE lyVERTEBRATES 291 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathymetric Whiteaves' T Tables. Catalogue. Tanais filum. See Leptochelia flium. Tapes fluctuosa. See Liocyma fluctuosa. Tealia crassicornis. See Urticina crassicornis- Tectura rubella. See Acmaea rubella. Tectura testudinalis. See Aomaea testudinalis. Tecturella flaccida 240 77 Tellina balthica. See Macoma balthica. Tellina calcarea. See Macoma calcarea. Tellina tragilis. See Macoma balthica. Tellina groenlandica. See Macoma balthica. Tellina lata. See Macoma calcarea. Tellina proxima. See Macoma calcarea. Tellina sabulosa. See Macoma calcarea. Tellina sordida. See Macoma calcarea. Tellina (Angulus) tenera 244 141 Tellina (Macoma) tenera. See Macoma balthica. Temora longicornis Temora sp Tentorium semisuberites Terebella brunnea Terebella cirrata. See Cirratulus cirrhatus. Terebell \ figulus Terebellides stroemii Terebratalia spitzbergensis Terebratella labradorensis Terebratella spitzbergensis. See Terebratalia spitzbergensis. Terebratula caput serpentis. See Terebratulina septentrionalis. Terebratula labradorensis. See Terebratella labradorensis. Terebratula septentionalis. See Terebratulina septentrionalis. .Terebratulina septentrionalis 240 89 Teredo dilatata 244 151 Teredo navalis 244 151 Tethea hispida. See Suberites hispidus. Tethyum coriaceimi. See (Halocynthia tuberculum. Tethyum flnmarkense 255 Tethyum molle. See Glandula arenicola and Glandula mollis. Teth\'um mortenseni 255 Tethyum pyriforme americanum. See Halocynthia pyriforrais. Tethyum rusticum. See Halocynthia rustica. Tetradidemnum albidum. See Leptoclinum albidum and var. luteolum. Tetrastemma candidum Tetrastemma sei-pentinum Tetrastemma yittatum Textularia agglutinans Textularia variabilis Thais lapillus. See Purpura lapillus. Thamnocnidia larynx Thamnocnidia tenella Thecaphora ibla. See Tentorium semisuberites. Thecaphora semisuberites. See Tentorium semisuberites. Thecocarpus myriophyllum Thelepus cincinnatus Thelepus cincinnatus canadensis Thenea muricata Thracia conradi Thracia couthouyi. See Thracia myopsis. Thracia declivis. See Thracia conradi. Thracia myopsis Tracia truncata Thuiaria argentea Thuiaria articulata Thuiaria cupressina Thuiaria lonchitis Thuiaria thuja , . . . Thyasira gouldll. See Cryptodon gouldii. Thyasira obesa var. See Cryptodon obesa. Thyone scabra 235 46 Thyonidium hyalinum. See Thyonidium pellucidum. Thyonidium pellucidum 235 46 Thyonidium i)roductum 235 4t Thysanoessa inermis. See Rhoda inermis. Thysanoessa inermis var. neglecta 253 Thysanoessa raschii 253 237 65 237 66 237 66 231 10 231 10 234 20 234 20 234 28 240 73 240 73 232 13 244 146 244 146 244 146 234 27 234 27 234 27 234 234 26 292 DEPARTMENT OF TEE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Bathymetric Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogue. Thysanopoda inermis. See Rhoda inermis- Thysaiiopoda norvegica. See Nyctiphanes norvegica. TLara pileata 234 Tiaropsis diademata 234 21 Tintlnnopsis beroidea 231 Tlntinnopsis campanula 231 Tintlnnopsis cylindrica 231 Tintlnnopsis davidow 231 Tlntinnopsis lobiancoi 231 Tintinnus acuminatus 231 Tintinnus obliquas 231 Tlron acanthurus 252 231 Tonicella marmorea 247 154 Tornatina canaliculata 247 204 Tortanus discaudatus 249 Tosia eximia 236 49 Tosia granularis 236 49 Tottenia gemma 244 136 Toxopneustes drobachiensis. See 'Strongylocentrotus drobachiensls. Trachydermon albus 247 154 Trachydermon ruber 247 154 Trachyneme digitale 234 29 Tremaster mirabilis 236 50 Trichobranchus glacialis 240 Trlchostemma hemisphaerlcum 232 14 Trichotropis borealis 248 178 Trichotropis conica 248 17& Tritla trivittata. See Nassa (Trltia) trivlttata- Triopa lacei-a. See Issa lacera. Trltonla arborescens. See Dendronotus arborescens. Tritonia reynoldsii. See Dendronotus arborescens. Tritonium ciliatum. See Buccinum ciliatum. Trltonium clathratum. See Trophon truncatus. Tritonium craticulatum. See Trophon fabricii. Tritonium decemcostatum. See Neptunea decemcostata. Tritonium donovani. See Buccinum donovani. Tritonium glaciale. See Buccinum glaciale. Tritonium groenlandicum. See Buccinum cyaneum. Tritonium groenlandicum var. glabrum. See Buccinum cyaneum var, perdix. Tritonium groenlandicum var. perdix. See Buccinum cyaneum var. perdix. Tritonium gunneri. See Trophon clathratus var. gunneri. Tritonium islandicoim. See Sipho stlmpsoni. Tritonium mitrula. See Bela mltrula. Tritonium pygmaeum. See Sipho pygmaeus. Tritonium undatum. See Buccinum cyaneum. Tritonofusus kroj'eri 248 190 Tritonofusus latericeus 248 191 Tritonofusus stimpsoni lirubatus 248 Tritonofusus syrtensis 248 191 Tritropis aculeata. See Rhacotropis aculeatus. Trochammina inflata 231 10 Trochinus pallidus. See Chirodota laevis. Trochostoma ooliticum 235 47 Trochostoma turgidum 235 46 Trochus cinerarius. See Margarita undulata- Trochus divaricatus. See Lacuna vincta. Trochus groenlandicus umbilicatus. See Margarita undulata. Trochus occidentalis. See Calliostoma occidentals. Trophon clathratus 248 178 Trophon clathratus. See also Trophon truncatus. Trophon clathratus var. gunneri 248 178 Trophon craticulatus. See Trophon fabricii. Trophon fabricii 248 179 Trophon gunneri. See Trophon clathratus var. gunneri. Trophon scalariformis. See Trophon clathratus. Trophon truncatus 248 177 Trophonia aspera 240 Trophonia plumosa 240 77 Truncatulina lobatula 231 10 Tryphosa horringii 252 233 Tubipora catenularia. See Electra catenularla. Tubipora flabellaris. See Tubulipora flabellaris. Tubipora penicillata. See Stomatopora penicillata. Tubipora serpens. See Idmonea serpens. Tubularia crocea 234 MiRlXE INVERTEBRATES 293 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Bathymetric Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogue. Tubularia indivisa 234 20 Tubularia larynx. See Thamnocnidia larynx. Tubularia ramea. See Eudendriuni rameum. Tubularia ramosa. See Eudendrium ramosum. Tubularia tenella. See Thamnocidia tenella- Tubulipora atlantica. See Idmonea atlantica. Tubulipora crates. See Lichenopora hispida,. Tubulipora expansa 242 111 Tubulipora fimbria 242 111 Tubulipora flabellaris. See also Tubulipora fimbria. Tubulipora flabellaris 242 111 Tubulipora hispida. See Lichenopora hispida. Tubulipora lobulata 242 111 Tubulipora patina. See Diastopora patina- Tubulipora phalangea. See Tubulipora flabellaris. Tubulipora serpens. See Idmonea serpens. Turbo albulus. See Menestho albula. Turbo cinereus. See Margarita cinerea. Turbo helicinus. See Margarita helicina. Turbo incarnatus. See Margarita undulata. Turbo littoreus. See Litorina litorea. Turbo littoralis. See Litorina palliata. Turbo minutus. See Cingula minuta. Turbo obligatus. See Litorina rudis- Turbo obscurus. See Solariella obscura. Turbo oUvaceus. See Margarita olivacea. Turbo palliatus. See Litorina palliata. Turbo planorbis. See Skeneia planorbis. Turbo rudis. See Litorina rudis. Turbo tenebrosu."!. See Litorina rudis. Turbo vestitus. See Litorina rudis. Turbo vinctus. See Lacuna vincta. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) edwardensis 24S Turibonilla (Pyrgiscus) hecuba 24S Turbonilla interrupta. See Turbonilla interrupta var. fulvocincta. Turbonilla interrupta var. fulvocincta 24S 161 Turbonilla nivea 24S 161 Turbonilla rufa var. fulvocincta. See Turbonilla interrupta var. fulvocincta. Turbonilla seminuda. See Odostomia seminuda. Turbonilla (Pyrgiscus) whiteavesi 248 Turritella acicula. See Turritellopsis acicula. Turritella areolata. See CMnguIa (Alvania) areolata. Turritella bisuturalis. See Odostomia bisuturalis. Turritella costulata. See Scalaris (Acirsa) costulata. Turritella? costulata. See Cerithiopsis costulata. Turritella erosa 24S 174 Turritella interrupta. See Turbonilla interrupta var. fulvocincta. Turritella lactea. See Turritella reticulata. Turritella polaris. See Turritella erosa. Turritella reticulata 24g 174 Turritellopsis acicula 248 174 Turtonia minuta 244 139 Turtonia nitida. See Turtonia minuta. Typhlocolax acutus 236 64 Typhlolepta acuta. See Typhlocolax acutus. TTmbonula verrucosa Unciola irrorata Urosalpinx cinerea Urticina callosa. See Actionostola callosa. Urticina crassioirnis 235 39 Urticina felina. See Urticina crassicornis. Urticina nodosa. See Actinauge verriUil. Utriculus canaliculatus. See Tornatina canaliculata. Utriculus gouldii. See Retusa gouldii. Utriculus lima. See Philine lima. Utriculus nitidulus. See Retusa nitidula. Utriculus pertenuis. See Retusa pertenuis. Uvigerina angulosa 231 10 Uvigerina pygmaea 231 10 242 102 252 220 248 177 294 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1913 V Vaginulina spinigera Valvulina conica Velutella cryptospira Velutina haliotoides. See Velutina laevigata. Velutina laevigata Velutina (Limneria) undata Velutina zonata. See Velutina (Limneria) undata. Venericardia borealis Venus astartoides. See Liocyma fluctuosa. Venus castanea. See Astarte castanea. Venus compressa. See Astarte banksii. Venus compressa. See Astarte compressa. Venus fluctuosa. See Liocyma fluctuosa. Venus fragilis. See Macoma baltliica. Venus gemma. See Tottenia gemma. Venus islandica. See Cj'prina islandica and Serrivics groenlandicus. Venus mercenaria Venus minuta. See Turtonia minuta. Venus montacuti. See Astarte banksii. Venus montagui. See Astarte banksii. Vermilia serrula Verneuilina polystropha Vertumnus serratus. See Acanthonotozoma serratum. Virgularia finmarchica. See Balticina flnmarchica. Virgularia grandiflora. See Anthoptilum grandiflorum. Virgularia lyungmani Virgulina squamosa Volumitra groenlandica Volutopsis norvegica Volvaria alba. See Cyliehna alba. Volvaria canaliculata. See Tornatina. cana'.iculta. Vorticella bolteni. See Boltenia bolteni. Bathymetric Whiteaves' Tables. Catalogue. 231 231 248 248 248 244 244 10 10 167 166 167 135 135 2!0 201 71 10 235 231 248 248 34 10 188 ■w Waldhelmia cranium. See Terebratalia spitzbergensis. Xestoleberte depressa. Xylophaga dorsalis. . 250 245 217 151 T Yoldia angularis. See Megayoldia thraciaeformis. Toldia frigida. See Toldiella frigida. Toldia limatula Toldia lucida. See Toldiella lucida. Toldia myalis Toldia obesa. See Toldiella lueida. Yoldia sapotilla Toldia thraciaeformis. See Megayoldia thraciaeformis. Toldiella frigida Toldiella lucida 245 125 245 12C 245 125 245 245 126 126 Zetes spinosa. See Achelia spinosa. Zirfaea crispata Zirphaea crispata. See Zirfaea crispata. Zoanthus incrustatus. See Epizoanthus incrustatus. Zygodactyla groenlandica. See Polycanna groenlandica. 245 151 8 GEORGE V SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A. 1918 XV HYDROGRAPHY IN PASSAMAftUODDY BAY AND VICINITY, NEW BRUNSWICK. (By Professor Alexander Yachox, B.A., L.Ph., etc., Laval University, Quebec.) The laws that regulate the distribution of the plankton in the sea furnish a problem of paramount importance in the progressive industry of fisheries. Qualitative and quantitative determinations of the plankton are made at selected hydrographic stations, since the plankton is followed by multitudes of fishes which live on it, and those fishes are followed by others which serve as food for men. As the plankton, which regulates, to a great extent, the migrations of the fish, is itself at the mercy of the chemical, physical and mechanical conditions of the sea, it is easily understood of what economical importance a correct knowledge of those con- ditions will prove. We speak of the migrations of the herrings and sardines; they are the same as those of the plankton which serve as food for them, and the presence of the plankton is ruled by depth, light, temperature, salinity, pressure and density. TEMPERATURE. The heat of the atmosphere, emanating from the sun, penetrates the water, and is attenuated according as the depth increases. At the surface, the temperature of the water is almost as changeable as that of the air adjoining it, the variations of which find their repercussion in the contiguous liquid, although somewhat mitigated. Cold in winter, warmer in summer, the surface water expresses the alterations in the tem- perature of the air. Therefore, in summer, the sun's rays heat the water at the surface, and to a depth of a few meters. The difference between the temperature of the day and that of the night ceases to be perceptible at a small depth; in order to find the region which is insensible to summer and winter variations, we must go down further. At about one thousand metres, the secular variations are imperceptible. Then begins the zone where the temperature never varies ; by a slow and regular progression, the tem- perature grows colder and colder until it is only about one or two degrees above zero. This low temperature is found even in the tropical regions, where the scorching rays of the sun beam constantly upon the surface. Ordinarily, the water gradually becomes cooler , from the surface to the bottom, because, apart from the efi'ect of the sun's heat at the top, cold water is more dense and goes to the bottom; but. in the polar regions, and where there are cold currents, we sometimes find an area of colder water between two warmer regions, and this state of unstable equilibrium, where the water is cooler, more salt and more dense, affords very interesting information. Light does not penetrate into the water further than two or three hundred metres from the surface, hence, no green plants are found at such depths, as light is neces- sary for the decomposition of carbon dioxide which is the bread of the vegetable kingdom. When water is heated, it goes to the surface; if it be concentrated, it seeks a lower level; should it cool for some reason or other, by the atmosphere or by evapora- tion, it also descends. Everything influences the temperature of the superficial water, the cold, polar currents as well as the hot currents coming from the equatorial regions. We understand why it is that the water is so cold at the bottom of the ocean, since cold water descends, and being free from the heating influence of the sun in those depths, where the light of day never reaches, and, on account of the fei>ble power of water to conduct heat, the temperature of the lower regions of the ocean never varies. Kelvin and Wegemann made calculations concerning the conduction of heat through water and came to the conclusion that this conduction is practically negli- gible. With a temperature of 30° C. at the surface and the water perfectly still, it would take one hundred years for any heat to be perceived at a depth of a hundred 295 Metres tm.o^ Tembera ture Sec tt'ons. 5 "T" /O /5 n — 20 ~i — 25 t--/3.o'^ UlZ.o un.o t'T/O.O t=9.0 t'8.0 t=?.o t=6.0 BYDROGIiAPHY IN PASSAMAQUODDT BAT 297 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a metres. Therefore, in practice, heat propagates through the water only by the move- ments of the waves and currents. Looking over our records one can see that at the same depths in different stations, the temperature gradually becomes higher as the season advances, and in the month of July, at Prince station 5, we found a temperature of 4°. 9 C. at 100 fathoms or 182 metres. It is an easy matter to find out the temperature of the air or of the surface water ; the thermometer can be read directly as soon as the expansion or contraction of the liquid in the tube is in equilibrium with its surroundings. However, it is not thus when one has to measure the exact temijerature of a layer of water situated at a depth of a few hundred or thousand feet. Between the surface and the deep layer to be examined, there may be and, as a matter of fact, there are other layers that are colder or warmer. Even if the thermometer is sent down and left long enough to indicate the temperature of the water at a measured depth, when it is brought up to be read, the mercurial column, by going through regions of different temperatures, will change in length; it will contract, if it meets colder water and will expand if it comes in con- tact with warmer regions, it is impossible, therefore, to thus get the temperature of tlie lower regions of the sea with an ordinary thermometer. Besides, the thermometer is subjected, in the lower regions, to the enormous pressure of the upper layers, that of one atmosphere for every ten metres; even if the instrument is not broken, it will be crushed; the diameter of the tube getting smaller, the mercury will indicate a higher temperature for the same expansion, and, therefore, the reading of the thermometer will be too high. It took almost two centuries to resolve these perplexing problems. Without going into details about the different suggestions worked out to reach a solution of the problems, suffice it to say that the best of all the thermometers that have been invented so far for taking the temperature of the lower regions is the Negretti-Zambra reversing thermometer; this is the on© we used in our determina- tions. Negretti and Zambra invented this thermometer in 1878 and it has undergone no essential changes since that time. It is noteworthy to remark here that in this type there is a narrowing of the tube just above the bulb and, when the thermometer is placed with the bulb pointing do\vnwards, the mercury fills the tube above the nar- rowing to a greater or less extent according to the temperature. If the thermometer is tipped over, either by the closing of the water-bottle, as it happens with the Petter- 3on-Nansen bottle, or while a messenger is sent down the wire, as in the case of the Ekman reversing aiJparatus, the jnercury breaks off at the narrowing and the mercury which was above this point sinks down to the opposite end of the tube and fills it to a certain height; a scale on the tube thus gives the temperature at the time the ther- mometer was turned over : that is called the temperature in situ. The length of the broken thread of mercury varies somewhat in passing through water of higher or lower temperature and this change is calculated when the temperature of the mercury is known at the time of the reading, and this is the reason why there is always with the apparatus a second ordinary thermometer that gives the reading temperature so that the correction may be made. In order that the thermometer may be able to withstand the pressure of the water, it is placed inside a strong glass tube. SALINITY. Since there is no element that is absolutely insoluble, every element is found to a certain degree in sea-water. By very accurate analysis, elements which one would not expect to find have been discovered in it; common metals, such as iron, manganese and zinc, as well as precious metals, like gold and silver are found in sea-water. Those rarer metals, being present only in infinitesimal quantities, are not detected by the ordinary methods of analysis. The water of the ocean evaporates, condenses and falls again upon the earth in the form of rain; it washes the earth, oozes through it and by the streams and rivers is carried back to where it started from. This water, coming in contact with all sorts of 38a— 20 „.^ Salinity Sections Metres -' O 5 to /5 ZO S. 28.60 S29.00'- S.ZS.SO- 3.30.00--. ■3.30.50 S.3/.00 - .5.3/. 50 - S.32.00 BYDROGRAPHY /Y PASSAMAQVODDY BAY 299 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a substances, takes up all that it can dissolve and carries it down into the ocean and, though the quantity of a substance which goes into solution may be comparatively small, we understand how it is that the sea contains such diverse elements. The two predominant elements which are found in the water of the sea are chlorine and sodium. It seems logical to admit that the sea was always salt since we find in the ocean of to-day certain shells which require a definite salinity and which were quite abundant in the Cambrian seas. Dittmar gives the following composition and percentage of the salts in sea- water : — .Sodium chloride, Na Cl 27'213 gr. per litre. Magnesium chloride, Mg CI2 3'S07 " Magnesium sulphate, Mg SO4 1"658 " Calcium sulphate, Ca SO4 l;260 " Potassium sulphate, K2 SO4 0-S63 " Calcium carbonate, Ca CO3 0'123 " Magnesium bromide, Mg Brg 0*076 " 35-000 27-3726 gr. per kilog 0-5921 * 0-0190 ' 1-3229 • 2-2434 . 3-3625 . 0-0547 • 0-0156 0-0625 0-0149 ' Thoulet gives a somewhat different composition, though the amount of total salts is much the same, 35-0631 gr. per thousand grams of sea-water: — Sodium chloride, NaCl Potassium chloride, K CI Rubidium chloride, Rb CI Calcium sulphate, Ca SO< Magnesium sulphate, Mg SO* Magnesium chloride, Mg CI2 Magnesium bromide, Mg Bro Calcium metaphosphate, Ca (P03)2 Calcium bicarbonate, Ca C^ O^ Iron bicarbonate, Fe C2 O3 From the analyses that have been made of a great many samples of sea-water, it can be stated that there are about 35 grams of salt in a thousand grams of sea-water. This amount is greater in some regions, for instance in the tropical regions and in the gulf stream, where evaporation is more intense. It is much less in other parts, espe- cially near the continental shores where the flow of fresh water from the coast lessens the proportion of salt. For instance, in my determinations, I found as low as 15-13 gr. per thousand at Prince Station 18, 19 18 per thousand at Station 20, 18-35 per thousand at Station 21, 15-63 per thousand at Station 22, etc. This is easily explained by the fact that there is at those points a mixture of fresh water from the coast. However, the average amount of salt in the ocean is about 35 gr. per thousand parts by weight. In the peraentage of salts given by Dittmar and Thoulet, the acids and bases have been arbitrarily combined. Still it is very probable that in the water the salts are not found as indicated. The elements and acid radicals are found by analysis, but nothing tells us how they exist in solution. The dissolved substances mainly exist as ions, and from the freezing point and boiling ]X)int of sea-water, we calculate the ionic dissociation to be about 90 per cent; thus, only one-tenth of the total solids are present in the water as salts. It would be better, therefore, to write the composition of the solids in sea-water, as it is given by Dr. Johan Hjort : — Xa 10-722 parts per 1000 30-64% Mg 1-316 Ca 0-420 K 0-382 CI 19-324 SO4 2-696 CO3 0-074 Br 0-066 3-76'J 1-20% 1-09% 55-21% 7-70% 0-21% 0-19% 35-000 100-00% From the foregoing, one can readily perceive that the salinity of sea-water is not identical everywhere in the ocean; it varies in different regions and at different depths. 38a— 20i WESTERN ARCHIPELAGO Prince stations /^o/eSJO/- y^cAo/T^ /^a^.noj^r-a'jiAy. 66'30' HYPliOGRAPHY IX PAsftAMAQVOnnY BAY 301 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a A necessary condition to make a determination of the salinity of sea-water is to secure a sample of water collected at a certain date in a certain place, at the surface or at a known depth, which is guaranteed free from mixture with different water and which has in no way evaporated. The surface water can be collected in a bucket and hauled up. The glass bottle in which the water is to be preserved for analysis is rinsed with a jxirtion of the sample, then filled, well stopijered and it can be kept as long as the bottle is almost completely filled and hermetically closed. From July 14 to July 25 my samples were kept in Imperial pint bottles; after the latter date I used citrate of magnesia bottles. I took the temperature of the sur- face from the water in the bucket by means of a Centigrade thermometer graduated in tenths of a degree and whose accuracy I had verified beforehand. To collect samples from below the surface, a great number of methods have been invented. At first, an ordinary stoppered bottle was sent down to a certain depth by means of a weight, and, at the desired depth, the Ixittle was opened and filled with water by pulling a cord attached to the stopper. In drawing it up, very little water from the surface layers could mix with the saiiiple. The Petterson-Nansen bottle, which we used for collecting our samples from July 14 to July 25, can isolate a sample of water at any depth. This bottle is sent down open, the lid being suspended in the upper part of the frame and held by a spring. We used the reversing thermometer attached to the frame of the bottle. We left the bottle at the desired depth for five minutes so that the thermometer could have time to accurately mark the temperature of the water in situ. A messenger was then sent down along the wire; this messenger mihooks the lid; the weight, which hangs below the apparatus, clasps the whole thing together and closes the bottle. This is composed of a series of metallic cylinders to insulate the water and a thermometer can be placed on the inside; this thermometer, which, however, is but slightly affected by varying temperatures as the bottle is pulled up, was not used in our determinations. When we used the Petterson-Nansen bottle, the depth was taken in fathoms, as the meter-wheel had not arrived at the station, but, in my tables, the fathoms are expressed in metres. From July 25, we used the Nansen reversing bottles for collecting our samples and the meter-wheel or determining the depth. The Nansen bottle has attached to it a thermometer which is tipped over with the bottle by means of a messenger. We allowed this bottle to remain at least three minutes in the water before pulling it up for a reading. A number of these bottles can be fastened along the line; a messenger is hooked below each bottle, except the lowest one ; this messenger is released when the bottle is tipped over by means of a messenger sent from above; the result is that the next bottle is reversed ; this releases another messenger and so on. By this apparatus, a number of samples can be taken at the same time at different depths and the bottles are not so heavy and clumsy as the Petterson-Nansen bottle. The samples of water collected must afterwards be analysed. In such analysis the halogens are titrated with silver nitrate and the results given as grams of chlorine per thousand grams of water. We have seen that there are many substances in sea-water, and, though the pro- portion of salts varies from one place to another, the relative proportion of the different elements is about the same everywhere; thus, when the quantity of chlorine has been accurately determined, we have the proportion of total salts in the sample examined. Mohr's method is used for the determination of chlorine. If a neutral or slightly alkaline solution of a chloride, bromide or iodide, in which there is a little potassium chromate comes in contact with a neutral solution of silver nitrate a white precipitate is formed as long as there is a trace of halide in solution. Thus, in sea-water, the bromine and small amount of iodine present are precipitated along with the chlorine, but the whole is calculated in grams of chlorine per thousand grams of water. As soon 302 DEPARTMENT OF TEE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE iV, A. 1918 as the last trace of halide is precipitated, the potassium chromate indicates the end of the reaction by forming a red precipitate with the silver nitrate. If the strength of the silver nitrate has already been determined with a solution of chloride of known strength, the amount of halides in the unknown solution or in the sea-water that is analysed can be found by simple proportion. The solution of known strength which is used in hydrography for standardizing the silver nitrate solution is the sample of " normal water " which is furnished in closed glass tubes by the International Coimcil. The amount of chlorine is marked on the tube; the sample I used contained 19-386 parts of chlorine per thousand grams. When possible, it is well to have a few bottles of the " normal water " in order to occasionally titrate the silver nitrate solution ; the amomit of chlorine indicated on the tube is not absolutely reliable after the tube is two-thirds empty. As Doctor Huntsman could only obtain, last summer, and with considerable trouble, one tube of " normal water," we had to be satisfied with that. Here I desire to express my gratitude to the Biological Board, and especially Professor Maeallum, for the opportunity of taking up this study, to Dr. Huntsman, the zealous and active euratov of the Biological Station at St. Andrew's, who gave so generously both of his time and of his experience to help me in every possible way in my work, and to Sir George Garneau, professor of analytical chemistry in Laval University, who helped me in the salinity determinations. For accurate sea-water analysis, a special burette is desirable : the ordinary burette is too wide and too short for the required accuracy. The reading should be certain to a hundredth part of a c.c, which is difficult with the ordinary burette. Besides, the " drainage error " is greater than in the special one, the upper part of which is an ungraduated bulb that terminates in a fine jet. The lower part of this burette is a narrow tube graduated in hundredths of a c.c. At the present time it is most difEcult, not to say impossible, to obtain one of those special burettes. Dr. Hunts- man was able to get one from Dr. Mathews, of the Plymouth Marine Biological labor- atory, England, but, most unfortunately, it was broken when it reached me. Two others, made to order by the Eimer and Amend Company also arrived in a broken state. We hope to be fully equipped with all the special apparatus in the near future. DENSITY. The density of sea-water can be taken with a pyenometer, or else with an areo- meter, at constant temperature; the second method is less accurate. But the densities, though they may be accurately determined by either of the methods, do not give the exact density of the water in situ, where it jKissessed a certain temperature and was compressed by a mass of water. The density of sea-water is inversely proportionate to the temperature and directly proportionate to the salinity; the lower the tempera- ture and the higher the percentage of salts, the heavier the water. When both the temperature and the salinity of a sample of water are known, the specific gravity may easily be calculated by means of Knudsen's tables. When I reached the Biological Station, I began my work by making salinity deter- minations of samples of water which had been collected a year before in St. Mary's Bay and the Annapolis Basin. The Imperial pint bottles that contained those samples were not hermetically closed; there was a deposit of salt on the covers and frequently on the outside of the bottles. Supposing the water had evaporated, one would expect a high percentage of salts; nevertheless, the results are low, and though I give them in the tables, I can, in no way, guarantee their accuracy. There are other results obtained with samples taken at the same stations in September and October. The other samples of water were collected on the given dates at stations chosen by Dr. HuntsmaQ, where a study of the plankton is carried on along with the hydrography. ' HYDROGRAPHY IN PASSAMAQUODDY BAY 303 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a At Prince Station 1, we find a higher temperature and lower salinity at 30 metres than at 20 which showing the water at this point was in a state of unstable equili- brium, a layer of higher density being above one of lower density. As a general rule, such strange results were obtained with many of the water-samples collected later in the season. For instance, at Prince Station 4, the results are normal until September 15. Then we find a salinity of 31-13 Voo at 35 metres when the salinity at 30 metres was as high as 32-5TVoo, giving a density of 23-96 for the first and 25-10 for the second- At the same station, on October 3, we obtained a salinity of 30-73 "/oo at 20 metres when that of the surface was 31-66 V""- The same consideration can be made concerning Station 6, when we find on September 15 a temperature of 10-17 and a salinity of 31-67 "/oo at 35 metres whereas at 30 metres the temperature was 10-12° and the salinity 31-69 Voo. As one can see by the tables, a mimber of water samples, col- lected at Station 6 in October, were lost, so we cannot say whether the extraordinary result mentioned is accidental. It will be seen also that at Prince station 6 the salinity varies greatly with the tide, especially at the surface and it is easy to under- stand that it should be so on account of the flow of fresh water from the Ste. Croix river, as station 6 is located in the mouth of the river, between the Biological Station and Eobbinston. At station 9 on September 15 we find a zigzag of temperatures and salinities: the temperature rises somewhat from 10 to 20 metres wliile the salinity lowers; at 50 metres the salinity is 31-21 Voo when we find 32-15 Voo at 40 metres, the salinity afterwards rises normally to the bottom but the temperature rises also; how- ever, from 50 metres down, the density increases in a normal manner. On October 3, we find at the same station (20 metres) a density of 23-88 between 24-34 at 10 and 24-40 at 30 metres. At station 16 we get a salinity of 32-63 "/oo at the surface, 32-07 "/oo at 10 metres and 31-47 Voo at 20 metres. At 30 metres the salinity rises somewhat, but so does the temperature; there is another decrease in salinity at 40 metres. The high percentage of salts in the surface water of station 17 can be explained by the fact that the sample was collected in Yarmouth Harbour, where the depth is only 13 metres, and, therefore, the water is easily mixed- All the bottles, except one, were broken, which contained the samples collected at Station 20; it is unfortunate as the temperatures predicted interesting figures for the salinity. From a depth of 10 metres down the temperature rises, 6-08° at 10 metres, 6-43 at 15 m., then 822, 10-98, 11-74, 11-93, 12-00. Perhaps the upper layers had been first cooled down to a certain depth, and that they had begun to get warmer again as the air temperature rose. But a fact worthy of attention in this particular case is that the temperature of the surface water is 15-69° when the air temperature is 11-80°. At station 21 there is also a decrease of temperature from the surface to a depth of 20 metres, but there is a rise of temperature from 30 metres to the bottom. However, at this station, as the salinity rises from the upper layers to the bottom, the increase of density is also normal. The temperatures taken at station 24 deserve special attention from the fact that there is very little difference between the surface temperature and that of the bottom, 9-37° at the surface and 9-29° at 55 metres. From 9-37° at the surface we get 9-32°, 9-31°, 9-28°; then a rise 9:29°. 9-30°; a slight fall to 9-28° and 9-29° at the bottom. These temperatures were taken at 9-20 a.m. The same day, at 5.45 in the afternoon, we have somewhat equivalent results, but the low salinity, instead of being at 50 metres, as in the forenoon when the tide was high is at 40 metres, at low tide. Two of the samples collected at station 24, September 23, 5.45 p.m. were lost; the others gave vei-y extraordinary salinity results. The highest salinity, 32.37 Voo is at the surface. We found .52-390/oo at 10 metres. 31-28 Voo at 40 metres and 31-13 Voo at 50 metres. A glance at the results given for stations 25 and 27 shows that at those stations also the density of the water was higher at the surface than at a certain depth. At station 25 we find a salinity of 32.47 Voo at 10 metres and only 31-54 Voo ten metres lower and so forth and so on. ETDROGRAI'HY IN PASSAMAQDODDT BAT 305 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a The following samples were collected by Mr. W. H. Chase, of Acadia University, a year before I reached the station. (The stations are indicated on a chart at the laboratory, at St. Andrews) : — Date. Station. Depth. Salinity S. %„. ■July 7, 1915 St. Mary's bay, No. 1 Bottom 29-18 „ 7. 191.5. 2 31 31 30 30 31 31 30 30 30 30 31 30 29 30 30 30 29 29 30 30 30 29 30 30 30 30 30 29 30 30 2G 30 20 , 7, 1915 3 SurfL 89 , 7, 1915 .1 M 4 76 7, 1915 n !! 6.'.'.'.. '.'.'.'.'.['.' .'.".' " '■ t 8 70 7 1.415 47 48 78 . 7, 1915 . 8, 191.5 , 8, 1915 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 ■ 7, 1915 76 , 13, 1915 06 . 8,:916 , 13. 191,5 . 8, 1915 , . 8,191.5 , 8, 1915 45 80 86 91 77 . 13. 1915 . 13, 1915 . 13, 1915 , 1.3, 1915 , 13,1915 .. 1? 18 19 20 21 22 18 99 86 25 38 . 13,191.5 . 23,1915 78 99 . 2.3, 1915 . 24, 1915 24, 1915 23, 191.5 23. 1915 23, 1915 25 28 27 ■ 3 metres Surface 40 52 28 29 Bottom Sui face Bottom (6 3 m.). M-fim 1 .53 63 29 74 30 31 79 * . 24, 1915 24. 1915 Surfi Bott 72-7 Surf! 05 31 77 .Tnne22, 1915 Julv 14. 1916 Black Kock Off Wilson's beach metres 69 • t'=8-8 306 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 SAMPLES "Prince ' Stations. No. Locality. Friar Roads, just south Coffin Ledge buoy. Bay of Fundy, off Head Harbour Id. Position (vide chart). Bald Head bears E^ N Deer Id. Point bears N. X Wi W. North end of Head Har- bour Id. bears N.W. 4 \V. 5 mile. Scott Head bears S.W. x S. i S., 2^ miles. Latitude. 44° 54' 27" N, 44° 56' 58" N. Longitude. 6C°58'H" W. Bottom. 66° 53' 0" W. Hard. Rocky. .Soft mud. HYDROGRAPHY IN PA8SAMAQV0DDY BAY 307 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a COLLECTED. C 6 *3 .0 4,' 03 s 2 s-l .„ Si Date. Hour. S 1 Tide. Wind. 8ky. a g 5 a; t a H >, >. *o j= 1 •5 S Oj ■g c i^ o. U ac C^ o -c ^ a '■5 1, - ^ 2 o a 6 1916. July 25 11.50 a.m.. 32-7 9-44 2^ hours of low tide. S. W. breeze . . Cloudy. Sur- face. 9-00 17-43 31-48 24 39 „ 25 12.10 p.m.. 32 7 9-44 ,, ,, 20 ra. 7-90 17 49 31-01 24 66 ,, 25 11.50 a.m.. 32 7 9-44 „ ,, 28 .. 7 40 17 5C 31 62 24-72 Aug. 2 4.00 p.m.. 32 7 9 02 2i hours ebb. Calm . " Sur- face. 8-70 17-31 31 27 24 28 „ 2 4.00 ., 32-7 9 02 „ „ 10 m. 8 30 17-32 31-29 24 26 „ 2 4.00 „ 32-7 902 ,, It ... „ 20 ., 8-28 17-36 .31 36 24 42 „ 2 4.00 „ 32-7 9 02 „ " ... ,, 30 „ 8-10 17 36 31-36 24 44 1. 19 1.20 ., 43 111. 12 00 ^ hour to high tide. Clear... Sur- face. 8-7 17 56 31 73 24-65 „ 19 1.20 „ 43 „ 12 00 M M . tt 10 m. 8-25 17-63 31 86 24 81 „ 19 1.20 M 43 ,. 12 00 „ 11 . . ti 20 „ 9 31 17-62 31-83 24 76 „ 19 1.20 .. 43 ., 12 00 „ .1 ... .r .30 „ 8-29 17 -60 31 81 24 75 „ 19 1.20 .. 43 ., 12 00 ,, „ 40 M 8-23 17-59 31 79 24-75 " 31 3.35 .. 35 .. 15 60 2i hours to low tide. s. w.' breeze. 1. Sur- face. 9-52 17-63 31 84 24 61 „ n 3.35 .. 35 ,. 15 60 ,, „ II 20 m. 9 10 17 67 3193 24 -72 „ 31 3.35 ., 35 „ 15 60 ,, ,, 30 m. 9-08 17-67 31 93 24-72 Sept. 14 3.20 „ 32 „ 22-63 2 hours ebb. Calm... -1 Sur- face. 10 30 17-30 31-25 24 01 Bluish „ 14 3.20 .. 32 ., 22 63 „ „ M 10 m. 9 54 Sam- pie lost. „ 14 3.20 1, 32 M 22 63 M „ 20 „ 9-43 17-81 .32-18 24-86 ,, „ 14 3.20 M 32 „ 22-63 „ „ U 25 „ 9-45 17-70 31 99 34 71 „ Oct. 3 3.45 „ 35 M 13-81 High Light S. W. 11 Sur- face. 9 30 Sam- pie lost. Green ish. „ 3 3.45 ,. 35 „ 13 81 , „ II 10 m 9 21 ,, „ ,, „ 3 3.45 ,. .35 „ 13 81 ,, „ M 20 „ 9- 13 17-81 32 18 24-94 ,, „ 3 3.45 „ 35 „ 13-81 M ,, II 30 .. 915 17 69 31-iKJ 24-74 ,, II 17 17 10.11 a.m.. 10.11 „ 44 M 44 M 12 45 12 45 Lew s. w. strong. Clouds,' rain. Sur- face. 20 m. 902 8-81 No water. „ 17 10.11 „ 44 „ 12 45 ■1 ,, ,, 40 „ 8-78 „ ,, ,, ... 100 M No determinations wei-e made at Station No 2. 308 DEPARTMKS'T OF THE liAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE, V, A. 1918 SAMPLES "Prince" Stations No. Locality. Position (vide chart.) Latitude. Longitude. Bottom. 3 Bay of Fundy, off Grand Manan Island. Passamaquoddy Bay. It ti Swallow-tail liglit bears N. W. i W., H miles. South- em point of Whitehead Id. bears W. x S. J S. 8i miles. ti It .fof's point bears N. by W. i W. 4i miles. Northern p int of Pendleton Id. bears E. 3J miles. It II II ti 44° 42' 5" N... 45°l'a" N. i;6°32'31'W. 67°l'5'l"W. Soft mud. . 3 3 3 3 " 3 11 3 3 3 3 3 3 " 3 t, 3 3 " 3 3 3 •■ 3 3 " 3 3 3 " 3 3 4 Soft mud. " '■ ,, M ,, „ „ HYDROGRAPHY I\ PA8SAMAQU0DDY BAY 309 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a COLLECTED— Con. C U o o 'i a 2 3 ca ■g 5 fc- ~^ -ij f rt Date. Hour. a; Tide. Wind. Sky. Qi G O 02 b t S S o| 5^ £ >^ >, "o t ^ J2 S S s3 ■g 'rj S 1 a> I,.- ^ J2 13 OJ "o P < Q O X c O 1916. Aug. 16 1.35 p.m. 120 m. 1200 1 hour to high tide. S.W. breeze choppy. Hazy. Sur- face. 9.60 17.40 31.45 24.27 „ 25 4.45 p.m. 28 m. 14 31 1^ hour flood Cahn. Foggy. Sur- face. 15 m. 12-48 no sa mple of wa ter. „ 25 „ „ „ 9 50 ,, ,, „ „ 25 „ ,, ■ 1 „ ,, 25 m. 9-57 „ ,, ., „ :n 12.50 p.m. 31 m. 14-91 h hour to high tide. " Clear. Sur- face. 14-9] 17 03 30-77 22-73 „ 31 ,, ,, 1, ,, ,, ,, 20 m. 10-07 17-48 31-59 24-30 „ .SI ,, ,, „ ,, ,, ,, 30 m. 10 01 17 49 .31 61 24-33 Sept. 15 5.00 p.m. 36 m. 13-88 h ebb. S.E., lierht breeze . Hazy. Sur- face. 10-95 17-25 31 17 23-82 Gray- ish. „ 15 5.15 p.m. ,, ,, „ „ „ 10 m. 1(1 26 17-42 31-48 24 19 „ .. 15 5.00 p.m. ,, ,, „ ,, ,, 20 m. 10-07 18 -02 32 56 2;V07 ,1 .. 15 ,, ,, ,, „ ,, ,, mm. 9-98 18 03 32 .57 25 10 ,, M 15 ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 35 m. 9-98 17 23 31-13 23 96 „ Oct. 3 10.20 a.m. 31 m. 13 20 Low . Cahn. Clear. Sur- face. 10 60 17 52 31 66 24-28 ..- 3 „ 1, ,, ,, „ 10 m. 9-96 sam pie lo St. 3 ,, ,, ,, ,, „ „ 20 m. 9 83 1701 30-73 23-71 „ 3 „■ 3 „ 16 " " " " It 30 m. 9 82 17-60 31-81 24-56 " 12.53 p.m. 30 111. 12''41 2^ hours to Moder. Cloudy. Sur- 9-35 sam pie lo St. ,, high water. ate S.W. face. M 16 ,, „ ,, „ „ ,, 20 m. 9-14 M II ., 16 „ „ „ „ ,, M 30 m. 8-98 „ 1, „ 21 2.07 p.m. 27 m. 13 38 4 hour flood. Strong S.W. Cloudy, Sur- 9-32 no water samp le. rain. face. .. 21 „ ,, „ ,, „ 10 m. 9 18 " „ „ II ,. 21 ,, ,, ,, „ ,, ,, 20 m. fl 08 ,, ,, 11 1, „ 21 ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, 26 m. 8-88 M „ 1, ., 27 0.16 a.m. 30 m. 6 21 h hour flood. Moder. N.W. Clear. Sur- face. 8-51 " " " Gre'n- ish. „ 27 ,, ,, ,, „ „ 20 m. 8-81 „ 1, 1, „ 27 ' " " " " " 30 m. 8-80 " " " " July 25 9.00 a.m. 90 m. 12-80 High. S.W. breeze. Clear. Sur- face. 8 50 17 42 31 47 21 28 „ 25 „ „ „ ,, ,, ,, 28 m. 7-40 17-48 31 59 24 70 „ 25 ,, „ „ ,, ,, 45... 6 90 17-61 31-82 24 97 „ 25 „ „ ,, „ ,, 65 m. 6 40 17 01 .•^1-82 25 03 M 25 „ „ ,, „ „ „ 85 m. 5 90 17-69 31-96 25-21 „ 16 1.25 p.m. ,, „ ,, „ ,, 10 m. 9.02 17.49 31.60 24.49 „ 16 1.30 p.m. „ „ „ „ „ 25 m. 8.33 17.54 31 70 24.66 .. 16 1 35 p.m. ,, „ ,, ,, „ 50 m. 8.31 17.62 31.84 24,80 ,. 16 „ ,, „ „ ,, ,, 75 m. 7.92 17.62 31.84 21.85 „ 16 ,, ,, ,, „ ,, 100 m. fi.64 17.87 32.29 25.37 „ 16 M ,, „ „ „ „ 110 m. 6.40 17.92 32,38 25.45 Sept. 18 11.09 a.m. 100 m. 13 12 Low tide. Calm. Clear. Sur- face. 11.30 16.70 30 18 22 99 Gray. ,. 18 11-24 a. m. „ ,, „ „ „ 10 m. 10 08 16 92 30 .58 23.53 ,; ,. 18 M „ „ „ „ „ 20 m. 9.74 17.02 30.75 23.76 „ DEPARTMEWT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 SAMPLES "Prince" Stations. No. Locality. Bay of Fuudy, between Head Harbour and the Southern Wolves. Ste. Croix River, be- tween Biological Sta- tion and Robbinston. Position (vide chart). Head Harbour Lt. bears N.W. by W. A W., miles, bears miles. Swallow tail Lt. .little W. ofS. m Biological Station bears E. JS., fc of a mile. Little Dochet Id. bears N. by W. h W., 2g miles. Latitude. 44° 56' 48' N. 45' 4' 49" N. Longitude. «6° 48' 41" W. 67' 5' 53" W. Bottom. Soft mud. Fairly hard mud. BTDROGKAFHY J\ I'ASSAMAQVODDY BAY 313 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a COLLECTED— Coil. 0 d C8 .,. V a d 5"5 , £ 5 0) *a 0-1 1 Date. Hour. i :3 Tide. Wind. Sky. ^ « £ 3 3 X b 1 _c a 5 IS) ■j-g 4^ a; ■>, >. "o _— j: £ s 3 -u *a -« c < i 0 6 13 1 i 191H. Sept. 18 11 13 a.m. 120 m. 1200 j hour to high tide. S.W. breeze choppy . Hazy. 25 m. 9.55 17.17 31.02 23.95 Gray. „ 18 „ „ „ „ 30 m. 9.51 17.71 32.00 24.72 ,. 18 „ „ „ „ ,, ,, 40 m. 9.32 17.72 32.02 24.75 ,, ., 18 11.0(1 a.m. „ ,, ,, „ ,. 50 m. 9.0.'< 17.84 32.23 24.98 ,, .. 18 ,, „ ,, ,, ,, „ 75 m. 8.26 18 02 32.56 25.36 „ M 18 ,, ,, ,, ,, „ „ 100 m. 7.61 18.04 32.60 25.47 „ Oct. 1 9.04 a.m. 99^ m. 10-4 Half ebb. Light W. Hazy. Sur- face. 9.62 17.40 31.45 24.27 Gre'n- M 4 9 IS a.m. ,. ,, ,, ,, ,, 10 m. 9.48 17.53 31 68 24.47 ish. M 4 9 06 a.m. ,, ,, „ ,, „ 20 m. 9.43 17.77 32.10 24.81 „ M 4 ,. ,, „ ,, „ ,, 30 ni. 9 36 17 78 32 13 24.84 „ 4 ■■ - 10-40 " '■ " 40 m. 9.21 17.78 32 13 24.85 " i> 4 8.51 a.m. ,, „ „ ,, ,, 50 m. 9.07 17 82 32.20 24.95 " << 4 ,, ,, „ „ „ ,, 75 m. 8.85 17.82 32.20 24.97 „ 4 „ „ ,, „ H 99 m. 7.98 17.99 32.50 25.34 „ •July 17 .5.10 i».m. 31 m. 15 30 1 hours ebb. S.W. Cloudy. Sur- face. 13.15 15.69 28.36 21.27 " .. 17 9.10 m 8.80 16.92 SO. 58 23.75 .. 17 4.50 p.m. 3 hrs. 40 m. ebb. '■ " 18.30 m. 8.30 17.12 30.94 24 07 " 17 4.10 p.m. 3 hours ebb. " " 27.40 8.30 17.22 31.10 24 21 ,. 18 9.15 a.m. 14 00 1 hour flood. Calm. Foggy. 11'. Sur- face. 12 10 15.68 28. 3;^ 21.45 ,. 18 ,. „ „ 9.10 m 9.60 16.92 30.57 23 61 .. 18 9.011 a.m. 45 min. flood " 18.30 8 70 17.05 30.81 23 95 .. 18 8.45 a.m. ^ hour flood. .. .. m. 25 60 8.60 17 OC 30.87 24.00 ., 18 11 30 a.m. IflO 3 hours flood ■■ •■ m. Sur- face. 11.50 16.60 29 99 22.82 „ 18 ,, „ „ „ 9.10 m 8.60 16.96 30.65 23.83 „ 18 11.15 a.m. " " " 18.30 8.10 17.22 31.11 24.24 M 18 11.30 a.m " " m. 27.40 8.10 17.23 31.14 24.25 .. 18 2.?5 p.m. 16 30 High tide. " " m. Sur- face. 12.80 16.70 30.17 22.73 „ 18 „ M - „ ,, 9.10 m 8.95 16.96 30.64 23.76 t. 18 2.00 p.m. . 31 ' „ 16 '30 " M .. " .. 27-40 8-10 17 20 31.08 24-22 .. 26 4.30 p.m. . 31 „ 21 00 Low tide circ. .. Cloudy . 111. Sur- face. 13 40 15-34 27-72 20 71 ,. 26 4.30 ., . 31 ,. 2100 „ „ M 10 m. 9-84 16 55 29-90 23 04 .. 26 4.30 ., . 31 ., 21 00 „ It „ 15 m. 9-40 16 87 30-48 23 55 ,. 26 4.30 ., . 31 „ 21 00 „ „ ir 25 m. 8-80 17 -10 30 90 23-99 Aug. 10 11.45 a.m . 30 M 18-50 4 flood N. W. breeze. Clear.!! Sur- face. 12-65 15 65 28-28 21-33 M 10 11.45 .. . 30 ,. 18-50 n „ 10 m. 9-60 16 93 30-59 23 62 „ 10 11.45 .. . 30 „ 18-50 11 „ „ 20 m. 9 30 17 14 30-98 23 96 ,. 10 11.45 „ . 30 ,. 18-50 n .... ,, II 25 m. 9-37 17 17 31-02 23-98 n 14 6.00 a.m. . 28 M 11 90 Low tide . . . Strong N. W. Cloudy '. Sur- fac. 10 95 16-01 28-94 22 -10 38a— 21 314 DEPARTMENT OF TEE yAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 SAMPLES '* Prince " Stations. No. Locality. Ste. C'roi.x River lie tween Biological Station and Robbin slon. Position (vidn chart). Biological Station bears E f S., Tn of a miJe Little Oochet Id. bears N. by \V. i \V. 2a miles. Latitude. 45' i' 4. "o a 1' < -= S a. c a- bi 1 o [a •J2 *3 a a 0 o O 1916. .\ng: 14 6.00 a.m. . 28 m. 11-90 Low tide circ . Strong.. Cloudy . 18-30 m. 10 95 16 01 28 91 22 10 M H 6.00 ., . 28 „ 11 90 10 m. ..) 13 16-78 30 33 23 33 .. 14 6.00 .. . 28 " 11 90 1. „ 20 m 9 91 16 98 30 69 23-65 .. 14 6.00 „ . 28 „ 11 90 ,, 25 m. 9 08 17 12 30-93 23 86 M 14 12.00 p.m. 33 .. 12-20 High tide. . " Sur- face. 10 40 16-96 30 64 23-51 .. 14 12.00 „ . .S3 .. 12 20 "1 ,1 II ... 10 m. 9-70 17 03 30 77 23 75 ,. 14 12.00 M . 33 ,. 12-20 M ,1 II 20 m. 9 55 17 -18 31 03 23-97 ., 14 12.00 .. . 33 ., 12 20 „ 25 m 9 50 17 24 31 15 24 05 ., 14 12.00 M . 33 „ 12 20 IP II ... 30 m. 9 48 17 24 3115 24 06 „ 18 8.30 a.m.. 29 „ 13-80 4 hour to South Hazy . . Sur- 11-75 16 07 29 04 23 19 low tide. breeze. face. 10-38 16-83 30 40 23-34 .. 18 8.30 „ . 29 „ 13 SO ,1 ,, II 10 m 10 09 17 13 30 95 23-8? ., 18 8.30 .. . 29 ., 13 80 „ II II 20 ni. 10-06 17 15 30 98 23-83 M 18 8.30 „ . 29 „ 13 80 ,, „ II -'5 m. 14-22 15-62 2i-22 20 96 " 22 l.IOp.m. . 28 .. 22-38 Low tide. . . Calm . . - Sur- face. 11 22 1.10 Uni.. 28 .. 22-38 1. II ... . II 10 m. 10 .f.l 17 03 30 78 23-59 M 22 l.IOp.m. 28 ., 22-38 II II 20 m. 9-83 17 24 31 16 24-01 .. 22 1 10 p.m. 28 M 22-38 11 11 II 25 m. 9 78 17-30 31-20 24 11 ., 23 8.20 a.m. . .32 ,. 14-90 High tide. . . S.E." breeze. Sur- face. 12 29 16-93 30-59 23 10 .. 23 8.20 a.m. . 32 .. 14-90 „ „ II 10 m. 10 (SO 17 17 31 02 23 79 ., 23 8.20 a.m.. 32 ., 14 90 II ,1 II 15 m. 10 29 17 21 31 10 23 88 .. 23 7.58 a.m, . 32 „ 14-JO II II II 20 m. 978 17 39 31 43 24-22 .. 23 7.58 a.m.. 32 „ 14 90 ■I II II 25 m. 9 69 17-43 31 49 24 30 .. 23 7.58 a.m.. 32 „ 14 90 II 1, 30 m. 9-68 17-43 31-49 24 31 M 31 9.45 a.m.. 28 .. 15 20 2 hours flood Calm... Sun-' shine. Sur- face. 12 52 16 14 29 17 22 00 M 31 9.45 a.m. . 28 „ 15-20 II II ,, 20 m. 10-28 17 32 31 29 24 03 .. 31 9.45 a.m.. 28 „ 15 20 „ II ... 11 27 m. 10 26 17 34 31 34 24 07 Sept. 15 12.03 p.m.. 36 M 16 80 2 hrs to high tide. Light breeze. Clear . . Sur- face. 11-73 16-70 30 17 22-92 dray. .. 15 12.03 p.m.. 36 ., 16-80 II „ „ 10 m 10-31 17-26 31 19 23 -S8 „ ., 15 12.03 p.m.. 36 „ 16 80 II ,1 II ... 20 m. 10-21 17-54 31-69 24 32 „ .. 15 12.03 .. . 36 „ 16-80 II ,1 ,, 35 II 10 17 17 53 31 67 24 34 ,, Oct. 2 11.30 a.m. . 31 „ 12.95 A flood North . " Sur- face. 10-52 17 01 30-73 23-56 (ire'n- ish. 2 U.SO ., . 31 ., 12 95 II II 1, 10 m. 10 18 17 03 30-77 23 -6S Gray. 2 11.30 .. . 31 1, 12-95 „ ,1 ,1 20 I, 10-12 17 31 31-27 24 -06 ,, 2 11.30 .. . 31 ,. 12 95 11 M II 30 II 10 11 17 45 31 54 24 25 ,, H 7.50 ., . 33 M 11 72 2 hours to high tide. N.-E. breeze. Cloudy rain. Sur face. 10 31 JNo water saniple. (iray- islu .. 9 7,50 „ 33 ., 11-72 ,1 ,1 ,, 20 m. 10-04 II II ,, 9 7 50 M . 33 „ 11 72 ,, „ ,, 30 II 10 01 II II „ M 16 4.11p.m.. .35 ., 14-21 I hour ebl). . Moder- ate N.-W. partly cloudy. Sur- face. 9-42 Sample lost. Ore'n- ish. .. 16 4.11 „ . 35 M 14 21 ,, ,, „ 20 m. 916 II II „ 16 4.11 .,■ . 35 ., 14 21 „ „ 1, 30 II 9 12 II II ,, M 21 9.37 a.m. . 31 M 13 91 2i hours ebb. Fresh S.-W. Misty. Clouds. Sur- face. 9 47 No water sample. Gray- ish. ., 21 9.37 " . 31 ., 13 91 1, „ ,, 10 m. 906 1 ,, .. 21 9.37 .. . 31 .. 13 91 ,1 ,, 20 II 8-90 II ,, ., 21 9.37 .. . 31 .. 13 91 II .. .. 30 „ 8-88 .1 . ' 1 ,. 38a— 21A 316 DEPARTMEKT OF THE l^'AVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V. A. 1918 SAJVrpLES "Prince" Stations No. Ste Croix Kivtr between Biolo^cal station and Robbinston. LocalitT. Bay of Fundy, east of White Horse Id., just south of Letite Pass- age. Passainaquoddy Bay, off Clam Cove Head. Biological station bears E I S. /b of a mile. Little Dochet Id. bears N. bv W. i W. 23 miles. 45= 4' 49" N. Head Harbour Lt. bears S.- W. by \V., 2i miles. Green's Point Lt. bears X. by W. 2| miles. 44' .59' 47' N.. Forest mile. Clam S. S Id. beai-s S -W. J Southern end of Cove Head bears E. J miles. 44" 58' 39" N.. Latitude. 67" 5' 53" W Longitude. C6°51'24" W" 67°2'7" W Bottom. Fairly hard mud. Sand and nud. Sand, mud and shells. HYDROGRAl'HY IX PASSAMAQUODDY BAY 317 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a COULiECTED— Con. d o X C a Date. Hour. 3; Tide. Wind. Sky. 5-f o"° ci "" g_ "o-g e 33 b 'o 8. < 53 i-.s q '5 '■3 03 3 1 191 Oct. 27 10.25 .. , 34 „ 7 38 U hours to Moder- Clear. . Sur- 8-90 No w ater sample . Gre'n- high tide. ate. N.-W. face. ish Gray. „ 27 10.25 .. . 34 .. 7-38 „ 20 m. 8-82 • 1 M ■■ 27 10.35 M . 34 „ 7-38 " " .. ... 30 ., 8-82 " ■ " 84 .. 84 M 73 ., 7-62 17-33 31-32 24 47 9 m. July 14 .j.OOp.ni. . 12- 15 •A-ng. 3 3.0O p.m. , 73 111. 15 05 High breeze. Cloudy . Sur. face. 9 .50 1706 30-82 23-81 3 3.00 M . 73 n 15 05 10 m. 9 10 17 11 30-92 23 95 ,, 3 3.00 „ . T6 „ 15 05 „ „ 20 „ 8-95 17 18 31 04 24 08 M 3 3.00 .. . 73 ., 15 05 „ ,, „ 30 „ 8-60 17 26 .SI 19 24 23 M 3 3.00 „ . 73 .. 15 05 ,, 40 „ 8-42 17 32 31 29 24 33 11 10 12.45 .. . 72 M 22-20 Low tide . . very slight S. breeze. Clear. . Sur face. 12-62 16 18 29 24 22 16 „ 10 12.45 .. . 72 „ 22 20 M ,, ,, 10 m. 10-02 16-99 30 71 23 62 „ 10 12.45 .. . 72 „ 22 20 !■ ,, „ 20 M ;)-2u 17-23 31 13 24 09 „ 10 12.45 .. . 72 M 22 20 M ,, ,, 30 „ 9 12 17 25 31 16 24 13 ,, 10 17 12.45 .. . 3.50 M . 72 ., 72 ., 22 W U hour ebb. Calm . . . " 40 ., Sur- 9-12 10-05 17-25 17-36 31 31 16 36 24 2J 13 14 ,, 18-30 face. „ 17 3.50 .. . 72 ., 18-30 „ ,, 10 m. 9 -.57 17--% 31 36 24 14 Aug. 17 4.00 p.m. 72 m. 18 30 U hr. ebb. Calm. Clear. 20 m. 9 48 17-38 31 40 24 24 „ 17 4.00 „ 72 „ 18-30 „ " ,, 30 111. 9 02 17 47 31 57 24 46 ,, 17 4.00 „ 72 ., 18-30 ,, ,, ,, 40 m. 9 01 17 47 31 57 24 46 Aug. 31 2.00 „ 78 m. 16-68 'i hr. ebb. S.W. breeze. " Sur- face. 12 21 17 06 30 82 23 34 ., 31 2.00 „ 7>> M 16-68 „ ,, ,, 20 m. 10-16 17 45 31 54 24 25 1, 31 2.00 „ 78 .. 16 68 „ H ,, 75 m. 9-81 17-53 31 67 24 46 Sept. 15 3.26 M 76 m. 14-80 i hr. ebb. S.E. breeze. Hazy. Sur- face. 10 42 17 24 31 16 23 89 Gray . ,, 15 3,26 ,. 76 ., 14-80 ,, „ 10 in. 1011 17-18 31 75 24 44 „ 15 3 26 ., 76 ,. 14 80 „ „ ,, 20 m. 10 12 17 57 31 74 24 44 „ 15 3.26 M 76 „ 14-80 ,, „ 30 m. 10 11 17 59 31 78 24 45 M 15 2. .51 „ 76 M 14-80 ,, ,, ,, 40 111. 10 02 17-79 32 15 24 75 „ 15 2.51 M 76 „ 14 80 „ „ ,, 50 111. 9-85 17 27 31 21 24 05 ., 15 3.15 .. 76 „ 14-80 ,, ,, ,, 60 m. 9 92 17 42 31 47 24 25 ,, 15 3.15 M 76 „ 14 80 ,, ,, ,, 70 m. 9 92 17 62 31 84 24 53 15 3.15 „ 76 M 14 80 ,, ,, 75 m. 9 93 17 80 32 16 24 78 Oct. 3 11.49 a.m. 75 m. 14 56 1 hr. flood. S.W. liglit Clear. Sur- face. 10 61 17 40 31-45 24 12 Gre'n- ish. breeze. 318 DEPARTMENT OF TBE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 SAMPLES *' Prince ' Stations. No. Localitv. Passaniatiuoddy Bay, off Clam Cove Head. PaS'^amaquoddj" Bay, near Kastern entrance to St. .Andrew's Har^ liour. Position {vide ciiart). Forest Id. liears S.W. | mile. Southei-n end of Clam Cove Head bears S.S.E. i mile. Navy Bar Lt. l)ears N.W. ■ by N. IN., I mile. Tongue Shoal T,t. bears E. by N, j N., i mile. Latitude. 44° 58' "9" N. 45° 3' 14" N. 2:itude. 67° 2' 7'" W. 117 1' 45" W Bottom. Sand, mud and shells. Mud and rocks. HYDROaHAI'IIY l\ I'isSAJJAQVODDY BAT 319 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a COL.LECTED— Con. 5 O 0 J .s O 1 o „-^ 1 Date. Hour. S C8 Tirle. Wind. Sky. a 5 w b 3; < II 'c "3 ■r. Q 0 "o 191«. Oct. 3 11.49 a.m. 75 m. i4o6 1 hi-. Hood. s. w. light breeze. Clear. 10 m. 10-20 17-52 31 65 24 34 (rray . 3 U 49 .. 7.5 .. 14 .56 20 m. 10- 12 17-19 31-07 23 88 3 11.49 .. 75 II 14 56 ,, 1. ,. 30 m. 9-9S 17 54 31 70 24 40 n 3 11 3.5 7.5 1. 75 m. 14 .56 ^ 40 m. 9-85 Sam pi 17-64 e lo^t. Oct. 3 11^35 ., 14 56 1 hr. Hood. S.\V. ,, 50 m. 9-83 31 88 '24-58 Gre'n- light ish. breeze. 3 11.3.5 .. 75 .. 14.56 „ ,, 75 m. 9-68 17 71 32 00 24-70 Gray. Oct. 17 8.32 ,. 76 m. 11-61 1^ hr. to low Mrie. Strong S.W. Cloudy; rain. Sur- face. 9-10 No watei. " 17 8.32 ,. 76 II 11 61 ,, ,. 20 m. 9 01 „ .. 17 8.32 .. 76 .. 11 61 ,, M 75 m. 8 91 ,, Aug. 3 5.00 p.m. 20 m. 2ihrs.elib tide. s.w. breeze. Cloudy. Sur- face. 10 70 16-77 30 30 23 21 3 5.00 M 20 .. 10 m. 8-95 17 IS 30 96 23 99 3 5 OC M 20 .. " 20 m. (bot- tom.) 8 75 17 18 31-04 24 09 Aug. 17 6.10 „ 18 m. 15 12 2 hrs. to low tide. Slight haze. Sur- face. 11 75 17 07 30 84 23 43 .. 17 6.10 M 18 ,. 15 12 „ ,, 10 m. 10 18 17 -18 31 04 23 89 „ 17 6.10 „ 18 1. 15 12 ,, H „ 15 m. 10 19 17 23 31 13 23 94 Aug, 24 3.45 n 16 m. 17 28 Low tide. Light E. Rain. .Sur- face. 13-70 No water. .. 24 3.45 .. 10 1. 17-28 „ „ ., 10 m. 9-72 ,, ,. 24 3.45 .. 16 „ 17 ^-t ,, ,, „ 15 m. 9-61 Aug. 31 11.25 a.m. 21 m. 10-89 2 hrs. to high tide. Calm. Clear. Sur- face. 12-20 1718 31 05 23 51 ,. 31 11.25 . 21 .1 16-89 ,, 15 m. 10 19 17 43 31 49 24-22 .. 31 11.2.-) .. 21 1. 16 89 ,, „ ,, 20 m. 10 09 17 48 31-59 24 30 Sept. 15 10.41 .. 20 n,. 16.58 2J hrs. Hood. Light s!k. breeze. " Sur- face. 11 42 17 41 31-46 23 97 Gray . ,. 15 10.41 .. 20 ., 16 58 ,, „ „ 10 ni. 10 21 17-46 31-55 24 25 II Oct. 3 9.05 .. 17 m. 10.98 1 hr. to low tide. N.W. mode, rate. " Surf. 10-51 17-30 31 36 24 06 " 3 9.05 ,. 17 .. 10.98 ,, ,, „ 10 m. 10 38 17 -.52 31 66 24 30 M 3 9.05 ,. 17 " 10.98 ,, ,, „ 15 m. 9-72 17-53 31-67 24 42 „ 9 9.33 M 2.' 11 10.90 High tide. N.E. cloudy. Surf. 10-20 no water. M 9 9.33 „ 22 ,1 10.90 ,, ,, ,, 10 m. 9 83 „ 11 9 9.33 „ 22 .. 10.90 ,, ,, 20 m. 9 85 H „ .. 1(1 1109 „ 19 „ 11 12 2 hrs. Hood. s.\v. mode- rate. " Surf. 9-24 17 64 31 -8S 24 64 Gre'n- ish Gray. .. 16 11.09 „ 19 „ 11.12 ,, ,, ,, 13 m. 9-12 17-70 31-99 24-77 „ M 16 11 09 „ 19 1, U 12 „ 18 m. 9 12 17 69 31 96 24-76 M 21 12. 52 p.m. IS „ 13.45 1 hr. to low tidf. Strong S.W. clouds, rain. Surf. 9.30 no water. Gray- ish. .. 21 12.. 52 ,. 18 1. 13.45 ,, „ „ 10 m. 8 95 „ II „ 21 12.52 .. 18 1, 13 45 ,, „ ,, 17 m. 8-86 1, 11 ,. 27 8.08 a.m. 19 1, 4.62 2\ hrs. Hood. Mode- partly Surf. 8 64 ,. Gre'n rate. cloudy. ish Gray. 320 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 SAMPLES *' Prince " Station Locality. Position (vide cliart.) Latitude. Longitude. Bottom. No. 10 Passamaquoildy Bay, Navy Bar Lt. bears N.W. 45° 3' 14" \ (57° 1' 45 " W. Mud and near Eastern entrance by NA N. g mile. Tonpue rocks. to St. Andrews Har- Shoal Lt bears E. Iiv X. bour. J N., I mile. 10... .. M " II ■1 .1 II 10 „ ,1 " " 11 Petite I'assafre In a direct line between Tiverton and East Ferry about midway. 44° 23' 52" N . 60= 12' 34 " W. Hard sand and rocks. 11 ,, II M 11 II n M II '^ II II 11 „ II II 11 11 11 II " " " u ,, II II „ „ 11 „ II II II 1. 11 .1 " " " 12 St. MaryV Bay, off Little River. One mile S.E. from Little River wharf. 44° 26' 17" > '. 66° 6' 33" W. Fine sand. 12 M M •1 II 1, 1. I 12 <• M •1 II II II II 12 „ „ " ■' " 12 ■1 tl II M ,, ,, „ 12 n II 11 M .1 II 12 M It „ " " " 13 . St. Mary'.s Bay, below Southern end of Petite South Point of Digby neck bears N.E. I N. 2i miles. 44° 20' 7" N 66° 13' 24 " W. „ Pa.s8age. Church Pt. Iiears K. by S. i S. -JJ miles. 13 It M II II .1 II 11 13 M U II II 1, II II 13 .1 II II „ .1 11 13 ., .1 " " " 13 ,. II " " " 15 Bay of Fundv, off Brier Island. 8| miles N.-W. by W. from north end of Grande Pas- sage. Run N. X.W. 4 miles, then run W. J N., 5J miles. 44° 19' 30" N . 66° 32' 2S" W . Fine sand . . 15 M II II 15 II 11 II II 15 II II 11 15 II II •1 II 15 II 11 M II 15 .1 II .1 II 15 1. 11 •1 -1 15 • 1 II II 15 II II 15 II ,1 HYDBOORAPHY IN PASSAMAQVODDT BAY 321 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a COLLECTED— Coji. Date. Hour. 1 s a. 6 t 1 5" < Tide. Wind. Sky. 1 i Em .2 * . f . i 1 s o 5 a. s 'u O to >. '5 1 c Q s. I 'o u 1 'o 1916 Oct. 27 27 8.0« a.m. 8.08 M 19 m. 19 .. 4.62 4.62 hrs. flood. N.W. cloudy. 13 m. 18 m. 8 92 8-87 no water. Gray. Sept. 2 7.55 ., .30 ,. 13.02 Low tide. South bree/.e. cloudy. Surf. 9 00 17 91 32 37 25 08 2 7.55 30 M 13.02 M ,, 10 m. 8-91 17-94 32 41 25 14 2 7.55 .. 31) .. 13.02 ,, ,, ,, 20 m. 8-91 17 89 32-32 25 07 2 7.55 .. 30 „ 13.02 ,, ,, „ 25 m. 8.42 17 89 32 32 25 13 2 1.15 p.m. 35 „ 15 2.S High tide. Strong stmtli. cloudy Surf. 10-57 17 73 32 03 24 59 Blu- ish. 2 1.15 „ 35 „ 15.28 ,, ,, 10 m. 10 32 17 79 32-15 24 70 „ 2 1.15 .. 35 ., 15.28 „ ,, „ 20 m. 10 21 17 81 32-18 24-75 ,1 2 1.15 ,. 35 ,. 15.28 „ „ „ 30 m. 10 13 17 79 32 15 24 75 M 4 8.50 a.m. 24 .. 13. 38 Low tide. S.W.N, breeze. clear. Surf. 12-92 17 70 31-98 24-10 " 4 8.51J ,. 24 ,. i:'. 38 „ ,, 10 m. 12 92 17-70 31 99 24 -10 „ 4 ».rM ., 24 ., 13.38 ,, 20 m. 11-51 17-76 32-09 24 46 1, 4 3.10 p.m. 31 „ 12.20 High tide. s.w. l>ree/,e. cloudy. Surf. 12 58 17-67 31 93 24 13 Gray- ish. 4 3.10 „ 31 „ 12.20 ,, 10 m. 12-51 17-68 31-95 24-15 1. 4 3.10 „ 31 .. 12.20 „ M 20 m. U 12 17-73 32-03 24-49 ,, 4 3.10 .. 31 „ 12.20 ,, ,, 30 m. 11 04 17 77 32-10 24 -.55 5 10.27 a. 111. 50 M 11.90 Low tide. N. E. bree/.e. " Surf. 11-08 17 74 32-05 24 51 Gray- ish. 5 10.41 .. 50 .. 11.90 10 ni. 10 14 17-83 32-21 24-79 „ 5 10.41 „ 50 .. 11.90 „ „ „ 20 m. 9-82 17-85 32 26 24 86 „ ,, 5 10.27 •. .50 „ 11.90 „ „ „ 30 m. 9-60 17 86 32-28 24 93 1. " .5 10.27 >. .50 .. 11.90 " " 40 m. 9-18 17-91 32-36 25-05 " „ 5 10 27 .. 50 ., 11.90 .. " 48 m. 9 09 17 93 32-40 25 12 .. Sept. 6 11.45 a.m.. 203 m. 14 80 Low tide . . Calm . . Cloudy , Sur- face. 9 17 17 98 32-48 25 15 Dark blue. 6 12.15 p.m.. 203 ., 14-80 10 ni. 8-58 18-00 32 52 25 25 ,, 6 12.15 .. . 203 .. 14 80 ,, 20 „ 8-40 18 01 32-54 25 31 ,, ,, 6 12.15 n 203 M 14 80 25 1. 8-31 18 02 32 55 25 33 II „ 6 12.15 ., . 203 „ 14 80 50 ., 8-15 18 03 32-56 25 37 1, „ 6 12.10 „ . 203 „ 14 80 ■ I 75 n 7-78 18 05 32-61 25 46 ,1 „ 6 12.00 noon. 203 .. 14 80 100 „ 7 49 IS 10 32 71 25 .53 ,, „ 6 11.45 a.m.. 203 .. 14 80 M 125 1, 6-28 18 19 32-87 25 85 II ,, 6 n.45 .. . 203 .. 14 80 II 150 „ 5-88 18 22 32-91 25 97 1, ,, « 11.45 M . 203 .. 14 80 II 175 M 5 -.57 18 24 .32 9C 26 03 1, ., 6 11.45 .. . 203 .. 14 80 II ... 200 ., 5 '55 18 12 32-74 25 57 II 322 DEPARTMENT OF THE VAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 SAMPLES "Prince" Stations No. Localitv. Gulf of >[aine, outside Yarmtmth Harbour. Yarmouth Harl'onr. Position (\ide chait.) Beside Yanuoutli. Fairway buoy. \.\V mile redl end ( St. John River, between Fairville and Indian- town. Bay of Fundy, off St. John Harbour. Kennobeca.-^is Bay, at western eud of Long Id. Kennebecasis Bay, at Western end of Long Id. Kennebecasis Bay, at ea.stern end of Long Id. Latitude. 4.H" 48' iH" N. outside Bunker Id. 43° 48' 13" N ght. Abreast lower f Ship's St.rn. About 100 yds. off east cor ner of Lovett's Pt. to- ward Marble Cove Pt. Partridge Id. bell boat bear N.E. byN.^N. 2i miles, Kastern end of Meogenes Id. bearsN.-W. by N. 2 J miles. Milkish FTead bears N. by W. i W. i mile. Out- side point of Long Id. bears N.-E. by E. i E. by l^ miles. Milkish head bears N. by W. i, W. 4 mile. Outside point of Long Id. bears N. E. byE. iE. Smiles. Outside point of Long Id bears S.W. l>y S. i S., 1 mile. Northern end of Long Id. bear-i N,N.\V Longitude. (!6 !.■.'. 54" W, 66 8'42"\V 45° 16' 38" N, s4.5°12'n"N. 45'20'.-i7"N.. 66'y'53' \V.. 66 3' 40" W 66M'8" \V Bottom. Hard rocks and gravel Soft mud. 45- 12 57" N. 45° 24 44" N. Rocks and sawdust. Soft mud.. C6 4' 8" W. 66° 1' 43" W. HynRoau'M'HY i\ j-assamaoi oDor bay 323 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a COLLECTED— CoTt. to d Date. Hour. 1 E a i d g 1 < Tide. Wind. Sky. 1 • 'of 11 1 1 1 c 6 'c GO (a 1 c 6 191B. Sept. 7 12.40 |i.m.. 41 m. 16 68 Low tide. . . Cahn... Foggy.. Sur- face. 10 03 17-85 32 25 24 84 " " i 12.50 .. . 41 M 16 68 " II M 10 ra. S-S2 17-60 31-81 24 53 „ 7 12.50 ., . 41 „ 16 68 1" It 20 .1 9-78 17 39 31 42 .34 24 ,1 " / 12.50 „ . 41 .. lU-68 ,, 11 . 1. 30 ,1 9-72 16 22 29 32 22 59 7 12.ro ,. . 41 „ 16-68 II II „ 40 „ 9 69 17-21 31 09 23-99 „ 9 7.45 a.m.. 47 .. 12 52 i hour to Fog and Sur- 9 40 18.06 32 (i3 25-23 Gray 9 8.04 .. . 47 .. 12 52 high tide. rain. face. 10 m. 9-21 17-75 32 07 24 83 i.-?h.' 9 S.04 .. . 47 ,. 12-52 11 ,, 20 II 9-12 17-42 31-47 24-37 ,, 9 7.45 n . 47 " 12-52 ,, 11 ,, 30 .1 9 20 17 59 .31-78 24 61 9 7.45 .. . 47 .. 12-52 1. 40 .1 9-18 U 5)< 31-76 24 .-iS M 9 7.45 „ . 47 n 12-52 ,, II ,, 45 .1 918 17-89 32-33 2.5 02 8 6.20 M . 15 .. 13 70 High tide . South, .. Thick Fog. Sur- face. 1132 17 25 31 17 23 77 " 8 6.20 .. . 15 „ 13 70 „ .. „ 10 m. 10-8.'! 17 54 31 69 24 27 „ 8 6.20 .. . 15 M 13 70 „ 15 „ 10 82 W.ater sampl e lost. 1, 8 1.20 p.m.. 13 „ 14-25 Low tide. . . s'.'.w." breeze. Foggy.. Sur- face. 12 70 17 78 32 12 24-25 " 8 1.20 „ . 13 ,. 14-25 II 10 m. 11-78 17-53 31 68 24 09 ,1 8 1.20 .. . 13 ,. 14-25 11 1 13 II 11 -5(-. 17 54 31-69 24 15 ,. 21 4.13 ,. . 35 .. i6 35 Light S.-\V. Smoky . Sur- face. 14-80 Water samp! elost. Bro'ii. M 21 4.13 ,. . 4.13 .. 35 .. .35 ,. 16 35 16 35 " ,• .. 10 m. 20 1. 13 19 11-91 S-36 Water 15-13 sampl 10 .55 e lo.st. „ .. 21 „ .. 21 4.13 .. . 35 „ 16-35 ,, M 30 ., 11 55 14 36 25 96 19 71 ,1 .. 21 4.25 ,. . 35 „ 16 35 ,, M :« .. 9-28 14 55 26 30 20 31 „ ,. 19 10.39 a.m. . 19 .. 12 25 i hr. to low ' tide. " Cloudy '. Sur- face. 11-78 Water samp! e lost. Green .. 19 10.39 ,. , 19 , 12 26 10 m. 10 62 17 03 30-78 23 57 .. 19 10.39 „ . 19 „ 12 26 ,, ,, 19 m. 10-59 Water sampl e lost. „ 19 4.00 p.m. . 55 M I! 80 1 houi- river flood. Light N. W. breeze. Clear.. . Sur- face. 15-69 Bron. „ 19 4.20 ., . 55 ., 11 80 5 m. 12 93 .. 19 4.10 „ . 55 .. 11-80 „ ,. 10 11 6-08 „ II M .. 19 4.20 „ . .55 „ 11-80 ,. ,, 11 15 M 6-43 ,, ,, ,, Sept. 19 4.10 p.m. 55 m. 11-80 1 hr. river flood. Light N.W. breeze. clear. 20 m 8-22 10 61 19 18 14-92 Bro ri. ., m 3.55 .. 55 ,. 11 80 ,, „ „ 30 m. 10-98 water sampl e lost. ,, „ 19 3.55 „ 55 .. 11-80 „ „ „ 40 m. 11-74 „ „ „ 19 3 55 „ 55 .. 11-80 „ ,, ,, 44 m. 11-93 „ ,, ., 19 4.40 M .55 .. 11-80 M , „ 55 m. 12 00 ,, M 20 3.40 M 4? „ 16 10 N.W. breeze. " Sur- face. 15-38 7 -20 10 15 18'-'35 14 38 " ,. 20 3.50 ,. 48 M 1610 10 m. 6 11 11 13 20 13 15-86 „ ,. 20 3.50 .. 3 40 ,. 48 u 48 M 16 10 16 10 " " 20 m. 30 rn. 10-18 1115 11-5.-? 11-69 20 85 2114 15 95 16 03 ,, n 20 ,, .. 20 3 40 „ 48 .. 16 -IQ i* ,, 40 ui. 11 21 water lampl e lo.st. .. 20 3.40 ., 48 .. 16 10 „ „ 45 m. 16 10 ,, Bro'n. „ 21 2.48 „ 11 „ 17 .54 S.S.E. breeze. Hazy. Sur- face. 13 07 S-64 15 63 11-4 " 324 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 SAMPLES '•Prince" Stations No. Locality. St. John River, near month of Kennebe casis Bay. Bay of Fundy, between St. John and Digby Lower end of Annapolis Basin. Position (vide chart.) West end of ililkish Id bears E.N.K. Point on south side of mouth of Kennebeca.sis Bay bears S.S.E. 15 miles soutli of Partridge Id. bell Vioat. 20 miles north of Prim tmint. Latitude. 45° 18' 30" N. 45° 0' 18" N. Longitude. 66° fl' 32" W. 65° 56' 10" \V. Port Wade pier bears E.N. E. Outside point of Vic- toria Beach bears N. i W. Bay of Fimdy, off Digby (Jut. \ mile N.W. \ N. from Fairway Buov, Ij mile N. by E. h ]•:., from Point Prim. 44° 39' 15" N. 65" 44' 22" W. Fine sand 44° 43' 1?" X. Bottom. Soft mud. Sand and gravel. 65' 47' IS" W Sand and shells HYDIWGRAFBY IX PASfSAMAQiODD) HAY 325 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a COLLECTED— Con. 00 C d d 5 (D a V 5 -3 Js Date. Hour. a; C3 1 Tide. Wind. Sky. 1 s d 33 b c a) 0 V 4J >i >, 0 E (- < ^ 0, .2 3 1 0 0 1 191(i. S.E. Sept 21 2.43 p.m. 11 m. 17-54 breeze. Hazy. 5 m. 11-70 water saiiipl e lost. ,, 21 22 2.43 M i2;43'p;ni.' 11m. 95 ni. 17-54 'l7-74 Cahii. Clear - 10 m. Sur- io-so 17-36 31 37 lA hr. to low Sept. 24-09 Blue'. 'tide. face. „ 22 1.07 „ 95 „ 17-74 , ,, ,, 10 m. 9-56 17-74 .32 06 24-76 ,, „ 22 1.07 .. 95 „ 17-74 , 20 m. 8 83 17-85 32 25 25 04 „ ,, 22 12.56 .. 95 ,. 1774 „ „ , 25 m. 8 73 17-89 32 32 25 09 ,, ,, 22 12.56 .. 95 ., 17-74 ., ,, , 30 m. 8 57 17 93 32 40 25 18 ,, ?2 12.56 ., 95 .. 17 74 ,. ,, , 40 m. 8 38 17-95 32 44 25 24 ,, ,, 22 12 43 .. 95 „ 17-74 ,, M , 50 m. 8 12 17-96 32 46 25 28 ,, ,, 22 12.43 ., 95 .. 17 74 ,, , 75 m. 7 93 IS -01 32-55 25 38 „ „ 22 12 43 „ 95 „ 17-74 „ 95 m. 7 90 18-03 32 58 25 42 „ " 23 9.ina.ni. 58 ,. 12-83 High tide. Light S.K. breeze. cloudy. Sur- face. 9 37 17-86 32 28 24 95 Gre'n- ish. II 23 9.43 ., 58 .. 12 83 ,, „ 10 m. 9 32 water samp] e lost. Gray. „ 23 9:33 „ 58 ., 12-83 „ „ „ 20 m. 9 31 17 94 32 41 25 07 „ 23 9.33 M 58 ., 12 '83 M ,, ,. 25 m. 9 28 17 93 32 39 25 07 „ „ 23 9.33 M 58 „ 12-83 ,, 30 m. 9 29 17 93 32 39 25 07 „ „ 23 9.19 ., .53 ., 12 83 , ,, „ 40 m. 9 30 17-96 32 45 25 10 „ „ 23 9.19 ,. 58 ., 12 83 M „ 50 ra. 9 28 17-33 31 32 24 22 „ „ 23 9.19 „ 58 „ 12 83 ,, „ „ 55 m. 9 29 IT 89 32 33 25 01 „ '■ 23 5.52 p.m. 55 „ 15-58 Low tide. S.W. breeze. clear. Sur- face. 10 48 17-91 32 37 24 84 Gray- ish. „ 23 5.49 „ 55 „ 15 58 „ „ „ 10 m. 10 37 17 87 32 29 24-80 ,, „ 23 5.49 ., 55 ., 15-58 ,, ,, „ 20 m. 10 30 water sampi e lost. „ „ 23 5.37 .. 55 ., 15-58 „ „ 30 m. 10 22 ,, „ „ 23 5.37 .. 55 .. 15-58 M „ ., 40 m. 10 18 17 31 31-28 24 05 ,, " 23 5.37 .. 55 M 15-58 " " " 50 m. 9-86 17-23 31 13 24-00 " Sept 23 2.16 p.m. 74 m. 15 95 ^ hour to low tide. S.E. breeze. Cloudy. Sur- face. 9-30 17 95 32 44 25- 10 Gre'n- ish. ,, 23 2.45 .. 74 „ 15-95 „ „ ,, 10 m. 9 08 17 97 32 47 25 16 Gi ay. 23 2.33 „ 74 ,. 15-95 ,. ,, „ 20 m. 9 08 17 45 31 54 24-42 23 2.33 ., 74 „ 15-95 1, 25 m. 9 07 17 57 31 75 24-58 23 2.33 M 74 .. 15 95 ,, ,, ,, 30 m. 9 09 17 96 32 46 25 13 , 23 2.18 „ 74 ,. 15 95 „ ,, „ 40 m. 9 02 17 92 32 38 25 09 , 23 2.18 „ 74 „ 15 95 M ,, „ 50 m. ft 02 17 98 32 48 25-17 , 23 2.18 ,. 74 ,. 15-95 „ „ ,, 73 m. 9 03 17-95 32 43 25 14 , Sept 27 12.18 .. 75 M 12 19 High tide. S.W. breeze. Hazy. Sur. face. 9 21 Water sampl e lest. Green- ish. „ 27 12.31 M 75 M 12 19 „ „ 10 m. 9.17 ,, ,, Blue. 27 12.18 M 75 ., 12-19 „ ,, „ 20 m. 9 18 M „ „ 27 12.18 ,. 75 „ 12 19 ,, ,, „ 25 m. 9 13 17-40 31 45 24 34 , 27 12.18 „ 75 ir 12 19 ,, „ 30 m. 9 16 17-40 31-44 24 34 , 27 12.02 „ 75 .. 1219 ,, ,, ,, 40 n.. 9 14 17-85 32 25 24-98 , 27 12.02 .. 75 „ 12 19 ,, ,, 50 m. 9 13 17-62 31 -.SI 24-65i 27 12.02 „ 75 .. 12 19 - " " 74 m. 9 13 Wa ter .san ipl e lo St. . 326 DEPARTMENT OF THE yAVAL SERTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 SAMPLES "Prince" Stations Tiocalitv. Position (vide chart.) Latitude. Longitude. Bottom. No. 2(5 Basin in River, inside Lighthouse in bend above il' 44' bo' y. 65° 2!!' 52' W. Very soft Annapolis Royal. • iranville ferry bears N. by W. f, W. First iK)int on south side above basin bears E. mud. 2fi •1 i> It II „ „ „ 26 .. II 11 „ ,, „ 26 M II " " " 2fi 26 M •• 11 „ ,, „ 27 Annairalis Ri\er, north em passage, around Goat Island. -Lighthouse on Shaffner's Point bears X.E. i E Western si-ie of Goat Id. bears S.E. by S. i S. 27 " " 44° 42' 21' X. 65' 37' 29' \V. Soft mud. 27 27 „ ,, II It „ 27 = ( 3 miles " ■■ ■=■5 1 5 .. 8 Sg 1 11 .1 " E ^ 14 II 17 .1 20 23 1. .2^ 1 » i 1 26 ,1 HTDROGRAPHT IN PASSAMAQUODDT BAY 327 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a COLLECTED — Con. Dati' 1916. Sppt. 25 .. 25 M 25 Sept. 25 Sept. 26 Sept. d °.^ Horn-. 1 - 3 c < 10.19 a.m. 24 III. 13 40 10.19 M 24 ., 13- 4n 10.19 „ 24 ,. 13 40 4.28 p.in. 22 „ 14-71 4.28 „ 22 „ 14-71 4.28 ,. 22 ., 14 71 10.54 a.m. 30 „ 10 28 1U..54 .. 30 .. 10 28 10.54 „ 30 M 10 28 10.54 „ 30 .. 10 2> 9.12 M 9.33 „ 11 70 9.56 .. 11 40 10.16 ., 11 80 10 39 „ 11 60 11.02 „ ll 80 11.22 „ 11 50 11.44 „ 11 70 12.10 p.m. 12 30 Tide. High tide. Low tide. High tide. CO C3 d *.S -^ ce 1 c s ■^ ^ •c Wind. Skv. X > T3 0* O ■Jl b O % >, §-.2 5 a: ^ Quite Haze. Sur- 14 05 16 14 29 17 21 71 heavy face. N.W. breeze. ,, ,, 10 111. 13 99 16-81 30-38 22-64 „ ,, 20 in. 13-72 16 95 30-63 22-90 Heavy Sur- 14-45 16 39 29-61 21 97 N.W. face. breeze. M 10 m. 14-18 16 41 29-65 22 05 " " 20 m. 14 OC 16 72 30-21 22 52 He.ivy Partly Sur- 11 02 17 69 31 •96 24 35 N.W. cloudy. face. breeze. ,, ,- 10 m. 11 62 17 36 31-36 23 88 „ n 20 m. 11 18 17-77 32-10 24 52 „ 25 m. 1117 17-79 32 15 24 65 South. Foggy. Sur- face. 10-10 No wa ter S8 mple. „ M ,, 10-00 "7-76 32 09 24 71 M .1 ., 10-4(1 17 73 32-03 24 60 ,, „ 10-80 17 69 31 96 24 49 u M M 11 10 17 69 31-97 24-43 M M ,, 11 20 Sanijil e of w ater lo ,, ,, ,, 9-95 17 51 31 64 24 36 ,, „ ,, 10 45 17 .34 .31 34 24 04 " " " 10 20 17 70 31 99 24-59 MuA 333 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a DISTRIBUTION TABLE FOK SPECIES — Concluded. Bay of Fuiidy Gulf of St. Law- rence. Atlan- tic Coast of Nova Scotia, East Coast of United States. Arctic regions. West Coast of Lurope. Hebella calrarata poeilluni Cryptolaria tiiserialis Fileiluni serpens Grammaria abietina gracilis Lafoea dumosa fruticosa gracilliina pygnia-a symmetrica Abietinaria abietina filicula Diphasia fallax rosacea tamarisca Hydrallmania falcata Selaginopsis mirabilis Sertularella conica fusiform is polyzonias rugosa tricuspidata Sertularia cornicina pumila Thuiaria argentea cupressina fabricii immersa latiuscula lonchitis robusta similis tenera thuja Aglaophenopsis cornuta Antennularia americana antennina .... Cladocarpus pourtaiesi speciosus Plumularia setaceoides Schizotricha gracillima Thecocarpus myriophyllum . SUMMARY OF DISTRIBUTION. Pacific. Gulf Atlan- East West Coast Bay of St tic Coast Arctic Coast of Total. of Law- Coast of regions. of North Fundy. rence. of Nova Scotia. United States. Europe. Ame- rica. Gymnoblastea 27 2.5 U 15 17 11 12 10 Campanularidu'. . 26 21 17 17 23 16 18 18 Campanulinidoe.. . . 7 3 5 2 4 5 0 4 9 8 4 5 6 7 4 Hebellidee and Laf oe idae 11 7 3 9 5 6 8 0 Sertularidse 24 19 21 14 17 19 IS 15 Plumularida? 8 4 1 4 6 2 4 334 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 It is interesting to compare this list with the list of those that have been found in the Vancouver island region. Although this region is somewhat farther north than the Bay of Fundy or the greater part of the gulf of St. Lawrence, it is not subject to the same cold currents, hence the conditions are to some extent comparable. In my 1914 paper, 136 species were listed and since then 4 more have been added to the list, making 140 in all. Of these 48 appear as well on the eastern Canadian list. On the west coast, of the families represented, the Sertularidse is the most num- erous, with 41 species, 29 per cent of the whole niuuber, the Campanularidse next with 34 or 24 per cent. The Gymnoblastea is represented by 25 species, IS per cent, and the Halecidse with 16 or 11 per cent. This is not the order on the east coast. The gymnoblastio species are more numerous than the species of any calyptoblastic family, there being 27 or 24 per cent of the whole number. The Campanularidae with 26 or 23 per cent beats the Sertularidse with 24 or 21 per cent and the Halecidaj has only 9 representatives or 8 per cent. The Plumularidae, a large family, is represented by only 8 si)ecies in each case, and as none of these are common there can scarcely be a eireumpolar centre for this family. A table will show this comparison more readily :— Total. Gym. Campa- nula- ridse. Campa- nuli- nidae. . Hale- cidse. Hebel- lidse and Lafo- eidte. Sertu- laridEB. laridse. 112 140 27 25 26 34 7 8 9 16 11 S 24 41 8 8 • SYSTEMATIC DISCUSSION. "With regard to nomenclature nothing need be said in connection with any of the families with the exception of the Sertularidae. This family may well be considered on account of the treatment it has received in Levinsen's paper of 1913. ^ It is true that in this paper he introduces no opinions that were not found in his paper of 18932, but he goes into a much more elaborate defence of these opinions and hence the latter paper has received much more attention than the former. In the classification of the Sertularid*, as given in these papers, Levinsen casts all other characters aside and bases his entire taxonomic faith on the opercular appar- atus as a basis for generic distinction. Xaturally this throws the synonymy of the Ser- tularidse, not by any means in a settled state, into greater confusion. Broch and Kramp have subscribed to his views biTt elsewhere they have found little favour when considered in their entirety although certain points have been accepted by a number of authors. A lengthy discussion of the system, as expounded in the 1913 paper. wiU not be attempted here but a few general remarks on the soundness of the argiunents deduced seems advisable. The argument may be stated as follows: There are individual (zooidal) char- acters and colonial (zoarial) characters. In general the individual characters are better suited for taxonomy than colonial characters therefore all colonial characters should be excluded. Among the individual characters, some relate to the trophosome, some to the gonosome. Those relating to the trophosome are more suitable for tax- onomy than those relating to the gonosome, therefore the gonosome characters should 1 Systematic Studies in the Sertularjdse. 2 Medusae, Ctenophores and Hydroids of the West Coast of Greenland. BYDROIDS EASTERN CANADA 335 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a be excluded. Among- the individual trophosonie characters the iiature of the opercular apparatus is a good character, therefore all other characters should be excluded and the opercular apparatus must form the one and only basis for the whole system of classification. Let us examine the argument piece by piece. In the first place, without trying to settle the relative value of individual and colonial characters, are the colonial charac- ters of such little value that they should be neglected entirely in classification? In connection with this, Levinsen drew an analogy in his earlier paper (p. 184) and was so well satisfied with it that he quoted it in his later paper (p. 255). It is this: "A zoological system based on that kind of characters may be compared to a botanical, in which the chief stress was laid on the inflorescences and not on the structure of the flowers. In both cases, the genus would contain a number of heterogeneous species. It can hardly be deemed doubtful that constant differences in the structure of the single individuals in question, of the hydrotheca" or hydranths, ought to be preferred as systematic characters, and that colonial characters ought only to be used when structural diversities were not to be found." The analogy is somewhat unfortunate as in many cases the inflorescence is char- acteristic not only for the genus but even for the family. AATiat more constant char- acter would it be possible to get than the head of the Compositse, the loose raceme of the Ranunculacea; or the compound umbel of the ljmbellifera9? In the great majority of cases each species has a typically characteristic habitus and whatever in addition may be used as a basis for first diagnosis, as soon as the plant becomes familiar, it will be recognized by its inflorescence rather than by any single characteristic of the flower itself. So too in the case of the hydroids, each species has its own typical habitus by which it is recognized and if the genus has not so much, the worse for the genus or the validity of it. The fact that the habitus of the young colony may be somewhat different to that of the colony at a later period and depends to a certain extent on environment, rather increases than decreases the value of this as a distinctive char- acter when the life history is known. In any case even if the colonial characters, taken as a whole, are not of so much value as the individual characters, there is no reason that they should be discarded. Turning to the next part of the argument, the characters of the gonosome are neglected because they are less important than the characters of the trophosome. Are the characters of the gonosome of so little account? Turning again to the floral analogy, how much of any system of classification would be left if all the references to the nature of the gynoecium and androecium and their relations to other parts of the flower were left out ? In all other families of hydroids the characters of the gonosome are used extensively for taxonomy, why should they not be used in the Sertularidse ? Finally, going back to the floral analogy once more, is it possible to find a single family of plants of any size that is divided into genera on the basis of a single char- acter of the floral envelopes? In the hydroids as well, although one character in a family may be prominent, it is seldom that the paucity of characters is so marked as to make it necessary to rely on one character of the trophosome alone as the deter- mining factor throughout. Some of the points as they appear in Levinsen's paper may well be considered. After showing that the different species of Selaginopsis do not fit in in with the generic idea when based on the nature of the opercular apparatus, the following statement is made : " The fact that there is no constant relation between the structure of the zooids and the colonial form, or to express it in another way, that they are incommensurable values defined by different laws, must have the logical sequence, that one of them can- not be substituted for the other, and, therefore, a genus ought never to be instituted solely on the basis of a difference in the colonial form, when otherwise the zooids pre- sent distinct structural diversities" (p. 259). To state that the conclusion that "there is no constant relation between the structure of the zooids and the colonial form " is a 336 DEPARTMEST OF THE SATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 fact, upon such little basis, makes it necessary to materially discount any argument based on the statement. The resultant assertion depends for its value on the signifi- cance of the word " distinct." According to the remainder of the paper it might better have read " when otherwise the zooids present differences in the opercular apparatus " but with such an interpretation every other ta.xonomist will not necessarily agree. Some of them may even have the temerity still to believe that there may be some cor- relation between colonial and individual characters. Levinsen entirely neglects the systematic value of the characters of the gonosome and hence in the genera in which he has introduced the most radical changes are to be found the widest diversity in these characters. In the genus Sertularia " the gono- thecse present a very different habitus, being either smooth, ringed or provided with two or more spines" (p. 298), and in the genus Odcniotheca "the gonothecse present a very variable habitus, being either smooth, ringed or provided with two spines " (p. 308). No system of classification based on colonial characters could present more " distinct structural diversities " than this. With regard to the nature of the opercular apparatus almost anyone will adm-t that it is a good character, but even if it were the most suitable single character for diagnosis, it would not signify that the whole classification must depend on it, since there are other good characters. Levinsen says, " It seems reasonable to ascribe sys- tematic significance also to the operculum, a structure that must be regarded as the complement of the protective cases, and, so to speak, as the end result of the same effort which led to the formation of the hydrothec« and gonothecae " (p. 288), and yet in this classification all of the hydrotheca with the exception of the opercular apparatus receives no consideration and the gonotheca is left out entirely. Farther on in the same paragraph he says the operculum " has in common with other structures of systematic significance, a rich development of characteristic modifications which give excellent generic characters," but in his classification he has eliminated the consider- ation of " other structures of systematic significance." It seems a very satisfactory character in one respect as any cases of disagreement can be blamed on regeneration or injury but the very fact that regeneration is so very apt to take place and that the apparatus is so delicate as to be so susceptible to injury, makes its value for diagnosis of doubtful significance. After one has spent as much time and observation on the operculum as Levinsen did before writing this paper it might be possible to judge the nature of the operculum correctly from the appearance of the rest of the apparatus even when the operculum has been torn away but one with less experience will certainly have serious doubts at times when the operculum is not present and it is not always possible to have an unlimited supply of material to examine for hydrothecae perfect in this respect. When Levinsen finds it necessary to disagree with the interpretation put upon the nature of the opercular apparatus by so many careful hydroid observers, e.g., with Nutting in the case of Sertularia pumila, it is evident that the adoption of a system based on such a character instead of bring- ing about a desirable degree of unanimity will tend to make the disagreement much more pronounced. There can be little natural about a system of classification that makes it necessary to combine the genera Ahietinaria and Diphasia into a single genus to make it fit in with the classification when the differences are so evident that they are immediately separated into the same two parts but called groups instead of genera for appearance, sake. Levinsen objects to certain genera because there are intergrading forms but his classification leaves just as large a crop of these as is to be found in any other system. There will always be these intergrading forms but nothing is to be gained by crying down one system on this account when no improvement is made in a proposed sub- stitute. When an attempt is made to fit in a system of classification of the Sertu- laridas depending on the nature of the opercular apparatus with the general classifica- HYDI.'dins E\sTi:i,'X CAXADA 337 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a tion of the hydroids in use, we have, to use Levinsen's words, " inenmmensurables defined by different laws, so that we must have the log'ieal sequence, that one of them cannot be substituted for the other." While, therefore, the care with which Levinsen did this work on the opercular appa- ratus is fully recognized and while the value to systematists of this exhaustive examina- tion is in no way under-estimated, it is impossible to do otherwise than conclude as many others have done, that although the nature of the opercular apparatus is a good char- acter and is of much value in classification, it cannot be used satisfactorily as the sole basis on which to divide the Sertularidje into genera. The time may come when there will be more general agreement on the method of classifying this family but it will be at a time when all the main variable features of each species will be taken into consideration. As this paper is on distribution rather than on taxonomy, it is not desirable to discuss in detail this or any other system of classification. By adhering to the nomen- clature used throughout in previous papers for the Sertularidse as for the other fami- lies, there will at least be no difficulty in following the references to the various species considered. Sub-order GYMNOBLASTEA. Family CLAVID^. Genus COEDYLOPHORA. CORDYLOPHORA LACUSTRIS Allman. Cordylophora lacustris Allman, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1st ser. viii., 1844, p. 330. HiNCKS, Br. Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 16. Stafford. Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72. Distribution. — St. Andrews, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford). Although this is a fresh- or brackish-water form, since it has been reported it is well to include it in the list. Genus CLAVA. Cl.wa leptostyla Agassiz. Clava muUicornis Stimpson, Marine Invert. Grand Manan, 1853, p. 16. Clava leptostyla Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U.S.. vol. iv, 1862, p. 218. HiNCKS, British Hydroid Zoophytes, 1868, p. 6. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole. 1901. p. 321. Hargitt, Am. Nat. 1901, p. 305. Whiteaves. Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 18. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72. Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 159. Distribution.— S)ti\\non Bay (Packard) ; Long island point to Labrador (.Verrill) ; St. Andrews, Canso, Seven islands (Stafford); Canso (Fraser); St. Andrews. Family LABID^. Genus MONOBBACHIUM. Monobrachium parasitum Mereschkoivsky. Monobrachium parasitum Mereschowsky, Hyd. from White Sea, 1877. p. 226. Levinsen, Medusae, Ctenophorer, etc., 1893, p. l.'il. parasiticiim Bonnevie, Norske Nordhavs-Ex.. 1899, p. 151. parasitum Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Distribution. — Gaspe (Stafford). 338 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Family DICORYNID^. Genus DICOEY^TE. DiCORYNE COXFERTA (Alder). Eudendrium confertum Alder, Trans. Tynes. Nat. 'F.C., iii, 1857, p. 103. Dicoryne conferta Hincks,. Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 105. AiLMAN, Gymnnblastic Hyd., 1871, p. 293. Bhh-tbution. — Off Minister's island. DicoRYKE FLEXUOSA G. O. Sars. Dicoryne flexuosa Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben om Norges Hydroider, 1873, p. 96. Vehrill, Am. Jour. Sci. and Art, 3rd. ser., vol. xvi, 1878, p. 375. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 19. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72. Distribution.— OS Nova Scotia, 50 to 125 fathoms (Verrill) ; St. Andrews (Staf- ford). Family SYNCOBYNID^. Genus SYNCORYNE. Syncorynf. mirabilis (Agassiz). Coryne mirahilis Agassiz, Cent. Nat. Hist. U.S., vol. iv, 1862, p. 185. Syncoryne mirahilis Nutting, Hydroids of Woods Hole, 1901, p. 328. H.-\RGITT, Am. Nat, 1901, p. 328. WHITEA^ES, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 19. Dicoryne mirahilis Stafford, Famia Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72. Distribution. — Belles Amours, strait of Belle Isle (Packard) ; bay of Fundy (Verrill); Seven islands (Stafford); Katy cove; on sargassum in the Gulf Stream east of Nova Sootia. Family BIMEBID.^. Genus BIMERIA. Bimeria BREVis new species. (Fig. 2). Trophosome.— Stem simple, growing from a creeping hydrorhiza; in many cases it forms a long pedicel for a single liydranth but in others it may give off several hydranths, each on a pedicel of its own, and occasionally these pedicels may be branched. The greatest length observed was 8 mm. In the branched specimens, the branches do not come off at regular intervals, either vertically or laterally ; each makes quite an acute angle with the stem. The perisarc is quite thick and wrinkled but no definite annuli are formed; the portion around the body of the hydranth is closely wrinkled or creased; hydranth small with 11-12 tentacles. Gonosome. — Absent. Distribution. — On Tubularia crocea from Katy cove. The habitus of this species is much similar to that of Bimeria humilis Allman^ but the stem is relatively much stouter, the hydranths are much smaller and the peris- arc is much more wrinkled. In any case one should scarcely expect to find a species that was obtained in the warm, shallow water of the Tortugas to occur in the cold water of the bay of Fundy. It bears less resemblance to Bimeria vestita Wright as it is a shorter but coarser species. SAIIman, G. J. Gulf Stream Hydroids, 1877, p. 9. HYDROIDS EASTERN CANADA 339 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Genus GAEYEIA. Gauveia orceni.axdica Levinsen. Garveia grmnlandica LevixseNj Meduser, Ctenopliorer, etc., 1893, p. J 55. Fraser^ Vancouver island hydroids, 1914, p. 117. Distribution. — Bay of islands, Newfoundland, 50 to 60 fathoms. Family BOUGAINVILLIDJE. Genus BOUGAIKTILLIA. BouGAixviLLiA CAROLiNENSis (McCrady). Hippocrene carolinensis McCrady, Gymno. of Charleston Har., 185T, p. 02. Margelis carolinensis Agassiz, Cent. Nat. Hist. U.S., vol. iv, 1862, p. 344. A. Agassiz, N. a. Acalephse, 1865, p. 156. Bougainvillia carolinensis Nutting. Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 330. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72. Fraser, New England Hydroids, 1912, p. 41. Fraser, Hyd. of Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 159. Distribution.— %t. Andrews, Seven islands (Staiford) ; Canso (Fraser) ; Katy cove, Joe's point. The specimens of this species collected at Katy cove were small as compared with those described from Woods Hole. None of them were more than an inch in length but the medusa buds were well developed. Family EUDENDBID^. Genus EUDENDRIUM. Eudendrium album Nutting. Eudendrium album Nuttixg, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1898, p. 362. Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 334. Hargitt, Biol. Bull., 1908, p. 97. Eraser, Hyd. of Beaufort, 1912, p. 348. Distribution. — Off Deer point, Campobello island, and at many iwints between this and Dochet island up the St. Croix river, off Brier island. Nova Scotia, 33 to 39 fathoms. Eudendrium annulatum Norman. Eudendrium annulatum Norman, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1864, p. 83. HiNCKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 83. Jaderholm, Northern and Arctic Invert., 1909, p. 51. Distribution. — Brier island, 25 fathoms. Eudendrium capillare Alder. Eudendrium capillare Alder, Cat. Zooph. Northumberland and Durham, 1857, p. 15. Hdjcks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 84. Allman, Gymno. Hyd. 1871, p. 335. Nutting, Woods Hole Hyd., 1901, p. 334. Whiteaves, Marine Invert. East Can., 1901, p. 20. Eraser, Hyd. of Beaufort, 1912, p. 348. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72. 340 DEPABTMEST OF THE XAVAL HERTICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Distribution. — Le Have baiil<, 45 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; St. Andrews (Stafford); AVeir stakes at St. Andrew's island: off L'Etang head, 12 fathoms. EUDENDRIUM CIN'GLLATUM StimpSOn. Eudendriwn cingidatum Stimpson, Marine invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 9. Whiteaves, Marine Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 20. Distrihution. — Off Duck Island, Grand Manan (Stimpson). Stimpson's description of this species is very meagre but it seems to agree very well with that for E. annulatum Norman and very probably it is the same species. If it is the name E. annulatum should be retained as it has priority. A. Agassiz con- sidered it to be the same as Bougainvillia supercilari,s Agassiz (See N. A. Acalephse, 1865, p. 153). EUDEXDRIUM DISPAR AgaSsiz. Eudendrium dkpar Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. F.S.. vol. iv, 1862, p. 285. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. .332. Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 309. Whiteaves. Mar. Invert. East. Can.. 1901, p. 20. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72. Fr.\ser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 160. Distribution. — Vineyard sound to bay of Fundy (Verrill) ; St. Andrews, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Barrington passage (Eraser) ; Off Head Harbour Island. Off McMaster island, weir stakes, St. Andrews island, Joe's point, reef off St. Andrews, 10 fathoms. Eudendrium rameum (Pallas). Tubularia ramea Pallas, Eleneh. Zooph., 1766, p. 83. Eudendrium rameum Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 80. Whiteaves, l\[ar. Invert. East Can., 1901, p. 19. Jaderholm, Northern and Arctic Invert., 1909, p. 50. Distrihution. — 30 miles southeast of Halifax in 100 fathoms (Verrill) ; near Two islands, Grand Manan, 5-10 fathoms, off L'Etang head, off Joe's point. Weir stakes, St. Andrews island. Eudendrium ramosum (Linnjeus). Tubularia ramosa Linn.\eus, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 804. Eudendi-ium ramosum Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 82. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole. 1901. p. 332. Hargitt. Am. Nat. 1901. p. 309. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 19. . Stafford. Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia. 1913, p. 160. Distrihution. — Bay of Fundy, 8 to 100 fathoms (Verrill); S miles southeast of Bonaventure island (Whiteaves) : Metis and Murray bay (Dawson) ; St. Andrews. Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Chedabucto bay, 45 fathoms (Eraser) ; many locali- ties from Two islands to St. Andrews point, Brier island. Eudendrium tenue A. Agassiz. Eudendrium tenue A. Agassiz, N.A. Acalephse, 1865, p. 160. Nuttikg, Hyd. Woods Hole. 1901, p. 333. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 20. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia. 1913, p. 160. Distrihution. — Buzzards bay to Bay of Fundy, low water to 15 fathoms (Verrill) : St. Andrews (Stafford) ; Canso (Eraser) ; many points from St. Andrews to L'Etang head, off Brier island. HYDROinS EASTERy CAXMJA 341 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Family HYDRACTINW/E. Genus HYDRACTINIA. Hydractinia echinata (Fleming). Alcyonium echinatuin Fleming, Br. Animals, 1828, p. 517. Hydractinia echinata Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 23. polyclina Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist., U.S., 1862, p. 227. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 335. echinata Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 21. Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 310. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Fraser, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912. p. 352. Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 161. Distribution. — New Jersey to Labrador (Verrill) ; St. Andrews, Malpeque, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Grand Manan (A. Apassiz) ; Canso (Fraser) ; High Duck island. Family y.YEWTHELlV.'E. Genu? MYRIOTHELA. Myriothei.a iMiiiYciA (Fabric)us). Lvcernaria phriigia I'ahricu's, Fauna Grienlandica. 1780, p. 343. Miiriotliela phri/fiia Hinokr, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 77. Whiteaves. Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901. p. 20. Distrihiition. — ''Grand Manan, bay of Fundy, W. Stimpson " (L. Agassiz). Family PENNABIDJU. Genus ACAULIS. Ac'AULis in;iMAi!u:s Stimpson. Araulis iJrimariiis Stimpson, Mar. In\ert. Grand Manan, 18o4, p. 10. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 21. Dixtribidion. — Grand Manan, 5 to 15 fathoms (Stimpson). Family CORYMOBPHIDJE. Genus C:ORYMORPHA. CORYMORPHA PEXDULA AgaSsiz. Corymorplia nutans Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1S54, p. 9. pendula Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U. S., vol. iv, 1862, p. 227. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 337. Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 312. Monocaulis glacialis Whiteaves. Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 21. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Corymorpha pendula Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 161. Distrihution. — West Quoddy head. Welsh pool, Low Duck island. 4 to 15 fathoms, (Stimpson); bay of Fundy, Murray bay (Verrill) ; Rodger's island. Oak bay, Char- lotte county (Ganong) ; St. Andrews (Stafford) ; Chedabucto bay (Fraser) ; St. Andrews, Wolves islnnd, Harbour island, 25 fathoms. 342 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Family TUBULARID^. Genus TUBULAHIA. TUBULARIA COLITHOUYI Agassiz. Tubularia couthouyi Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U. S., 1862, p. 266. A. Agasstz, N. a. Acalephse, 1S65, p. 196. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 338. Distribution. — Grand Manan (A. Agassiz). Tubularia crocea (Agassiz). Panjpha crocea Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist., U. S., 1862, p. 249. TubvJaria crocea Nutting, Hyd. M^oods Hole, 1901, p. 340. H.4RGITT, Ain. Nat., 1901, p. 315. Fraser, New England Hydroids, 1912, p.- 42. Frasee, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 162. Distrihuiion. — Canso (Fraser); Katy cove, St. Andi-ews, L'Etang head. Weir stakes. St. Andrews island. Tubularia ixdivisa Linnaeus. Tuhxdaria indirisa Linn.eus, Syst. Nat. 1767, p. 1301. Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1853, p. 9. HiNCKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 115. Whiteaves, Mar. Inv. East. Can., 1901, p. 21. Stafford, Faiina Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72. Distribution. — Grand Manan (Stimpson); Sable island (Dawson); Le Have bank (Smith and Harger) ; St. Andrews (Stafford) ; St. Andrews, Joe's point, off Deer island, oft' L'Etang head. Tubularia l.\rykx Ellis and Solander. Tubularia larynx Ellis and Sol.vxder, Nat. Hist, of Zooph., 1786, p. 31. STurrsox. Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 9. HiKCKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 118. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 338. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East Can., 1901, p. 20. Thamnocnidia larynx Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 72. Tubularia larynx Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 162. Distribution. — Grand Manan (Stimpson) ; Orphan bank (WTiiteaves) ; Gaspe bay .(Dawson); St. Andrews, Malpeque, Gaspe (Stafford); Barrington passage (Fraser); York harbour, Newfoundland. TuBUL.^RiA sPECTABiLis (Agassiz). Thamnocnidia spectabilis Agas.siz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U. S., vol. iv, 1862, p. 271. Tubidaria Sfectahilis Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p 339. Distribution. — Minister's bay, east point of Bliss island. Tubularia tenella (Agassiz). Thamnocnidia tenella Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U.S., vol. iv, 1862, p. 275. Tubularia tenella Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 339. Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 314. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 20. Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 162. Distribution. — Bay of Fundy, low water to 40 fathoms (Verrill) ; St. Andrews, Canso, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Canso (Fraser) ; Niger reef, weir stakes, St. Andrews island. nvrih-oiDs i:asti:i{\ c.wada 343 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Sub-order CA LYPTOBLASTEA. Yamih- CAMPANULA RID/H. Genus 0 AMP ANUL ARIA. Campanui.aria a:mpiiora (Agassiz). Laomedea amphora Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U. S., vol. iv, 1S62, p. 311. Campanularia amphora Nuttino, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 347. Hargitt. Am. Nat., 1901, p. 384. Frarer, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 163. Nutting.. Am. Hyd., pt. iii, 1915, p. 50. Distrihuiion. — Grand Manan (A. Agassiz) ; Canso (Fraser) ; Grand Manan (Nut- ting). Campanularia flexuosa (Hincks). Laomedea fiexuosa Hixcks, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 18C1, p. 2G0. Campanularia fle.ruosa Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 168. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 348. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 22. Staffokp, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912. p. 73. Fkasei!, Hyd. Nova Scotia. 1913, p. 163. NiiTTLNc^ Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 45. Distribution.- — Bay of Fundy to gulf of St. Lawrence (VerriU) ; St. Andrews, Canso, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford); Canso (Fraser); Niger reef, weir stakes, St. Andrews island. Campanularia gelatinosa (Pallas). Sertularia gelatinosa Pallas.. Eleneh. Zooph., 1766, p. 116. Laomedea gelatinosa Stimpson, ^far. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, i>. 8. Ohelia gelatinosa Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 151. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 351. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 23. Campanularia gelatinosa Frasep,, Hyd. of Vancouver island. 1914, p. 135. Ohelaria gelatinosa Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 88. Distribution. — Metis (Dawson); Near Caribou island (Packard). This species is discussed at length in the Vancouver island paper. Camp.^nularia gigantea Hincks. Campanidaria gigantea Hincks, Ann. and Mag., Nat. Hist., 1866, p. 297. Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 174. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 44. Distrihuiion. — Bay of Islands, Newfoundland, 50 to 60 fathoms, off Long island, 15 to 35 fathoms, St. Croix river, 5 to 10 fathoms. Cajipanularia gucenlandica Levinsen. Campanularia granlandica Levinsen, Medusa?, Ctenophorer, etc., 1893, p. 26. Frasei:, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913; p. 163. Fraser. Hyd. of Vancouver island region, 1914, p. 136. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 38. Distrihuiion. — Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Eraser); Quoddy river, east of Spruce island, 17 fathoms, between White and Spruce islands, off Head Harbour island, 25 fathoms, off Deer point, Campobello island, off' Brier island, 22 fathoms. 38a— 23 344 DEPARTMENT OF TEE SATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Campanularia hi^xksi Alder. Campanvlaria hinclsi Alder, Trans. Tynes. F. C, iii, 1857, p. 162. HiNCKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1S68, p. 102. Nutting. Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 345. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901 p. 22. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 37. Distribution.— Le Have bank, 45 fathoms (Smith and Harger). Cat^ipanularia INTEGRA MacGillivray. Campanularia integra MacGillivray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1842, p. 465. HiNCKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 163. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 33. Distrihution. — Seven islands (Stafford); Spruce island. Brier island, 33 to 39 fathoms. Gampanularw. magnificAj Fraser. Campanularia magnifica Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 164. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 47. • Distrihution. — Canso hanks, 50 fathoms (Fraser); Off Newfoundland (Nutting). Campanularia neglecta (Alder). Laomedea neglecta Alder, Trans. Tynes. F. C, iii, 1857, p. 33. Campanularia neglecta Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 171. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 346. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 165. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 46. Distribution. — St. Andrews, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Canso (Fraser) ; through- out the area from Grand Manan to the St. Croix river, off Brier island. Campanularia speciosa Clark. Campanularia speciosa Clark, Alaskan Hydroids, 1876, p. 171. Levinsen, Medusje, etc., 1893, p. 167. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Fraser, Hyd. V. I. region 1914, p. 139. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 48. Distribution. — Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford). The hydroids reported by Stafford as belonging to this species, in all probability, belong to the species C. magnifica. In the Vancouver island paper attention has been called to the fact that similar mistakes have been made elsewhere owing to similarity of the trophosome. The gonangia in the two species bear no resemblance to each other. Campanularia verticillata (Linna?us). Sertularia verticillata Linn.eus, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 811. Campanularia verticillata Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 167. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901. p. 347. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 22. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Eraser, H.vd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 165. Nutting, Am. Hyd. iii, 1915, p. 29. HTDROIDS EASTERN CANADA 345 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Distrihiition. — Le Have banks, 45 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; gulf of St. Law- rence (Packard) ; gulf of St. Lawrence, 20 to 50 fathoms (Whiteaves) ; St. Andrews, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford); Chedabucto bay, 50 fathoms (Fraser) ; Nova Scotia (Nutting) ; at several points in the area between Sand Eeef light, L'Etang head and the north end of Campobello island. Campanularia volubilis (Linnseus). Sertulai-ia voluhilis Linn^us, Syst. Nat, 1767, p. 1311. Oampanularia volubilis Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 160. NuTTi-NG, Hyd. Woods Hole. 1901, p. 345. ; Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 22. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 1 3 Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913. p. 165. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 31. Disirihution. — Bay of Fundy, low water to 60 fathoms (Verrill) ; gulf of St. Lawrence, off Cap des Eosiers lighthouse in 7 fathoms (Whiteaves) ; St. Andrews, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Barrington passage. 5 fathoms, Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Fraser) ; at various points from the south end of Grand Manan to the head of Passamaquoddy bay. Brier island, 33 to 39 fathoms. Genus CLYTIA. Clytia cylindrica Agassiz. Clytia cylindrica Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U.S., iv, 1862, p. 306. Platypyxis cylindrica A. Agassiz, N. A. Acelephse, 1865, p. SO. Clytia cylindrica Fraser, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912, p. 358. Fraser, Grampus Hyd., 1915, p. 308. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 58. Distribution. — Chamcook har., 5 fathoms, off Bliss island. Clytia edwardsi (Nutting). Campanularia edivardsi Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 346. Clytia edwardsi Fraser, West Coast Hyd., 1911, p. 34. Fraser, New England Hyd., 1912, p. 44. Fraser, Hyd. V. I. region, 1914, p. 143. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 60. Distribution. — St. Andrews Pt. Clytia johnstoni (Alder). (Kg. 3). Campanularia johnstoni Alder, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1856, p. 359. Clytia johnstoni Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 143. Clytia hicophora Agassiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U.S., iv, 1862, p. 304. . Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole. 1901, p. 343. Clytia grayi Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 344. Clytia hicophora Hargitt, Am. Nat. 1901, p. 381. Clytia johnstoni Whiteaves, Mar. Invert., East. Can., 1901, p. 24. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1915, p. 165. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 54. Clytia bicophora Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 56. 38a— 23J 346 DEPARTMEXT OF THE ]\'AVAL SERVIOE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Distribution. — Bay of Fuiidy, low water to 40 fathoms (Verrill) ; Le Have bank. 45 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; Orphan bank (Whiteaves) ; St. Andrews (Stafford); Barrington passage, shallow water, Canso, low water (Fraser) ; Grand Manan (A. Agassiz) ; at various points from the south end of Grand Manan to the head of Passa- maqoddy bay, oif Brier island, i-l fathoms. Since Agassiz described specimens from the K^ew England coast and the Bay of Fund.v as belonging to a new species Clytia hicophora, few authers have considered the species distinct from Clytia johnstoni. Nutting, in his Woods Hole paper, and later in his monograph, treats it so, but in his later paper he has included his earlier species, Clytia grayi, with Clytia johnstoni. He states that Clytia hicophora is a much more delicate and smaller species, the hydrothecse of C. johnstoni being on the average twice as long and wide as those of C. hicophora" and later, '" The diag- nostic marks of Clytia hicophora are the comparatively small size of the hydrothee*. the presence of a simple instead of a complex diaphragm, and the tenuity of the hydro- thecal walls." He speaks of the diaphragm of C. Johnston as being " strong, thicker than usual, and the basal chamber well shown." The hydrotheca of C. johnstoni is said to have 16 teeth, that of C. hicophora, 12 to 14. In the material under consideration there were specimens of this species, or of these species, from IS localities, ranging from the southern end of Grand !ilanan island, through Passamaquoddy bay and up the St. Croix river, the very region from which Agassiz obtained some of his specimens. There were also some from St. Mary bay on the Nova Scotia side of the Bay of Fundy. For comparison I have specimens from Canso. N.S., and Woods Hole, Mass., together with specimens of Clytia john- stoni from the coast of Devon, England, obtained from the British museum. First considering the size of the hydrotheca?. Nutting gives no measurements, the figures are not all drawn to the same scale of magnification and the scale is not given in an.y instance, hence it is impossible to be sure what size he considers suitable for each species. It is possible to find in one locality a variation as great as he gives as the distinction and sometimes not far from that much variation in the one colony. The average size of the English specimens is much the same as that of the Canso and Woods Hole specimens and scarcely any of those found in the bay of Fundy were smaller than these, the majority being larger and some of them being much larger. Those from St. Mary bay were larger and most of those from Passamaquoddy bay and vicinity are also; those well in from the direct waters of the bay of Fundy are. in general, larger than those more nearly out in the oj^en. Thus, those from the vicinity of Deer island and at the mouth of the St. Croix river are larger on the average than those obtained from Grand Manan, the Wolves and Bliss island. Some measurements will .show this : The length of the h.vdrothecse in the Devon, Canso, and Woods Hole specimens, varies from 0-5 to 0-65mm., St. Mary bay, 0-55 to 0-6,1. Grand Manan. 0-45 to 0-8, Bliss island, 0-5 to 0-75. Deer island. 0-6 to 1-0, mouth of the St. Croix river, 0-75 to 1-0.5. The length varies from 1-5 to 2 times the breadth. The largest specimens answer well to the type on which Nutting based the species. C. grayi. It is scarcely probable that Nutting described C. hicophora from specimens with hydrothecffi half the length of the smallest of these. It is more likely that there is a variation in size in the British specimens as there is in the bay of Fundy specimens and possibly Nutting has examined some of the larger ones while I have some of the smaller ones. With regard to the thickness of the diaphragm, it is quite natural that the larger specimens have thicker diaphragms than the smaller but I find that when the smaller ones are examined under higher magnification, so that they appear equal in size to the larger, there is no constant difl^erence in the appearance of the diaphragm. This is borne out by Nutting's figures. In fig. o, pi. XII, where the drawing of the hydro- theca of C. hicophora is shown as large as that of C. johnstoni in the preceding plate, the diaphragm is shown even more plainly than in the drawing of C. johnstoni. The same is true in the case of the basal chamber. //y;)/,'i;//>N' fasterx cwinA 347 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a The tenuity of the hydrotheeal walls may vary much in the same species and the collapsible appearance is often due to the length of time the hydroids are in stale water before they are examined or before they are preserved. Finally as to the number of teeth in the margin of the hydrotheea?, the number may vary from 12 to 16 in the hydrothecoe of the same colony and they appear to be just as liable to be numerous in the small hydrothecae as in the large ones. AVhile the chasm is a great one between the small specimens and the very large ones, when only those are seen, it becomes entirely bridged when all graduations are brought into view also. The conclusion that all specimens recorded as C. bicophora, C. grayi and C. Johnston i should be all included in the one species C. johnstoni (Alder) to me seems unavoidable. Clytia xoLiFOKMis (McCrady). Campanidaria noliforniis McCrapy. Gynino. Charleston har., 1857, p. 92. CJi/fia noliformis Nutting. Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 343. Fraser, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912, p. 359. Staffoku, Fauna Atlantic coast, 1912, p. 73. XiTTixi:, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 57. Distribution. — Canso, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Briar island, 33 to 39 fathoms, on sargassum in Gulf Stream, east of Xova Scotia. Genus EUCOPELLA. ElXOPF.LLA CALICULATA (Hiucks). Campanvlaria caliculata HixcKS, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1S53, p. 178. Clytia {Orthopyxis) poterium Ac.ASSiz, Cont. Nat. Hist. U. S., 1862, p. 297. Orthopyxis poterium A. Agassiz, N. A. Acalephse, 1865, p. 223. Orthopyxis caliculata Verrill, Mar. Invert. Vineyard sound, 1873, p. 408. Campanularia poterium Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 344. Cam,panulavia caliculata Hargiti, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 383. Whitewes. Mar. Invert. Eastern Canada, 1901, p. 23. St.\fford, Fauna Atlantic coast, 1912, p. 73. Eucopella caliculata Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 166. Eraser, Hyd. V. I. region, 1914, p. 147. Orthopyxis caliculata Bale, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1914, p. 72. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 64. Distribution. — Bay of Fundy, low water to 30 fathoms, gulf of St. Lawrence at the Mingan islands, 6 fathoms (Verrill) ; Henley harbour, strait of Belle Isle, 20 to 30 fathoms (Packard); Seven islands (Stafford); Canso, 20 fathoms (Eraser); Sea Coal bay, N.S. (A. Agassiz). In my previous papers where this species was recorded the name Eucopella cali- culata has been used but now Bale and Nutting intimate that Eucopella must be dis- carded for Orthopyxis. It seems to be putting a big stretch on the law of priority when it is made to cover a name that was first applied to a subgenus and later a genus but admittedly never defined. It is all very well to speak of the "elaborate descrip- tion" given by Agassiz for Clytia (OrtJiopyxis) poterium, but it was not sufficiently elaborate to give recognition to the fact that the species had already been described. In any case the description was not comijlete enough to convince Hiucks of the neces- sity for the new genus for, while recognizing the identity of Clytia poterium with his own Campanularia caliculata in his 1868 work, he retains the name Campanularia. Little stress can be laid on the fact that K. Agassiz used the name Orthopyxis in 1865 as there he simply refers to his father's collections without farther remarks. 348 DEPARTMENT OF THE NATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 A stronger argument for retaining Orthopy.vis appears in the fact that Verrill used Oiihopyxis caliculata in all the references to the species in his paper in 1873, giving a description of the species but not of the genus on page 408, but as he returns to Campanularia caliculata in IST-t and agiiin in 1ST9, the argument loses its strength. Jv'utting has e%'idently overlooked these references of Verrill's for he says : " I cannot find any author has used the name Orthopijxis since 1865." The name Eucopella has a different status for when von Lendenfeld introduced it in 1885 he defined the genus and other definitions given since then do not conflict with his definition. Since the genus Oiihopyxis had not been previously defined. Bale and Nutting are really substituting a new genus for Eucopella, although retaining all the characteristics of that genus, for although a name is given that had been used pre- viously, they do not know and never can know that Agassiz had any such characteris- tics in mind when he applied the subgeneric name Ortliopyxis to his species poteriiim. Genus GONOTHYRiEA. GONOTHYR^A GRACILIS (Sars). Laomedea gracilis Sars^ Beretn. om zool. Reise, etc., 1851, p. 18. Gonothyrcea gracilis Allman, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1864, p. 374. HiNCKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 183. Fraser, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912, p. 361. Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 166. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 70. Distribution. — Canso, Barriugton passage, low water (Fraser) ; off High Duck island, between Two and Three islands, off Swallowtail light, 30 to 40 fathoms off Bliss island, off St. Andrews point, off Joe's point, off Doehet island. GONOTHYR.EA LOVF.NI (Allmau). Laomedea loveni Allman, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1859, p. 138. Gonothyrcea loveni Allman, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1864, p. 374. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 352. St.afford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912. p. 73. Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 166. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 69. Bistribution. — St. Andrews, Gaspe. Malpeque, Seven islands (Stafford); Chedac- bucto bay, 20 fathoms (Fraser) ; Nigger reef, off Joe's point, off Head Harbour island. Cumming's cove, 5 to 40 fathoms. Stafford mentions a species of Gonothyrwa which occurs at Malpeque. between the clustered stems of Tuhularia: "Its hydrotheca has about 24 long, narrow, rigid, sharp teeth, separated by broad, rounded spaces below and continuing as thickened lines down the hydrotheca." It is unfortunate that he did not describe this species more fully and give figures of it, since, as far as I am aware, there has been no species of Gono- thyrcea described with hydrothecse like these. Gonothyrcea gracilis (Sars) has hydro- thecse with long, slender, sharp, teeth but each hydrotheca has only 10 to 12 of them. Twenty-four is an unusually large number of teeth to be found on the hydrothecal margin of any hydroid species. The thickened longitudinal lines have not been men- tioned in connection with other species of this genus. Genus OBELIA. Obelia articulata (A. Agassiz). (Fig. 1.) Eucope articulata A. Agassiz, N. A. Acalephse, 1865, p. 89. Trophosome. — Largest colonies reaching a height of 7 cm., most of them much less than this; stem usually simple, although in some of the large colonies there is a UYDROWS EASTERN CANADA 349 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a slight indication of f asciculation ; main stem continuous throughout and distinctly- heavier than any of the branches ; branches short and slender ; main stem and branches with two to four annulations above the point where the branch or pedicel comes off; branches similarly annulated at their origin. Hydrothecate pedicels arising from each axil and one or two from each node, usually annulated throughout; hydrothecse much deeper than wide; margin with 12 to 14 low, rounded teeth. Gonosome. — Gonangia much elongated, with a distinct collar, borne on pedicels that are annulated throughout. They appear in the axils of the pedicels and smaller branches and at times are very numerous. Distnhution. — St. Croix river, reef near Biological station, off Joe's point, off St. Andrews point, St. Andrews island., Chamcook harbour, Minister's island. Wolves island, off Swallowtail light, Grand Manan. I have no doubt that this species which is common in the vicinity of the Biolo- gical station is the same as A. Agassiz described as Eucope articulata but his descrip- tion is not very complete, hence I have included a full description at this time. The species resembles Ohelia dichotoma in its mode of branching, 0. longissima in the nature and arrangement of the hydrothecse and 0. commissuralis in the nature and arrangement of the gonangia. It is so much like these species in these respects that unless one 'gets a complete fertile colony it is somewhat difflcult at times to be sure that it is not one of these species. It is quite xiossible that some of the records given for these other species should have been given for 0. articulata. Obelia commissuralis McCTady. Obelia commissuralis McCrady, Gymno. Charleston har., 1857, p. 95. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 350. Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 382. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 23. Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 167. Nuttixg, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915. p. 83. Distribution. — Grand Manan (Verrill) : Canso, low water (Fraser) ; Grand Manan (A. Agassiz) ; Seven islands. Obelia dichotoma (Linnseus). Sertularia dichotoma Linnseus, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 812. Ohelia dichotoma Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 156. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 350. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 23. Ohelia pyriformis White.wf.s, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 23. Ohelia dnchotoma Stafford. Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 167. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 80. Distribution. — Nova Scotia, Metis (Dawson) ; St. Andrews, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Canso, low water (Fraser) ; Grand Manan (A. Agassiz) ; Joe's point, east of Spruce island 17 fathoms. Brier island, 33 to 39 fathoms. Obelia flabellata (Hincks). Campanularia flahellata Hincks. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1866, p. 297. Obelia flahellata Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 157. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 350. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Nutting, Am. Hyd. iii, 1915, p. 84. Distribution. — St. Andrews, Seven islands (Stafford) ; between White and Spruce islands. 350 DEPARTMEXT OF THE XATAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Obelia. gemcllata (Liuiiseus). Sertularia geniculata I.myxvs, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1312. Ohelia geniculata Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zoopb.. 1868, p. 149. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 350. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 23. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913. p. 167. Fraser, Grampus Hydroids, 1915. p. 73. NuTTixG, Am. Hyd.. iii. 1915, p. 73. Disirihution. — Bay of Fundy and northward, low water to 40 fatlioms (Verrill) ; gulf of St. Lawrence (Dawson) ; St. Andrews, Gaspe, Seven islands ( Stafford) ; Bar- rington passage, 3 fathoms, Canso, low water (Fraser) ; High Duck island, Horse island. Whale cove, off Swallowtail light. Wolves, north of Green island. Bliss island. Deer island, off Joe's point, St. Andrews. Obelia hyalixa Clarke. Ohelia hyalina Clarke, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., 1879. p. 241. Fraser, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912, p. 363. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 76. Distribution. — On sargassum in the gulf stream, east of Nova Scotia. Obelia longissim.a (Pallas). Seriulavia longissima Pallas, Elench. Zooph., 1766, p. 119. Ohelia longissima Hixcks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 154. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 351. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 23. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Nutting, Am. Hyd., iii, 1915, p. 85. Distribution. — Bay of Fundy (Verrill); St. Andrews, Seven islands (Stafford); off Bliss island. Indian Head bay. off Joe's point, St. Andrews. Family CAMPAXULINID^. Genus CALYCELLA. Calycella syringa (Linnfeus). Sertularia syringa LiNNiUS, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1311. Campanularia syringa Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1S54. p. 8. Calycella syringa Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 206. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 355. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 23. Stafford. Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 168. Eraser, Hyd. V. I. region, 1914. p. 156. Distribution. — Off Duck island, 25 fathoms (.Stimpson); Le Have bank, 45 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; gulf of St. Lawrence, on the Orphan bank and about half-way between East cape, Anticosti, and the Bird rocks, in 313 fathoms (A\Tiite- aves) ; St. Andrews, Malapeque, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Barringtou passage, shallow water, Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Fraser) ; at almost all points where collect- ing was done in the bay of Fundy. In my 1914 paper reasons are given for believing that Calycella pygmaa is not distinct from Calycella syringa iirnRniDt^ EAUTEm caxada 351 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Genus CUSPIDELLA. CUSPIDELLA COSTATA Hilicks. Cuspidella costata Hikcks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 210. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Distribution. — Gasps' (Stafford) . CUSPIDELLA GHAXDIS Hincks. CvspideUa fimndi.'i Hixcks, Br. Hyd. Zooph.. 1868, p. 210. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. East. Can., 1901, p. 24. Distribution. — Orphan bank (Whiteaves) ; Cotean harbour, Long island. Labia- dor (Packard). Genus OFEBCULARELLA. Opekculareu.a lacerata (Johnston). Campanularia lacerata Johnston, Br. Zooph., 1817, p. 120. Opercularella lacerata Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 194. XuTTiNG, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. .354. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. FR.4SER, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913. p. 168. Distribution. — St. Andrews (Stafford) ; Fox island, Chedabucto bay, low tide (Fraser) ; Niger reef, weir stakes, St. Andrews island. Brier island, 33 to 39 fathoms. Opercul.arella pumila Clark. Opercularella pumila Clark, New England Hydroids, 1876, p. 61. nana Hartlaub, Die Hydromedusen Helgolands, 1897, p. 502. puinilla Hargitt, Hyd. Woods Hole. 1909, p. 375. Distribution. — Weir stakes, St. Andrews island. The description and figures given by Hartlaub for Opercularella nana agree per- fectly with the creeping form of Opercularella pumila as described by Clark. Clark found but empty gonangia but Hartlaub found and described the complete gonosome. There is no question but that the species is distinct from 0. lacerata (Johnston). In the specimens found in the Bay of Fundy, the hydrothecaj are only about half as long (•25) in 0. pumila as they are in 0. lacerata (-45 mm) and the gouaugia are of an entirely different shape. In 0. lacerata they are rounded or truncate at the distal end, while in 0. pumila the distal portion is drawn out to become much more tubular. All of the material obtained at St. Andrews I. was of the creeping type but it was well supplied with gonangia. Genus STEGOPOMA. Stegopon'a PLiCATiiE (Sars). Lafoea plicatile Sars, Forhandl., 1863, p. 31. Stegopoma plicatile Levinsen, Medusse. Ctenophorer, etc., 1893, p. 36. Broch, Coelenteres du Fond. 1912, p. 11. Eraser, Hyd. V. I. region, 1914, p. 161. Distribution. — Bay of Islands, Newfoundland. Genus TETRAPOMA. Tethapoma QrADRiDEXTATiM (Hincks). Calycella quadridentata HixCks, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1874, p. 149. Tetrapoma quadridentatum Levinsen, iledusar, Ctenophorer, etc., 1893, p. 180. Calycella quadridentata Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Distribution. — Gaspe (Stafford). 352 DEPARTMEXT OF THE XAYAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Family HALECID^^. Genus HALECIUM. Halecium articulosum Clark. Halecium articulosum, Clark, New England Hyd., 1876, p. 63. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 358. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Fraser, Hyd. V.I. region, 1914, p. 164. Distribution. — St. Andrews (Stafford); Wolves, between White and Spruce islands, southwest of Deer island, off Sandreef light, 15 fathoms, oft" Harbour island, 25 fathoms, off Joe's point 10 fathom-;, reef near Biological station. Halecium beani (Johnston). Thoa heani Johxston, Br. Zooph., 1847, p. 120. Halecium heani Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph.. 1868, p. 224. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 358. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast. 1912. p. 73. Fraser. Hyd. Nova Scotia. 1913. p. 168. Distrihution. — St. Andrews, Seven Islands (Stafford): Barrington passage, 5f., Canso banks, 50f. (Fraser) ; at many points from the south end of Grand Manan to the head of Passamaquody bay. Halecium curvicaule Lorenz. Halecium curvicaule Lorenz, Polypomedusen von Jan Mayen, 1886, p. 3. Broch, Hyd. Arkt. Meere, 1909, p. 150. Distrihution. — Off Joe's point, off Deer island, off Brier island, 33-39f. Halecium gracile Verrill. Halecium gracile Verrill, Invert. An. Vineyard sd., 1873. p. 729. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 358. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 24. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Distrihution. — St. Andrews, Seven islands (Stafford) ; reef near Biological Station St. Andrews, 5 to 10 fathoms. Halecium halecinum (Linnseus). Sertularia halecina Linn.eus, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1308. Halecium halecinum Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 221. Nutting. Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 357. Whiteaves. Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 24. Stafford, Faima Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Distrihution. — Chateau bay, strait of Bell Isle, 30 fathoms. Bay of Funday (Packard) ; Bay of Fundy (Dawson) ; Bay of Fundy (Whiteaves) ; St. Andrews" (Stafford) ; St. Andrews, off Deer island. Halecium minutum Broch. Halecium minutum Broch, Nordmeer gesammelten hydroiden, 1903, p. 4. Fr.\ser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913. p. 168. Distrihution. — Canso banks. 50 fathoms (Eraser) ; Brier island. 22 fathoms. Bay of Islands, Newfoundland. 50 to 60 fathoms. inn HOI IIS i:Asri:i!\ ciyADA 353 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Halecium muricatum (Ellis and Solander). Sertularia muricatum Ellis axd Solaxder, Nat. Hist. Zooph., 1786, p. 59. Salecium muricatum Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 223. White.M'es. ilar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 25. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 7.3. Eraser. Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 169. Distribution. — 15 miles south southeast of Bonaventure island, 50 fathoms (Whit- eaves) ; off Caribou island, 30 to 50 fathoms. Square island, Labrador (Packard) ; St. Andrews, Canso, Gaspe (Stafford) ; Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Eraser) : Quoddy river, 23 to 47 fathoms. Head Harbour island. Deer island, between Big- Duck and Cheyne island, off Spruce island, 11 to 35 fathoms, between Two and Three islands, off Brier island, 33 to 39 fathoms. Halecium sessile Norman. Halecium sessile Norman. Hyd. Hebrides, 1866, p. 196. HiNCKs/Br.Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 229. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 25. Distribution. — Between East cape, Antieosti and Bird rocks, 12 fathoms (Whiteaves). Halecium texellum Hincks. Halecium tenellum HixcKS, Ann. and Mag:. Nat. Hist., 1861, p. 252. Hlncks, British Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 226. NuTTixG, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 357. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 191.3, p. 169. Distribution. — St. Andrews, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Eraser) ; common from the north end of Campobello island to the head of Passamaquoddy bay. Brier island. Seven islands, bay of Islands, Newfoundland. Family HEBELLID2E. Genus HEBELLA. Hebella calcarata (A. Agassiz). Lafcea calcarata A. Agassiz, N. A. Acalephae, 1865, p. 122. Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 387. Hebella calcarata Nuttixg, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 353. Fraser, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912, p. 371. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Distribution. — Canso (Stafford). Hebella ( ?) porilhnn Hincks. Lafcea pocillum Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 204. Distribution. — St. Andrews. There was no gonosome present on the St. Andrews specimens to settle the ques- tion definitely as to whether this species is a Lafcea or an Hebella but as there is a distinct diaphragm in the hydrotheca, it agrees with Hebella in that respect and is so placed. 354 DEPARTMENT OF THE XAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Family LAFCEIDjE. Genus CRTPTOLARIA. Ckyptolaria triserialis Eraser. Criipiolaria triserialis Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 170. Distrihiitioii. — Off Durell island. ClipdaLuctn bay. 20 fathoms (Fraser). Genus FILELLUM. FiLELLUJf SERPENS (Hassall). Campainilaria serpens Hassall, Trans. ^Mioro. Soc, 1852, p. 163. Filelhim serpens HixcKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 214. Beticularia serpens Verrill, Check-list, 1879, p. 79. Filellum serpens Eraser, Beaufort Hydroids, 1912, p. 369. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 171. Distribution. — Canso banks. 50 fathoms (Eraser) ; common from the north end of C'amijobello island to the head of Passamaquoddy bay and up the mouth of the St. Croix river. Brier island, 22 fathoms. Genus GRAMMARIA. Gramm.mjia abietina (Sars). Campanularia ahietina Sars, Nyt. Mag. for Naturv., 1851, p. 139. Grammaria rohusta STUtpsox, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan. 1854, p. 9. Grammaria ahietina S.^rs, Norske Hydroider, 1863, p. 34. Salacia ahietina, Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 212. Lafa'a ahietina Boxnevie, Norske, Nordhavs-Ex., 1899, p. 64. Grammaria ahietina Whiteaves. Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 28. Stafford. Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912. p. 73. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 171. Eraser, Hyd. V. I. region, 1914, p. 173. Distrihution. — Grand Manan (Stimpson) ; Le Have bank, 60 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; gulf of St. Lawrence, Trinity bay, 25 fathoms, and elsewhere (Whit- eaves) ; Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford): Chedabucto bay, 20 fathoms (Eraser); bay of Islands, Newfoundland, 50 to 00 fathoms. Grammarl\ (GRACILIS Stinipson. Gramrnaria graeilis Stimpson, l^Iar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 9, Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 28. Distribution. — Grand Manan (Stimpson). Genus LAFGEA. Lafcea dumosa (Fleming). SertuJaria dumosa Eleiiing, Edin. Phil. Jour., 1828, p. 83. Lofaia dumosa Hixcks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 200. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 355. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 24. HYliliOinH KA.STEIy-X CAN ADA 355 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Lafiva i-obusta Whiteaves. Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 34. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Lafii'n (himosa Fraser, Hvd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 171. Fraser, Hyd. Y. T. Region, 1914, p. 174. Distrihution. — Xova Scotia (Agassiz) ; between Anticosti and Gaspe, 120 to 200 fathoms (Whiteaves); St. Andrews, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford); Chedabucto bay, 20 fathoms (Fraser); common in all the Passamaquoddy bay area. Brier island, 22 fathoms. LAFfEA FRUTicosA Sars. Lafoea fruticosa Sar.s, ISTorske Hydroider, 1863, p. 30. HixcKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 202. BoXNEViE, Norske Nordhavs-Ex., 1899, p. 64. Verrill, Check-list, 1879. p. 17. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 172. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 172. Difctrihution. — Seven islands (Stafford); Chedabucto bay. 20 fathoms (Fraser); Chamcook harbour, 5 fathoms. Lafcea gr.vcillima (Alder). Campanularia gracilUma Alder, Trans. Tynes Nat. F. C, 1857, p. 39. Lafcea gracillima Boxnevie, Norske Nordhavs-Ex., 1899, p. 64. NuTTiN-G, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 356. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 24. Staffoud. Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 172. Eraser, Hyd. V. I. region, 1914, p. 175. Distnhution. — ^Bay of Fundy (Verrill) ; Le Have bank, 45 to 60 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford); Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Fraser); Brier island. Seven islands, bay of Islands, Newfoundland, 50 to 60 fathoms. Lafcea pygm,«a Hineks. Lafcea pygmcpa Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 205. Hehella pygmca Nkttini;, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 353. Brocii. Nordmeer ges. Hyd., 1903, p. 5. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia. 1913, p. 172. Distrihution. — ^Chedabucto bay, 25 fathoms (Eraser). Lafcea sv'.!meti!ica Bonnevie. Lnfd'a srimmetrica Boxxevie. Norske Nordhavs-Ex, 1899, p. 64. BrLL.\RD, Ex. Sc. " Travailleur " et du '-Talisman." 1907, p. 176. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 172. Distribution. — Chedabucto bay, 25 fathoms (Eraser). Family SERTULAEID2E. Genus ABIE TIN AEIA. Abietixaria abietixa (Linnajus). Sertuhria abietina Lixn^us. Syst. Nat, 1758, p. 808. Hincks. Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 266. White.wes, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 25. 356 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Sertularella abietina Nutting^ Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 361. Abietinaria abietina Nutting, Am. Hyd. ii, 1904, p. 114. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. Y3. . Feaser, Hyd. Nova Scotia. 1913, p. 1T3. Distribution. — Off Nova Scotia, 51 fathoms (Allman) ; Mingan island, gulf of St. Lawrence and Labrador (Packard) ; guK and river St. Lawrence (Dawson and Whiteaves) ; St. Andrews, Gaspe, Canso, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Fraser) ; St. George's bank, Newfoundland (A. Agassiz) ; oft" Swallowtail light, southwest of Deer island. Head harbour, Mcl'ilaster island, off Joe's point, Seven islands. Abietinaria filicula (Ellis and Solander.) Sertiilaria filicula Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., 1786, p. 57. Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 8. HiNCKS. Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 264. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 25. Abietinai-ia filicula Nutting, Am. Hyd. ii, 1904, p. 123. Distribution. — Grand Manan, 20 fathoms (Stimpson); Labrador (Packard). Note. — Stafford reports specimens of an Abietinaria species from Seven Islands, Quebec, but as all the information he gives concerning it is that it " most resembles A. gigantea Clark," it is impossible to place it. Genus DIPHASIA. DiPHASiA fallax (Johnston.) Sertularia fallax Johnston, Br. Zooph., 1847, p. 73. Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1S54, p. 8. Diphasia fallax Hixcks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 249. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 361. Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901. p. 391. WHITE.AVES, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 26. Nutting, Am. Hyd. ii, 1904, p. 114. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 173. Distrihution. — Grand Manan (Stimpson) ; Bay of Fundy, 20 to 55 fathoms (Ver- rill); St. Andrews (Stafford); Barrington passage, 4 fathoms (Eraser); common throughout the Passamaquoddy bay area, Brier island. 22 fathoms. Di aphasia rosacea (Linnseus). Sertularia rosacea Linn^us, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 807. Diphasia rosacea Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 245. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 361. White.wes, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 26. Nutting. Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 107. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 74. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 174. Distribution. — Strait of Belle Isle, 50 fathoms (Packard) ; St. Andrews (Stafford) ; Barrington passage (Eraser) ; off Deer island. 15 fathoms, off Frost ledges, Quoddy river, between Wlaite and Spruce islands, between Two and Three islands, Brier island, 33 to 39 fathoms. HTDROIDS EASTERN CANADA 357 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a DiPHASiA TAiiARiscA (Linnssus). Sertularia tamansca Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 808. Sertularia producta Stuipson^ Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 8. Diphasia iamarisca Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 273. Sertularia producta Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 27. Diphasia tamarisca Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 108. Distribution. — Grand Manan (Stimpson) ; Sea coal bay, N.S. (Verrill). Nutting, apparently with good reason, lias concluded that Sertularia producta Stimpson is synonymous with Diphasia tamarisca (Linnseus) and hence it is included here under that name. Genus HTDEALLMANIA. Hydrallmania falcata (Linnseus). Sertularia falcata Likn^us, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 810. Plumularia falcata Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1S54, p. 8. Hydrallmania falcata Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 273. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 364. Hargitt, Am. Nat., 1901, p. 392. Wiiiteaves. Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 27. Nutting, Am. Hyd.. ii, 1904, p. 124. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 74. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 174. Distribution.- — Grand Manan, 25 to 35 fathoms (Stimpson) ; bay of Fuudy, low water to 110 fathoms, Auticosti, Mingan islands (Verrill); Le Have bank, 60 fathoms, Chebucto head, Halifax harbour, 20 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; Sable island, Gaspe, Metis (Dawson); gulf of St. La^vrence (Whiteaves); Grand Manan (A. Agassiz) ; St. Andrews, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Barriiigton passage (Eraser) ; one of the comonest species of large size in the collection. Genus SELAGINOPSIS. Selaginopsis MiRABiLis (Verrill). Diphasia mirabilis Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci. Arts, 1872, p. 9. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 26. Selaginopsis mirahilis Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 128. Stafford, Eauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 74. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 174. Distribution. — Le Have bank, 60 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford); Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Eraser). Genus SERTULAKELLA. Sertularella conica Allman. Sertularella conica Allman, Hyd. Gulf Stream, 1877, p. 21. Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 79. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 174. Distribution. — Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Eraser). 358 DEPARTitEyr OF THE NAVAL HERVICE 3 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Sertii.arella Fi'siFouJiis (Hincks). SprtHlaria fvsiformis Hixcks, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.. 1861, p. 253. HixcKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 243. White.wes, Mar. Invert. E. Can.. 1901, p. 26. Seiiidarella fiixiforrnis KrTTixr.. Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 89. DisiribuUon. — Gulf of St. Lawrence, between Antieosti and Gaspe. 200 fathoms (Wliiteaves). Sertul.^rf.lla polyzoxias (LinnEeus). Sertvlaria jolijzonias Lixn.eus. Ryst. Xat., 1758, p. 813. Stimpson", Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 9. Sertularella polyzonias Hixxks. Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 235. Nutti.m;, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 362. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 25. Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 90. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912. p. 73. Er.^ser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 17.j. Distribution. — Grand Manan. 10 to 40 fathoms (Stimpson); Le Have bank, 60 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; Caribou island, (Packard) ; grulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; St. Andrews, Gaspe.Seven islands (Stafford); Chedabucto bay, 10 to 20 fathoms (Eraser) ; common throughout the Passamaquoddy bay area. Seven islands. Sei!Tui.akella rlkjosa (Linnseus). Sertularia rugosa Lixx.BUS, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 809. Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 9. Sertularella rugosa Hixcks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 259. Sertularia rugosa White.wes, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 25. Sertularella rugosa Nuttixg, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 82. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Distribution. — Grand Manan, deep water (Stimpson) ; Square island, Labrador, 30 fathoms (Packard); Seven islands (Stafford); High Duck island, between White and Spruce islands, Cumming's pove. West Quoddy head, Dochet island. Sertularella trkuspidata (Alder). Sertularia tricaspidata Alder, Ann. 'and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1856, p. 356. Sertularella tricuspidata Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 239. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole. 1901, p. 362. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 26. Nuttixg, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904. p. 71. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 175. Distribution. — Bay of Fundy. 50 to 55 fathoms (Verrill) ; Le Have bank, 45 to 60 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; strait of Belle Isle, 40 fathoms (Packard) ; St. Andi-ews, Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Eraser) ; very common everywhere in the Passamaquoddy bay area at all depths, Brier island, 33 to 39 fathoms. lIYDltOIDH K ASTERN C AX AD A 359 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Geuus SEETLTLARIA. SKKTur.ARiA roRNiciNA (McCracl.v). Dynamena corniciiui McruADV. Oymno. ( 'liarlcstun ITar., 1858, p. 204. Sertularia cornicina Nutting, Jlyd. Wouiis Hole, 1901, p. 359. Nutting. Am. H.vd., ii, 1904, p. 58. FiwsKR, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912, p. 374. Distiihut'ion. — On sargassum in tlio Gulf Stream, east of Nova Scotia. SuRTUL.VRiA PDMILA Linnfeus. Sertularia piimila Lixn.ecs, Sy.st. Nat., 1758, p, 807. HiNCKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1808, p. 260. NuTTIXf;. Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 359. WiliTEAVEs, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 25. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 175. Distribution. — Nova Scotia and lletis (Dawson) ; strait of Belle Isle, betsveen tides (Packard) ; St. Andrews, Canso, Seven islands (Stafford) ; Canso, low vi'ater (Fraser) ; Grand Manan (A. Agassiz) ; High Duck island, "Wolves, Indian Head Iwr, Souris, P.E.T., York liarlioair, bay of Islands, Newfoundland, Seven islands. Genus THUIARIA. TiiiiAuiA ar(;i:ntea (Liuna-us). Sertularia argentea Linn^us, Syst. Nat., 1758, p, 809. Stimpson^ Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 8. HixcKS, Br. Hyd. Zooph.. 18G8, p. 2CS. Thuiaria argcntm Nuttixc, ITyd. Woods Hol(>, 1901, p. 3(j4. WiiiTEAVES, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 27. NuTTiXG, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 71. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Eraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 176. Distribution. — Grand Manan, 4 to 6 fathoms (Stimpson); Bay of Fundy, Nova Scotia coast, gulf of St. Lawrence, low water to 110 fathoms (Verrill) ; Northumber- land strait, gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; Gaspe bay (Dawson) ; Caribou island, 8 fathoms (Packard) ; St. Andrews, Gaspe (Stafford) ; Barrington passage, 5 fathoms, Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Eraser) ; off Deer island, off Grand Manan, bay of Islands, Newfoundland, 50 to CO fathoms. TnuiARiA cupressina (Linna;us). Sertularia cupressina LiNN.a;us, Syst. Nat., 1758, p. 808, HINCK.S, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1808, p. 270. Thuiaria rnpressina Nutting, H.yd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 363. Wiiiteaves. Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 27. Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 72. Stafford,, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Distribution. — Off Nova Scotia, 51 fathoms (Allman) ; Bay of Fundy, low water to 100 fathoms (Verrill) ; Northumberland strait, gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; Henley harbour, strait of Belle Isle, 7 fathoms (Packard) ; St. Andrews (Stafford) ; St. Croix river, off Joe's point, McMaster island, Quoddy river, off Deer island, ^V^hale cove, 20 to 30 fathoms. Brier island, 33 to 39 fathoms. 38a— 24 360 DEPARTMEyr OF THE XAYAL SERYICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 TiiuiAijiA FABUioii (Levinscn)- Sertularla fasthjiala Fabricius, Fauna Groenlandica. 1780, p. 458. Sertularia fahricii Levinsen, Vid. Middel. ISTaturh. Foren., 1892, p. 48. Thuiaria fahricii Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, p. 1904, p. 71. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Distribution. — Gaspe, Islands (Stafford) ; St. Andrews. Thuiria immersa Nutting. Thuiaria immersa Nutting^ Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. G6. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Distribution. — Seven islands (Stafford) ; St. Croix river, Grand Manan, between Mohawk and Adam island, 35 fathoms, between Green and Three islands, McMaster island, off Deer island, off Brier island, 22 fathoms. Thuiaria latiuscula (Stimpson). Sertularia latiuscula Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, 1854, p. 8. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 2G. Thuiaria latiuscula Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 69. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Distribution. — Grand Manan (Stimpson); Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford); St. Andrews.- Thuiarla loncihtis (Ellis and Solander). Sertularia lonchitis Ellis and Solander, Nat. Hist. Zooph., 1786, p. 42. Thuiaria articulata Wiiitea\'es, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 27. Thuiaria lonchits Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 66. Fraser, Hyd. Nova Scotia, 1913, p. 176. Distribution. — ^Le Have bank, 45 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; gulf of St. Law- rence (Whiteveaves) ; Canso banks, 50 fathoms (Fraser) ; St. Andrews. Thuiaria robusta Clark. Thuiaria robusta Clark, Alaskan Hyd., 1876, p. 227. Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 64. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Distribution.- — Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford). Thularia similis (Clark). Sertularia similis Clark, Alaskan Hyd., 1876, p. 219. Thuiaria similis Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 69. Eraser, West Coast Hyd., 1911, p. 77. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Eraser, Hyd. V. I. region, 1914, p. 199. Distribution. — Gaspe (Stafford) ; St. Croix river, Quoddy river. West Quoddy head. Head Harbour island, 25 fathoms. Whale cove, Brier island, 22 fathoms. Seven islands. Thuiaria tenera (Sars). Sertularia tenera Sars, Bidrag til Kundskaben etc., 1873, p. 20. Thuiaria tenera Nutting, Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 70. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Distribution. — Gaspe, Seven islands (Stafford); St. Andrews, Brier island. HYDROIDS EASTKRN CANADA 361 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Thuiari\ thuja (Linnseus). Srrtularin thuja Linn.uus, Syst. Nat., ]Tr)8, p. 809. Thuiaria thuja Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 275. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 364. Whiteaves^ Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 26. Nutting. Am. Hyd., ii, 1904, p. 62. Staffoud, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 73. Distribution. — Mingan islands (Packard) ; gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves) ; Seven islands (Stafford); MeMaster island, 30 fathoms. Note. — Stafford refers to four species of Thuiaria from Gaspe, none of which he describes sufficiently to place, but apparently one of them is a Synthecium and is probablj' new and the others may be also. Family PLUMULARID2E. Genus AGLAOPHENOPSIS. Aglaophenopsis cornuta (Verrill). Cladocarpus cornutus Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci. Arts, 1879, p. 310. A(jlao;hcnopsis cornuta Nutting. Am. Hyd., i, 1900, p. 120. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 28. Distrihution. — Off Sable island, on Banquereau, 200 fathoms (Verrill). Genus ANTENNULAEIA. Antennulauia AMEUIC.A.NA Nutting. Antennularia americana Nutting. Am. Hyd., i, 1900, p. 69. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 368. Distrihution. — St. Andrews. AntennulaPvIA antennina (Linnaus). Sertularia antennina Linn^us, Syst. Nat., 1767, p. 1310. Antennularia antennina Hincks, Br. Hyd. Zooph., 1868, p. 280. Nutting, Am. Hyd., 1900, p. 69. Nutting, Hyd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 367. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 28. Stafford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 74. Distrihution. — Bay of Fundy, 10 to 60 fathoms (Verrill) ; St. Andrews (Stafford) ; channel off White Horse island. Genus GLADOCAEPDS. Cladocarpus pourtalesi, Verrill. Cladocarpus pourtalesi Verrill, Am. Jour. Sci. Arts, 1879, p. 309. Nutting, Am. Hyd., i, 1900, p. 116. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 28. Distrihution. — Southwest of cape Sable, 112 to 115 fathoms, Banquereau, off Sable sland, 300 fathoms (Verrill). Cladocarpus speciosus Verrill. Cladocarpus speciosus Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci. Arts., 1879, p. 311. Nutting, Am. Hyd., i, 190O, p. 116. Whiteaves, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 28. Distribution. — Banquereau, off Sable island, 200 fathoms (Verrill), 362 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Gemis PLUMULAEIA. Plumularia setaceoides Bale. Plumularia setaceoides Bale, Hyd. S. Australia, 1881, p. 28. Fraser, Hyd. Beaufort, 1912, p. 382. Distribution. — On sargassum, Gulf Stream, east of Nova Scotia. Genus' SCHIZOTRTCHA. SciiizoTiiuiiA CRAriLLurA (Sars). Plumularia graciUima Sars, Vid. Solsk. Fia-h., 18TS, p. 86. Plumularia verrilli Clark, Trans. Conn. Aead. Sci., 1ST6, p. 64. Verrill, Prelim. Check-list, 1879, p. 18. Schizotricha graciUima Nuttlng, Am. Hyd., i, 1900, p. 80. Nutting, H.yd. Woods Hole, 1901, p. 366. St.\fford, Fauna Atlantic Coast, 1912, p. 74. Distribution. — Grand Mauan (Stafford). Genus THECOCARPTTS. Thecocarpus MYRiopnYr.Lmr (Linua'us). ■ Sertularia myriophyUum Lixx.EU-s, Sy.st. Nat., 1767, p. 1309. Aglaophenia inyriophyUum Hi-Vcks, Pr. Ilyd. Zooi)li., ISflS, p. 290, Thecocarpus myriopliyllum Nuttixc, Am. Hyd., i, 1900, p. 107. Wiiiteave-s, Mar. Invert. E. Can., 1901, p. 28. Distribution. — Le Have bank, 60 fathoms (Smith and Harger) ; off cape Gaspe, 60 fathoms (Whiteaves) ; Mingan islands (A. Agassiz). BIBLIOGRAPHY. (Only those pa])crs referred to in the synonymy or in the text arc listed). Agassiz, L, — 1862. Contributions to tlie natural histury of tlie Fnited States of America, vol. iv, p. 1-372. Boston. Agassiz, A. — 1865. North American Acalepha', lllustratid Catalogue fif the Museum of Comparative Zoolog.v at Harvard Colle.ge, no. 2, p. l-2.')4. Cambridge. Alder, J.-^ 1856. A notice of some new genera and species of British hydroid zoophytes. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 2nd ser., vol. xviii, London. 1857. A catalogue of the zoophytes of Northumberland and Durham. Trans- actions of the Tyneside Naturalists' Field Club, vol. iii, p. 1-70. Ncv?- rastle-uiion-Tyne. HTDROIDS EASTERN CANADA 363 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Allmnn, G. J.— ISM. Synopsis of the genera and species of znoi^hytes inhabit inp; the fresh watei-s of Ireland. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 1st. ser., vol. xiii, p. 328. London. 1864. On the construction and limitation of genera among the ii.vilroidii. Ibid., 3rd. ser., vol. xiii. 1871. A monograph of the gymnoblastic or tuluilarlan iiydroids. I'ulilislied for the Kay Society, in 2 parts, 450 p., 23 pi. London. 1877. Report of the Hydroida collected during the exploration of the Gulf Stream by L. F. de Pourtales. Memoirs of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, vol. v, no. 2, ]). l-fi4. Cambridge. Eale. W. M.— 1881. On the Hydroida of southeastern Australia, with descriptions of sup- posed new species and notes on the genus Aglaophenia. Journal of the Microscopical Society, Victoria, vol. ii. p. 1-34. Melbourne. 1914. Further notes on Australian Iiydroids. Ill, Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria, vol. x.wii, n.s.. pt. 1, p. 72-93. irelbourne. Billard, A.— 1907. Hydroides, in: Expeditiones Scientifiques du "Travailleur" et du "Talisman," t. viii, p. 1.59-241. Paris. Bonnevie, K. — 1899. Den norske Nordhavsexpedition, 1876-78, vol. vi, pt. 26. Zoologi Hy- droida, p. 1-103. Christiania. Broch, H.— 1003. Die von dera Norwegischen Fischereidanipfer " Michael Sars," in den Jahren, 1900-1902, in dem Nordmeer gcsammelten Hydroiden. Bcrgens Museum Aarbog, no. 9, p. 1-14. Christiania. 1909. Die Hydroiden der Arktischen Meere. Fauna Arotica. bd. v, Jena. 1912. Coelenteres du Fond. Campagne Arctique de 1907. Brussels. Clark, S. F.— 1876. Description of new and rare hydroids from the New England coast. Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Sciences, vol. iii, July, 1875, p. 58-66. New Haven. 1876. Report of the hydroids on the coast of Ala.ska and the Aleutian i.^lands, collected b.y W. H. Dall, from 1871 to 1S74. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, ]). 205-23S. 1879. Report on the Hydroida collected during the exi)loration of the Gulf Stream and gulf of Mexico by Alexander Agassiz, 1877-78. Bulletin of the Mu.seum of Comparative Zoology of Harvard College, vol. v, p. 239-250. Cambridge. Ellis, J. and Solandcr, D. — 1786. The natural history ot many cvirious and uncommiui zoophytes col- lected from various parts of the globe. 208 p. London. Fabricius, O. — 1780. Fauna Groenlandica. Ilauniae et Lipsiae. Fleming, J. — ]82'8. A history of British Animals. Edinburgh Philosophical Journal. 364 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Fraser, C. M. — 1911. The hydroids nf the west ooast. of North America. Bulletin from the Laboratories of Naliiral History, State University of Iowa, p. 1-91. Iowa City. 1912. Notes on New England hydroids. Ibid., p. 30-4.8. 1912. Some hydroids of Beanfort, North Carolina. Bulletin of the Bureau of Fisheries, vol. xxx, 1910, p. 339-387. Washington. 1913. Hydroids from Nova Scotia, Canada Geological Survey, Victoria Memorial Museum, Bulletin No. 1, pt. xvi, p. 15T-18C. Ottawa. 1914. Some hydroids of the Vancouver island region. Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, 3rd ser., vol. viii, p. 99-216. Ottawa. 1915. Pelagic hydroids, in : Exploration of the coast water between Nova Scotia and Chesapeake bay, July and August, 1913, by the United States Fisheries schooner " Grampus." Oceanography and Plankton. Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, vol. lix, No. 4, p. 306-314. Cambridge. Hargitt, C. W.— 1901. The Hydroniedustr. In three parts. American Naturalist, vol. xxxv. No. 412, p. 301-315 ; No. 413, p. 379-395 ; No. 415, p. 575-595, New York. 1908. A few eoelenterates of Woods Hole. Biological Bulletin of the Marine Biological Laboratory at Woods Hole, Mass., vol. xiv. No. 2, p. 95-130. Lancaster, Pa. Hartlaub, C— 1897. Die Hydromedusen Helgolands. Wissenschaftlichen Meeresuntersu- chungen, n.f., bd. ii, hft. 3., p. 449-514. Keil und Leipzig. Hassall, A. — 1852. Description of three siiecies of marine zoophytes. Transaeti(jns nf the Royal ^licriisi-opical Society, vol. iii. London. Hincks, T.— 1853. Further notes on British zoophyt-es, with description of new species. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 2nd ser., vol. xi. London. 1861. A catalogue of the zoophytes of South Devon and South Cornwall, Ibid., 3rd ser., vol. viii. 1866. On new British hydroids. Ibid., 3rd ser., vol. xviii. 1868. A history of the British hydroid zoophytes. 2 vols. London. Jiidorhnlm, E. — 1909. Northern and Arctic invertebrates in the collection of the Swedish State Museum, iv. Hydroiden. Kongelige Svenska Vetenskaps Akade- miens Handlingar, bd. 45, No. 1, p. 1-124. Stockholm. Johnston, G. — 1847. History of British zoophytes, ed. ii, in two volumes. London. Levinsen, G. M. R. — 1892. Om Fornyelsen af Ernferingsindividerne hos Hydroiderne. Videnska- belige Meddelelser fra den natiirhistoriske Foreningi Kj0benhavn, p. 12-31. 1893. Meduser, Ctenophorer og Hydroider fra Gronlands Vestkyst tilligemed Bemserkninger on Hydroidernes Systematik. Ibid., p. 143-220. J913. Systematic Studies on the Sertularidse. Ibid., p. 251-32?, lirDltoWa EAUTERh CANADA 365 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a Liunseiis, O. — • 1758. Systeuia iiaturw, 10th oA. Lliisiff. 1767. Ibid., 12tli ed. IIolnii:i\ vuu Lureuz, L. — 1886. Polypomedusen voii Jan Mayi'ii, in: Die international Polarforschung, 1982-83. Die Osterreichisclie Polarslation, Jan Mayen. lid. iii. Wieii. MuL'rady, J. — 1858. Gymiiophtlialmata of Charleston harbour. Proceedings of the Elliot Society of STatural History, vol. 1 for 1853-1858, p. 103-221. Read Apr. 15, 1857. Charleston. MacGillivray, J. — 1842. Catalogue of the marine zoophytes of the neighbourhood of Aberdeen. Annals and Magazine of ISTatural History, 1st ser., vol. ix. London. MerescKkowsky, M. C. — 1877. On a new genus of hydroids from the White sea with short description of other new hydroids. Annals anil Magazine of Natural History, 4tli ser., vol. XX, p. 220-22i). London. Norman, A. M. — 1864. On underscribed Briti.sh Hydrozoa, Actinozoa and Polyzoa. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 3rd ser., vol. xiii, London. 18G6. Report of the committee appointed for the purpose of exploring the coasts of the Hebrides by means of the dredge. Part i. On the Crus- tacea, Echinodernata, Polyzoa. Actinozoa and Hydrozoa. Report of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, 1866, p. 193-206. London. Nutting, C. C— 1S98. On three new species of hydroids and one new to Britain. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 7th ser., vol. v, p. 362-366. London. 1900. American hydroids. Pt. I. The Plumularidse. Special Bulletin, United States National Museum, 152, p. Washington. 1901. The hydroids of the Woods Hole region. United States Fish Commis- sion Bulletin for 1899, vol. xix, p. 325-386. Washington. 1904. American hydroids. Pt. 11. The Sertularidse. Special Bulletin, United States National Museum, 152, p. Washington. 1915. Ibid. Pt. III. The Campanularidaj and the Bonneviellidse. 118 p. Pallas, P.S.— 1766. Elenchus Zoophytorum. Haag. Sars, M.— 1851. Beretning om en i Sonnnern 1849 foretagen Zoologisk Reise i Lofoten : eg Finmarken. Nyt Magazine for Naturvidenskaberne, bd. vi. Chris- tiania. 1857. Bidrag til kundskaben om Middlehavets Littoral fauna. Ibid., vol. x. 1863. Bemerkninger over fire uorske Hydroider. Videnskabe-Sels-kabets Forhandlinger for 1862. Christiania. Sars, G. O.— 1873. Bidrag til kundskaben om Norges Hydroider. Ibid., for 1872, 366 DEPARTMENT OF THE NAVAL SERVICE 8 GEORGE V, A. 1918 Stafford, J.— 1912. On tlie fauna oi' lli.i Atlantic coast of Canada. Contributions to Cana- dian Biology, being studies from the biological stations of Canada, 1906- 1910. p. 69-78 (Hydroids, p. 72-74). Ottawa. Stimpson, W. — 1S54. Synojasis of the marine invertebrata of Grand !Manan. Smithsonian iMintributions to knowledge, vol. vi. Washington. Verrill, A. E.— 1872. Eadiata from the coast of North Carolina. American Journal of Science and Arts. 3rd. ser., vol. v. 1874-1879. Brief contributions to zoology from the Museum of Tale College. Results of recent dredging expeditions on the coast of New England. American Journal of Science and Arts, vol. vii, 1874, p. 38-138, p. 405- 414, p. 500-505; vol. ix, 1875, p. 411-415; vol. x, 1875, p. 3G-43; vol. xvi, 1878, p. 371-378 ; vol. xvii, 1879, p. 309-315. 1879. Preliminary check-list of the marine invertebrates of Atlantic coast from cape Cod to the gulf of St. Lawrence. Prepared for tb<> TTnited States Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Verrill, A. E. and Smith, S. I.— 1874. Report of the Invertebrate animals of Vineyard sound and adjacent waters. Report of the Commissioner of Fisheries for 1871 and 1872, p. 295-747. Washington. Whiteaves, J. F.— 1901. Catalogue of the marine invertebrates of Eastern Canada. Geological Survey of Canada, p. 18-28. Ottawa. HYDROIDS EASTERN- CANADA 367 SESSIONAL PAPER No. 38a .1 EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. (All drawings except la and 2a magnified 25 diameters.) Plate I. 1. Oielia articulata. a. Colony, natural size. -i li. Portion of colony to show nature and arrangement of hydrothecje ancJ gonangia. 2. Bimeria hrevis. a. Colonies, natural size. h. Branched colony. c. Unbranched individuals. Plate U. 3. Chjtia johnstoni, hydrothecse. a. From the Devon Coast. b. From St. Mary's bay, N.S. c. From the coast of Grand Manan. d. From Bliss island. e. From Deer island. /. From the St. Croix river. Drawings by Clara A. Eraser. 38a— 25 PLATE I HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA. C. McLean Fraser. Clara A. Fra^icr^ del. PLATE II HYDROIDS OF EASTERN CANADA. 3a C. McLean Fraser. 3b 3c 3d 3e Qira A. Fraser, del.